ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.

0 (2020-12)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

5G;
NR;
Requirements for support of radio resource management
(3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15)
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Reference
RTS/TSGR-0438133vfb0

Keywords
5G

ETSI

650 Route des Lucioles

F-06921 Sophia Antipolis Cedex - FRANCE

Tel.: +33 4 92 94 42 00 Fax: +33 4 93 65 47 16

Siret N° 348 623 562 00017 - NAF 742 C

Association à but non lucratif enregistrée à la
Sous-Préfecture de Grasse (06) N° 7803/88

Important notice

The present document can be downloaded from:

http://www.etsi.org/standards-search

The present document may be made available in electronic versions and/or in print. The content of any electronic and/or
print versions of the present document shall not be modified without the prior written authorization of ETSI. In case of any
existing or perceived difference in contents between such versions and/or in print, the prevailing version of an ETSI
deliverable is the one made publicly available in PDF format at www.etsi.org/deliver.

Users of the present document should be aware that the document may be subject to revision or change of status.
Information on the current status of this and other ETSI documents is available at
https://portal.etsi.org/TB/ETSIDeliverableStatus.aspx

If you find errors in the present document, please send your comment to one of the following services:
https://portal.etsi.org/People/CommiteeSupportStaff.aspx

Copyright Notification

No part may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying
and microfilm except as authorized by written permission of ETSI.
The content of the PDF version shall not be modified without the written authorization of ETSI.
The copyright and the foregoing restriction extend to reproduction in all media.

© ETSI 2020.
All rights reserved.

DECT™, PLUGTESTS™, UMTS™ and the ETSI logo are trademarks of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members.
3GPP™ and LTE™ are trademarks of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and
of the 3GPP Organizational Partners.
oneM2M™ logo is a trademark of ETSI registered for the benefit of its Members and
of the oneM2M Partners.
GSM® and the GSM logo are trademarks registered and owned by the GSM Association.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 2 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Intellectual Property Rights

Essential patents

IPRs essential or potentially essential to normative deliverables may have been declared to ETSI. The information
pertaining to these essential IPRs, if any, is publicly available for ETSI members and non-members, and can be found
in ETSI SR 000 314: "Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs); Essential, or potentially Essential, IPRs notified to ETSI in
respect of ETSI standards", which is available from the ETSI Secretariat. Latest updates are available on the ETSI Web
server (https://ipr.etsi.org/).

Pursuant to the ETSI IPR Policy, no investigation, including IPR searches, has been carried out by ETSI. No guarantee
can be given as to the existence of other IPRs not referenced in ETSI SR 000 314 (or the updates on the ETSI Web
server) which are, or may be, or may become, essential to the present document.

Trademarks

The present document may include trademarks and/or tradenames which are asserted and/or registered by their owners.
ETSI claims no ownership of these except for any which are indicated as being the property of ETSI, and conveys no
right to use or reproduce any trademark and/or tradename. Mention of those trademarks in the present document does
not constitute an endorsement by ETSI of products, services or organizations associated with those trademarks.

Legal notice
This Technical Specification (TS) has been produced by the ETSI 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).

The present document may refer to technical specifications or reports using their 3GPP identities. These shall be
interpreted as being references to the corresponding ETSI deliverables.

The cross reference between 3GPP and ETSI identities can be found under http://webapp.etsi.org/key/queryform.asp.

Modal verbs terminology

In the present document "shall", "shall not", "should", "should not", "may", "need not", "will", "will not", "can" and
"cannot" are to be interpreted as described in clause 3.2 of the ETSI Drafting Rules (Verbal forms for the expression of
provisions).

"must" and "must not" are NOT allowed in ETSI deliverables except when used in direct citation.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 3 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Contents
Intellectual Property Rights ................................................................................................................................2
Legal notice ........................................................................................................................................................2
Modal verbs terminology....................................................................................................................................2
Foreword...........................................................................................................................................................30
1 Scope ......................................................................................................................................................31
2 References ..............................................................................................................................................31
3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations .................................................................................................32
3.1 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................................ 32
3.2 Symbols ............................................................................................................................................................ 33
3.3 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................................................... 33
3.4 Test tolerances .................................................................................................................................................. 35
3.5 Frequency bands grouping ............................................................................................................................... 35
3.5.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 35
3.5.2 NR operating bands in FR1 ........................................................................................................................ 35
3.5.3 NR operating bands in FR2 ........................................................................................................................ 35
3.6 Applicability of requirements in this specification version .............................................................................. 36
3.6.1 RRC connected state requirements in DRX ................................................................................................ 36
3.6.2 Number of serving carriers ......................................................................................................................... 37
3.6.2.1 Number of serving carriers for SA ........................................................................................................ 37
3.6.2.2 Number of serving carriers for EN-DC ................................................................................................. 37
3.6.2.3 Number of serving carriers for NE-DC ................................................................................................. 37
3.6.2.4 Number of serving carriers for NR-DC ................................................................................................. 37
3.6.3 Applicability for intra-band FR2 ................................................................................................................ 37
3.6.4 Applicability for FR2 UE power classes..................................................................................................... 38
3.6.5 Applicability for SDL bands ....................................................................................................................... 38
3.6.6 Applicability of requirements for NGEN-DC operation ............................................................................. 38
3.6.7 Applicability of QCL .................................................................................................................................. 38
4 SA: RRC_IDLE state mobility ...............................................................................................................38
4.1 Cell Selection ................................................................................................................................................... 38
4.2 Cell Re-selection .............................................................................................................................................. 38
4.2.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 38
4.2.2 Requirements .............................................................................................................................................. 39
4.2.2.1 UE measurement capability .................................................................................................................. 39
4.2.2.2 Measurement and evaluation of serving cell ......................................................................................... 39
4.2.2.3 Measurements of intra-frequency NR cells ........................................................................................... 39
4.2.2.4 Measurements of inter-frequency NR cells ........................................................................................... 40
4.2.2.5 Measurements of inter-RAT E-UTRAN cells ....................................................................................... 42
4.2.2.6 Maximum interruption in paging reception........................................................................................... 43
4.2.2.7 General requirements ............................................................................................................................ 43
5 SA: RRC_INACTIVE state mobility .....................................................................................................44
5.1 Cell Re-selection .............................................................................................................................................. 44
5.1.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 44
5.1.2 Requirements .............................................................................................................................................. 44
5.1.2.1 UE measurement capability .................................................................................................................. 44
5.1.2.2 Measurement and evaluation of serving cell ......................................................................................... 44
5.1.2.3 Measurements of intra-frequency NR cells ........................................................................................... 44
5.1.2.4 Measurements of inter-frequency NR cells ........................................................................................... 44
5.1.2.5 Measurements of inter-RAT E-UTRAN cells ....................................................................................... 44
5.1.2.6 Maximum interruption in paging reception........................................................................................... 44
5.1.2.7 General requirements ............................................................................................................................ 44
5.2 Void .................................................................................................................................................................. 45
6 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility .......................................................................................................45

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 4 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

6.1 Handover .......................................................................................................................................................... 45

6.1.1 NR Handover .............................................................................................................................................. 45
6.1.1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 45
6.1.1.2 NR FR1 - NR FR1 Handover ................................................................................................................ 45
6.1.1.2.1 Handover delay................................................................................................................................ 45
6.1.1.2.2 Interruption time .............................................................................................................................. 45
6.1.1.3 NR FR2- NR FR1 Handover ................................................................................................................. 46
6.1.1.3.1 Handover delay................................................................................................................................ 46
6.1.1.3.2 Interruption time .............................................................................................................................. 46
6.1.1.4 NR FR2- NR FR2 Handover ................................................................................................................. 47
6.1.1.4.1 Handover delay................................................................................................................................ 47
6.1.1.4.2 Interruption time .............................................................................................................................. 47
6.1.1.5 NR FR1- NR FR2 Handover ................................................................................................................. 48
6.1.1.5.1 Handover delay................................................................................................................................ 48
6.1.1.5.2 Interruption time .............................................................................................................................. 48
6.1.2 NR Handover to other RATs ...................................................................................................................... 49
6.1.2.1 NR – E-UTRAN Handover ................................................................................................................... 49
6.1.2.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 49
6.1.2.1.2 Handover delay................................................................................................................................ 49
6.1.2.1.3 Interruption time .............................................................................................................................. 49
6.2 RRC Connection Mobility Control................................................................................................................... 49
6.2.1 SA: RRC Re-establishment ........................................................................................................................ 49
6.2.1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 49
6.2.1.2 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 50
6.2.1.2.1 UE Re-establishment delay requirement ......................................................................................... 50
6.2.2 Random access............................................................................................................................................ 51
6.2.2.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 51
6.2.2.2 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 51
6.2.2.2.1 Contention based random access ..................................................................................................... 51
6.2.2.2.2 Non-Contention based random access ............................................................................................. 52
6.2.2.2.3 UE behaviour when configured with supplementary UL ................................................................ 53
6.2.3 SA: RRC Connection Release with Redirection ......................................................................................... 53
6.2.3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 53
6.2.3.2 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 54
6.2.3.2.1 RRC connection release with redirection to NR .............................................................................. 54
6.2.3.2.2 RRC connection release with redirection to E-UTRAN .................................................................. 54
7 Timing ....................................................................................................................................................55
7.1 UE transmit timing ........................................................................................................................................... 55
7.1.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 55
7.1.2 Requirements .............................................................................................................................................. 55
7.1.2.1 Gradual timing adjustment .................................................................................................................... 56
7.1.2.2 Void....................................................................................................................................................... 57
7.2 UE timer accuracy ............................................................................................................................................ 57
7.2.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 57
7.2.2 Requirements .............................................................................................................................................. 57
7.3 Timing advance ................................................................................................................................................ 57
7.3.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 57
7.3.2 Requirements .............................................................................................................................................. 57
7.3.2.1 Timing Advance adjustment delay ........................................................................................................ 57
7.3.2.2 Timing Advance adjustment accuracy .................................................................................................. 58
7.4 Cell phase synchronization accuracy................................................................................................................ 58
7.4.1 Definition .................................................................................................................................................... 58
7.4.2 Minimum requirements............................................................................................................................... 58
7.5 Maximum Transmission Timing Difference .................................................................................................... 58
7.5.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 58
7.5.2 Minimum Requirements for inter-band EN-DC ......................................................................................... 58
7.5.2.1 Minimum Requirements for inter-band synchronous EN-DC .............................................................. 59
7.5.3 Minimum Requirements for intra-band EN-DC ......................................................................................... 59
7.5.4 Minimum Requirements for NR Carrier Aggregation ................................................................................ 59
7.5.5 Minimum Requirements for inter-band NE-DC ......................................................................................... 60
7.5.5.1 Minimum Requirements for inter-band synchronous NE-DC .............................................................. 60

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 5 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

7.5.6 Minimum Requirements for inter-band NR DC ......................................................................................... 60

7.6 Maximum Receive Timing Difference ............................................................................................................. 61
7.6.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 61
7.6.2 Minimum Requirements for inter-band EN-DC ......................................................................................... 61
7.6.2.1 Minimum Requirements for inter-band synchronous EN-DC .............................................................. 61
7.6.3 Minimum Requirements for intra-band EN-DC ......................................................................................... 62
7.6.4 Minimum Requirements for NR Carrier Aggregation ................................................................................ 62
7.6.5 Minimum Requirements for inter-band NE-DC ......................................................................................... 63
7.6.5.1 Minimum Requirements for inter-band synchronous NE-DC .............................................................. 63
7.6.6 Minimum Requirements for inter-band NR DC ......................................................................................... 63
7.7 deriveSSB-IndexFromCell tolerance ................................................................................................................ 64
7.7.1 Minimum requirements............................................................................................................................... 64
7.8 Void .................................................................................................................................................................. 64
8 Signalling characteristics........................................................................................................................64
8.1 Radio Link Monitoring ..................................................................................................................................... 64
8.1.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 64
8.1.2 Requirements for SSB based radio link monitoring ................................................................................... 65
8.1.2.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 65
8.1.2.2 Minimum requirement .......................................................................................................................... 66
8.1.2.3 Measurement restrictions for SSB based RLM ..................................................................................... 67
8.1.3 Requirements for CSI-RS based radio link monitoring .............................................................................. 68
8.1.3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 68
8.1.3.2 Minimum requirement .......................................................................................................................... 69
8.1.3.3 Measurement restrictions for CSI-RS based RLM ................................................................................ 71
8.1.4 Minimum requirement at transitions ........................................................................................................... 71
8.1.5 Minimum requirement for UE turning off the transmitter .......................................................................... 72
8.1.6 Minimum requirement for L1 indication .................................................................................................... 72
8.1.7 Scheduling availability of UE during radio link monitoring....................................................................... 72
8.1.7.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing radio link monitoring with a same subcarrier spacing
as PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 .................................................................................................................. 72
8.1.7.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing radio link monitoring with a different subcarrier
spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 .................................................................................................. 72
8.1.7.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing radio link monitoring on FR2 ............................................. 73
8.1.7.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing radio link monitoring on FR1 or FR2 in case of FR1-
FR2 inter-band CA and NR-DC ............................................................................................................ 73
8.2 Interruption ....................................................................................................................................................... 73
8.2.1 EN-DC Interruption .................................................................................................................................... 73
8.2.1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 73
8.2.1.2 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 74
8.2.1.2.1 Interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX ......................................... 74
8.2.1.2.2 Interruptions at transitions from non-DRX to DRX ........................................................................ 74
8.2.1.2.3 Interruptions at SCell addition/release............................................................................................. 74
8.2.1.2.4 Interruptions at SCell activation/deactivation.................................................................................. 75
8.2.1.2.5 Interruptions during measurements on SCC .................................................................................... 76
8.2.1.2.6 Interruptions at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration ............................................................................ 77
8.2.1.2.7 Interruptions due to Active BWP switching Requirement .............................................................. 77
8.2.2 SA: Interruptions with Standalone NR Carrier Aggregation ...................................................................... 78
8.2.2.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 78
8.2.2.2 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 79
8.2.2.2.1 Interruptions at SCell addition/release............................................................................................. 79
8.2.2.2.2 Interruptions at SCell activation/deactivation.................................................................................. 79
8.2.2.2.3 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated SCC ................................................................. 80
8.2.2.2.4 Interruptions at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration ............................................................................ 80
8.2.2.2.5 Interruptions due to Active BWP switching Requirement .............................................................. 81
8.2.2.2.6 Interruptions at inter-frequency SFTD measurement ...................................................................... 82
8.2.3 NE-DC Interruptions................................................................................................................................... 83
8.2.3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 83
8.2.3.2 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 83
8.2.3.2.1 Interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX ......................................... 83
8.2.3.2.2 Interruptions at transitions from non-DRX to DRX ........................................................................ 83
8.2.3.2.3 Interruptions at PSCell/SCell addition/release ................................................................................ 84

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 6 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.2.3.2.4 Interruptions at SCell activation/deactivation.................................................................................. 85

8.2.3.2.5 Interruptions during measurements on SCC .................................................................................... 86
8.2.3.2.6 Interruptions at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration ............................................................................ 86
8.2.3.2.7 Interruptions due to Active BWP switching Requirement .............................................................. 87
8.2.4 NR-DC: Interruptions ................................................................................................................................. 87
8.2.4.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 87
8.2.4.2 Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 87
8.2.4.2.1 Interruptions at PSCell/SCell addition/release ................................................................................ 87
8.2.4.2.2 Interruptions at SCell activation/deactivation.................................................................................. 88
8.2.4.2.3 Interruptions during measurements on SCC .................................................................................... 89
8.2.4.2.4 Interruptions at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration ............................................................................ 89
8.2.4.2.5 Interruptions due to Active BWP switching Requirement .............................................................. 89
8.2.4.2.6 Interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX ......................................... 90
8.2.4.2.7 Interruptions at transitions from non-DRX to DRX ........................................................................ 90
8.3 SCell Activation and Deactivation Delay ......................................................................................................... 90
8.3.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 90
8.3.2 SCell Activation Delay Requirement for Deactivated SCell ...................................................................... 90
8.3.3 SCell Deactivation Delay Requirement for Activated SCell ...................................................................... 93
8.4 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration delay ....................................................................................................... 94
8.4.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 94
8.4.2 UE UL carrier configuration delay requirement ......................................................................................... 94
8.4.3 UE UL carrier deconfiguration delay requirement ..................................................................................... 94
8.5 Link Recovery Procedures ............................................................................................................................... 94
8.5.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 94
8.5.2 Requirements for SSB based beam failure detection .................................................................................. 95
8.5.2.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 95
8.5.2.2 Minimum requirement .......................................................................................................................... 95
8.5.2.3 Measurement restriction for SSB based beam failure detection............................................................ 97
8.5.3 Requirements for CSI-RS based beam failure detection............................................................................. 97
8.5.3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 97
8.5.3.2 Minimum requirement .......................................................................................................................... 98
8.5.3.3 Measurement restrictions for CSI-RS beam failure detection ............................................................. 100
8.5.4 Minimum requirement for L1 indication .................................................................................................. 100
8.5.5 Requirements for SSB based candidate beam detection ........................................................................... 101
8.5.5.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 101
8.5.5.2 Minimum requirement ........................................................................................................................ 101
8.5.5.3 Measurement restriction for SSB based candidate beam detection ..................................................... 103
8.5.6 Requirements for CSI-RS based candidate beam detection ...................................................................... 103
8.5.6.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 103
8.5.6.2 Minimum requirement ........................................................................................................................ 103
8.5.6.3 Measurement restriction for CSI-RS based candidate beam detection ............................................... 105
8.5.7 Scheduling availability of UE during beam failure detection ................................................................... 105
8.5.7.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing beam failure detection with a same subcarrier spacing
as PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 ................................................................................................................ 106
8.5.7.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing beam failure detection with a different subcarrier
spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 ................................................................................................ 106
8.5.7.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing beam failure detection on FR2 ......................................... 106
8.5.7.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing beam failure detection on FR1 or FR2 in case of FR1-
FR2 inter-band CA and NR DC .......................................................................................................... 106
8.5.8 Scheduling availability of UE during candidate beam detection .............................................................. 107
8.5.8.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement with a same subcarrier spacing
as PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 ................................................................................................................ 107
8.5.8.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement with a different subcarrier
spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 ................................................................................................ 107
8.5.8.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement on FR2 ....................................... 107
8.5.8.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement on FR1 or FR2 in case of
FR1-FR2 inter-band CA and NR-DC.................................................................................................. 108
8.6 Active BWP switch delay............................................................................................................................... 108
8.6.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 108
8.6.2 DCI and timer based BWP switch delay................................................................................................... 108
8.6.3 RRC based BWP switch delay.................................................................................................................. 109
8.7 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 109

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 7 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.8 NE-DC: E-UTRAN PSCell Addition and Release Delay .............................................................................. 109
8.8.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 109
8.8.2 E-UTRAN PSCell Addition Delay Requirement ...................................................................................... 110
8.8.3 E-UTRAN PSCell Release Delay Requirement ....................................................................................... 110
8.9 NR-DC: PSCell Addition and Release Delay................................................................................................. 110
8.9.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 110
8.9.2 PSCell Addition Delay Requirement ........................................................................................................ 110
8.9.3 PSCell Release Delay Requirement .......................................................................................................... 111
8.10 Active TCI state switching delay ................................................................................................................... 111
8.10.6 Active TCI state list update delay ............................................................................................................. 113
8.11 PSCell Change................................................................................................................................................ 113
9 Measurement Procedure .......................................................................................................................114
9.1 General measurement requirement ................................................................................................................. 114
9.1.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 114
9.1.2 Measurement gap ...................................................................................................................................... 114
9.1.2.1 EN-DC: Measurement Gap Sharing .................................................................................................... 122
9.1.2.1a SA: Measurement Gap Sharing ........................................................................................................... 123
9.1.2.1b NE-DC: Measurement Gap Sharing .................................................................................................... 123
9.1.2.1c NR-DC: Measurement Gap Sharing ................................................................................................... 124
9.1.3 UE Measurement capability...................................................................................................................... 125
9.1.3.1 EN-DC: Monitoring of multiple layers using gaps ............................................................................. 125
9.1.3.1a SA: Monitoring of multiple layers using gaps .................................................................................... 125
9.1.3.1b NE-DC: Monitoring of multiple layers using gaps ............................................................................. 126
9.1.3.1c NR-DC: Monitoring of multiple layers using gaps ............................................................................. 126
9.1.3.2 EN-DC: Maximum allowed layers for multiple monitoring ............................................................... 127
9.1.3.2a SA: Maximum allowed layers for multiple monitoring ...................................................................... 127
9.1.3.2b NE-DC: Maximum allowed layers for multiple monitoring ............................................................... 128
9.1.3.2c NR-DC: Maximum allowed layers for multiple monitoring ............................................................... 128
9.1.4 Capabilities for Support of Event Triggering and Reporting Criteria ....................................................... 129
9.1.4.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 129
9.1.4.2 Requirements ...................................................................................................................................... 129
9.1.5 Carrier-specific scaling factor ................................................................................................................... 130
9.1.5.1 Monitoring of multiple layers outside gaps ......................................................................................... 130
9.1.5.1.1 EN-DC mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed outside
gaps................................................................................................................................................ 131
9.1.5.1.2 SA mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed outside
gaps................................................................................................................................................ 132
9.1.5.1.3 NR-DC mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed outside
gaps................................................................................................................................................ 132
9.1.5.1.4 NE-DC mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed outside
gaps................................................................................................................................................ 132
9.1.5.2 Monitoring of multiple layers within gaps .......................................................................................... 133
9.1.5.2.1 EN-DC mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed within
gaps................................................................................................................................................ 133
9.1.5.2.2 SA mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed within gaps ... 135
9.1.5.2.3 NE-DC: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed within gaps...... 136
9.1.5.2.4 NR-DC: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed within gaps ..... 137
9.1.6 Minimum requirement at transitions ......................................................................................................... 138
9.2 NR intra-frequency measurements ................................................................................................................. 139
9.2.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 139
9.2.2 Requirements applicability ....................................................................................................................... 139
9.2.3 Number of cells and number of SSB ........................................................................................................ 139
9.2.3.1 Requirements for FR1 ......................................................................................................................... 139
9.2.3.2 Requirements for FR2 ......................................................................................................................... 140
9.2.4 Measurement Reporting Requirements ..................................................................................................... 140
9.2.4.1 Periodic Reporting .............................................................................................................................. 140
9.2.4.2 Event-triggered Periodic Reporting..................................................................................................... 140
9.2.4.3 Event Triggered Reporting .................................................................................................................. 140
9.2.5 Intrafrequency measurements without measurement gaps........................................................................ 141
9.2.5.1 Intrafrequency cell identification ........................................................................................................ 141
9.2.5.2 Measurement period ............................................................................................................................ 143

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 8 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.2.5.3 Scheduling availability of UE during intra-frequency measurements ................................................. 144

9.2.5.3.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing measurements in TDD bands on FR1 ......................... 144
9.2.5.3.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing measurements with a different subcarrier spacing
than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 ....................................................................................................... 144
9.2.5.3.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing measurements on FR2 ................................................ 145
9.2.5.3.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing measurements on FR1 or FR2 in case of FR1-FR2
inter-band CA ................................................................................................................................ 145
9.2.5.4 SFTD Measurements between PCell and PSCell ................................................................................ 145
9.2.5.4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 145
9.2.5.4.2 SFTD Measurement delay ............................................................................................................. 146
9.2.5.4.3 SFTD Measurement Reporting Delay ........................................................................................... 146
9.2.6 Intra-frequency measurements with measurement gaps ........................................................................... 147
9.2.6.1 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 147
9.2.6.2 Intra-frequency cell identification ....................................................................................................... 147
9.2.6.3 Intra-frequency Measurement Period .................................................................................................. 148
9.3 NR inter-frequency measurements ................................................................................................................. 148
9.3.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 148
9.3.2 Requirements applicability ....................................................................................................................... 149
9.3.2.1 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 149
9.3.2.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 149
9.3.3 Number of cells and number of SSB ........................................................................................................ 149
9.3.3.1 Requirements for FR1 ......................................................................................................................... 149
9.3.3.2 Requirements for FR2 ......................................................................................................................... 149
9.3.4 Inter-frequency cell identification............................................................................................................. 150
9.3.4.1 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 151
9.3.4.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 151
9.3.5 Inter-frequency measurements .................................................................................................................. 151
9.3.5.1 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 152
9.3.5.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 152
9.3.5.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 152
9.3.6 Inter-frequency measurements reporting requirements............................................................................. 152
9.3.6.1 Periodic Reporting .............................................................................................................................. 152
9.3.6.2 Event-triggered Periodic Reporting..................................................................................................... 152
9.3.6.3 Event-triggered Reporting ................................................................................................................... 152
9.3.7 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 152
9.3.8 Inter-frequency SFTD measurement requirements ................................................................................... 152
9.3.8.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 152
9.3.8.2 SFTD Measurement delay................................................................................................................... 153
9.3.8.3 SFTD Measurement reporting delay ................................................................................................... 154
9.4 Inter-RAT measurements ............................................................................................................................... 154
9.4.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 154
9.4.2 NR − E-UTRAN FDD measurements ...................................................................................................... 155
9.4.2.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 155
9.4.2.2 Requirements when no DRX is used ................................................................................................... 156
9.4.2.3 Requirements when DRX is used........................................................................................................ 156
9.4.2.4 Measurement reporting requirements .................................................................................................. 157
9.4.2.4.1 Periodic Reporting ......................................................................................................................... 157
9.4.2.4.2 Event-Triggered Periodic Reporting.............................................................................................. 157
9.4.2.4.3 Event-Triggered Reporting ............................................................................................................ 157
9.4.3 NR − E-UTRAN TDD measurements ...................................................................................................... 158
9.4.3.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 158
9.4.3.2 Requirements when no DRX is used ................................................................................................... 158
9.4.3.3 Requirements when DRX is used........................................................................................................ 159
9.4.3.4 Measurement reporting requirements .................................................................................................. 159
9.4.3.4.1 Periodic Reporting ......................................................................................................................... 159
9.4.3.4.2 Event-Triggered Periodic Reporting.............................................................................................. 160
9.4.3.4.3 Event-Triggered Reporting ............................................................................................................ 160
9.4.4 Inter-RAT RSTD measurements............................................................................................................... 160
9.4.4.1 NR − E-UTRAN FDD RSTD measurements...................................................................................... 160
9.4.4.1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 160
9.4.4.1.2 Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 161
9.4.4.2 NR − E-UTRAN TDD RSTD measurements ..................................................................................... 164

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 9 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.4.4.2.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 164

9.4.4.2.2 Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 165
9.4.5 Inter-RAT E-CID measurements .............................................................................................................. 168
9.4.5.1 NR−E-UTRAN FDD E-CID RSRP and RSRQ measurements .......................................................... 168
9.4.5.1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 168
9.4.5.1.2 Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 168
9.4.5.1.3 Measurement Reporting Delay ...................................................................................................... 168
9.4.5.2 NR−E-UTRAN TDD E-CID RSRP and RSRQ measurements .......................................................... 168
9.4.5.2.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 168
9.4.5.2.2 Requirements ................................................................................................................................. 168
9.4.5.2.3 Measurement Reporting Delay ...................................................................................................... 169
9.5 L1-RSRP measurements for Reporting .......................................................................................................... 169
9.5.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 169
9.5.2 Requirements applicability ....................................................................................................................... 169
9.5.3 Measurement Reporting Requirements ..................................................................................................... 169
9.5.3.1 Periodic Reporting .............................................................................................................................. 170
9.5.3.2 Semi-Persistent Reporting ................................................................................................................... 170
9.5.3.3 Aperiodic Reporting ............................................................................................................................ 170
9.5.4 L1-RSRP measurement requirements ....................................................................................................... 170
9.5.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP Reporting .......................................................................................................... 170
9.5.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP Reporting ..................................................................................................... 172
9.5.5 Measurement restriction for CSI-RS and SSB for L1-RSRP measurement.............................................. 174
9.5.5.1 Measurement restriction for SSB based L1-RSRP .............................................................................. 174
9.5.5.2 Measurement restriction for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP ........................................................................ 175
9.5.6 Scheduling availability of UE during L1-RSRP measurement ................................................................. 176
9.5.6.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement with a same subcarrier spacing
as PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 ................................................................................................................ 176
9.5.6.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement with a different subcarrier
spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1 ................................................................................................ 176
9.5.6.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement on FR2 ....................................... 176
9.5.6.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement on FR1 or FR2 in case of
FR1-FR2 inter-band CA ...................................................................................................................... 177
9.6 NE-DC: Measurements .................................................................................................................................. 177
9.6.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 177
9.6.2 SFTD Measurements ................................................................................................................................ 177
9.6.2.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 177
9.6.2.2 SFTD Measurement requirements ...................................................................................................... 177
10 Measurement Performance requirements .............................................................................................178
10.1 NR measurements........................................................................................................................................... 178
10.1.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 178
10.1.2 Intra-frequency RSRP accuracy requirements for FR1............................................................................. 179
10.1.2.1 Intra-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy requirements............................................................................... 179
10.1.2.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRP Accuracy ........................................................................................................ 179
10.1.2.1.2 Relative SS-RSRP Accuracy ......................................................................................................... 179
10.1.2.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 180
10.1.3 Intra-frequency RSRP accuracy requirements for FR2............................................................................. 180
10.1.3.1 Intra-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy requirements............................................................................... 180
10.1.3.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRP Accuracy ........................................................................................................ 180
10.1.3.1.2 Relative SS-RSRP Accuracy ......................................................................................................... 181
10.1.3.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 182
10.1.4 Inter-frequency RSRP accuracy requirements for FR1............................................................................. 182
10.1.4.1 Inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy requirements............................................................................... 182
10.1.4.1.1 Absolute Accuracy of SS-RSRP in FR1 ........................................................................................ 182
10.1.4.1.2 Relative Accuracy of SS-RSRP in FR1 ......................................................................................... 182
10.1.4.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 183
10.1.5 Inter-frequency RSRP accuracy requirements for FR2............................................................................. 183
10.1.5.1 Inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy requirements............................................................................... 183
10.1.5.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRP Accuracy ........................................................................................................ 183
10.1.5.1.2 Relative SS-RSRP Accuracy ......................................................................................................... 184
10.1.5.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 185
10.1.6 RSRP Measurement Report Mapping .................................................................................................................. 185

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 10 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.7 Intra-frequency RSRQ accuracy requirements for FR1 ............................................................................ 187

10.1.7.1 Intra-frequency SS-RSRQ accuracy requirements in FR1 .................................................................. 187
10.1.7.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRQ Accuracy in FR1 ........................................................................................... 187
10.1.8 Intra-frequency RSRQ accuracy requirements for FR2 ............................................................................ 188
10.1.8.1 Intra-frequency SS-RSRQ accuracy requirements in FR2 .................................................................. 188
10.1.8.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRQ Accuracy in FR2 ........................................................................................... 188
10.1.9 Inter-frequency RSRQ accuracy requirements for FR1 ............................................................................ 189
10.1.9.1 Inter-frequency SS-RSRQ accuracy requirements in FR1 .................................................................. 189
10.1.9.1.1 Aboslute Accuracy of SS-RSRQ in FR1 ....................................................................................... 189
10.1.9.1.2 Relative Accuracy of SS-RSRQ in FR1 ........................................................................................ 190
10.1.10 Inter-frequency RSRQ accuracy requirements for FR2 ............................................................................ 190
10.1.11 RSRQ report mapping .............................................................................................................................. 192
10.1.12 Intra-frequency SINR accuracy requirements for FR1 ............................................................................. 192
10.1.13 Intra-frequency SINR accuracy requirements for FR2 ............................................................................. 193
10.1.14 Inter-frequency SINR accuracy requirements for FR1 ............................................................................. 194
10.1.15 Inter-frequency SINR accuracy requirements for FR2 ............................................................................. 195
10.1.16 SINR report mapping ................................................................................................................................ 197
10.1.17 Power Headroom ...................................................................................................................................... 197
10.1.18 PCMAX,c,f ..................................................................................................................................................... 198
10.1.19 L1-RSRP accuracy requirements for FR1 ................................................................................................ 198
10.1.20 L1-RSRP accuracy requirements for FR2 ................................................................................................ 202
10.1.21 SFTD accuracy requirements .................................................................................................................... 205
10.2 E-UTRAN measurements ............................................................................................................................... 209
10.2.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 209
10.2.2 E-UTRAN RSRP measurements .............................................................................................................. 209
10.2.3 E-UTRAN RSRQ measurements .............................................................................................................. 210
10.2.4 E-UTRAN RSTD measurements .............................................................................................................. 210
10.2.5 E-UTRAN RS-SINR measurements ......................................................................................................... 210
11 Void ......................................................................................................................................................210
Annex A (normative): Test Cases .....................................................................................................211
A.1 Purpose of annex ..................................................................................................................................211
A.2 Requirement classification for statistical testing ..................................................................................211
A.2.1 Types of requirements in TS 38.133 .............................................................................................................. 211
A.2.1.1 Time and delay requirements on UE higher layer actions ........................................................................ 211
A.2.1.2 Measurements of power levels, relative powers and time ........................................................................ 212
A.2.1.3 Implementation requirements ................................................................................................................... 212
A.2.1.4 Physical layer timing requirements ........................................................................................................... 212
A.3 RRM test configurations ......................................................................................................................213
A.3.1 Reference measurement channels................................................................................................................... 213
A.3.1.1 PDSCH ..................................................................................................................................................... 213
A.3.1.1.1 FDD..................................................................................................................................................... 213
A.3.1.1.2 TDD .................................................................................................................................................... 214
A.3.1.2 CORESET for RMSI scheduling .............................................................................................................. 217
A.3.1.2.1 FDD..................................................................................................................................................... 217
A.3.1.2.2 TDD .................................................................................................................................................... 218
A.3.1.3 CORESET for RMC scheduling ............................................................................................................... 221
A.3.1.3.1 FDD..................................................................................................................................................... 221
A.3.1.3.2 TDD .................................................................................................................................................... 222
A.3.1.4 TDD UL/DL configuration ....................................................................................................................... 225
A.3.2 OFDMA channel noise generator (OCNG) .................................................................................................... 226
A.3.2.1 Generic OFDMA Channel Noise Generator (OCNG) .............................................................................. 226
A.3.2.1.1 OCNG pattern 1: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs ............................................................. 226
A.3.2.1.2 OCNG pattern 2: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs for 2AoA setup ................................... 227
A.3.2.1.3 OCNG pattern 3: Generic OCNG pattern for unused REs in the same bandwidth as PDSCH
RMC .................................................................................................................................................... 227
A.3.2.1.4 OCNG pattern 4: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs outside SSB slot(s).............................. 228
A.3.2.2 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 228
A.3.3 Reference DRX configurations ...................................................................................................................... 228
A.3.3.1 DRX Configuration 1: DRX cycle = 40 ms and TAT = 500 ms ............................................................... 228

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 11 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.3.2 DRX Configuration 2: DRX cycle = 640 ms and TAT = 500 ms ............................................................. 229
A.3.3.3 DRX Configuration 3: DRX cycle = 40 ms and TAT = Infinity .............................................................. 229
A.3.3.4 DRX Configuration 4: DRX cycle = 160 ms and TAT = Infinity ............................................................ 229
A.3.3.5 DRX Configuration 5: DRX cycle = 320 ms and TAT = Infinity ............................................................ 230
A.3.3.6 DRX Configuration 6: DRX cycle = 320 ms and TAT = 500 ms ............................................................. 230
A.3.3.7 DRX Configuration 7: DRX cycle = 640 ms and TAT = Infinity ............................................................ 230
A.3.3.8 DRX Configuration 8: DRX cycle = 320 ms and TAT = Infinity ............................................................ 231
A.3.3.9 DRX Configuration 9: DRX cycle = 40 ms and TAT = 500 ms ............................................................... 231
A.3.3.10 DRX Configuration 10: DRX cycle = 640 ms .......................................................................................... 231
A.3.3.11 DRX Configuration 11: DRX cycle = 20 ms and TAT = Infinity ............................................................ 232
A.3.4 Test Cases with Different Channel Bandwidths ............................................................................................. 232
A.3.4.1 Test Cases with Different E-UTRA Channel Bandwidths ........................................................................ 232
A.3.4.1.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 232
A.3.4.1.2 Principle of testing .............................................................................................................................. 232
A.3.5 Test Cases for Synchronous and Asynchronous DC Operations .................................................................... 232
A.3.5.1 EN-DC Test Cases for Synchronous and Asynchronous EN-DC Operations .......................................... 232
A.3.5.1.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 232
A.3.5.1.2 Principle of Testing ............................................................................................................................. 232
A.3.6 Antenna configurations .................................................................................................................................. 233
A.3.6.1 Antenna configurations for FR1 ............................................................................................................... 233
A.3.6.1.1 Antenna connection for 4 Rx capable UEs ......................................................................................... 233
A.3.6.1.1.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 233
A.3.6.1.1.2 Principle of testing ......................................................................................................................... 233
A.3.6.2 Antenna configurations for FR2 ............................................................................................................... 235
A.3.7 EN-DC test setup ............................................................................................................................................ 236
A.3.7.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 236
A.3.7.2 E-UTRAN Serving Cell Parameters ......................................................................................................... 236
A.3.7.2.1 E-UTRAN Serving Cell Parameters for Tests with NR Cell(s) in FR1 .............................................. 236
A.3.7.2.2 E-UTRAN Serving Cell Parameters for Tests with NR Cell(s) in FR2 .............................................. 237
A.3.7A NR FR1-FR2 test setup .................................................................................................................................. 238
A.3.8 PRACH configurations................................................................................................................................... 238
A.3.8.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 238
A.3.8.2 PRACH configurations in FR1 ................................................................................................................. 238
A.3.8.2.1 FR1 PRACH configuration 1 .............................................................................................................. 238
A.3.8.2.2 FR1 PRACH configuration 2 .............................................................................................................. 239
A.3.8.2.3 FR1 PRACH configuration 3 .............................................................................................................. 240
A.3.8.2.4 FR1 PRACH configuration 4 .............................................................................................................. 241
A.3.8.3 PRACH configurations in FR2 ................................................................................................................. 242
A.3.8.3.1 FR2 PRACH configuration 1 .............................................................................................................. 242
A.3.8.3.2 FR2 PRACH configuration 2 .............................................................................................................. 243
A.3.8.3.3 FR2 PRACH configuration 3 .............................................................................................................. 244
A.3.8.3.4 FR2 PRACH configuration 4 .............................................................................................................. 245
A.3.9 BWP configurations ....................................................................................................................................... 246
A.3.9.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 246
A.3.9.2 Downlink BWP configurations ................................................................................................................. 247
A.3.9.2.1 Initial BWP ......................................................................................................................................... 247
A.3.9.2.2 Dedicated BWP ................................................................................................................................... 247
A.3.9.3 Uplink BWP configurations ...................................................................................................................... 247
A.3.9.3.1 Initial BWP ......................................................................................................................................... 247
A.3.9.3.2 Dedicated BWP ................................................................................................................................... 248
A.3.10 SSB Configurations ........................................................................................................................................ 248
A.3.10.1 SSB Configurations for FR1 ..................................................................................................................... 248
A.3.10.1.1 SSB pattern 1 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=15 kHz in 10 MHz ........................................... 248
A.3.10.1.2 SSB pattern 2 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=30 kHz in 40 MHz ........................................... 249
A.3.10.1.3 SSB pattern 3 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=15 kHz in 10 MHz ........................................... 249
A.3.10.1.4 SSB pattern 4 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=30 kHz in 40 MHz ........................................... 250
A.3.10.1.5 SSB pattern 5 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=15 kHz starting from odd SFN in 10 MHz ...... 251
A.3.10.1.6 SSB pattern 6 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=30 kHz starting from odd SFN in 40 MHz ...... 251
A.3.10.2 SSB Configurations for FR2 ..................................................................................................................... 252
A.3.10.2.1 SSB pattern 1 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=120 kHz in 100 MHz ....................................... 252
A.3.10.2.2 SSB pattern 2 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=240 kHz in 100 MHz ....................................... 252
A.3.10.2.3 SSB pattern 3 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=120 kHz in 100 MHz ....................................... 253

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 12 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.10.2.4 SSB pattern 4 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=240 kHz in 100 MHz ....................................... 253
A.3.10.2.5 SSB pattern 5 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=120 kHz in 100 MHz ....................................... 254
A.3.10.2.6 SSB pattern 6 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=240 kHz in 100 MHz ....................................... 254
A.3.10.2.7 SSB pattern 7 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=120 kHz in 100 MHz ....................................... 255
A.3.10.2.8 SSB pattern 8 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=240 kHz in 100 MHz ....................................... 255
A.3.11 SMTC Configurations .................................................................................................................................... 255
A.3.11.1 SMTC pattern 1: SMTC period = 20 ms with SMTC duration = 1 ms ..................................................... 255
A.3.11.2 SMTC pattern 2: SMTC period = 20 ms with SMTC duration = 5 ms ..................................................... 256
A.3.11.3 SMTC pattern 3: SMTC period = 160 ms with SMTC duration = 1 ms ................................................... 256
A.3.11.4 SMTC pattern 4: SMTC period = 20 ms with SMTC duration = 1 ms ..................................................... 256
A.3.11.5 SMTC pattern 5: SMTC period = 20 ms with SMTC duration = 5 ms ..................................................... 256
A.3.12 Test Cases with Different CC Configurations ................................................................................................ 256
A.3.12.1 EN-DC Test Cases with Different EN-DC Configurations .............................................................................. 256
A.3.12.1.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 256
A.3.12.1.2 Principle of testing .............................................................................................................................. 257
A.3.12.2 Carrier Aggregation Test Cases with Different CA Configurations ......................................................... 257
A.3.12.2.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 257
A.3.12.2.2 Principle of testing .............................................................................................................................. 257
A.3.13 Test Cases in SA and EN-DC Operations ...................................................................................................... 257
A.3.13.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 257
A.3.13.2 Principle of Testing................................................................................................................................... 257
A.3.14 CSI-RS configurations ................................................................................................................................... 258
A.3.14.1 FDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 258
A.3.14.2 TDD .......................................................................................................................................................... 259
A.3.15 Angle of Arrival (AoA) for FR2 RRM test cases ........................................................................................... 262
A.3.15.1 Setup 1: Single AoA in Rx beam peak direction ...................................................................................... 262
A.3.15.2 Setup 2: Single AoA in non Rx beam peak direction ............................................................................... 262
A.3.15.2.1 Setup 2a: Single AoA in non Rx beam peak direction without change in direction ........................... 262
A.3.15.2.2 Setup 2b: Single AoA in non Rx beam peak direction with change in direction ................................ 262
A.3.15.3 Setup 3: 2 AoAs ........................................................................................................................................ 262
A.3.15.4 Setup 4: 2 AoAs, 1 AoA in Rx beam peak direction, 1 in non Rx beam peak.......................................... 263
A.3.15.4.1 Setup 4a: 2 AoAs, 1 AoA in Rx beam peak direction, 1 in non Rx beam peak without change in
direction .............................................................................................................................................. 263
A.3.15.4.2 Setup 4b: 2 AoAs, 1 AoA in Rx beam peak direction, 1 in non Rx beam peak with change in
direction .............................................................................................................................................. 263
A.3.16 TCI State Configuration ................................................................................................................................. 263
A.3.16.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 263
A.3.16.2 TCI states .................................................................................................................................................. 264
A.3.17 Configurations of CSI-RS for tracking ........................................................................................................... 264
A.3.17.1 Configuration of CSI-RS for tracking for FR1 ......................................................................................... 264
A.3.17.1.1 FDD..................................................................................................................................................... 264
A.3.17.1.2 TDD .................................................................................................................................................... 265
A.3.17.2 Configuration of CSI-RS for tracking for FR2 ......................................................................................... 266
A.3.17.2.1 TDD .................................................................................................................................................... 266
A.3.18 Additional definitions related to OTA testing for FR2 RRM test cases ......................................................... 267
A.3.18.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................... 267
A.3.18.2 PRACH Power Measurement ................................................................................................................... 267
A.4 EN-DC tests with all NR cells in FR1 ..................................................................................................268
A.4.1 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 268
A.4.2 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 268
A.4.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility ............................................................................................................... 268
A.4.3.1 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 268
A.4.3.2 RRC Connection Mobility Control ........................................................................................................... 268
A.4.3.2.1 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 268
A.4.3.2.2 Random Access ................................................................................................................................... 268
A.4.3.2.2.1 Contention based random access test in FR1 for PSCell in EN-DC .............................................. 268
A.4.3.2.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 268
A.4.3.2.2.2 Non-contention based random access test in FR1 for PSCell in EN-DC ...................................... 271
A.4.3.2.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 274
A.4.4 Timing ............................................................................................................................................................ 274
A.4.4.1 UE transmit timing ................................................................................................................................... 274

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 13 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.4.1.1 NR UE Transmit Timing Test for FR1 ............................................................................................... 274

A.4.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and environment ...................................................................................................... 274
A.4.4.1.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 277
A.4.4.2 UE timer accuracy .................................................................................................................................... 278
A.4.4.3 Timing advance ........................................................................................................................................ 278
A.4.4.3.1 EN-DC FR1 timing advance adjustment accuracy .............................................................................. 278
A.4.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 278
A.4.4.3.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 278
A.4.4.3.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 281
A.4.5 Signaling characteristics ................................................................................................................................. 281
A.4.5.1 Radio link Monitoring .............................................................................................................................. 281
A.4.5.1.1 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
non-DRX mode ................................................................................................................................... 282
A.4.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 282
A.4.5.1.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 285
A.4.5.1.2 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
non-DRX mode ............................................................................................................................. 285
A.4.5.1.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 289
A.4.5.1.3 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 289
A.4.5.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 289
A.4.5.1.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 292
A.4.5.1.4 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 293
A.4.5.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 293
A.4.5.1.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 296
A.4.5.1.5 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with CSI-RS-based
RLM in non-DRX mode ..................................................................................................................... 296
A.4.5.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 296
A.4.5.1.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 299
A.4.5.1.6 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with CSI-RS-based
RLM in non-DRX mode ..................................................................................................................... 300
A.4.5.1.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 300
A.4.5.1.6.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 303
A.4.5.1.7 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with CSI-RS-based
RLM in DRX mode ............................................................................................................................. 303
A.4.5.1.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 303
A.4.5.1.7.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 307
A.4.5.1.8 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with CSI-RS-based
RLM in DRX mode ............................................................................................................................. 307
A.4.5.1.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 307
A.4.5.1.8.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 311
A.4.5.2 Interruption ............................................................................................................................................... 311
A.4.5.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX in
synchronous EN-DC ........................................................................................................................... 311
A.4.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 311
A.4.5.2.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 313
A.4.5.2.2 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX in
asynchronous EN-DC.......................................................................................................................... 314
A.4.5.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 314
A.4.5.2.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 316
A.4.5.2.3 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in
synchronous EN-DC ........................................................................................................................... 317
A.4.5.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 317
A.4.5.2.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 319
A.4.5.2.4 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in
asynchronous EN-DC.......................................................................................................................... 320
A.4.5.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 320
A.4.5.2.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 324
A.4.5.2.5 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in
synchronous EN-DC ........................................................................................................................... 325
A.4.5.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 325

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 14 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.5.2.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 327

A.4.5.2.6 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in
asynchronous EN-DC.......................................................................................................................... 328
A.4.5.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 328
A.4.5.2.6.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 330
A.4.5.2.7 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 331
A.4.5.3.1 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 for 160ms SCell measurement cycle ...... 331
A.4.5.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 331
A.4.5.3.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 334
A.4.5.3.2 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 for 320 ms SCell measurement cycle ..... 335
A.4.5.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 335
A.4.5.3.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 335
A.4.5.3.3 SCell Activation and deactivation of unknown SCell in FR1 ............................................................. 335
A.4.5.3.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 335
A.4.5.3.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 336
A.4.5.4 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay .............................................................................................. 337
A.4.5.4.1 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay ......................................................................................... 337
A.4.5.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ..................................................................................................................... 337
A.4.5.4.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 342
A.4.5.5 Beam Failure Detection and Link recovery procedures ............................................................................ 342
A.4.5.5.1 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PSCell configured with SSB-
based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode ............................................................................................... 342
A.4.5.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 342
A.4.5.5.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 348
A.4.5.5.2 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PSCell configured with SSB-
based BFD and LR in DRX mode ....................................................................................................... 348
A.4.5.5.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 348
A.4.5.5.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 355
A.4.5.5.3 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PSCell configured with CSI-
RS-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode ......................................................................................... 355
A.4.5.5.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 355
A.4.5.5.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 360
A.4.5.5.4 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PSCell configured with CSI-
RS-based BFD and LR in DRX mode................................................................................................. 361
A.4.5.5.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 361
A.4.5.5.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 365
A.4.5.6.1 DCI-based and Timer-based Active BWP Switch .............................................................................. 366
A.4.5.6.1.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR1 DL active BWP switch in non-DRX in synchronous EN-DC ....... 366
A.4.5.6.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 366
A.4.5.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 369
A.4.5.6.1.2 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR1 DL active BWP switch with FR1 SCell in non-DRX in
synchronous EN-DC ...................................................................................................................... 370
A.4.5.6.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 370
A.4.5.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 373
A.4.5.6.2 RRC-based Active BWP Switch ......................................................................................................... 374
A.4.5.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 374
A.4.5.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 378
A.4.5.7 PSCell addition and release delay ............................................................................................................. 379
A.4.5.7.1 Addition and Release Delay of known NR PSCell ............................................................................. 379
A.4.5.7.1.1 Test purpose and environment ....................................................................................................... 379
A.4.5.7.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 382
A.4.6 Measurement procedure ................................................................................................................................. 382
A.4.6.1 Intra-frequency Measurements ................................................................................................................. 382
A.4.6.1.1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without gap under non-DRX ................................................. 382
A.4.6.1.1.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 382
A.4.6.1.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 383
A.4.6.1.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 387
A.4.6.1.2 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without gap under DRX......................................................... 387
A.4.6.1.2.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 387
A.4.6.1.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 387
A.4.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 391
A.4.6.1.3 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under non-DRX ........................................ 391

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 15 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.1.3.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 391

A.4.6.1.3.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 391
A.4.6.1.3.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 395
A.4.6.1.4 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under DRX ............................................... 395
A.4.6.1.4.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 395
A.4.6.1.4.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 395
A.4.6.1.4.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 399
A.4.6.1.5 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without gap under non-DRX with SSB index reading .......... 399
A.4.6.1.5.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 399
A.4.6.1.5.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 399
A.4.6.1.5.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 401
A.4.6.1.6 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading with per-UE gaps ............................ 402
A.4.6.1.6.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 402
A.4.6.1.6.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 402
A.4.6.1.6.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 404
A.4.6.2 Inter-frequency Measurements ................................................................................................................. 405
A.4.6.2.1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR1 cell without SSB time index detection when DRX
is not used ........................................................................................................................................... 405
A.4.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 405
A.4.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 408
A.4.6.2.2 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR1 cell without SSB time index detection when DRX
is used.................................................................................................................................................. 408
A.4.6.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 408
A.4.6.2.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 411
A.4.6.2.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 412
A.4.6.2.4 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 412
A.4.6.2.5 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR1 cell with SSB time index detection when DRX is
not used ............................................................................................................................................... 412
A.4.6.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 412
A.4.6.2.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 415
A.4.6.2.6 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR1 cell with SSB time index detection when DRX is
used ..................................................................................................................................................... 415
A.4.6.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 415
A.4.6.2.6.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 419
A.4.6.2.7 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 419
A.4.6.2.8 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 419
A.4.6.3 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 419
A.4.6.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting .............................................................................................. 419
A.4.6.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used ................................................................ 419
A.4.6.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 419
A.4.6.4.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 420
A.4.6.4.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 422
A.4.6.4.2 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used ...................................................................... 422
A.4.6.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 422
A.4.6.4.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 422
A.4.6.4.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 424
A.4.6.4.3 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used........................................................... 424
A.4.6.4.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 424
A.4.6.4.3.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 425
A.4.6.4.3.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 427
A.4.6.4.4 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used ................................................................. 427
A.4.6.4.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 427
A.4.6.4.4.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 427
A.4.6.4.4.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 430
A.4.7 Measurement Performance requirements ....................................................................................................... 430
A.4.7.1 SS-RSRP ................................................................................................................................................... 430
A.4.7.1.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ............... 430
A.4.7.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 430
A.4.7.1.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 431
A.4.7.1.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 433
A.4.7.1.2 EN-DC inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ............... 434
A.4.7.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 434

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 16 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.7.1.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 434

A.4.7.1.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 437
A.4.7.1.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 437
A.4.7.2 SS-RSRQ .................................................................................................................................................. 437
A.4.7.2.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ............... 437
A.4.7.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 437
A.4.7.2.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 437
A.4.7.2.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 441
A.4.7.2.2 EN-DC Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ............... 441
A.4.7.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 441
A.4.7.2.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 441
A.4.7.2.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 444
A.4.7.3 SS-SINR ................................................................................................................................................... 445
A.4.7.3.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ............... 445
A.4.7.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 445
A.4.7.3.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 445
A.4.7.3.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 448
A.4.7.3.2 EN-DC Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ............... 448
A.4.7.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 448
A.4.7.3.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 448
A.4.7.3.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 452
A.4.7.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting .............................................................................................. 452
A.4.7.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement ..................................................................................................... 452
A.4.7.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 452
A.4.7.4.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 453
A.4.7.4.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 456
A.4.7.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement on resource set with repetition off ......................................... 456
A.4.7.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 456
A.4.7.4.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 456
A.4.7.4.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 459
A.4.7.5 SFTD accuracy ......................................................................................................................................... 459
A.4.7.5.1 SFTD accuracy.................................................................................................................................... 459
A.4.7.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 459
A.4.7.5.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 459
A.4.7.5.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 462
A.4.7.5.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 462
A.4.7.5.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 462
A.4.8 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 462
A.5 EN-DC tests with one or more NR cells in FR2 ..................................................................................463
A.5.1 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 463
A.5.2 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 463
A.5.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility ............................................................................................................... 463
A.5.3.1 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 463
A.5.3.2 RRC Connection Mobility Control ........................................................................................................... 463
A.5.3.2.1 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 463
A.5.3.2.2 Random Access ................................................................................................................................... 463
A.5.3.2.2.1 Contention based random access test in FR2 for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC .................................... 463
A.5.3.2.2.2 Non-contention based random access test in FR2 for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC............................. 467
A.5.3.2.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 472
A.5.4 Timing ............................................................................................................................................................ 472
A.5.4.1 UE transmit timing ................................................................................................................................... 472
A.5.4.1.1 NR UE Transmit Timing Test for FR2 ............................................................................................... 472
A.5.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and environment ...................................................................................................... 472
A.5.4.1.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 474
A.5.4.2 UE timer accuracy .................................................................................................................................... 475
A.5.4.3 Timing advance ........................................................................................................................................ 475
A.5.4.3.1 EN-DC FR2 timing advance adjustment accuracy .......................................................................................... 475
A.5.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ..................................................................................................................... 475
A.5.4.3.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................................ 475
A.5.4.3.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 479
A.5.5 Signaling characteristics ................................................................................................................................. 479

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 17 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.5.1 Radio link Monitoring .............................................................................................................................. 479

A.5.5.1.1 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
non-DRX mode ................................................................................................................................... 479
A.5.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 479
A.5.5.1.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 482
A.5.5.1.2 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
non-DRX mode ................................................................................................................................... 483
A.5.5.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 483
A.5.5.1.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 486
A.5.5.1.3 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 486
A.5.5.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 486
A.5.5.1.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 490
A.5.5.1.4 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 490
A.5.5.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 490
A.5.5.1.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 494
A.5.5.1.5 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with CSI-RS-based
RLM in non-DRX mode ..................................................................................................................... 494
A.5.5.1.6 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with CSI-RS-based
RLM in non-DRX mode ..................................................................................................................... 498
A.5.5.1.7 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with CSI-RS-based
RLM in DRX mode ............................................................................................................................. 502
A.5.5.1.8 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with CSI-RS-based
RLM in DRX mode ............................................................................................................................. 506
A.5.5.1.8.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 510
A.5.5.1.9 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring UE Scheduling Restrictions on FR2 ................................................ 510
A.5.5.1.9.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 510
A.5.5.1.9.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 512
A.5.5.2 Interruption ............................................................................................................................................... 512
A.5.5.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX in
synchronous EN-DC ........................................................................................................................... 512
A.5.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 512
A.5.5.2.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 515
A.5.5.2.2 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX in
asynchronous EN-DC.......................................................................................................................... 515
A.5.5.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 515
A.5.5.2.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 518
A.5.5.2.3 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in
synchronous EN-DC ........................................................................................................................... 518
A.5.5.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 518
A.5.5.2.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 521
A.5.5.2.4 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in
asynchronous EN-DC.......................................................................................................................... 522
A.5.5.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 522
A.5.5.2.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 525
A.5.5.2.5 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in
synchronous EN-DC ........................................................................................................................... 526
A.5.5.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 526
A.5.5.2.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 529
A.5.5.2.6 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in
asynchronous EN-DC.......................................................................................................................... 530
A.5.5.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 530
A.5.5.2.6.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 532
A.5.5.3.1 SCell Activation and deactivation of SCell in FR2 intra-band ........................................................... 533
A.5.5.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 533
A.5.5.3.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 535
A.5.5.3.2 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 for 160ms SCell measurement cycle ...... 535
A.5.5.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 535
A.5.5.3.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 538
A.5.5.3.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 538
A.5.5.3.4 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 538

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 18 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.5.3.5 SCell Activation and deactivation of SCell in FR2 ............................................................................. 538

A.5.5.3.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 538
A.5.5.3.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 541
A.5.5.4 Void .......................................................................................................................................................... 541
A.5.5.5 Beam Failure Detection and Link recovery procedures ............................................................................ 541
A.5.5.5.1 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-
based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode ............................................................................................... 541
A.5.5.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 541
A.5.5.5.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 545
A.5.5.5.2 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-
based BFD and LR in DRX mode ....................................................................................................... 545
A.5.5.5.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 545
A.5.5.5.3 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PSCell configured with CSI-
RS-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode ......................................................................................... 549
A.5.5.5.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 549
A.5.5.5.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 553
A.5.5.5.4 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PSCell configured with CSI-
RS-based BFD and LR in DRX mode................................................................................................. 553
A.5.5.5.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 553
A.5.5.5.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 557
A.5.5.5.5 EN-DC scheduling availability restriction during Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery for
FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode ......................................... 557
A.5.5.5.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 557
A.5.5.5.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 563
A.5.5.6 Active BWP switch................................................................................................................................... 563
A.5.5.6.1 DCI-based and Timer-based Active BWP Switch .............................................................................. 563
A.5.5.6.1.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 DL active BWP switch with non-DRX in synchronous EN-DC ... 563
A.5.5.6.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 563
A.5.5.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 567
A.5.5.6.1.2 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 DL active BWP switch with FR2 SCell in non-DRX in
synchronous EN-DC ...................................................................................................................... 568
A.5.5.6.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 568
A.5.5.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 572
A.5.5.6.2 RRC-based Active BWP Switch ......................................................................................................... 573
A.5.5.6.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 DL active BWP switch with non-DRX in synchronous EN-DC ... 573
A.5.5.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 573
A.5.5.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 576
A.5.5.7 PSCell addition and release delay ............................................................................................................. 577
A.5.5.7.1 Addition and Release Delay of NR PSCell ......................................................................................... 577
A.5.5.7.1.1 Test purpose and environment ....................................................................................................... 577
A.5.5.7.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 580
A.5.5.8 Active TCI state switch delay ................................................................................................................... 581
A.5.5.8.1 MAC-CE based active TCI state switch.............................................................................................. 581
A.5.5.8.1.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 active TCI state switch for a known TCI state ............................... 581
A.5.5.8.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 581
A.5.5.8.1.1.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 583
A.5.5.8.2 RRC based active TCI state switch ..................................................................................................... 583
A.5.5.8.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 active TCI state switch for a known TCI state ............................... 583
A.5.5.8.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 583
A.5.5.8.2.1.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 586
A.5.6 Measurement procedure ................................................................................................................................. 586
A.5.6.1 Intra-frequency Measurements ................................................................................................................. 586
A.5.6.1.1 EN-DC event triggered reporting test without gap under non-DRX ................................................... 586
A.5.6.1.1.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 586
A.5.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 589
A.5.6.1.2 EN-DC event triggered reporting test without gap under DRX .......................................................... 589
A.5.6.1.2.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 589
A.5.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 591
A.5.6.1.3 EN-DC event triggered reporting test with per-UE gaps under non-DRX .......................................... 592
A.5.6.1.3.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 592
A.5.6.1.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 595
A.5.6.1.4 EN-DC event triggered reporting test with per-UE gaps under DRX ................................................. 595

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 19 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.6.1.4.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 595

A.5.6.1.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 598
A.5.6.2 Inter-frequency Measurements ................................................................................................................. 598
A.5.6.2.1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell without SSB time index detection when DRX
is not used ........................................................................................................................................... 598
A.5.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 598
A.5.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 601
A.5.6.2.2 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell without SSB time index detection when DRX
is used.................................................................................................................................................. 601
A.5.6.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 601
A.5.6.2.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 604
A.5.6.2.3 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell with SSB time index detection when DRX is
not used ............................................................................................................................................... 605
A.5.6.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 605
A.5.6.2.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 608
A.5.6.2.4 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell with SSB time index detection when DRX is
used ..................................................................................................................................................... 608
A.5.6.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 608
A.5.6.2.5 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell without SSB time index detection when DRX
is not used ........................................................................................................................................... 612
A.5.6.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 612
A.5.6.2.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 615
A.5.6.2.6 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell without SSB time index detection when DRX
is used.................................................................................................................................................. 616
A.5.6.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 616
A.5.6.2.6.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 619
A.5.6.2.7 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell with SSB time index detection when DRX is
not used ............................................................................................................................................... 620
A.5.6.2.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 620
A.5.6.2.7.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 623
A.5.6.2.8 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell with SSB time index detection when DRX is
used ..................................................................................................................................................... 624
A.5.6.2.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 624
A.5.6.2.8.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 627
A.5.6.3 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting .............................................................................................. 628
A.5.6.3.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used ................................................................ 628
A.5.6.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 628
A.5.6.3.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 628
A.5.6.3.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 630
A.5.6.3.2 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used ...................................................................... 630
A.5.6.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 630
A.5.6.3.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 631
A.5.6.3.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 633
A.5.6.3.3 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used........................................................... 633
A.5.6.3.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 633
A.5.6.3.3.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 634
A.5.6.3.3.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 636
A.5.6.3.4 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used ................................................................. 637
A.5.6.3.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 637
A.5.6.3.4.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 637
A.5.6.3.4.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 639
A.5.7 Measurement Performance requirements ....................................................................................................... 640
A.5.7.1 SS-RSRP ................................................................................................................................................... 640
A.5.7.1.1 EN-DC intra-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 target cell ....... 640
A.5.7.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 640
A.5.7.1.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 640
A.5.7.1.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 642
A.5.7.1.2 EN-DC inter-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 target cell ....... 643
A.5.7.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 643
A.5.7.1.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 643
A.5.7.1.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 645
A.5.7.1.3 EN-DC inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR2 target cell ............... 646

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 20 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.7.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 646

A.5.7.1.3.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 647
A.5.7.1.3.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 649
A.5.7.2 SS-RSRQ .................................................................................................................................................. 649
A.5.7.2.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 TDD target
cell ................................................................................................................................................. 649
A.5.7.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 649
A.5.7.2.1.2 Test Parameters ........................................................................................................................ 649
A.5.7.2.1.3 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 654
A.5.7.2.2 EN-DC Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 TDD target cell ...... 654
A.5.7.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 654
A.5.7.2.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 654
A.5.7.2.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 657
A.5.7.3 SS-SINR ................................................................................................................................................... 657
A.5.7.3.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 TDD target cell ...... 657
A.5.7.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 657
A.5.7.3.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 657
A.5.7.3.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 660
A.5.7.3.2 EN-DC Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 TDD target cell ...... 660
A.5.7.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 660
A.5.7.3.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 660
A.5.7.3.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 663
A.5.7.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting .............................................................................................. 663
A.5.7.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement ..................................................................................................... 663
A.5.7.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 663
A.5.7.4.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 663
A.5.7.4.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 665
A.5.7.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement on resource set with repetition off ......................................... 666
A.5.7.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 666
A.5.7.4.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 666
A.5.7.4.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 668
A.5.8 Void ................................................................................................................................................................ 669
A.6 NR standalone tests with all NR cells in FR1 ......................................................................................670
A.6.1 SA: RRC_IDLE state mobility ....................................................................................................................... 670
A.6.1.1 Cell re-selection to NR ............................................................................................................................. 670
A.6.1.1.1 Cell reselection to FR1 intra-frequency NR case ................................................................................ 670
A.6.1.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 670
A.6.1.1.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 670
A.6.1.1.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 674
A.6.1.1.2 Cell reselection to FR1 inter-frequency NR case ................................................................................ 674
A.6.1.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 674
A.6.1.1.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 674
A.6.1.1.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 678
A.6.1.2.1 Cell reselection to higher priority E-UTRAN ..................................................................................... 678
A.6.1.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 678
A.6.1.2.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 678
A.6.1.2.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 681
A.6.1.2.2 Cell reselection to lower priority E-UTRAN ...................................................................................... 682
A.6.1.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 682
A.6.1.2.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 682
A.6.1.2.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 684
A.6.2 SA: RRC_INACTIVE state mobility ............................................................................................................. 685
A.6.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility ............................................................................................................... 685
A.6.3.1.1 Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1; known target cell .......................................................... 685
A.6.3.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 685
A.6.3.1.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 685
A.6.3.1.1.3 Test Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 687
A.6.3.1.2 Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1; unknown target cell ...................................................... 687
A.6.3.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 687
A.6.3.1.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 687
A.6.3.1.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 689

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 21 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.3.1.3 Inter-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1; unknown target cell ...................................................... 689
A.6.3.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 689
A.6.3.1.3.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 690
A.6.3.1.3.3 Test Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 691
A.6.3.1.4 SA NR - E-UTRAN handover ........................................................................................................... 692
A.6.3.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 692
A.6.3.1.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 695
A.6.3.1.5 SA NR - E-UTRAN handover with unknown target cell .................................................................... 696
A.6.3.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 696
A.6.3.1.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 699
A.6.3.2.1 SA: RRC Re-establishment ................................................................................................................. 699
A.6.3.2.1.1 Intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR1 ............................................................................. 699
A.6.3.2.1.2 Inter-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR1 ............................................................................. 702
A.6.3.2.1.3 Intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR1 without serving cell timing ................................. 705
A.6.3.2.2 Random Access ................................................................................................................................... 708
A.6.3.2.2.1 Contention based random access test in FR1 for NR standalone .................................................. 708
A.6.3.2.2.2 Non-Contention based random access test in FR1 for NR standalone .......................................... 711
A.6.3.2.3.1 Redirection from NR in FR1 to NR in FR1 ................................................................................... 714
A.6.3.2.3.2 Redirection from NR in FR1 to E-UTRAN ................................................................................... 717
A.6.4 Timing ............................................................................................................................................................ 720
A.6.4.1.1 NR UE Transmit Timing Test for FR1 ............................................................................................... 720
A.6.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and environment ...................................................................................................... 720
A.6.4.1.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 723
A.6.4.3.1 SA FR1 timing advance adjustment accuracy ..................................................................................... 724
A.6.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 724
A.6.4.3.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 724
A.6.4.3.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 727
A.6.5 Signalling characteristics ................................................................................................................................ 727
A.6.5.1.1 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
non-DRX mode ................................................................................................................................... 728
A.6.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 728
A.6.5.1.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 731
A.6.5.1.2 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in non-
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 731
A.6.5.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 731
A.6.5.1.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 735
A.6.5.1.3 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 735
A.6.5.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 735
A.6.5.1.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 739
A.6.5.1.4 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in DRX
mode .................................................................................................................................................... 739
A.6.5.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 739
A.6.5.1.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 743
A.6.5.1.5 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based RLM in
non-DRX mode ................................................................................................................................... 743
A.6.5.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 743
A.6.5.1.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 748
A.6.5.1.6 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based RLM in non-
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 748
A.6.5.1.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 748
A.6.5.1.6.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 752
A.6.5.1.7 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based RLM in
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 752
A.6.5.1.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 752
A.6.5.1.7.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 756
A.6.5.1.8 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based RLM in DRX
mode .................................................................................................................................................... 756
A.6.5.1.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 756
A.6.5.1.8.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 760
A.6.5.2.1 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in FR1 .................................................. 760

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 22 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.5.3.1 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 in non-DRX for 160ms SCell
measurement cycle .............................................................................................................................. 763
A.6.5.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 763
A.6.5.3.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 766
A.6.5.3.2 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 in non-DRX for 320ms SCell
measurement cycle .............................................................................................................................. 766
A.6.5.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 766
A.6.5.3.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 767
A.6.5.3.3 SCell Activation and deactivation of unknown SCell in FR1 in non-DRX ........................................ 767
A.6.5.3.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 767
A.6.5.3.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 768
A.6.5.4.1 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay ......................................................................................... 768
A.6.5.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 768
A.6.5.4.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 774
A.6.5.4.2 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 774
A.6.5.5.1 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PCell configured with SSB-based BFD
and LR in non-DRX mode .................................................................................................................. 774
A.6.5.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 774
A.6.5.5.2 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PCell configured with SSB-based BFD
and LR in DRX mode ......................................................................................................................... 779
A.6.5.5.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 779
A.6.5.5.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 784
A.6.5.5.3 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based
BFD and LR in non-DRX mode ......................................................................................................... 784
A.6.5.5.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 784
A.6.5.5.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 790
A.6.5.5.4 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based
BFD and LR in DRX mode ................................................................................................................. 790
A.6.5.5.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 790
A.6.5.5.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 795
A.6.5.6.1 DCI-based and Timer-based Active BWP Switch .............................................................................. 795
A.6.5.6.1.1 NR FR1- NR FR1 DL active BWP switch of PCell with non-DRX in SA ................................... 795
A.6.5.6.1.2 NR FR1 DL active BWP switch with non-DRX in SA ................................................................. 799
A.6.5.6.2 RRC-based Active BWP Switch ......................................................................................................... 803
A.6.5.6.2.1 NR FR1 DL active BWP switch of Cell with non-DRX in SA ..................................................... 803
A.6.6 Measurement procedure ................................................................................................................................. 806
A.6.6.1.1 SA event triggered reporting tests without gap under non-DRX ........................................................ 806
A.6.6.1.1.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 806
A.6.6.1.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 806
A.6.6.1.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 808
A.6.6.1.2 SA event triggered reporting tests without gap under DRX ................................................................ 808
A.6.6.1.2.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 808
A.6.6.1.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 809
A.6.6.1.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 810
A.6.6.1.3 SA event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under non-DRX ............................................... 811
A.6.6.1.3.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 811
A.6.6.1.3.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 811
A.6.6.1.3.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 815
A.6.6.1.4 SA event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under DRX....................................................... 815
A.6.6.1.4.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 815
A.6.6.1.4.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 815
A.6.6.1.4.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 818
A.6.6.1.5 SA event triggered reporting tests without gap under non-DRX with SSB index reading.................. 818
A.6.6.1.5.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 818
A.6.6.1.5.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 818
A.6.6.1.5.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 820
A.6.6.1.6 SA event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under non-DRX with SSB index reading ........ 820
A.6.6.1.6.1 Test purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 820
A.6.6.1.6.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 820
A.6.6.1.6.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 822
A.6.6.2.1 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR1 without SSB time index detection when DRX is not
used ..................................................................................................................................................... 822

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 23 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 822

A.6.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 825
A.6.6.2.2 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR1 without SSB time index detection when DRX is used .... 825
A.6.6.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 825
A.6.6.2.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 828
A.6.6.2.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 829
A.6.6.2.4 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 829
A.6.6.2.5 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR1 with SSB time index detection when DRX is not used ... 829
A.6.6.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 829
A.6.6.2.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 833
A.6.6.2.6 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR1 with SSB time index detection when DRX is used ......... 833
A.6.6.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 833
A.6.6.2.6.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 836
A.6.6.2.7 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 837
A.6.6.2.8 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 837
A.6.6.3 Inter-RAT Measurements ......................................................................................................................... 837
A.6.6.3.1 SA NR - E-UTRAN event-triggered reporting in non-DRX in FR1 ................................................... 837
A.6.6.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 837
A.6.6.3.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 840
A.6.6.3.2 SA NR - E-UTRAN event-triggered reporting in DRX in FR1 .......................................................... 840
A.6.6.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 840
A.6.6.3.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 844
A.6.6.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting .............................................................................................. 845
A.6.6.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used ................................................................ 845
A.6.6.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 845
A.6.6.4.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 845
A.6.6.4.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 847
A.6.6.4.2 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used ...................................................................... 847
A.6.6.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 847
A.6.6.4.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 847
A.6.6.4.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 849
A.6.6.4.3 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used........................................................... 849
A.6.6.4A.6.6.4.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 849
A.6.6.4.3.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 850
A.6.6.4.3.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 852
A.6.6.4.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 852
A.6.6.4.4.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 852
A.6.6.4.4.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 854
A.6.6.4.4 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used ................................................................. 855
A.6.7 Measurement Performance requirements ....................................................................................................... 855
A.6.7.1.1 SA: intra-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ............. 855
A.6.7.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 855
A.6.7.1.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 855
A.6.7.1.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 860
A.6.7.1.2 SA inter-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell .............. 860
A.6.7.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 860
A.6.7.1.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 860
A.6.7.1.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 863
A.6.7.1.3 Void..................................................................................................................................................... 863
A.6.7.2 SS-RSRQ .................................................................................................................................................. 863
A.6.7.2.1 SA: Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ..................... 863
A.6.7.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 863
A.6.7.2.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 863
A.6.7.2.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 867
A.6.7.2.2 SA Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ...................... 867
A.6.7.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 867
A.6.7.2.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 867
A.6.7.2.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 871
A.6.7.3.1 SA intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ...................... 871
A.6.7.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 871
A.6.7.3.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 871
A.6.7.3.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 874

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 24 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.7.3.2 SA Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1 target cell ...................... 874
A.6.7.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 874
A.6.7.3.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 874
A.6.7.3.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 878
A.6.7.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement ..................................................................................................... 878
A.6.7.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 878
A.6.7.4.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 878
A.6.7.4.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 881
A.6.7.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement on resource set with repetition off ......................................... 881
A.6.7.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 881
A.6.7.4.2.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 881
A.6.7.4.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 884
A.6.7.5.1 SA: inter-RAT measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell ............................................................ 884
A.6.7.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 884
A.6.7.5.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 884
A.6.7.5.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 888
A.6.7.6.1 SA: inter-RAT measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell ............................................................ 888
A.6.7.6.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 888
A.6.7.6.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 889
A.6.7.6.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 892
A.6.7.7.1 SA: inter-RAT measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell ............................................................ 893
A.6.7.7.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 893
A.6.7.7.1.2 Test parameters .............................................................................................................................. 893
A.6.7.7.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 897
A.7 NR standalone tests with one or more NR cells in FR2 .......................................................................897
A.7.1 SA: RRC_IDLE state mobility ....................................................................................................................... 897
A.7.1.1.1 Cell reselection to FR2 intra-frequency NR case ................................................................................ 897
A.7.1.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 897
A.7.1.1.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 897
A.7.1.1.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 901
A.7.1.1.2 Cell reselection to FR2 inter-frequency NR case ................................................................................ 901
A.7.1.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 901
A.7.1.1.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 901
A.7.1.1.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 904
A.7.2 SA: RRC_INACTIVE state mobility ............................................................................................................. 904
A.7.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility ............................................................................................................... 904
A.7.3.1 Handover .................................................................................................................................................. 904
A.7.3.1.1 Inter-frequency handover from FR1 to FR2; unknown target cell ...................................................... 904
A.7.3.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 904
A.7.3.1.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 904
A.7.3.1.1.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 907
A.7.3.1.2 Intra-frequency handover from FR2 to FR2; unknown target cell ...................................................... 907
A.7.3.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 907
A.7.3.1.2.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 907
A.7.3.1.2.3 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 909
A.7.3.1.3 Inter-frequency handover from FR2 to FR2; unknown target cell ...................................................... 909
A.7.3.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 909
A.7.3.1.3.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 909
A.7.3.1.3.3 Test Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 911
A.7.3.2.1 SA: RRC Re-establishment ................................................................................................................. 911
A.7.3.2.1.1 Intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR2 ............................................................................. 911
A.7.3.2.1.2 Inter-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR2 ............................................................................. 914
A.7.3.2.1.3 Intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR2 without serving cell timing ................................. 917
A.7.3.2.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ................................................................................................ 917
A.7.3.2.1.3.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................... 919
A.7.3.2.2 Random Access ................................................................................................................................... 920
A.7.3.2.2.1 Contention based random access test in FR2 for NR Standalone .................................................. 920
A.7.3.2.2.2 Non-contention based random access test in FR2 for NR Standalone........................................... 924
A.7.3.2.3 SA: RRC Connection Release with Redirection ................................................................................. 927
A.7.3.2.3.1 Redirection from NR in FR2 to NR in FR2 ................................................................................... 927
A.7.4 Timing ............................................................................................................................................................ 929

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 25 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.4.1.1 NR UE Transmit Timing Test for FR2 ............................................................................................... 929

A.7.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and environment ...................................................................................................... 929
A.7.4.1.1.2 Test requirements .......................................................................................................................... 932
A.7.4.3.1 SA FR2 timing advance adjustment accuracy ..................................................................................... 933
A.7.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 933
A.7.4.3.1.2 Test Parameters ............................................................................................................................. 933
A.7.4.3.1.3 Test Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 937
A.7.5 Signaling characteristics ................................................................................................................................. 937
A.7.5.1.1 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
non-DRX mode ................................................................................................................................... 937
A.7.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 937
A.7.5.1.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 940
A.7.5.1.2 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in non-
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 941
A.7.5.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 941
A.7.5.1.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 945
A.7.5.1.3 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 946
A.7.5.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 946
A.7.5.1.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 949
A.7.5.1.4 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-based RLM RS in DRX
mode .................................................................................................................................................... 949
A.7.5.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 949
A.7.5.1.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 954
A.7.5.1.5 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based RLM in
non-DRX mode ................................................................................................................................... 954
A.7.5.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 954
A.7.5.1.5.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 958
A.7.5.1.6 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based RLM in non-
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 958
A.7.5.1.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 958
A.7.5.1.6.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 962
A.7.5.1.7 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based RLM in
DRX mode .......................................................................................................................................... 962
A.7.5.1.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 962
A.7.5.1.7.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 965
A.7.5.1.8 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based RLM in DRX
mode .................................................................................................................................................... 965
A.7.5.1.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 965
A.7.5.1.8.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 969
A.7.5.1.9 UE Radio Link Monitoring Scheduling Restrictions on FR2.............................................................. 969
A.7.5.1.9.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 969
A.7.5.1.9.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 970
A.7.5.2.1 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in FR2 .................................................. 971
A.7.5.3.1 SCell Activation and deactivation for SCell in FR2 intra-band in non-DRX ..................................... 974
A.7.5.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 974
A.7.5.3.1.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 976
A.7.5.3.2 SCell Activation and deactivation for FR1+FR2 inter-band with target SCell in FR2 ....................... 976
A.7.5.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 976
A.7.5.3.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 979
A.7.5.5.1 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-based BFD
and LR in non-DRX mode .................................................................................................................. 980
A.7.5.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 980
A.7.5.5.2 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-based BFD
and LR in DRX mode ......................................................................................................................... 984
A.7.5.5.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 984
A.7.5.5.2.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 988
A.7.5.5.3 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based
BFD and LR in non-DRX mode ......................................................................................................... 988
A.7.5.5.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 988
A.7.5.5.3.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 993

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 26 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.5.5.4 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-RS-based
BFD and LR in DRX mode ................................................................................................................. 994
A.7.5.5.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 994
A.7.5.5.4.2 Test Requirements ......................................................................................................................... 998
A.7.5.5.5 Scheduling availability restriction during Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery for FR2
PCell configured with SSB-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode ................................................... 999
A.7.5.5.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment ...................................................................................................... 999
Figure A.7.5.5.5.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation SSB for SSB-based beam f A.7.5.5.5.2 .................................. Test
Requirements ............................................................................................................................... 1003
A.7.5.6.1 DCI-based and Timer-based Active BWP Switch ............................................................................ 1003
A.7.5.6.1.1 NR FR2- NR FR2 DL active BWP switch of PCell with non-DRX in SA ................................. 1003
A.7.5.6.1.2 NR FR1- NR FR2 DL active BWP switch of PCell with non-DRX in SA ................................. 1008
A.7.5.6.1.3 NR FR2 DL active BWP switch with non-DRX in SA ............................................................... 1012
A.7.5.6.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment .............................................................................................. 1012
A.7.5.6.1.3.2 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................. 1015
A.7.5.6.2 RRC-based Active BWP Switch ....................................................................................................... 1015
A.7.5.7.1 Addition and Release Delay of known NR PSCell ........................................................................... 1019
A.7.5.7.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1019
A.7.5.7.2 Addition and Release Delay of unknown NR PSCell ....................................................................... 1023
A.7.5.7.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1023
A.7.5.8.1 MAC-CE based active TCI state switch............................................................................................ 1027
A.7.5.8.2 RRC based active TCI state switch ................................................................................................... 1029
A.7.6 Measurement procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1032
A.7.6.1.1 SA event triggered reporting test without gap under non-DRX ........................................................ 1032
A.7.6.1.1.1 Test purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1032
A.7.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1034
A.7.6.1.2 SA event triggered reporting test without gap under DRX ............................................................... 1034
A.7.6.1.2.1 Test purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1034
A.7.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1037
A.7.6.1.3 SA event triggered reporting test with per-UE gaps under non-DRX ............................................... 1037
A.7.6.1.3.1 Test purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1037
A.7.6.1.3.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1040
A.7.6.1.4 SA event triggered reporting test with per-UE gaps under DRX ...................................................... 1040
A.7.6.1.4.1 Test purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1040
A.7.6.1.4.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1042
A.7.6.2.1 SA event triggered reporting tests For FR2 without SSB time index detection when DRX is not
used (PCell in FR2) ........................................................................................................................... 1043
A.7.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1043
A.7.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1047
A.7.6.2.2 SA event triggered reporting tests For FR2 without SSB time index detection when DRX is used
(PCell in FR2) ................................................................................................................................... 1047
A.7.6.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1047
A.7.6.2.2.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1050
A.7.6.2.3 SA event triggered reporting tests For FR2 with SSB time index detection when DRX is not used
(PCell in FR2) ................................................................................................................................... 1050
A.7.6.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1050
A.7.6.2.3.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1054
A.7.6.2.4 SA event triggered reporting tests For FR2 with SSB time index detection when DRX is used
(PCell in FR2) ................................................................................................................................... 1054
A.7.6.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1054
A.7.6.2.4.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1057
A.7.6.2.5 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR2 without SSB time index detection when DRX is not
used (PCell in FR1) ........................................................................................................................... 1057
A.7.6.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1057
A.7.6.2.5.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1060
A.7.6.2.6 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR2 without SSB time index detection when DRX is used
(PCell in FR1) ................................................................................................................................... 1060
A.7.6.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1060
A.7.6.2.6.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1064
A.7.6.2.7 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR2 with SSB time index detection when DRX is not used
(PCell in FR1) ................................................................................................................................... 1065
A.7.6.2.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1065

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 27 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.6.2.7.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1068

A.7.6.2.8 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR2 with SSB time index detection when DRX is used
(PCell in FR1) ................................................................................................................................... 1068
A.7.6.2.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1068
A.7.6.2.8.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1072
A.7.6.3 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting ............................................................................................ 1072
A.7.6.3.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used .............................................................. 1072
A.7.6.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1072
A.7.6.3.1.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1073
A.7.6.3.1.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1075
A.7.6.3.2 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used .................................................................... 1075
A.7.6.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1075
A.7.6.3.2.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1076
A.7.6.3.2.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1078
A.7.6.3.3 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used......................................................... 1078
A.7.6.3.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1078
A.7.6.3.3.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1079
A.7.6.3.3.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1081
A.7.6.3.4 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used ............................................................... 1082
A.7.6.3.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1082
A.7.6.3.4.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1082
A.7.6.3.4.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1084
A.7.7 Measurement Performance requirements ..................................................................................................... 1085
A.7.7.1.1 SA intra-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 target cell ............ 1085
A.7.7.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1085
A.7.7.1.1.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1085
A.7.7.1.1.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1088
A.7.7.1.2 SA inter-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 target cell ............ 1088
A.7.7.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1088
A.7.7.1.2.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1089
A.7.7.1.2.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1092
A.7.7.1.3 SA inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR2 target cell .................... 1092
A.7.7.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1092
A.7.7.1.3.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1093
A.7.7.1.3.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1095
A.7.7.2 SS-RSRQ ................................................................................................................................................ 1095
A.7.7.2.1 SA intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 target cell .................... 1095
A.7.7.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1095
A.7.7.2.1.2 Test Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 1095
A.7.7.2.1.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1099
A.7.7.2.2 SA Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 TDD target cell ........... 1099
A.7.7.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1099
A.7.7.2.2.2 Test Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 1099
A.7.7.2.2.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1102
A.7.7.3.1 SA intra-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 target cell ............ 1102
A.7.7.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1102
A.7.7.3.1.2 Test Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 1102
A.7.7.3.1.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1104
A.7.7.3.2 SA Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2 TDD target cell ........... 1105
A.7.7.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1105
A.7.7.3.2.2 Test Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 1105
A.7.7.3.2.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1108
A.7.7.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement ................................................................................................... 1108
A.7.7.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1108
A.7.7.4.1.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1108
A.7.7.4.1.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1110
A.7.7.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement on resource set with repetition off ....................................... 1111
A.7.7.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1111
A.7.7.4.2.2 Test parameters ............................................................................................................................ 1111
A.7.7.4.2.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1113
A.8 E-UTRA standalone tests for NR RRM .............................................................................................1114

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 28 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.8.1 Void .............................................................................................................................................................. 1114

A.8.2 RRC_IDLE state mobility ............................................................................................................................ 1114
A.8.2.1 Inter-RAT NR Cell re-selection .............................................................................................................. 1114
A.8.2.1.1 E-UTRA Cell reselection to higher priority NR target Cell in FR1 .................................................. 1114
A.8.2.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1114
A.8.2.1.1.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1117
A.8.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility ............................................................................................................. 1118
A.8.3.1 Handover ................................................................................................................................................ 1118
A.8.3.1.1 E-UTRAN - NR handover in FR1..................................................................................................... 1118
A.8.3.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1118
A.8.3.1.1.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1123
A.8.4 Measurement procedure ............................................................................................................................... 1123
A.8.4.1.1 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT SFTD Measurement Delay in non-DRX ................................................ 1123
A.8.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1123
A.8.4.1.1.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1126
A.8.4.1.2 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT SFTD Measurement Delay in DRX ....................................................... 1126
A.8.4.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1126
A.8.4.1.2.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1127
A.8.4.2 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT Measurements .............................................................................................. 1127
A.8.4.2.1 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR1 without SSB time index detection when
DRX is not used ................................................................................................................................ 1127
A.8.4.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1127
A.8.4.2.1.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1131
A.8.4.2.2 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR1 without SSB time index detection when
DRX is used ...................................................................................................................................... 1132
A.8.4.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1132
A.8.4.2.2.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1135
A.8.4.2.3 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR1 with SSB time index detection when DRX
is not used ......................................................................................................................................... 1136
A.8.4.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1136
A.8.4.2.3.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1139
A.8.4.2.4 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR1 with SSB time index detection when DRX
is used................................................................................................................................................ 1140
A.8.4.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1140
A.8.4.2.4.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1143
A.8.4.2.5 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR2 without SSB time index detection when
DRX is not used ................................................................................................................................ 1144
A.8.4.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1144
A.8.4.2.5.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1146
A.8.4.2.6 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR2 without SSB time index detection when
DRX is used ...................................................................................................................................... 1147
A.8.4.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1147
A.8.4.2.6.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1149
A.8.4.2.7 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR2 with SSB time index detection when DRX
is not used ......................................................................................................................................... 1150
A.8.4.2.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1150
A.8.4.2.7.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1152
A.8.4.2.8 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR2 with SSB time index detection when DRX
is used................................................................................................................................................ 1153
A.8.4.2.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment .................................................................................................... 1153
A.8.4.2.8.2 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1155
A.8.5 Measurement performance ........................................................................................................................... 1156
A.8.5.1.1 SFTD accuracy.................................................................................................................................. 1156
A.8.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose ................................................................................................................................ 1156
A.8.5.1.1.2 Test Environment ........................................................................................................................ 1156
A.8.5.1.1.3 Test Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 1160
A.8.5.2 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT Measurement Performance requirements ..................................................... 1160
A.8.5.2.1 SS-RSRP ........................................................................................................................................... 1160
A.8.5.2.1.1 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR1 target cell ................................................ 1160
A.8.5.2.1.2 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR2 target cell ................................................ 1164
A.8.5.2.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .............................................................................................. 1164
A.8.5.2.1.2.2 Test Parameters ...................................................................................................................... 1164

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 29 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.8.5.2.1.2.3 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................. 1166

A.8.5.2.2 SS-RSRQ .......................................................................................................................................... 1166
A.8.5.2.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR1 target cell ................................................ 1166
A.8.5.2.2.2 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR2 target cell ................................................ 1170
A.8.5.2.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .............................................................................................. 1170
A.8.5.2.2.2.2 Test Parameters ...................................................................................................................... 1170
A.8.5.2.2.2.3 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................. 1172
A.8.5.2.3 SS-SINR ............................................................................................................................................ 1173
A.8.5.2.3.1 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR1 target cell ................................................ 1173
A.8.5.2.3.2 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR2 target cell ................................................ 1176
A.8.5.2.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment .............................................................................................. 1176
A.8.5.2.3.2.2 Test Parameters ...................................................................................................................... 1176
A.8.5.2.3.2.3 Test Requirements ................................................................................................................. 1178
Annex B (normative): Conditions for RRM requirements applicability for operating bands .1179
B.1 Conditions for NR RRC_IDLE state mobility ...................................................................................1179
B.1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 1179
B.1.2 Conditions for measurements on NR intra-frequency cells for cell re-selection .......................................... 1179
B.1.3 Conditions for measurements on NR inter-frequency cells for cell re-selection .......................................... 1180
B.2 Conditions for UE measurements procedures and performance requirements in
RRC_CONNECTED state .................................................................................................................1181
B.2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 1181
B.2.1.1 General.................................................................................................................................................... 1181
B.2.1.2 Derivation of Minimum SSB_RP values for FR1................................................................................... 1181
B.2.1.3 Derivation of Minimum SSB_RP values for FR2................................................................................... 1181
B.2.1.3.1 Minimum SSB_RP values for Rx Beam Peak angle of arrival ......................................................... 1181
B.2.1.4 Gain to SS-RSRP measurement point for FR1 ....................................................................................... 1183
B.2.1.5 Gain to SS-RSRP measurement point for FR2 ....................................................................................... 1183
B.2.1.5.1 Gain to SS-RSRP measurement point for Rx Beam Peak angle of arrival........................................ 1183
B.2.2 Conditions for NR intra-frequency measurements ....................................................................................... 1183
B.2.3 Conditions for NR inter-frequency measurements ....................................................................................... 1184
B.2.4 Conditions for NR L1-RSRP reporting ........................................................................................................ 1186
B.2.4.1 Conditions for SSB based L1-RSRP reporting ....................................................................................... 1186
B.2.4.2 Conditions for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP reporting .................................................................................. 1187
B.2.5 Conditions for RRC connection release with redirection to NR................................................................... 1188
B.2.6 Conditions for UE transmit timing ............................................................................................................... 1189
B.2.6.1 Conditions for SSB based UE transmit timing ....................................................................................... 1189
B.2.6.2 Void ........................................................................................................................................................ 1190
B.3 RRM Requirements Exceptions .........................................................................................................1190
B.3.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 1190
B.3.2 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for CA ......................................................................................................... 1190
B.3.2.1 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE supporting CA in FR1................................................................ 1190
B.3.2.2 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE configured with CA in FR1 ....................................................... 1190
B.3.2.2.1 Inter-band carrier aggregation ........................................................................................................... 1190
B.3.2.2.2 Reference sensitivity exceptions due to UL harmonic interference for CA ...................................... 1190
B.3.2.2.3 Reference sensitivity exceptions due to intermodulation interference due to 2UL CA .................... 1191
B.3.2.3 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE supporting CA in FR2................................................................ 1191
B.3.2.4 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE configured with CA in FR2 ....................................................... 1191
B.3.2.4.1 Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation ........................................................................................ 1191
B.3.2.4.2 Intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation ................................................................................. 1191
B.3.3 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for DC ......................................................................................................... 1191
B.3.3.1 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for EN-DC ............................................................................................. 1191
B.3.3.2 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for NE-DC ............................................................................................. 1191
B.3.4 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for SUL ....................................................................................................... 1191
B.3.4.1 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE supporting SUL in FR1.............................................................. 1191
B.3.4.2 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE configured with SUL in FR1 ..................................................... 1192
B.3.4.2.1 Reference sensitivity exceptions due to UL harmonic interference for SUL .................................... 1192
Annex C (informative): Change history ...........................................................................................1193
History ..........................................................................................................................................................1199

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 30 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Foreword
This Technical Specification has been produced by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP).

The contents of the present document are subject to continuing work within the TSG and may change following formal
TSG approval. Should the TSG modify the contents of the present document, it will be re-released by the TSG with an
identifying change of release date and an increase in version number as follows:

Version x.y.z

where:

x the first digit:

1 presented to TSG for information;

2 presented to TSG for approval;

3 or greater indicates TSG approved document under change control.

y the second digit is incremented for all changes of substance, i.e. technical enhancements, corrections,
updates, etc.

z the third digit is incremented when editorial only changes have been incorporated in the document.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 31 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

1 Scope
The present document specifies requirements for support of Radio Resource Management for the FDD and TDD modes
of New Radio (NR). These requirements include requirements on measurements in NR and the UE as well as
requirements on node dynamical behaviour and interaction, in terms of delay and response characteristics.

2 References
The following documents contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of the present
document.

- References are either specific (identified by date of publication, edition number, version number, etc.) or
non-specific.

- For a specific reference, subsequent revisions do not apply.

- For a non-specific reference, the latest version applies. In the case of a reference to a 3GPP document (including
a GSM document), a non-specific reference implicitly refers to the latest version of that document in the same
Release as the present document.

[1] 3GPP TS 38.304: "NR; User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode".

[2] 3GPP TS 38.331: "NR; Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification".

[3] 3GPP TS 38.213: "NR; Physical layer procedures for control".

[4] 3GPP TS 38.215: "NR; Physical layer measurements".

[5] 3GPP TS 38.533: "NR; User Equipment (UE) conformance specification; Radio Resource
Management (RRM)".

[6] 3GPP TS 38.211: "NR; Physical channels and modulation”.

[7] 3GPP TS 38.321: "NR; Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification".

[8] 3GPP TS 38.212 "NR; Multiplexing and channel coding".

[9] 3GPP TS 38.202: "NR; Physical layer services provided by the physical layer".

[10] 3GPP TS 38.300: "NR; Overall description; Stage-2".

[11] 3GPP TR 21.905: "Vocabulary for 3GPP Specifications".

[12] 3GPP TS 38.423: "NG-RAN; Xn Application Protocol (XnAP)".

[13] 3GPP TS 38.104: "NR; Base Station (BS) radio transmission and reception".

[14] 3GPP TS 38.306: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio access capabilities".

[15] 3GPP TS 36.133: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Requirements for
support of radio resource management".

[16] 3GPP TS 36.331: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio Resource
Control (RRC) protocol specification".

[17] 3GPP TS 37.340: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and NR; Multi-
connectivity", Stage 2.

[18] 3GPP TS 38.101-1: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception; Part 1: Range 1
Standalone".

[19] 3GPP TS 38.101-2: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception; Part 2: Range 2
Standalone".

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 32 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

[20] 3GPP TS 38.101-3: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception; Part 3: Range 1
and Range 2 Interworking operation with other radios".

[21] 3GPP TS 38.101-4: "NR; User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception; Part 4:
Performance requirements".

[22] 3GPP TS 38.305: "NG Radio Access Network (NG-RAN); Stage 2 functional specification of
User Equipment (UE) positioning in NG-RAN".

[23] 3GPP TS 36.211: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Physical Channels and
Modulation".

[24] 3GPP TS 36.300: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Overall description".

[25] 3GPP TS 36.101: "Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network; Evolved Universal
Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE) radio transmission and reception".

[26] 3GPP TS 38.214: "NR; Physical layer procedures for data".

[27] 3GPP TS 36.355: "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); LTE Positioning
Protocol (LPP)".

[28] Void.

3 Definitions, symbols and abbreviations

3.1 Definitions
For the purposes of the present document, the terms and definitions given in TR 21.905 [11] and the following apply. A
term defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same term, if any, in TR 21.905 [11].

Active DL BWP: Active DL bandwidth part as defined in TS 38.213 [3].

Blackbox Approach: Testing methodology, in which the UE internal implementation of certain specific UE
functionality involved in the test, is unknown.

Control Resource Set: As defined in TS 38.213 [3].

DL BWP: DL bandwidth part as defined in TS 38.213 [3].

EN-DC: E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity as defined in clause 4.1.2 of TS 37.340 [17].

en-gNB: As defined in TS 37.340 [17].

FR1: Frequency range 1 as defined in clause 5.1 of TS 38.104 [13].

FR2: Frequency range 2 as defined in clause 5.1 of TS 38.104 [13].

gNB: as defined in TS 38.300 [10].

Master Cell Group: As defined in TS 38.331 [2].

Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity: Dual Connectivity between E-UTRA and NR nodes, or between two NR nodes, as
defined in TS 37.340 [17].

ng-eNB: As defined in TS 38.300 [10].

NE-DC: NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity as defined in clause 4.1.3.2 of TS 37.340 [17].

NGEN-DC: NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity as defined in clause 4.1.3.1 of TS 37.340 [17].

NR-DC: NR-NR Dual Connectivity as defined in clause 4.1.3.3 of TS 37.340 [17].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 33 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Primary Cell: As defined in TS 38.331 [2].

Quasi Co-Location: As defined in TS 38.214 [26].

RLM-RS resource: A resource out of the set of resources configured for RLM by higher layer parameter RLM-RS-List
[2] as defined in TS 38.213 [3].

SA operation mode: Operation mode when the UE is configured with at least PCell and not any MR-DC.

Secondary Cell: As defined in TS 38.331 [2].

Secondary Cell Group: As defined in TS 38.331 [2].

Serving Cell: As defined in TS 38.331 [2].

SMTC: An SSB-based measurement timing configuration configured by SSB-MeasurementTimingConfiguration as

specified in TS 38.331 [2].

Special Cell: As defined in TS 38.331 [2].

SSB: SS/PBCH block as defined in clause 7.8.3 of TS 38.211 [6].

Timing Advance Group: As defined in TS 38.331 [2].

3.2 Symbols
For the purposes of the present document, the following symbols apply:

[…] Values included in square bracket must be considered for further studies, because it means that a
decision about that value was not taken.
Tc Basic time unit, defined in clause 4.1 of TS 38.211 [6].
Ts Reference time unit, defined in clause 4.1 of TS 38.211 [6].

3.3 Abbreviations
For the purposes of the present document, the abbreviations given in TR 21.905 [11] and the following apply. An
abbreviation defined in the present document takes precedence over the definition of the same abbreviation, if any, in
TR 21.905 [11].

BFD Beam Failure Detection

BFD-RS BFD Reference Signal
BLER Block Error Rate
BM-RS Beam Management Reference Signal
BWP Bandwidth Part
CA Carrier Aggregation
CBD Candidate Beam Detection
CC Component Carrier
CORESET Control Resource Set
CP Cyclic Prefix
CSI Channel-State Information
CSI-RS CSI Reference Signal
DC Dual Connectivity
DCI Downlink Control Information
DL Downlink
DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
DRX Discontinuous Reception
E-CID Enhanced Cell ID
E-UTRA Evolved UTRA
E-UTRAN Evolved UTRAN
EN-DC E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity
FDD Frequency Division Duplex
FR Frequency Range

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 34 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request

HO Handover
L1-RSRP Layer 1 RSRP
MAC Medium Access Control
MCG Master Cell Group
MG Measurement Gap
MGL Measurement Gap Length
MGRP Measurement Gap Repetition Period
MIB Master Information Block
MN Master Node
MR-DC Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity
NE-DC NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity
NGEN-DC NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity
NR New Radio
NR-DC NR-NR Dual Connectivity
OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
OTDOA Observed Time Difference Of Arrival
PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
PCC Primary Component Carrier
PCell Primary Cell
PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
PRACH Physical RACH
PSCell Primary SCell
PSS Primary Synchronization Signal
pTAG Primary Timing Advance Group
PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
QCL Quasi Co-Location
RACH Random Access Channel
RAT Radio Access Technology
RLM Radio Link Monitoring
RLM-RS Reference Signal for RLM
RMSI Remaining Minimum System Information
RRC Radio Resource Control
RRM Radio Resource Management
RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
RSTD Reference Signal Time Difference
SA Standalone operation mode
SCC Secondary Component Carrier
SCell Secondary Cell
SCG Secondary Cell Group
SCS Subcarrier Spacing
SCSSSB SSB subcarrier spacing
SDL Supplementary Downlink
SFN System Frame Number
SFTD SFN and Frame Timing Difference
SI System Information
SIB System Information Block
SMTC SSB-based Measurement Timing configuration
SpCell Special Cell
SRS Sounding Reference Signal
SS-RSRP Synchronization Signal based Reference Signal Received Power
SS-RSRQ Synchronization Signal based Reference Signal Received Quality
SS-SINR Synchronization Signal based Signal to Noise and Interference Ratio
SSB Synchronization Signal Block
SSB_RP Received (linear) average power of the resource elements that carry NR SSB signals and channels,
measured at the UE antenna connector.
SSS Secondary Synchronization Signal
sTAG Secondary Timing Advance Group

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 35 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SUL Supplementary Uplink

TA Timing Advance
TAG Timing Advance Group
TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator
TDD Time Division Duplex
TTI Transmission Time Interval
UE User Equipment
UL Uplink

3.4 Test tolerances

The requirements given in the present document make no allowance for measurement uncertainty. The test specification
38.533 [5] defines the test tolerances.

3.5 Frequency bands grouping

3.5.1 Introduction
The intention with the frequency band grouping below is to increase the readability of the specification.

The frequency bands grouping is derived based on UE REFSENS requirements specified in [18, 19, 20] and assuming
0.5 dB step between the neighbour groups. The groups are defined in the order of increasing REFSENS, i.e., the group
A has the smallest REFSENS among the groups. For the same SCS and a given bandwidth, the bands within the same
group have the same Io conditions in a corresponding requirement in this specification, provided the bands support this
SCS. For different SCSs supported by a frequency band and the same bandwidth, different Io conditions may apply for
the frequency band in the requirements, while the band group is the same, based on the lowest REFSENS requirement
normalized by the number of subcarriers among its supported SCSs for this bandwidth. For the same SCS but different
supported bandwidths, the group for a band is determined based on the lowest REFSENS requirement normalized by
the number of subcarriers among its supported bandwidths.

3.5.2 NR operating bands in FR1

NR frequency bands grouping for FR1 is specified in Table 3.5.2-1.

Table 3.5.2-1: NR frequency band groups for FR1

Group NR FDD NR TDD NR SDL
Band group Band group Band group
Operating bands Operating bands Operating bands
notation notation notation
A NR_FDD_FR1_A NR_TDD_FR1_A n34, n38, n39, n40, NR_SDL_FR1_A n75, n76
n1, n70, n744
n50, n51
B NR_FDD_FR1_B n66, n743 NR_TDD_FR1_B - NR_SDL_FR1_B -
C NR_FDD_FR1_C - NR_TDD_FR1_C n771, n78, n79 NR_SDL_FR1_C -
D NR_FDD_FR1_D n28 NR_TDD_FR1_D n772 NR_SDL_FR1_D -
E NR_FDD_FR1_E n2, n5, n7 NR_TDD_FR1_E n41 NR_SDL_FR1_E -
F NR_FDD_FR1_F - NR_TDD_FR1_F - NR_SDL_FR1_F -
G NR_FDD_FR1_G n3, n8, n12, n20, NR_TDD_FR1_G - NR_SDL_FR1_G -
n71
H NR_FDD_FR1_H n25 NR_TDD_FR1_H - NR_SDL_FR1_H -
NOTE 1: Except 3.8 GHz to 4.2 GHz.
NOTE 2: Only 3.8 GHz to 4.2 GHz.
NOTE 3: Except 1475.9 MHz to 1510.9 MHz.
NOTE 4: Only when the band is confined in 1475.9 MHz to 1510.9 MHz.
NOTE 5: These bands are used only in NR carrier aggregation with other NR bands according to NR CA band combinations
specified in TS 38.101-1 [18] and TS 38.101-3 [20].

3.5.3 NR operating bands in FR2

NR frequency bands grouping for FR2 is specified in Table 3.5.3-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 36 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 3.5.3-1: NR frequency band groups for FR2

Group Band group notation Operating bands
A NR_TDD_FR2_A n2571, n2581, n2611
B NR_TDD_FR2_B n2574, n2584, n2614
C NR_TDD_FR2_C
D NR_TDD_FR2_D
E NR_TDD_FR2_E
F NR_TDD_FR2_F n2604
G NR_TDD_FR2_G n2601
H NR_TDD_FR2_H
I NR_TDD_FR2_I
J NR_TDD_FR2_J
K NR_TDD_FR2_K
L NR_TDD_FR2_L n2572, n2582, n2612
M NR_TDD_FR2_M
N NR_TDD_FR2_N
O NR_TDD_FR2_O
P NR_TDD_FR2_P
Q NR_TDD_FR2_Q
R NR_TDD_FR2_R
S NR_TDD_FR2_S
T NR_TDD_FR2_T n2573, n2583, n2613
U NR_TDD_FR2_U
V NR_TDD_FR2_V
W NR_TDD_FR2_W
X NR_TDD_FR2_X
Y NR_TDD_FR2_Y n2603
NOTE 1: UE power class 1.
NOTE 2: UE power class 2.
NOTE 3: UE power class 3.
NOTE 4: UE power class 4.

3.6 Applicability of requirements in this specification version

In this specification,

- ‘cell’, ‘PCell’, ‘PSCell’ and ‘SCell’ refer to NR cell, NR PCell, NR PSCell, and NR SCell,

- E-UTRA cells are referred to as ‘E-UTRA cell’, ‘E-UTRA PCell’, ‘E-UTRA PSCell’, and ‘E-UTRA SCell’,

- E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity where E-UTRA is the master is referred to as ‘E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity’
or ‘EN-DC’.

- NR-NR dual connectivity which involves two gNB acting as Master gNB and Secondary gNB is referred to as
“NR-NR dual connectivity” or “NR-DC”. NR-DC in Rel-15 only includes the scenarios where all serving cells
in MCG in FR1 and all serving cells in SCG in FR2.

- ‘active serving cell’ refers to PCell, PSCell and activated SCells

For UE configured with supplementary UL, the requirements in clause 7.1 and 7.3 shall also apply to uplink
transmissions on supplementary UL.

3.6.1 RRC connected state requirements in DRX

For the requirements in RRC connected state specified in this version of the specification, the UE shall assume that no
DRX is used provided the following conditions are met:

- DRX parameters are not configured or

- DRX parameters are configured and

- drx-InactivityTimer is running or

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 37 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- drx-RetransmissionTimerDL is running or

- drx-RetransmissionTimerUL is running or

- ra-ContentionResolutionTimer is running or

- a Scheduling Request sent on PUCCH is pending or

- a PDCCH indicating a new transmission addressed to the C-RNTI of the MAC entity has not been
received after successful reception of a Random Access Response for the preamble not selected by the
MAC entity

Otherwise the UE shall assume that DRX is used.

3.6.2 Number of serving carriers

3.6.2.1 Number of serving carriers for SA

Requirements for standalone NR with NR PCell are applicable for the UE configured with the following number of
serving NR CCs:

- up to 8 NR DL CCs in total, with 1 UL (or 2 UL if SUL is configured) in PCell and up to 1 UL (or 2 UL if SUL
is configured) in SCell.

- SUL may be configured together with one of the UL

3.6.2.2 Number of serving carriers for EN-DC

Requirements for EN-DC operation of E-UTRA and NR with E-UTRA PCell and NR PSCell are applicable for the UE
configured with the following number of serving NR CCs:

- up to 7 NR DL CCs in total, with 1 UL (or 2 UL if SUL is configured) in PSCell and up to 1 UL (or 2 UL if SUL
is configured) in SCell in different FR with PSCell.

- SUL may be configured together with one of the UL

The applicable number of E-UTRA CC for EN-DC in the MCG for both UL and DL is specified in TS 36.133 [15].

3.6.2.3 Number of serving carriers for NE-DC

Requirements for NE-DC operation of NR and E-UTRA with NR PCell and E-UTRA PSCell are applicable for the UE
configured with the following number of serving NR CCs:

- up to 7 NR DL CCs in total, with 1 UL (or 2 UL if SUL is configured) in PCell and up to 1 UL (or 2 UL if SUL
is configured) in SCell.

- SUL may be configured together with one of the UL

The applicable number of E-UTRA CC for NE-DC in the SCG for both UL and DL is specified in TS 36.133 [15].

3.6.2.4 Number of serving carriers for NR-DC

Requirements for NR-DC are applicable for the UE configured with the following number of serving NR CCs:

- up to 2 NR DL CCs in total in FR1, up to 8 NR DL CCs in total in FR2, with 1 UL in PCell, 1 UL in PSCell, and
up to 1 UL in each SCell.

3.6.3 Applicability for intra-band FR2

For the requirements in RRC connected state specified in this version of the specification, UE shall assume that the
transmitted signals from the serving cells should have the same downlink spatial domain transmission filter on one
OFDM symbol in the same band in FR2. Otherwise, the UE is not supposed to satisfy any requirements for SCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 38 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

3.6.4 Applicability for FR2 UE power classes

For the requirements of each FR2 power class specified in this version of the specification, certain UE types with
specific device architectures are assumed. The UE types can be found in TS 38.101-2 [19].

3.6.5 Applicability for SDL bands

The measurements accuracy requirements for SDL bands in this version of specification in clause 10.1 shall apply for
NR intra-frequency measurements on SCC (SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, SS-SINR, and L1-RSRP) and inter-frequency
measurements (SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR).

3.6.6 Applicability of requirements for NGEN-DC operation

All the requirements in this specification applicable for EN-DC are also applicable for NGEN-DC.

3.6.7 Applicability of QCL

For the requirements specified in this version of the specification, a reference signal is considered to be QCLed to
another reference signal if it is in the same TCI chain as the other reference signal, provided that the number of
Reference Signals in the chain is no more than 4. It is assumed there is single QCL type per TCI chain.

A TCI chain consists of an SSB, and one or more CSI-RS resources, and the TCI state of each Reference Signal
includes another Reference Signal in the same TCI chain.

DMRS of PDCCH or PDSCH is QCLed with the reference signal in its active TCI state and any other reference signal
that is QCLed, based on above criteria, with the reference signal in the active TCI state.

4 SA: RRC_IDLE state mobility

4.1 Cell Selection

After a UE has switched on and a PLMN has been selected, the cell selection process takes place, as described in
TS 38.304 [1]. This process allows the UE to select a suitable cell where to camp on in order to access available
services. In this process, the UE can use stored information (Stored information cell selection) or not (Initial cell
selection).

4.2 Cell Re-selection

4.2.1 Introduction
The cell reselection procedure allows the UE to select a more suitable cell and camp on it.

When the UE is in either Camped Normally state or Camped on Any Cell state on a cell, the UE shall attempt to detect,
synchronise, and monitor intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells indicated by the serving cell. For intra-
frequency and inter-frequency cells the serving cell may not provide explicit neighbour list but carrier frequency
information and bandwidth information only. UE measurement activity is also controlled by measurement rules defined
in TS 38.304 [1], allowing the UE to limit its measurement activity.

In the requirements of clause 4.2, the exceptions for side conditions apply as follows:

- for the UE capable of CA, the applicable exceptions for side conditions are specified in Annex B, clause B.3.2.1,
B.3.2.3, or B.3.2.5 for UE supporting CA in FR1, CA in FR2 and CA between FR1 and FR2, respectively;

- for the UE capable of SUL, the applicable exceptions for side conditions are specified in Annex B, clause
B.3.4.1 for UE supporting SUL in FR1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 39 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

4.2.2 Requirements

4.2.2.1 UE measurement capability

For idle mode cell re-selection purposes, the UE shall be capable of monitoring at least:

- Intra-frequency carrier, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 NR inter-frequency carriers, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 FDD E-UTRA inter-RAT carriers, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 TDD E-UTRA inter-RAT carriers.

In addition to the requirements defined above, a UE supporting E-UTRA measurements in RRC_IDLE state shall be
capable of monitoring a total of at least 14 carrier frequency layers, which includes serving layer, comprising of any
above defined combination of E-UTRA FDD, E-UTRA TDD and NR layers.

4.2.2.2 Measurement and evaluation of serving cell

The UE shall measure the SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ level of the serving cell and evaluate the cell selection criterion S
defined in TS 38.304 [1] for the serving cell at least once every M1*N1 DRX cycle; where:

M1=2 if SMTC periodicity (TSMTC) > 20 ms and DRX cycle ≤ 0.64 second,
otherwise M1=1.

The UE shall filter the SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurements of the serving cell using at least 2 measurements. Within
the set of measurements used for the filtering, at least two measurements shall be spaced by, at least DRX cycle/2.

If the UE has evaluated according to Table 4.2.2.2-1 in Nserv consecutive DRX cycles that the serving cell does not fulfil
the cell selection criterion S, the UE shall initiate the measurements of all neighbour cells indicated by the serving cell,
regardless of the measurement rules currently limiting UE measurement activities.

If the UE in RRC_IDLE has not found any new suitable cell based on searches and measurements using the intra-
frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT information indicated in the system information for 10 s, the UE shall initiate
cell selection procedures for the selected PLMN as defined in TS 38.304 [1].

Table 4.2.2.2-1: Nserv

DRX cycle length [s] Scaling Factor (N1) Nserv [number of DRX cycles]
FR1 FR2Note1
0.32 8 M1*N1*4
0.64 5 M1*N1*4
1
1.28 4 N1*2
2.56 3 N1*2
Note 1: Applies for UE supporting power class 2&3&4. For UE supporting power class
1, N1 = 8 for all DRX cycle length.

4.2.2.3 Measurements of intra-frequency NR cells

The UE shall be able to identify new intra-frequency cells and perform SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurements of the
identified intra-frequency cells without an explicit intra-frequency neighbour list containing physical layer cell
identities.

The UE shall be able to evaluate whether a newly detectable intra-frequency cell meets the reselection criteria defined
in TS38.304[1] within Tdetect,NR_Intra when that Treselection= 0 . An intra frequency cell is considered to be detectable
according to the conditions defined in Annex B.1.2 for a corresponding Band.

The UE shall measure SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ at least every Tmeasure,NR_Intra (see table 4.2.2.3-1) for intra-frequency
cells that are identified and measured according to the measurement rules.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 40 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The UE shall filter SS-RSRP and SS-RSRQ measurements of each measured intra-frequency cell using at least 2
measurements. Within the set of measurements used for the filtering, at least two measurements shall be spaced by at
least Tmeasure,NR_Intra/2.

The UE shall not consider a NR neighbour cell in cell reselection, if it is indicated as not allowed in the measurement
control system information of the serving cell.

For an intra-frequency cell that has been already detected, but that has not been reselected to, the filtering shall be such
that the UE shall be capable of evaluating that the intra-frequency cell has met reselection criterion defined in TS38.304
[1] within Tevaluate,NR_Intra when Treselection = 0 as specified in table 4.2.2.3-1 provided that:

when rangeToBestCell is not configured:

- the cell is at least 3 dB better ranked in FR1 or 4.5 dB better ranked in FR2.

when rangeToBestCell is configured:

- the cell has the highest number of beams above the threshold absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation among all
detected cells whose cell-ranking criterion R value in TS38.304 [1] is within rangeToBestCell of the cell-ranking
criterion R value of the highest ranked cell.

- if there are multiple such cells, the cell has the highest rank among them.

- the cell is at least 3dB better ranked in FR1 or 4.5dB better ranked in FR2 if the current serving cell is
among them.

When evaluating cells for reselection, the SSB side conditions apply to both serving and non-serving intra-frequency
cells.

If Treselection timer has a non zero value and the intra-frequency cell is satisfied with the reselection criteria which are
defined in TS38.304 [1], the UE shall evaluate this intra-frequency cell for the Treselection time. If this cell remains
satisfied with the reselection criteria within this duration, then the UE shall reselect that cell.

Table 4.2.2.3-1: Tdetect,NR_Intra, Tmeasure,NR_Intra and Tevaluate,NR_Intra

DRX cycle Scaling Factor (N1) Tdetect,NR_Intra [s] Tmeasure,NR_Intra [s] Tevaluate,NR_Intra
length [s] (number of DRX (number of DRX [s] (number of DRX
FR1 FR2Note1
cycles) cycles) cycles)
0.32 8 11.52 x N1 x M2 (36 x 1.28 x N1 x M2 (4 x N1 5.12 x N1 x M2 (16 x
N1 x M2) x M2) N1 x M2)
0.64 1 5 17.92 x N1 (28 x N1) 1.28 x N1 (2 x N1) 5.12 x N1 (8 x N1)
1.28 4 32 x N1 (25 x N1) 1.28 x N1 (1 x N1) 6.4 x N1 (5 x N1)
2.56 3 58.88 x N1 (23 x N1) 2.56 x N1 (1 x N1) 7.68 x N1 (3 x N1)
Note 1: Applies for UE supporting power class 2&3&4. For UE supporting power class 1, N1 = 8 for all DRX cycle
length.
Note 2: M2 = 1.5 if SMTC periodicity of measured intra-frequency cell > 20 ms; otherwise M2=1.

4.2.2.4 Measurements of inter-frequency NR cells

The UE shall be able to identify new inter-frequency cells and perform SS-RSRP or SS-RSRQ measurements of
identified inter-frequency cells if carrier frequency information is provided by the serving cell, even if no explicit
neighbour list with physical layer cell identities is provided.

If Srxlev > SnonIntraSearchP and Squal > SnonIntraSearchQ then the UE shall search for inter-frequency layers of higher priority at
least every Thigher_priority_search where Thigher_priority_search is described in clause 4.2.2.7.

If Srxlev ≤
SnonIntraSearchP or Squal ≤
SnonIntraSearchQ then the UE shall search for and measure inter-frequency layers of
higher, equal or lower priority in preparation for possible reselection. In this scenario, the minimum rate at which the UE
is required to search for and measure higher priority layers shall be the same as that defined below in this clause.

The UE shall be able to evaluate whether a newly detectable inter-frequency cell meets the reselection criteria defined
in TS38.304 [1] within Kcarrier * Tdetect,NR_Inter if at least carrier frequency information is provided for inter-frequency
neighbour cells by the serving cells when Treselection = 0 provided that the reselection criteria is met by a margin of at
least 5 dB in FR1 or 6.5 dB in FR2 for reselections based on ranking or 6 dB in FR1 or 7.5 dB in FR2 for SS-RSRP

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 41 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

reselections based on absolute priorities or 4 dB in FR1 and 4 dB in FR2 for SS-RSRQ reselections based on absolute
priorities. The parameter Kcarrier is the number of NR inter-frequency carriers indicated by the serving cell. An inter-
frequency cell is considered to be detectable according to the conditions defined in Annex B.1.3 for a corresponding
Band.

When higher priority cells are found by the higher priority search, they shall be measured at least every Tmeasure,NR_Inter.
If, after detecting a cell in a higher priority search, it is determined that reselection has not occurred then the UE is not
required to continuously measure the detected cell to evaluate the ongoing possibility of reselection. However, the
minimum measurement filtering requirements specified later in this clause shall still be met by the UE before it makes
any determination that it may stop measuring the cell. If the UE detects on a NR carrier a cell whose physical identity is
indicated as not allowed for that carrier in the measurement control system information of the serving cell, the UE is not
required to perform measurements on that cell.

The UE shall measure SS-RSRP or SS-RSRQ at least every Kcarrier * Tmeasure,NR_Inter (see table 4.2.2.4-1) for identified
lower or equal priority inter-frequency cells. If the UE detects on a NR carrier a cell whose physical identity is indicated
as not allowed for that carrier in the measurement control system information of the serving cell, the UE is not required
to perform measurements on that cell.

The UE shall filter SS-RSRP or SS-RSRQ measurements of each measured higher, lower and equal priority inter-
frequency cell using at least 2 measurements. Within the set of measurements used for the filtering, at least two
measurements shall be spaced by at least Tmeasure,NR_Inter/2.

The UE shall not consider a NR neighbour cell in cell reselection, if it is indicated as not allowed in the measurement
control system information of the serving cell.

For an inter-frequency cell that has been already detected, but that has not been reselected to, the filtering shall be such
that the UE shall be capable of evaluating that the inter-frequency cell has met reselection criterion defined TS 38.304
[1] within Kcarrier * Tevaluate,NR_Inter when Treselection = 0 as specified in table 4.2.2.4-1 provided that the reselection criteria
is met by

- the condition when performing equal priority reselection and

when rangeToBestCell is not configured:

- the cell is at least 5dB better ranked in FR1 or 6.5dB better ranked in FR2 or.

when rangeToBestCell is configured:

- the cell has the highest number of beams above the threshold absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation among
all detected cells whose cell-ranking criterion R value in TS38.304 [1] is within rangeToBestCell of the
cell-ranking criterion R value of the highest ranked cell.

- if there are multiple such cells, the cell has the highest rank among them

- the cell is at least 5dB better ranked in FR1 or 6.5dB better ranked in FR2 if the current serving cell is
among them. Or

- 6dB in FR1 or 7.5dB in FR2 for SS-RSRP reselections based on absolute priorities or

- 4dB in FR1 or 4dB in FR2 for SS-RSRQ reselections based on absolute priorities.

When evaluating cells for reselection, the SSB side conditions apply to both serving and inter-frequency cells.

If Treselection timer has a non zero value and the inter-frequency cell is satisfied with the reselection criteria, the UE shall
evaluate this inter-frequency cell for the Treselection time. If this cell remains satisfied with the reselection criteria within
this duration, then the UE shall reselect that cell.

The UE is not expected to meet the measurement requirements for an inter-frequency carrier under DRX cycle=320 ms
defined in Table 4.2.2.4-1 under the following conditions:

- TSMTC_intra = TSMTC_inter = 160 ms; where TSMTC_intra and TSMTC_inter are periodicities of the SMTC occasions
configured for the intra-frequency carrier and the inter-frequency carrier respectively, and

- SMTC occasions configured for the inter-frequency carrier occur up to 1 ms before the start or up to 1 ms after
the end of the SMTC occasions configured for the intra-frequency carrier, and

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 42 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- SMTC occasions configured for the intra-frequency carrier and for the inter-frequency carrier occur up to 1 ms
before the start or up to 1 ms after the end of the paging occasion in TS38.304 [1].

Table 4.2.2.4-1: Tdetect,NR_Inter, Tmeasure,NR_Inter and Tevaluate,NR_Inter

DRX cycle Scaling Factor (N1) Tdetect,NR_Inter [s] Tmeasure,NR_Inter [s] Tevaluate,NR_Inter [s]
length [s] (number of DRX (number of DRX (number of DRX
FR1 FR2Note1
cycles) cycles) cycles)
0.32 8 11.52 x N1 x 1.5 (36 x 1.28 x N1 x 1.5 (4 x N1 5.12 x N1 x 1.5 (16 x
N1 x 1.5) x 1.5) N1 x 1.5)
0.64 1 5 17.92x N1 (28 x N1) 1.28 x N1 (2 x N1) 5.12 x N1 (8 x N1)
1.28 4 32 x N1 (25 x N1) 1.28 x N1 (1 x N1) 6.4 x N1 (5 x N1)
2.56 3 58.88 x N1 (23 x N1) 2.56 x N1 (1 x N1) 7.68 x N1 (3 x N1)
Note 1: Applies for UE supporting power class 2&3&4. For UE supporting power class 1, N1 = 8 for all DRX cycle
length.

4.2.2.5 Measurements of inter-RAT E-UTRAN cells

If Srxlev > SnonIntraSearchP and Squal > SnonIntraSearchQ then the UE shall search for inter-RAT E-UTRAN layers of higher
priority at least every Thigher_priority_search where Thigher_priority_search is described in clause 4.2.2

If Srxlev ≤ ≤
SnonIntraSearchP or Squal SnonIntraSearchQ then the UE shall search for and measure inter-RAT E-UTRAN layers
of higher, lower priority in preparation for possible reselection. In this scenario, the minimum rate at which the UE is
required to search for and measure higher priority inter-RAT E-UTRAN layers shall be the same as that defined below
for lower priority RATs.

The requirements in this clause apply for inter-RAT E-UTRAN FDD measurements and E-UTRA TDD measurements.
When the measurement rules indicate that inter-RAT E-UTRAN cells are to be measured, the UE shall measure RSRP
and RSRQ of detected E-UTRA cells in the neighbour frequency list at the minimum measurement rate specified in this
clause. The parameter NEUTRA_carrier is the total number of configured E-UTRA carriers in the neighbour frequency list.
The UE shall filter RSRP and RSRQ measurements of each measured E-UTRA cell using at least 2 measurements. Within
the set of measurements used for the filtering, at least two measurements shall be spaced by at least Tmeasure,EUTRAN/2.

An inter-RAT E-UTRA cell is considered to be detectable provided the following conditions are fulfilled:

- the same conditions as for inter-frequency RSRP measurements specified in TS 36.133 [15, Annex B.1.2] are
fulfilled for a corresponding Band, and

- the same conditions as for inter-frequency RSRQ measurements specified in TS 36.133 [15, Annex B.1.2] are
fulfilled for a corresponding Band.

- SCH conditions specified in TS 36.133 [15, Annex B.1.2] are fulfilled for a corresponding Band

The UE shall be able to evaluate whether a newly detectable inter-RAT E-UTRAN cell meets the reselection criteria
≤
defined in TS38.304 [1] within (NEUTRA_carrier) * Tdetect,EUTRAN when Srxlev SnonIntraSearchP or Squal ≤ SnonIntraSearchQ
when Treselection = 0 provided that the reselection criteria is met by a margin of at least 6dB for RSRP reselections based
on absolute priorities or 4dB for RSRQ reselections based on absolute priorities.

Cells which have been detected shall be measured at least every (NEUTRA_carrier) * Tmeasure,EUTRAN when Srxlev ≤
≤
SnonIntraSearchP or Squal SnonIntraSearchQ.

When higher priority cells are found by the higher priority search, they shall be measured at least every Tmeasure,EUTRAN. If,
after detecting a cell in a higher priority search, it is determined that reselection has not occurred then the UE is not
required to continuously measure the detected cell to evaluate the ongoing possibility of reselection. However, the
minimum measurement filtering requirements specified later in this clause shall still be met by the UE before it makes
any determination that it may stop measuring the cell.

If the UE detects on an inter-RAT E-UTRAN carrier a cell whose physical identity is indicated as not allowed for that
carrier in the measurement control system information of the serving cell, the UE is not required to perform measurements
on that cell.

The UE shall not consider an inter-RAT E-UTRA cell in cell reselection, if it is indicated as not allowed in the
measurement control system information of the serving cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 43 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

For a cell that has been already detected, but that has not been reselected to, the filtering shall be such that the UE shall
be capable of evaluating that an already identified inter-RAT E-UTRA cell has met reselection criterion defined in TS
38.304 [1] within (NEUTRA_carrier) * Tevaluate,EUTRAN when Treselection = 0 as speficied in table 4.2.2.5-1 provided that the
reselection criteria is met by a margin of at least 6dB for RSRP reselections based on absolute priorities or 4dB for
RSRQ reselections based on absolute priorities.

If Treselection timer has a non zero value and the inter-RAT E-UTRA cell is satisfied with the reselection criteria which are
defined in TS 38.304 [1], the UE shall evaluate this E-UTRA cell for the Treselection time. If this cell remains satisfied with
the reselection criteria within this duration, then the UE shall reselect that cell.

Table 4.2.2.5-1: Tdetect,EUTRAN, Tmeasure,EUTRAN, and Tevaluate,EUTRAN

DRX Tdetect,EUTRAN [s] Tmeasure,EUTRAN [s] Tevaluate,EUTRAN
cycle (number of (number of DRX [s] (number of DRX
length DRX cycles) cycles) cycles)
[s]
0.32 11.52 (36) 1.28 (4) 5.12 (16)
0.64 17.92 (28) 1.28 (2) 5.12 (8)
1.28 32(25) 1.28 (1) 6.4 (5)
2.56 58.88 (23) 2.56 (1) 7.68 (3)

4.2.2.6 Maximum interruption in paging reception

UE shall perform the cell re-selection with minimum interruption in monitoring downlink channels for paging
reception.

At intra-frequency and inter-frequency cell re-selection, the UE shall monitor the downlink of serving cell for paging
reception until the UE is capable to start monitoring downlink channels of the target intra-frequency and inter-frequency
cell for paging reception. The interruption time shall not exceed TSI-NR + 2*Ttarget_cell_SMTC_period ms.

At inter-RAT cell re-selection, the UE shall monitor the downlink of serving cell for paging reception until the UE is
capable to start monitoring downlink channels for paging reception of the target inter-RAT cell. For NR to E-UTRAN
cell re-selection the interruption time must not exceed TSI-EUTRA + 55 ms.

TSI-NR is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information data according to the reception procedure
and the RRC procedure delay of system information blocks defined in TS 38.331 [2] for an NR cell.

TSI-EUTRA is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information data according to the reception procedure
and the RRC procedure delay of system information blocks defined in TS 36.331 [16] for an E-UTRAN cell.

These requirements assume sufficient radio conditions, so that decoding of system information can be made without
errors and does not take into account cell re-selection failure.

4.2.2.7 General requirements

The UE shall search every layer of higher priority at least every Thigher_priority_search = (60 * Nlayers) seconds, where Nlayers is
the total number of higher priority NR and E-UTRA carrier frequencies broadcasted in system information.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 44 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

5 SA: RRC_INACTIVE state mobility

5.1 Cell Re-selection

5.1.1 Introduction
The cell reselection procedure allows the UE to select a more suitable cell and camp on it.

When the UE is in Camped Normally state on a cell, the UE shall attempt to detect, synchronise, and monitor intra-
frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells indicated by the serving cell. For intra-frequency and inter-frequency
cells the serving cell may not provide explicit neighbour list but carrier frequency information and bandwidth
information only. UE measurement activity is also controlled by measurement rules defined in TS38.304 [1], allowing
the UE to limit its measurement activity.

5.1.2 Requirements

5.1.2.1 UE measurement capability

The requirements in sub-clause 4.2.2.1 shall apply.

5.1.2.2 Measurement and evaluation of serving cell

The requirements in sub-clause 4.2.2.2 shall apply.

5.1.2.3 Measurements of intra-frequency NR cells

The requirements in sub-clause 4.2.2.3 shall apply.

5.1.2.4 Measurements of inter-frequency NR cells

The requirements in sub-clause 4.2.2.4 shall apply.

5.1.2.5 Measurements of inter-RAT E-UTRAN cells

The requirements in sub-clause 4.2.2.5 shall apply.

5.1.2.6 Maximum interruption in paging reception

The requirements in sub-clause 4.2.2.6 shall apply.

5.1.2.7 General requirements

The requirements in sub-clause 4.2.2.7 shall apply.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 45 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

5.2 Void

6 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility

6.1 Handover
6.1.1 NR Handover

6.1.1.1 Introduction
The purpose of NR handover is to change the NR PCell to another NR cell. The requirements in this clause are
applicable to SA NR, NE-DC and NR-DC.

6.1.1.2 NR FR1 - NR FR1 Handover

The requirements in this clause are applicable to both intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers from NR FR1 cell
to NR FR1 cell.

6.1.1.2.1 Handover delay

When the UE receives a RRC message implying handover the UE shall be ready to start the transmission of the new
uplink PRACH channel within Dhandover msec from the end of the last TTI containing the RRC command.

Where:

Dhandover equals the applicable RRC procedure delay defined in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2] plus the interruption time
stated in clause 6.1.1.2.2.

6.1.1.2.2 Interruption time

The interruption time is the time between end of the last TTI containing the RRC command on the old PDSCH and the
time the UE starts transmission of the new PRACH, excluding the RRC procedure delay.

When intra-frequency or inter-frequency handover is commanded, the interruption time shall be less than Tinterrupt

Tinterrupt = Tsearch + TIU + Tprocessing + T∆ + Tmargin ms

Where:

Tsearch is the time required to search the target cell when the target cell is not already known when the handover
command is received by the UE. If the target cell is known, then Tsearch = 0 ms. If the target cell is an unknown
≥
intra-frequency cell and the target cell Es/Iot -2 dB, then Tsearch = Trs ms. If the target cell is an unknown inter-
≥
frequency cell and the target cell Es/Iot -2 dB, then Tsearch = 3* Trs ms. Regardless of whether DRX is in use by
the UE, Tsearch shall still be based on non-DRX target cell search times.

T∆ is time for fine time tracking and acquiring full timing information of the target cell. T∆ = Trs.

Tprocessing is time for UE processing. Tprocessing can be up to 20ms.

Tmargin is time for SSB post-processing. Tmargin can be up to 2ms.

T∆ is time for fine time tracking and acquiring full timing information of the target cell. T∆ = Trs.

TIU is the interruption uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the new cell. TIU can be up
to the summation of SSB to PRACH occasion association period and 10 ms. SSB to PRACH occasion associated
period is defined in the table 8.1-1 of TS 38.213 [3].

Trs is the SMTC periodicity of the target NR cell if the UE has been provided with an SMTC configuration for
the target cellin the handover command, otherwise Trs is the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 46 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing. If the UE is not provided SMTC configuration or measurement
object on this frequency, the requirement in this clause is applied with Trs=5ms assuming the SSB transmission
periodicity is 5ms. There is no requirement if the SSB transmission periodicity is not 5ms. If the UE has been
provided with higher layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 prior to the handover command, Trs follows smtc1
or smtc2 according to the physical cell ID of the target cell..

In the interruption requirement a cell is known if it has been meeting the relevant cell identification requirement during
the last 5 seconds otherwise it is unknown. Relevant cell identification requirements are described in Clause 9.2.5 for
intra-frequency handover and Clause 9.3.4 for inter-frequency handover.

6.1.1.3 NR FR2- NR FR1 Handover

The requirements in this clause are applicable to inter-frequency handovers from NR FR2 cell to NR FR1 cell.

6.1.1.3.1 Handover delay

When the UE receives a RRC message implying handover the UE shall be ready to start the transmission of the new
uplink PRACH channel within Dhandover ms from the end of the last TTI containing the RRC command.

Where:

Dhandover equals the applicable RRC procedure delay defined in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2] plus the interruption time
stated in clause 6.1.1.3.2.

6.1.1.3.2 Interruption time

The interruption time is the time between the end of the last TTI containing the RRC command on the old PDSCH and
the time the UE starts transmission of the new PRACH, excluding the RRC procedure delay.

When inter-frequency handover is commanded, the interruption time shall be less than Tinterrupt

Tinterrupt = Tsearch + TIU + Tprocessing + T∆ + Tmargin ms

Where:

Tsearch is the time required to search the target cell when the target cell is not already known when the handover
command is received by the UE. If the target cell is known, then Tsearch = 0 ms. If the target cell is an unknown
inter-frequency cell and the target cell Es/Iot ≥ -2 dB, then Tsearch = 3* Trs ms. Regardless of whether DRX is in
use by the UE, Tsearch shall still be based on non-DRX target cell search times.

T∆ is time for fine time tracking and acquiring full timing information of the target cell. T∆ = Trs.

Tprocessing is time for UE processing. Tprocessing can be up to 40ms.

Tmargin is time for SSB post-processing. Tmargin can be up to 2ms.

TIU is the interruption uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the new cell. TIU can be up
to the summation of SSB to PRACH occasion association period and 10 ms. SSB to PRACH occasion associated
period is defined in the table 8.1-1 of TS 38.213 [3].

Trs is the SMTC periodicity of the target NR cell if the UE has been provided with an SMTC configuration for
the target cell in the handover command, otherwise Trs is the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the
same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing. If the UE is not provided SMTC configuration or measurement
object on this frequency, the requirement in this clause is applied with Trs=5ms assuming the SSB transmission
periodicity is 5ms. There is no requirement if the SSB transmission periodicity is not 5ms.

In the interruption requirement a cell is known if it has been meeting the relevant cell identification requirement during
the last 5 seconds otherwise it is unknown. Relevant cell identification requirements are described in Clause 9.2.5 for
intra-frequency handover and Clause 9.3.4 for inter-frequency handover.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 47 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

6.1.1.4 NR FR2- NR FR2 Handover

The requirements in this clause are applicable to both intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers from NR FR2 cell
to NR FR2 cell.

6.1.1.4.1 Handover delay

When the UE receives a RRC message implying handover the UE shall be ready to start the transmission of the new
uplink PRACH channel within Dhandover ms from the end of the last TTI containing the RRC command.

Where:

Dhandover equals the applicable RRC procedure delay defined in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2] plus the interruption time
stated in clause 6.1.1.4.2.

6.1.1.4.2 Interruption time

The interruption time is the time between end of the last TTI containing the RRC command on the old PDSCH and the
time the UE starts transmission of the new PRACH, excluding the RRC procedure delay.

When intra-frequency or inter-frequency handover is commanded, the interruption time shall be less than Tinterrupt

Tinterrupt = Tsearch + TIU + Tprocessing + T∆ + Tmargin ms

Where:

Tsearch is the time required to search the target cell when the handover command is received by the UE. If the
target cell is a known cell, then Tsearch = 0 ms. If the target cell is an unknown intra-frequency cell and the target
cell Es/Iot≥-2 dB, then Tsearch = 8* Trs ms. If the target cell is an unknown inter-frequency cell and the target cell
Es/Iot≥-2 dB, then Tsearch = 8*3* Trs ms. Regardless of whether DRX is in use by the UE, Tsearch shall still be
based on non-DRX target cell search times.

Tprocessing is time for UE processing. Tprocessing can be up to 20ms.

Tmargin is time for SSB post-processing. Tmargin can be up to 2ms.

T∆ is time for fine time tracking and acquiring full timing information of the target cell. T∆ = Trs for both known
and unknown target cell.

TIU is the interruption uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the new cell. TIU can be up
to the summation of SSB to PRACH occasion association period and 10 ms. SSB to PRACH occasion associated
period is defined in the table 8.1-1 of TS 38.213 [3].

Trs is the SMTC periodicity of the target NR cell if the UE has been provided with an SMTC configuration for the target
cell in the handover command, otherwise Trs is the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB
frequency and subcarrier spacing. If the UE is not provided SMTC configuration or measurement object on this
frequency, the requirement in this clause is applied with Trs=5ms assuming the SSB transmission periodicity is 5ms.
There is no requirement if the SSB transmission periodicity is not 5ms. If the UE has been provided with higher layer in
TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 prior to the handover command, Trs follows smtc1 or smtc2 according to the physical
cell ID of the target cell.

In FR2, the target cell is known if it has been meeting the following conditions:

- During the last 5 seconds before the reception of the handover command:

- the UE has sent a valid measurement report for the target cell and

- One of the SSBs measured from the NR target cell being configured remains detectable according to the cell
identification conditions specified in clause 9.3,

- One of the SSBs measured from the target cell also remains detectable during the handover delay according to
the cell identification conditions specified in clause 9.3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 48 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

otherwise it is unknown.

6.1.1.5 NR FR1- NR FR2 Handover

The requirements in this clause are applicable to inter-frequency handovers from NR FR1 cell to NR FR2 cell.

6.1.1.5.1 Handover delay

When the UE receives a RRC message implying handover the UE shall be ready to start the transmission of the new
uplink PRACH channel within Dhandover ms from the end of the last TTI containing the RRC command.

Where:

Dhandover equals the applicable RRC procedure delay defined in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2] plus the interruption time
stated in clause 6.1.1.5.2.

6.1.1.5.2 Interruption time

The interruption time is the time between end of the last TTI containing the RRC command on the old PDSCH and the
time the UE starts transmission of the new PRACH, excluding the RRC procedure delay.

When inter-frequency handover is commanded, the interruption time shall be less than Tinterrupt

Tinterrupt = Tsearch + TIU + Tprocessing + T∆ + Tmargin ms

Where:

Tsearch is the time required to search the target cell when the handover command is received by the UE. If the
target cell is a known cell, then Tsearch = 0 ms. . If the target cell is an unknown inter-frequency cell and the target
cell Es/Iot≥-2 dB, then Tsearch = 8*3* Trs ms. Regardless of whether DRX is in use by the UE, Tsearch shall still be
based on non-DRX target cell search times.

Tprocessing is time for UE processing. Tprocessing can be up 40ms.

Tmargin is time for SSB post-processing. Tmargin can be up to 2ms.

T∆ is time for fine time tracking and acquiring full timing information of the target cell. T∆ = Trs for both known
and unknown target cell.

TIU is the interruption uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the new cell. TIU can be up
to the summation of SSB to PRACH occasion association period and 10 ms. SSB to PRACH occasion associated
period is defined in the table 8.1-1 of TS 38.213 [3].

Trs is the SMTC periodicity of the target NR cell if the UE has been provided with an SMTC configuration for the target
cell in the handover command, otherwise Trs is the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB
frequency and subcarrier spacing. If the UE is not provided SMTC configuration or measurement object on this
frequency, the requirement in this clause is applied with Trs=5ms assuming the SSB transmission periodicity is 5ms.
There is no requirement if the SSB transmission periodicity is not 5ms.

In FR2, the target cell is known if it has been meeting the following conditions:

- During the last 5 seconds before the reception of the handover command:

- the UE has sent a valid measurement report for the target cell and

- One of the SSBs measured from the NR target cell being configured remains detectable according to the cell
identification conditions specified in clause 9.3,

- One of the SSBs measured from the target cell also remains detectable during the handover delay according to
the cell identification conditions specified in clause 9.3.

otherwise it is unknown.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 49 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

6.1.2 NR Handover to other RATs

6.1.2.1 NR – E-UTRAN Handover

6.1.2.1.1 Introduction
The purpose of inter-RAT handover from NR to E-UTRAN is to change the radio access mode of PCell from NR to E-
UTRAN. The handover procedure is initiated from NR with a RRC message that implies a handover as described in TS
38.331 [2]. The requirements in this clause are applicable to SA NR, NE-DC and NR-DC.

6.1.2.1.2 Handover delay

When the UE receives a RRC message implying handover to E-UTRAN the UE shall be ready to start the transmission
of the uplink PRACH channel in E-UTRA within Dhandover ms from the end of the last TTI containing the RRC
command. Dhandover is defined as

Dhandover = TRRC_procedure_delay + Tinterrupt

Where:

TRRC_procedure_delay: it is the RRC procedure delay, which is 50ms

Tinterrupt: it is the time between end of the last TTI containing the RRC command on the NR PDSCH and the time the UE
starts transmission of the PRACH in E-UTRAN, excluding TRRC_procedure_delay. Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.2.1.3.

6.1.2.1.3 Interruption time

When the inter-RAT handover to E-UTRAN is commanded, the interruption time shall be less than Tinterrupt

Tinterrupt =Tsearch + TIU + 20 ms

Where:

Tsearch is the time required to search the target cell when the target cell is not already known when the handover
command is received by the UE. If the target cell is known, then Tsearch = 0 ms. If the target cell is unknown and
signal quality is sufficient for successful cell detection on the first attempt, then Tsearch = 80 ms. Regardless of
whether DRX is in use by the UE, Tsearch shall still be based on non-DRX target cell search times.

TIU is the interruption uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the new cell. TIU can be up
to 30 ms.

NOTE: The actual value of TIU shall depend upon the PRACH configuration used in the target cell.

In the interruption requirement a cell is known if it has been meeting the relevant cell identification requirement
during the last 5 seconds otherwise it is unknown. Relevant E-UTRAN cell identification requirements are
described in clause 9.4.1.

6.2 RRC Connection Mobility Control

6.2.1 SA: RRC Re-establishment

6.2.1.1 Introduction
This clause contains requirements on the UE regarding RRC connection re-establishment procedure. RRC connection
re-establishment is initiated when a UE in RRC_CONNECTED state loses RRC connection due to any of failure cases,
including radio link failure, handover failure, and RRC connection reconfiguration failure. The RRC connection re-
establishment procedure is specified in clause 5.3.7 of TS 38.331 [2].

The requirements in this clause are applicable for RRC connection re-establishment to NR cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 50 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

6.2.1.2 Requirements
In RRC_CONNECTED state the UE shall be capable of sending RRCReestablishmentRequest message within Tre-
establish_delay seconds from the moment it detects a loss in RRC connection. The total RRC connection delay (Tre-
establish_delay) shall be less than:

T୰ୣିୣୱ୲ୟୠ୪୧ୱ୦_ୢୣ୪ୟ୷ = T୙୉_୰ୣିୣୱ୲ୟୠ୪୧ୱ୦_ୢୣ୪ୟ୷ + T୙୐_୥୰ୟ୬୲

TUL_grant: It is the time required to acquire and process uplink grant from the target PCell. The uplink grant is required to
transmit RRCReestablishmentRequest message.

The UE re-establishment delay (TUE_re-establish_delay) is specified in clause 6.2.1.2.1.

6.2.1.2.1 UE Re-establishment delay requirement

The UE re-establishment delay (TUE_re-establish_delay) is the time between the moments when any of the conditions
requiring RRC re-establishment as defined in clause 5.3.7 in TS 38.331 [2] is detected by the UE and when the UE
sends PRACH to the target PCell. The UE re-establishment delay (TUE_re-establish_delay) requirement shall be less than:
ே೑ೝ೐೜ ିଵ
ܶ௎ா _௥௘ି௘௦௧௔௕௟௜௦௛_ௗ௘௟௔௬ = 50 ms + ܶ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬ _௜௡௧௥௔_ேோ + ෍ ܶ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௘௥_ேோ,௜ + ܶௌூିேோ + ܶ௉ோ஺஼ு
௜ୀଵ

The intra-frequency target NR cell shall be considered detectable if each relevant SSB can satisfy that:

- SS-RSRP related side conditions given in clause 10.1.2 and 10.1.3 are fulfilled for a corresponding NR Band for
FR1 and FR2, respectively, and

- the conditions of SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding NR Band are fulfilled.

The inter-frequency target NR cell shall be considered detectable when for each relevant SSB:

- SS-RSRP related side conditions given in clause 10.1.4 and 10.1.5 are fulfilled for a corresponding NR Band for
FR1 and FR2, respectively, and

- the conditions of SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding NR Band are fulfilled.

Tidentify_intra_NR: It is the time to identify the target intra-frequency NR cell and it depends on whether the target NR cell is
known cell or unknown cell and on the FR of the target NR cell. If the UE is not configured with intra-frequency NR
carrier for RRC re-establishment then Tidentify_intra_NR=0; otherwise Tidentify_intra_NR shall not exceed the values defined in
Table 6.2.1.2.1-1.

Tidentify_inter_NR,i: It is the time to identify the target inter-frequency NR cell on inter-frequency carrier i configured for
RRC re-establishment and it depends on whether the target NR cell is known cell or unknown cell and on the FR of the
target NR cell. Tidentify_inter_NR,i shall not exceed the values defined in Table 6.2.1.2.1-2.

TSMTC: It is the periodicity of the SMTC occasion configured for the intra-frequency carrier. If the UE has been
provided with higher layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2, Tsmtc follows smtc1 or smtc2 according to the physical
cell ID of the target cell.

TSMTC,i: It is the periodicity of the SMTC occasion configured for the inter-frequency carrier i. If it is not configured, the
UE may assume that the target SSB periodicity is no larger than 20 ms.

TSI-NR: It is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information according to the reception procedure and
the RRC procedure delay of system information blocks defined in TS 38.331 [2] for the target NR cell.

TPRACH: It is the delay uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the target NR cell. TPRACH can be
up to the summation of SSB to PRACH occasion association period and 10 ms. SSB to PRACH occasion associated
period is defined in the table 8.1-1 of TS 38.213 [3].

Nfreq: It is the total number of NR frequencies to be monitored for RRC re-establishment; Nfreq = 1 if the target intra-
frequency NR cell is known, else Nfreq = 2 and Tidentify_intra_NR = 0 if the target inter-frequency NR cell is known.

There is no requirement if the target cell does not contain the UE context.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 51 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In the requirement defined in the below tables, the target FR1 cell is known if it has been meeting the relevant cell
identification requirement during the last 5 seconds otherwise it is unknown.

Table 6.2.1.2.1-1: Time to identify target NR cell for RRC connection re-establishment to NR intra-
frequency cell
Serving cell FR of target NR Tidentify_intra_NR [ms]
SSB Ês/Iot (dB) cell Known NR cell Unknown NR cell
≥ -8 FR1 MAX (200 ms, 5 x TSMTC) MAX (800 ms, 10 x TSMTC)
≥ -8 FR2 N/A MAX (1000 ms, 80 x TSMTC))
< -8 FR1 N/A 800Note1
< -8 FR2 N/A 3520Note1
Note 1: The UE is not required to successfully identify a cell on any NR frequency layer when TSMTC > 20 ms and
serving cell SSB Ês/Iot < -8 dB.

Table 6.2.1.2.1-2: Time to identify target NR cell for RRC connection re-establishment to NR inter-
frequency cell
Serving cell SSB FR of target NR Tidentify_inter_NR, i [ms]
Ês/Iot (dB) cell Known NR cell Unknown NR cell
≥ -8 FR1 MAX (200 ms, 6 x TSMTC, i) MAX (800 ms, 13 x TSMTC, i)
≥ -8 FR2 N/A MAX (1000 ms, 104 x TSMTC, i))
< -8 FR1 N/A 800Note1
< -8 FR2 N/A 4000Note1
Note 1: The UE is not required to successfully identify a cell on any NR frequency layer when TSMTC,i > 20 ms and
serving cell SSB Ês/Iot < -8 dB.

6.2.2 Random access

6.2.2.1 Introduction
This clause contains requirements on the UE regarding random access procedure. The random access procedure is
initiated to establish uplink time synchronization for a UE which either has not acquired or has lost its uplink
synchronization, or to convey UE’s request Other SI, or for beam failure recovery. The random access is specified in
clause 8 of TS 38.213 [3] and the control of the RACH transmission is specified in clause 5.1 of TS 38.321 [7].

6.2.2.2 Requirements
The UE shall have capability to calculate PRACH transmission power according to the PRACH power formula defined
in TS 38.213 [3] and apply this power level at the first preamble or additional preambles. The absolute power applied to
the first preamble shall have an accuracy as specified in Table 6.3.4.2-1 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for FR1 and in Table
6.3.4.2-1 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for FR2. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy as
specified in Table 6.3.4.3-1 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for FR1 and clause 6.3.4.3 of TS38.101-2 [19] for FR2.

The UE shall indicate a random access problem to upper layers if the maximum number of preamble transmission
counter has been reached for the random access procedure on PCell or PSCell as specified in clause 5.1.4 in
TS 38.321 [7].

The requirements in this clause apply for UE in SA operation mode or any MR-DC operation mode.

6.2.2.2.1 Contention based random access

6.2.2.2.1.1 Correct behaviour when transmitting Random Access Preamble

With the UE selected SSB with SS-RSRP above rsrp-ThresholdSSB, UE shall have the capability to select a Random
Access Preamble randomly with equal probability from the Random Access Preambles associated with the selected SSB
if the association between Random Access Preambles and SSB is configured, as specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 52 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

With the UE selected SSB with SS-RSRP above rsrp-ThresholdSSB, UE shall have the capability to transmit Random
Access Preamble on the next available PRACH occasion from the PRACH occasions corresponding to the selected SSB
permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex if configured, if the association between PRACH
occasions and SSBs is configured, and PRACH occasion shall be randomly selected with equal probability amongst the
selected SSB associated PRACH occasions occurring simultaneously but on different subcarriers, as specified in
clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7].

6.2.2.2.1.2 Correct behaviour when receiving Random Access Response

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) and shall transmit the msg3 if the Random Access
Response contains a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access Preamble.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure defined in clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7],
and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if all received Random
Access Responses contain Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

6.2.2.2.1.3 Correct behaviour when not receiving Random Access Response

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure defined in clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7],
and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no Random Access
Response is received within the RA Response window defined in clause 5.1.4 in TS 38.321 [7].

6.2.2.2.1.4 Correct behaviour when receiving an UL grant for msg3 retransmission

The UE shall re-transmit the msg3 upon the reception of an UL grant for msg3 retransmission.

6.2.2.2.1.5 SA: Correct behaviour when receiving a message over Temporary C-RNTI

The UE shall send ACK if the Contention Resolution is successful.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure defined in clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7],
and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires unless the received
message includes a UE Contention Resolution Identity MAC control element and the UE Contention Resolution
Identity included in the MAC control element matches the CCCH SDU transmitted in the uplink message.

6.2.2.2.1.6 Correct behaviour when contention Resolution timer expires

The UE shall re-select a preamble and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time
expires if the Contention Resolution Timer expires.

6.2.2.2.2 Non-Contention based random access

6.2.2.2.2.1 Correct behaviour when transmitting Random Access Preamble

If the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions associated with SSBs is
configured, with the UE selected SSB with SS-RSRP above rsrp-ThresholdSSB amongst the associated SSBs, UE shall
have the capability to select the Random Access Preamble corresponding to the selected SSB, and to transmit Random
Access Preamble on the next available PRACH occasion from the PRACH occasions corresponding to the selected SSB
permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex if configured, and PRACH occasion shall be
randomly selected with equal probability amongst the selected SSB associated PRACH occasions occurring
simultaneously but on different subcarriers, as specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7].

If the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions associated with CSI-RSs is
configured, with the UE selected CSI-RS with CSI-RSRP above rsrp-ThresholdCSI-RS amongst the associated CSI-
RSs, UE shall have the capability to select the Random Access Preamble corresponding to the selected CSI-RS, and to
transmit Random Access Preamble on the next available PRACH occasion from the PRACH occasions in ra-
OccasionList corresponding to the selected CSI-RS, and PRACH occasion shall be randomly selected with equal
probability amongst the selected CSI-RS associated PRACH occasions occurring simultaneously but on different
subcarriers, as specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 53 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

If the random access procedure is initialized for beam failure recovery and if the contention-free Random Access
Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions for beam failure recovery request associated with any of the SSBs
and/or CSI-RSs is configured, UE shall have the capability to select the Random Access Preamble corresponding to the
selected SSB with SS-RSRP above rsrp-ThresholdSSB amongst the associated SSBs or the selected CSI-RS with CSI-
RSRP above rsrp-ThresholdCSI-RS amongst the associated CSI-RSs, and to transmit Random Access Preamble on the
next available PRACH occasion from the PRACH occasions corresponding to the selected SSB permitted by the
restrictions given by the ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex if configured, or from the PRACH occasions in ra-OccasionList
corresponding to the selected CSI-RS, and PRACH occasion shall be randomly selected with equal probability amongst
the selected SSB assocated PRACH occasions or the selected CSI-RS associated PRACH occasions occurring
simultaneously but on different subcarriers, as specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7].

6.2.2.2.2.2 Correct behaviour when receiving Random Access Response

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s), if the Random Access Response contains a Random
Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access Preamble, unless the random access
procedure is initialized for Other SI request from UE.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) and shall monitor the Other SI transmission if the
Random Access Response only contains a Random Access Preamble identifier which is corresponding to the
transmitted Random Access Preamble and the random access procedure is initialized for SI request from UE, as
specified in clause 5.1.4 in TS 38.321 [7].

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s), if the contention-free Random Access Preamble for
beam failure recovery request was transmitted and if the PDCCH addressed to UE’s C-RNTI is received, as specified in
clause 5.1.4 in TS 38.321 [7].

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure defined in clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7]
for the next available PRACH occasion, and transmit the preamble with the calculated PRACH transmission power if
all received Random Access Responses contain Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted
Random Access Preamble.

6.2.2.2.2.3 Correct behaviour when not receiving Random Access Response

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure defined in clause 5.1.2 in TS 38.321 [7]
for the next available PRACH occasion, and transmit the preamble with the calculated PRACH transmission power, if
no Random Access Response is received within the RA Response window configured in RACH-ConfigCommon or if no
PDCCH addressed to UE’s C-RNTI is received within the RA Response window configured in
BeamFailureRecoveryConfig, as defined in clause 5.1.4 in TS 38.321 [7].

6.2.2.2.3 UE behaviour when configured with supplementary UL

In addition to the requirements defined in clause 6.2.2.2.1 and 6.2.2.2.2, a UE configured with supplementary UL
carrier shall use RACH configuration for the supplementary UL carrier contained in RMSI and RRC dedicated
signalling. If the cell for the random access procedure is configured with supplementary UL, the UE shall transmit or re-
transmit PRACH preamble on the supplementary UL carrier if the SS-RSRP measured by the UE on the DL carrier is
lower than the rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL as defined in TS 38.331 [2].

6.2.3 SA: RRC Connection Release with Redirection

6.2.3.1 Introduction
This clause contains requirements on the UE regarding RRC connection release with redirection procedure. RRC
connection release with redirection is initiated by the RRCRelease message with redirection to E-UTRAN or NR from
NR specified in TS 38.331 [2]. The RRC connection release with redirection procedure is specified in clause 5.3.8 of
TS 38.331 [2].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 54 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

6.2.3.2 Requirements

6.2.3.2.1 RRC connection release with redirection to NR

The UE shall be capable of performing the RRC connection release with redirection to the target NR cell within
Tconnection_release_redirect_NR.

The time delay (Tconnection_release_redirect_NR) is the time between the end of the last slot containing the RRC command,
“RRCRelease” (TS 38.331 [2]) on the NR PDSCH and the time the UE starts to send random access to the target NR
cell. The time delay (Tconnection_release_redirect_NR) shall be less than:

Tconnection_release_redirect_NR = TRRC_procedure_delay + Tidentify-NR + TSI-NR + TRACH

The target NR cell shall be considered detetable when for each relevant SSB, the side conditions should be met that,

- the conditions of SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot according to Annex B.2.5 for a corresponding NR Band are fulfilled.

TRRC_procedure_delay: It is the RRC procedure delay for processing the received message “RRCRelease” as defined in clause
6.2.2 of TS 38.331 [2].

Tidentify-NR: It is the time to identify the target NR cell and depends on the FR of the target NR cell. It is defined in Table
6.2.3.2.1-1. Note that Tidentify-NR = TPSS/SSS-sync + Tmeas, in which TPSS/SSS-sync is the cell search time and Tmeas is the
measurement time due to cell selection criteria evaluation.

TSI-NR: It is the time required for acquiring all the relevant system information of the target NR cell. This time depends
upon whether the UE is provided with the relevant system information of the target NR cell or not by the old NR cell
before the RRC connection is released.

TRACH: It is the delay uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the target NR cell. TRACH can be up
to the summation of SSB to PRACH occasion association period and 10 ms. SSB to PRACH occasion associated period
is defined in the table 8.1-1 of TS 38.213 [3].

Trs is the SMTC periodicity of the target NR cell if the UE has been provided with an SMTC configuration for the target
cell in the redirection command, otherwise Trs is the SMTC periodicity configured in the measObjectNR having the
same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing configured for the RRC connection release with redirection. If the UE is
not provided with SMTC configuration or measurement object for the frequency which is also configured for the RRC
connection release with redirection then:

- the requirement in this clause is applied with Trs = 20 ms if the SSB transmission periodicity is not larger than
20 ms; otherwise,

- there is no requirement if the SSB transmission periodicity is larger than 20ms.

Table 6.2.3.2.1-1: Time to identify target NR cell for RRC connection release with redirection to NR
FR of target NR cell Tidentify-NR
FR1 MAX (680 ms, 11 x Trs)
FR2 MAX (880 ms, 8x11 x Trs)
Note: If the UE has been provided with higher layer signaling of smtc2 specified in TS 38.331 [2] prior to the
redirection command, Trs follows smtc1 or smtc2 according to the physical cell ID of the target cell.

6.2.3.2.2 RRC connection release with redirection to E-UTRAN

The UE shall be capable of performing the RRC connection release with redirection to the target E-UTRAN cell within
Tconnection_release_redirect_E-UTRA.

The time delay (Tconnection_release_redirect_E-UTRA) is the time between the end of the last slot containing the RRC command,
“RRCRelease” (TS 38.331 [2]) on the PDSCH and the time the UE starts to send random access to the target E-UTRA
cell. The time delay (Tconnection_release_redirect_E-UTRA) shall be less than:

Tconnection_release_redirect_E-UTRA = TRRC_procedure_delay + Tidentify-E-UTRA + TSI-E-UTRA + TRACH

The target E-UTRA FDD or TDD cell shall be considered detectable provided the following conditions are fulfilled:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 55 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- the same conditions as for inter-frequency RSRP measurements specified in annex B.1.2 of TS 36.133 [15] are
fulfilled for a corresponding Band, and

- the same conditions as for inter-frequency RSRQ measurements specified in annex B.1.2 of TS 36.133 [15] are
fulfilled for a corresponding Band, and

- SCH conditions specified in annex B.1.2 of TS 36.133 [15] are fulfilled for a corresponding Band.

TRRC_procedure_delay: It is the RRC procedure delay for processing the received message “RRCRelease” as defined in
clause 6.2.2 of TS 38.331 [2].

Tidentify-E-UTRA: It is the time to identify the target E-UTRA cell. It shall be less than 320 ms.

TSI-E-UTRA: It is the time required for acquiring all the relevant system information of the target E-UTRA cell. This time
depends upon whether the UE is provided with the relevant system information (SI) of the target E-UTRA cell or not by
the old NR cell before the RRC connection is released.

TRACH: It is the delay caused due to the random access procedure when sending random access to the target E-UTRA
cell.

7 Timing

7.1 UE transmit timing

7.1.1 Introduction
The UE shall have capability to follow the frame timing change of the reference cell in connected state. The uplink
frame transmission takes place ( N TA + N TA offset ) × T c before the reception of the first detected path (in time) of the
corresponding downlink frame from the reference cell. For serving cell(s) in pTAG, UE shall use the SpCell as the
reference cell for deriving the UE transmit timing for cells in the pTAG. For serving cell(s) in sTAG, UE shall use any
of the activated SCells as the reference cell for deriving the UE transmit timing for the cells in the sTAG. UE initial
transmit timing accuracy and gradual timing adjustment requirements are defined in the following requirements.

7.1.2 Requirements
The UE initial transmission timing error shall be less than or equal to ±Te where the timing error limit value Te is
specified in Table 7.1.2-1. This requirement applies:

- when it is the first transmission in a DRX cycle for PUCCH, PUSCH and SRS or it is the PRACH transmission.

The UE shall meet the Te requirement for an initial transmission provided that at least one SSB is available at the UE
during the last 160 ms. The reference point for the UE initial transmit timing control requirement shall be the downlink
timing of the reference cell minus ( N TA + N TA offset ) × Tc . The downlink timing is defined as the time when the first
detected path (in time) of the corresponding downlink frame is received from the reference cell. NTA for PRACH is
defined as 0.

( N TA + N TA offset ) × Tc (in Tc units) for other channels is the difference between UE transmission timing and the
downlink timing immediately after when the last timing advance in clause 7.3 was applied. NTA for other channels is not
changed until next timing advance is received. The value of N TA offset depends on the duplex mode of the cell in which
the uplink transmission takes place and the frequency range (FR). N TA offset is defined in Table 7.1.2-2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 56 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 7.1.2-1: Te Timing Error Limit

Frequency SCS of SSB SCS of uplink
Te
Range signals (kHz) signals (kHz)
15 12*64*Tc
15 30 10*64*Tc
60 10*64*Tc
1
15 8*64*Tc
30 30 8*64*Tc
60 7*64*Tc
60 3.5*64*Tc
120
120 3.5*64*Tc
2
60 3*64*Tc
240
120 3*64*Tc
Note 1: Tc is the basic timing unit defined in TS 38.211 [6]

Table 7.1.2-2: The Value of N TA offset

Frequency range and band of cell used for uplink N TA offset (Unit: TC)
transmission
FR1 FDD band without LTE-NR coexistence case or 25600 (Note 1)
FR1 TDD band without LTE-NR coexistence case
FR1 FDD band with LTE-NR coexistence case 0 (Note 1)
FR1 TDD band with LTE-NR coexistence case 39936 (Note 1)
FR2 13792
Note 1: The UE identifies N TA offset based on the information n-
TimingAdvanceOffset as specified in TS 38.331 [2]. If UE is not provided
with the information n-TimingAdvanceOffset, the default value of N TA offset
is set as 25600 for FR1 band. In case of multiple UL carriers in the same
TAG, UE expects that the same value of n-TimingAdvanceOffset is
provided for all the UL carriers according to clause 4.2 in TS 38.213 [3] and
the value 39936 of N TA offset can also be provided for a FDD serving cell.
Note 2: Void

When it is not the first transmission in a DRX cycle or there is no DRX cycle, and when it is the transmission for
PUCCH, PUSCH and SRS transmission, the UE shall be capable of changing the transmission timing according to the
received downlink frame of the reference cell except when the timing advance in clause 7.3 is applied.

Table 7.1.2-3: void

7.1.2.1 Gradual timing adjustment

When the transmission timing error between the UE and the reference timing exceeds ±Te then the UE is required to
adjust its timing to within ±Te. The reference timing shall be ( N TA + N TA offset ) × Tc before the downlink timing of the
reference cell. All adjustments made to the UE uplink timing shall follow these rules:

1) The maximum amount of the magnitude of the timing change in one adjustment shall be Tq.

2) The minimum aggregate adjustment rate shall be Tp per second.

3) The maximum aggregate adjustment rate shall be Tq per 200 ms.

where the maximum autonomous time adjustment step Tq and the aggregate adjustment rate Tp are specified in
Table 7.1.2.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 57 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 7.1.2.1-1: Tq Maximum Autonomous Time Adjustment Step and Tp Minimum Aggregate
Adjustment rate
SCS of uplink
Frequency Range Tq Tp
signals (kHz)
15 5.5*64*Tc 5.5*64*Tc
1 30 5.5*64*Tc 5.5*64*Tc
60 5.5*64*Tc 5.5*64*Tc
60 2.5*64*Tc 2.5*64*Tc
2
120 2.5*64*Tc 2.5*64*Tc
NOTE: Tc is the basic timing unit defined in TS 38.211 [6]

7.1.2.2 Void
Table 7.1.2.2-1: Void

7.2 UE timer accuracy

7.2.1 Introduction
UE timers are used in different protocol entities to control the UE behaviour.

7.2.2 Requirements
For UE timers specified in TS 38.331 [2], the UE shall comply with the timer accuracies according to Table 7.2.2-1.

The requirements are only related to the actual timing measurements internally in the UE. They do not include the
following:

- Inaccuracy in the start and stop conditions of a timer (e.g. UE reaction time to detect that start and stop
conditions of a timer is fulfilled), or

- Inaccuracies due to restrictions in observability of start and stop conditions of a UE timer (e.g. slot alignment
when UE sends messages at timer expiry).

Table 7.2.2-1
Timer value [s] Accuracy
timer value < 4 ± 0.1s
timer value ≥ 4 ± 2.5%

7.3 Timing advance

7.3.1 Introduction
The timing advance is initiated from gNB to UE in EN-DC, NR-DC, NE-DC and NR SA operation modes, with MAC
message that implies the adjustment of the timing advance, as defined in clause 5.2 of TS 38.321 [7].

7.3.2 Requirements

7.3.2.1 Timing Advance adjustment delay

UE shall adjust the timing of its uplink transmission timing at time slot n+ k+1 for a timing advance command received
in time slot n, and the value of k is defined in clause 4.2 in TS 38.213 [3]. The same requirement applies also when the
UE is not able to transmit a configured uplink transmission due to the channel assessment procedure.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 58 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

7.3.2.2 Timing Advance adjustment accuracy

The UE shall adjust the timing of its transmissions with a relative accuracy better than or equal to the UE Timing
Advance adjustment accuracy requirement in Table 7.3.2.2-1, to the signalled timing advance value compared to the
timing of preceding uplink transmission. The timing advance command step is defined in TS 38.213 [3].

Table 7.3.2.2-1: UE Timing Advance adjustment accuracy

UL Sub Carrier
15 30 60 120
Spacing(kHz)
UE Timing Advance
adjustment accuracy ±256 Tc ±256 Tc ±128 Tc ±32 Tc

7.4 Cell phase synchronization accuracy

7.4.1 Definition
Cell phase synchronization accuracy for TDD is defined as the maximum absolute deviation in frame start timing
between any pair of cells on the same frequency that have overlapping coverage areas.

7.4.2 Minimum requirements

The cell phase synchronization accuracy measured at BS antenna connectors shall be better than 3 µs.

7.5 Maximum Transmission Timing Difference

7.5.1 Introduction
A UE shall be capable of handling a relative transmission timing difference between subframe timing boundary of E-
UTRA PCell and the closest slot timing boundary of PSCell to be aggregated for EN-DC operation.

A UE shall be capable of handling a relative transmission timing difference among the closest slot timing boundaries of
different carriers to be aggregated in NR carrier aggregation.

A UE shall be capable of handling a relative transmission timing difference between slot timing boundary of PCell and
subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PSCell to be aggregated for NE-DC operation.

A UE shall be capable of handling a relative transmission timing difference between slot timing boundaries of PCell
and the closest slot timing boundary of PSCell to be aggregated in NR DC operation.

7.5.2 Minimum Requirements for inter-band EN-DC

The UE shall be capable of handling a maximum uplink transmission timing difference between E-UTRA PCell and
PSCell as shown in Table 7.5.2-1.

Table 7.5.2-1 Maximum uplink transmission timing difference requirement for asynchronous EN-DC
Sub-carrier spacing UL Sub-carrier Maximum uplink
in E-UTRA PCell spacing for data in transmission timing
(kHz) PSCell (kHz) difference (µs)
15 15 500
15 30 250
15 60 125
15 120Note1 62.5
NOTE 1: For E-UTRA FDD-NR FDD intra-band EN-DC, for which the
requirement is defined in clause 7.5.3 and this Table 7.5.2-1 is also
applicable, the scenario with 120kHz PSCell does not exist.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 59 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 7.5.2-2 Void

7.5.2.1 Minimum Requirements for inter-band synchronous EN-DC

The requirements in this clause apply as a reference for inter-band synchronous EN-DC.

The UE shall be capable of handling a maximum uplink transmission timing difference between E-UTRA PCell and
PSCell for inter-band synchronous EN-DC as shown in Table 7.5.2.1-1 1. The requirements for synchronous EN-DC
are applicable for E-UTRA TDD-NR TDD, E-UTRA FDD-NR FDD, E-UTRA TDD-NR FDD and E-UTRA FDD-NR
TDD inter-band EN-DC.

Table 7.5.2.1-1 Maximum uplink transmission timing difference requirement for inter-band
synchronous EN-DC
Sub-carrier UL Sub-carrier Maximum uplink
spacing in E- spacing for data transmission timing
UTRA PCell (kHz) in PSCell (kHz) difference (µs)
15 15 35.21
15 30 35.21
15 60 35.21
15 120 35.21

7.5.3 Minimum Requirements for intra-band EN-DC

For intra-band EN-DC, only co-located deployment is applied.

The UE shall be capable of handling a maximum uplink transmission timing difference between E-UTRA PCell and
PSCell as shown in Table 7.5.2-1 for E-UTRA FDD-NR FDD intra-band EN-DC provided the UE indicates that it is
capable of asynchronous EN-DC operation [2].

The UE shall be capable of handling a maximum uplink transmission timing difference between E-UTRA PCell and
PSCell as shown in Table 7.5.3-1 for E-UTRA TDD-NR TDD and E-UTRA FDD-NR FDD intra-band EN-DC
provided the UE does not indicate that it is capable of asynchronous FDD-FDD EN-DC operation [16].

Table 7.5.3-1: Maximum uplink transmission timing difference requirement for intra-band
synchronous EN-DC
Sub-carrier spacing UL Sub-carrier Maximum uplink
in E-UTRA PCell spacing for data in transmission timing
(kHz) PSCell (kHz) difference (µs)
15 15 5.21Note1,Note 2
15 30 5.21Note 2
15 60 5.21 Note 2
NOTE 1: This is not applicable for a UE which indicates the capability of only
supporting single UL timing (ul-TimingAlignmentEUTRA-NR is
signalled). Single UL timing for E-UTRA and NR cell is assumed for
this UE.
NOTE 2: If the transmission timing difference exceeds the cyclic prefix length of
the UL Sub-carrier spacing for data in PSCell, NR UE Tx EVM
degradation is expected for the symbol that is overlapping the LTE
subframe boundary

7.5.4 Minimum Requirements for NR Carrier Aggregation

The UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative transmission timing difference between slot timing of all pairs of
TAGs as shown in Table 7.5.4-1, provided that the UE is:

- configured with the pTAG and the sTAG for inter-band NR carrier aggregation in SA or NR-DC mode, or

- configured with more than one sTAG for inter-band NR carrier aggregation in EN-DC or NE-DC mode.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 60 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 7.5.4-1: Maximum uplink transmission timing difference requirement for inter-band NR carrier
aggregation
Frequency Range of Maximum uplink transmission
the pair of TAGs timing difference (µs)
FR1 34.6
FR2 8.5
Between FR1 and FR2 26.1

7.5.5 Minimum Requirements for inter-band NE-DC

The UE shall be capable of handling a maximum uplink transmission timing difference between PCell and E-UTRA
PSCell as shown in Table 7.5.5-1 for inter-band asynchronous NE-DC.

Table 7.5.5-1: Maximum uplink transmission timing difference requirement for inter-band
asynchronous NE-DC
Sub-carrier spacing UL Sub-carrier Maximum uplink
in PCell (kHz) spacing for data in transmission timing
E-UTRA PSCell difference (µs)
(kHz)
15 15 500
30 15 250
60 15 125
120 15 62.5
NOTE 1: Void

Table 7.5.5-2: Void

7.5.5.1 Minimum Requirements for inter-band synchronous NE-DC

The requirements in this clause apply as a reference for inter-band synchronous NE-DC.

The UE shall be capable of handling a maximum uplink transmission timing difference between PCell and E-UTRA
PSCell for inter-band synchronous NE-DC as shown in Table 7.5.5.1-1. The requirements for synchronous NE-DC are
applicable for NR TDD- E-UTRA TDD, NR FDD- E-UTRA FDD, NR TDD- E-UTRA FDD and NR FDD- E-UTRA
TDD inter-band NE-DC.

Table 7.5.5.1-1: Maximum uplink transmission timing difference requirement for inter-band
synchronous NE-DC
Sub-carrier UL Sub-carrier Maximum uplink
spacing in PCell spacing for data transmission timing
(kHz) in E-UTRA PSCell difference (µs)
(kHz)
15 15 35.21
30 15 35.21
60 15 35.21
120 15 35.21

7.5.6 Minimum Requirements for inter-band NR DC

The UE shall be capable of handling a maximum uplink transmission timing difference between PCell and PSCell as
shown in Table 7.5.6-1 provided that the UE indicates that it is capable of synchronous NR DC [16].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 61 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 7.5.6-1: Maximum uplink transmission timing difference requirement for inter-band
synchronous NR DC
Frequency Range Maximum uplink transmission
PCell PSCell timing difference (µs)
FR1 FR2 34.1

7.6 Maximum Receive Timing Difference

7.6.1 Introduction
A UE shall be capable of handling a relative receive timing difference between subframe timing boundary of an E-
UTRA cell belonging to the MCG and the closest slot timing boundary of a cell belonging to SCG to be aggregated for
EN-DC operation.

A UE shall be capable of handling a relative receive timing difference between subframe timing boundary of an E-
UTRA cell belonging to the SCG to be aggregated for NE-DC operation and the closest slot timing boundary of a cell
belonging to MCG.

A UE shall be capable of handling a relative receive timing difference between slot timing boundary of a cell belonging
to MCG and the closest slot timing boundary of a cell belonging to the SCG to be aggregated for NR DC operation. A
UE shall be capable of handling a relative receive timing difference among the closest slot timing boundaries of
different carriers to be aggregated in NR carrier aggregation.

7.6.2 Minimum Requirements for inter-band EN-DC

The UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference between subframe timing of signal
from a E-UTRA cell belonging to the MCG and slot timing of signal from a cell belonging to SCG at the UE receiver as
shown in Table 7.6.2-1.

Table 7.6.2-1: Maximum receive timing difference requirement for asynchronous EN-DC
Sub-carrier spacing DL Sub-carrier Maximum receive timing
of E-UTRA cell in spacing of cell in difference (µs)
MCG (kHz) SCG (kHz) (Note 1)
15 15 500
15 30 250
15 60 125
15 120Note2 62.5
NOTE 1: DL Sub-carrier spacing is min{SCSSS, SCSDATA}.
NOTE 2: For E-UTRA FDD-NR FDD intra-band EN-DC, for which the
requirement is defined in clause 7.6.3 and this Table 7.6.2-1 is also
applicable, the scenario with 120 kHz does not exit.

Table 7.6.2-2: Void

Table 7.6.2-3 Void

7.6.2.1 Minimum Requirements for inter-band synchronous EN-DC

The requirements in this clause apply as a reference for inter-band synchronous EN-DC.

The UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference between subframe timing of signal
from an E-UTRA cell belonging to the MCG and slot timing of signal from a cell belonging to SCG at the UE receiver
for inter-band synchronous EN-DC as shown in Table 7.6.2.1-1. The requirements for synchronous EN-DC are
applicable for E-UTRA TDD-NR TDD, E-UTRA FDD-NR FDD, E-UTRA TDD-NR FDD and E-UTRA FDD-NR
TDD inter-band EN-DC.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 62 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 7.6.2.1-1: Maximum receive timing difference requirement for inter-band synchronous EN-DC
Sub-carrier spacing DL Sub-carrier Maximum receive timing
of E-UTRA cell in spacing of cell in difference (µs)
MCG (kHz) SCG (kHz) (Note1)
15 15
15 30
33
15 60
15 120
Note 1: DL Sub-carrier spacing is min{SCSSS, SCSDATA}.

7.6.3 Minimum Requirements for intra-band EN-DC

For intra-band EN-DC, only co-located deployment is applied.

The UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference between subframe timing of signal
from a E-UTRA cell belonging to the MCG and slot timing of signal from a cell belonging to the SCG as shown in
Table 7.6.2-1 for E-UTRA FDD-NR FDD intra-band EN-DC provided the UE indicates that it is capable of
asynchronous EN-DC operation [2].

The UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference between subframe timing of signal
from a E-UTRA cell belonging to the MCG and slot timing of signal from a cell belonging to the SCG as shown in
Table 7.6.3-1 for E-UTRA FDD-NR FDD and E-UTRA TDD-NR TDD intra-band EN-DC provided the UE does not
indicate that it is capable of asynchronous FDD-FDD EN-DC operation [16].

Table 7.6.3-1 Maximum receive timing difference requirement for intra-band synchronous EN-DC
Sub-carrier spacing DL Sub-carrier Maximum receive timing
of E-UTRA cell in spacing of cell in difference (µs)
MCG (kHz) SCG (kHz) Note1
15 15 3
15 30 3
15 60 3
NOTE 1: DL Sub-carrier spacing is min{SCSSS, SCSDATA}.

Table 7.6.3-2 Void

7.6.4 Minimum Requirements for NR Carrier Aggregation

For intra-band CA, only co-located deployment is applied. For intra-band non-contiguous NR carrier aggregation, the
UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference between slot timing of different carriers to
be aggregated at the UE receiver as shown in Table 7.6.4-1 below.

Table 7.6.4-1: Maximum receive timing difference requirement for intra-band non-contiguous NR
carrier aggregation
Frequency Range Maximum receive timing
difference (µs)
FR1 31
FR2 0.26
Note 1: In the case of different SCS on different CCs, if the
receive time difference exceeds the cyclic prefix
length of that SCS, demodulation performance
degradation is expected for the first symbol of the
slot.

For inter-band NR carrier aggregation, the UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference
between slot timing of all pairs of carriers to be aggregated at the UE receiver as shown in Table 7.6.4-2 below.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 63 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 7.6.4-2: Maximum receive timing difference requirement for inter-band NR carrier aggregation
Frequency Range of Maximum receive timing
the pair of carriers difference (µs)
FR1 33
FR2 8
Between FR1 and FR2 25

7.6.5 Minimum Requirements for inter-band NE-DC

The UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference between slot timing of signal from a
cell belonging to the MCG and subframe timing of signal from an E-UTRA cell belonging to the SCG at the UE
receiver for asynchronous NE-DC as shown in Table 7.6.5-1.

Table 7.6.5-1: Maximum receive timing difference requirement for asynchronous NE-DC
Sub-carrier spacing DL Sub-carrier Maximum receive timing
of cell in MCG (kHz) spacing of EUTRA difference (µs)
cell in SCG (kHz)
(Note 1)
15 15 500
30 15 250
60 15 125
120 15 62.5
NOTE 1: DL Sub-carrier spacing is min{SCSSS, SCSDATA}.
NOTE 2: Void

Table 7.6.5-2: Void

7.6.5.1 Minimum Requirements for inter-band synchronous NE-DC

The requirements in this clause apply as a reference for inter-band synchronous NE-DC.

The UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference between slot timing of signal from a
cell belonging to the MCG and subframe timing of signal from a E-UTRA cell belonging to the SCG at the UE receiver
for inter-band synchronous NE-DC as shown in Table 7.6.5.1-1. The requirements for synchronous NE-DC are
applicable for NR TDD- E-UTRA TDD, NR FDD- E-UTRA FDD, NR TDD- E-UTRA FDD and NR FDD- E-UTRA
TDD inter-band NE-DC.

Table 7.6.5.1-1: Maximum receive timing difference requirement for inter-band synchronous NE-DC
Sub-carrier spacing DL Sub-carrier Maximum receive timing
of cell in MCG (kHz) spacing of EUTRA difference (µs)
cell in SCG (kHz)
(Note1)
15 15
30 15 33
60 15
120 15

7.6.6 Minimum Requirements for inter-band NR DC

The UE shall be capable of handling at least a relative receive timing difference between slot timing of signal from a
cell belonging to the MCG and slot timing of signal from a cell belonging to the SCG at the UE receiver as shown in
Table 7.6.6-1 provided that the UE indicates that it is capable of synchronous NR DC [16].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 64 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 7.6.6-1: Maximum receive timing difference requirement for inter-band synchronous NR DC
Frequency Range Maximum receive timing
Cell in Cell in difference (µs)
MCG SCG
FR1 FR2 33

7.7 deriveSSB-IndexFromCell tolerance

7.7.1 Minimum requirements
When deriveSSB-IndexFromCell is enabled, the UE assumes frame boundary alignment (including half frame, subframe
and slot boundary alignment) across cells on the same frequency carrier is within a tolerance not worse than min(2 SSB
symbols, 1 PDSCH symbol) and the SFNs of all cells on the same frequency carrier are the same.

7.8 Void

8 Signalling characteristics

8.1 Radio Link Monitoring

8.1.1 Introduction
The requirements in clause 8.1 apply for radio link monitoring on:

- PCell in SA NR, NR-DC and NE-DC operation mode,

- PSCell in NR-DC and EN-DC operation mode.

The UE shall monitor the downlink radio link quality based on the reference signal configured as RLM-RS resource(s)
in order to detect the downlink radio link quality of the PCell and PSCell as specified in TS 38.213 [3]. The configured
RLM-RS resources can be all SSBs, or all CSI-RSs, or a mix of SSBs and CSI-RSs. UE is not required to perform RLM
outside the active DL BWP.

On each RLM-RS resource, the UE shall estimate the downlink radio link quality and compare it to the thresholds Qout
and Qin for the purpose of monitoring downlink radio link quality of the cell.

The threshold Qout is defined as the level at which the downlink radio link cannot be reliably received and shall
correspond to the out-of-sync block error rate (BLERout) as defined in Table 8.1.1-1. For SSB based radio link
monitoring, Qout_SSB is derived based on the hypothetical PDCCH transmission parameters listed in Table 8.1.2.1-1. For
CSI-RS based radio link monitoring, Qout_CSI-RS is derived based on the hypothetical PDCCH transmission parameters
listed in Table 8.1.3.1-1.

The threshold Qin is defined as the level at which the downlink radio link quality can be received with significantly
higher reliability than at Qout and shall correspond to the in-sync block error rate (BLERin) as defined in Table 8.1.1-1.
For SSB based radio link monitoring, Qin_SSB is derived based on the hypothetical PDCCH transmission parameters
listed in Table 8.1.2.1-2. For CSI-RS based radio link monitoring, Qin_CSI-RS is derived based on the hypothetical
PDCCH transmission parameters listed in Table 8.1.3.1-2.

The out-of-sync block error rate (BLERout) and in-sync block error rate (BLERin) are determined from the network
configuration via parameter rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold signalled by higher layers. When UE is not configured
with rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold from the network, UE determines out-of-sync and in-sync block error rates from
Configuration #0 in Table 8.1.1-1 by default. All requirements in clause 8.1 are applicable for BLER Configuration #0
in Table 8.1.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 65 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.1.1-1: Out-of-sync and in-sync block error rates

Configuration BLERout BLERin
0 10% 2%

UE shall be able to monitor up to NRLM RLM-RS resources of the same or different types in each corresponding carrier
frequency range, depending on a maximum number L max of SSBs per half frame according to TS 38.213 [3], where
NRLM is specified in Table 8.1.1-2, and meet the requirements as specified in clause 8.1. UE is not required to meet the
requirements in clause 8.1 if RLM-RS is not configured and no TCI state for PDCCH is activated.

Table 8.1.1-2: Maximum number of RLM-RS resources NRLM

Carrier frequency range of Maximum number of RLM-RS

PCell/PSCell
L max resources, NRLM
FR1, ≤3 GHzNote 4 2
FR1, > 3 GHzNote 8 4
FR2 64 8
NOTE: For unpaired spectrum operation with Case C - 30 kHz SCS, 3GHz is replaced by 2.4GHz, as specified in
clause 4.1 in TS 38.213 [3].

8.1.2 Requirements for SSB based radio link monitoring

8.1.2.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause apply for each SSB based RLM-RS resource configured for PCell or PSCell, provided
that the SSB configured for RLM is actually transmitted within UE active DL BWP during the entire evaluation period
specified in clause 8.1.2.2.

Table 8.1.2.1-1: PDCCH transmission parameters for out-of-sync evaluation

Attribute Value for BLER Configuration #0

DCI format 1-0
Number of control OFDM
2
symbols
Aggregation level (CCE) 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
RE energy to average SSS 4dB
RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
DMRS energy to average 4dB
SSS RE energy
Bandwidth (PRBs) 24
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) SCS of the active DL BWP
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
CP length Normal
Mapping from REG to CCE Distributed

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 66 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.1.2.1-2: PDCCH transmission parameters for in-sync evaluation

Attribute Value for BLER Configuration #0

DCI payload size 1-0
Number of control OFDM
2
symbols
Aggregation level (CCE) 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
RE energy to average SSS 0dB
RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
DMRS energy to average 0dB
SSS RE energy
Bandwidth (PRBs) 24
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) SCS of the active DL BWP
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
CP length Normal
Mapping from REG to CCE Distributed

8.1.2.2 Minimum requirement

UE shall be able to evaluate whether the downlink radio link quality on the configured RLM-RS resource estimated
over the last TEvaluate_out_SSB ms period becomes worse than the threshold Qout_SSB within TEvaluate_out_SSB [ms] evaluation
period.

UE shall be able to evaluate whether the downlink radio link quality on the configured RLM-RS resource estimated
over the last TEvaluate_in_SSB ms period becomes better than the threshold Qin_SSB within TEvaluate_in_SSB [ms] evaluation
period.

TEvaluate_out_SSB and TEvaluate_in_SSB are defined in Table 8.1.2.2-1 for FR1.

TEvaluate_out_SSB and TEvaluate_in_SSB are defined in Table 8.1.2.2-2 for FR2 with scaling factor N=8.

For FR1,
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ , when in the monitored cell there are measurement gaps configured for intra-frequency, inter-
ଵି ೄೄಳ
ಾಸೃು
frequency or inter-RAT measurements, and these measurement gaps are overlapping with some but not all
occasions of the SSB; and

- P = 1 when in the monitored cell there are no measurement gaps overlapping with any occasion of the SSB.

For FR2,
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ೄೄಳ , when RLM-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and the RLM-RS resource
ଵି
೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod).

- P is Psharing factor, when the RLM-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and RLM-RS resource is
fully overlapped with SMTC period (TSSB = TSMTCperiod).
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ ೅ೄೄಳ , when the RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the
ଵି ೄೄಳ ି
ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not
overlapped with measurement gap and

- TSMTCperiod ≠ MGRP or
- TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TSSB < 0.5 × TSMTCperiod

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 67 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

௉ೞ೓ೌೝ೔೙೒ ೑ೌ೎೟೚ೝ
- ܲ= ౐ , when the RLM-RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the RLM-RS is
ଵି ೄೄಳ
ಾಸೃು
partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not overlapped with
measurement gap and TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TSSB = 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ೄೄಳ , when the RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the
ଵି
ಾ೔೙ ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
( , )

RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is
partially or fully overlapped with measurement gap
௉ೞ೓ೌೝ೔೙೒ ೑ೌ೎೟೚ೝ
- ܲ= ౐ , when the RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the RLM-RS
ଵି ೄೄಳ
ಾಸೃು
resource is fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially overlapped
with measurement gap (TSMTCperiod < MGRP)

- Psharing factor = 1, if the RLM-RS resource outside measurement gap is

- not overlapped with the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB
symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure, given that SSB-ToMeasure is configured, and,

- not overlapped by the RSSI symbols indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol before each
RSSI symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol after each RSSI symbol indicated by
ss-RSSI-Measurement, given that ss-RSSI-Measurement is configured.

- Psharing factor = 3, otherwise.

where,

If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is present, TSMTCperiod follows smtc2; Otherwise
TSMTCperiod follows smtc1. TSMTCperiod is the shortest SMTC period among all CCs in the same FR2 band,
provided the SMTC offset of all CCs in FR2 have the same offset.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the combination of RLM-RS resource, SMTC occasion and
measurement gap configurations does not meet previous conditions.

Table 8.1.2.2-1: Evaluation period TEvaluate_out_SSB and TEvaluate_in_SSB for FR1

Configuration TEvaluate_out_SSB (ms) TEvaluate_in_SSB (ms)
no DRX Max(200, Ceil(10 × P) × TSSB) Max(100, Ceil(5 × P) × TSSB)
DRX cycle≤320ms Max(200, Ceil(15 × P) × Max(100, Ceil(7.5 × P) × Max(TDRX,TSSB))
Max(TDRX,TSSB))
DRX cycle>320ms Ceil(10 × P) × TDRX Ceil(5 × P) × TDRX
NOTE: TSSB is the periodicity of the SSB configured for RLM. TDRX is the DRX cycle length.

Table 8.1.2.2-2: Evaluation period TEvaluate_out_SSB and TEvaluate_in_SSB for FR2

Configuration TEvaluate_out_SSB (ms) TEvaluate_in_SSB (ms)

no DRX Max(200, Ceil(10 × P × N) × TSSB) Max(100, Ceil(5 × P × N) × TSSB)
DRX cycle≤320ms Max(200, Ceil(15 × P × N) × Max(100, Ceil(7.5 × P × N) × Max(TDRX,TSSB))
Max(TDRX,TSSB))
DRX cycle>320ms Ceil(10 × P × N) × TDRX Ceil(5 × P × N) × TDRX
NOTE: TSSB is the periodicity of the SSB configured for RLM. TDRX is the DRX cycle length.

8.1.2.3 Measurement restrictions for SSB based RLM

The UE is required to be capable of measuring SSB for RLM without measurement gaps. The UE is required to perform
the SSB measurements with measurement restrictions as described in the following clauses.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM is in the same OFDM symbol as CSI-RS for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP
measurement,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 68 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- If SSB and CSI-RS have same SCS, UE shall be able to measure the SSB for RLM without any restriction;

- If SSB and CSI-RS have different SCS,

- If UE supports simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE shall be able to measure the SSB for RLM

without any restriction;

- If UE does not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE is required to measure one of but not

both SSB for RLM and CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for SSB based RLM is expected, and no
requirements are defined.

For FR2, when the SSB for RLM measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as CSI-RS for RLM, BFD,
CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, UE is required to measure one of
but not both SSB for RLM and CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for SSB based RLM is expected, and no
requirements are defined.

8.1.3 Requirements for CSI-RS based radio link monitoring

8.1.3.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause apply for each CSI-RS based RLM-RS resource configured for PCell or PSCell,
provided that the CSI-RS configured for RLM is actually transmitted within UE active DL BWP during the entire
evaluation period specified in clause 8.1.3.2. UE is not expected to perform radio link monitoring measurements on the
CSI-RS configured as RLM-RS if the CSI-RS is not in the active TCI state of any CORESET configured in the UE
active BWP.

Table 8.1.3.1-1: PDCCH transmission parameters for out-of-sync evaluation

Attribute Value for BLER Configuration #0
DCI format 1-0
Number of control OFDM
2
symbols
Aggregation level (CCE) 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
RE energy to average CSI-RS 4dB
RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
DMRS energy to average 4dB
CSI-RS RE energy
Bandwidth (PRBs) 48
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) SCS of the active DL BWP
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
CP length Normal
Mapping from REG to CCE Distributed

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 69 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.1.3.1-2: PDCCH transmission parameters for in-sync evaluation

Attribute Value for BLER Configuration #0
DCI payload size 1-0
Number of control OFDM
2
symbols
Aggregation level (CCE) 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
RE energy to average CSI-RS 0dB
RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
DMRS energy to average 0dB
CSI-RS RE energy
Bandwidth (PRBs) 48
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) SCS of the active DL BWP
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
CP length Normal
Mapping from REG to CCE Distributed

8.1.3.2 Minimum requirement

UE shall be able to evaluate whether the downlink radio link quality on the configured RLM-RS resource estimated
over the last TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS ms period becomes worse than the threshold Qout_CSI-RS within TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS [ms]
evaluation period.

UE shall be able to evaluate whether the downlink radio link quality on the configured RLM-RS resource estimated
over the last TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS ms period becomes better than the threshold Qin_CSI-RS within TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS [ms]
evaluation period.

- TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS and TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS are defined in Table 8.1.3.2-1 for FR1.

- TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS and TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS are defined in Table 8.1.3.2-2 for FR2 with scaling factor N=1.

The requirements of TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS and TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS apply provided that the CSI-RS for RLM is not in a resource
set configured with repetition ON. The requirements do not apply when the CSI-RS resource in the active TCI state of
CORESET is the same CSI-RS resource for RLM and the TCI state information of the CSI-RS resource is not given,
wherein the TCI state information means QCL Type-D to SSB for L1-RSRP or CSI-RS with repetition ON.

For FR1,
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ , when in the monitored cell there are measurement gaps configured for intra-frequency, inter-
ଵି ಴ೄ಺షೃೄ
ಾಸೃು
frequency or inter-RAT measurements, and these measurement gaps are overlapping with some but not all
occasions of the CSI-RS; and

- P = 1, when in the monitored cell there are no measurement gaps overlapping with any occasion of the CSI-RS.

For FR2,

- P = 1, when the RLM-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and also not overlapped with SMTC
occasion.
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ , when the RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the RLM-RS
ଵି ಴ೄ಺షೃೄ
ಾಸೃು
resource is not overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < MGRP)
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐಴ೄ಺షೃೄ , when the RLM-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and the RLM-RS
ଵି
೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod).

- P = Psharing factor, when the RLM-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and RLM-RS resource is
fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS = TSMTCperiod).

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 70 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ ೅಴ೄ಺షೃೄ , when the RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the
ଵି ಴ೄ಺షೃೄ ି
ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not
overlapped with measurement gap and

- TSMTCperiod ≠ MGRP or
- TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TCSI-RS < 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
௉౩౞౗౨౟౤ౝ ౜౗ౙ౪౥౨
- ܲ= ౐ , when the RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the RLM-RS
ଵି ಴ೄ಺షೃೄ
ಾಸೃು
resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not
overlapped with measurement gap and TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TCSI-RS = 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐಴ೄ಺షೃೄ , when the RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the
ଵି
ಾ೔೙ ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
( , )

RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is
partially or fully overlapped with measurement gap
௉౩౞౗౨౟౤ౝ ౜౗ౙ౪౥౨
- ܲ= ౐ , when the RLM-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the RLM-RS
ଵି ಴ೄ಺షೃೄ
ಾಸೃು
resource is fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially
overlapped with measurement gap (TSMTCperiod < MGRP)

- Psharing factor = 1, if the RLM-RS resource outside measurement gap is

- not overlapped with the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB
symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure, given that SSB-ToMeasure is configured, and,

- not overlapped by the RSSI symbols indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol before each RSSI
symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol after each RSSI symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-
Measurement, given that ss-RSSI-Measurement is configured.

- Psharing factor = 3, otherwise.

where,

If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is present, TSMTCperiod follows smtc2; Otherwise
TSMTCperiod follows smtc1. TSMTCperiod is the shortest SMTC period among all CCs in the same FR2 band,
provided the SMTC offset of all CCs in FR2 have the same offset.

Note: The overlap between CSI-RS for RLM and SMTC means that CSI-RS based RLM is within the SMTC
window duration.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the combination of RLM-RS resource, SMTC occasion and
measurement gap configurations does not meet previous conditions.

The values of Mout and Min used in Table 8.1.3.2-1 and Table 8.1.3.2-2 are defined as:

- Mout = 20 and Min = 10, if the CSI-RS resource configured for RLM is transmitted with higher layer CSI-RS
parameter density [6, clause 7.4.1] set to 3 and over the bandwidth ≥
24 PRBs.

Table 8.1.3.2-1: Evaluation period TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS and TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS for FR1

Configuration TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS (ms) TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS (ms)
no DRX Max(200, Ceil(Mout×P)×TCSI-RS) Max(100, Ceil(Min×P) × TCSI-RS)
DRX ≤ 320ms Max(200, Ceil(1.5×Mout×P)× Max(100, Ceil(1.5×Min×P)× Max(TDRX, TCSI-
Max(TDRX, TCSI-RS)) RS))
DRX > 320ms Ceil(Mout×P) × TDRX Ceil(Min×P) × TDRX
NOTE: TCSI-RS is the periodicity of the CSI-RS resource configured for RLM. The requirements in this table
apply for TCSI-RS equal to 5 ms, 10ms, 20 ms or 40 ms. TDRX is the DRX cycle length.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 71 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.1.3.2-2: Evaluation period TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS and TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS for FR2

Configuration TEvaluate_out_CSI-RS (ms) TEvaluate_in_CSI-RS (ms)
no DRX Max(200, Ceil(Mout×P×N)×TCSI-RS) Max(100, Ceil(Min×P×N) × TCSI-RS)
DRX ≤ 320ms Max(200, Ceil(1.5×Mout×P×N)× Max(100, Ceil(1.5×Min×P×N)×
Max(TDRX, TCSI-RS)) Max(TDRX, TCSI-RS))
DRX > 320ms Ceil(Mout×P×N) × TDRX Ceil(Min×P×N) × TDRX
NOTE: TCSI-RS is the periodicity of the CSI-RS resource configured for RLM. The requirements in this table apply for
TCSI-RS equal to 5 ms, 10 ms, 20 ms or 40 ms. TDRX is the DRX cycle length.

8.1.3.3 Measurement restrictions for CSI-RS based RLM

The UE is required to be capable of measuring CSI-RS for RLM without measurement gaps. The UE is required to
perform the CSI-RS measurements with measurement restrictions as described in the following clauses.

For both FR1 and FR2, when the CSI-RS for RLM is in the same OFDM symbol as SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-
RSRP measurement, UE is not required to receive CSI-RS for RLM in the PRBs that overlap with an SSB.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD, or L1-RSRP measurement is within the active BWP and has same SCS
than CSI-RS for RLM, the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS measurement without restrictions.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement is within the active BWP and has different
SCS than CSI-RS for RLM, the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS measurement with restrictions according to its
capabilities:

- If the UE supports simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS for RLM
measurement without restrictions.

- If the UE does not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE is required to measure one of but not
both CSI-RS for RLM and SSB. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based RLM is expected, and no
requirements are defined.

For FR1, when the CSI-RS for RLM is in the same OFDM symbol as another CSI-RS for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-
RSRP measurement, UE shall be able to measure the CSI-RS for RLM without any restriction.

For FR2, when the CSI-RS for RLM measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as SSB for RLM, BFD, or
L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, or in the same symbol as SSB for CBD
measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band when beam failure is detected, UE is required to
measure one of but not both CSI-RS for RLM and SSB. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based RLM is
expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR2, when the CSI-RS for RLM measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as another CSI-RS for
RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band,

- In the following cases, UE is required to measure one of but not both CSI-RS for RLM and the other CSI-RS.
Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based RLM is expected, and no requirements are defined.

- The CSI-RS for RLM or the other CSI-RS in a resource set configured with repetition ON, or

- The other CSI-RS is configured in q1 and beam failure is detected, or

- The two CSI-RS-es are not QCL-ed w.r.t. QCL-TypeD, or the QCL information is not known to UE,

- Otherwise, UE shall be able to measure the CSI-RS for RLM without any restriction.

8.1.4 Minimum requirement at transitions

When the UE transitions between DRX and no DRX or when DRX cycle periodicity changes, for each RLM-RS
resource, for a duration of time equal to the evaluation period corresponding to the second mode after the transition
occurs, the UE shall use an evaluation period that is no less than the minimum of evaluation period corresponding to the
first mode and the second mode. Subsequent to this duration, the UE shall use an evaluation period corresponding to the
second mode for each RLM-RS resource. This requirement shall be applied to both out-of-sync evaluation and in-sync
evaluation of the monitored cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 72 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

When the UE transitions from a first configuration of RLM resources to a second configuration of RLM resources that
is different from the first configuration, for each RLM resource present in the second configuration, for a duration of
time equal to the evaluation period corresponding to the second configuration after the transition occurs, the UE shall
use an evaluation period that is no less than the minimum of evaluation periods corresponding to the first configuration
and the second configuration. Subsequent to this duration, the UE shall use an evaluation period corresponding to the
second configuration for each RLM resource present in the second configuration. This requirement shall be applied to
both out-of-sync evaluation and in-sync evaluation of the monitored cell.

When the UE transitions from a first configuration of active TCI state of the CORESET to a second configuration of
active TCI state of the CORESET, for each CSI-RS for RLM present in the second configuration, the UE shall use an
evaluation period corresponding to the second configuration from the time of transition. This requirement shall be
applied to both out-of-sync evaluation and in-sync evaluation of the monitored cell.

8.1.5 Minimum requirement for UE turning off the transmitter

The transmitter power of the UE in the monitored cell shall be turned off within 40ms after expiry of T310 timer as
specified in TS 38.331 [2].

8.1.6 Minimum requirement for L1 indication

When the downlink radio link quality on all the configured RLM-RS resources is worse than Qout, layer 1 of the UE
shall send an out-of-sync indication for the cell to the higher layers. A layer 3 filter shall be applied to the out-of-sync
indications as specified in TS 38.331 [2].

When the downlink radio link quality on at least one of the configured RLM-RS resources is better than Qin, layer 1 of
the UE shall send an in-sync indication for the cell to the higher layers. A layer 3 filter shall be applied to the in-sync
indications as specified in TS 38.331 [2].

The out-of-sync and in-sync evaluations for the configured RLM-RS resources shall be performed as specified in clause
5 in TS 38.213 [3]. Two successive indications from layer 1 shall be separated by at least TIndication_interval.

When DRX is not used TIndication_interval is max(10ms, TRLM-RS,M), where TRLM,M is the shortest periodicity of all
configured RLM-RS resources for the monitored cell, which corresponds to TSSB specified in clause 8.1.2 if the RLM-
RS resource is SSB, or TCSI-RS specified in clause 8.1.3 if the RLM-RS resource is CSI-RS.

In case DRX is used, TIndication_interval is Max(10ms, 1.5 × DRX_cycle_length, 1.5 × TRLM-RS,M) if DRX cycle_length is
less than or equal to 320ms, and TIndication_interval is DRX_cycle_length if DRX cycle_length is greater than 320ms. Upon
start of T310 timer as specified in TS 38.331 [2], the UE shall monitor the configured RLM-RS resources for recovery
using the evaluation period and layer 1 indication interval corresponding to the no DRX mode until the expiry or stop of
T310 timer.

8.1.7 Scheduling availability of UE during radio link monitoring

When the reference signal to be measured for RLM has different subcarrier spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH or is on
frequency range 2, there are restrictions on the scheduling availability as described in the following clauses.

8.1.7.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing radio link monitoring with a same

subcarrier spacing as PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
There are no scheduling restrictions due to radio link monitoring performed with a same subcarrier spacing as
PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1.

8.1.7.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing radio link monitoring with a different

subcarrier spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
For UEs which support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] there are no restrictions on scheduling
availability due to radio link monitoring based on SSB as RLM-RS. For UEs which do not support
simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] the following restrictions apply due to radio link monitoring based on
SSB as RLM -RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 73 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH, PUSCH or SRS or receive PDCCH, PDSCH or CSI-RS for tracking
or CSI-RS for CQI on SSB symbols to be measured for radio link monitoring.

When intra-band carrier aggregation in FR1 is performed, the scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving PCell or PSCell
applies to all serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with the restricted symbols.
When inter-band carrier aggregation within FR1 is performed, there are no scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving
cell(s) in the bands due to radio link monitoring performed on FR1 serving PCell or PSCell in different bands.

8.1.7.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing radio link monitoring on FR2

The following scheduling restriction applies due to radio link monitoring on an FR2 serving PCell and/or PSCell.

- If the RLM-RS is CSI-RS which is type-D QCLed with active TCI state for PDCCH or PDSCH, and the CSI-RS
is not in a CSI-RS resource set with repetition ON,

- There are no scheduling restrictions due to radio link monitoring based on the CSI-RS.

- Otherwise

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH, PUSCH or SRS or receive PDCCH, PDSCH or CSI-RS for
tracking or CSI-RS for CQI on RLM-RS symbols to be measured for radio link monitoring.

When intra-band carrier aggregation in FR2 is performed, the scheduling restrictions on FR2 serving PCell or PSCell
applies to all serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with restricted symbols.

For FR2, if following conditions are met,

- UE has been notified about system information update through paging,

- The gap between UE’s reception of PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type2-PDCCH CSS set and that notifies
system information update, and the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, is greater than 2
slots,

For the SSB for RLM and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 3, UE is expected to receive the
PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, and the corresponding PDSCH, on SSB symbols to be
measured for RLM; and

For the SSB for RLM and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 2, UE is expected to receive PDSCH
that corresponds to the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, on SSB symbols to be measured for
RLM.

8.1.7.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing radio link monitoring on FR1 or FR2

in case of FR1-FR2 inter-band CA and NR-DC
There are no scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving cell(s) due to radio link monitoring performed on FR2 serving
PCell and/or PSCell.

There are no scheduling restrictions on FR2 serving cell(s) due to radio link monitoring performed on FR1 serving
PCell and/or PSCell.

NR-DC in Rel-15 only includes the scenarios where all serving cells in MCG are in FR1 and all serving cells in SCG
are in FR2.

8.2 Interruption
8.2.1 EN-DC Interruption

8.2.1.1 Introduction
This clause contains the requirements related to the interruptions on PSCell, and SCell, when

E-UTRA PCell transitions between active and non-active during DRX, or

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 74 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

E-UTRA PCell transitions from non-DRX to DRX, or

E-UTRA SCell in MCG or SCell in SCG is added or released, or

E-UTRA SCell in MCG or SCell in SCG is activated or deactivated, or

measurements on SCC with deactivated SCell in either E-UTRA MCG or NR SCG, or

a supplementary UL carrier or an UL carrier is configured or de-configured, or

UL/DL BWP is switched on PSCell or SCell in SCG.

The requirements shall apply for E-UTRA-NR DC with an E-UTRA PCell.

This clause contains interruptions where victim cell is PSCell or SCell belonging to SCG. Requirements for
interruptions requirements when the victim cell is E-UTRA PCell or E-UTRA SCell belonging to MCG are specified in
TS 36.133 [15].

For a UE which does not support per-FR measurement gaps, interruptions to the PSCell or activated SCG SCells may
be caused by EUTRA PCell, EUTRA SCells or SCells on any frequency range. For UE which support per-FR gaps,
interruptions to the PSCell or activated SCG SCells may be caused by EUTRA PCell, EUTRA SCells or SCells on the
same frequency range as the victim cell.

8.2.1.2 Requirements

8.2.1.2.1 Interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX

Interruption on PSCell and the activated SCell if configured due to E-UTRA PCell transitions between active and non-
active druing DRX when PSCell or SCell is in non-DRX are allowed with up to 1% probability of missed ACK/NACK
when the configured E-UTRA PCell DRX cycle is less than 640 ms, and 0.625% probability of missed ACK/NACK is
allowed when the configured E-UTRA PCell DRX cycle is 640 ms or longer. Each interruption shall not exceed X slot
as defined in table 8.2.1.2.1-1.

Table 8.2.1.2.1-1: Interruption length X at transition between active and non-active during DRX

μ NR Slot Interruption length X (slots

length (ms) Sync Async
0 1 1 2
1 0.5 1 2
2 0.25 3
3 0.125 5

When both E-UTRA PCell and PSCell are in DRX, no interruption is allowed.

8.2.1.2.2 Interruptions at transitions from non-DRX to DRX

Interruption on PSCell and the activated SCell if configured due to E-UTRA PCell transitions from non-DRX to DRX
when PSCell or SCell is in non-DRX shall not exceed X slot as defined in table 8.2.1.2.1-1.

When PSCell and the activated SCell are in DRX, no interruption due to E-UTRA PCell transitions from non-DRX to
DRX is allowed.

8.2.1.2.3 Interruptions at SCell addition/release

The requirements in this clause shall apply for the UE configured with PSCell.

When one E-UTRA SCell in MCG is added or released:

- the UE is allowed an interruption on any active serving cell in SCG:

- of up to X1 slot, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the E-UTRA SCells being added
or released, or

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 75 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- of up to max{Y1 slot + TSMTC_duration, 5ms} if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the E-
UTRA SCells being added or released, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving
cells and the E-UTRA SCells being added or released are available in the same slot, where TSMTC_duration is the
longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in SCG;

Where X1 and Y1 are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.3-1.

When one SCell in SCG is added or released:

- the UE is allowed an interruption on any active serving cell in SCG:

- of up to X1 slot, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the SCells being added or
released, or

- of up to Y1 slot + TSMTC_duration if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the SCells being
added or released, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving cells and the SCells
being added or released are available in the same slot, where, TSMTC_duration is

- the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in SCG and the SCell being added when
one SCell is added;

- the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in SCG when one SCell is released.

Where X1 and Y1 are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.3-2.

Table 8.2.1.2.3-1: Interruption length X1 and Y1 at E-UTRA SCell addition/Release

NR Slot Interruption length X1 Interruption length Y1 (slots)
μ length (slots)
(ms) Sync Async Sync Async
0 1 1 2 1 2
1 0.5 2 3 2 3
2 0.25 5 4 5
3 0.125 9 N/A N/A

Table 8.2.1.2.3-2: Interruption length X1 and Y1 at SCell addition/Release

NR Slot Interruption length X1 (slots) Interruption length Y1 (slots)
length
μ (ms) of
victim
cell
0 1 1 1
1 0.5 2 2
2 0.25 Both aggressor cell and 4 4
victim cell are on FR2
Either aggressor cell or 5
victim cell is on FR1
3 0.125 Aggressor cell is on FR2 8 8
Aggressor cell is on FR1 9

8.2.1.2.4 Interruptions at SCell activation/deactivation

The requirements in this clause shall apply for the UE configured with PSCell and one SCell.

When one E-UTRA SCell in MCG is activated or deactivated:

- the UE is allowed an interruption on any active serving cell in SCG:

- of up to X2 slot, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the E-UTRA SCells being
activated or deactivated, or

- of up to max{Y2 slot + TSMTC_duration, 5ms} if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the E-
UTRA SCells being activated or deactivated, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 76 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

serving cells and the E-UTRA SCells being activated or deactivated are available in the same slot, where
TSMTC_duration is the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in SCG.

Where X2 and Y2 are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.4-1.

When one SCell in SCG is activated or deactivated:

- an interruption on any serving cell in SCG:

- of up to X2 slot, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the SCells being activated or
deactivated, or

- of up to Y2 slot + TSMTC_duration if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the SCells being
activated or deactivated, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving cells and the
SCells being activated or deactivated are available in the same slot, where, TSMTC_duration is

- the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in SCG and the SCell being activated
when one SCell is activated;

- the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in SCG when one SCell is deactivated.

Where X2 and Y2 are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.4-2.

Table 8.2.1.2.4-1: Interruption length X2 and Y2 at E-UTRA SCell activation/deactivation

NR Slot Interruption length X2 Interruption length Y2 (slots)
μ length (slots)
(ms) Sync Async Sync Async
0 1 1 2 1 2
1 0.5 1 2 1 2
2 0.25 3 2 3
3 0.125 5 N/A N/A

Table 8.2.1.2.4-2: Interruption length X2 and Y2 at SCell activation/deactivation

NR Slot Interruption length X2 (slots) Interruption length Y2
μ length (ms) (slots)
of victim cell
0 1 1 1
1 0.5 1 1
2 0.25 Both aggressor cell and victim 2 2
cell are on FR2
Either aggressor cell or victim 3
cell is on FR1
3 0.125 Aggressor cell is on FR2 4 4
Aggressor cell is on FR1 5

8.2.1.2.5 Interruptions during measurements on SCC

8.2.1.2.5.1 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC

Interruption on PSCell and other activated NR SCell(s) during measurement on the deactivated NR SCC shall meet
requirements in clause 8.2.2.2.3, where the term PCell in clause 8.2.2.2.3 shall be deemed to be replaced with PSCell.

8.2.1.2.5.2 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC

When one E-UTRA SCell in MCG is deactivated, the UE is allowed due to measurements on the E-UTRA SCC with
the deactivated E-UTRA SCell:

- an interruption on PSCell or any activated SCell with up to 0.5% probability of missed ACK/NACK when any
of the configured measCycleSCell [15] for the deactivated E-UTRA SCells is 640 ms or longer.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 77 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- an interruption on PSCell or any activated SCell with up to 0.5% probability of missed ACK/NACK regardless
of the configured measCycleSCell [15] for the deactivated E-UTRA SCells if indicated by the network using IE
allowInterruptions [15].

Each interruption shall not exceed

- X3 slot, if the PSCell or activated SCell is not in the same band as the E-UTRA deactivated SCC being
measured, or

- Y3 slot + SMTC duration, if the PSCell or activated SCell is in the same band as the E-UTRA deactivated
SCC being measured, provided the cell specific reference signals from the PSCell or activated SCell and the
E-UTRA deactivated SCC being measured are available in the same slot.

Table 8.2.1.2.5.2-1: Interruption length X3 and Y3 at measurements on deactivated E-UTRA SCC

NR Slot Interruption length X3 Interruption length Y3 (slots)
μ length (slots)
(ms) Sync Async Sync Async
0 1 1 2 1 2
1 0.5 1 2 1 2
2 0.25 3 2 3
3 0.125 5 N/A N/A

8.2.1.2.6 Interruptions at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration

The requirements in this clause shall apply when a supplementary UL carrier or an UL carrier is configured or de-
configured in NR non-standalone operation as defined in TS 38.331 [2].

When an UL carrier or supplementary UL carrier is configured or de-configured, an interruption of up to X4 slot, is

allowed during the RRC reconfiguration procedure [2] on E-UTRA PCell, all activated E-UTRA SCells, PSCell and all
activated SCells within the same FR as the reconfigured uplink carrier. The interruption is for both uplink and downlink
of E-UTRA PCell, all activated E-UTRA SCells, PSCell and all activated SCells within the same FR as the configured
or de-configured UL.

Table 8.2.1.2.6-1: Interruption length X4 at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration

NR Slot Interruption length X4
μ length (ms) (slots)
Sync Async
0 1 1 2
1 0.5 2 3
2 0.25 5
3 0.125 9

8.2.1.2.7 Interruptions due to Active BWP switching Requirement

The requirements for DCI-based and timer-based BWP switches in this clause only apply to the case that the BWP
switch is performed on a single CC.

When UE receives a DCI indicating UE to switch its active BWP involving changes in any of the parameters listed in
Table 8.2.1.2.7-2, the UE is allowed to cause interruption of up to X slot to other active serving cells if the UE is not
capable of per-FR gap, or if the BWP switching involves SCS changing. When the BWP switch imposes changes in any
of the parameters listed in Table 8.2.1.2.7-2 and the UE is capable of per-FR gap, the UE is allowed to cause
interruption of up to X slot to other active serving cells in the same frequency range wherein the UE is performing BWP
switching. X is defined in Table 8.2.1.2.7-1. The starting time of interruption is only allowed within the BWP switching
delay TBWPswitchDelay as defined in clause 8.6.2. Interruptions are not allowed during BWP switch involving any other
parameter change.

When a BWP timer bwp-InactivityTimer defined in TS 38.331 [2] expires, UE is allowed to cause interruption of up to
X slot to other active serving cells due to switching its active BWP involving changes in any of the parameters listed in
Table 8.2.1.2.7-2 if the UE is not capable of per-FR gap, or if the BWP switching involves SCS changing. When the

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 78 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

BWP switch imposes changes in any of the parameters listed in Table 8.2.1.2.7-2 and the UE is capable of per-FR gap,
the UE is allowed to cause interruption of up to X slot to other active serving cells in the same frequency range wherein
the UE is performing BWP switching. X is defined in Table 8.2.1.2.7-1. The starting time of interruption is only
allowed within the BWP switching delay TBWPswitchDelay as defined in clause 8.6.2. Interruptions are not allowed during
BWP switch involving any other parameter change.

When UE receives an RRC reconfiguration that only requests UE to switch its active BWP on one single CC, the UE is
allowed to cause interruption of up to X slot to other active serving cells due to switching its active BWP involving
changes in any of the parameters listed in Table 8.2.1.2.7-2 if the UE is not capable of per-FR gap, or if the BWP
switching involves SCS changing. When the BWP switch imposes changes in any of the parameters listed in
Table 8.2.1.2.7-2 and the UE is capable of per-FR gap, the UE is allowed to cause interruption of up to X slot to other
active serving cells in the same frequency range wherein the UE is performing BWP switching. X is defined in
Table 8.2.1.2.7-1. The interruption is only allowed within the delay TRRCprocessingDelay + TBWPswitchDelayRRC defined in
clause 8.6.3.

Table 8.2.1.2.7-1: interruption length X

NR Slot Interruption length X
μ
length (ms) (slots)
0 1 1
1 0.5 1
2 0.25 3
3 0.125 5
Note1: void

Table 8.2.1.2.7-2: Parameters which cause interruption other than SCS

Parameters Comment
locationAndBandwidth
From TS 38.331 [2]
nrofSRS-Ports

8.2.2 SA: Interruptions with Standalone NR Carrier Aggregation

8.2.2.1 Introduction
This clause contains the requirements related to the interruptions on PCell and activated SCell if configured, when

up to 7 SCells are configured, de-configured, activated or deactivated, or

a supplementary UL carrier or an UL carrier is configured or de-configured, or

measurements on SCC with deactivated SCell in NR SCG, or

UL/DL BWP is switched on PCell or SCell.

Note: interruptions at SCell addition/release, activation/deactivation and during measurements on SCC may not
be required by all UEs.

The interruptions shall not interrupt RRC signalling or ACK/NACKs related to RRC reconfiguration procedure [2] for
SCell addition/release or MAC control signalling [17] for SCell activation/deactivation command.

This clause additionally contains requirements related to interruptions at inter-frequency SFTD between PCell in FR1
and neighbour cell in FR2.

For a UE which does not support per-FR measurement gap, interruptions to the PCell and activated SCell may be
caused by SCells on any frequency range. For a UE which supports per-FR gap, interruptions to PCell and activated
SCell may be caused by SCells on the same frequency range as the victim cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 79 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.2.2.2 Requirements

8.2.2.2.1 Interruptions at SCell addition/release

When any number of SCells between one and 7 is added or released using the same RRCConnectionReconfiguration
message as defined in TS 38.331 [2], the UE is allowed an interruption on any active serving cell during the RRC
reconfiguration procedure as follows:

- an interruption on any active serving cell:

- of up to the duration shown in table 8.2.2.2.1-1, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the
SCells being added or released, or

- of up to the duration shown in table 8.2.2.2.1-2, if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the
SCells being added or released, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving cells and
the SCells being added or released are available in the same slot.

Table 8.2.2.2.1-1: Interruption duration for SCell addition/release for inter-band CA

NR Slot Interruption length (slots)
μ length (ms)
of victim cell
0 1 1
1 0.5 2
2 0.25 Both aggressor cell and 4
victim cell are on FR2
Either aggressor cell or 5
victim cell is on FR1
3 0.125 Aggressor cell is on FR2 8
Aggressor cell is on FR1 9

Table 8.2.2.2.1-2: Interruption duration for SCell addition/release for intra-band CA

NR Slot Interruption length (slot)
μ length
(ms)
1 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
0 1 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

2 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
1 0.5 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

4 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
2 0.25 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

8 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
3 0.125 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

NOTE 1: TSMTC_duration measured in subframes is

- the longest SMTC duration among all
above active serving cells and the SCell
being added when one SCell is added;
- the longest SMTC duration among all
active serving cells in the same band when
one SCell is released.
NOTE 2: ܰ subframe,

slot
ߤ
is as defined in TS 38.211 [6].

8.2.2.2.2 Interruptions at SCell activation/deactivation

When an intra-band SCell is activated or deactivated as defined in TS 37.340 [17], the UE is allowed

- an interruption on any active serving cell:

- of up to the duration shown in table 8.2.2.2.2-1, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the
SCells being activated or deactivated, or

- of up to the duration shown in table 8.2.2.2.2-2, if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the
SCells being activated or deactivated provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving cells
and the SCells being activated or deactivated are available in the same slot.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 80 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.2.2.2.2-1: Interruption duration for SCell activation/deactivation for inter-band CA

NR Slot Interruption length (slots)
μ length (ms)
of victim cell
0 1 1
1 0.5 1
2 0.25 Both aggressor cell and 2
victim cell are on FR2
Either aggressor cell or 3
victim cell is on FR1
3 0.125 Aggressor cell is on FR2 4
Aggressor cell is on FR1 5

Table 8.2.2.2.2-2: Interruption duration for SCell activation/deactivation for intra-band CA

μ NR Slot Interruption length (slots)

length (ms)
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ
0 1 1 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ
1 0.5 1 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ
2 0.25 2 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ
3 0.125 4 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
NOTE 1: TSMTC_duration measured in subframes is
- the longest SMTC duration among all above active
serving cells and the SCell being activated when
one SCell is activated;
- the longest SMTC duration among all active
serving cells in the same band when one SCell is
deactivated.
NOTE 2: ܰ slot
ߤ
subframe,

is as defined in TS 38.211 [6].

8.2.2.2.3 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated SCC

Interruptions on PCell due to measurements when an SCell is deactivated are allowed with up to 0.5% probability of
missed ACK/NACK when the configured measCycleSCell [2] is 640 ms or longer. The UE is only allowed to cause
interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption shall not exceed requirement in
Table 8.2.2.2.2-1 if the PCell is not in the same band as the deactivated SCell. Each interruption shall not exceed
requirement in Table 8.2.2.2.2-2 if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell.

Interruptions on activated SCells due to measurements when an SCell is deactivated are allowed with up to 0.5%
probability of missed ACK/NACK when the configured measCycleSCell [2] is 640 ms or longer. The UE is only
allowed to cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption shall not exceed
requirement in Table 8.2.2.2.2-1 if the activated SCell is not in the same band as the deactivated SCell. Each
interruption shall not exceed requirement in Table 8.2.2.2.2-2 if the activated SCell is in the same band as the
deactivated SCell.

8.2.2.2.4 Interruptions at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration

The requirements in this clause shall apply when a supplementary UL carrier or an UL carrier is configured or de-
configured in NR standalone carrier aggregation as defined in TS 38.331 [2].

When an UL carrier or supplementary UL carrier is configured or de-configured, an interruption of up to the duration

shown in table 8.2.2.2.4-1, is allowed during the RRC reconfiguration procedure [2] on PCell and all activated SCells
within the same FR as the reconfigured uplink carrier. The interruption is for both uplink and downlink of PCell and all
the activated SCells within the same FR as the configured or de-configured UL.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 81 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.2.2.2.4-1: Interruption duration for UL carrier RRC reconfiguration

NR Slot Interruption length
μ length (slots)
(ms)
0 1 1
1 0.5 2
2 0.25 4
3 0.125 8

8.2.2.2.5 Interruptions due to Active BWP switching Requirement

The requirements for DCI-based and timer-based BWP switches in this clause only apply to the case that the BWP
switch is performed on a single CC.

When UE receives a DCI indicating UE to switch its active BWP involving changes in any of the parameters listed in
Table 8.2.2.2.5-2, the UE is allowed to cause interruption of up to X slot to other active serving cells if the UE is not
capable of per-FR gap, or if the BWP switching involves SCS changing. When the BWP switch imposes changes in any
of the parameters listed in Table 8.2.2.2.5-2 and the UE is capable of per-FR gap the UE is allowed to cause interruption
of up to X slot to other active serving cells in the same frequency range wherein the UE is performing BWP switching.
X is defined in Table 8.2.2.2.5-1. The starting time of interruption is only allowed within the BWP switching delay
TBWPswitchDelay as defined in clause 8.6.2. Interruptions are not allowed during BWP switch involving any other parameter
change.

When a BWP timer bwp-InactivityTimer defined in TS 38.331 [2] expires, UE is allowed to cause interruption of up to
X slot to other active serving cells due to switching its active BWP involving changes in any of the parameters listed in
Table 8.2.2.2.5-2 if the UE is not capable of per-FR gap, or if the BWP switching involves SCS changing. When the
BWP switch imposes changes in any of the parameters listed in Table 8.2.2.2.5-2 and the UE is capable of per-FR gap,
the UE is allowed to cause interruption of up to X slot to other active serving cells in the same frequency range wherein
the UE is performing BWP switching. X is defined in Table 8.2.2.2.5-1. The starting time of interruption is only
allowed within the BWP switching delay TBWPswitchDelay as defined in clause 8.6.2. Interruptions are not allowed during
BWP switch involving any other parameter change.

When UE receives an RRC reconfiguration that only requests UE to switch its active BWP on one single CC, the UE is
allowed to cause interruption of up to X slot to other active serving cells due to switching its active BWP involving
changes in any of the parameters listed in Table 8.2.2.2.5-2 if the UE is not capable of per-FR gap, or if the BWP
switching involves SCS changing. When the BWP switch imposes changes in any of the parameters listed in
Table 8.2.2.2.5-2 and the UE is capable of per-FR gap, the UE is allowed to cause interruption of up to X slot to other
active serving cells in the same frequency range wherein the UE is performing BWP switching. X is defined in
Table 8.2.2.2.5-1. The interruption is only allowed within the delay TRRCprocessingDelay + TBWPswitchDelayRRC defined in
clause 8.6.3.

Table 8.2.2.2.5-1: Interruption length X

NR Slot Interruption length X
μ
length (ms) (slots)
0 1 1
1 0.5 1
2 0.25 3
3 0.125 5
Note1: void

Table 8.2.2.2.5-2: Parameters which cause interruption other than SCS

Parameters Comment
locationAndBandwidth
From TS 38.331 [2]
nrofSRS-Ports

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 82 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.2.2.2.6 Interruptions at inter-frequency SFTD measurement

The requirements in this clause concern interruptions on PCell, as well as on activated SCells in MCG, when the UE is
performing SFTD measurements on inter-frequency neighbour cell(s). The following requirements apply when no
PSCell is configured.

For a UE with per-FR gap capability:

- for neighbour cell in FR1:

- the percentage of interrupted slots on uplink and downlink on FR1 serving cells during the SFTD
measurement period Tmeasure_SFTD1 specified in Clause 9.3.8 shall not exceed the percentages specified in
Table 8.2.2.2.6-1. No interruption is allowed on FR2 serving cells.

- the length of each interruption on FR1 serving cells shall not exceed the number of slots specified in Table
8.2.2.2.6-2.

- for neighbour cell in FR2:

- the percentage of interrupted slots on uplink and downlink on FR2 serving cells during the SFTD
measurement period Tmeasure_SFTD1 specified in Clause 9.3.8 shall not exceed the percentages specified in
Table 8.2.2.2.6-1. No interruption is allowed on FR1 serving cells.

- the length of each interruption on FR2 serving cells shall not exceed the number of slots specified in Table
8.2.2.2.6-2.

For a UE with per-UE gap capability:

- for neighbour cell in FR1 or FR2:

- the percentage of interrupted slots on uplink and downlink on FR1 and FR2 serving cells during the SFTD
measurement period Tmeasure_SFTD1 specified in Clause 9.3.8 shall not exceed the percentages specified in
Table 8.2.2.2.6-1.

- the length of each interruption on FR1 and FR2 serving cells shall not exceed the number of slots specified in
Table 8.2.2.2.6-2.

Table 8.2.2.2.6-1: Requirements on maximum percentage of interrupted slots in serving cell in inter-
frequency SFTD
SFTD Serving Neighbour cell SMTC periodicity
configuration cell µ 5ms 10ms 20ms 40ms 80ms 160ms
With RSRP 0
report 1
8.4% 6.3% 8.4% 6.3% 5.3% 4.7%
2
3
Without RSRP 0
report 1
11.4% 8.6% 7.9% 6.8% 6.3% 6.0%
2
3

Table 8.2.2.2.6-2: Interruption duration for FR1 serving cell in inter-frequency SFTD with neighbour
cell in FR1
NR Slot Interruption length
μ length (slots)
(ms)
0 1 1
1 0.5 2
2 0.25 4
3 0.125 8

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 83 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.2.2.2.6-3: Void

Table 8.2.2.2.6-4: Void

8.2.3 NE-DC Interruptions

8.2.3.1 Introduction
This clause contains the requirements related to the interruptions on PCell and SCell, when

E-UTRA PSCell transitions between active and non-active during DRX, or

E-UTRA PSCell transitions from non-DRX to DRX, or

E-UTRA PSCell/SCell in SCG or SCell in MCG is added or released, or

E-UTRA PSCell/SCell in SCG or SCell in MCG is activated or deactivated, or

measurements on SCC with deactivated SCell in either E-UTRA SCG or NR MCG or

PUSCH/PUCCH carrier configuration and deconfiguration in NR MCG, or

UL/DL BWP is switched on PCell or SCell in MCG.

The requirements shall apply for NE-DC with an NR PCell.

This clause contains interruptions where victim cell is PCell or SCell belonging to MCG. Requirements for
interruptions requirements when the victim cell is E-UTRA PSCell or E-UTRA SCell belonging to SCG are specified in
TS 36.133 [15].

For a UE which does not support per-FR measurement gap, interruptions to the PCell, E-UTRA PSCell or activated
MCG SCells may be caused by EUTRA PSCell, EUTRA SCells or SCells on any frequency range. For UE which
support per-FR gap, interruptions to the PCell, E-UTRA PSCell or activated MCG SCells may be caused by EUTRA
PSCell, EUTRA SCells or SCells on the same frequency range as the victim cell.

8.2.3.2 Requirements

8.2.3.2.1 Interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX

Interruption on PCell and the activated SCell if configured due to E-UTRA PSCell transitions between active and non-
active druing DRX when PCell or SCell is in non-DRX are allowed with up to 1% probability of missed ACK/NACK
when the configured E-UTRA PSCell DRX cycle is less than 640 ms, and 0.625% probability of missed ACK/NACK is
allowed when the configured E-UTRA PCell DRX cycle is 640 ms or longer. Each interruption shall not exceed X slot
as defined in table 8.2.3.2.1-1.

Table 8.2.3.2.1-1: Interruption length X at transition between active and non-active during DRX
NR slot Interruption length X
μ length (ms) (slots)
Sync Async
0 1 1 2
1 0.5 1 2
2 0.25 3
3 0.125 5

When both PCell and E-UTRA PSCell are in DRX, no interruption is allowed.

8.2.3.2.2 Interruptions at transitions from non-DRX to DRX

Interruption on PCell and the activated SCell if configured due to E-UTRA PSCell transitions from non-DRX to DRX
when PCell or SCell is in non-DRX shall not exceed X slot as defined in table 8.2.3.2.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 84 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.2.3.2.3 Interruptions at PSCell/SCell addition/release

The requirements in this clause shall apply for the UE configured with E-UTRA PSCell.

When one E-UTRA PSCell/SCell in SCG is added or released:

- the UE is allowed an interruption on any active serving cell in MCG:

- of up to X1 slots, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the E-UTRA PSCell/SCells being
added or released, or

- of up to max{Y1 slots+ TSMTC_duration, 5ms} if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the E-
UTRA PSCell/SCells being added or released, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active
serving cells and the E-UTRA PSCell/SCells being added or released are available in the same slot, where
TSMTC_duration is the longest SMTC duration among all above activated serving cells in MCG;

Where X1 and Y1 are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.3-1.

When one SCell in MCG is added or released:

- the UE is allowed an interruption on any activated serving cell in MCG:

- of up to X1 slots, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the SCells being added or
released, or

- of up to Y1 slots + TSMTC_duration if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the SCells being
added or released, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving cells and the SCells
being added or released are available in the same slot, where, TSMTC_duration is

- the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in MCG and the SCell being added when
one SCell is added;

- the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in MCG when one SCell is released.

Where X1 and Y1 are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.3-2.

Table 8.2.3.2.3-1: Interruption length X1 and Y1 at E-UTRA PSCell/SCell addition/release

NR Slot Interruption length X1 Interruption length Y1 (slots)
μ length (slots)
(ms) Sync Async Sync Async
0 1 1 2 1 2
1 0.5 2 3 2 3
2 0.25 5 4 5
3 0.125 9 N/A N/A

Table 8.2.3.2.3-2: Interruption length X1 and Y1 at SCell addition/Release

NR Slot Interruption length X1 (slots) Interruption length Y1 (slots)
length
μ (ms) of
victim
cell
0 1 1 1
1 0.5 2 2
2 0.25 Both aggressor cell and 4 4
victim cell are on FR2
Either aggressor cell or 5
victim cell is on FR1
3 0.125 Aggressor cell is on FR2 8 8
Aggressor cell is on FR1 9

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 85 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.2.3.2.4 Interruptions at SCell activation/deactivation

The requirements in this clause shall apply for the UE configured with E-UTRA PSCell and one SCell.

When one E-UTRA SCell in SCG is activated or deactivated:

- the UE is allowed an interruption on any active serving cell in MCG:

- of up to X2 slots, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the E-UTRA SCells being
activated or deactivated, or

- of up to max{Y2 slots + TSMTC_duration, 5ms} if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the E-
UTRA SCells being activated or deactivated, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active
serving cells and the E-UTRA SCells being activated or deactivated are available in the same slot, where
TSMTC_duration is the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in MCG.

Where X2 and Y2 are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.4-1.

When one SCell in MCG is activated or deactivated:

- the UE is allowed an interruption on any serving cell in MCG:

- of up to X2 slots, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the SCells being activated or
deactivated, or

- of up to Y2 slots + TSMTC_duration if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the SCells being
activated or deactivated, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving cells and the
SCells being activated or deactivated are available in the same slot, where, TSMTC_duration is

- the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in MCG and the SCell being activated
when one SCell is activated;

- the longest SMTC duration among all above active serving cells in MCG when one SCell is deactivated.

Where X2 and Y2 are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.4-2.

Table 8.2.3.2.4-1: Interruption length X2 and Y2 at E-UTRA SCell activation/deactivation

NR Slot Interruption length X2 Interruption length Y2 (slots)
μ length (slots)
(ms) Sync Async Sync Async
0 1 1 2 1 2
1 0.5 1 2 1 2
2 0.25 3 2 3
3 0.125 5 N/A N/A

Table 8.2.3.2.4-2: Interruption length X2 and Y2 at SCell activation/deactivation

NR Slot Interruption length X2 (slots) Interruption length Y2
length (slots)
μ (ms) of
victim
cell
0 1 1 1
1 0.5 1 1
2 0.25 Both aggressor cell and 2 2
victim cell are on FR2
Either aggressor cell or 3
victim cell is on FR1
3 0.125 Aggressor cell is on FR2 4 4
Aggressor cell is on FR1 5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 86 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.2.3.2.5 Interruptions during measurements on SCC

8.2.3.2.5.1 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC

Interruption on PCell and other activated SCell(s) during measurement on the deactivated NR SCC shall meet
requirements in clause 8.2.2.2.3.

8.2.3.2.5.2 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC

When one E-UTRA SCell in SCG is deactivated, the UE is allowed due to measurements on the E-UTRA SCC with the
deactivated E-UTRA SCell:

- an interruption on PCell or any activated SCell with up to 0.5% probability of missed ACK/NACK when any of
the configured measCycleSCell [15] for the deactivated E-UTRA SCells is 640 ms or longer.

- an interruption on PCell or any activated SCell with up to 0.5% probability of missed ACK/NACK regardless of
the configured measCycleSCell [15] for the deactivated E-UTRA SCells if indicated by the network using IE
allowInterruptions [15].

Each interruption shall not exceed

- X3 slots, if the PCell or activated SCell is not in the same band as the E-UTRA deactivated SCC being
measured, or

- Y3 slots + SMTC duration, if the PCell or activated SCell is in the same band as the E-UTRA deactivated
SCC being measured, provided the cell specific reference signals from the PCell or activated SCell and the E-
UTRA deactivated SCC being measured are available in the same slot.

Where X3 and Y3 are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.5-1

Table 8.2.3.2.5-1: Interruption length X3 and Y3 at measurements on deactivated E-UTRA SCC

NR Slot Interruption length X3 Interruption length Y3 (slot)
μ length (slots)
(ms) Sync Async Sync Async
0 1 1 2 1 2
1 0.5 1 2 1 2
2 0.25 3 2 3
3 0.125 5 N/A N/A

8.2.3.2.6 Interruptions at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration

The requirements in this clause shall apply when a supplementary UL carrier or an UL carrier is configured or de-
configured in NE-DC.

When an UL carrier or supplementary UL carrier is configured or deconfigured, an interruption of up to X4 slot as

specified in Table 8.2.3.2.6-1, is allowed during the RRC reconfiguration procedure in TS 38.331 [2] on PCell, all
activated SCells within the same FR as the reconfigured uplink carrier. The interruption is for both uplink and downlink
of PCell, all activated E-UTRA SCells, E-UTRA PSCell and all activated SCells within the same FR as the configured
or de-configured UL.

Table 8.2.3.2.6-1: Interruption length X4 at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration

NR Slot Interruption length X4
μ length (ms) (slots)
Sync Async
0 1 1 2
1 0.5 2 3
2 0.25 5
3 0.125 9

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 87 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.2.3.2.7 Interruptions due to Active BWP switching Requirement

The requirements for DCI-based and timer-based BWP switches in this clause only apply to the case that the BWP
switch is performed on a single CC.

When UE receives a DCI indicating the UE to switch its active BWP, or when a BWP timer bwp-InactivityTimer
defined in TS 38.331 [2] expires, or when the UE receives an RRC command indicating the UE to switch its active
BWP, the UE is allowed an interruption on PCell and any activated SCells as defined in clause 8.2.2.2.5.

8.2.4 NR-DC: Interruptions

8.2.4.1 Introduction
This clause contains the requirements related to the interruptions on PCell, PSCell and activated SCell if configured,
when

SCells are configured, de-configured, activated or deactivated or,

a supplementary UL carrier or an UL carrier is configured or de-configured, or

measurements on SCC with deactivated SCell in NR SCG, or

UL/DL BWP is switched on PCell, PSCell or SCell.transitions between active and non-active during DRX, or

transitions from non-DRX to DRX.

Note: interruptions at SCell addition/release, activation/deactivation and during measurements on SCC may not
be required by all UEs.

The interruptions shall not interrupt RRC signalling or ACK/NACKs related to RRC reconfiguration procedure [2] for
SCell addition/release or MAC control signalling [17] for SCell activation/deactivation command. How to specify this
is FFS.

The requirements shall apply for NR-DC with an NR PCell, PSCell or SCell.

For a UE which does not support per-FR measurement gap, interruptions to the PCell and activated SCell may be
caused by SCells on any frequency range. For a UE which supports per-FR gaps, interruptions to PCell, PSCell and
activated SCell may be caused by SCells on the same frequency range as the victim cell.

8.2.4.2 Requirements

8.2.4.2.1 Interruptions at PSCell/SCell addition/release

When PSCell or one or more SCells is added or released using the same RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as
defined in TS 38.331 [2], the UE is allowed an interruption on any activated serving cell during the RRC
reconfiguration procedure as follows:

- an interruption on any active serving cell:

- of up to the duration shown in table 8.2.4.2.1-1, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the
SCells being added or released, or

- of up to the duration shown in table 8.2.4.2.1-2, if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the
SCells being added or released, provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving cells and
the SCells being added or released are available in the same slot.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 88 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.2.4.2.1-1: Interruption duration for PSCell/SCell addition/release for inter-band DC/CA
NR Slot Interruption length (slots)
μ length (ms)
of victim cell
0 1 1
1 0.5 2
2 0.25 Both aggressor cell and 4
victim cell are on FR2
Either aggressor cell or 5
victim cell is on FR1
3 0.125 Aggressor cell is on FR2 8
Aggressor cell is on FR1 9

Table 8.2.4.2.1-2: Interruption duration for SCell addition/release for intra-band DC/CA
NR Slot Interruption length (slots)
μ length
(ms)
1 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
0 1 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

2 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
1 0.5 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

4 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
2 0.25 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

8 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
3 0.125 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

NOTE 1: TSMTC_duration measured in subframes is

- the longest SMTC duration among all
above activeserving cells and the SCell
being added when one SCell is added;
- the longest SMTC duration among all
active serving cells in the same band when
one SCell is released.
NOTE 2: ܰ subframe,

slot
ߤ
is as defined in TS 38.211 [6].

8.2.4.2.2 Interruptions at SCell activation/deactivation

When a SCell is activated or deactivated as defined in TS 37.340 [17], the UE is allowed

- an interruption on any active serving cell:

- of up to the duration shown in table 8.2.4.2.2-1, if the active serving cell is not in the same band as any of the
SCells being activated or deactivated, or

- of up to the duration shown in table 8.2.4.2.2-2, if the active serving cells are in the same band as any of the
SCells being activated or deactivated provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving cells
and the SCells being activated or deactivated are available in the same slot.

Table 8.2.4.2.2-1: Interruption duration for SCell activation/deactivation for inter-band DC/CA
NR Slot Interruption length (slots)
length
μ (ms) of
victim
cell
0 1 1
1 0.5 1
2 0.25 Both aggressor cell and 2
victim cell are on FR2
Either aggressor cell or 3
victim cell is on FR1
3 0.125 Aggressor cell is on FR2 4
Aggressor cell is on FR1 5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 89 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.2.4.2.2-2: Interruption duration for SCell activation/deactivation for intra-band DC/CA

μ NR Slot Interruption length (slots)

length (ms)
1 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
0 1 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

1 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
1 0.5 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

2 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
2 0.25 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

4 + TSMTC_duration * ܰୱ୪୭୲
3 0.125 ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,ఓ

NOTE 1: TSMTC_duration measured in subframes is

- the longest SMTC duration among all above
active serving cells and the SCell being activated
when one SCell is activated;
- the longest SMTC duration among all active
serving cells in the same band when one SCell is
deactivated.
NOTE 2: ܰ slot
ߤ
subframe,

is as defined in TS 38.211 [6].

8.2.4.2.3 Interruptions during measurements on SCC

Interruptions on PCell due to measurements when an SCell is deactivated are allowed with up to 0.5% probability of
missed ACK/NACK when the configured measCycleSCell [2] is 640 ms or longer. The UE is only allowed to cause
interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption shall not exceed requirement in
Table 8.2.2.2.2-1 if the PCell is not in the same band as the deactivated SCell. Each interruption shall not exceed
requirement in Table 8.2.2.2.2-2 if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell.

Interruptions on activated SCell due to measurements when an SCell is deactivated are allowed with up to 0.5%
probability of missed ACK/NACK when the configured measCycleSCell [2] is 640 ms or longer. The UE is only
allowed to cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption shall not exceed
requirement in Table 8.2.2.2.2-1 if the activated SCell is not in the same band as the deactivated SCell. Each
interruption shall not exceed requirement in Table 8.2.2.2.2-2 if the activated SCell is in the same band as the
deactivated SCell.

8.2.4.2.4 Interruptions at UL carrier RRC reconfiguration

The requirements in this clause shall apply when a supplementary UL carrier or an UL carrier is configured or de-
configured in NR-DC as defined in TS 38.331 [2].

When an UL carrier or supplementary UL carrier is configured or de-configured, an interruption of up to the duration

shown in table 8.2.4.2.4-1, is allowed during the RRC reconfiguration procedure in TS 38.331 [2] on all the other
activated serving cells within the same FR as the reconfigured uplink carrier. The interruption is for both uplink and
downlink of all the other serving cells within the same FR as the configured or de-configured UL.

Table 8.2.4.2.4-1: Interruption duration for UL carrier RRC reconfiguration

NR Slot Interruption length
μ length (slots)
(ms)
0 1 1
1 0.5 2
2 0.25 4
3 0.125 8

8.2.4.2.5 Interruptions due to Active BWP switching Requirement

The requirements for DCI-based and timer-based BWP switches in this clause only apply to the case that the BWP
switch is performed on a single CC.

When UE receives a DCI indicating the UE to switch its active BWP, or when a BWP timer bwp-InactivityTimer
defined in TS 38.331 [2] expires, or when the UE receives an RRC command indicating the UE to switch its active
BWP, the UE is allowed to cause an interruption on any other serving cells as defined in clause 8.2.2.2.5.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 90 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.2.4.2.6 Interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX

When PCell is in non-DRX and PSCell is in DRX, interruptions on PCell and the activated SCell in MCG if configured
due to transitions from active to non-active and from non-active to active during PSCell DRX are allowed with up to
1% probability of missed ACK/NACK when the configured PSCell DRX cycle is less than 640 ms, and 0.625%
probability of missed ACK/NACK is allowed when the configured PSCell DRX cycle is 640 ms or longer. Each
interruption shall not exceed X slot as defined in table 8.2.4.2.6-1.

When PSCell is in non-DRX and PCell is in DRX, interruptions on PSCell on the activated SCell in SCG if configured
due to transitions from active to non-active and from non-active to active during PCell DRX are allowed with up to 1 %
probability of missed ACK/NACK when the configured PCell DRX cycle is less than 640 ms, and 0.625% probability
of missed ACK/NACK is allowed when the configured PCell DRX cycle is 640 ms or longer. Each interruption shall
not exceed X slot as defined in table 8.2.4.2.6-1.

Table 8.2.4.2.6-1: Interruption length X at transition between active and non-active during DRX
NR Slot Interruption length X
μ length (ms) (slots)
Sync Async
0 1 1 2
1 0.5 1 2
2 0.25 3
3 0.125 5

When both PCell and PSCell are in DRX, no interruption is allowed.

8.2.4.2.7 Interruptions at transitions from non-DRX to DRX

Interruption on PCell and the activated SCell in MCG if configured due to PSCell transitions from non-DRX to DRX
when PCell is in non-DRX shall not exceed X slots as defined in table 8.2.4.2.6-1.

Interruption on PSCell and the activated SCell in SCG if configured due to PCell transitions from non-DRX to DRX
when PSCell is in non-DRX shall not exceed X slots as defined in table 8.2.4.2.6-1.

8.3 SCell Activation and Deactivation Delay

8.3.1 Introduction
This clause defines requirements for the delay within which the UE shall be able to activate a deactivated SCell and
deactivate an activated SCell in EN-DC, or in standalone NR carrier aggregation, or in NE-DC, or in NR-DC.

The requirements shall apply for EN-DC, standalone NR carrier aggregation, NE-DC, and NR-DC.

8.3.2 SCell Activation Delay Requirement for Deactivated SCell

The requirements in this clause shall apply for the UE configured with one downlink SCell in EN-DC, or in standalone
NR carrier aggregation or in NE-DC or in NR-DC and when one SCell is being activated.

The delay within which the UE shall be able to activate the deactivated SCell depends upon the specified conditions.

Upon receiving SCell activation command in slot n, the UE shall be capable to transmit valid CSI report and apply
actions related to the activation command for the SCell being activated no later than in slot n +
்ಹಲೃೂ ା்ೌ೎೟೔ೡೌ೟೔೚೙_೟೔೘೐ ା்಴ೄ಺_ೃ೐೛೚ೝ೟೔೙೒
, where:
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛

THARQ (in ms) is the timing between DL data transmission and acknowledgement as specified in TS 38.213 [3]

Tactivation_time is the SCell activation delay in millisecond.

If the SCell is known and belongs to FR1, Tactivation_time is:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 91 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- TFirstSSB+ 5ms, if the SCell measurement cycle is equal to or smaller than 160ms.

- TFirstSSB_MAX + Trs + 5ms, if the SCell measurement cycle is larger than 160ms.

If the SCell is unknown and belongs to FR1, provided that the side condition Ês/Iot ≥ -2dB is fulfilled,
Tactivation_time is:

- TFirstSSB_MAX + TSMTC_MAX + 2*Trs + 5ms

If the SCell being activated belongs to FR2 and if there is at least one active serving cell on that FR2 band,
then Tactivation_time is TFirstSSB+ 5ms provided:

- The UE is provided with SMTC for the target SCell, and

- The SSBs in the serving cell(s) and the SSBs in the SCell fulfil the condition defined in clause 3.6.3.

- The parameter ssb-PositionsInBurst is same for the serving cell(s) and the SCell.

If the SCell being activated belongs to FR2 and if there is at least one active serving cell on that FR2 band, if
the UE is not provided with any SMTC for the target SCell, Tactivation_time is 3 ms, provided

- the RS (s) of SCell being activated is (are) QCL-TypeD with RS (s) of one active serving cell on that
FR2 band.

If the SCell being activated belongs to FR2 and if there is no active serving cell on that FR2 band provided
that PCell or PSCell is FR1:

If the target SCell is known to UE and semi-persistent CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, then Tactivation_time is:

- 3ms + max(Tuncertainty_MAC + TFineTiming + 2ms, Tuncertainty_SP), where Tuncertainty_MAC=0 and Tuncertainty_SP=0 if

UE receives the SCell activation command, semi-persistent CSI-RS activation command and TCI
state activation command at the same time.

If the target SCell is known to UE and periodic CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, then Tactivation_time is:

- max(Tuncertainty_MAC + 5ms + TFineTiming, Tuncertainty_RRC + TRRC_delay-THARQ), where Tuncertainty_MAC=0 if UE

receives the SCell activation command and TCI state activation commands at the same time.

If the target SCell is unknown to UE and semi-persistent CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, provided that the
side condition Ês/Iot ≥ -2dB is fulfilled, then Tactivation_time is:

- 6ms + TFirstSSB_MAX + 15*TSMTC_MAX + 8*Trs + TL1-RSRP, measure + TL1-RSRP, report + THARQ +

max(Tuncertainty_MAC + TFineTiming + 2ms, Tuncertainty_SP).

If the target SCell is unknown to UE and periodic CSI-RS is used for CSI reporting, provided that the side
condition Ês/Iot ≥ -2dB is fulfilled, then Tactivation_time is:

- 3ms + TFirstSSB_MAX + 15*TSMTC_MAX + 8*Trs + TL1-RSRP, measure + TL1-RSRP, report + max {(THARQ +
Tuncertainty_MAC + 5ms + TFineTiming), (Tuncertainty_RRC + TRRC_delay)}.

where,

TSMTC_MAX:

- In FR1, in case of intra-band SCell activation, TSMTC_MAX is the longer SMTC periodicity between active
serving cells and SCell being activated provided the cell specific reference signals from the active serving
cells and the SCells being activated or released are available in the same slot; in case of inter-band SCell
activation, TSMTC_MAX is the SMTC periodicity of SCell being activated.

- In FR2, TSMTC_MAX is the longer SMTC periodicity between active serving cells and SCell being activated
provided that in Rel-15 only support FR2 intra-band CA.

- TSMTC_MAX is bounded to a minimum value of 10ms.

Trs is the SMTC periodicity of the SCell being activated if the UE has been provided with an SMTC
configuration for the SCell in SCell addition message, otherwise Trs is the SMTC configured in the

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 92 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing. If the UE is not provided SMTC
configuration or measurement object on this frequency, the requirement which involves Trs is applied with Trs
= 5ms assuming the SSB transmission periodicity is 5ms. There are no requirements if the SSB transmission
periodicity is not 5ms.

TFirstSSB: is the time to the end of the first complete SSB burst indicated by the SMTC after slot n +
்ಹಲೃೂାଷ௠௦
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛

TFirstSSB_MAX: Is the time to the end of the first complete SSB burst indicated by the SMTC after slot n +
்ಹಲೃೂ ାଷ௠௦
, further fulfilling:
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛

- In FR1, in case of intra-band SCell activation, the occasion when all active serving cells and SCells being
activated or released are transmitting SSB bursts in the same slot; in case of inter-band SCell activation,
the first occasion when the SCell being activated is transmitting SSB burst.

- In FR2, the occasion when all active serving cells and SCells being activated or released are transmitting
SSB bursts in the same slot.

TFineTiming is the time period between UE finish processing the last activation command for PDCCH TCI,
PDSCH TCI (when applicable) and the timing of first complete available SSB corresponding to the TCI
state.

TL1-RSRP, measure is L1-RSRP measurement delay TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_SSB ms or TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_CSI-RS

based on applicability as defined in clause 9.5 assuming M=1.

TL1-RSRP, report is delay of acquiring CSI reporting resources.

Tuncertainty_MAC is the time period between reception of the last activation command for PDCCH TCI, PDSCH
TCI (when applicable) relative to

- SCell activation command for known case;

- First valid L1-RSRP reporting for unknown case.

Tuncertainty_SP is the time period between reception of the activation command for semi-persistent CSI-RS
resource set for CQI reporting relative to

- SCell activation command for known case;

- First valid L1-RSRP reporting for unknown case.

Tuncertainty_RRC is the time period between reception of the RRC configuration message for TCI of periodic
CSI-RS for CQI reporting (when applicable) relative to

- SCell activation command for known case;

- First valid L1-RSRP reporting for unknown case.

TRRC_delay is the RRC procedure delay as specified in TS 38.331 [2].

Longer delays for RRM measurement requirements, and in case of FR2 also SSB based RLM/BFD/CBD/L1-
RSRP measurement requirements, can be expected during the cell detection time for unknown SCell
activation.

TCSI_reporting is the delay (in ms) including uncertainty in acquiring the first available downlink CSI reference
resource, UE processing time for CSI reporting and uncertainty in acquiring the first available CSI reporting
resources as specified in TS 38.331 [2].

SCell in FR1 is known if it has been meeting the following conditions:

- During the period equal to max(5*measCycleSCell, 5*DRX cycles) for FR1 before the reception of the SCell
activation command:

- the UE has sent a valid measurement report for the SCell being activated and

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 93 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- the SSB measured remains detectable according to the cell identification conditions specified in clause 9.2
and 9.3.

- the SSB measured during the period equal to max(5*measCycleSCell, 5*DRX cycles) also remains detectable
during the SCell activation delay according to the cell identification conditions specified in clause 9.2 and 9.3.

Otherwise SCell in FR1 is unknown.

For the first SCell activation in FR2 bands, the SCell is known if it has been meeting the following conditions:

- During the period equal to 4s for UE supporting power class1 and 3s for UE supporting power class 2/3/4 before
UE receives the last activation command for PDCCH TCI, PDSCH TCI (when applicable) and semi-persistent
CSI-RS for CQI reporting (when applicable):

- the UE has sent a valid L3-RSRP measurement report with SSB index

- SCell activation command is received after L3-RSRP reporting and no later than the time when UE receives
MAC-CE command for TCI activation

- During the period from L3-RSRP reporting to the valid CQI reporting, the reported SSBs with indexes remain
detectable according to the cell identification conditions specified in clauses 9.2 and 9.3, and the TCI state is
selected based on one of the latest reported SSB indexes.

Otherwise, the first SCell in FR2 band is unknown. The requirement for unknown SCell applies provided that the
activation commands for PDCCH TCI, PDSCH TCI (when applicable), semi-persistent CSI-RS for CQI reporting
(when applicable), and configuration message for TCI of periodic CSI-RS for CQI reporting (when applicable) are
based on the latest valid L1-RSRP reporting.

If the UE has been provided with higher layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 prior to the activation command,
TSMTC_Scell follows smtc1 or smtc2 according to the physical cell ID of the target cell being activated. TSMTC_MAX follows
smtc1 or smtc2 according to the physical cell IDs of the target cells being activated and the active serving cells.

In addition to CSI reporting defined above, UE shall also apply other actions related to the activation command
specified in TS 38.331 [2] for a SCell at the first opportunities for the corresponding actions once the SCell is activated.

The starting point of an interruption window on spCell or any activated SCell, as specified in clause 8.2, shall not occur
்ಹಲೃೂ ் ାଷ௠௦ା்೉
before slot n+1+ and not occur after slot n+1+ ಹಲೃೂ , where NR slot length is with respect to the
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
numerology used in the SCell being activated, and TX is:

- TFirstSSB, for any scenario where Tactivation_time includes TFirstSSB;

- TFirstSSB_MAX, for any scenario where Tactivation_time includes TFirstSSB_MAX;

- Tuncertainty_MAC +TFineTiming, for any scenario where Tactivation_time includes TFineTiming.

The length of the interruption window may be different for different victim cells, and depends on the applicable
scenario and on the frequency band relation between the aggressor cell and the victim cell.

Starting from the slot specified in clause 4.3 of TS 38.213 [3] (timing for secondary Cell activation/deactivation) and
until the UE has completed the SCell activation, the UE shall report out of range if the UE has available uplink
resources to report CQI for the SCell.

Starting from the slot specified in clause 4.3 of TS 38.213 [3] (timing for secondary Cell activation/deactivation) and
until the UE has completed the SCell activation, the UE shall report out of range if the UE has available uplink
resources to report CQI for the SCell.

Starting from the slot specified in clause 4.3 of TS 38.213 [3] (timing for secondary Cell activation/deactivation) and
until the UE has completed a first L1-RSRP measurement, the UE shall report lowest valid L1 SS-RSRP range if the
UE has available uplink resources to report L1-RSRP for the SCell.

8.3.3 SCell Deactivation Delay Requirement for Activated SCell

The requirements in this clause shall apply for the UE configured with one downlink SCell in EN-DC, or in standalone
NR carrier aggregation, or in NE-DC, or in NR-DC.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 94 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Upon receiving SCell deactivation command in slot n, the UE shall accomplish the deactivation actions for the SCell
ܶ‫ ܴܳܣܪ‬+3݉‫ݏ‬
being deactivated no later than in slot n + . The starting point of an interruption window on spCell or any
ܴܰ ‫ݐ݈݃݊݁ ݐ݋݈ݏ‬ℎ
ܶ‫ܴܳܣܪ‬
activated SCell, as specified in clause 8.2, shall not occur before slot n+1+ and not occur after slot
ܴܰ ‫ݐ݈݃݊݁ ݐ݋݈ݏ‬ℎ
ܶ‫ ܴܳܣܪ‬+3݉‫ݏ‬
n+1+ , where NR slot length is with respect to the numerology used in the SCell being deactivated.
ܴܰ ‫ݐ݈݃݊݁ ݐ݋݈ݏ‬ℎ

Upon expiry of the sCellDeactivationTimer in slot n, the UE shall accomplish the deactivation actions for the SCell
3݉‫ݏ‬
being deactivated no later than in slot n + . The starting point of an interruption window on spCell or any
ܴܰ ‫ݐ݈݃݊݁ ݐ݋݈ݏ‬ℎ
3݉‫ݏ‬
activated SCell, as specified in clause 8.2, shall not occur before slot n+1 and not occur after slot n+1+ ,
ܴܰ ‫ݐ݈݃݊݁ ݐ݋݈ݏ‬ℎ
where NR slot length is with respect to the numerology used in the SCell being deactivated.

The length of the interruption window may be different for different victim cells, and depends on the applicable
scenario and on the frequency band relation between the aggressor cell and the victim cell.

8.4 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration delay

8.4.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause apply for a UE being configured or deconfigured with a supplementary UL carrier or
NR UL carrier.

8.4.2 UE UL carrier configuration delay requirement

When the UE receives a RRC message implying NR UL or supplementary UL carrier configuration, the UE shall be
ready to start transmission on the newly configured carrier within TUL_carrier_config from the end of the last slot containing
the RRC command.

TUL_carrier_config equals the maximum RRC procedure delay defined in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2].

8.4.3 UE UL carrier deconfiguration delay requirement

When the UE receives a RRC message implying NR UL or supplementary UL carrier deconfiguration RRC signalling,
the UE shall stop UL signalling on the deconfigured UL carrier within TUL_carrier_deconfig from the end of the last slot
containing the RRC command.

TUL_carrier_deconfig equals the maximum RRC procedure delay defined in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2].

8.5 Link Recovery Procedures

8.5.1 Introduction
The UE shall assess the downlink radio link quality of a serving cell based on the reference signal in the set q0 as
specified in TS 38.213 [3] in order to detect beam failure on:

- PCell in SA, NR-DC, or NE-DC operation mode,

- PSCell in NR-DC and EN-DC operation mode.

The RS resource configurations in the set q0 can be periodic CSI-RS resources and/or SSBs. UE is not required to
perform beam failure detection outside the active DL BWP. UE is not required to meet the requirements in clause 8.5.2
and 8.5.3 if UE does not have set q0 .

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 95 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

On each RS resource configuration in the set q0 , the UE shall estimate the radio link quality and compare it to the
threshold Qout_LR for the purpose of accessing downlink radio link quality of the serving cell beams.

The threshold Qout_LR is defined as the level at which the downlink radio level link of a given resource configuration on
set q0 cannot be reliably received and shall correspond to the BLERout = 10% block error rate of a hypothetical PDCCH
transmission. For SSB based beam failure detection, Qout_LR_SSB is derived based on the hypothetical PDCCH
transmission parameters listed in Table 8.5.2.1-1. For CSI-RS based beam failure detection, Qout_LR_CSI-RS is derived
based on the hypothetical PDCCH transmission parameters listed in Table 8.5.3.1-1.

Upon request the UE shall deliver configuration indexes from the set q1 as specified in TS 38.213 [3] , to higher layers,
and the corresponding L1-RSRP measurement provided that the measured L1-RSRP is equal to or better than the
threshold Qin_LR, which is indicated by higher layer parameter rsrp-ThresholdSSB. The UE applies the Qin_LR threshold
to the L1-RSRP measurement obtained from an SSB. The UE applies the Qin_LR threshold to the L1-RSRP measurement
obtained for a CSI-RS resource after scaling a respective CSI-RS reception power with a value provided by higher layer
parameter powerControlOffsetSS. The RS resource configurations in the set q1 can be periodic CSI-RS resources or
SSBs or both SSB and CSI-RS resources. UE is not required to perform candidate beam detection outside the active DL
BWP.

8.5.2 Requirements for SSB based beam failure detection

8.5.2.1 Introduction

The requirements in this clause apply for each SSB resource in the set q0 configured for a serving cell, provided that the
SSB configured for beam failure detection is actually transmitted within the UE active DL BWP during the entire
evaluation period specified in clause 8.5.2.2.

Table 8.5.2.1-1: PDCCH transmission parameters for beam failure instance

Attribute Value for BLER
DCI format 1-0
Number of control OFDM
2
symbols
Aggregation level (CCE) 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
RE energy to average SSS 0dB
RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
DMRS energy to average 0dB
SSS RE energy
Bandwidth (PRBs) 24
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) Same as the SCS of RMSI CORESET
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
CP length Normal
Mapping from REG to CCE Distributed

8.5.2.2 Minimum requirement

UE shall be able to evaluate whether the downlink radio link quality on the configured SSB resource in set q0 estimated
over the last TEvaluate_BFD_SSB ms period becomes worse than the threshold Qout_LR_SSB within TEvaluate_BFD_SSB ms period.

The value of TEvaluate_BFD_SSB is defined in Table 8.5.2.2-1 for FR1.

The value of TEvaluate_BFD_SSB is defined in Table 8.5.2.2-2 for FR2 with scaling factor N=8

For FR1,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 96 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

ଵ
- ܲ= ೅ , when in the monitored cell there are measurement gaps configured for intra-frequency, inter-
ଵି ೄೄಳ
ಾಸೃು
frequency or inter-RAT measurements, which are overlapping with some but not all occasions of the SSB.

- P = 1 when in the monitored cell there are no measurement gaps overlapping with any occasion of the SSB.

For FR2,
ଵ
- ܲ= ೅ೄೄಳ , when BFD-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS resource is
ଵି
೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod).

- P = Psharing factor, when the BFD-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS resource is
fully overlapped with SMTC period (TSSB = TSMTCperiod).
ଵ
- ܲ= ೅ ೅ೄೄಳ , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the
ଵି ೄೄಳ ି
ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not
overlapped with measurement gap and

- TSMTCperiod ≠ MGRP or
- TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TSSB < 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
௉ೞ೓ೌೝ೔೙೒ ೑ೌ೎೟೚ೝ
- ܲ= ౐ , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS
ଵି ౏౏ా
ಾಸೃು
resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not overlapped
with measurement gap and TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TSSB = 0.5*TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐౏౏ా , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap (TSSB
ଵି
ಾ೔೙ ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
( , )

<MGRP) and the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC
occasion is partially or fully overlapped with measurement gap.
௉ೞ೓ೌೝ೔೙೒ ೑ೌ೎೟೚ೝ
- ܲ= ౐ , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS
ଵି ౏౏ా
ಾಸೃು
resource is fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially overlapped
with measurement gap (TSMTCperiod < MGRP)

Psharing factor = 1, if the BFD-RS resource outside measurement gap is

- not overlapped with the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB
symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure, given that SSB-ToMeasure is configured, and;

- not overlapped with the RSSI symbols indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol before each RSSI
symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol after each RSSI symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-
Measurement, given that ss-RSSI-Measurement is configured.Psharing factor = 3, otherwise.

where,

If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is configured, TSMTCperiod corresponds to the value of
higher layer parameter smtc2; Otherwise TSMTCperiod corresponds to the value of higher layer parameter smtc1.
TSMTCperiod is the shortest SMTC period among all CCs in the same FR2 band, given the SMTC offset of all
CCs in FR2 provided the same offset.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the combination of BFD-RS resource, SMTC occasion and measurement
gap configurations does not meet pervious conditions.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 97 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.5.2.2-1: Evaluation period TEvaluate_BFD_SSB for FR1

Configuration TEvaluate_BFD_SSB (ms)
no DRX Max(50, Ceil(5 × P) × TSSB)
DRX cycle ≤320ms Max(50, Ceil(7.5 × P) × Max(TDRX,TSSB))
DRX cycle > 320ms Ceil(5 × P) × TDRX
Note: TSSB is the periodicity of SSB in the set q0 . TDRX is the DRX cycle length.

Table 8.5.2.2-2: Evaluation period TEvaluate_BFD_SSB for FR2

Configuration TEvaluate_BFD_SSB (ms)
no DRX Max(50, Ceil(5 × P × N) × TSSB)
DRX cycle ≤320ms Max(50, Ceil(7.5 × P × N) × Max(TDRX,TSSB))
DRX cycle > 320ms Ceil(5 × P × N) × TDRX
Note: TSSB is the periodicity of SSB in the set q0 . TDRX is the DRX cycle length.

8.5.2.3 Measurement restriction for SSB based beam failure detection

The UE is required to be capable of measuring SSB for BFD without measurement gaps. The UE is required to perform
the SSB measurements with measurement restrictions as described in the following clauses.

For FR1, when the SSB for BFD measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as CSI-RS for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-
RSRP measurement,

- If SSB and CSI-RS have same SCS, UE shall be able to measure the SSB for BFD measurement without any
restriction;

- If SSB and CSI-RS have different SCS,

- If UE supports simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE shall be able to measure the SSB for BFD

measurement without any restriction;

- If UE does not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE is required to measure one of but not

both SSB for BFD measurement and CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for SSB based BFD measurement
is expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR2, when the SSB for BFD measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as CSI-RS for RLM, BFD,
CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, UE is required to measure one of
but not both SSB for BFD measurement and CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for SSB based BFD measurement is
expected, and no requirements are defined.

8.5.3 Requirements for CSI-RS based beam failure detection

8.5.3.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause apply for each CSI-RS resource in the set q0 of resource configurations for a serving
cell, provided that the CSI-RS resource(s) in set q0 for beam failure detection are actually transmitted within the UE
active DL BWP during the entire evaluation period specified in clause 8.5.3.2. UE is not expected to perform beam
failure detection measurements on the CSI-RS configured for BFD if the CSI-RS is not QCL-ed, with QCL-TypeD
when applicable, with the RS in the active TCI state of any CORESET configured in the UE active BWP.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 98 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.5.3.1-1: PDCCH transmission parameters for beam failure instance

Attribute Value for BLER
DCI format 1-0
Number of control OFDM
2
symbols
Aggregation level (CCE) 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
RE energy to average CSI-RS 0dB
RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH
DMRS energy to average 0dB
CSI-RS RE energy
Bandwidth (PRBs) 48
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) SCS of the active DL BWP
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
CP length Normal
Mapping from REG to CCE Distributed

8.5.3.2 Minimum requirement

UE shall be able to evaluate whether the downlink radio link quality on the CSI-RS resource in set q0 estimated over
the last TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS ms period becomes worse than the threshold Qout_LR_CSI-RS within TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS ms period.

The value of TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS is defined in Table 8.5.3.2-1 for FR1.

The value of TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS is defined in Table 8.5.3.2-2 for FR2 with N=1. The requirements of TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS
apply provided that the CSI-RS for BFD is not in a resource set configured with repetition ON. The requirements shall
not apply when the CSI-RS resource in the active TCI state of CORESET is the same CSI-RS resource for BFD and the
TCI state information of the CSI-RS resource is not given, wherein the TCI state information means QCL Type-D to
SSB for L1-RSRP or CSI-RS with repetition ON.

For FR1,
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ , when in the monitored cell there are measurement gaps configured for intra-frequency, inter-
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏
ಾಸೃು
frequency or inter-RAT measurements, which are overlapping with some but not all occasions of the CSI-RS.

- P = 1 when in the monitored cell there are no measurement gaps overlapping with any occasion of the CSI-RS.

For FR2,

- P = 1, when the BFD-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and also not overlapped with SMTC
occasion.
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏
ಾಸೃು
resource is not overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < MGRP)
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when the BFD-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS
ଵି
೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod).

- P = Psharing factor, when the BFD-RS resource is not overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS resource is
fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS = TSMTCperiod).
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏ ି
ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not
overlapped with measurement gap and

- TSMTCperiod ≠ MGRP or

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 99 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TCSI-RS < 0.5 × TSMTCperiod

௉ೞ೓ೌೝ೔೙೒ ೑ೌ೎೟೚ೝ
- ܲ= ౐ , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏
ಾಸೃು
resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not
overlapped with measurement gap and TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TCSI-RS = 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap (TCSI-RS <
ଵି
ಾ೔೙ ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
( , )

MGRP) and the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC
occasion is partially or fully overlapped with measurement gap.
௉ೞ೓ೌೝ೔೙೒ ೑ೌ೎೟೚ೝ
- ܲ= ౐ , when the BFD-RS resource is partially overlapped with measurement gap and the BFD-RS
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏
ಾಸೃು
resource is fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially
overlapped with measurement gap (TSMTCperiod < MGRP)

- Psharing factor = 1, if the BFD-RS resource outside measurement gap is

- not overlapped with the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB
symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure, given that SSB-ToMeasure is configured, and;

- not overlapped with the RSSI symbols indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol before each
RSSI symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol after each RSSI symbol indicated by ss-
RSSI-Measurement, given that ss-RSSI-Measurement is configured,

- Psharing factor = 3, otherwise.

where,

If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is configured, TSMTCperiod corresponds to the value of
higher layer parameter smtc2; Otherwise TSMTCperiod corresponds to the value of higher layer parameter smtc1.
TSMTCperiod is the shortest SMTC period among all CCs in the same FR2 band, provided the SMTC offset of
all CCs in FR2 have the same offset.

Note: The overlap between CSI-RS for BFD and SMTC means that CSI-RS for BFD is within the SMTC
window duration.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the combination of the BFD-RS resource, SMTC occasion and
measurement gap configurations does not meet pervious conditions.

The values of MBFD used in Table 8.5.3.2-1 and Table 8.5.3.2-2 are defined as

- MBFD = 10, if the CSI-RS resource(s) in set q0 used for BFD is transmitted with Density = 3.

Table 8.5.3.2-1: Evaluation period TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS for FR1

Configuration TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS (ms)
no DRX Max(50, MBFD × P × TCSI-RS)
DRX cycle ≤
320ms Max(50, 1.5 × MBFD × P × Max(TDRX, TCSI-RS))
DRX cycle > 320ms MBFD × P × TDRX
Note: TCSI-RS is the periodicity of CSI-RS resource in the set q0 . TDRX is the
DRX cycle length.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 100 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.5.3.2-2: Evaluation period TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS for FR2

Configuration TEvaluate_BFD_CSI-RS (ms)
no DRX Max(50, MBFD × P × N × TCSI-RS)
DRX cycle ≤320ms Max(50, 1.5 × MBFD × P × N × Max(TDRX, TCSI-RS))
DRX cycle > 320ms MBFD × P × N × TDRX
Note: TCSI-RS is the periodicity of CSI-RS resource in the set q0 . TDRX is the
DRX cycle length.

8.5.3.3 Measurement restrictions for CSI-RS beam failure detection

The UE is required to be capable of measuring CSI-RS for BFD without measurement gaps. The UE is required to
perform the CSI-RS measurements with measurement restrictions as described in the following clauses.

For both FR1 and FR2, when the CSI-RS for BFD measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as SSB for RLM, BFD,
CBD or L1-RSRP measurement, UE is not required to receive CSI-RS for BFD measurement in the PRBs that overlap
with an SSB.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement is within the active BWP and has same SCS
than CSI-RS for BFD measurement, the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS measurement without restrictions.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement is within the active BWP and has different
SCS than CSI-RS for BFD measurement, the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS measurement with restrictions
according to its capabilities:

- If the UE supports simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS

measurement without restrictions.

- If the UE does not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE is required to measure one of but not
both CSI-RS for BFD measurement and SSB. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based BFD measurement
is expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR1, when the CSI-RS for BFD measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as another CSI-RS for RLM, BFD,
CBD or L1-RSRP measurement, UE shall be able to measure the CSI-RS for BFD measurement without any restriction.

For FR2, when the CSI-RS for BFD measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as SSB for RLM, BFD or
L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, or in the same symbol as SSB for CBD
measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band when beam failure is detected, UE is required to
measure one of but not both CSI-RS for BFD measurement and SSB. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based
BFD measurement is expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR2, when the CSI-RS for BFD measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as another CSI-RS for
RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band,

- In the following cases, UE is required to measure one of but not both CSI-RS for BFD measurement and the
other CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based BFD measurement is expected, and no
requirements are defined.

- The CSI-RS for BFD measurement or the other CSI-RS in a resource set configured with repetition ON, or

- The other CSI-RS is configured in set q1 and beam failure is detected, or

- The two CSI-RS-es are not QCL-ed w.r.t. QCL-TypeD, or the QCL information is not known to UE,

- Otherwise, UE shall be able to measure the CSI-RS for BFD measurement without any restriction.

8.5.4 Minimum requirement for L1 indication

When the radio link quality on all the RS resources in set q0 is worse than Qout_LR, layer 1 of the UE shall send a beam
failure instance indication to the higher layers. A layer 3 filter may be applied to the beam failure instance indications as
specified in TS 38.331 [2].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 101 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The beam failure instance evaluation for the RS resources in set q0 shall be performed as specified in clause 6 in
TS 38.213 [3]. Two successive indications from layer 1 shall be separated by at least TIndication_interval_BFD.

When DRX is not used, TIndication_interval_BFD is max(2ms, TSSB-RS,M) ) or max(2ms, TCSI-RS,M), where TSSB-RS,M and TCSI-RS,M
is the shortest periodicity of all RS resources in set q0 for the accessed cell, corresponding to either the shortest

periodicity of the SSB in the set q0 or CSI-RS resource in the set q0 .

When DRX is used, for SSB based link quality measurement,

- TIndication_interval_BFD = Max(1.5 × DRX_cycle_length, 1.5 × TSSB-RS,M), if DRX_cycle_length ≤ 320ms,

- TIndication_interval_BFD = DRX_cycle_length, if DRX_cycle_length > 320ms.

When DRX is used, for CSI-RS based link quality measurement,

- TIndication_interval_BFD = Max(1.5 × DRX_cycle_length, 1.5 × TCSI-RS,M), if DRX_cycle_length ≤ 320ms,

- TIndication_interval_BFD = DRX_cycle_length, if DRX_cycle_length > 320ms.

8.5.5 Requirements for SSB based candidate beam detection

8.5.5.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause apply for each SSB resource in the set q1 configured for a serving cell, provided that the
SSBs configured for candidate beam detection are actually transmitted within UE active DL BWP during the entire
evaluation period specified in clause 8.5.5.2.

8.5.5.2 Minimum requirement

Upon request the UE shall be able to evaluate whether the L1-RSRP measured on the configured SSB resource in set
q1 estimated over the last TEvaluate_CBD_SSB ms period becomes better than the threshold Qin_LR provided SSB_RP and
SSB Ês/Iot are according to Annex Table B.2.4.1 for a corresponding band.

The UE shall monitor the configured SSB resources using the evaluation period in table 8.5.5.2-1 and 8.5.5.2-2
corresponding to the non-DRX mode, if the configured DRX cycle 320ms. ≤
The value of TEvaluate_CBD_SSB is defined in Table 8.5.5.2-1 for FR1.

The value of TEvaluate_CBD_SSB is defined in Table 8.5.5.2-2 for FR2 with scaling factor N=8.

where,

For FR1,
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ , when in the monitored cell there are measurement gaps configured for intra-frequency, inter-
ଵି ౏౏ా
ಾಸೃು
frequency or inter-RAT measurements, which are overlapping with some but not all occasions of the SSB,

- P = 1 when in the monitored cell there are no measurement gaps overlapping with any occasion of the SSB.

For FR2,
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐౏౏ా , when candidate beam detection RS is not overlapped with measurement gap and candidate
ଵି
೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
beam detection RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod).

- P is Psharing factor, when candidate beam detection RS is not overlapped with measurement gap and candidate beam
detection RS is fully overlapped with SMTC period (TSSB = TSMTCperiod).

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 102 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ ౐౏౏ా , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and
ଵି ౏౏ా ି
ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC
occasion is not overlapped with measurement gap and

- TSMTCperiod ≠ MGRP or
- TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TSSB < 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
௉ೞ೓ೌೝ೔೙೒ ೑ೌ೎೟೚ೝ
- ܲ= ౐ , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and
ଵି ౏౏ా
ಾಸೃು
candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC
occasion is not overlapped with measurement gap and TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TSSB = 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐౏౏ా , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap
ଵି
ಾ೔೙ ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
( , )

and candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC
occasion is partially or fully overlapped with measurement gap
௉ೞ೓ೌೝ೔೙೒ ೑ೌ೎೟೚ೝ
- ܲ= ౐ , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and
ଵି ౏౏ా
ಾಸೃು
candidate beam detection RS is fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is
partially overlapped with measurement gap (TSMTCperiod < MGRP)

- Psharing factor = 1, if the candidate beam detection RS outside measurement gap is

- not overlapped with the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB
symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure, given that SSB-ToMeasure is configured, and;

- not overlapped with the RSSI symbols indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol before each
RSSI symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol after each RSSI symbol indicated by ss-
RSSI-Measurement, given that ss-RSSI-Measurement is configured

- Psharing factor = 3, otherwise.

where,

If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is present, TSMTCperiod follows smtc2; Otherwise
TSMTCperiod follows smtc1. TSMTCperiod is the shortest SMTC period among all CCs in the same FR2 band,
provided the SMTC offset of all CCs in FR2 have the same offset.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the combination of the CBD-RS resource, SMTC occasion and
measurement gap configurations does not meet pervious conditions.

Table 8.5.5.2-1: Evaluation period TEvaluate_CBD_SSB for FR1

Configuration TEvaluate_CBD_SSB (ms)
non-DRX, DRX cycle Max(25, Ceil(3 × P) × TSSB)
≤
320ms
DRX cycle > 320ms Ceil(3 × P) × TDRX
Note: TSSB is the periodicity of SSB in the set q1 . TDRX is the DRX cycle
length.

Table 8.5.5.2-2: Evaluation period TEvaluate_CBD_SSB for FR2

Configuration TEvaluate_CBD_SSB (ms)
non-DRX, DRX cycle Max(25, Ceil(3 × P × N) × TSSB)
≤
320ms
DRX cycle > 320ms Ceil(3 × P × N) × TDRX
Note: TSSB is the periodicity of SSB in the set q1 . TDRX is the DRX cycle
length.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 103 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.5.5.3 Measurement restriction for SSB based candidate beam detection

For FR1, when the SSB for CBD measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as CSI-RS for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-
RSRP measurement,

- If SSB and CSI-RS have same SCS, UE shall be able to measure the SSB for CBD measurement without any
restrictions;

- If SSB and CSI-RS have different SCS-es,

- If UE supports simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE shall be able to measure the SSB for CBD

measurement without any restriction;

- If UE does not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE is required to measure one of but not

both SSB for CBD measurement and CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for SSB based CBD measurement
is expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR2, when the SSB for CBD measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as CSI-RS for RLM, BFD,
CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, UE is required to measure one of
but not both SSB for CBD measurement and CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for SSB based CBD measurement is
expected, and no requirements are defined.

8.5.6 Requirements for CSI-RS based candidate beam detection

8.5.6.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause apply for each CSI-RS resource in the set q1 configured for a serving cell, provided that
the CSI-RS resources configured for candidate beam detection are actually transmitted within UE active DL BWP
during the entire evaluation period specified in clause 8.5.6.2.

8.5.6.2 Minimum requirement

Upon request the UE shall be able to evaluate whether the L1-RSRP measured on the configured CSI-RS resource in set
q1 estimated over the last TEvaluate_CBD_CSI-RS [ms] period becomes better than the threshold Qin_LR within TEvaluate_CBD_CSI-
RS [ms] period provided CSI-RS Ês/Iot is according to Annex Table B.2.4.2 for a corresponding band.

The UE shall monitor the configured CSI-RS resources using the evaluation period in table 8.5.6.2-1 and 8.5.6.2-2
corresponding to the non-DRX mode, if the configured DRX cycle 320ms. ≤
The value of TEvaluate_CBD_CSI-RS is defined in Table 8.5.6.2-1 for FR1.

The value of TEvaluate_CBD_CSI-RS is defined in Table 8.5.6.2-2 for FR2 with scaling factor N=8.

For FR1,
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ , when in the monitored cell there are measurement gaps configured for intra-frequency, inter-
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏
ಾಸೃು
frequency or inter-RAT measurements, which are overlapping with some but not all occasions of the CSI-RS;
and

- P = 1 when in the monitored cell there are no measurement gaps overlapping with any occasion of the CSI-RS.

For FR2,

- P = 1, when candidate beam detection RS is not overlapped with measurement gap and also not overlapped with
SMTC occasion.
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and candidate
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏
ಾಸೃು
beam detection RS is not overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < MGRP)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 104 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when candidate beam detection RS is not overlapped with measurement gap and candidate
ଵି
೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
beam detection RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod).

- P = Psharing factor, when candidate beam detection RS is not overlapped with measurement gap and candidate beam
detection RS is fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS = TSMTCperiod).
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏ ି
ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
and candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC
occasion is not overlapped with measurement gap and

- TSMTCperiod ≠ MGRP or
- TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TCSI-RS < 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
௉౩౞౗౨౟౤ౝ ౜౗ౙ౪౥౨
- ܲ= ౐ , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏
ಾಸೃು
candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC
occasion is not overlapped with measurement gap and TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TCSI-RS = 0.5 × TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- ܲ= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap
ଵି
ಾ೔೙ ಾಸೃು ೅ೄಾ೅಴೛೐ೝ೔೚೏
( , )

and candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC
occasion is partially or fully overlapped with measurement gap
ଷ
- ܲ= ౐ , when candidate beam detection RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and candidate
ଵି ి౏౅ష౎౏
ಾಸೃು
beam detection RS is fully overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is
partially overlapped with measurement gap (TSMTCperiod < MGRP)

- Psharing factor = 1, if the candidate beam detection RS outside measurement gap is

- not overlapped with the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB
symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure, given that SSB-ToMeasure is configured, and;

- not overlapped with the RSSI symbols indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol before each
RSSI symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol after each RSSI symbol indicated by ss-
RSSI-Measurement, given that ss-RSSI-Measurement is configured.

- Psharing factor = 3, otherwise.

where,

If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is present, TSMTCperiod follows smtc2; Otherwise
TSMTCperiod follows smtc1. TSMTCperiod is the shortest SMTC period among all CCs in the same FR2 band,
provided the SMTC offset of all CCs in FR2 have the same offset.

Note: The overlap between CSI-RS for CBD and SMTC means that CSI-RS for CBD is within the SMTC
window duration.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the combination of the CBD-RS resource, SMTC occasion and
measurement gap configurations does not meet pervious conditions.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the CSI-RS is on the same OFDM symbols with RLM, BFD, BM-RS, or
other CBD-RS, according to the measurement restrictions defined in clause 8.5.6.3.

The values of MCBD used in Table 8.5.6.2-1 and Table 8.5.6.2-2 are defined as

- MCBD = 3, if the CSI-RS resource configured in the set q1 is transmitted with Density = 3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 105 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.5.6.2-1: Evaluation period TEvaluate_CBD_CSI-RS for FR1

Configuration TEvaluateC_CBD_CSI-RS (ms)
non-DRX, DRX cycle Max(25, Ceil(MCBD × P) × TCSI-RS)
≤
320ms
DRX cycle > 320ms Ceil(MCBD × P) × TDRX
Note: TCSI-RS is the periodicity of CSI-RS resource in the set q1 . TDRX is the
DRX cycle length.

Table 8.5.6.2-2: Evaluation period TEvaluate_CBD_CSI-RS for FR2

Configuration TEvaluate_CBD_CSI-RS (ms)

non-DRX, DRX cycle Max(25, Ceil(MCBD × P × N) × TCSI-RS)
≤
320ms
DRX cycle > 320ms Ceil(MCBD × P × N) × TDRX
Note: TCSI-RS is the periodicity of CSI-RS resource in the set q1 . TDRX is the
DRX cycle length.

8.5.6.3 Measurement restriction for CSI-RS based candidate beam detection

For both FR1 and FR2, when the CSI-RS for CBD measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as SSB for RLM, BFD,
CBD or L1-RSRP measurement, UE is not required to receive CSI-RS for CBD measurement in the PRBs that overlap
with an SSB.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement is within the active BWP and has same SCS
than CSI-RS for CBD measurement, the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS based CBD measurement without
restrictions.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement is within the active BWP and has different
SCS than CSI-RS for CBD measurement, the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS based CBD measurement with
restrictions according to its capabilities:

- If the UE supports simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS based

CBD measurement for without restrictions.

- If the UE does not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE is required to measure one of but

not both CSI-RS for CBD measurement and SSB. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based CBD
measurement is expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR1, when the CSI-RS for CBD measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as another CSI-RS for RLM, BFD,
CBD or L1-RSRP measurement, UE shall be able to measure the CSI-RS for CBD measurement without any
restriction.

For FR2, when the CSI-RS for CBD measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as SSB for RLM, BFD,
CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, UE is required to measure one of
but not both CSI-RS for CBD measurement and SSB. Longer evaluation period for CSI-RS based CBD measurement is
expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR2, when the CSI-RS for CBD measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as another CSI-RS for
RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, UE is required to
measure one of but not both CSI-RS for CBD measurement and the other CSI-RS. Longer evaluation period for CSI-RS
based CBD measurement is expected, and no requirements are defined.

8.5.7 Scheduling availability of UE during beam failure detection

Scheduling availability restrictions when the UE is performing beam failure detection are described in the following
clauses.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 106 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.5.7.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing beam failure detection with a same

subcarrier spacing as PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
There are no scheduling restrictions due to beam failure detection performed on SSB and CSI-RS configured for BFD
with the same SCS as PDSCH or PDCCH in FR1.

8.5.7.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing beam failure detection with a

different subcarrier spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
For UEs which support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] there are no restrictions on scheduling
availability due to beam failure detection when SSB is configured as BFD. For UEs which do not support
simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] the following restrictions apply due to beam failure detection when SSB
is configured as BFD.

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH, PUSCH or SRS or receive PDCCH, PDSCH or CSI-RS for tracking
or CSI-RS for CQI on SSB symbols to be measured for beam failure detection.

When intra-band carrier aggregation in FR1 is configured, the scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving PCell or PSCell
apply to all serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with restricted symbols. When
inter-band carrier aggregation within FR1 is configured, there are no scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving cell(s)
configured in other bands than the bands in which PCell or PSCell is configured.

8.5.7.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing beam failure detection on FR2

The following scheduling restriction applies due to beam failure detection.

- For the case where no RSs are provided for BFD, or when CSI-RS is configured for BFD is explicitly configured
and is type-D QCLed with active TCI state for PDCCH or PDSCH, and the CSI-RS is not in a CSI-RS resource
set with repetition ON

- There are no scheduling restrictions due to beam failure detection performed based on the CSI-RS.

- Otherwise

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH, PUSCH or SRS or receive PDCCH, PDSCH or CSI-RS for
tracking or CSI-RS for CQI on BFD-RS resource symbols to be measured for beam failure detection.

When intra-band carrier aggregation in FR2 is performed, the scheduling restrictions on FR2 serving PCell or PSCell
apply to all serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with restricted symbols.

For FR2, if following conditions are met,

- UE has been notified about system information update through paging,

- The gap between UE’s reception of PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type2-PDCCH CSS set and that notifies
system information update, and the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, is greater than 2
slots,

For the SSB and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 3, UE is expected to receive the PDCCH that
UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, and the corresponding PDSCH, on SSB symbols to be measured for BFD
mesurement; and

For the SSB and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 2, UE is expected to receive PDSCH that
corresponds to the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, on SSB symbols to be measured for BFD
mesurement.

8.5.7.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing beam failure detection on FR1 or

FR2 in case of FR1-FR2 inter-band CA and NR DC
There are no scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving cell(s) due to beam failure detection performed on FR2 serving
PCell and/or PSCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 107 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

There are no scheduling restrictions on FR2 serving cell(s) due to beam failure detection performed on FR1 serving
PCell and/or PSCell.

NR-DC in Rel-15 only includes the scenarios where all serving cells in MCG are in FR1 and all serving cells in SCG
are in FR2.

8.5.8 Scheduling availability of UE during candidate beam detection

Scheduling availability restrictions when the UE is performing L1-RSRP measurement for candidate beam detection are
described in the following clauses.

8.5.8.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement with a same

subcarrier spacing as PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
There are no scheduling restrictions due to L1-RSRP measurement performed on SSB and CSI-RS configured as link
recovery detection resource with the same SCS as PDSCH or PDCCH in FR1.

8.5.8.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement with a

different subcarrier spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
For UEs which support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] there are no restrictions on scheduling
availability due to L1-RSRP measurement based on SSB as link recovery detection resource. For UEs which do not
support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] the following restrictions apply due to L1-RSRP measurement
based on SSB configured as link recovery detection resource.

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH, PUSCH or SRS or receive PDCCH, PDSCH, TRS, CSI-RS for
tracking or CSI-RS for CQI on SSB symbols to be measured for L1-RSRP.

When intra-band carrier aggregation in FR1 is configured, the scheduling restrictions on one serving cell apply to all
other serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with the restricted symbols. When
inter-band carrier aggregation within FR1 is configured, there are no scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving cell(s)
configured in other bands.

8.5.8.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement on FR2

The following scheduling restriction applies due to candidate beam detection

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH, PUSCH or SRS or receive PDCCH, PDSCH, CSI-RS for tracking
or CSI-RS for CQI on reference symbols to be measured for candidate beam detection.

When intra-band carrier aggregation in FR2 is configured, the scheduling restrictions on to one serving cell apply to all
serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with restricted symbols.

For FR2, if following conditions are met,

- UE has been notified about system information update through paging,

- The gap between UE’s reception of PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type2-PDCCH CSS set and that notifies
system information update, and the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, is greater than 2
slots,

For the SSB and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 3, UE is expected to receive the PDCCH that
UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, and the corresponding PDSCH, on SSB symbols to be measured for CBD
mesurement; and

For the SSB and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 2, UE is expected to receive PDSCH that
corresponds to the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, on SSB symbols to be measured for CBD
mesurement.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 108 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.5.8.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement on FR1 or

FR2 in case of FR1-FR2 inter-band CA and NR-DC
There are no scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving cell(s) due to L1-RSRP measurement performed on FR2 serving
cell(s).

There are no scheduling restrictions on FR2 serving cell(s) due to L1-RSRP measurement performed on FR1 serving
cell(s).

NR-DC in Rel-15 only includes the scenarios where all serving cells in MCG are in FR1 and all serving cells in SCG
are in FR2.

8.6 Active BWP switch delay

8.6.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause apply for a UE configured PCell or any activated SCell in standalone NR or NE-DC,
PCell, PSCell or any activated SCell in MCG or SCG in NR-DC, or PSCell or any activated SCell in SCG in EN-DC.
UE shall complete the switch of active DL and/or UL BWP within the delay defined in this clause.

8.6.2 DCI and timer based BWP switch delay

The requirements in this clause only apply to the case that the BWP switch is performed on a single CC with more than
one BWP configurations configured.

For DCI-based BWP switch, after the UE receives BWP switching request at DL slot n on a serving cell, UE shall be
able to receive PDSCH (for DL active BWP switch) or transmit PUSCH (for UL active BWP switch) on the new BWP
on the serving cell on which BWP switch on the first DL or UL slot occurs right after a time duration of TBWPswitchDelay
which starts from the beginning of DL slot n.

The UE is not required to transmit UL signals or receive DL signals until the first DL or UL slot occurs right after a
time duration of TBWPswitchDelay which starts from the beginning of DL slot n except DCI triggering BWP switch on the
cell where DCI-based BWP switch occurs. The UE is not required to follow the requirements defined in this clause
when performing a DCI-based BWP switch between the BWPs in disjoint channel bandwidths or in partially
overlapping channel bandwidths. The UE is not required to follow the requirements defined in this clause when
performing a DCI-based BWP switch if the serving cell where UE receives DCI for BWP switching request is different
from the serving cell on which BWP switch occurs.

For timer-based BWP switch, the UE shall start BWP switch at DL slot n, where slot n is the first slot of a DL subframe
(FR1) or DL half-subframe (FR2) immediately after a BWP-inactivity timer bwp-InactivityTimer [2] expires on a
serving cell, and the UE shall be able to receive PDSCH (for DL active BWP switch) or transmit PUSCH (for UL active
BWP switch) on the new BWP on the serving cell on which BWP switch on the first DL or UL slot occurs right after a
time duration of TBWPswitchDelay which starts from the beginning of DL slot n.

The UE is not required to transmit UL signals or receive DL signals during time duration TBWPswitchDelay after bwp-
InactivityTimer [2] expires on the cell where timer-based BWP switch occurs.

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 109 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 8.6.2-1: BWP switch delay

NR Slot BWP switch delay TBWPswitchDelay (slots)
μ length
Type 1Note 1 Type 2Note 1
(ms)
0 1 1 3
1 0.5 2 5
2 0.25 3 9
3 0.125 6 18
Note 1: Depends on UE capability.
Note 2: If the BWP switch involves changing of SCS, the BWP
switch delay is determined by the smaller SCS between
the SCS before BWP switch and the SCS after BWP
switch.

Provided the UE does not have the required TCI-state information to receive PDCCH and PDSCH in the new BWP, the
UE shall use old TCI-states before the BWP switch until a new MAC CE updating the required TCI-state information
for PDCCH and PDSCH is received after the BWP switch.

If UE has the information on the required TCI-state information to receive PDCCH and PDSCH in the new BWP,

- UE shall be able to receive PDCCH and PDSCH with old TCI-states before the delay as specified in Clause 8.10
in the new BWP.

- UE shall be able to receive PDCCH and PDSCH with new TCI-states after the delay as specified in Clause 8.10
in the new BWP

8.6.3 RRC based BWP switch delay

Editor Notes: More than one BWP configurations for RRC-based BWP switch on SCell is FFS.

The requirements in this clause apply to the case that the BWP switch is performed on a single CC with one or more
than one BWP configuration(s) configured.

For RRC-based BWP switch, after the UE receives RRC reconfiguration involving active BWP switching or parameter
change of its active BWP, UE shall be able to receive PDSCH/PDCCH (for DL active BWP switch) or transmit PUSCH
(for UL active BWP switch) on the new BWP on the serving cell on which BWP switch occurs on the first DL or UL
்ೃೃ಴೛ೝ೚೎೐ೞೞ೔೙೒ವ೐೗ೌ೤ ା்ಳೈುೞೢ೔೟೎೓ವ೐೗ೌ೤ೃೃ಴
slot right after a time duration of slots which begins from the beginning of DL slot
ேோ ௌ௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
n, where

DL slot n is the last slot containing the RRC command, and

ܴܰ ݈ܵ‫ݐ݈݃݊݁ ݐ݋‬ℎ is determined by the smaller SCS between the SCS before BWP switch and the SCS after BWP
switch if the BWP switch involves changing of SCS.

ܶோோ஼௣௥௢௖௘௦௦௜௡௚஽௘௟௔௬ is the length of the RRC procedure delay in ms as defined in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2], and

ܶ஻ௐ௉௦௪௜௧௖௛஽௘௟௔௬ோோ஼ = 6 ݉‫ ݏ‬is the time used by the UE to perform BWP switch.

The UE is not required to transmit UL signals or receive DL signals during the time defined by ܶோோ஼௣௥௢௖௘௦௦௜௡௚஽௘௟௔௬ +

ܶ஻ௐ௉௦௪௜௧௖௛஽௘௟௔௬ோோ஼ on the cell where RRC-based BWP switch occurs.

8.7 Void

8.8 NE-DC: E-UTRAN PSCell Addition and Release Delay

8.8.1 Introduction
This clause defines requirements for the delay within which the UE shall be able to configure an E-UTRAN PSCell in
NR - E-UTRA dual connectivity. The requirements are applicable to an NR - E-UTRA dual connectivity capable UE.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 110 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8.8.2 E-UTRAN PSCell Addition Delay Requirement

The requirements in this clause shall apply for the UE, which is configured with PCell, and may also be configured with
one or more SCells.

Upon receiving E-UTRAN PSCell addition in subframe n, the UE shall be capable to transmit PRACH preamble
towards E-UTRAN PSCell no later than in subframe n + Tconfig_EUTRAN-PSCell:

Where:

Tconfig_EUTRAN-PSCell = 20ms + Tactivation_time + 50ms + TPCell_ DU + TE-UTRAN-PSCell_ DU

Tactivation_time is the E-UTRAN PSCell activation delay. If the E-UTRAN PSCell is known, then Tactivation_time is
20ms. If the E-UTRAN PSCell is unknown, then Tactivation_time is 30ms provided the E-UTRAN PSCell can be
successfully detected on the first attempt.

TPCell_ DU is the delay uncertainty due to PCell PRACH preamble transmission. TPCell_ DU is up to 20ms if E-
UTRAN PSCell activation is interrupted by a PCell PRACH preamble transmission, otherwise it is 0.

TE-UTRAN-PSCell_DU is the delay uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the E-UTRAN
PSCell. TE-UTRAN-PSCell_DU is up to 30ms.

E-UTRAN PSCell is known if it has been meeting the following conditions:

During the last 5 seconds before the reception of the E-UTRAN PSCell configuration command:

- the UE has sent a valid measurement report for the E-UTRAN PSCell being configured and

- the E-UTRAN PSCell being configured remains detectable according to the cell identification conditions
specified in clause 8.8 of TS 36.133 [15],

- E-UTRAN PSCell being configured also remains detectable during the E-UTRAN PSCell configuration delay
Tconfig_EUTRAN-PSCell according to the cell identification conditions specified in clause 8.8 of TS 36.133 [15].

otherwise it is unknown.

The PCell interruption specified in clause 8.2 is allowed only during the RRC reconfiguration procedure [2].

8.8.3 E-UTRAN PSCell Release Delay Requirement

The requirements in this clause shall apply for a UE which is configured with PCell and E-UTRAN PSCell and may
also be configured with one or more SCells and/or E-UTRAN SCells.

Upon receiving E-UTRAN PSCell release in subframe n, the UE shall accomplish the release actions specified in
TS 38.331 [2] no later than in subframe n+20.

The PCell interruption specified in clause 8.2 is allowed only during the RRC reconfiguration procedure [2].

8.9 NR-DC: PSCell Addition and Release Delay

8.9.1 Introduction
This clause defines requirements for the delay within which the UE shall be able to configure an PSCell in NR dual
connectivity. The requirements are applicable to an NR dual connectivity capable UE.

8.9.2 PSCell Addition Delay Requirement

The requirements in this clause shall apply for the UE configured with only PCell in FR1.

Upon receiving PSCell addition in subframe n, the UE shall be capable to transmit PRACH preamble towards PSCell in
FR2 no later than in subframe n + Tconfig_PSCell.

where:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 111 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Tconfig_PSCell = TRRC_delay + Tprocessing + Tsearch + T∆ + TPSCell_ DU + 2 ms

TRRC_delay is the RRC procedure delay as specified in TS 38.331 [2].

Tprocessing is the SW processing time needed by UE, including RF warm up period. Tprocessing = 40 ms.

Tsearch is the time for AGC settling and PSS/SSS detection. If the target cell is known, Tsearch = 0 ms. If the target
cell is unknown and the target cell Ês/Iot ≥
-2dB, Tsearch = 24* Trs ms.

T∆ is time for fine time tracking and acquiring full timing information of the target cell. T∆ = 1*Trs ms for a
known or unknown PSCell.

TPSCell_ DU is the delay uncertainty in acquiring the first available PRACH occasion in the PSCell. TPSCell_ DU is up
to the summation of SSB to PRACH occasion association period and 10 ms. SSB to PRACH occasion associated
period is defined in Table 8.1-1 of TS 38.213 [3].

Trs is the SMTC periodicity of the target cell if the UE has been provided with an SMTC configuration for the
target cell in PSCell addition message, otherwise Trs is the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the
same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing. If the UE is not provided SMTC configuration or measurement
object on this frequency, the requirement in this clause is applied with Trs = 5 ms assuming the SSB
transmission periodicity is 5 ms. There is no requirement if the SSB transmission periodicity is not 5 ms.

In FR1 and FR2, the PSCell is known if it has been meeting the following conditions:

During the last 5 seconds before the reception of the PSCell configuration command:

- the UE has sent a valid measurement report for the PSCell being configured and

- One of the SSBs measured from the PSCell being configured remains detectable according to the cell
identification conditions specified in clause 9.3.

- One of the SSBs measured from PSCell being configured also remains detectable during the PSCell
configuration delay Tconfig_PSCell according to the cell identification conditions specified in clause 9.3.

otherwise it is unknown.

The PCell interruption specified in clause 8.2 is allowed only during the RRC reconfiguration procedure [2].

8.9.3 PSCell Release Delay Requirement

The requirements in this clause shall apply for a UE which is configured with PCell and one PSCell.

Upon receiving PSCell release in subframe n, the UE shall accomplish the release actions specified in TS 38.331 [2] no
later than in subframe n+ TRRC_delay:

where

TRRC_delay is the RRC procedure delay as specified in TS 38.331 [2].

The PCell interruption specified in clause 8.2 is allowed only during the RRC reconfiguration procedure [2].

8.10 Active TCI state switching delay

8.10.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause apply for a UE configured with one or more TCI state configurations on serving cell in
MR-DC or standalone NR. UE shall complete the switch of active TCI state within the delay defined in this clause.

8.10.2 Known conditions for TCI state

The TCI state is known if the following conditions are met:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 112 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- During the period from the last transmission of the RS resource used for the L1-RSRP measurement reporting
for the target TCI state to the completion of active TCI state switch, where the RS resource for L1-RSRP
measurement is the RS in target TCI state or QCLed to the target TCI state

- TCI state switch command is received within 1280 ms upon the last transmission of the RS resource for
beam reporting or measurement

- The UE has sent at least 1 L1-RSRP report for the target TCI state before the TCI state switch command

- The TCI state remain detectable during the TCI state switching period

- The SSB associated with the TCI state remain detectable during the TCI switching period

- SNR of the TCI state ≥ -3dB

Otherwise, the TCI state is unknown.

8.10.3 MAC-CE based TCI state switch delay

If the target TCI state is known, upon receiving PDSCH carrying MAC-CE activation command in slot n, UE shall be
able to receive PDCCH with target TCI state of the serving cell on which TCI state switch occurs at the first slot that is
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,µ
after slot n+ THARQ + 3Nୱ୪୭୲ + TOk*(Tfirst-SSB + TSSB-proc) / NR slot length. The UE shall be able to receive PDCCH
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ ,µ
with the old TCI state until slot n+ THARQ +3Nୱ୪୭୲ .

Where THARQ is the timing between DL data transmission and acknowledgement as specified in TS 38.213 [3];

Tfirst-SSB is time to first SSB transmission after MAC CE command is decoded by the UE;

TSSB-proc = 2 ms;

TOk = 1 if target TCI state is not in the active TCI state list for PDSCH, 0 otherwise.

If the target TCI state is unknown, upon receiving PDSCH carrying MAC-CE activation command in slot n, UE shall be
able to receive PDCCH with target TCI state of the serving cell on which TCI state switch occurs at the first slot that is
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,µ
after slot n+ THARQ +3Nୱ୪୭୲ + TL1-RSRP +TOuk*(Tfirst-SSB+ TSSB-proc) / NR slot length. The UE shall be able to receive
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ ,µ
PDCCH with the old TCI state until slot n+ THARQ + 3Nୱ୪୭୲ .

Where

T L1-RSRP = 0 in FR1 or when the TCI state switching not involving QCL-TypeD in FR2. Otherwise,

T L1-RSRP is the time for Rx beam refinement in FR2, defined as

- TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_SSB for SSB as specified in clause 9.5.4.1,

- with the assumption of M=1

- with TReport = 0

- TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_CSI-RS for CSI-RS as specified in clause 9.5.4.2

- configured with higher layer parameter repetition set to ON

- with the assumption of M=1 for periodic CSI-RS

- for aperiodic CSI-RS if number of resources in resource set at least equal to MaxNumberRxBeam

- with TReport = 0

- TOuk = 1 for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement, and 0 for SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when TCI state
switching involves QCL-TypeD

- TOuk = 1 when TCI state switching involves other QCL types only

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 113 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- Tfirst-SSB is time to first SSB transmission after L1-RSRP measurement when TCI state switching involves QCL-
TypeD;

- Tfirst-SSB is time to first SSB transmission after MAC CE command is decoded by the UE for other QCL types;

- The SSB shall be the QCL-TypeA or QCL-TypeC to target TCI state

8.10.4 DCI based TCI state switch delay

If the target TCI state is known, when a UE is configured with the higher layer parameter tci-PresentInDCI which is set
as 'enabled' for the CORESET scheduling PDSCH at slot n, UE shall be able to receive PDSCH with target TCI state of
the serving cell on which TCI state switch occurs at the first slot that is after slot n+timeDurationForQCL, where,
timeDurationForQCL is the time required by the UE to perform PDCCH reception and applying spatial QCL
information received in DCI for PDSCH processing as described in TS 38.214 [26], the value of timeDurationForQCL
is defined in TS 38.331 [2].

The known condition for TCI state defined in clause 8.10.2 is applied.

8.10.5 RRC based TCI state switch delay

If the target TCI state is known, upon receiving PDSCH carrying RRC activation command at slot n, UE shall be able to
receive PDCCH with target TCI state of the serving cell on which TCI state switch occurs at the first slot that is after
slot n+ (TRRC_processing +TOk*(Tfirst-SSB + TSSB-proc)) / NR slot length, where TRRC_processing is the RRC processing delay, Tfirst-
SSB, TSSB-proc and TOk are defined in clause 8.10.3. The UE is not required to receive PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS or
transmit PUCCH/PUSCH until the end of switching period.

- Tfirst-SSB is time to first SSB transmission after RRC processing by the UE; The SSB shall be the QCL-TypeA or
QCL-TypeC to target TCI state

If the target TCI state is unknown, upon receiving PDSCH carrying RRC activation command at slot n, UE shall be able
to receive PDCCH with target TCI state of the serving cell on which TCI state switch occurs at the first slot that is after
slot n+ (TRRC_processing +TL1-RSRP +TOuk*(Tfirst-SSB + TSSB-proc)) / NR slot length, where TRRC_processing is the RRC processing
delay, and TOuk , TL1-RSRP are defined in clause 8.10.3. The UE is not required to receive PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS or
transmit PUCCH/PUSCH until the end of switching period.

- Tfirst-SSB is time to first SSB transmission after L1-RSRP measurement when TCI state switching involves QCL-
TypeD;

- Tfirst-SSB is time to first SSB transmission after RRC processing time at the UE for other QCL types;

- The SSB shall be the QCL-TypeA or QCL-TypeC to target TCI state

The requirements for RRC based TCI state switch delay apply when only 1 TCI state is configured in RRC TCI state
list.

8.10.6 Active TCI state list update delay

If the target TCI state is known, upon receiving PDSCH carrying MAC-CE active TCI state list update at slot n, UE
shall be able to receive PDCCH to schedule PDSCH with the new target TCI state at the first slot that is after n+ THARQ
ୱ୳ୠ୤୰ୟ୫ୣ,µ
+3Nୱ୪୭୲ +TOk*(Tfirst-SSB + TSSB-proc) / NR slot length. Where THARQ, Tfirst-SSB, TSSB-proc and TOk are defined in clause
8.10.3.

8.11 PSCell Change

This clause defines requirements for the delay within which the UE shall be able to change PSCell to other SCell in EN-
DC or NR-DC. The requirements in this clause are applicable to EN-DC and NR-DC.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 114 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Upon receiving PSCell change in subframe n, the UE shall be capable of transmitting PRACH preamble towards the
target PSCell no later than specified in clause 8.9.2, where the following value for Tprocessing shall override the existing
one:

- Tprocessing = 20 ms when source and target cells are in the same FR,

- Tprocessing = 40 ms when source and target cells are in different FRs.

The target PSCell is known if it has been meeting the conditions in clause 8.9.2.

The PCell interruption specified in clause 8.2 is allowed only during the RRC reconfiguration procedure [2].

9 Measurement Procedure

9.1 General measurement requirement

9.1.1 Introduction
This clause contains general requirements on the UE regarding measurement reporting in RRC_CONNECTED state.
The requirements are split in intra-frequency, inter-frequency, inter-RAT E-UTRAN FDD, inter-RAT E-UTRAN TDD,
and L1-RSRP measurements requirements. These measurements may be used by the NG-RAN. The measurement
quantities are defined in TS38.215 [4], the measurement model is defined in TS38.300 [10], TS37.340 [17] and
measurement accuracies are specified in clause 10. Control of measurement reporting is specified in TS 38.331 [2].

In the requirements of clause 9, the exceptions for side conditions apply as follows:

- for the UE capable of CA but not configured with any SCell, the applicable exceptions for side conditions are
specified in Annex B, clause B.3.2.1 for UE supporting CA in FR1, and clause B.3.2.3 for UE supporting CA in
FR2, respectively;

- for the UE capable of CA and configured with at least one SCell, the applicable exceptions for side conditions
are specified in Annex B, clause B.3.2.2 for UE configured with CA in FR1, and clause B.3.2.4 for UE
supporting CA in FR2, respectively;

- for the UE capable of SUL but not configured with SUL, the applicable exceptions for side conditions are
specified in Annex B, clause B.3.4.1 for UE supporting SUL in FR1;

- for the UE capable of SUL and configured with at least one SUL, the applicable exceptions for side conditions
are specified in Annex B, clause B.3.4.2 for UE configured with SUL in FR1.

9.1.2 Measurement gap

If the UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure intra-frequency cells and/or inter-frequency cells and/or
inter-RAT E-UTRAN cells, and the UE does not support independent measurement gap patterns for different frequency
ranges as specified in Table 5.1-1 in [18, 19, 20], in order for the requirements in the following clauses to apply the
network must provide a single per-UE measurement gap pattern for concurrent monitoring of all frequency layers.

If the UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure intra-frequency cells and/or inter-frequency cells and/or
inter-RAT E-UTRAN cells, and the UE supports independent measurement gap patterns for different frequency ranges
as specified in Table 5.1-1 in [18, 19, 20], in order for the requirements in the following clauses to apply the network
must provide either per-FR measurement gap patterns for frequency range where UE requires per-FR measurement gap
for concurrent monitoring of all frequency layers of each frequency range independently, or a single per-UE
measurement gap pattern for concurrent monitoring of all frequency layers of all frequency ranges.

During the per-UE measurement gaps the UE:

- is not required to conduct reception/transmission from/to the corresponding E-UTRAN PCell, E-UTRAN
SCell(s) and NR serving cells for E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity except the reception of signals used for RRM
measurement(s) and the signals used for random access procedure according to TS38.321 [7].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 115 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- is not required to conduct reception/transmission from/to the corresponding NR serving cells for SA (with single
carrier or CA configured) except the reception of signals used for RRM measurement(s) and the signals used for
random access procedure according to TS38.321 [7].

- is not required to conduct reception/transmission from/to the corresponding PCell, SCell(s) and E-UTRAN
serving cells for NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity except the reception of signals used for RRM measurement(s)
and the signals used for random access procedure according to TS38.321 [7].

- is not required to conduct reception/transmission from/to the corresponding NR serving cells for NR-DC except
the reception of signals used for RRM measurement(s) and the signals used for random access procedure
according to TS38.321 [7].

During the per-FR measurement gaps the UE:

- is not required to conduct reception/transmission from/to the corresponding E-UTRAN PCell, E-UTRAN
SCell(s) and NR serving cells in the corresponding frequency range for E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity except
the reception of signals used for RRM measurement(s) and the signals used for random access procedure
according to [7].

- is not required to conduct reception/transmission from/to the corresponding NR serving cells in the
corresponding frequency range for SA (with single carrier or CA configured) except the reception of signals
used for RRM measurement(s) and the signals used for random access procedure according to TS38.321 [7].

- is not required to conduct reception/transmission from/to the corresponding PCell, SCell(s) and E-UTRAN
serving cells in the corresponding frequency range for NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity except the reception of
signals used for RRM measurement(s) and the signals used for random access procedure according to TS38.321
[7].

- is not required to conduct reception/transmission from/to the corresponding NR serving cells in the
corresponding frequency range for NR-DC except the reception of signals used for RRM measurement(s) and
the signals used for random access procedure according to TS38.321 [7].

UEs shall support the measurement gap patterns listed in Table 9.1.2-1 based on the applicability specified in table
9.1.2-2 and 9.1.2-3. UE determines measurement gap timing based on gap offset configuration and measurement gap
timing advance configuration provided by higher layer signalling as specified in TS 38.331 [2] and TS 36.331 [16].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 116 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.1.2-1: Gap Pattern Configurations

Gap Pattern Measurement Gap Measurement
Id Length (MGL, ms) Gap Repetition
Period
(MGRP, ms)
0 6 40
1 6 80
2 3 40
3 3 80
4 6 20
5 6 160
6 4 20
7 4 40
8 4 80
9 4 160
10 3 20
11 3 160
12 5.5 20
13 5.5 40
14 5.5 80
15 5.5 160
16 3.5 20
17 3.5 40
18 3.5 80
19 3.5 160
20 1.5 20
21 1.5 40
22 1.5 80
23 1.5 160

Table 9.1.2-2: Applicability for Gap Pattern Configurations supported by the E-UTRA-NR dual
connectivity UE or NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity UE

Measurement Serving cell Measurement Applicable Gap Pattern Id

gap pattern Purpose
configuration
E-UTRA + FR1, or non-NR RAT Note1,2 0,1,2,3
Per-UE E-UTRA + FR2, or FR1 and/or FR2 0-11
measurement E-UTRA + FR1 + non-NR RATNote1,2 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
gap FR2 and FR1 and/or
FR2
E-UTRA and, FR1 if non-NR RAT Note1,2 0,1,2,3
configured
FR2 if configured No gap
E-UTRA and, FR1 if FR1 only 0-11
configured
FR2 if configured No gap
E-UTRA and, FR1 if FR2 only No gap
configured
FR2 if configured 12-23
Per-FR E-UTRA and, FR1 if non-NR RAT Note1,2 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
measurement configured and FR1
gap FR2 if configured No gap
E-UTRA and, FR1 if FR1 and FR2 0-11
configured
FR2 if configured 12-23
E-UTRA and, FR1 if non-NR RAT Note1,2 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
configured and FR2
FR2 if configured 12-23
E-UTRA and, FR1 if non-NR RAT Note1,2 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
configured and FR1 and FR2
FR2 if configured 12-23

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 117 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note: In E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity mode, if GSM or UTRA TDD or UTRA FDD inter-RAT
frequency layer is configured to be monitored, only measurement gap pattern #0 and #1 can
be used for per-FR gap in E-UTRA and FR1 if configured, or for per-UE gap.

NOTE 1: In E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity mode, non-NR RAT includes E-UTRA, UTRA and/or GSM.
In NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity mode, non-NR RAT means E-UTRA.
NOTE 2: Void
NOTE 3: When E-UTRA inter-frequency RSTD measurements are configured and the UE requires
measurement gaps for performing such measurements, only Gap Pattern #0 can be used.

In E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity mode,

- if per-UE measurement gap is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the measurement gap starts at
time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest E-UTRA subframe occurring immediately before the configured
measurement gap among MCG serving cells subframes.

- if per-FR measurement gap for FR1 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the measurement gap for
FR1 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest E-UTRA subframe occurring immediately before the
configured measurement gap among MCG serving cells subframes.

- if per-FR measurement gap for FR2 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the measurement gap for
FR2 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest NR subframe occurring immediately before the
configured measurement gap among SCG serving cells subframes in FR2.

In NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity mode,

- if per-UE measurement gap is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the measurement gap starts at
time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest NR subframe occurring immediately before the configured
measurement gap among MCG serving cells subframes.

- if per-FR measurement gap for FR1 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms and UE has NR serving
cell in FR1, the measurement gap for FR1 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest NR subframe
occurring immediately before the configured measurement gap among MCG serving cells subframes in FR1.

- if per-FR measurement gap for FR1 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms and UE doesn’t have NR
serving cell in FR1, the measurement gap for FR1 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest E-
UTRA subframe occurring immediately before the configured measurement gap among SCG serving cells
subframes.

- if per-FR measurement gap for FR2 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the measurement gap for
FR2 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest NR subframe occurring immediately before the
configured measurement gap among MCG serving cells subframes in FR2.

In NR-NR dual connectivity mode,

- If per-UE measurement gap is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the measurement gap starts at
time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest MCG subframe occurring immediately before the configured
measurement gap among MCG serving cells subframes.

- If per-FR measurement gap for FR1 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the measurement gap for
FR1 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest MCG subframe occurring immediately before the
configured measurement gap among MCG serving cells subframes.

- If per-FR measurement gap for FR2 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the measurement gap for
FR2 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest SCG subframe occurring immediately before the
configured measurement gap among SCG serving cells subframes in FR2.

TMG is the MG timing advance value provided in mgta according to TS38.331 [2].

In determining the measurement gap starting point, UE shall use the DL timing of the latest E-UTRA or NR subframe
occurring immediately before the configured measurement gap among E-UTRA or NR serving cells.

NR-DC in Rel-15 only includes the scenarios where all serving cells in MCG in FR1 and all serving cells in SCG in
FR2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 118 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

For per-FR measurement gap capable UE configured with E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity or NR-E-UTRA dual
connectivity, when serving cells are in E-UTRA and FR1, measurement objects are in both E-UTRA/FR1 and FR2,

- If MN indicates UE that the measurement gap from MN applies to E-UTRA/FR1/FR2 serving cells, UE fulfils
the per-UE measurement requirements for both E-UTRA/FR1 and FR2 measurement objects based on the
measurement gap pattern configured by MN;

- If MN indicates UE that the measurement gap from MN applies to only LTE/FR1 serving cell(s),

- UE fulfils the measurement requirements for FR1/LTE measurement objects based on the configured
measurement gap pattern;

- UE fulfils the requirements for FR2 measurement objects based on effective MGRP=20ms;

For per-FR measurement gap capable configured with E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity, NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity
or NR-NR dual connectivity, when serving cells are in E-UTRA, FR1 and FR2, or in E-UTRA and FR2, or in FR1 and
FR2, measurement objects are in both E-UTRA /FR1 and FR2,

- If MN indicates UE that the measurement gap from MN applies to E-UTRA/FR1/FR2 serving cells, UE fulfils
the per-UE measurement requirements for both E-UTRA/FR1 and FR2 measurement objects based on the
measurement gap pattern configured by MN.

Table 9.1.2-3: Applicability for Gap Pattern Configurations supported by the UE with NR standalone
operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC configuration)
Measurement Serving cell Measurement Applicable Gap Pattern Id
gap pattern Purpose NOTE 2
configuration
E-UTRA onlyNOTE3 0,1,2,3
NOTE5,
FR1 or FR1 and/or FR2 0-11
FR1 + FR2 E-UTRAN and 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
FR1 and/or FR2
NOTE3
Per-UE
E-UTRA only NOTE3 0,1,2,3
measurement
FR1 only 0-11
gap
FR1 and FR2 0-11
FR2 NOTE5 E-UTRAN and 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
FR1 and/or FR2
NOTE3

FR2 only 12-23

FR1 if configured E-UTRA only NOTE3 0,1,2,3
FR2 if configured No gap
FR1 if configured FR1 only 0-11
FR2 if configured No gap
FR1 if configured FR2 only No gap
FR2 if configured 12-23
Per-FR
measurement FR1 if configured E-UTRA and FR1 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
NOTE3
gap FR2 if configured No gap
FR1 if configured FR1 and FR2 0-11
FR2 if configured 12-23
FR1 if configured E-UTRA and FR2 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
NOTE3
FR2 if configured 12-23
FR1 if configured E-UTRA and FR1 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8,10
FR2 if configured and FR2 NOTE3 12-23

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 119 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NOTE 1: When E-UTRA inter-RAT RSTD measurements are configured and the UE requires
measurement gaps for performing such measurements, only Gap Pattern #0 can be used.
NOTE 2: Measurement purpose which includes E-UTRA measurements includes also inter-RAT E-
UTRA RSRP and RSRQ measurements for E-CID
NOTE 3: Void
NOTE4: If per-UE measurement gap is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the
measurement gap starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest subframe occurring
immediately before the configured measurement gap among all serving cells subframes.
If per-FR measurement gap for FR1 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the
measurement gap for FR1 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest subframe
occurring immediately before the configured measurement gap among serving cells
subframes in FR1.
If per-FR measurement gap for FR2 is configured with MG timing advance of TMG ms, the
measurement gap for FR2 starts at time TMG ms advanced to the end of the latest subframe
occurring immediately before the configured measurement gap among serving cells
subframes in FR2.
TMG is the MG timing advance value provided in mgta according to [2].
In determining the measurement gap starting point, UE shall use the DL timing of the latest
subframe occurring immediately before the configured measurement gap among serving
cells.
NOTE 5: NR-DC in Rel-15 only includes the scenarios where all serving cells in MCG in FR1 and all
serving cells in SCG in FR2.

For per-FR measurement gap capable UE in NR standalone operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC
configuration), for per-FR gap based measurement, when there is no serving cell in a particular FR, where measurement
objects are configured, regardless if explicit per-FR measurement gap is configured in this FR, the effective MGRP in
this FR is used to determine requirements;

- 20 ms for FR2 NR measurements

- 40 ms for FR1 NR measurements

- 40 ms for LTE measurements

- 40 ms for FR1+LTE measurements

For per-FR measurement gap capable UE in NR standalone operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC
configuration), when serving cells are in FR1 or FR2, measurement objects are in both E-UTRA /FR1 and FR2,

- If MN indicates UE that the measurement gap from MN applies to E-UTRA/FR1/FR2 serving cells, UE fulfils
the per-UE measurement requirements for both E-UTRA/FR1 and FR2 measurement objects based on the
measurement gap pattern configured by MN;

If measurement gap is configured in one FR but measurement object is not configured in the FR, the scheduling
opportunity in the FR depends on the configured measurement gap pattern.

For E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity, if UE is not capable of per-FR-gap, total interruption time on SCG during MGL is
defined only when MGL(N) = 6ms, 4ms and 3ms. And if UE is capable of per-FR-gap, total interruption time on FR1
serving cells in SCG during MGL is defined only when MGL(N) = 6ms, 4ms and 3ms, and total interruption time on
FR2 serving cells in SCG during MGL is defined only when MGL(N) = 5.5ms, 3.5ms and 1.5ms.

For NR standalone operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC configuration), if UE is not capable of per-FR-
gap, total interruption time on a serving cell during MGL is defined when MGL(N) = 6ms, 5.5ms, 4ms, 3.5ms, 3ms, and
1.5ms. And if UE is capable of per-FR-gap, total interruption time on FR1 serving cells during MGL is defined only
when MGL(N) = 6ms, 4ms and 3ms, and total interruption time on FR2 serving cells during MGL is defined only when
MGL(N) = 5.5ms, 3.5ms and 1.5ms.

For NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity, if UE is not capable of per-FR-gap, total interruption time on MCG during MGL is
defined only when MGL(N) = 6ms, 4ms and 3ms. And if UE is capable of per-FR-gap, total interruption time on FR1
serving cells in MCG during MGL is defined only when MGL(N) = 6ms, 4ms and 3ms, and total interruption time on
FR2 serving cells in MCG during MGL is defined only when MGL(N) = 5.5ms, 3.5ms and 1.5ms.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 120 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

measurement gap
i i+ 1
... i+ N i+ N+1

15kHz j j+ 1
... j+ N j+ N+1

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

30kHz 2j 2j +1
2j

+2
2j +1

+2 ...
2j

+2N
2j +1

+2N
2j

+2 (N+1 )

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

60kHz 4j 4j +1 4j +2 4j +3
4j

+4
4j +1

+4
4j +2

+4
4j +3

+4 ...
4j

+4 N
4j +1

+4 N
4j +2

+4 N
4j +3

+4 N
4j

+4(N+1 )

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

120kHz 8j
8j +

1
8j +

2
8j +

3
8j +

4
8j +

5
8j +

6
8j +

7 +8
8j 8j +1

+8
8j +2

+8
8j +3

+8
8j+4

+8
8j +5

+8
8j +6

+8
8j +7

+8 ...
8j

+8 N
8j +1

+8 N
8j +2

+8 N
8j +3

+8 N
8j +4

+8 N
8j +5

+8 N
8j +6

+8 N
8j+7

+8 N
8j +

8(N +1)

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

(a) Measurement gap with MGL = N(ms) with MG timing advance of 0ms for synchronous EN-DC, NR
standalone operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC configuration) and synchronous NE-DC

Measurement gap(0.5ms shift)

i i+ 1
... i+ N i+ N+1

15kHz j j+ 1
... j+ N j+ N+1

30kHz 2j 2j +1
2j

+2
2j +1

+2 ...
2j

+2N
2j +1

+2N
2j

+2 (N+1 )

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

60kHz 4j 4j +1 4j +2 4j +3
4j

+4
4j +1

+4
4j +2

+4
4j +3

+4 ...
4j

+4 N
4j +1

+4 N
4j +2

+4 N
4j +3

+4 N
4j

+4(N+1 )

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

120kHz 8j 8j +1 8j +2 8j +3 8j +4 8j +5 8j +6 8j +7
+8
8j 8j +1

+8
8j +2

+8
8j +3

+8
8j+4

+8
8j +5

+8
8j +6

+8
8j +7

+8 ...
8j

+8 N
8j +1

+8 N
8j +2

+8 N
8j +3

+8 N
8j +4

+8 N
8j +5

+8 N
8j +6

+8 N
8j+7

+8 N (N
8j +8

+1)

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

(b) Measurement gap with MGL = N(ms) with MG timing advance of 0.5ms for synchronous EN-DC, NR
standalone operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC configuration) and synchronous NE-DC

measurement gap
i i+ 1
... i+ N i+ N+1

15kHz j j+ 1
... j+ N j+ N+1

Total in terruption time on serving cell(s)

30kHz 2j 2j +1
2j

+2
2j +1

+2 ... +2 N
2j 2j +1

+2 N
2j

+2 (N+1 )
2j +1

+2 (N+1 )

Total in terruption time on serving cell(s)

60kHz 4j 4j +1 4j +2 4j +3
4j

+4
4j +1

+4
4j +2

+4
4j +3

+4 ... +4 N
4j 4j +1

+4 N
4j +2

+4 N
4j +3

+4 N
4j

+4 (N+1 )
4j +1

+4 (N+1 )
4j +2

+4 (N+1 )

Total in terruption time on serving cell(s)

120kHz 8j 8j +1 8j +2 8j +3 8j +4 8j +5 8j +6 8j +7 8j +8
8j +1

+8
8j +2

+8
8j +3

+8
8j +4

+8
8j +5

+8
8j +6

+8
8j +7

+8 ... +8 N
8j 8j +1

+8 N
8j +2

+8 N
8j +3

+8 N
8j +4

+8 N
8j +5

+8 N
8j +6

+8 N
8j +7

+8 N
8j +

8(N +1)
8j +1+ 8j +2+ 8j +3+ 8j +4+

8(N +1)
8(N +1)
8(N +1)
8(N +1)

Total in terruption time on serving cell(s)

(c) Measurement gap with MGL = N(ms) with MG timing advance of 0ms for asynchronous EN-DC and asynchronous
NE-DC

Measurement gap(0.5ms shift)

i i+ 1
... i+ N i+ N+1

15kHz j j+ 1
... j+ N j+ N+1

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

30kHz 2j 2j +1
2j

+2
2j +1

+2 ... +2 N
2j 2j +1

+2 N
2j

+2 (N+1 )
2j +1

+2 (N+1 )

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

60kHz 4j 4j +1 4j +2 4j +3
4j

+4
4j +1

+4
4j +2

+4
4j +3

+4 ... +4 N
4j 4j +1

+4 N
4j +2

+4 N
4j +3

+4 N
4j

+4 (N+1 )
4j +1

+4 (N+1 )
4j +2

+4 (N+1 )

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

120kHz 8j 8j +1 8j +2 8j +3 8j +4 8j +5 8j +6 8j +7
8j

+8
8j +1

+8
8j +2

+8
8j +3

+8
8j +4

+8
8j +5

+8
8j +6

+8
8j +7

+8 ... +8 N
8j 8j +1

+8 N
8j +2

+8 N
8j +3

+8 N
8j +4

+8 N
8j +5

+8 N
8j +6

+8 N
8j +7

+8 N
8j + 8j +1+ 8j +2+ 8j +3+ 8j +4+

8(N +1)
8(N +1) 8(N +1)
8(N +1)
8(N +1)

Total interruption time on serving cell(s)

(d) Measurement gap with MGL = N(ms) with MG timing advance of 0.5ms for asynchronous EN-DC and
asynchronous NE-DC

Figure 9.1.2-1: Measurement GAP and total interruption time on serving cells for EN-DC, NR
standalone operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC configuration) and NE-DC

The corresponding total number of interrupted slots on serving cells is listed in Table 9.1.2-4 for synchronous EN-DC,
NR standalone and NE-DC, and in Table 9.1.2-4a for asynchronous EN-DC respectively.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 121 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.1.2-4: Total number of interrupted slots on serving cells during MGL for Synchronous EN-DC,
NR standalone operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC configuration) and NE-DC with per-
UE measurement gap or per-FR measurement gap for FR1
NR Total number of interrupted slots on serving cells
SCS When MG timing advance of 0ms is When MG timing advance of 0.5ms
(kHz) applied is applied
MGL=6ms MGL=4ms MGL=3ms MGL=6ms MGL=4ms MGL=3ms
15 6 4 3 7Note3 5Note3 4Note3
30 12 8 6 12 8 6
60 24 16 12 24 16 12
120 48 32 24 48 32 24
NOTE 1: For Gap Pattern ID 0, 1, 2 and 3, total number of interrupted subframes on
MCG is MGL subframes when MG timing advance of 0ms is applied, and
(MGL+1) subframes when MG timing advance of 0.5ms is applied.
NOTE 2: NR SCS of 120 kHz is only applicable to the case with per-UE measurement
gap.
NOTE 3: Non-overlapped half-slots occur before and after the measurement gap.
Whether a Rel-15 UE can receive and/or transmit in those half-slots is up to
UE implementation.

Table 9.1.2-4a: Total number of interrupted slots on serving cells during MGL for Asynchronous EN-
DC with per-UE measurement gap or per-FR measurement gap for FR1
NR Total number of interrupted slots on serving cells
SCS When MG timing advance of 0ms is When MG timing advance of 0.5ms
(kHz) applied is applied
MGL=6ms MGL=4ms MGL=3ms MGL=6ms MGL=4ms MGL=3ms
15 7 5 4 7 5 4
30 13 9 7 13 9 7
60 25 17 13 25 17 13
120 49 33 25 49 33 25
NOTE 1: For Gap Pattern ID 0, 1, 2 and 3, total number of interrupted subframes on
MCG is MGL subframes when MG timing advance of 0ms is applied, and
(MGL+1) subframes when MG timing advance of 0.5ms is applied.
NOTE 2: NR SCS of 120 kHz is only applicable to the case with per-UE measurement
gap.

In case that UE capable of per-FR measurement gap is configured with per-FR measurement gap for FR2 serving cells,
total number of interrupted slots on FR2 serving cells during MGL is listed in Table9.1.2-4b.

Table 9.1.2-4b: Total number of interrupted slots on FR2 serving cells during MGL for EN-DC, NR
standalone operation (with single carrier, NR CA and NR-DC configuration) and NE-DC with per-UE
measurement gap or per-FR measurement gap for FR2
NR Total number of interrupted slots on FR2 serving cells
SCS When MG timing advance of 0ms is When MG timing advance of 0.25ms is
(kHz) applied applied
MGL=5.5ms MGL=3.5ms MGL=1.5ms MGL=5.5ms MGL=3.5ms MGL=1.5ms
60 22 14 6 22 14 6
120 44 28 12 44 28 12
NOTE 1: The total number of interrupted slots is based on that SFN and subframe reference for
per-FR gap in FR2 indicated by high layer parameter refServCellIndicator is an FR2
serving cell.
NOTE 2: Slot occurs before or after the measurement gap may be interrupted additionally if SFN
and subframe reference for per-FR gap in FR2 indicated by high layer parameter
refServCellIndicator is an FR1 serving cell.

It is up to UE implementation whether or not the UE is able to conduct transmission in the following slot(s),

- when MGTA is not applied, in the L consecutive UL slots with respect to the SCS of the UL carrier with the
same slot indices as the DL slots occurring immediately after measurement gap

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 122 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- when MGTA is applied and the SCS of the UL carrier is other than 15kHz, in the L consecutive UL slots with
respect to the SCS of the UL carrier with the same slot indices as the DL slots occurring immediately after
measurement gap

- when MGTA is applied and the SCS of the UL carrier is 15kHz, in the L consecutive UL slots with respect to the
SCS of the UL carrier with the same slot indices as the DL slots occurring immediately after the slot partially
overlapped with measurement gap

where UL slot denotes that all the symbols in the slot are uplink symbols, and L=1 if ( NTA + NTA offset ) × Tc for the UL
transmission is less than the length of one slot; L=2 otherwise.

Note: Network is supposed to take into account the possible difference between the estimated TA at network and actual
TA at UE when scheduling UE in the above slot(s).

Table 9.1.2-5: (Void)

9.1.2.1 EN-DC: Measurement Gap Sharing

For E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity UE configured with per-UE measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applies when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on intra-frequency carriers or when SMTC
configured for intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-UE measurement gaps, and when UE is
configured to identify and measure cells on inter-frequency carriers, E-UTRA gap-needed inter-frequency carriers and
inter-RAT UTRAN carriers and/or inter-RAT GSM carriers.

For E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity UE configured with per-FR1 measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on FR1 intra-frequency carriers or when
SMTC configured for FR1 intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-FR1 measurement gaps, and
when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on FR1 inter-frequency carriers, E-UTRA gap-needed inter-
frequency carriers, inter-RAT UTRAN carriers and/or inter-RAT GSM carriers.

For E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity UE configured with per-FR2 measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on FR2 intra-frequency carriers or when
SMTC configured for FR2 intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-FR2 measurement gaps, and
when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on FR2 inter-frequency carriers.

When network signals “01”, “10” or “11” with RRC parameter MeasGapSharingScheme [2][16]and the value of X is
defined as in Table 9.1.2.1-1, and

- Kintra = 1 / X * 100,

- Kinter = 1 / (100 – X) * 100,

When network signals “00” indicating equal splitting gap sharing, X is not applied.

The RRC parameter MeasGapSharingScheme shall be applied to the calculation of carrier specific scaling factor as
specified in clause 9.1.5.2.1.

Table 9.1.2.1-1: Value of parameter X for EN-DC measurement gap sharing

measGapSharingScheme Value of X (%)
‘00’ Equal splitting
‘01’ 25
‘10’ 50
‘11’ 75
Note: It is left to UE implementation to determine
which measurement gap sharing scheme in
the table to be applied, when
MeasGapSharingScheme is absent and
there is no stored value in the field.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 123 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.1.2.1a SA: Measurement Gap Sharing

For NR standalone UE without NR-DC operation and configured with per-UE measurement gap, measurement gap
sharing shall be applies when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on intra-frequency carriers
or when SMTC configured for intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-UE measurement gaps, and
when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on inter-frequency carriers, and/or inter-RAT E-UTRAN carriers.

For NR standalone UE without NR-DC operation and configured with per-FR1 measurement gap, measurement gap
sharing shall be applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on FR1 intra-frequency
carriers or when SMTC configured for FR1 intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-FR1
measurement gaps, and when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on FR1 inter-frequency carriers and/or
inter-RAT E-UTRAN carriers.

For NR standalone UE without NR-DC operation and configured with per-FR2 measurement gap, measurement gap
sharing shall be applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on FR2 intra-frequency
carriers or when SMTC configured for FR2 intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-FR2
measurement gaps, and when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on FR2 inter-frequency carriers.

When network signals “01”, “10” or “11” with RRC parameter MeasGapSharingScheme [2] and the value of X is
defined as in Table 9.1.2.1a-1, and

- Kintra = 1 / X * 100,

- Kinter = 1 / (100 – X) * 100,

When network signals “00” indicating equal splitting gap sharing, X is not applied.

The RRC parameter MeasGapSharingScheme shall be applied to the calculation of carrier specific scaling factor as
specified in clause 9.1.5.2.2.

Table 9.1.2.1a-1: Value of parameter X for NR standalone measurement gap sharing

measGapSharingScheme Value of X (%)

‘00’ Equal splitting
‘01’ 25
‘10’ 50
‘11’ 75
Note: It is left to UE implementation to determine
which measurement gap sharing scheme in
the table to be applied, when
MeasGapSharingScheme is absent and
there is no stored value in the field.

9.1.2.1b NE-DC: Measurement Gap Sharing

For NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity UE configured with per-UE measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on intra-frequency carriers or when SMTC
configured for intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-UE measurement gaps, and when UE is
configured to identify and measure cells on inter-frequency carriers, E-UTRA gap-needed inter-frequency carriers,
and/or inter-RAT E-UTRA carriers.

For NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity UE configured with per-FR1 measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on FR1 intra-frequency carriers or when
SMTC configured for FR1 intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-FR1 measurement gaps, and
when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on inter-frequency carriers, E-UTRA gap-needed inter-frequency
carriers, and/or inter-RAT E-UTRA carriers.

For NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity UE configured with per-FR2 measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on FR2 intra-frequency carriers or when
SMTC configured for FR2 intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-FR2 measurement gaps, and
when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on FR2 inter-frequency carriers.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 124 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

When network signals “01”, “10” or “11” with RRC parameter measGapSharingConfig [2][16] and the value of X is
defined as in Table 9.1.2.1b-1, and

- Kintra = 1 / X * 100,

- Kinter = 1 / (100 – X) * 100,

When network signals “00” indicating equal splitting gap sharing, X is not applied.

The RRC parameter MeasGapSharingScheme shall be applied to the calculation of carrier specific scaling factor as
specified in clause 9.1.5.2.3.

Table 9.1.2.1b-1: Value of parameter X for NE-DC measurement gap sharing

measGapSharingScheme Value of X (%)

‘00’ Equal splitting
‘01’ 25
‘10’ 50
‘11’ 75
Note: It is left to UE implementation to determine
which measurement gap sharing scheme in
the table to be applied, when
MeasGapSharingScheme is absent and
there is no stored value in the field.

9.1.2.1c NR-DC: Measurement Gap Sharing

For UE with NR-DC operation and configured with per-UE measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applies when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on intra-frequency carriers or when SMTC
configured for intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-UE measurement gaps, and when UE is
configured to identify and measure cells on inter-frequency carriers, and/or inter-RAT E-UTRAN carriers.

For UE with NR-DC operation and configured with per-FR1 measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on FR1 intra-frequency carriers or when
SMTC configured for FR1 intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-FR1 measurement gaps, and
when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on FR1 inter-frequency carriers and/or inter-RAT E-UTRAN
carriers.

For UE with NR-DC operation and configured with per-FR2 measurement gap, measurement gap sharing shall be
applied when UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure cells on FR2 intra-frequency carriers or when
SMTC configured for FR2 intra-frequency measurement are fully overlapping with per-FR2 measurement gaps, and
when UE is configured to identify and measure cells on FR2 inter-frequency carriers.

When network signals “01”, “10” or “11” with RRC parameter measGapSharingConfig [2] and the value of X is
defined as in Table 9.1.2.1c-1, and

- Kintra = 1 / X * 100,

- Kinter = 1 / (100 – X) * 100,

When network signals “00” indicating equal splitting gap sharing, X is not applied.

The RRC parameter MeasGapSharingScheme shall be applied to the calculation of carrier specific scaling factor as
specified in clause 9.1.5.2.4.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 125 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.1.2.1c-1: Value of parameter X for NR-DC measurement gap sharing

measGapSharingConfig Value of X (%)

‘00’ Equal splitting
‘01’ 25
‘10’ 50
‘11’ 75
Note: It is left to UE implementation to determine
which measurement gap sharing scheme in
the table to be applied, when
MeasGapSharingScheme is absent and
there is no stored value in the field.

9.1.3 UE Measurement capability

9.1.3.1 EN-DC: Monitoring of multiple layers using gaps

The requirements in this clause are applicable for UE capable of and configured with the EN-DC operation mode.

When monitoring of multiple inter-frequency E-UTRAN, inter-RAT NR, GSM, UTRA FDD and UTRA TDD carriers
as configured by E-UTRA PCell, and inter-frequency NR carriers as configured by PSCell using gaps (or without using
gaps provided the UE supports such capability) is configured, the UE shall be capable of performing one measurement
of the configured measurement type (SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, SS-SINR, SFTD, E-UTRAN RSRP, E-UTRAN RSRQ, E-
UTRAN RS-SINR measurements, UTRAN TDD P-CCPCH RSCP, UTRAN FDD CPICH measurements, GSM carrier
RSSI, etc.) of detected cells on all the layers.

For UE configured with the EN-DC operation, the effective total number of frequencies excluding the frequencies of
the PSCell, SCells, E-UTRA PCell, and E-UTRA SCells being monitored is Nfreq, EN-DC, which is defined as:

Nfreq, EN-DC = Nfreq, EN-DC, NR + Nfreq, EN-DC, E-UTRA+ Nfreq, EN-DC, UTRA + MEN-DC, GSM,

where

Nfreq, EN-DC, E-UTRA is the number of E-UTRA inter-frequency carriers being monitored (FDD and TDD) as
configured by E-UTRA PCell or via LPP [22],

Nfreq, EN-DC, NR ≤N freq, EN-DC, NR, inter-RAT + Nfreq, EN-DC, NR, inter-freq

where

Nfreq, EN-DC, NR, inter-RAT is the number of NR inter-RAT carriers excluding NR serving carrier(s) being
monitored as configured by E-UTRA PCell [15],

Nfreq, EN-DC, NR, inter-freq is the number of NR inter-frequency carriers being monitored as configured by
PSCell,

Nfreq, EN-DC, UTRA is the number of UTRA inter-RAT carriers being monitored as configured by E-UTRA PCell
(FDD and TDD).

MEN-DC, GSM is an integer which is a function of the number of GSM inter-RAT carriers as configured by E-
UTRA PCell on which measurements are being performed. MEN-DC, GSM is equal to 0 if no GSM carrier is being
monitored. For a MGRP of 40 ms, MEN-DC, GSM is equal to 1 if cells on up to 32 GSM carriers are being
measured. For a MGRP of 80 ms, MEN-DC, GSM is equal to ceil(Ncarriers,GSM /20) where Ncarriers,GSM is the number of
GSM carriers on which cells are being measured.

9.1.3.1a SA: Monitoring of multiple layers using gaps

The requirements in this clause are applicable for UE configured with SA NR operation mode.

When monitoring of multiple inter-RAT E-UTRAN carriers and inter-frequency NR carriers using gaps (or without
using gaps provided the UE supports such capability) is configured by PCell, the UE shall be capable of performing one
measurement of the configured measurement type (SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, SS-SINR, E-UTRAN RSRP, E-UTRAN
RSRQ, E-UTRAN RS-SINR measurements, etc.) of detected cells on all the layers.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 126 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

For UE configured with the NR SA operation, the effective total number of frequencies, excluding the frequencies of
the PCell, PSCell and SCells being monitored, is Nfreq, SA, which is defined as:

Nfreq, SA = Nfreq, SA, NR + Nfreq, SA, E-UTRA,

where

Nfreq, SA, E-UTRA is the number of E-UTRA inter-RAT carriers being monitored (FDD and TDD) as configured by
PCell or via LPP [22],

Nfreq, SA, NR is the number of NR inter-frequency carriers being monitored as configured by PCell.

9.1.3.1b NE-DC: Monitoring of multiple layers using gaps

The requirements in this clause are applicable for UE capable of and configured with the NE-DC operation mode.

When monitoring of multiple inter-frequency E-UTRAN carriers as configured by E-UTRA PSCell, inter-RAT E-
UTRAN carriers as configured by PCell, and inter-frequency NR carriers as configured by PCell using gaps (or without
using gaps provided the UE supports such capability) is configured, the UE shall be capable of performing one
measurement of the configured measurement type (SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, SS-SINR, SFTD, E-UTRAN RSRP, E-
UTRAN RSRQ, and E-UTRAN RS-SINR measurements, etc.) of detected cells on all the layers.

For UE configured with the NE-DC operation, the effective total number of frequencies excluding the frequencies of
the PCell, SCells, E-UTRA PSCell, and E-UTRA SCells being monitored is Nfreq, NE-DC, which is defined as:

Nfreq, NE-DC = Nfreq, NE-DC, NR + Nfreq, NE-DC, E-UTRA,

where

Nfreq, NE-DC, NR is the number of NR inter-frequency carriers being monitored as configured by PCell,

Nfreq, NE-DC, E-UTRA ≤N freq, NE-DC, E-UTRA, inter-RAT + Nfreq, NE-DC, E-UTRA, inter-freq

where

Nfreq, NE-DC, E-UTRA, inter-RAT is the number of E-UTRA inter-RAT carriers (FDD and TDD) excluding E-
UTRA serving carrier(s) being monitored as configured by PCell or via LPP [22],

Nfreq, NE-DC, E-UTRA, inter-freq is the number of E-UTRA inter-frequency carriers (FDD and TDD) being
monitored as configured by E-UTRA PSCell [15] or via LPP [22].

9.1.3.1c NR-DC: Monitoring of multiple layers using gaps

The requirements in this clause are applicable for UE configured with NR-DC operation mode.

When monitoring of multiple inter-RAT E-UTRAN carriers and inter-frequency NR carriers using gaps (or without
using gaps provided the UE supports such capability) as configured by PCell, and inter-frequency NR carriers as
configured by PSCell is configured, the UE shall be capable of performing one measurement of the configured
measurement type (SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, SS-SINR, E-UTRAN RSRP, E-UTRAN RSRQ, E-UTRAN RS-SINR
measurements, etc.) of detected cells on all the layers.

For UE configured with the NR-DC operation, the effective total number of frequencies, excluding the frequencies of
the PCell, PSCell and SCells being monitored, is Nfreq, NR-DC, which is defined as:

Nfreq, NR-DC = Nfreq, NR-DC, NR + Nfreq, NR-DC, E-UTRA,

where

Nfreq, NR-DC, E-UTRA is the number of E-UTRA inter-RAT carriers being monitored (FDD and TDD) as configured
by PCell or via LPP [22].

Nfreq, NR-DC, NR is the number of NR inter-frequency carriers being monitored as configured by PCell and PSCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 127 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.1.3.2 EN-DC: Maximum allowed layers for multiple monitoring

If a UE is configured with EN-DC operation, the UE shall be capable of monitoring at least:

- Depending on UE capability, 7 NR inter-frequency carriers configured by PSCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 NR inter-RAT carriers excluding NR serving carrier(s) configured by E-UTRA

PCell [15], and

- Depending on UE capability, 6 E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency carriers configured by E-UTRA PCell [15], and

- Depending on UE capability, 6 E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency carriers configured by E-UTRA PCell [15], and

- Depending on UE capability, 3 FDD UTRA carriers, and

- Depending on UE capability, 3 TDD UTRA carriers, and

- Depending on UE capability, 32 GSM carriers (one GSM layer corresponds to 32 carriers), and

- Depending on UE capability, 1 E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency carrier for RSTD measurements configured via
LPP [22], and

- Depending on UE capability, 1 E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency carrier for RSTD measurements configured via
LPP [22].

In addition to the requirements defined above, the UE shall be capable of monitoring a total of at least 13 effective
carrier frequency layers comprising of any above defined combination of NR, E-UTRA FDD, E-UTRA TDD, UTRA
FDD, UTRA TDD and GSM (one GSM layer corresponds to 32 carriers) layers. The UE shall be capable of monitoring
a total of at least 7 effective NR carrier frequency layers excluding NR serving carrier(s), comprising of any above
defined combination of NR inter-RAT carriers excluding NR serving carrier(s) configured by E-UTRA PCell and NR
inter-frequency carriers configured by PSCell.

When the E-UTRA PCell and PSCell configures the same NR carrier frequency layer to be monitored by the UE in
synchronous intra-band EN-DC, this layer shall be counted only once to the total number of effective carrier frequency
layers provided that the SFN-s and slot boundaries are aligned, unless the configured NR carrier frequency layers to be
monitored have

- different RSSI measurement resources or

- different deriveSSB-IndexFromCell indications or

- different SMTC configurations.

Note 1: The E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity capable UE configured with PSCell shall fulfil the requirements
defined in only one of clause 9.1.3.2 and clause 8.1.2.1.1b.1 of TS 36.133 [15].

9.1.3.2a SA: Maximum allowed layers for multiple monitoring

If a UE is configured with SA NR operation mode, the UE shall be capable of monitoring at least:

- Depending on UE capability, 7 NR inter-frequency carriers configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 E-UTRA TDD inter-RAT carriers configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 E-UTRA FDD inter-RAT carriers configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 1 E-UTRA FDD inter-RAT carrier for RSTD measurements configured via LPP
[22], and

- Depending on UE capability, 1 E-UTRA TDD inter-RAT carrier for RSTD measurements configured via LPP
[22].

In addition to the requirements defined above, the UE shall be capable of monitoring a total of at least 13 effective
carrier frequency layers comprising of any above defined combination of NR, E-UTRA FDD and E-UTRA TDD layers.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 128 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.1.3.2b NE-DC: Maximum allowed layers for multiple monitoring

If a UE is configured with NE-DC operation mode, the UE shall be capable of monitoring at least:

- Depending on UE capability, 7 NR inter-frequency carriers configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 6 E-UTRA TDD inter-RAT carriers excluding E-UTRA serving carriers
configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 6 E-UTRA FDD inter-RAT carriers excluding E-UTRA serving carriers
configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 6 E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency carriers configured by E-UTRA PSCell [15], and

- Depending on UE capability, 6 E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency carriers configured by E-UTRA PSCell [15], and

- Depending on UE capability, 1 E-UTRA FDD inter-frequency carrier for RSTD measurements configured via
LPP [22], and

- Depending on UE capability, 1 E-UTRA TDD inter-frequency carrier for RSTD measurements configured via
LPP [22].

In addition to the requirements defined above, the UE shall be capable of monitoring a total of at least 13 effective
carrier frequency layers comprising of any above defined combination of NR, E-UTRA FDD, and E-UTRA TDD
layers. The UE shall be capable of monitoring a total of at least 6 effective E-UTRA carrier frequency layers, excluding
E-UTRA serving carrier(s), comprising of any above defined combination of E-UTRA inter-RAT carriers excluding E-
UTRA serving carrier(s) configured by PCell and E-UTRA inter-frequency carriers configured by E-UTRA PSCell.

9.1.3.2c NR-DC: Maximum allowed layers for multiple monitoring

If a UE is configured with NR-DC operation, the UE shall be capable of monitoring at least:

- Depending on UE capability, 7 NR inter-frequency carriers configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 NR inter-frequency carriers configured by PSCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 E-UTRA TDD inter-RAT carriers configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 7 E-UTRA FDD inter-RAT carriers configured by PCell, and

- Depending on UE capability, 1 E-UTRA FDD inter-RAT carrier for RSTD measurements configured via LPP
[22], and

- Depending on UE capability, 1 E-UTRA TDD inter-RAT carrier for RSTD measurements configured via LPP
[22].

In addition to the requirements defined above, the UE shall be capable of monitoring a total of at least 13 effective
carrier frequency layers comprising of any above defined combination of NR, E-UTRA FDD and E-UTRA TDD layers.
The UE shall be capable of monitoring a total of at least 7 effective NR carrier frequency layers excluding NR serving
carrier(s), which are configured by PCell and PSCell.

When PCell and PSCell configures the same NR carrier frequency layer to be monitored by the UE in NR-DC, this
layer shall be counted only once to the total number of effective carrier frequency layers provided that the SFN-s and
slot boundaries are aligned, unless the configured NR carrier frequency layers to be monitored have

- different RSSI measurement resources or

- different deriveSSB-IndexFromCell indications or

- different SMTC configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 129 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.1.4 Capabilities for Support of Event Triggering and Reporting Criteria

9.1.4.1 Introduction
This clause contains requirements on UE capabilities for support of event triggering and reporting criteria. As long as
the measurement configuration does not exceed the requirements stated in clause 9.1.4.2, the UE shall meet all other
performance requirements defined in clause 9 and clause 10.

The UE can be requested to make measurements under different measurement identities defined in TS 38.331 [2]. Each
measurement identity corresponds to either event-based reporting, periodic reporting, or no reporting. In case of event-
based reporting, each measurement identity is associated with an event triggering criterion. In case of periodic
reporting, a measurement identity is associated with one periodic reporting criterion. In case of no reporting, a
measurement identity is associated with one no reporting criterion.

The purpose of this clause is to set some limits on the number of different event triggering, periodic, and no reporting
criteria the UE may be requested to track in parallel.

9.1.4.2 Requirements
In this clause a reporting criterion corresponds to either one event (in the case of event-based reporting), or one periodic
reporting criterion (in case of periodic reporting), or one no reporting criterion (in case of no reporting). For event-based
reporting, each instance of event, with the same or different event identities, is counted as separate reporting criterion in
Table 9.1.4.2-1.

The UE shall be able to support in parallel per category up to Ecat reporting criteria according to Table 9.1.4.2-1. For the
measurement categories belonging to intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT measurements (i.e. without
counting other categories that the UE shall always support in parallel), the UE need not support more than the total
number of reporting criteria as follows:

- For UE configured with EN-DC: ‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ாேି஽஼ ேோ + ‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ாேି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺ , where
, , , ,

‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ாேି஽஼ ேோ
,
= 10 + 9 × ݊ is the total number of NR reporting criteria configured by PSCell (NR intra- and
,

inter-frequency reporting criteria) and by E-UTRA PCell on NR serving frequencies (NR intra-frequency
reporting criteria) applicable for UE configured with EN-DC according to Table 9.1.4.2-1, and n is the
number of configured NR serving frequencies, including PSCell and SCells carrier frequencies,

‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ாேି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺ is the total number of reporting criteria configured by E-UTRA PCell except PSCell and
, ,

SCells carrier frequencies, as specified in TS 36.133 [15] for UE configured with EN-DC.

- For UE configured with NE-DC: ‫ܴܰ ܥܦ ܧܰ ݐܽܿܧ‬ , − ,

+ ‫ ܣܴܷܶ ܧ ܥܦ ܧܰ ݐܽܿܧ‬, where
, − , −

‫ = ܴܰ ܥܦ ܧܰ ݐܽܿܧ‬10 + 9 × ݊ is the total number of NR reporting criteria according to Table 9.1.4.2-1, and n
, − ,

is the number of configured NR serving frequencies, including PCell, and SCells carrier frequencies,

‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ோି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺

, ,
= ‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ோି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺ ௜௡௧௘௥ିோ஺் + ‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ோି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺ ௜௡௧௥௔ିோ஺் , where
, , , , , ,

‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ோି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺ ௜௡௧௘௥ିோ஺் is the total number of inter-RAT E-UTRA reporting criteria configured by PCell
, , ,

except E-UTRA PSCell and E-UTRA SCells carrier frequencies, according to Table 9.1.4.2-1,

‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ோି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺ ௜௡௧௥௔ିோ஺் is the total number of E-UTRA reporting criteria including E-UTRA PSCell and
, , ,

E-UTRA SCells carrier frequencies as specified in TS 36.133 [15] for UE configured with NE-DC.

- For UE configured with SA operation mode: E cat , SA , NR + E cat , SA , E − UTRA , where

E cat , SA , NR = 10 + 9 × n is the total number of NR reporting criteria according to Table 9.1.4.2-1, and n is
the number of configured NR serving frequencies, including PCell, and SCells carrier frequencies,

E cat , SA , E − UTRA is the total number of inter-RAT E-UTRA reporting criteria according to Table 9.1.4.2-1.

- For UE configured with NR-DC: ‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ேோି஽஼ ேோ + ‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ேோି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺ , where
, , , ,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 130 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ேோି஽஼ ேோ
, ,
= 10 + 9 × ݊ is the total number of NR reporting criteria according to Table 9.1.4.2-1, and n

is the number of configured NR serving frequencies, including PCell, PSCell and SCells carrier frequencies,

‫ܧ‬௖௔௧ ேோି஽஼ ாି௎்ோ஺ is the total number of inter-RAT E-UTRA reporting criteria according to Table 9.1.4.2-1.
, ,

Table 9.1.4.2-1: Requirements for reporting criteria per measurement category

Measurement category Ecat Note
Intra-frequency Note 1,2,3,4,5 9 Events for any one or a combination of intra-
frequency SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR
for NG-RAN intra-frequency cells
Inter-frequency Note 2,3,4,5 10 Events for any one or a combination of inter-
frequency SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR
for NG-RAN inter-frequency cells
Inter-RAT (E-UTRA FDD, E-UTRA TDD) Note 2,4,5 10 Only applicable for UE with this (inter-RAT)
capability. These reporting criteria apply for any
E-UTRA carrier frequencies other than the
carrier frequency of the E-UTRA PSCell or E-
UTRA SCell.
Inter-RAT (E-UTRA FDD, E-UTRA TDD) RSTD Note 1 Inter-RAT RSTD measurement reporting for UE
2,4,5 supporting OTDOA; 1 report capable of
minimum 16 inter-RAT cell measurements.
Only applicable for UE with this (inter-RAT
RSTD via LPP [22]) capability. These reporting
criteria apply for any E-UTRA carrier
frequencies other than the carrier frequency of
the E-UTRA PSCell or E-UTRA SCell.
Inter-RAT (E-UTRA FDD, E-UTRA TDD) RSRP and 1 Inter-RAT RSRP and RSRQ measurements for
RSRQ measurements for E-CID Note 2,4,5 E-CID reported to E-SMLC via LPP [22]. One
report capable of at least in total 10 inter-RAT
RSRP and RSRQ measurements. Applicable to
UE capable of reporting inter-RAT RSRP and
RSRQ to E-SMLC via LPP. These reporting
criteria apply for any E-UTRA carrier
frequencies other than the carrier frequency of
the E-UTRA PSCell or E-UTRA SCell.
NOTE 1: When the UE is configured with PSCell and SCell carrier frequencies, Ecat for Intra-frequency is applied
per corresponding NR serving frequency.
NOTE 2: Applicable for UE configured with SA NR operation mode.
NOTE 3: Applicable for UE configured with EN-DC operation mode.
NOTE 4: Applicable for UE configured with NE-DC operation mode.
NOTE 5: Applicable for UE configured with NR-DC operation mode.

9.1.5 Carrier-specific scaling factor

This clause specifies the derivation of carrier-specific scaling factor (CSSF) values, which scales the measurement
delay requirements given in clause 9.2, 9.3 and 9.4 when UE is configured to monitor multiple measurement objects.
The CSSF values are categorized into CSSFoutside_gap,i and CSSFwithin_gap,i, for the measurements conducted outside
measurement gaps and within measurement gaps, respectively.

9.1.5.1 Monitoring of multiple layers outside gaps

The carrier-specific scaling factor CSSFoutside_gap,i for measurement object i derived in this chapter is applied to following
measurement types:

- Intra-frequency measurement with no measurement gap in clause 9.2.5, when none of the SMTC occasions of
this intra-frequency measurement object are overlapped by the measurement gap.

- Intra-frequency measurement with no measurement gap in clause 9.2.5, when part of the SMTC occasions of this
intra-frequency measurement object are overlapped by the measurement gap.

UE is expected to conduct the measurement of this measurement object i only outside the measurement gaps.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 131 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

If the higher layer signaling in TS 38.331 [2] of smtc2 is present and smtc1 is fully overlapping with measurement gaps
and smtc2 is partially overlapping with measurement gaps, CSSFoutside_gap,i and requirements derived from
CSSFoutside_gap,i are not specified.

The UE cell identification and measurement periods derived based on CSSFoutside_gap,i in clauses 9.2.5.1, 9.2.5.2 may be
extended for measurement objects of which the cell identification and measurement periods are overlapped with
Tmeasure_SFTD1 specified in clause 9.3.8 when no measurement gaps are provided.

The requirements in this clause apply provided that

- There are only SCCs in FR2, or

- The SMTC on all CCs in FR2 have the same offset, and one of following conditions is met

- If smtc2 is configured on any FR2 CC,

- All CCs have the same configuration for smtc1, and

- All CCs configured with smtc2 have the same configuration for smtc2

- If smtc2 is not configured on any FR2 CC,

- The total number of different SMTC periodicities on all serving CCs does not exceed 4

Note: Longer delays for cell identification and measurement periods derived based on CSSFoutside_gap,i in clauses
9.2.5.1, 9.2.5.2, can be expected, if the UE is configured with more than 4 different SMTC periodicities
on FR2 serving carriers. The longer delay applies for the FR2 intra-frequency measurement objects with
the longest SMTC periodicity/periodicities.

9.1.5.1.1 EN-DC mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements

performed outside gaps
For UE configured with the E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity operation, the carrier-specific scaling factor CSSFoutside_gap,i
for intra-frequency SSB-based measurements performed outside measurements gaps will be as specified in Table
9.1.5.1.1-1.

Table 9.1.5.1.1-1: CSSFoutside_gap,i scaling factor for EN-DC mode

Scenario CSSFoutside_ga CSSFoutside_gap CSSFoutside_gap, CSSFoutside_gap,i for CSSFoutside_gap,i for
p,i for FR1 ,i for FR1 SCC i for FR2 FR2 SCC where FR2 SCC where
PSCC PSCC neighbour cell neighbour cell
measurement is measurement is not
required Note 2 required
EN-DC with FR1 Number of
only CA 1 configured N/A N/A N/A
FR1 SCell(s)
EN-DC with
Number of configured
FR2 only intra N/A N/A 1 N/A
FR2 SCells
band CA
EN-DC with
2×(Number of
FR1 +FR2 CA 2×(Number of
1 configured N/A 2Note 5
(FR1 PSCell) Note configured SCell(s)-1)
1 SCell(s)-1)
EN-DC with Number of
Number of configured
FR1 +FR2 CA N/A configured 1 N/A
SCell(s)
(FR2 PSCell) Note 1 SCell(s)
Note 1: Only one NR FR1 operating band and one NR FR2 operating band are included for FR1+FR2 inter-band EN-DC.
Note 2: Selection of FR2 SCC where neighbour cell measurement is required follows clause 9.2.3.2.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Void
Note 5: CSSFoutside_gap,i =1 if only one SCell is configured.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 132 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.1.5.1.2 SA mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed

outside gaps
For UE in SA operation mode, the carrier-specific scaling factor CSSFoutside_gap,i for intra-frequency SSB-based
measurements performed outside measurements gaps will be as specified in Table 9.1.5.1.2-1, which shall also be
applied for a UE configured with NE-DC operation.

Table 9.1.5.1.2-1: CSSFoutside_gap,i scaling factor for SA mode

Scenario CSSFoutside_gap CSSFoutside_gap CSSFoutside_ga CSSFoutside_gap,i for CSSFoutside_gap,i for
,i for FR1 PCC ,i for FR1 SCC p,i for FR2 FR2 SCC where FR2 SCC where
PCC neighbour cell neighbour cell
measurement is measurement is not
required required
FR1 only CA Number of
1 configured N/A N/A N/A
FR1 SCell(s)
FR2 only intra Number of configured
N/A N/A 1 N/A
band CA FR2 SCell(s)
FR1 +FR2 CA 2×(Number of
2×(Number of
(FR1 PCell) Note 1 1 configured N/A 2 Note 5
configured SCell(s)-1)
SCell(s)-1)
Note 1: Only one FR1 operating band and one FR2 operating band are included for FR1+FR2 inter-band CA.
Note 2: Selection of FR2 SCC where neighbour cell measurement is required follows clause 9.2.3.2.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Void
Note 5: CSSFoutside_gap,i =1 if only one SCell is configured.

9.1.5.1.3 NR-DC mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements

performed outside gaps
For UE configured with NR-DC operation, the carrier-specific scaling factor CSSFoutside_gap,i for intra-frequency SSB-
based measurements performed outside measurements gaps will be as specified in Table 9.1.5.1.3-1.

Table 9.1.5.1.3-1: CSSFoutside_gap,i scaling factor for NR-DC mode

Scenario CSSFoutside_gap CSSFoutside_gap,i CSSFoutside_gap,i CSSFoutside_gap,i for FR2 SCC where
,i for FR1 PCC for FR1 SCC for FR2 PSCC neighbour cell measurement is not
required
FR1 + FR2 NR-
2×(Number of
DC (FR1 PCell
1 configured 2 Note 3 2×(Number of configured SCell(s))
and FR2 PScell)
Note 1 SCell(s))
Note 1: NR-DC in Rel-15 only includes the scenarios where all serving cells in MCG in FR1 and all serving cells in SCG
in FR2.
Note 2: Void
Note 3: CSSFoutside_gap,i =1 if no SCell is configured.

9.1.5.1.4 NE-DC mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements

performed outside gaps
For UE configured with NE-DC operation, the carrier-specific scaling factor CSSFoutside_gap,i for intra-frequency SSB-
based measurements performed outside measurements gaps will be as specified in Table 9.1.5.1.4-1.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 133 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.1.5.1.4-1: CSSFoutside_gap,i scaling factor for NE-DC mode

Scenario CSSFoutside_gap CSSFoutside_gap CSSFoutside_ga CSSFoutside_gap,i for CSSFoutside_gap,i for
,i for FR1 PCC ,i for FR1 SCC p,i for FR2 FR2 SCC where FR2 SCC where
PCC neighbour cell neighbour cell
measurement is measurement is not
required required
NE-DC with FR1 Number of
only CA 1 configured N/A N/A N/A
FR1 SCell(s)
NE-DC with FR2
Number of configured
only intra band N/A N/A 1 N/A
FR2 SCell(s)
CA
NE-DC with FR1 2×(Number of
2×(Number of
+FR2 CA (FR1 1 configured N/A 2 Note 3
Note 1 configured SCell(s)-1)
PCell) SCell(s)-1)
Note 1: Only one FR1 operating band and one FR2 operating band are included for FR1+FR2 inter-band CA.
Note 2: Selection of FR2 SCC where neighbour cell measurement is required follows clause 9.2.3.2.
Note 3: CSSFoutside_gap,i =1 if only one SCell is configured.

9.1.5.2 Monitoring of multiple layers within gaps

The carrier-specific scaling factor CSSFwithin_gap,i for measurement object i derived in this chapter is applied to following
measurement types:

- Intra-frequency measurement object with no measurement gap in clause 9.2.5, when all of the SMTC occasions
of this intra-frequency measurement object are overlapped by the measurement gap.

- Intra-frequency measurement object with measurement gap in clause 9.2.6.

- Inter-frequency measurement object in clause 9.3.

- E-UTRA Inter-RAT measurement object in clauses 9.4.2 and 9.4.3.

- E-UTRA Inter-RAT RSTD and E-CID measurements in clauses 9.4.4 and 9.4.5.

- NR Inter-RAT measurement object configured by the E-UTRAN PCell (TS 36.133 [15] clause 8.17.4).

- E-UTRAN Inter-frequency measurement object configured by the E-UTRAN PCell (TS 36.133 [15] clause
8.17.3) and by the E-UTRAN PSCell (TS 36.133 [15] clause 8.19.3).

- E-UTRAN Inter-frequency RSTD measurement configured by the E-UTRAN PCell (TS 36.133 [15] clause
8.17.15).

- UTRA Inter-RAT measurement object configured by the E-UTRAN PCell (TS 36.133 [15] clauses 8.17.5 to
8.17.12).

- GSM Inter-RAT measurements configured by the E-UTRAN PCell (TS 36.133 [15] clauses 8.17.13 and
8.17.14).

UE is expected to conduct the measurement of this measurement object i only within the measurement gaps.

If the higher layer signaling in TS 38.331 [2] of smtc2 is present and smtc1 is fully overlapping with measurement gaps
and smtc2 is partially overlapping with measurement gaps, CSSFwithin_gap,i and requirements derived from CSSFoutside_gap,i
are not specified.

9.1.5.2.1 EN-DC mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements

performed within gaps
The scaling value CSSFwithin_gap,i below has been derived without considering GSM inter-RAT carriers.

When one or more measurement objects are monitored within measurement gaps, the carrier specific scaling factor for a
target measurement object with index i is designated as CSSFwithin_gap,i and is derived as described in this clause.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 134 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

If measurement object i refers to an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity Tprs=160ms
but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured, CSSFwithin_gap,i=1. Otherwise, the CSSFwithin_gap,i for other measurement objects
(including RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs=160ms) participate in the gap competition are derived as below.

For each measurement gap j not used for an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity
Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured within an arbitrary 160ms period, count the total number of
intrafrequency measurement objects and interfrequency/interRAT measurement objects which are candidates to be
measured within the gap j.

- An NR measurement object is a candidate to be measured in a gap if its SMTC duration is fully covered by the
MGL excluding RF switching time. For intra-frequency NR carriers, if the higher layer in TS 38.331 [2]
signaling of smtc2 is configured, the assumed periodicity of SMTC occasions corresponds to the value of higher
layer parameter smtc2; otherwise the assumed periodicity of SMTC occasions corresponds to the value of higher
layer parameter smtc1

- An inter-RAT UTRA measurement object configured by E-UTRA PCell [15] is a candidate to be measured in all
measurement gaps.

- An inter-frequency E-UTRA measurement object configured by E-UTRA PCell [15] is a candidate to be

measured in all measurement gaps.

- For UEs which support and are configured with per FR gaps, the counting is done on a per FR basis, and for UEs
which are configured with per UE gaps the counting is done on a per UE basis.

- Mintra,i,j: Number of intra-frequency measurement objects which are candidates to be measured in gap j where the
measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise Mintra,i,j equals 0.

- Minter,i,j : Number of NR inter-frequency measurement objects or NR inter-RAT measurement objects configured

by E-UTRA PCell, EUTRA inter-frequency measurement objects configured by E-UTRA PCell, UTRA inter-
RAT measurement objects configured by E-UTRA PCell which are candidates to be measured in gap j where the
measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise Minter,i,j equals 0.

- Mtot,i,j = Mintra,i,j + Minter,i,j : Total number of intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement objects
which are candidates to be measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise
Mtot,i,j equals 0.

For each measurement gap j used for an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity
Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured within an arbitrary 160ms period, Mintra,i,j = Minter,i,j = Mtot,i,j =0.

The carrier specific scaling factor CSSFwithin_gap,i is given by:

If measGapSharingScheme is equal sharing, CSSFwithin_gap,i= max(ceil(Ri×Mtot,i,j)), where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

If measGapSharingScheme is not equal sharing and

- measurement object i is an intra-frequency measurement object, CSSFwithin_gap,i is the maximum among

- ≠
ceil(Ri×Kintra×Mintra,i,j) in gaps where Minter,i,j 0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- ceil(Ri×Mintra,i,j) in gaps where Minter,i,j=0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- measurement object i is an inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement object, CSSFwithin_gap,i is the maximum

among

- ceil(Ri×Kinter×Minter,i,j) in gaps where Mintra,i,j ≠0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- ceil(Ri×Minter,i,j) in gaps where Mintra,i,j=0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

Where Ri is the maximal ratio of the number of measurement gap where measurement object i is a candidate to
be measured over the number of measurement gap where measurement object i is a candidate and not used for
RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is
configured within an arbitrary 1280ms period.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 135 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.1.5.2.2 SA mode: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed

within gaps
When one or more measurement objects are monitored within measurement gaps, the carrier specific scaling factor for a
target measurement object with index i is designated as CSSFwithin_gap,i and is derived as described in this clause.

If measurement object i refers to an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity Tprs=160ms
but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured, CSSFwithin_gap,i=1. Otherwise, the the CSSFwithin_gap,i for other measurement objects
(including RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs=160ms) participate in the gap competition and the CSSFwithin_gap,i
are derived as below.

For each measurement gap j not used for an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity
Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured within an arbitrary 160ms period, count the total number of
intrafrequency measurement objects and interfrequency/interRAT measurement objects which are candidates to be
measured within the gap j.

- An NR measurement object is a candidate to be measured in a gap if its SMTC duration is fully covered by the
MGL excluding RF switching time. For intra-frequency NR measurement objects, if the higher layer in TS
38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is configured, the assumed periodicity of SMTC occasions corresponds to the
value of higher layer parameter smtc2; otherwise the assumed periodicity of SMTC occasions corresponds to the
value of higher layer parameter smtc1.

- An inter-RAT measurement object is a candidate to be measured in all meausrement gaps.

- An inter-frequency SFTD measurement object, if to be measured with measurement gaps, is a candidate to be

measured in all measurement gaps.

- For UEs which support and are configured with per FR gaps, the counting is done on a per FR basis, and for UEs
which are configured with per UE gaps the counting is done on a per UE basis.

- Mintra,i,j: Number of intra-frequency measurement objects which are candidates to be measured in gap j where the
measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise Mintra,i,j equals 0.

- Minter,i,j : Number of NR inter-frequency and EUTRA inter-RAT measurement objects which are candidates to be
measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise Minter,i,j equals 0.

- Mtot,i,j = Mintra,i,j + Minter,i,j : Total number of intra-frequency, inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement objects
which are candidates to be measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise
Mtot,i,j equals 0.

For each measurement gap j used for an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity
Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured within an arbitrary 160ms period, Mintra,i,j = Minter,i,j = Mtot,i,j =0.

The carrier specific scaling factor CSSFwithin_gap,i is given by:

- If measGapSharingScheme is equal sharing, CSSFwithin_gap,i= max(ceil(Ri×Mtot,i,j)), where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- If measGapSharingScheme is not equal sharing and

- measurement object i is an intra-frequency measurement object, CSSFwithin_gap,i is the maximum among

- ≠
ceil(Ri×Kintra×Mintra,i,j) in gaps where Minter,i,j 0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- ceil(Ri×Mintra,i,j) in gaps where Minter,i,j=0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- measurement object i is an inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement object, CSSFwithin_gap,i is the maximum

among

- ceil(Ri×Kinter×Minter,i,j) in gaps where Mintra,i,j ≠0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- ceil(Ri×Minter,i,j) in gaps where Mintra,i,j=0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- Where Ri is the maximal ratio of the number of measurement gap where measurement object i is a candidate to
be measured over the number of measurement gap where measurement object i is a candidate and not used for
RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is
configured within an arbitrary 1280ms period.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 136 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSSFwithin_gap,k=1 during TDetect, E-UTRAN FDD specified in clause 9.4.4.1.2.2 and TDetect, E-UTRAN TDD specified in clause
9.4.4.2.2.2, where k is the carrier frequency where the UE is performing cell detection of the inter-RAT E-UTRA
OTDOA assistance data reference cell when acquiring the subframe and slot timing of the cell according to clause 9.4.4.
In this case, the UE cell identification and measurement periods derived based on CSSFwithin_gap,i in clauses 9.2.5.1,
9.2.5.2, 9.2.6.2, 9.2.6.3, 9.3.4, 9.3.5, 9.4.2.2, and 9.4.2.3 may be extended for measurement objects of which the cell
identification and measurement periods are overlapped with TDetect, E-UTRAN FDD and TDetect, E-UTRAN TDD.

9.1.5.2.3 NE-DC: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed

within gaps
When one or more measurement objects are monitored within measurement gaps, the carrier specific scaling factor for a
target measurement object with index i is designated as CSSFwithin_gap,i and is derived as described in this clause.

If measurement object i refers to an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity Tprs=160ms
but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured, CSSFwithin_gap,i=1. Otherwise, the CSSFwithin_gap,i for other measurement objects
(including RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs=160ms) participate in the gap competition are derived as below.

For each measurement gap j not used for an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity
Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured within an arbitrary 160ms period, count the total number of
intrafrequency measurement objects and interfrequency/interRAT measurement objects which are candidates to be
measured within the gap j.

- An NR measurement object is a candidate to be measured in a gap if its SMTC duration is fully covered by the
MGL excluding RF switching time. For intra-frequency NR measurement objects, if the higher layer in TS
38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is configured, the assumed periodicity of SMTC occasions corresponds to the
value of higher layer parameter smtc2; otherwise the assumed periodicity of SMTC occasions corresponds to the
value of higher layer parameter smtc1.

- An inter-RAT measurement object is a candidate to be measured in all measurement gaps.

- An inter-frequency E-UTRA measurement object is a candidate to be measured in all measurement gaps.

- For UEs which support and are configured with per FR gaps, the counting is done on a per FR basis, and for UEs
which are configured with per UE gaps the counting is done on a per UE basis.

- If the number of configured inter-frequency and inter-RAT measuerement objects is non-zero and the UE is
configured with per UE gaps, or if the UE is configured with per FR gaps:

- FR1 and FR2 intra-frequency measurement objects belong to group A

- Inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement objects belong to group B

- MgroupA,i,j: Sum of the number of FR1 intra-frequency measurement objects Mintra-FR1,i,j and the number of FR2
intra-frequency measurement objects Mintra-FR2,i,j which are candidates to be measured in gap j where the
measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise MgroupA,i,j equals 0.

- MgroupBi,j: Number of NR inter-frequency and EUTRA inter-RAT measurement objects which are candidates
to be measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise MgroupB,i,j equals 0.

- If the number of configured inter-frequency and inter-RAT measuerement objects is zero and the UE is
configured with per UE gaps:

- FR1 intra-frequency measurement objects belong to group A

- FR2 intra-frequency measurement objects belong to group B

- MgroupA,i,j: The number of FR1 intra-frequency measurement objects Mintra-FR1,i,j which are candidates to be
measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise MgroupA,i,j equals 0.

- MgroupBi,j : The number of FR2 intra-frequency measurement objects Mintra-FR2,i,j which are candidates to be
measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise MgroupB,i,j equals 0.

- Mtot,i,j = MgroupA,i,j + MgroupB,i,j : Total number of group A and group B measurement objects which are candidates
to be measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise Mtot,i,j equals 0.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 137 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

For each measurement gap j used for an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity
Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured within an arbitrary 160ms period, Mintra,i,j = Minter,i,j = Mtot,i,j =0.

- The carrier specific scaling factor CSSFwithin_gap,i is given by:

- If measGapSharingScheme is equal sharing, CSSFwithin_gap,i= max(ceil(Ri×Mtot,i,j)), where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- If measGapSharingScheme is not equal sharing and

- measurement object i is a group A measurement object, CSSFwithin_gap,i is the maximum among

- ceil(Ri×Kintra×MgroupA,i,j) in gaps where MgroupB,i,j ≠0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- ceil(Ri×MgroupA,i,j) in gaps where MgroupB,i,j=0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- measurement object i is an group B measurement object, CSSFwithin_gap,i is the maximum among

- ceil(Ri×Kinter×MgroupBi,j) in gaps where MgroupA,i,j ≠0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- ceil(Ri×MgroupB,i,j) in gaps where MgroupA,i,j=0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- Where Ri is the maximal ratio of the number of measurement gap where measurement object i is a candidate to
be measured over the number of measurement gap where measurement object i is a candidate and not used for
RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is
configured within an arbitrary 1280ms period.

9.1.5.2.4 NR-DC: carrier-specific scaling factor for SSB-based measurements performed

within gaps
When one or more measurement objects are monitored within measurement gaps, the carrier specific scaling factor for a
target measurement object with index i is designated as CSSFwithin_gap,i and is derived as described in this clause.

If measurement object i refers to an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity Tprs=160ms
but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured, CSSFwithin_gap,i=1. Otherwise, the CSSFwithin_gap,i for other measurement objects
(including RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs=160ms) participate in the gap competition and the CSSFwithin_gap,i
are derived as below.

For each measurement gap j not used for an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity
Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured within an arbitrary 160ms period, count the total number of intra-
frequency measurement objects and inter-frequency/interRAT measurement objects which are candidates to be
measured within the gap j.

- An NR measurement object is a candidate to be measured in a gap if its SMTC duration is fully covered by the
MGL excluding RF switching time. For intra-frequency NR measurement objects, if the higher layer in TS
38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is configured, the assumed periodicity of SMTC occasions corresponds to the
value of higher layer parameter smtc2; otherwise the assumed periodicity of SMTC occasions corresponds to the
value of higher layer parameter smtc1.

- An inter-RAT measurement object is a candidate to be measured in all measurement gaps.

For UEs which support and are configured with per FR gaps, the counting is done on a per FR basis, and for UEs
which are configured with per UE gaps the counting is done on a per UE basis.

If the number of configured inter-frequency and inter-RAT measuerement objects is non-zero and the UE is
configured with per UE gaps, or if the UE is configured with per FR gaps:

FR1 and FR2 intra-frequency measurement objects belong to group A

Inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement objects belong to group B

MgroupA,i,j: Sum of the number of FR1 intra-frequency measurement objects Mintra-FR1,i,j and the number of FR2
intra-frequency measurement objects Mintra-FR2,i,j which are candidates to be measured in gap j where the
measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise MgroupA,i,j equals 0.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 138 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

MgroupBi,j : Number of NR inter-frequency and EUTRA inter-RAT measurement objects which are candidates to
be measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise MgroupB,i,j equals 0.

If the number of configured inter-frequency and inter-RAT measuerement objects is zero and the UE is configured
with per UE gaps:

FR1 intra-frequency measurement objects belong to group A

FR2 intra-frequency measurement objects belong to group B

MgroupA,i,j: The number of FR1 intra-frequency measurement objects Mintra-FR1,i,j which are candidates to be
measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise MgroupA,i,j equals 0.

MgroupBi,j : The number of FR2 intra-frequency measurement objects Mintra-FR2,i,j which are candidates to be
measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise MgroupB,i,j equals 0.

Mtot,i,j = MgroupA,i,j + MgroupB,i,j : Total number of group A and group B measurement objects which are candidates to
be measured in gap j where the measurement object i is also a candidate. Otherwise Mtot,i,j equals 0.

For each measurement gap j used for an RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity
Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is configured within an arbitrary 160ms period, Mintra,i,j = Minter,i,j = Mtot,i,j =0.

The carrier specific scaling factor CSSFwithin_gap,i is given by:

If measGapSharingScheme is equal sharing, CSSFwithin_gap,i= max(ceil(Ri×Mtot,i,j)), where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

If measGapSharingScheme is not equal sharing and

- measurement object i is a group A measurement object, CSSFwithin_gap,i is the maximum among

- ceil(Ri×Kintra×MgroupA,i,j) in gaps where MgroupB,i,j ≠0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- ceil(Ri×MgroupA,i,j) in gaps where MgroupB,i,j=0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- measurement object i is an group B measurement object, CSSFwithin_gap,i is the maximum among

- ceil(Ri×Kinter×MgroupBi,j) in gaps where MgroupA,i,j ≠0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

- ceil(Ri×MgroupB,i,j) in gaps where MgroupA,i,j=0, where j=0…(160/MGRP)-1

Ri is the maximal ratio of the number of measurement gap where measurement object i is a candidate to be
measured over the number of measurement gap where measurement object i is a candidate and not used for
RSTD measurement with periodicity Tprs>160ms or with periodicity Tprs=160ms but prs-MutingInfo-r9 is
configured within an arbitrary 1280ms period.

9.1.6 Minimum requirement at transitions

When the measurement on one intra-frequency measurement object transitions from measurements performed outside
gaps to measurements performed within gaps or vice versa during one measurement period, the cell identification and
measurement period requirements with the longer delay apply.

The carrier-specific scaling factor specified in clause 9.1.5 that applies to the other impacted measurement objects will
also apply based on the longer measurement or cell identification delay before or after the transition.

When the UE transitions between DRX and non-DRX or when DRX cycle periodicity changes, the cell identification
and measurement period requirements apply based on the longer delay before or after the transition.

Subsequent to this measurement period, the cell identification and measurement period requirements on each
measurement object are corresponding to the second mode after transition.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 139 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.2 NR intra-frequency measurements

9.2.1 Introduction
A measurement is defined as a SSB based intra-frequency measurement provided the centre frequency of the SSB of the
serving cell indicated for measurement and the centre frequency of the SSB of the neighbour cell are the same, and the
subcarrier spacing of the two SSBs are also the same.

The UE shall be able to identify new intra-frequency cells and perform SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR
measurements of identified intra-frequency cells if carrier frequency information is provided by PCell or the PSCell,
even if no explicit neighbour list with physical layer cell identities is provided.

The UE can perform intra-frequency SSB based measurements without measurement gaps if

- the SSB is completely contained in the active BWP of the UE, or

- the active downlink BWP is initial BWP[3].

For intra-frequency SSB based measurements without measurement gaps, UE may cause scheduling restriction as
specified in clause 9.2.5.3.

SSB based measurements are configured along with one or two measurement timing configuration(s) (SMTC(s)) which
provides periodicity, duration and offset information on a window of up to 5ms where the measurements are to be
performed. For intra-frequency connected mode measurements, up to two measurement window periodicities may be
configured. A single measurement window offset and measurement duration are configured per intra-frequency
measurement object.

When measurement gaps are needed, the UE is not expected to detect SSB which start earlier than the gap starting time
+ switching time, nor detect SSB which end later than the gap end – switching time. Switching time is 0.5ms for
frequency range FR1 and 0.25ms for frequency range FR2.

9.2.2 Requirements applicability

The requirements in clause 9.2 apply, provided:

- The cell being identified or measured is detectable.

An intra-frequency cell shall be considered detectable when for each relevant SSB:

- SS-RSRP related side conditions given in clauses 10.1.2 and 10.1.3 for FR1 and FR2, respectively, for a
corresponding Band,

- SS-RSRQ related side conditions given in clauses 10.1.7 and 10.1.8 for FR1 and FR2, respectively, for a
corresponding Band,

- SS-SINR related side conditions given in clauses 10.1.12 and 10.1.13 for FR1 and FR2, respectively, for a
corresponding Band,

- SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band.

9.2.3 Number of cells and number of SSB

9.2.3.1 Requirements for FR1

For each intra-frequency layer, during each layer 1 measurement period, the UE shall be capable of performing SS-
RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR measurements for at least:

- 8 identified cells, and

- 14 SSBs with different SSB index and/or PCI on the intra-frequency layer, where the number of SSBs in the
serving cell (except for the SCell) is not smaller than the number of configured RLM-RS SSB resources.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 140 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.2.3.2 Requirements for FR2

For one single intra-frequency layer in a band, during each layer 1 measurement period, the UE shall be capable of
performing SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR measurements for at least:

- 6 identified cells, and

- 24 SSBs with different SSB index and/or PCI,

where this single intra-frequency layer shall be:

- PCC when UE is configured with SA NR operation mode with PCC in the band; or

- PSCC when UE is configured with EN-DC with PSCC in the band; or

- PSCC when UE is configured with NR-DC with PSCC in the band; or

- One of the SCCs on which UE is configured to report SSB based measurements when neither PCC nor PSCC is
in the same band, so that the selected SCC shall be an SCC where the UE is configured with SS-RSRP
measurement reporting if such SCC exists, otherwise the selected SCC is determined by UE implementation.

The UE shall also be capable of performing SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR measurements for at least 2 SSBs on
serving cell for each of the other intra-frequency layer(s) in the same band.

9.2.4 Measurement Reporting Requirements

9.2.4.1 Periodic Reporting

Reported RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in periodic measurement reports shall meet the
requirements in clauses 10.1.2.1 (RSRP for FR1), 10.1.3.1 (RSRP for FR2), 10.1.7.1 (RSRQ for FR1), 10.1.8.1 (RSRQ
for FR2), 10.1.12.1 (RS-SINR for FR1) and 10.1.13.1 (RS-SINR for FR2).

9.2.4.2 Event-triggered Periodic Reporting

Reported RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in event-triggered periodic measurement reports shall
meet the requirements in clauses 10.1.2.1 (RSRP for FR1), 10.1.3.1 (RSRP for FR2), 10.1.7.1 (RSRQ for FR1),
10.1.8.1 (RSRQ for FR2), 10.1.12.1 (RS-SINR for FR1) and 10.1.13.1 (RS-SINR for FR2).

The first report in event triggered periodic measurement reporting shall meet the requirements specified in
clause 9.2.4.3.

9.2.4.3 Event Triggered Reporting

Reported RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in event triggered measurement reports shall meet the
requirements in clauses 10.1.2.1 (RSRP for FR1), 10.1.3.1 (RSRP for FR2), 10.1.7.1 (RSRQ for FR1), 10.1.8.1 (RSRQ
for FR2), 10.1.12.1 (RS-SINR for FR1) and 10.1.13.1 (RS-SINR for FR2).

The UE shall not send any event triggered measurement reports as long as no reporting criteria is fulfilled.

The measurement reporting delay is defined as the time between an event that will trigger a measurement report and the
point when the UE starts to transmit the measurement report over the air interface. This requirement assumes that the
measurement report is not delayed by other RRC signalling on the DCCH. This measurement reporting delay excludes a
delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of the uplink DCCH. The delay uncertainty
is: 2 x TTIDCCH. This measurement reporting delay excludes a delay which caused by no UL resources being available
for UE to send the measurement report on.

The event triggered measurement reporting delay, measured without L3 filtering shall be less than T identify intra with index or
T identify intra without index defined in clause 9.2.5.1 or clause 9.2.6.2. When L3 filtering is used an additional delay can be
expected.

A cell is detectable only if at least one SSBs measured from the Cell being configured remains detectable during the
time period T identify_intra_without_index or T identify_intra_with_index as defined in clause 9.2.5.1 or clause 9.2.6.2. If a cell which has
been detectable at least for the time period T identify intra without index or T identify intra with index defined in clause 9.2.5.1 or clause

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 141 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.2.6.2 becomes undetectable for a period ≤ 5 seconds and then the cell becomes detectable again with the same spatial
reception parameter and triggers an event, the event triggered measurement reporting delay shall be less than
TSSB_measurement_period_intra provided the timing to that cell has not changed more than ± 3200 Tc while the measurement
gap has not been available and L3 filtering has not been used. When L3 filtering is used, an additional delay can be
expected.

9.2.5 Intrafrequency measurements without measurement gaps

9.2.5.1 Intrafrequency cell identification

The UE shall be able to identify a new detectable intra-frequency cell within Tidentify_intra_without_index if UE is not indicated
to report SSB based RRM measurement result with the associated SSB index(reportQuantityRsIndexes or
maxNrofRSIndexesToReport is not configured), or the UE is indicated that the neighbour cell is synchronous with the
serving cell (deriveSSB-IndexFromCell is enabled). Otherwise UE shall be able to identify a new detectable intra
frequency cell within Tidentify_intra_with_index. The UE shall be able to identify a new detectable intra frequency SS block of
an already detected cell within Tidentify_intra_without_index. It is assumed that deriveSSB-IndexFromCell is always enabled for
FR1 TDD and FR2.

Tidentify_intra_without_index = (TPSS/SSS_sync_intra + T SSB_measurement_period_intra) ms

Tidentify_intra_with_index = (TPSS/SSS_sync_intra + T SSB_measurement_period_intra + TSSB_time_index_intra) ms

Where:

TPSS/SSS_sync_intra: it is the time period used in PSS/SSS detection given in table 9.2.5.1-1, 9.2.5.1-2, 9.2.5.1-4
(deactivated SCell) or 9.2.5.1-5 (deactivated SCell)

TSSB_time_index_intra: it is the time period used to acquire the index of the SSB being measured given in table 9.2.5.1-
3 or 9.2.5.1-6 (deactivated SCell)

T SSB_measurement_period_intra: equal to a measurement period of SSB based measurement given in table 9.2.5.2-1, table
9.2.5.2-2 table 9.2.5.2-3 (deactivated SCell) or 9.2.5.2-4(deactivated SCell)

CSSFintra: it is a carrier specific scaling factor and is determined

according to CSSFoutside_gap,i in clause 9.1.5.1 for measurement conducted outside measurement gaps, i.e. when
intra-frequency SMTC is fully non overlapping or partially overlapping with measurement gaps, or according to
CSSFwithin_gap,i in clause 9.1.5.2 for measurement conducted within measurement gaps, i.e. when intra-frequency
SMTC is fully overlapping with measurement gaps.

if the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signalling of smtc2 is configured, the assumed periodicity of intra-frequency
SMTC occasions corresponds to the value of higher layer parameter smtc2; Otherwise the assumed periodicity of
intra-frequency SMTC occasions corresponds to the value of higher layer parameter smtc1.

Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps : For a UE supporting FR2 power class 1, Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps=40. For a UE supporting power
class 2, Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps =24. For a UE supporting FR2 power class 3, Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps =24. For a UE
supporting FR2 power class 4, Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps =24

Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps : For a UE supporting power class 1, Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps =40. For a UE supporting FR2 power
class 2, Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps =24. For a UE supporting power class 3, Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps =24. For a UE supporting
power class 4, Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps =24.

When intra-frequency SMTC is fully non overlapping with measurement gaps or intra-frequency SMTC is fully
overlapping with MGs, Kp=1

When intra-frequency SMTC is partially overlapping with measurement gaps, Kp = 1/(1- (SMTC period
/MGRP)), where SMTC period < MGRP

If the higher layer signaling in TS38.331 [2] signalling of smtc2 is present and smtc1 is fully overlapping with
measurement gaps and smtc2 is partially overlapping with measurement gaps, requirements are not specified for
Tidentify_intra_without_index or Tidentify_intra_with_index

For FR2,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 142 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Klayer1_measurement=1,

- if all of the reference signals configured for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP for beam reporting on any FR2
serving frequency in the same band outside measurement gap are not fully overlapped by intra-frequency
SMTC occasions, or

- if all of the reference signal configured for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP for beam reporting on any FR2
serving frequency in the same band outside measurement gap and fully-overlapped by intra-frequency SMTC
occasions are not overlapped with any of the SSB symbols and the RSSI symbols, and 1 symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols and the RSSI symbols, and 1 symbol after each consecutive SSB symbols and the
RSSI symbols, given that SSB-ToMeasure and SS-RSSI-Measurement are configured, where SSB symbols
are indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and RSSI symbols are indicated by SS-RSSI-Measurement;

Klayer1_measurement=1.5, otherwise.

If SCG DRX is in use, intrafrequency cell identification requirements specified in Table 9.2.5.1-1, Table 9.2.5.1-
2, Table 9.2.5.1-3, Table 9.2.5.1-4, Table 9.2.5.1-5 and Table 9.2.5.1-6 shall depend on the SCG DRX cycle.
Otherwise, the requirements for when DRX is not in use shall apply.

Table 9.2.5.1-1: Time period for PSS/SSS detection, (Frequency range FR1)
DRX cycle TPSS/SSS_sync_intra
No DRX max( 600ms, ceil( 5 x Kp) x SMTC period )Note 1 x
CSSFintra
DRX cycle 320ms ≤ max( 600ms, ceil(1.5x 5 x Kp) x max(SMTC
period,DRX cycle)) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms ceil(5] x Kp) x DRX cycle x CSSFintra
NOTE 1: If different SMTC periodicities are configured for different cells, the SMTC period in the requirement is
the one used by the cell being identified

Table 9.2.5.1-2: Time period for PSS/SSS detection, (Frequency range FR2)
DRX cycle TPSS/SSS_sync_intra
No DRX max(600ms, ceil(Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps x Kp x
Klayer1_measurement) x SMTC period)Note 1 x CSSFintra
DRX cycle 320ms ≤ max(600ms, ceil(1.5 x Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps x Kp x
Klayer1_measurement) x max(SMTC period,DRX cycle)) x
CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms ceil(Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps x Kp x Klayer1_measurement) x DRX
cycle x CSSFintra
NOTE 1: If different SMTC periodicities are configured for different cells, the SMTC period in the requirement is
the one used by the cell being identified

Table 9.2.5.1-3: Time period for time index detection (FR1)

DRX cycle TSSB_time_index_intra
No DRX max(120ms, ceil( 3 x Kp ) x SMTC period)Note 1 x
CSSFintra
DRX cycle 320ms ≤ max(120ms, ceil (1.5 x 3 x Kp) x max(SMTC
period,DRX cycle)) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms Ceil(3 x Kp) x DRX cycle x CSSFintra
NOTE 1: If different SMTC periodicities are configured for different cells, the SMTC period in the requirement is
the one used by the cell being identified

Table 9.2.5.1-4: Time period for PSS/SSS detection, deactivated SCell (FR1)
DRX cycle TPSS/SSS_sync_intra
No DRX 5 x measCycleSCell x CSSFintra
DRX cycle 320ms≤ 5 x max(measCycleSCell, 1.5xDRX cycle) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle> 320ms 5 x max(measCycleSCell, DRX cycle) x CSSFintra

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 143 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.2.5.1-4: Time period for PSS/SSS detection, deactivated SCell (FR1)
DRX cycle TPSS/SSS_sync_intra
No DRX Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps x measCycleSCell x CSSFintra
DRX cycle ≤ 320ms Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps x max(measCycleSCell,
1.5xDRX cycle) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle> 320ms Mpss/sss_sync_w/o_gaps x max(measCycleSCell, DRX
cycle) x CSSFintra

Table 9.2.5.1-6: Time period for time index detection, deactivated SCell (FR1)
DRX cycle TSSB_time_index_intra
No DRX 3 x measCycleSCell x CSSFintra
≤
DRX cycle 320ms 3 x max(measCycleSCell, 1.5xDRX cycle) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle> 320ms 3 x max(measCycleSCell, DRX cycle) x CSSFintra

Table 9.2.5.1-7: Void

Table 9.2.5.1-8: Void

9.2.5.2 Measurement period

The measurement period for intrafrequency measurements without gaps is as shown in table 9.2.5.2-1, 9.2.5.2-2,
9.2.5.2-3 (deactivated SCell) or 9.2.5.2-4(deactivated SCell). If the higher layer signaling in TS38.331 [2] signalling of
smtc2 is present and smtc1 is fully overlapping with measurement gaps and smtc2 is partially overlapping with
measurement gaps, requirements are not specified for TSSB_measurement_period_intra

If SCG DRX is in use, intrafrequency measurement period requirements specified in Table 9.2.5.2-1, Table 9.2.5.2-2,
Table 9.2.5.2-3 and Table 9.2.5.2-4 shall depend on the SCG DRX cycle. Otherwise, the requirements for when DRX is
not in use shall apply.

Table 9.2.5.2-1: Measurement period for intrafrequency measurements without gaps(FR1)

DRX cycle T SSB_measurement_period_intra
No DRX max(200ms, ceil( 5 x Kp) x SMTC period)Note 1 x
CSSFintra
≤
DRX cycle 320ms max(200ms, ceil(1.5x 5 x Kp) x max(SMTC period,DRX
cycle)) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms ceil( 5 x Kp ) x DRX cycle x CSSFintra
NOTE 1: If different SMTC periodicities are configured for different cells, the SMTC period in the requirement is
the one used by the cell being identified

Table 9.2.5.2-2: Measurement period for intra-frequency measurements without gaps(FR2)

DRX cycle T SSB_measurement_period_intra

No DRX max(400ms, ceil(Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps x Kp x
Klayer1_measurement) x SMTC period)Note 1 x CSSFintra
≤
DRX cycle 320ms max(400ms, ceil(1.5x Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps x Kp x
Klayer1_measurement) x max(SMTC period,DRX cycle)) x
CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms ceil(Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps xKp x Klayer1_measurement ) x DRX
cycle x CSSFintra
NOTE 1: If different SMTC periodicities are configured for different cells, the SMTC period in the requirement is
the one used by the cell being identified

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 144 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.2.5.2-3: Measurement period for intra-frequency measurements without gaps (deactivated
SCell) (FR1)
DRX cycle T SSB_measurement_period_intra
No DRX 5 x measCycleSCell x CSSFintra
≤
DRX cycle 320ms 5 x max(measCycleSCell, 1.5xDRX cycle) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle> 320ms 5 x max(measCycleSCell, DRX cycle) x CSSFintra

Table 9.2.5.2-4: Measurement period for intra-frequency measurements without gaps (deactivated
SCell) FR2)
DRX cycle T SSB_measurement_period_intra
No DRX Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps x measCycleSCell x CSSFintra
≤
DRX cycle 320ms Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps x max(measCycleSCell, 1.5xDRX
cycle) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle> 320ms Mmeas_period_w/o_gaps x max(measCycleSCell, DRX cycle)
x CSSFintra

9.2.5.3 Scheduling availability of UE during intra-frequency measurements

UE are required to be capable of measuring without measurement gaps when the SSB is completely contained in the
active bandwidth part of the UE. When any of the conditions in the following clauses is met, there are restrictions on the
scheduling availability; otherwise, there is no scheduling restriction. Note that the SSB symbols to be measured in the
following clauses are the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure [2], if it is configured; otherwise, all L SSB
symbols within SMTC window duration defined in clause 4.1 of TS 38.213 [3] are included.

9.2.5.3.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing measurements in TDD bands on FR1

When the UE performs intra-frequency measurements in a TDD band, the following restrictions apply due to SS-RSRP
or SS-SINR measurement

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS on SSB symbols to be measured, and on 1 data symbol
before each consecutive SSB symbols to be measured and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB symbols to
be measured within SMTC window duration. If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signalling of smtc2 is configured,
the SMTC periodicity follows smtc2; Otherwise SMTC periodicity follows smtc1.

When the UE performs intra-frequency measurements in a TDD band, the following restrictions apply due to SS-RSRQ
measurement

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS on SSB symbols to be measured, RSSI measurement
symbols, and on 1 data symbol before each consecutive SSB to be measured/RSSI symbols and 1 data symbol
after each consecutive SSB to be measured/RSSI symbols within SMTC window duration. If the high layer
signalling of smtc2 is configured in TS 38.331 [2], the SMTC periodicity follows smtc2; Otherwise the SMTC
periodicity follows smtc1

When TDD intra-band carrier aggregation is performed, the scheduling restrictions due to a given serving cell should
also apply to all other serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with aforementioned
restricted symbols.

9.2.5.3.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing measurements with a different subcarrier

spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
For UE which do not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] the following restrictions apply due to SS-
RSRP/RSRQ/SINR measurement

- If deriveSSB_IndexFromCell is enabled the UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS or receive

PDCCH/PDSCH/TRS/CSI-RS for CQI on SSB symbols to be measured, and on 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols to be measured and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB symbols to be measured
within SMTC window duration. If the high layer signalling of smtc2 is configured in TS 38.331 [2], the SMTC
periodicity follows smtc2; Otherwise the SMTC periodicity follows smtc1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 145 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- If deriveSSB_IndexFromCell is not enabled the UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS or receive

PDCCH/PDSCH/TRS/CSI-RS for CQI on all symbols within SMTC window duration. If the high layer
signalling of smtc2 is configured in TS 38.331 [2], the SMTC periodicity follows smtc2; Otherwise the SMTC
periodicity follows smtc1.

When intra-band carrier aggregation is performed, the scheduling restrictions due to a given serving cell should also
apply to all other serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with aforementioned
restricted symbols.

9.2.5.3.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing measurements on FR2

The following scheduling restriction applies due to SS-RSRP or SS-SINR measurement on an FR2 intra-frequency cell

The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS or receive PDCCH/PDSCH/TRS/CSI-RS for CQI on

SSB symbols to be measured, and on 1 data symbol before each consecutive SSB symbols to be measured and 1
data symbol after each consecutive SSB symbols to be measured within SMTC window duration (The signaling
deriveSSB_IndexFromCell is always enabled for FR2) . If the high layer signalling of smtc2 is configured in TS
38.331 [2], the SMTC periodicity follows smtc2; Otherwise the SMTC periodicity follows smtc1.

The following scheduling restriction applies to SS-RSRQ measurement on an FR2 intra-frequency cell

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS or receive PDCCH/PDSCH/TRS/CSI-RS for CQI on

SSB symbols to be measured, RSSI measurement symbols, and on 1 data symbol before each consecutive SSB
to be measured/RSSI symbols and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB to be measured/RSSI symbols
within SMTC window duration (The signaling deriveSSB_IndexFromCellc is always enabled for FR2). If the
high layer signalling of smtc2 is configured in TS 38.331 [2], the SMTC periodicity follows smtc2; Otherwise
the SMTC periodicity follows smtc1.

When intra-band carrier aggregation is performed, the scheduling restrictions due to a given serving cell should also
apply to all other serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with aforementioned
restricted symbols.

If following conditions are met:

- The UE has been notified about system information update through paging,

- The gap between the UE’s reception of PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type 2-PDCCH CSS set that notifies
system information update, and the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, is greater than 2
slots,

For the SSB and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 3, the UE is expected to receive the PDCCH
that the UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, and the corresponding PDSCH, on SSB symbols to be measured;
and

For the SSB and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 2, the UE is expected to receive PDSCH that
corresponds to the PDCCH that the UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, on SSB symbols to be measured.

9.2.5.3.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing measurements on FR1 or FR2 in case of

FR1-FR2 inter-band CA
There are no scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving cell(s) due to measurements performed on FR2 serving cell
frequency layer.

There are no scheduling restrictions on FR2 serving cell(s) due to measurements performed on FR1 serving cell
frequency layer.

9.2.5.4 SFTD Measurements between PCell and PSCell

9.2.5.4.1 Introduction
This clause contains SFTD measurement requirements for UE which supports NR-DC and is configured with a PSCell
in RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE shall perform SFTD measurement between PCell and PSCell, and report the
SFTD result with/without SS-RSRP after the network requests with reportType for the associated reportConfig set to

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 146 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

reportSFTD. The overall delay includes RRC procedure delay defined in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2], and SFTD
measurement reporting delay in clause 9.2.5.4.3.

9.2.5.4.2 SFTD Measurement delay

When no DRX is used in either of PCell and PSCell, the physical layer measurement period of the SFTD measurement
shall be Tmeasure_SFTD1 = max(200, 5 x SMTC period) ms, where the SMTC period refers to the maximum between the
configured SMTC period in PCell and PSCell.

When DRX is used in either of the PCell or the PSCell, or in both PCell and PSCell, the physical layer measurement
period (Tmeasure_SFTD1) of the SFTD measurement shall be as specified in Table 9.2.5.4.2-1.

Table 9.2.5.4.2-1: SFTD measurement requirement when DRX is used

DRX cycle length (s) Note 3 Tmeasure_SFTD1 (s)
≤0.04 max(0.2, 5 x SMTC period) (Note2)
≤
0.04<DRX cycle 0.32 8 x max(DRX cycle, SMTC period)
≤
0.32<DRX cycle 10.24 5 x DRX cycle
Note 1: SMTC period in this table refers to the maximum between the
configured SMTC period in PCell and PSCell.
Note 2: Number of DRX cycles depends upon the DRX cycle in use
Note 3: DRX cycle length in this table refers to the DRX cycle length
configured for PCell or PSCell. When DRX is used in both PCell and
PSCell, DRX cycle length in this table refers to the longer of the DRX
cycle lengths for PCell and PSCell.

If PSCell is changed without changing carrier frequency of PSCell, while the UE is performing SFTD measurements,
the UE shall still meet SFTD measurement and accuracy requirements for the new PSCell. In this case the UE shall
restart the SFTD measurement, and the total physical layer measurement period shall not exceed Tmeasure_SFTD2 as
defined by the following expression:

Tmeasure_SFTD2 = (M+1)*(Tmeasure_SFTD1) + M*TPSCell_change_NRDC

where:

M is the number of times the NR PSCell is changed over the measurement period (Tmeasure_SFTD2), and

TPSCell_change_NRDC is the time necessary to change the PSCell; it can be up to 25 ms.

If PCell is changed, or if PSCell is changed with different carrier frequency from PSCell, the UE shall terminate SFTD
measurements.

The measurement accuracy for the SFTD measurement when DRX is used as well as when no DRX is used shall be as
specified in the sub-clause 10.1.21.

9.2.5.4.3 SFTD Measurement Reporting Delay

The SFTD measurement reporting delay is defined as the time between a command that will trigger an SFTD
measurement report and the point when the UE starts to transmit the measurement report over the air interface. This
requirement assumes that the measurement report is not delayed by other RRC signalling on the DCCH. This
measurement reporting delay excludes a delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of
the uplink DCCH. The delay uncertainty is: 2 x TTIDCCH. This measurement reporting delay excludes any delay caused
by no UL resources available for UE to send the measurement report.

The SFTD measurement reporting delay shall be less than measurement period defined in clause 9.2.5.4.2 plus the RRC
procedure delay defined in TS 38.331 [2].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 147 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.2.6 Intra-frequency measurements with measurement gaps

9.2.6.1 Void

9.2.6.2 Intra-frequency cell identification

The UE shall be able to identify a new detectable intra-frequency cell within Tidentify_intra_without_index if UE is not indicated
to report SSB based RRM measurement result with the associated SSB index (reportQuantityRsIndexes or
maxNrofRSIndexesToReport is not configured), or the UE has been indicated that the neighbour cell is synchronous
with the serving cell (deriveSSB-IndexFromCell is enabled). Otherwise UE shall be able to identify a new detectable
intra frequency cell within Tidentify_intra_with_index. The UE shall be able to identify a new detectable intra frequency SS
block of an already detected cell within Tidentify_intra_without_index. It is assumed that deriveSSB-IndexFromCell is always
enabled for FR1 TDD and FR2.

Tidentify_intra_without_index = TPSS/SSS_sync_intra + T SSB_measurement_period_intra ms

Tidentify_intra_with_index = TPSS/SSS_sync_ntra + T SSB_measurement_period_intra + TSSB_time_index_intra

Where:

TPSS/SSS_sync_intra: it is the time period used in PSS/SSS detection given in table 9.2.6.2-1 or 9.2.6.2-2.

TSSB_time_index_intra: it is the time period used to acquire the index of the SSB being measured given in table 9.2.6.2-
3.

T SSB_measurement_period_intra: equal to a measurement period of SSB based measurement given in table 9.2.6.3-1 or
9.2.6.3-2.

CSSFintra: it is a carrier specific scaling factor and is determined according to CSSFwithin_gap,i in clause 9.1.5.2 for
measurement conducted within measurement gaps.

Mpss/sss_sync_with_gaps : For a UE supporting FR2 power class 1, Mpss/sss_sync with_gaps=40. For a UE supporting FR2
power class 2, Mpss/sss_sync with_gaps =24. For a UE supporting FR2 power class 3, Mpss/sss_sync with_gaps =24. For a UE
supporting power class 4, Mpss/sss_sync with_gaps =24

Mmeas_period_ with_gaps: For a UE supporting power class 1, Mmeas_period_ with_gaps =40. For a UE supporting power class
2, Mmeas_period_ with_gaps =24. For a UE supporting power class 3, Mmeas_period_ with_gaps =24. For a UE supporting
power class 4, Mmeas_period with_gaps =24.

If the higher layer signaling in TS 38.331 [2] of smtc2 is present and smtc1 is fully overlapping with measurement gaps
and smtc2 is partially overlapping with measurement gaps, requirements are not specified for Tidentify_intra_without_index or
Tidentify_intra_with_index.

If SCG DRX is in use, intra-frequency cell identification requirements specified in Table 9.2.6.2-1, Table 9.2.6.2-2, and
Table 9.2.6.2-3 shall depend on the SCG DRX cycle. Otherwise, the requirements for when DRX is not in use shall
apply.

Table 9.2.6.2-1: Time period for PSS/SSS detection (FR1)

DRX cycle TPSS/SSS_sync_intra
No DRX max(600ms, 5 x max(MGRP, SMTC period)) x
CSSFintra
DRX cycle ≤ 320ms max(600ms, ceil(1.5x 5) x max(MGRP, SMTC
period,DRX cycle)) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms 5 x max(MGRP, DRX cycle) x CSSFintra

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 148 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.2.6.2-2: Time period for PSS/SSS detection (FR2)

DRX cycle TPSS/SSS_sync_intra
No DRX max(600ms, Mpss/sss_sync_with_gaps x max(MGRP, SMTC
period)) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle ≤ 320ms max(600ms, ceil(1.5x Mpss/sss_sync_with_gaps) x
max(MGRP, SMTC period, DRX cycle)) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms Mpss/sss_sync_with_gaps x max(MGRP, DRX cycle) x
CSSFintra

Table 9.2.6.2-3: Time period for time index detection (FR1)

DRX cycle TSSB_time_index_intra
No DRX max(120ms, 3 x max(MGRP, SMTC period)) x
CSSFintra
DRX cycle ≤ 320ms max(120ms, ceil(1.5x 3) x max(MGRP, SMTC
period,DRX cycle) x CSSFintra)
DRX cycle>320ms 3 x max(MGRP, DRX cycle) x CSSFintra

Table 9.2.6.2-7: Void

Table 9.2.6.2-8: Void

9.2.6.3 Intra-frequency Measurement Period

The measurement period for FR1 intra-frequency measurements with gaps is as shown in table 9.2.6.3-1.

The measurement period for FR2 intra-frequency measurements with gaps is as shown in table 9.2.6.3-2.

If SCG DRX is in use, intra-frequency measurement period requirements specified in Table 9.2.6.3-1 and Table 9.2.6.3-
2, shall depend on the SCG DRX cycle. Otherwise, the requirements for when DRX is not in use shall apply.

Table 9.2.6.3-1: Measurement period for intra-frequency measurements with gaps(FR1)

DRX cycle T SSB_measurement_period_intra
No DRX max(200ms, 5 x max(MGRP, SMTC period)) x
CSSFintra
DRX cycle ≤ 320ms max(200ms, ceil(1.5x 5) x max(MGRP, SMTC
period,DRX cycle)) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms 5 x max(MGRP, DRX cycle) x CSSFintra

Table 9.2.6.3-2: Measurement period for intra-frequency measurements with gaps(FR2)

DRX cycle T SSB_measurement_period_intra
No DRX max(400ms, Mmeas_period with_gaps x max(MGRP, SMTC
period)) x CSSFintra
DRX cycle ≤ 320ms max(400ms, ceil(1.5 x Mmeas_period with_gaps) x
max(MGRP, SMTC period, DRX cycle)) Note 1 x
CSSFintra
DRX cycle>320ms Mmeas_period with_gaps x max(MGRP, DRX cycle) x
CSSFintra

9.3 NR inter-frequency measurements

9.3.1 Introduction
A measurement is defined as an SSB based inter-frequency measurement provided it is not defined as an intra-
frequency measurement according to clause 9.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 149 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The UE shall be able to identify new inter-frequency cells and perform SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR
measurements of identified inter-frequency cells if carrier frequency information is provided by PCell or PSCell, even if
no explicit neighbour list with physical layer cell identities is provided.

SSB based measurements are configured along with a measurement timing configuration (SMTC) per carrier, which
provides periodicity, duration and offset information on a window of up to 5ms where the measurements on the
configured inter-frequency carrier are to be performed. For inter-frequency connected mode measurements, one
measurement window periodicity may be configured per inter-frequency measurement object.

When measurement gaps are needed, the UE is not expected to detect SSB on an inter-frequency measurement object
which starts earlier than the gap starting time + switching time, nor detect SSB which ends later than the gap end –
switching time. When the inter-frequency cells are in FR2 and the per-FR gap is configured to the UE in EN-DC, SA
NR, NE-DC and NR-DC, or the serving cells are in FR2, the inter-frequency cells are in FR2 and the per-UE gap is
configured to the UE in SA NR and NR-DC, the switching time is 0.25ms. Otherwise the switching time is 0.5ms.

9.3.2 Requirements applicability

The requirements in clause 9.3 apply, provided:

- The cell being identified or measured is detectable.

An inter-frequency cell shall be considered detectable when for each relevant SSB:

- SS-RSRP related side conditions given in clauses 10.1.4 and 10.1.5 for FR1 and FR2, respectively, for a
corresponding Band,

- SS-RSRQ related side conditions given in clauses 10.1.9 and 10.1.10 for FR1 and FR2, respectively, for a
corresponding Band,

- SS-SINR related side conditions given in clauses 10.1.14 and 10.1.15 for FR1 and FR2, respectively, for a
corresponding Band,

- SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band.

9.3.2.1 Void

9.3.2.2 Void

9.3.3 Number of cells and number of SSB

9.3.3.1 Requirements for FR1

For each inter-frequency layer, during each layer 1 measurement period, the UE shall be capable of performing SS-
RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR measurements for at least:

- 4 identified cells, and

- 7 SSBs with different SSB index and/or PCI on the inter-frequency layer.

9.3.3.2 Requirements for FR2

For each inter-frequency layer, during each layer 1 measurement period, the UE shall be capable of performing SS-
RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR measurements for at least:

- 4 identified cells, and

- 10 SSBs with different SSB index and/or PCI on the inter-frequency layer, and

- 1 SSB per identified cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 150 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.3.4 Inter-frequency cell identification

When measurement gaps are provided, or the UE supports capability of conducting such measurements without gaps,
the UE shall be able to identify a new detectable inter frequency cell within Tidentify_inter_without_index if UE is not indicated
to report SSB based RRM measurement result with the associated SSB index (reportQuantityRsIndexes or
maxNrofRSIndexesToReport is not configured). Otherwise UE shall be able to identify a new detectable inter frequency
cell within Tidentify_inter_with_index. The UE shall be able to identify a new detectable inter frequency SS block of an already
detected cell within Tidentify_inter_without_index.

Tidentify_inter_without_index = (TPSS/SSS_sync_inter + T SSB_measurement_period_inter) ms

Tidentify_inter_with_index = (TPSS/SSS_sync_inter + T SSB_measurement_period_inter + TSSB_time_index_inter) ms

Where:

TPSS/SSS_sync_inter: it is the time period used in PSS/SSS detection given in table 9.3.4-1 and table 9.3.4-2.

TSSB_time_index_inter: it is the time period used to acquire the index of the SSB being measured given in table 9.3.4-3
and table 9.3.4-4.

TSSB_measurement_period_inter: equal to a measurement period of SSB based measurement given in table 9.3.5-1 and
table 9.3.5-2.

Mpss/sss_sync_inter: For a UE supporting FR2 power class 1, Mpss/sss_sync_inter = 64 samples. For a UE supporting FR2
power class 2, Mpss/sss_sync_inter = 40 samples. For a UE supporting FR2 power class 3, Mpss/sss_sync_inter = 40 samples.
For a UE supporting FR2 power class 4, Mpss/sss_sync_inter = 40 samples.

MSSB_index_inter: For a UE supporting FR2 power class 1, MSSB_index_inter = 40 samples. For a UE supporting FR2
power class 2, MSSB_index_inter = 24 samples. For a UE supporting FR2 power class 3, MSSB_index_inter = 24 samples.
For a UE supporting FR2 power class 4, MSSB_index_inter = 24 samples.

Mmeas_period_inter: For a UE supporting FR2 power class 1, Mmeas_period_inter =64 samples. For a UE supporting FR2
power class 2, Mmeas_period_inter=40 samples. For a UE supporting FR2 power class 3, Mmeas_period_inter =40 samples.
For a UE supporting FR2 power class 4, Mmeas_period_inter = 40 samples.

CSSFinter: it is a carrier specific scaling factor and is determined according to CSSFwithin_gap,i in clause 9.1.5.2 for
measurement conducted within measurement gaps.

Table 9.3.4-1: Time period for PSS/SSS detection, (Frequency range FR1)
Condition NOTE1,2 TPSS/SSS_sync_inter
No DRX Max(600ms, 8 × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle ≤
320ms Max(600ms, Ceil(8*1.5) × Max(MGRP, SMTC period, DRX cycle)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle > 320ms 8 × DRX cycle × CSSFinter
NOTE 1: DRX or non DRX requirements apply according to the conditions described in clause 3.6.1
NOTE 2: In EN-DC operation, the parameters, timers and scheduling requests referred to in clause 3.6.1 are for
the secondary cell group. The DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the secondary cell group.

Table 9.3.4-2: Time period for PSS/SSS detection, (Frequency range FR2)
Condition NOTE1,2 TPSS/SSS_sync_inter
No DRX Max(600ms, Mpss/sss_sync_inter × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle ≤
320ms Max(600ms, (1.5 × Mpss/sss_sync_inter) × Max(MGRP, SMTC period, DRX cycle)) ×
CSSFinter
DRX cycle > 320ms Mpss/sss_sync_inter × DRX cycle × CSSFinter
NOTE 1: DRX or non DRX requirements apply according to the conditions described in clause 3.6.1
NOTE 2: In EN-DC operation, the parameters, timers and scheduling requests referred to in clause 3.6.1 are for
the secondary cell group. The DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the secondary cell group.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 151 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.3.4-3: Time period for time index detection (Frequency range FR1)
Condition NOTE1,2 TSSB_time_index_inter
No DRX Max(120ms, 3 × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle ≤320ms Max(120ms, Ceil(3 × 1.5) × Max(MGRP, SMTC period, DRX cycle)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle > 320ms 3 × DRX cycle × CSSFinter
NOTE 1: DRX or non DRX requirements apply according to the conditions described in clause 3.6.1
NOTE 2: In EN-DC operation, the parameters, timers and scheduling requests referred to in clause 3.6.1 are for
the secondary cell group. The DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the secondary cell group.

Table 9.3.4-4: Time period for time index detection (Frequency range FR2)

Condition NOTE1,2 TSSB_time_index_inter

No DRX Max(200ms, MSSB_index_inter × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle ≤
320ms Max(200ms, (1.5 × MSSB_index_inter) × Max(MGRP, SMTC period, DRX cycle)) ×
CSSFinter
DRX cycle > 320ms MSSB_index_inter × DRX cycle × CSSFinter
NOTE 1: DRX or non DRX requirements apply according to the conditions described in clause 3.6.1
NOTE 2: In EN-DC operation, the parameters, timers and scheduling requests referred to in clause 3.6.1 are for
the secondary cell group. The DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the secondary cell group.

9.3.4.1 Void

9.3.4.2 Void

9.3.5 Inter-frequency measurements

When measurement gaps are provided for inter frequency measurements, or the UE supports capability of conducting
such measurements without gaps, the UE physical layer shall be capable of reporting SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ and SS-
SINR measurements to higher layers with measurement accuracy as specified in sub-clauses 10.1.4, 10.1.5, 10.1.9,
10.1.10, 10.1.14 and 10.1.15, respectively, as shown in table 9.3.5-1 and 9.3.5-2:

Table 9.3.5-1: Measurement period for inter-frequency measurements with gaps (Frequency FR1)
Condition NOTE1,2 T SSB_measurement_period_inter
No DRX Max(200ms, 8 × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle ≤ 320ms Max(200ms, Ceil(8 × 1.5) × Max(MGRP, SMTC period, DRX cycle)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle > 320ms 8 × DRX cycle × CSSFinter
NOTE 1: DRX or non DRX requirements apply according to the conditions described in clause 3.6.1
NOTE 2: In EN-DC operation, the parameters, timers and scheduling requests referred to in clause 3.6.1 are for
the secondary cell group. The DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the secondary cell group.

Table 9.3.5-2: Measurement period for inter-frequency measurements with gaps (Frequency FR2)

Condition NOTE1,2 T SSB_measurement_period_inter

No DRX Max(400ms, Mmeas_period_inter × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)) × CSSFinter
DRX cycle ≤
320ms Max(400ms, (1.5 × Mmeas_period_inter) × Max(MGRP, SMTC period, DRX cycle)) ×
CSSFinter
DRX cycle > 320ms Mmeas_period_inter × DRX cycle × CSSFinter
NOTE 1: DRX or non DRX requirements apply according to the conditions described in clause 3.6.1
NOTE 2: In EN-DC operation, the parameters, timers and scheduling requests referred to in clause 3.6.1 are for
the secondary cell group. The DRX cycle is the DRX cycle of the secondary cell group.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 152 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.3.5.1 Void

9.3.5.2 Void

9.3.5.3 Void

9.3.6 Inter-frequency measurements reporting requirements

9.3.6.1 Periodic Reporting

Reported SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR measurements contained in periodically triggered measurement reports
shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.1.4.1, 10.1.5.1, 10.1.9.1, 10.1.10.1, 10.1.14.1 and 10.1.15.1, respectively.

9.3.6.2 Event-triggered Periodic Reporting

Reported SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR measurements contained in event triggered periodic measurement reports
shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.1.4.1, 10.1.5.1, 10.1.9.1, 10.1.10.1, 10.1.14.1 and 10.1.15.1, respectively.

The first report in event triggered periodic measurement reporting shall meet the requirements specified in
clause 9.3.6.3.

9.3.6.3 Event-triggered Reporting

Reported SS-RSRP, SS-RSRQ, and SS-SINR measurements contained in event triggered measurement reports shall
meet the requirements in clauses 10.1.4.1, 10.1.5.1, 10.1.9.1, 10.1.10.1, 10.1.14.1 and 10.1.15.1, respectively.

The UE shall not send any event triggered measurement reports, as long as no reporting criteria are fulfilled.

The measurement reporting delay is defined as the time between an event that will trigger a measurement report and the
point when the UE starts to transmit the measurement report over the air interface. This requirement assumes that the
measurement report is not delayed by other RRC signalling on the DCCH. This measurement reporting delay excludes a
delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of the uplink DCCH. The delay uncertainty
is: 2 × TTIDCCH. This measurement reporting delay excludes a delay which caused by no UL resources for UE to send
the measurement report.

The event triggered measurement reporting delay, measured without L3 filtering shall be within Tidentify_inter_without_index if
UE is not indicated to report SSB based RRM measurement result with the associated SSB index. Otherwise UE shall
be able to identify a new detectable inter frequency cell within Tidentify_inter_with_index. Both Tidentify_inter_without_index and
Tidentify_inter_with_index are defined in clause 9.3.4. When L3 filtering is used an additional delay can be expected.

A cell is detectable only if at least one SSB measured from the cell being configured remains detectable during the time
period Tidentify_inter_without_index or Tidentify_inter_with_index defined in clause 9.3.4. If a cell which has been detectable at least for
the time period Tidentify_inter_without_index or Tidentify_inter_with_index defined in clause 9.3.4 becomes undetectable for a period ≤ 5
seconds and then the cell becomes detectable again with the same spatial reception parameter and then triggers the
measurement report as per TS 38.331 [2], the event triggered measurement reporting delay shall be less than
TSSB_measurement_period_inter defined in clause 9.3.5 provided the timing to that cell has not changed more than ± 3200 Tc
while measurement gap has not been available and the L3 filtering has not been used. When L3 filtering is used an
additional delay can be expected.

9.3.7 Void

9.3.8 Inter-frequency SFTD measurement requirements

9.3.8.1 Introduction
This clause contains requirements for a UE supporting NR inter-frequency SFTD measurement and is applicable in
RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE shall, depending on network request, perform inter-frequency SFTD measurement

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 153 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

and report SFTD result with or without SS-RSRP. The overall delay includes RRC procedure delay defined in clause 12
in TS 38.331 [2] and SFTD measurement reporting delay in clause 9.3.8.3.

UE which fulfils the requirements in clause 9.3.8 is not supposed to fulfil the requirements defined in clause 9.2.5.4.

9.3.8.2 SFTD Measurement delay

The requirements on SFTD measurement delay defined in this clause are applicable under the side condition SCH
Ês/Iot ≥ -3 dB for the inter-frequency neighbour cell. Depending on configuration, the SFTD measurement may be
carried out with or without the support of configured measurement gaps. In the current release, indication on whether to
carry out the SFTD measurement with or without measurement gaps is implicit and depending on whether measurement
gaps are configured.

The UE shall be able to detect, identify and measure SFTD of up to 3 of the strongest applicable inter-frequency
neighbour cells on the carrier frequency provided in the SFTD measurement configuration. Further depending on the
SFTD measurement configuration, the UE shall additionally report SS-RSRP for the one or more strongest cells. The
UE may or may not be configured with cellsForWhichToReportSFTD. The UE does not expect
cellsForWhichToReportSFTD to change during an ongoing SFTD measurement.

When no measurement gaps are provided, the UE shall be capable of finding the inter-frequency neighbour cell
regardless of its SSB position in the SMTC period, provided that the carrier frequency where SFTD measurement is
configured and the serving carrier(s) form a supported CA or NR-DC band combination of the UE. The SFTD
measurement shall be conducted with sustained connection to the PCell and activated SCell(s) in MCG. Depending on
capability, the UE may be allowed to cause a certain amount of interruptions for reconfiguration of the radio receiver, as
specified in clause 8.2.2.2.6.

When measurement gaps are provided, the UE shall be capable of finding the inter-frequency neighbour cell under the
additional condition that the SSB at least occasionally falls within the measurement gap.

When no DRX is used, the UE shall be capable of determining SFTD within a physical layer measurement period of
Tmeasure_SFTD1 as follows:

- For SFTD measurements without measurement gaps, and without additional SS-RSRP reporting:

- For carrier frequency in FR1: Tmeasure_SFTD1 = 14 SMTC periods

- For carrier frequency in FR2: Tmeasure_SFTD1 = 112 SMTC periods

- For SFTD measurements in measurement gaps, and without additional SS-RSRP reporting:

- For carrier frequency in FR1: Tmeasure_SFTD1 = CSSFinter × 8 × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)

- For carrier frequency in FR2: Tmeasure_SFTD1 = CSSFinter × 64 × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)

- For SFTD measurements without measurement gaps, and with additional SS-RSRP reporting:

- For carrier frequency in FR1: Tmeasure_SFTD1 = 19 SMTC periods

- For carrier frequency in FR2: Tmeasure_SFTD1 = 152 SMTC periods

- For SFTD measurements in measurement gaps, and with additional SS-RSRP reporting:

- For carrier frequency in FR1: Tmeasure_SFTD1 = CSSFinter × 13 × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)

- For carrier frequency in FR2: Tmeasure_SFTD1 = CSSFinter × 104 × Max(MGRP, SMTC period)

where CSSFinter is a carrier specific scaling factor and is determined according to CSSFwithin_gap,i in clause 9.1.5.2 for
measurement conducted within measurement gaps.

When DRX is used, the same Tmeasure_SFTD1 as for non-DRX applies, but the reporting delay depends on the DRX cycle
length in use.

In case PCell is changed due to handover, the UE shall terminate the inter-frequency SFTD measurement.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 154 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The measurement accuracy for the SFTD measurement shall fulfil the requirement in clause 10.1.21.3. The
measurement accuracy for additionally reported SS-RSRP shall fulfil the requirement in clauses 10.1.4.1 and 10.1.5.1
for neighbour cell in FR1 and FR2, respectively.

9.3.8.3 SFTD Measurement reporting delay

The SFTD measurement reporting delay is defined as the time between a command that will trigger an SFTD
measurement report and the point when the UE starts to transmit the measurement report over the air interface,
excluding the RRC procedure delay defined in TS 38.331 [2]. This requirement assumes that the measurement report is
not delayed by other RRC signalling on the DCCH. This measurement reporting delay excludes a delay uncertainty of 2
× TTIDCCH resulting when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of the uplink DCCH. This measurement
reporting delay excludes any delay caused by lack of UL resources for UE to send the measurement report.

The SFTD measurement reporting delay shall be less than Tmeasure_SFTD1 defined in clause 9.3.8.2.

9.4 Inter-RAT measurements

9.4.1 Introduction
The requirements in this clause are specified for NR−E-UTRAN FDD and NR−E-UTRAN TDD measurements and are
applicable without an explicit E-UTRAN neighbour cell list containing physical layer cell identities, for a UE:

- in RRC_CONNECTED state, and

- configured with SA or NR-DC operation mode or configured in NE-DC operation mode by PCell with NR−E-
UTRAN FDD or TDD measurement (RSRP, RSRQ, RS-SINR, RSTD, or E-CID) on E-UTRA non-serving
frequency carrier, and

- configured with an appropriate measurement gap pattern according to Table 9.1.2-3.

When the UE is in NE-DC operation mode and an NR−E-UTRAN FDD or TDD measurement (RSRP, RSRQ, RS-
SINR, or E-CID) configured by NR PCell is on a E-UTRA serving frequency carrier, then the corresponding E-UTRA
intra-frequency measurements requirements specified in clause 8.19 of TS 36.133 [15] shall apply.

Parameter TInter1 used in inter-RAT requirements in clause 9.4 is specified in Table 9.4.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 155 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.4.1-1: Minimum available time for inter-RAT measurements

Gap Pattern Id Measurement Measurement Minimum available
Gap Length Gap time for inter-
(MGL, ms) Repetition frequency and inter-
Period RAT measurements
(MGRP, ms) during 480 ms
period
(Tinter1, ms)
0 6 40 60
1 6 80 30
2 3 40 24Note 1
3 3 80 12Note 1
4 6 20 120 Note 1
6 4 20 72 Note 1,3,6
7 4 40 36 Note 1,4,6
8 4 80 18Note 1,5,6
10 3 20 48 Note 1
NOTE 1: When determining UE requirements using Tinter1 for gap pattern IDs 2, 3, 4,
6, 7, 8, 10, Tinter1 = 60 for gap pattern IDs 2, 4, 6, 7, 10, and Tinter1 = 30 for
gap pattern IDs 3 and 8 shall be used.
NOTE 2: Measurement gaps pattern configurations applicability is as specified in
Table 9.1.2-1.
NOTE 3: When this gap pattern is used, the Tinter for E-UTRA inter-frequency
measurements is 48 ms corresponding to the first 3 ms of the 4 ms gap.
NOTE 4: When this gap pattern is used, the Tinter for E-UTRA inter-frequency
measurements is 24 ms corresponding to the first 3 ms of the 4 ms gap.
NOTE 5: When this gap pattern is used, the Tinter for E-UTRA inter-frequency
measurements is 12 ms corresponding to the first 3 ms of the 4 ms gap.
NOTE 6: This gap pattern is applicable for E-UTRA inter-frequency measurements
only if gap based NR measurements are also configured.

A UE configured with gap pattern ID 2, 3 or 10 shall be able to detect a target cell, provided that

- the E-UTRA subframe #0 or #5 of the target E-UTRAN cell begins not earlier than 500 μs from the start of the
measurement gap, and

- the E-UTRA subframe #0 or #5 of the target E-UTRAN cell ends not later than 500 μs before the end of the
measurement gap in case of FDD and not later than 750 μs before the end of measurement gap in case of TDD.

A UE configured with gap pattern ID 6, 7 or 8 shall be able to detect a target cell, provided that

- the E-UTRA subframe #0 or #5 of the target E-UTRAN cell begins not earlier than 500 μs from the start of the
measurement gap, and

- the E-UTRA subframe #0 or #5 of the target E-UTRAN cell ends no later than 1500 μs before the end of the
measurement gap in case of FDD and no later than 1750 μs before the end of measurement gap in case of TDD.

9.4.2 NR − E-UTRAN FDD measurements

9.4.2.1 Introduction
The requirements are applicable for NR−E-UTRAN FDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements.

In the requirements, an E-UTRAN FDD cell is considered to be detectable when:

- RSRP related conditions in the accuracy requirements in clause 10.2.2 are fulfilled for a corresponding Band,
together with the corresponding side conditions in Annex B.2.3 and Annex B.3.3 of TS 36.133 [15],

- RSRQ related conditions in the accuracy requirements in clause 10.2.3 are fulfilled for a corresponding Band,
together with the corresponding side conditions in Annex B.2.3 and Annex B.3.3 of TS 36.133 [15],

- RS-SINR related conditions in the accuracy requirements in clause 10.2.5 are fulfilled for a corresponding Band,
together with the corresponding side conditions in Annex B.2.3 and Annex B.3.19 of TS 36.133 [15].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 156 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.4.2.2 Requirements when no DRX is used

When the UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure inter-RAT cells and an appropriate measurement gap
pattern is scheduled, the UE shall be able to identify a new detectable FDD cell within TIdentify, E-UTRAN FDD according to
the following expression:

୍ܶୢୣ୬୲୧୤୷ ୉ି୙୘ୖ୅୒ ୊ୈୈ

,
=ܶ ୆ୟୱ୧ୡ୍ୢୣ୬୲୧୤୷ ∙ ସ଼଴

்౅౤౪౛౨భ
∙ CSSF ୧୬୲ୣ୰ୖ୅୘ ݉‫ݏ‬,

where:

TBasicIdentify = 480 ms,

TInter1 is defined in clause 9.4.1,

CSSFinterRAT = CSSFwithin_gap,i is the scaling factor for the measured inter-RAT E-UTRA carrier i which is
calculated as specified in clause 9.1.5.2.

Identification of a cell shall include detection of the cell and additionally performing a single measurement with
measurement period of TMeasure, E-UTRAN FDD defined in Table 9.4.2.2-1.

Table 9.4.2.2-1: Measurement period and measurement bandwidth

Configuration Physical Layer Measurement period: Measurement
TMeasure, E-UTRAN FDD [ms] bandwidth [RB]
0 480 x CSSFinterRAT 6
1 (Note 1) 240 x CSSFinterRAT 50
NOTE 1: This configuration is optional.

The UE shall be capable of identifying and performing NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR
measurements of at least 4 identified E-UTRAN FDD cells per E-UTRA FDD carrier frequency layer during each layer
1 measurement period, for up to 7 E-UTRA FDD carrier frequency layers.

If higher layer filtering is used, an additional cell identification delay can be expected.

The NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRP measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.2.
The NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRQ measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.3.
The NR – E-UTRAN FDD RS-SINR measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.5.

9.4.2.3 Requirements when DRX is used

When DRX is in use and measurement gaps are configured, the UE shall be able to identify a new detectable E-UTRAN
FDD cell within TIdentify, E-UTRAN FDD specified in Table 9.4.2.3-1.

Table 9.4.2.3-1: Requirement to identify a newly detectable E-UTRAN FDD cell

DRX cycle length (s) TIdentify, E-UTRAN FDD (s) (DRX cycles)
Gap period = 40 ms, 20 ms Gap period = 80 ms
≤0.16 Non-DRX requirements in Non-DRX requirements in
clause 9.4.2.2 apply clause 9.4.2.2 apply
0.256 5.12* CSSFinterRAT 7.68* CSSFinterRAT
(20*CSSFinterRAT) (30*CSSFinterRAT)
0.32 6.4* CSSFinterRAT 7.68* CSSFinterRAT
(20*CSSFinterRAT) (24*CSSFinterRAT)
0.32< DRX-cycle ≤ Note1 (20*CSSFinterRAT) Note1 (20*CSSFinterRAT)
10.24
NOTE 1: The time depends on the DRX cycle length.
NOTE 2: CSSFinterRAT is as defined in clause 9.4.2.2.

When DRX is in use, the UE shall be capable of performing NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR
measurements of at least 4 identified E-UTRAN FDD cells per E-UTRA FDD frequency layer during each layer 1
measurement period, for up to 7 E-UTRA FDD carrier frequency layers, and the UE physical layer shall be capable of

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 157 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

reporting NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements to higher layers with the measurement
period Tmeasure, E-UTRAN FDD specified in Table 9.4.2.3-2.

Table 9.4.2.3-2: Requirement to measure E-UTRAN FDD cells

DRX cycle length (s) Tmeasure, E-UTRAN FDD (s) (DRX cycles)
≤
0.08 Non-DRX requirements in clause 9.4.2.2 apply
0.08< DRX-cycle ≤10.24 Note1 (5* CSSFinterRAT)
NOTE 1: The time depends on the DRX cycle length.
NOTE 2: CSSFinterRAT is as defined in clause 9.4.2.2.

If higher layer filtering is used, an additional cell identification delay can be expected.

The NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRP measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.2.
The NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRQ measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.3.
The NR – E-UTRAN FDD RS-SINR measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.5.

9.4.2.4 Measurement reporting requirements

9.4.2.4.1 Periodic Reporting

The reported NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in periodically triggered
measurement reports shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.2.2, 10.2.3, and 10.2.5, respectively.

9.4.2.4.2 Event-Triggered Periodic Reporting

The reported NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in event-triggered periodic
measurement reports shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.2.2, 10.2.3, and 10.2.5, respectively.

The first report in event-triggered periodic measurement reporting shall meet the requirements specified in
clause 9.4.2.4.3.

9.4.2.4.3 Event-Triggered Reporting

The reported NR – E-UTRAN FDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in event-triggered
measurement reports shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.2.2, 10.2.3, and 10.2.5, respectively.

The UE shall not send any event-triggered measurement reports as long as no reporting criteria are fulfilled.

The measurement reporting delay is defined as the time between an event that will trigger a measurement report and the
point when the UE starts to transmit the measurement report over the air interface. This requirement assumes that that
the measurement report is not delayed by other RRC signalling on the DCCH. This measurement reporting delay
excludes a delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of the uplink DCCH. The delay
uncertainty is: 2 x TTIDCCH where TTIDCCH is the duration of subframe or slot or subslot when the measurement report is
transmitted on the PUSCH with subframe or slot or subslot duration. This measurement reporting delay excludes a
delay which caused by no UL resources for UE to send the measurement report.

The event triggered measurement reporting delay, measured without L3 filtering shall be less than T Identify, E-UTRAN FDD
defined in clauses 9.4.2.2 and 9.4.2.3 without DRX and with DRX, respectively. When L3 filtering is used, an
additional delay can be expected.

≤
If a cell which has been detectable at least for the time period TIdentify, E-UTRAN FDD becomes undetectable for a period 5
seconds and then the cell becomes detectable again and triggers an event as per TS 38.331 [2], the event triggered
measurement reporting delay shall be less than TMeasure, E-UTRAN FDD provided the timing to that cell has not changed more
than ± 50 Ts while measurement gap has not been available and the L3 filter has not been used.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 158 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.4.3 NR − E-UTRAN TDD measurements

9.4.3.1 Introduction
The requirements are applicable for NR−E-UTRAN TDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements.

In the requirements, an E-UTRAN TDD cell is considered to be detectable when:

- RSRP related conditions in the accuracy requirements in clause 10.2.2 are fulfilled for a corresponding Band,
together with the corresponding side conditions in Annex B.2.3 and Annex B.3.3 of TS 36.133 [15],

- RSRQ related conditions in the accuracy requirements in clause 10.2.3 are fulfilled for a corresponding Band,
together with the corresponding side conditions in Annex B.2.3 and Annex B.3.3 of TS 36.133 [15],

RS-SINR related conditions in the accuracy requirements in clause 10.2.5 are fulfilled for a corresponding Band,
together with the corresponding side conditions in Annex B.2.3 and Annex B.3.19 of TS 36.133 [15].

9.4.3.2 Requirements when no DRX is used

When the UE requires measurement gaps to identify and measure inter-RAT cells and an appropriate measurement gap
pattern is scheduled, the UE shall be able to identify a new detectable TDD cell within TIdentify, E-UTRAN TDD according to
the following expression:

- When configuration 0 or configuration 1 in Table 9.4.3.2-1 is applied,

୍ܶୢୣ୬୲୧୤୷ ୉ି୙୘ୖ୅୒ ୘ୈୈ = ܶ୆ୟୱ୧ୡ୍ୢୣ୬୲୧୤୷ ∙ ் ∙ CSSF ݉‫ݏ‬,

ସ଼଴
, ୧୬୲ୣ୰ୖ୅୘
౅౤౪౛౨భ

- When configuration 2 or configuration 3 in Table 9.4.3.2-1 is applied,

୍ܶୢୣ୬୲୧୤୷ ୉ି୙୘ୖ୅୒ ୘ୈୈ = ܶ୆ୟୱ୧ୡ୍ୢୣ୬୲୧୤୷ ∙ ் ∙ CSSF + 240 ∙ CSSF ݉‫ ݏ‬,

ସ଼଴
, ୧୬୲ୣ୰ୖ୅୘ ୧୬୲ୣ୰ୖ୅୘
౅౤౪౛౨భ

where:

TBasicIdentify = 480 ms,

TInter1 is defined in clause 9.4.1,

CSSFinterRAT = CSSFwithin_gap,i is the scaling factor for the measured inter-RAT E-UTRA carrier i which is
calculated as specified in clause 9.1.5.2.

Identification of a cell shall include detection of the cell and additionally performing a single measurement with
measurement period of TMeasure, E-UTRAN TDD defined in Table 9.4.3.2-1.

Table 9.4.3.2-1: TMeasure, E-UTRAN TDD for different configurations

Configuration Measurement Number of UL/DL sub- DwPTS TMeasure, E-UTRAN
bandwidth frames per half frame (5 ms) TDD (ms)
(RB) DL UL Normal Extende
CP d CP
0 6 2 2 19760 ⋅ Ts 20480⋅ Ts 480 x
CSSFinterRAT
1 (Note 1) 50 2 2 19760 ⋅ Ts 20480⋅ Ts 240 x
CSSFinterRAT
2 6 1 3 19760 ⋅ Ts 20480⋅ Ts 720 x
CSSFinterRAT
3 (Note 1) 50 1 3 19760 ⋅ Ts 20480⋅ Ts 480 x
CSSFinterRAT
NOTE 1: This configuration is optional.
NOTE 2: Void

The UE shall be capable of identifying and performing NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR
measurements of at least 4 identified E-UTRAN TDD cells per E-UTRA TDD carrier frequency layer during each layer
1 measurement period, for up to 7 E-UTRA TDD carrier frequency layers.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 159 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

If higher layer filtering is used, an additional cell identification delay can be expected.

The NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRP measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.2.
The NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRQ measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.3.
The NR – E-UTRAN TDD RS-SINR measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in
clause 10.2.5.

9.4.3.3 Requirements when DRX is used

When DRX is in use and measurement gaps are configured, the UE shall be able to identify a new detectable E-UTRAN
TDD cell within TIdentify, E-UTRAN TDD specified in Table 9.4.3.3-1.

Table 9.4.3.3-1: Requirement to identify a newly detectable E-UTRAN TDD cell

DRX cycle length (s) TIdentify, E-UTRAN TDD (s) (DRX cycles)
Gap period = 40 ms, 20 Gap period = 80 ms
ms
≤0.16 Non-DRX requirements in Non-DRX requirements in
clause 9.4.3.2 apply clause 9.4.3.2 apply
0.256 5.12* CSSFinterRAT 7.68* CSSFinterRAT
(20*CSSFinterRAT) (30*CSSFinterRAT)
0.32 6.4* CSSFinterRAT 7.68* CSSFinterRAT
(20*CSSFinterRAT) (24*CSSFinterRAT)
≤
0.32< DRX-cycle 10.24 Note1 (20*CSSFinterRAT) Note1 (20*CSSFinterRAT)
NOTE 1: The time depends on the DRX cycle length.
NOTE 2: CSSFinterRAT is as defined in clause 9.4.3.2.

When DRX is in use, the UE shall be capable of performing NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR
measurements of at least 4 identified E-UTRAN TDD cells per E-UTRA TDD frequency layer during each layer 1
measurement period, for up to 7 E-UTRA TDD carrier frequency layers, and the UE physical layer shall be capable of
reporting NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements to higher layers with the measurement
period Tmeasure, E-UTRAN TDD specified in Table 9.4.3.3-2.

Table 9.4.3.3-2: Requirement to measure E-UTRAN TDD cells

DRX cycle length (s) Tmeasure, E-UTRAN TDD (s) (DRX cycles)
≤
0.08 Non-DRX Requirements in clause 9.4.3.2 apply
0.128 For configuration 2 Note3, non-DRX requirements
in clause 9.4.3.2 apply,
Otherwise: Note1 (5*CSSFinterRAT)
0.128<DRX-cycle ≤ Note1 (5*CSSFinterRAT)
10.24
NOTE 1: The time depends on the DRX cycle length.
NOTE 2: CSSFinterRAT is as defined in clause 9.4.3.2.
NOTE 3: See Table 9.4.3.2-1.

If higher layer filtering is used, an additional cell identification delay can be expected.

The NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRP measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.2.
The NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRQ measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in clause 10.2.3.
The NR – E-UTRAN TDD RS-SINR measurement accuracy for all measured cells shall be as specified in
clause 10.2.5.

9.4.3.4 Measurement reporting requirements

9.4.3.4.1 Periodic Reporting

The reported NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in periodically triggered
measurement reports shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.2.2, 10.2.3, and 10.2.5, respectively.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 160 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.4.3.4.2 Event-Triggered Periodic Reporting

The reported NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in event-triggered periodic
measurement reports shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.2.2, 10.2.3, and 10.2.5, respectively.

The first report in event-triggered periodic measurement reporting shall meet the requirements specified in
clause 9.4.3.4.3.

9.4.3.4.3 Event-Triggered Reporting

The reported NR – E-UTRAN TDD RSRP, RSRQ, and RS-SINR measurements contained in event-triggered
measurement reports shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.2.2, 10.2.3, and 10.2.5, respectively.

The UE shall not send any event-triggered measurement reports as long as no reporting criteria are fulfilled.

The measurement reporting delay is defined as the time between an event that will trigger a measurement report and the
point when the UE starts to transmit the measurement report over the air interface. This requirement assumes that that
the measurement report is not delayed by other RRC signalling on the DCCH. This measurement reporting delay
excludes a delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of the uplink DCCH. The delay
uncertainty is: 2 x TTIDCCH where TTIDCCH is the duration of subframe or slot or subslot when the measurement report is
transmitted on the PUSCH with subframe or slot or subslot duration. This measurement reporting delay excludes a
delay which caused by no UL resources for UE to send the measurement report.

The event triggered measurement reporting delay, measured without L3 filtering shall be less than T Identify, E-UTRAN TDD
defined in clauses 9.4.3.2 and 9.4.3.3 without DRX and with DRX, respectively. When L3 filtering is used, an
additional delay can be expected.

≤
If a cell which has been detectable at least for the time period TIdentify, E-UTRAN TDD becomes undetectable for a period 5
seconds and then the cell becomes detectable again and triggers an event as per TS 38.331 [2], the event triggered
measurement reporting delay shall be less than TMeasure, E-UTRAN TDD provided the timing to that cell has not changed more
than ± 50 Ts while measurement gap has not been available and the L3 filter has not been used.

9.4.4 Inter-RAT RSTD measurements

9.4.4.1 NR − E-UTRAN FDD RSTD measurements

9.4.4.1.1 Introduction
The requirements are applicable for NR−E-UTRAN FDD RSTD measurements requested via LPP [22, 27].

When the UE is in NE-DC operation mode and an NR−E-UTRAN FDD RSTD measurement configured by NR PCell is
on a E-UTRA serving frequency carrier, then the corresponding E-UTRA intra-frequency measurements requirements
as follows shall apply.

- Measurements configured on E-UTRA PSCC shall meet E-UTRAN OTDOA intra-frequency measurements
requirements in clause 8.1.2.5. The applicable measurement accuracy requirements are in clause 9.1.10.

- Measurements configured on E-UTRA SCC shall meet all applicable requirements in clause 8.4, except that the
terms PCell and primary component carrier shall be deemed to be swapped with PSCell and PSCC. The
applicable measurement accuracy requirements are in clause 9.1.12, except that the terms PCell and primary
component carrier shall be deemed to be swapped with PSCell and PSCC.

The requirements in clause 9.4.4.1 apply when:

- the UE is provided with the LTE timing information via LPP [27], including both nr-LTE-SFN-Offset and nr-
LTE-fineTiming-Offset, or

- the UE is not provided with nr-LTE-SFN-Offset or nr-LTE-fineTiming-Offset, or

- the UE is provided with nr-LTE-SFN-Offset but not with nr-LTE-fineTiming-Offset.

When the UE is not aware of the SFN of at least one LTE cell in the OTDOA assistance data, the UE may be using
When the UE is not aware of the SFN of at least one LTE cell in the OTDOA assistance data, the UE may be using

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 161 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

autonomous gaps to acquire SFN of the OTDOA assistance data reference cell prior to requesting measurement gaps for
performing the requested E-UTRA RSTD measurements before the TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD time period starts while
meeting all the requirements in clause 9.4.4.1.2, provided that the OTDOA assistance data is provided to allow
sufficient time for the UE to acquire the SFN before the TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD starts.

When the UE is not aware of and cannot derive the subframe timing difference between the NR serving cell and the
OTDOA assistance data reference cell, the UE may need to request measurement gaps to perform cell detection for the
OTDOA assistance data reference cell prior to requesting measurement gaps for performing the requested E-UTRA
RSTD measurements before the TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD time period starts while meeting all the requirements in
clause 9.4.4.1.2, provided that the OTDOA assistance data is provided to allow sufficient time for the UE to detect the
cell before the TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD starts.

9.4.4.1.2 Requirements
When the physical layer cell identities of neighbour cells together with the OTDOA assistance data are provided, the
UE shall be able to detect and measure inter-RAT E-UTRAN FDD RSTD, specified in TS 38.215 [4], for at least n=16
cells, including the reference cell, within TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD ms as given below:

TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD = TPRS ⋅ ( M - 1) + Δ ms ,

where

TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD is the total time for detecting and measuring at least n cells,
TPRS is the largest value of the cell-specific positioning subframe configuration period, defined in TS 36.211 [23],
among the measured n cells including the reference cell,
M is the number of PRS positioning occasions as defined in Table 9.4.4.1.2-1, where each PRS positioning occasion
≤ ≤
comprises of N PRS (1 N PRS 6) consecutive downlink positioning subframes defined in TS 36.211 [23],
CSSFinterRAT=CSSFwithin_gap,i is the scaling factor determined by the gap sharing scheme for the RSTD measurements on
the carrier frequency i as defined in clause 9.1.5.2,
n
Δ = 160 ⋅  
ms is the measurement time for a single PRS positioning occasion which includes the sampling time
M 
and the processing time, and

the n cells are distributed on up to two E-UTRAN FDD carrier frequencies.

Table 9.4.4.1.2-1: Number of PRS positioning occasions within TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD

Positioning subframe Number of PRS positioning occasions M

configuration period TPRS f2 Note1 f1 and f2 Note2
160 ms 16 × CSSFinterRAT 32 × CSSFinterRAT
>160 ms 8 × CSSFinterRAT 16 × CSSFinterRAT
NOTE 1: When inter-RAT E-UTRAN FDD RSTD measurements are performed over the reference cell
and neighbour cells, which belong to the E-UTRAN FDD carrier frequency f2.
NOTE 2: When inter-RAT E-UTRAN FDD RSTD measurements are performed over the reference cell
and the neighbour cells, which belong to the E-UTRAN FDD carrier frequency f1 and the E-
UTRAN FDD carrier frequency f2 respectively.

The UE physical layer shall be capable of reporting RSTD for the reference cell and all the neighbor cells i out of at
least (n-1) neighbor cells within TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD provided:

(PRS Ê / Iot ) ≥-6 dB for all Frequency Bands for the reference cell,
s ref

(PRS Ê / Iot) ≥-13 dB for all Frequency Bands for neighbour cell i,
s i

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 162 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

(PRS Ê s / Iot )
ref
and (PRS Ê / Iot) conditions apply for all subframes of at least L = M2
s i PRS positioning

occasions,
PRP 1,2|dBm according to TS 36.133 [15, Annex B.2.6] for a corresponding Band,

PRS Ê s / Iot is defined as the ratio of the average received energy per PRS resource element during the useful part of
the symbol to the average received power spectral density of the total noise and interference for this resource element,
where the ratio is measured over all resource elements which carry PRS.

The time TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN FDD starts from the first subframe of the PRS positioning occasion closest in time after
both the OTDOA-RequestLocationInformation message and the OTDOA assistance data in the OTDOA-
ProvideAssistanceData message via LPP as specified in TS 38.305 [22], are delivered to the physical layer of the UE.

The RSTD measurement accuracy for all measured neighbor cells i shall be fulfilled according to the accuracy as
specified in clause 10.2.4.

9.4.4.1.2.1 RSTD Measurement Reporting Delay

This requirement assumes that the measurement report is not delayed by other LPP signalling on the DCCH. This
measurement reporting delay excludes a delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of
the uplink DCCH. The delay uncertainty is: 2 x TTIDCCH where TTIDCCH is the duration of subframe or slot or subslot
when the measurement report is transmitted on the PUSCH with subframe or slot or subslot duration. This measurement
reporting delay excludes any delay caused by no UL resources for UE to send the measurement report.

9.4.4.1.2.2 Requirements for acquiring the timing of the E-UTRA OTDOA reference cell

When the UE is not aware of the SFN of at least one LTE cell in the OTDOA assistance data, the UE supporting per-FR
gaps may make autonomous gaps in downlink reception and uplink transmission of the PCell, PSCell, and each of the
SCells in FR1 for acquiring SFN of the reference cell in the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data, while no autonomous gaps
in downlink reception or uplink transmission are allowed in any of the UE serving cells in FR2. The UE, which are only
supporting per-UE gaps, may make autonomous gaps in downlink reception and uplink transmission of the PCell, PSCell,
and each of the SCells for acquiring the SFN of the reference cell in the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data.

When the UE is not aware of and cannot derive the subframe timing difference between the NR serving cell and the
OTDOA assistance data reference cell, the UE may need to request measurement gaps while indicating eutra-
FineTimingDetection according to TS 38.331 [2] for detecting the reference cell in the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data.

When the UE is performing one or both of SFN acquisition or cell detection as specified above, the UE shall be able to
determine the timing of the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data reference cell during the time period

TRefCell,E-UTRAN = TDetect, E-UTRAN FDD + TMIB + TECGI ,

where

TDetect, E-UTRAN FDD = TIdentify, E-UTRAN FDD - Tmeasure, E-UTRAN FDD is according to clause 9.4.2 assuming CSSFinterRAT=1 and it is
the time needed to detect the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data reference cell when the UE needs to acquire the subframe
and slot timing of the cell, provided the UE is configured with measurement gaps (TDetect, E-UTRAN FDD=0 when both nr-
LTE-SFN-Offset and nr-LTE-fineTiming-Offset are provided in the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data or the E-UTRA
OTDOA assistance data reference cell is known to the UE), and

TMIB = 50 ms is the time required to acquire SFN and/or PHICH configuration of the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data
reference cell provided the OTDOA assistance data reference cell is decodable and at least all E-UTRA subframes #0
during TMIB are available at the UE receiver (TMIB=0 when nr-LTE-SFN-Offset is provided in the E-UTRA OTDOA
assistance data and ECGI acquisition is not needed), and

TECGI = 100 ms is the time required to acquire ECGI of the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data reference cell when
cellGlobalId is included in OTDOA-ReferenceCellInfo and the UE is not aware of the ECGI of this cell (TECGI = 0 when
cellGlobalId is not included in OTDOA-ReferenceCellInfo or the UE is aware of the ECGI of the E-UTRA OTDOA
assistance data reference cell).

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 163 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

When detecting the E-UTRAN OTDOA reference cell, the requirements in this clause shall be met, provided the
conditions for the detectable cell are fulfilled according to clause 9.4.2.1. In addition, the MIB of the E-UTRA OTDOA
reference cell whose SFN is acquired shall be considered decodable by the UE provided the PBCH demodulation
requirements are met according to TS 36.101 [25].

The requirement for acquiring the timing of the E-UTRA OTDOA reference cell within TRefCell,E-UTRAN is applicable
when no DRX is used as well as when any of the DRX cycles specified in TS 38.331 [2] is used.

When TMIB>0 and UE is using autonomous gaps during TMIB, the UE shall transmit at least NACK/NACK, MIB, FDD
ACK/NACKs on PCell, PSCell, and each of activated SCell(s) in the frequency range where the autonomous gaps are
created, specified in Table 9.4.4.1.2.2-1. When both TMIB>0 and TECGI>0 and UE is using autonomous gaps during
TMIB+TECGI, the UE shall transmit on PCell, PSCell, and each of activated SCell(s) in the frequency range where
autonomous gaps are created at least NACK/NACK, MIB+ECGI, FDD ACK/NACKs specified in Table 9.4.4.1.2.2-3, provided
the OTDOA reference cell bandwidth is configured in the OTDOA assistance data [22, 27]. The requirements in Tables
9.4.4.1.2.2-1, 9.4.4.1.2.2-2, and 9.4.4.1.2.2-3 apply, provided that:

- there is continuous DL data allocation,

- no DRX cycle is used,

- no measurement gaps are configured,

- only one code word is transmitted in each slot,

- 2 slot ACK/NACK feedback is configured,

- 20 ms SMTC period is configured,

- SSBs are transmitted in one slot within SMTC window.

Table 9.4.4.1.2.2-1: Number of ACK/NACKs transmitted by the UE during TMIB

NACK/NACK, MIB, FDD Configuration of the serving cell in which the transmitted ACK/NACKs
are counted
Duplex mode configuration SCS

15 FDD 15 kHz
39 FDD 30 kHz
85 FDD 60 kHz
0 TDD Note 1 15 kHz
4 TDD Note 1 30 kHz
12 TDD Note 1 60 kHz
46 TDD Note 2 60 kHz
104 TDD Note 2 120 kHz
NOTE 1: TDD UL-DL configuration is as specified in Table A.3.3.1-1 of TS 38.101-1 [18].
NOTE 2: TDD UL-DL configuration is as specified in Table A.3.3.1-1 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 9.4.4.1.2.2-2: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 164 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.4.4.1.2.2-3: Number of ACK/NACKs transmitted by the UE during TMIB+TECGI

NACK/NACK, MIB+ECGI, FDD Configuration of the serving cell in which the transmitted ACK/NACKs
are counted
Duplex mode configuration SCS

84 FDD 15 kHz
193 FDD 30 kHz
402 FDD 60 kHz
28 TDD Note 1 15 kHz
81 TDD Note 1 30 kHz
159 TDD Note 1 60 kHz
233 TDD Note 2 60 kHz
491 TDD Note 2 120 kHz
NOTE 1: TDD UL-DL configuration is as specified in Table A.3.3.1-1 of TS 38.101-1 [18].
NOTE 2: TDD UL-DL configuration is as specified in Table A.3.3.1-1 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

9.4.4.2 NR − E-UTRAN TDD RSTD measurements

9.4.4.2.1 Introduction
The requirements are applicable for NR−E-UTRAN TDD RSTD measurements requested via LPP [22, 27].

When the UE is in NE-DC operation mode and an NR−E-UTRAN TDD RSTD measurement configured by NR PCell
is on a E-UTRA serving frequency carrier, then the corresponding E-UTRA intra-frequency measurements
requirements as follows shall apply.

- Measurements configured on E-UTRA PSCC shall meet E-UTRAN OTDOA intra-frequency measurements
requirements in clause 8.1.2.5. The applicable measurement accuracy requirements are in clause 9.1.10.

- Measurements configured on E-UTRA SCC shall meet all applicable requirements in clause 8.4, except that the
terms PCell and primary component carrier shall be deemed to be swapped with PSCell and PSCC. The
applicable measurement accuracy requirements are in clause 9.1.12, except that the terms PCell and primary
component carrier shall be deemed to be swapped with PSCell and PSCC.

The requirements in clause 9.4.4.1 apply when:

- the UE is provided with the LTE timing information via LPP [27], including both nr-LTE-SFN-Offset and nr-
LTE-fineTiming-Offset, or

- the UE is not provided with nr-LTE-SFN-Offset or nr-LTE-fineTiming-Offset, or

- the UE is provided with nr-LTE-SFN-Offset but not with nr-LTE-fineTiming-Offset.

When the UE is not aware of the SFN of at least one LTE cell in the OTDOA assistance data, the UE may be using
autonomous gaps to acquire SFN of the OTDOA assistance data reference cell prior to requesting measurement gaps for
performing the requested E-UTRA RSTD measurements before the TRSTD InterRAT, E - UTRAN TDD time period starts while
meeting all the requirements in clause 9.4.4.2.2, provided that the OTDOA assistance data is provided to allow
sufficient time for the UE to acquire the SFN before the TRSTD InterRAT, E- UTRAN TDD starts. When the UE is not aware of
and cannot derive the subframe timing difference between the NR serving cell and the OTDOA assistance data
reference cell, the UE may need to request measurement gaps to perform cell detection for the OTDOA assistance data
reference cell prior to requesting measurement gaps for performing the requested E-UTRA RSTD measurements before
the TRSTD InterRAT, E- UTRAN TDD time period starts while meeting all the requirements in clause 9.4.4.2.2, provided that
the OTDOA assistance data is provided to allow sufficient time for the UE to detect the cell before the
TRSTD InterRAT, E- UTRAN TDD starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 165 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.4.4.2.2 Requirements
When the physical layer cell identities of neighbour cells together with the OTDOA assistance data are provided, the
UE shall be able to detect and measure inter-RAT -UTRAN TDD RSTD, specified in TS 38.215 [4], for at least n=16
cells, including the reference cell, within TRSTD InterRAT, E- UTRAN TDD ms as given below:

TRSTD InterRAT, E-UTRAN TDD = TPRS ⋅ ( M - 1) + Δ ms ,

where

TRSTD InterRAT, E- UTRAN TDD is the total time for detecting and measuring at least n cells,
TPRS is the largest value of the cell-specific positioning subframe configuration period, defined in TS 36.211 [23],
among the measured n cells including the reference cell,
M is the number of PRS positioning occasions as defined in Table 9.4.4.2.2-1, where a PRS positioning occasion is as
defined in clause 9.4.4.1.2,
CSSFinterRAT=CSSFwithin_gap,i is the scaling factor determined by the gap sharing scheme for the RSTD measurements on
the carrier frequency i as defined in clause 9.1.5.2,
n
Δ = 160 ⋅   ms is the measurement time for a single PRS positioning occasion which includes the sampling time
M 
and the processing time, and

the n cells are distributed on up to two E-UTRAN TDD carrier frequencies.

Table 9.4.4.2.2-1: Number of PRS positioning occasions within TRSTD InterRAT, E- UTRAN TDD

Positioning subframe Number of PRS positioning occasions M

configuration period TPRS f2 Note1 f1 and f2 Note2
160 ms 16 × CSSFinterRAT 32 × CSSFinterRAT
>160 ms 8 × CSSFinterRAT 16 × CSSFinterRAT
NOTE 1: When inter-RAT E-UTRAN TDD RSTD measurements are performed over the reference cell
and neighbour cells, which belong to the E-UTRAN TDD carrier frequency f2.
NOTE 2: When inter-RAT E-UTRAN TDD RSTD measurements are performed over the reference cell
and the neighbour cells, which belong to the E-UTRAN TDD carrier frequency f1 and the E-
UTRAN TDD carrier frequency f2 respectively.

The requirements in this clause shall apply for all TDD special subframe configurations specified in TS 36.211 [23] and
for the TDD uplink-downlink configurations as specified in Table 9.4.4.2.2-2 for UE requiring measurement gaps for
these measurements. For UEs capable of performing inter-RAT RSTD measurements without measurement gaps, TDD
uplink-downlink subframe configurations as specified in Table 9.4.4.2.2-3 shall apply.

Table 9.4.4.2.2-2: TDD uplink-downlink subframe configurations applicable for inter-RAT RSTD
requirements
PRS Transmission Bandwidth (RB) Applicable TDD uplink-downlink configurations
6, 15 3, 4 and 5
25 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6
50, 75, 100 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6
NOTE 1: Uplink-downlink configurations are specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [23].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 166 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.4.4.2.2-3: TDD uplink-downlink subframe configurations applicable for inter-RAT RSTD
requirements without gaps
PRS Transmission Bandwidth (RB) Applicable TDD uplink-downlink configurations
6, 15 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
25, 50, 75, 100 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6
NOTE 1: Uplink-downlink configurations are specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [23].

The UE physical layer shall be capable of reporting RSTD for the reference cell and all the neighbor cells i out of at
least (n-1) neighbor cells within TRSTD InterRAT, E- UTRAN TDD provided:

(PRS Ê / Iot ) ≥-6 dB for all Frequency Bands for the reference cell,
s ref

(PRS Ê / Iot) ≥-13 dB for all Frequency Bands for neighbour cell i,
s i

(PRS Ê / Iot ) and (PRS Ê / Iot) conditions apply for all subframes of at least L = M2
s ref s i PRS positioning

occasions,
PRP 1,2|dBm according to TS 36.133 [15, Annex B.2.6] for a corresponding Band,

PRS Ê s / Iot is as defined in clause 9.4.4.1.2.

The time TRSTD InterRAT, E- UTRAN TDD starts from the first subframe of the PRS positioning occasion closest in time after
both the OTDOA-RequestLocationInformation message and the OTDOA assistance data in the OTDOA-
ProvideAssistanceData message via LPP as specified in TS 38.305 [22], are delivered to the physical layer of the UE.

The RSTD measurement accuracy for all measured neighbor cells i shall be fulfilled according to the accuracy as
specified in clause 10.2.4.

9.4.4.2.2.1 RSTD Measurement Reporting Delay

This requirement assumes that that the measurement report is not delayed by other LPP signalling on the DCCH. This
measurement reporting delay excludes a delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of
the uplink DCCH. The delay uncertainty is: 2 x TTIDCCH where TTIDCCH is the duration of subframe or slot or subslot
when the measurement report is transmitted on the PUSCH with subframe or slot or subslot duration. This measurement
reporting delay excludes any delay caused by no UL resources for UE to send the measurement report.

9.4.4.2.2.2 Requirements for acquiring the timing of the E-UTRA OTDOA reference cell

When the UE is not aware of the SFN of at least one LTE cell in the OTDOA assistance data, the UE supporting per-FR
gaps may make autonomous gaps in downlink reception and uplink transmission of the PCell, PSCell, and each of the
SCells in FR1 for acquiring SFN of the reference cell in the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data, while no autonomous
gaps in downlink reception or uplink transmission are allowed in any of the UE serving cells in FR2. The UE, which are
only supporting per-UE gaps, may make autonomous gaps in downlink reception and uplink transmission of the PCell,
PSCell, and each of the SCells for acquiring the SFN of the reference cell in the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data.

When the UE is not aware of and cannot derive the subframe timing difference between the NR serving cell and the
OTDOA assistance data reference cell, the UE may need to request measurement gaps while indicating eutra-
FineTimingDetection according to TS 38.331 [2] for detecting the reference cell in the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance
data.

When the UE is performing one or both of SFN acquisition or cell detection as specified above, the UE shall be able to
determine the timing of the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data reference cell during the time period

TRefCell,E-UTRAN = TDetect, E-UTRAN TDD + TMIB + TECGI ,

where

TDetect, E-UTRAN TDD = TIdentify, E-UTRAN TDD - Tmeasure, E-UTRAN TDD is according to clause 9.4.3 assuming CSSFinterRAT=1 and it
is the time needed to detect the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data reference cell when the UE needs to acquire the

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 167 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

subframe and slot timing of the cell, provided the UE is configured with measurement gaps (TDetect, E-UTRAN TDD=0 when
both nr-LTE-SFN-Offset and nr-LTE-fineTiming-Offset are provided in the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data or the E-
UTRA OTDOA assistance data reference cell is known to the UE), and

TMIB = 50 ms is the time required to acquire SFN and/or PHICH configuration of the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data
reference cell provided the OTDOA assistance data reference cell is decodable and at least all E-UTRA subframes #0
during TMIB are available at the UE receiver (TMIB=0 when nr-LTE-SFN-Offset is provided in the E-UTRA OTDOA
assistance data and ECGI acquisition is not needed), and

TECGI = 100 ms is the time required to acquire ECGI of the E-UTRA OTDOA assistance data reference cell when
cellGlobalId is included in OTDOA-ReferenceCellInfo and the UE is not aware of the ECGI of this cell (TECGI = 0 when
cellGlobalId is not included in OTDOA-ReferenceCellInfo or the UE is aware of the ECGI of the E-UTRA OTDOA
assistance data reference cell).

When detecting the E-UTRAN OTDOA reference cell, the requirements in this clause shall be met, provided the
conditions for the detectable cell are fulfilled according to clause 9.4.3.1. In addition, the MIB of the E-UTRA OTDOA
reference cell whose SFN is acquired shall be considered decodable by the UE provided the PBCH demodulation
requirements are met according to TS 36.101 [25].

The requirement for acquiring the timing of the E-UTRA OTDOA reference cell within TRefCell,E-UTRAN is applicable
when no DRX is used as well as when any of the DRX cycles specified in TS 38.331 [2] is used.

When TMIB>0 and UE is using autonomous gaps during TMIB, the UE shall transmit at least NACK/NACK, MIB, TDD
ACK/NACKs on PCell, PSCell, and each of activated SCell(s) in the frequency range where the autonomous gaps are
created, specified in Table 9.4.4.2.2.2-1. When both TMIB>0 and TECGI>0 and UE is using autonomous gaps during
TMIB+TECGI, the UE shall transmit on PCell, PSCell, and each of activated SCell(s) in the frequency range where
autonomous gaps are created at least NACK/NACK, MIB+ECGI, TDD ACK/NACKs specified in Table 9.4.4.2.2.2-3, provided
the OTDOA reference cell bandwidth is configured in the OTDOA assistance data [22, 27]. The requirements in Tables
9.4.4.2.2.2-1, 9.4.4.2.2.2-2 and 9.4.4.2.2.2-3 apply, provided that:

- there is continuous DL data allocation,

- no DRX cycle is used,

- no measurement gaps are configured,

- only one code word is transmitted in each slot,

- 2 slot ACK/NACK feedback is configured,

- 20 ms SMTC period is configured,

- SSBs are transmitted in one slot within SMTC window.

Table 9.4.4.2.2.2-1: Minimum number of ACK/NACKs transmitted by the UE during TMIB

NACK/NACK, MIB, TDD Configuration of the serving cell in which the transmitted ACK/NACKs
are counted
Duplex mode configuration SCS

15 FDD 15 kHz
39 FDD 30 kHz
85 FDD 60 kHz
0 TDD Note 1 15 kHz
4 TDD Note 1 30 kHz
12 TDD Note 1 60 kHz
46 TDD Note 2 60 kHz
104 TDD Note 2 120 kHz
NOTE 1: TDD UL-DL configuration is as specified in Table A.3.3.1-1 of TS 38.101-1 [18].
NOTE 2: TDD UL-DL configuration is as specified in Table A.3.3.1-1 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 9.4.4.2.2.2-2: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 168 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.4.4.2.2.2-3: Minimum number of ACK/NACKs transmitted by the UE during TMIB+TECGI

NACK/NACK, MIB+ECGI, TDD Configuration of the serving cell in which the transmitted ACK/NACKs
are counted
Duplex mode configuration SCS

84 FDD 15 kHz
193 FDD 30 kHz
402 FDD 60 kHz
28 TDD Note 1 15 kHz
81 TDD Note 1 30 kHz
159 TDD Note 1 60 kHz
233 TDD Note 2 60 kHz
491 TDD Note 2 120 kHz
NOTE 1: TDD UL-DL configuration is as specified in Table A.3.3.1-1 of TS 38.101-1 [18].
NOTE 2: TDD UL-DL configuration is as specified in Table A.3.3.1-1 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

9.4.5 Inter-RAT E-CID measurements

9.4.5.1 NR−E-UTRAN FDD E-CID RSRP and RSRQ measurements

9.4.5.1.1 Introduction
The requirements in clause 9.4.5.1. shall apply provided the UE has received ECID-RequestLocationInformation
message from LMF via LPP requesting the UE to report inter-RAT E-UTRAN FDD E-CID RSRP and RSRQ
measurements [22, 27].

9.4.5.1.2 Requirements
The requirements in clause 9.4.2 also apply for this clause except the measurement reporting requirements. The
measurement reporting requirements for E-CID RSRP and RSRQ are defined in clause 9.4.5.1.3.

9.4.5.1.3 Measurement Reporting Delay

This requirement assumes that that the measurement report is not delayed by other LPP signalling on the DCCH. This
measurement reporting delay excludes a delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of
the uplink DCCH. The delay uncertainty is: 2 x TTIDCCH where TTIDCCH is the duration of subframe or slot or subslot
when the measurement report is transmitted on the PUSCH with subframe or slot or subslot duration. This measurement
reporting delay excludes any delay caused by no UL resources for UE to send the measurement report.

Reported RSRP and RSRQ measurements contained in periodically triggered measurement reports shall meet the
requirements in clauses 10.2.2 and 10.2.3, respectively.

9.4.5.2 NR−E-UTRAN TDD E-CID RSRP and RSRQ measurements

9.4.5.2.1 Introduction
The requirements in clause 9.4.5.2. shall apply provided the UE has received ECID-RequestLocationInformation
message from LMF via LPP requesting the UE to report inter-RAT E-UTRAN TDD E-CID RSRP and RSRQ
measurements [22, 27].

9.4.5.2.2 Requirements
The requirements in clause 9.4.3 also apply for this clause except the measurement reporting requirements. The
measurement reporting requirements for E-CID RSRP and RSRQ are defined in clause 9.4.5.2.3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 169 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.4.5.2.3 Measurement Reporting Delay

This requirement assumes that the measurement report is not delayed by other LPP signalling on the DCCH. This
measurement reporting delay excludes a delay uncertainty resulted when inserting the measurement report to the TTI of
the uplink DCCH. The delay uncertainty is: 2 x TTIDCCH where TTIDCCH is the duration of subframe or slot or subslot
when the measurement report is transmitted on the PUSCH with subframe or slot or subslot duration. This measurement
reporting delay excludes any delay caused by no UL resources for UE to send the measurement report.

Reported RSRP and RSRQ measurements contained in periodically triggered measurement reports shall meet the
requirements in clauses 10.2.2 and 10.2.3, respectively.

9.5 L1-RSRP measurements for Reporting

9.5.1 Introduction
When configured by the network, the UE shall be able to perform L1-RSRP measurements of configured CSI-RS, SSB
or CSI-RS and SSB resources for L1-RSRP. The measurements shall be performed for a serving cell, including PCell,
PSCell, or SCell, on the resources configured for L1-RSRP measurements within the active BWP.

The UE shall be able to measure all CSI-RS resources and/or SSB resources of the nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSet and/or csi-
SSB-ResourceSet within the CSI-ResourceConfig settings configured for L1-RSRP for the active BWP, provided that
the number of resources does not exceed the UE capability indicated by beamManagementSSB-CSI-RS.

The UE shall report the measurement quantity (reportQuantity) and send periodic, semi-persistent or aperiodic reports,
according to the reportConfigType according to the CSI reporting configuration(s) (CSI-ReportConfig) for the active
BWP.

9.5.2 Requirements applicability

The requirements in clause 9.5 apply, provided:

- The CSI-RS or SSB or CSI-RS and SSB resources configured for L1-RSRP measurements are measurable.

An SSB resource configured for L1-RSRP shall be considered measurable when for each relevant SSB the following
conditions are met:

- L1-RSRP related side conditions given in clauses 10.1.19.1 and 10.1.20.1 for FR1 and FR2, respectively, for a
corresponding band,

- SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot according to Annex B.2.4.1 for a corresponding band.

A CSI-RS resource configured for L1-RSRP shall be considered measurable when for each relevant CSI-RS the
following conditions are met:

- L1-RSRP related side conditions given in clauses 10.1.19.2 and 10.1.20.2 for FR1 and FR2, respectively, for a
corresponding band,

- CSI-RS_RP and CSI-RS Ês/Iot according to Annex B.2.4.2 for a corresponding band.

A CSI-RS and SSB resource configured for L1-RSRP shall be considered measurable when the measurable resource
conditions are met for both CSI-RS resource and SSB resource.

Requirements are defined for periodic, semi-persistent and aperiodic resources.

9.5.3 Measurement Reporting Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP reports only for report configurations configured for the active BWP.

The UE shall report the L1-RSRP value as a 7-bit value in the range [-140, -44] dBm with 1dB step size according to
clause 10.1.19 for FR1 and 10.1.20 for FR2 if nrofReportedRS is configured to one. If nrofReportedRS is configured to

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 170 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

be larger than one, or if groupBasedBeamReporting is enabled, the UE shall use differential L1-RSRP based reporting
as defined in clause 10.1.19 for FR1 and 10.1.20 for FR2. The differential L1-RSRP is quantized to a 4-bit value with
2dB step size. The mapping between the reported L1-RSRP value and the measured quantity is described in 10.1.6.

9.5.3.1 Periodic Reporting

Reported L1-RSRP measurements contained in periodic L1-RSRP measurement reports shall meet the requirements in
clauses 10.1.19 for FR1 and 10.1.20 for FR2, respectively.

The UE shall only send periodic L1-RSRP measurement reports for an active BWP.

The UE shall transmit the periodic L1-RSRP reporting on PUCCH over the air interface according to the periodicity
defined in clause 5.2.1.4 in TS 38.214 [26].

9.5.3.2 Semi-Persistent Reporting

Reported L1-RSRP measurements contained in a Semi-Persistent L1-RSRP measurement report shall meet the
requirements in clauses 10.1.19 for FR1 and 10.1.20 for FR2, respectively. This requirement applies for semi-persistent
L1-RSRP reports send on PUSCH or PUCCH.

The UE shall only send semi-persistent L1-RSRP measurement reports on PUSCH, if a DCI request has been received.

The UE shall only send semi-persistent L1-RSRP measurement reports on PUCCH, if an activation command [7] has
been received.

The UE shall transmit the semi-persistent L1-RSRP reporting on PUSCH or PUCCH over the air interface according to
the periodicity defined in clause 5.2.1.4 in TS 38.214 [26].

9.5.3.3 Aperiodic Reporting

Reported L1-RSRP measurements contained in aperiodic triggered, aperiodic triggered periodic and aperiodic triggered
semi-persistent L1-RSRP reports shall meet the requirements in clauses 10.1.19 for FR1 and 10.1.20 for FR2,
respectively.

The UE shall only send aperiodic L1-RSRP measurement reports, if a DCI trigger has been received.

After the UE receives CSI request in DCI, the UE shall transmit the aperiodic L1-RSRP reporting on PUSCH over the
air interface at the time specified according to clause 6.1.2.1 in TS 38.214 [26].

9.5.4 L1-RSRP measurement requirements

9.5.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP Reporting

The UE shall be capable of performing L1-RSRP measurements based on the configured SSB resource for L1-RSRP
computation, and the UE physical layer shall be capable of reporting L1-RSRP measured over the measurement period
of TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_SSB.

The value of TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_SSB is defined in Table 9.5.4.1-1 for FR1 and Table 9.5.4.1-2 for FR2, where

- M=1 if higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurement is configured, and M=3 otherwise

- N= 8.

For FR1,
ଵ
- P= ౐౏౏ా , when in the monitored cell there are measurement gaps configured for intra-frequency, inter-
ଵି
౉ృ౎ౌ
frequency or inter-RAT measurements, which are overlapping with some but not all occasions of the SSB; and

- P=1 when in the monitored cell there are no measurement gaps overlapping with any occasion of the SSB.

For FR2,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 171 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

ଵ
- P= ౐౏౏ా , when SSB is not overlapped with measurement gap and SSB is partially overlapped with
ଵି
౐౏౉౐ి౦౛౨౟౥ౚ

SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod).

- P is Psharing factor, when SSB is not overlapped with measurement gap and SSB is fully overlapped with SMTC
period (TSSB = TSMTCperiod).
ଵ
- P= ౐౏౏ా ౐౏౏ా , when SSB is partially overlapped with measurement gap and SSB is partially overlapped
ଵି ି
౉ృ౎ౌ ౐౏౉౐ి౦౛౨౟౥ౚ

with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not overlapped with measurement gap and

- TSMTCperiod ≠ MGRP or
- TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TSSB < 0.5*TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- P is ౐౏౏ా * Psharing factor, when SSB is partially overlapped with measurement gap and SSB is partially
ଵି
౉ృ౎ౌ
overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not overlapped with measurement
gap and TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TSSB = 0.5*TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- P= ౐౏౏ా , when SSB is partially overlapped with measurement gap (TSSB <MGRP) and SSB is
ଵି
ౣ౟౤(౐౏౉౐ి౦౛౨౟౥ౚ ,౉ృ౎ౌ)

partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TSSB < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially or fully
overlapped with measurement gap.
ଵ
- P is ౐౏౏ా * Psharing factor, when SSB is partially overlapped with measurement gap and SSB is fully overlapped
ଵି
౉౎ృౌ
with SMTC occasion (TSSB = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially overlapped with measurement gap
(TSMTCperiod < MGRP)
ଵ
- P is ౐౏౏ా * Psharing factor, when SSB is partially overlapped with measurement gap and SSB is fully overlapped
ଵି
౉ృ౎ౌ
with SMTC occasion (TSSB = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially overlapped with measurement gap
(TSMTCperiod < MGRP)Psharing factor = 1

- not overlapped with the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB
symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure, given that SSB-ToMeasure is configured, and,

- not overlapped with the RSSI symbols indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1data symbol before each
RSSI symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol after each RSSI symbol indicated by ss-
RSSI-Measurement, given that ss-RSSI-Measurement is configured,

- Psharing factor = 3, otherwise.

Where:

TSSB = ssb-periodicityServingCell

TSMTCperiod = the configured SMTC period

If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is configured, TSMTCperiod corresponds to the value of higher
layer parameter smtc2; Otherwise TSMTCperiod corresponds to the value of higher layer parameter smtc1. TSMTCperiod
is the shortest SMTC period among all CCs in the same FR2 band, provided the SMTC offset of all CCs in FR2
have the same offset.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the combination of SSB, SMTC occasion and measurement gap
configurations does not meet pervious conditions.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 172 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 9.5.4.1-1: Measurement period TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_SSB for FR1

Configuration TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_SSB (ms)
non-DRX max(TReport, ceil(M*P)*TSSB)
DRX cycle ≤320ms max(TReport, ceil(1.5*M*P)*max(TDRX,TSSB))
DRX cycle > 320ms ceil(M*P)*TDRX
Note: TSSB = ssb-periodicityServingCell is the periodicity of the SSB-Index
configured for L1-RSRP measurement. TDRX is the DRX cycle length.
TReport is configured periodicity for reporting.

Table 9.5.4.1-2: Measurement period TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_SSB for FR2

Configuration TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_SSB (ms)
non-DRX max(TReport, ceil(M*P*N)*TSSB)
DRX cycle ≤320ms max(TReport, ceil(1.5*M*P*N)*max(TDRX,TSSB))
DRX cycle > 320ms ceil(1.5*M*P*N)*TDRX
Note: TSSB = ssb-periodicityServingCell is the periodicity of the SSB-Index
configured for L1-RSRP measurement. TDRX is the DRX cycle length.
TReport is configured periodicity for reporting.

9.5.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP Reporting

The UE shall be capable of performing L1-RSRP measurements based on the configured CSI-RS resource for L1-RSRP
computation, and the UE physical layer shall be capable of reporting L1-RSRP measured over the measurement period
of TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_CSI-RS.

The value of TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_CSI-RS is defined in Table 9.5.4.2-1 for FR1 and in Table 9.5.4.2-2 for FR2, where

- For periodic and semi-persistent CSI-RS resources, M=1 if higher layer parameter
timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurement is configured, and M=3 otherwise

- For aperiodic CSI-RS resources M=1

- For periodic CSI-RS resources in a resource set configured with higher layer parameter repetition set to ON,
N=ceil(maxNumberRxBeam / Nres_per_set), where Nres_per_set is number of resources in the resource set. The
requirements apply provided qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS is configured for all resources in the resource set.

- SSB for L1-RSRP measurement, or

- another CSI-RS in resource set configured with repetition ON.

- For periodic CSI-RS resources in a resource set configured with higher layer parameter repetition set to ON,
N=ceil(maxNumberRxBeam / Nres_per_set), where Nres_per_set is number of resources in the resource set. The
requirements apply provided qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS is configured for with QCL-TypeD all resources in the
resource set.

- For semi-persistent CSI-RS resources in a resource set configured with higher layer parameter repetition set to
OFF, N=1. The requirements apply provided TCI state is provided for all resources in the resource set in the
MAC CE activating the resource set and for each resource one RS has QCL-TypeD with

- SSB for L1-RSRP measurement, or

- another CSI-RS in resource set configured with repetition ON.

- For semi-persistent CSI-RS resources in a resource set configured with higher layer parameter repetition set to
ON, N=ceil(maxNumberRxBeam / Nres_per_set), where Nres_per_set is number of resources in the resource set. The
requirements apply provided TCI state is provided with QCL-TypeD for all resources in the resource set in the
MAC CE activating the resource set.

- For aperiodic CSI-RS resources in a resource set configured with higher layer parameter repetition set to OFF,
N=1. The requirements apply provided qcl-info is configured for all resources in the resource set and for each
resource one RS has QCL-TypeD with

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 173 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- SSB for L1-RSRP measurement, or

- another CSI-RS in resource set configured with repetition ON.

- For aperiodic CSI-RS resources in a resource set configured with higher layer parameter repetition set to ON,
N=1. UE is not required to meet the accuracy requirements in clause 10.1.19.2 and 10.1.20.2 if number of
resources in the resource set is smaller than maxNumberRxBeam. The requirements apply provided qcl-info is
configured with QCL-TypeD for all resources in the resource set.

For FR1,
ଵ
- P= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when in the monitored cell there are measurement gaps configured for intra-frequency, inter-
ଵି
౉ృ౎ౌ
frequency or inter-RAT measurements, which are overlapping with some but not all occasions of the CSI-RS;
and

- P=1 when in the monitored cell there are no measurement gaps overlapping with any occasion of the CSI-RS.

For FR2,

- P=1, when CSI-RS is not overlapped with measurement gap and also not overlapped with SMTC occasion.
ଵ
- P= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when CSI-RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and CSI-RS is not overlapped with
ଵି
౉ృ౎ౌ
SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < MGRP)
ଵ
- P= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when CSI-RS is not overlapped with measurement gap and CSI-RS is partially overlapped with
ଵି
౐౏౉౐ి౦౛౨౟౥ౚ

SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod).

- P=Psharing factor, when CSI-RS is not overlapped with measurement gap and CSI-RS is fully overlapped with
SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS = TSMTCperiod).
ଵ
- P= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when CSI-RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and CSI-RS is partially
ଵି ି
౉ృ౎ౌ ౐౏౉౐ి౦౛౨౟౥ౚ

overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not overlapped with
measurement gap and

- TSMTCperiod ≠ MGRP or
- TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TCSI-RS < 0.5*TSMTCperiod
ଷ
- P= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when CSI-RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and CSI-RS is partially overlapped
ଵି
౉ృ౎ౌ
with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is not overlapped with measurement gap and
TSMTCperiod = MGRP and TCSI-RS = 0.5*TSMTCperiod
ଵ
- P= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when CSI-RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap (TCSI-RS < MGRP) and
ଵି
ౣ౟౤(౐౏౉౐ి౦౛౨౟౥ౚ ,౉ృ౎ౌ)

CSI-RS is partially overlapped with SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS < TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially or
fully overlapped with measurement gap.
ଷ
- P= ౐ి౏౅ష౎౏ , when CSI-RS is partially overlapped with measurement gap and CSI-RS is fully overlapped with
ଵି
౉ృ౎ౌ
SMTC occasion (TCSI-RS = TSMTCperiod) and SMTC occasion is partially overlapped with measurement gap
(TSMTCperiod < MGRP)

- Psharing factor = 1, if the CSI-RS configured for L1-RSRP measurement outside measurement gap is

- not overlapped with the SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol before each
consecutive SSB symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure and 1 data symbol after each consecutive SSB
symbols indicated by SSB-ToMeasure, given that SSB-ToMeasure is configured, and,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 174 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- not overlapped with the RSSI symbols indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1data symbol before each
RSSI symbol indicated by ss-RSSI-Measurement and 1 data symbol after each RSSI symbol indicated by ss-
RSSI-Measurement, given that ss-RSSI-Measurement is configured

- Psharing factor = 3, otherwise.

Where:

TSMTCperiod = the configured SMTC period.

TCSI-RS = the periodicity of CSI-RS configured for L1-RSRP measurement

If the high layer in TS 38.331 [2] signaling of smtc2 is configured, TSMTCperiod corresponds to the value of higher
layer parameter smtc2; Otherwise TSMTCperiod corresponds to the value of higher layer parameter smtc1. TSMTCperiod
is the shortest SMTC period among all CCs in the same FR2 band, provided the SMTC offset of all CCs in FR2
have the same offset.

Note: The overlap between CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement and SMTC means that CSI-RS for L1-RSRP
measurement is within the SMTC window duration.

Longer evaluation period would be expected if the combination of CSI-RS, SMTC occasion and measurement gap
configurations does not meet pervious conditions.

Table 9.5.4.2-1: Measurement period TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_CSI-RS for FR1

Configuration TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_CSI-RS (ms)
non-DRX max(TReport, ceil(M*P)*TCSI-RS)
DRX cycle ≤
320ms max(TReport, ceil(1.5*M*P)*max(TDRX,TCSI-RS))
DRX cycle > 320ms ceil(M*P)*TDRX
Note 1: TCSI-RS is the periodicity of CSI-RS configured for L1-RSRP
measurement. TDRX is the DRX cycle length. TReport is configured
periodicity for reporting.
Note 2: the requirements are applicable provided that the CSI-RS resource
configured for L1-RSRP measurement is transmitted with Density =
3.

Table 9.5.4.2-2: Measurement period TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_CSI-RS for FR2

Configuration TL1-RSRP_Measurement_Period_CSI-RS (ms)
non-DRX max(TReport, ceil(M*P*N)*TCSI-RS)
DRX cycle ≤
320ms max(TReport, ceil(1.5*M*P*N)*max(TDRX,TCSI-RS))
DRX cycle > 320ms ceil(M*P*N)*TDRX
Note 1: TCSI-RS is the periodicity of CSI-RS configured for L1-RSRP
measurement. TDRX is the DRX cycle length. TReport is configured
periodicity for reporting.
Note 2: the requirements are applicable provided that the CSI-RS resource
configured for L1-RSRP measurement is transmitted with Density =
3.

9.5.5 Measurement restriction for CSI-RS and SSB for L1-RSRP

measurement
The UE is required to be capable of measuring SSB and CSI-RS for L1-RSRP without measurement gaps. The UE is
required to perform the SSB and CSI-RS measurements with measurement restrictions as described in the following
clauses.

9.5.5.1 Measurement restriction for SSB based L1-RSRP

For FR1, when the SSB for L1-RSRP measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as CSI-RS for RLM, BFD, CBD or
L1-RSRP measurement,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 175 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- If SSB and CSI-RS have same SCS, UE shall be able to measure the SSB for L1-RSRP measurement without
any restriction;

- If SSB and CSI-RS have different SCS,

- If UE supports simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE shall be able to measure the SSB for L1-

RSRP measurement without any restriction;

- If UE does not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE is required to measure one of but not

both SSB for L1-RSRP measurement and CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for SSB based L1-RSRP
measurement is expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR2, when the SSB for L1-RSRP measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as CSI-RS for RLM,
BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, UE is required to measure
one of but not both SSB for L1-RSRP measurement and CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for SSB based L1-RSRP
measurement is expected, and no requirements are defined.

9.5.5.2 Measurement restriction for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP

For both FR1 and FR2, when the CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as SSB for RLM,
BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement, UE is not required to receive CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement in the PRBs
that overlap with an SSB.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement is within the active BWP and has same SCS
than CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement, the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS measurement without restrictions.

For FR1, when the SSB for RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement is within the active BWP and has different
SCS than CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement, the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS measurement with restrictions
according to its capabilities:

- If the UE supports simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology the UE shall be able to perform CSI-RS

measurement without restrictions.

- If the UE does not support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology, UE is required to measure one of but not
both CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement and SSB. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP
measurement is expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR1, when the CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement is in the same OFDM symbol as another CSI-RS for RLM,
BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement, UE shall be able to measure the CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement without any
restriction.

For FR2, when the CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as SSB for RLM, BFD
or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band, or in the same symbol as SSB for CBD
measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band when beam failure is detected, UE is required to
measure one of but not both CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement and SSB. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS
based L1-RSRP measurement is expected, and no requirements are defined.

For FR2, when the CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement on one CC is in the same OFDM symbol as another CSI-RS for
RLM, BFD, CBD or L1-RSRP measurement on the same CC or different CCs in the same band,

- In the following cases, UE is required to measure one of but not both CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement and the
other CSI-RS. Longer measurement period for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement is expected, and no
requirements are defined.

- The CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement or the other CSI-RS in a resource set configured with repetition ON,
or

- The other CSI-RS is configured in q1 and beam failure is detected, or

- The two CSI-RS-es are not QCL-ed w.r.t. QCL-TypeD, or the QCL information is not known to UE,

- Otherwise, UE shall be able to measure the CSI-RS for L1-RSRP measurement without any restriction.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 176 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

9.5.6 Scheduling availability of UE during L1-RSRP measurement

Scheduling availability restrictions when the UE is performing L1-RSRP measurement are described in the following
clauses.

9.5.6.1 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement with a same

subcarrier spacing as PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
There are no scheduling restrictions due to L1-RSRP measurement performed on SSB and CSI-RS configured as RS for
L1-RSRP measurement with the same SCS as PDSCH/PDCCH in FR1.

9.5.6.2 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement with a

different subcarrier spacing than PDSCH/PDCCH on FR1
For UEs which support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] there are no restrictions on scheduling
availability due to L1-RSRP measurement based on SSB as RS for L1-RSRP measurement. For UEs which do not
support simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology [14] the following restrictions apply due to L1-RSRP measurement
based on SSB configured for L1-RSRP measurement.

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS or receive PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS for tracking/CSI-

RS for CQI on symbols corresponding to the SSB indexes configured for L1-RSRP measurement.

When intra-band carrier aggregation in FR1 is configured, the scheduling restrictions on serving cell where L1-RSRP
measurement is performed apply to all serving cells in the same band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with
restricted symbols. When inter-band carrier aggregation within FR1 is configured, there are no scheduling restrictions
on FR1 serving cell(s) configured in other bands than the bands in which the serving cell where L1-RSRP measurement
is performed is configured.

9.5.6.3 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement on FR2

The following scheduling restriction applies due to L1-RSRP measurement.

- For the case where RS for L1-RSRP measurement is CSI-RS which is QCLed with active TCI state for
PDCCH/PDSCH and not in a CSI-RS resource set with repetition ON, and N=1 applies as specified in
clause 9.5.4.2

- There are no scheduling restrictions due to L1-RSRP measurement performed based on the CSI-RS.

- Otherwise

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS or receive PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS for

tracking/CSI-RS for CQI on

- symbols corresponding to the SSB indexes configured for L1-RSRP measurement, and/or

- symbols corresponding to the periodic CSI-RS resource configured for L1-RSRP measurement, and/or

- symbols corresponding to the semi-perssitent CSI-RS resource configured for L1-RSRP measurement when
the resource is activated, and/or

- symbols corresponding to the aperiodic CSI-RS resource configured for L1-RSRP measurement when the
reporting is triggered.

When intra-band carrier aggregation is performed, the scheduling restrictions on serving cell where L1-RSRP
measurement is performed apply to all serving cells in the band on the symbols that fully or partially overlap with
restricted symbols.

If following conditions are met,

- UE has been notified about system information update through paging,

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 177 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- The gap between UE’s reception of PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type 2-PDCCH CSS set and that notifies
system information update, and the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, is greater than 2
slots,

For the SSB and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 3, UE is expected to receive the PDCCH that UE
monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, and the corresponding PDSCH, on SSB symbols to be measured for L1-RSRP
measurement; and

For the SSB and CORESET for RMSI scheduling multiplexing patterns 2, UE is expected to receive PDSCH that
corresponds to the PDCCH that UE monitors in the Type0-PDCCH CSS set, on SSB symbols to be measured for L1-
RSRP measurement.

9.5.6.4 Scheduling availability of UE performing L1-RSRP measurement on FR1 or

FR2 in case of FR1-FR2 inter-band CA
There are no scheduling restrictions on FR1 serving cell(s) due to L1-RSRP measurement performed on FR2 serving
cell(s).

There are no scheduling restrictions on FR2 serving cell(s) due to L1-RSRP measurement performed on FR1 serving
cell(s).

9.6 NE-DC: Measurements

9.6.1 Introduction
This clause contains requirements for UE supporting dual connectivity with NR PCell and E-UTRA FDD or TDD
PSCell. The requirements apply to UEs that have been configured with NE-DC.

9.6.2 SFTD Measurements

9.6.2.1 Introduction
This clause contains requirements on UE capabilities for reporting of SFN and frame time difference between NR PCell
and E-UTRA PSCell in RRC_CONNECTED state. The requirements comprise measurement reporting delay and
measurement accuracy. The overall measurement reporting delay includes a RRC procedure delay specified in
TS 38.331 [2], and the SFTD measurement reporting delay specified below.

9.6.2.2 SFTD Measurement requirements

When no DRX is used in either of the NR PCell and E-UTRA PSCell, the physical layer measurement period of the
SFTD measurement shall be Tmeasure_SFTD1 = max(0.2, 5 * SMTC period) s.

When DRX is used in either of the NR PCell or the E-UTRA PSCell, or in both PCell and PSCell, the physical layer
measurement period (Tmeasure_SFTD1) of the SFTD measurement shall be as specified in Table 9.6.2.2-1.

Table 9.6.2.2-1: SFTD measurement requirement when DRX is used

DRX cycle length (s)Note2 Tmeasure_SFTD1 (s)

≤
DRX cycle 0.04 max(0.2,5 x SMTC period) (Note1)
≤
0.04<DRX cycle 0.32 8 x max(DRX cycle, SMTC period)
≤
0.32<DRX cycle 10.24 5 x DRX cycle
Note1: Number of DRX cycles depends upon the DRX cycle in use
Note2: DRX cycle length in this table refers to the DRX cycle length
configured for PCell or PSCell. When DRX is used in both PCell and
PSCell, DRX cycle length in this table refers to the longer of the DRX
cycle lengths for PCell and PSCell.

If PSCell is changed without changing carrier frequency of PSCell while the UE is performing SFTD measurements,
the UE shall still meet SFTD measurement and accuracy requirements for the new PSCell. In this case the UE shall

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 178 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

restart the SFTD measurement, and the total physical layer measurement period shall not exceed Tmeasure_SFTD2 as
defined by the following expression:

Tmeasure_SFTD2 = (M+1)*(Tmeasure_SFTD1) + M*TPSCell_change_NEDC

where:

M is the number of times the E-UTRA PSCell is changed over the measurement period (Tmeasure_SFTD2), and

TPSCell_change_NEDC is the time necessary to change the PSCell; it can be up to 25 ms.

If PCell is changed, or if PSCell is changed to a different carrier frequency, the UE shall terminate the SFTD
measurement.

The measurement accuracy for the SFTD measurement when DRX is used as well as when no DRX is used shall be as
specified in clause 10.1.21.1.

10 Measurement Performance requirements

10.1 NR measurements
10.1.1 Introduction
The requirements in clause 10.1 apply as follows:

- intra-frequency requirements apply for PCell measurements in SA, NR-DC, or NE-DC operaion mode,

- intra-frequency requirements apply for PSCell measurements in NR-DC or EN-DC operaion mode,

- intra-frequency requirements apply for SCell measurements in SA operation mode with NR CA or any MR-DC
operaion mode with NR CA,

- inter-frequency requirements apply for non-serving cell measurements on NR carrier frequencies,

- inter-frequency requirements apply for measurements from one cell on a frequency compared to the
measurement from another cell on a different frequency.

In the requirements of clause 10.1, the exceptions for side conditions apply as follows:

- for the UE capable of CA but not configured with any SCell, the applicable exceptions for side conditions are
specified in Annex B, clause B.3.2.1 for UE supporting CA in FR1, and clause B.3.2.3 for UE supporting CA in
FR2, respectively;

- for the UE capable of CA and configured with at least one SCell, the applicable exceptions for side conditions
are specified in Annex B, clause B.3.2.2 for UE configured with CA in FR1, and clause B.3.2.4 for UE
supporting CA in FR2 respectively;

- for the UE capable of SUL but not configured with SUL, the applicable exceptions for side conditions are
specified in Annex B, clause B.3.4.1 for UE supporting SUL in FR1;

- for the UE capable of SUL and configured with at least one SUL, the applicable exceptions for side conditions
are specified in Annex B, clause B.3.4.2 for UE configured with SUL in FR1.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 179 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.2 Intra-frequency RSRP accuracy requirements for FR1

10.1.2.1 Intra-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy requirements

10.1.2.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRP Accuracy

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-RSRP in this clause apply to a cell on the
same frequency as that of the serving cell in FR1.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.2.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for intra-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

Table 10.1.2.1.1-1: SS-RSRP Intra frequency absolute accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme SSB
NR operating band groups
condition condition Ês/Iot Note 2 Minimum Io Maximum Io
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
SCSSSB =
= 30
15 kHz
kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -70
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -70
±4.5 ±9 ≥-6 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -70
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -70
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A,
NR_SDL_FR1_A,
NR_FDD_FR1_B,
NR_TDD_FR1_C,
±8 ±11 ≥-6 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D, N/A N/A -70 -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D,
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E,
NR_FDD_FR1_G,
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.2.1.2 Relative SS-RSRP Accuracy

The relative accuracy of SS-RSRP is defined as the SS-RSRP measured from one cell compared to the SS-RSRP
measured from another cell on the same frequency, or between any two SS-RSRP levels measured on the same cell in
FR1.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.2.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for intra-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 180 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.2.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Intra frequency relative accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
SSB Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
Ês/Iot NR operating band
condition condition Note 2 Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 4
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±2 ±3 ≥-3 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
±3 ±3 ≥-6 dB Note 3 Note 3 Note 3 N/A Note 3
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the requirement applies.
NOTE 3: The same bands and the same Io conditions for each band apply for this requirement as for the corresponding
highest accuracy requirement.
NOTE 4: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.2.2 Void

10.1.3 Intra-frequency RSRP accuracy requirements for FR2

10.1.3.1 Intra-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy requirements

10.1.3.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRP Accuracy

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-RSRP in this clause apply to a cell on the
same frequency as that of the serving cell in FR2.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for intra-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 181 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.3.1.1-1: SS-RSRP Intra frequency absolute accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
Same value as SSB_RP
in Table B.2.2-2,
±6 ±9 according to UE Power N/A -70
≥-6 class, operating band
and angle of arrival
±8 ±11 N/A -70 -50
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
Note 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.

10.1.3.1.2 Relative SS-RSRP Accuracy

The relative accuracy of SS-RSRP is defined as the SS-RSRP measured from one cell compared to the SS-RSRP
measured from another cell on the same frequency, or between any two SS-RSRP levels measured on the same cell in
FR2.

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for intra-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 10.1.3.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Intra frequency relative accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
Same value as
SSB_RP in Table
B.2.2-2, according to
±6 ±9 ≥-6 -50
UE Power class,
operating band and
angle of arrival
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in
clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition
selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE
across the bandwidth.
Note 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be
adjusted to ensure Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in
this table.
Note 4: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to
which the requirement applies.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 182 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.3.2 Void

10.1.4 Inter-frequency RSRP accuracy requirements for FR1

10.1.4.1 Inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy requirements

10.1.4.1.1 Absolute Accuracy of SS-RSRP in FR1

The requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-RSRP in this clause apply to a cell on a frequency in FR1 that has
different carrier frequency from the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.4.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

Table 10.1.4.1.1-1: SS-RSRP Inter frequency Absolute accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
SSB Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
Ês/Iot NR operating band
condition condition Note 2 Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 3
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -70
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -70
±4.5 ±9 ≥-6 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -70
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -70
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A,
NR_SDL_FR1_A,
NR_FDD_FR1_B,
NR_TDD_FR1_C,
±8 ±11 ≥-6 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D, N/A N/A -70 -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D,
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E,
NR_FDD_FR1_G,
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: Void
NOTE 3: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.4.1.2 Relative Accuracy of SS-RSRP in FR1

The relative accuracy of SS-RSRP in inter frequency case is defined as the RSRP measured from one cell on a
frequency in FR1compared to the RSRP measured from another cell on a different frequency in FR1.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.4.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] Clause 7.3 for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 183 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- |SSB_RP1dBm - SSB_RP2dBm| ≤ 27 dB
- | Channel 1_Io -Channel 2_Io | ≤ 20 dB

Table 10.1.4.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Inter frequency relative accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
SSB Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
Ês/Iot NR operating band groups
condition condition Note 2 Note 3 Minimum Io Maximum Io
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
SCSSSB =
= 30
15 kHz
kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±4.5 ±6 ≥-6 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the requirement applies.
NOTE 3: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.4.2 Void

10.1.5 Inter-frequency RSRP accuracy requirements for FR2

10.1.5.1 Inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy requirements

10.1.5.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRP Accuracy

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-RSRP in this clause apply to a cell on a
frequency in FR2 that is on a different frequency than the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.5.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 184 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.5.1.1-1: SS-RSRP Inter frequency absolute accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
Same value as SSB_RP
in Table B.2.3-2,
±6 ±9 according to UE Power N/A -70
≥-4 class, operating band
and angle of arrival
±8 ±11 N/A -70 -50
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
Note 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.

10.1.5.1.2 Relative SS-RSRP Accuracy

The relative accuracy of SS-RSRP is defined as the SS-RSRP measured from one cell on a frequency in FR2 compared
to the SS-RSRP measured from another cell on another frequency in FR2.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.5.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in 38.101-2 [19] Clause 7.3 for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- |SSB_RP1dBm - SSB_RP2dBm| ≤ 27dB

- | Channel 1_Io -Channel 2_Io | ≤ 20 dB

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 10.1.5.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Inter frequency relative accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
Same value as SSB_RP in
Table B.2.3-2, according to
±6 ±9 ≥-4 -50
UE Power class, operating
band and angle of arrival
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in
clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition
selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE
across the bandwidth.
Note 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be
adjusted to ensure Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in
this table.
Note 4: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to
which the requirement applies.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 185 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.5.2 Void

10.1.6 RSRP Measurement Report Mapping

The reporting range of SS-RSRP for L3 reporting is defined from -156 dBm to -31 dBm with 1 dB resolution. The
reporting range of SS-RSRP and CSI-RSRP for L1 reporting is defined from -140 to -44 dBm with 1 dB resolution.

The mapping of measured quantity is defined in Table 10.1.6.1-1. The range in the signalling may be larger than the
guaranteed accuracy range.

The reporting range of differential SS-RSRP and CSI-RSRP for L1 reporting is defined from 0 dBm to -30 dB with
2 dB resolution.

The mapping of measured quantity is defined in Table 10.1.6.1-2. The range in the signalling may be larger than the
guaranteed accuracy range.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 186 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.6.1-1: SS-RSRP and CSI-RSRP measurement report mapping

Reported value Measured quantity Measured quantity Unit
value (L3 SS-RSRP) value (L1 SS-RSRP and
CSI-RSRP)
RSRP_0 SS-RSRP<-156 Not valid dBm
RSRP_1 -156≤ SS-RSRP<-155 Not valid dBm
RSRP_2 -155≤ SS-RSRP<-154 Not valid dBm
RSRP_3 -154≤ SS-RSRP<-153 Not valid dBm
RSRP_4 -153≤ SS-RSRP<-152 Not valid dBm
RSRP_5 -152≤ SS-RSRP<-151 Not valid dBm
RSRP_6 -151≤ SS-RSRP<-150 Not valid dBm
RSRP_7 -150≤ SS-RSRP<-149 Not valid dBm
RSRP_8 -149≤ SS-RSRP<-148 Not valid dBm
RSRP_9 -148≤ SS-RSRP<-147 Not valid dBm
RSRP_10 -147≤ SS-RSRP<-146 Not valid dBm
RSRP_11 -146≤ SS-RSRP<-145 Not valid dBm
RSRP_12 -145≤ SS-RSRP<-144 Not valid dBm
RSRP_13 -144≤ SS-RSRP<-143 Not valid dBm
RSRP_14 -143≤ SS-RSRP<-142 Not valid dBm
RSRP_15 -142≤ SS-RSRP<-141 Not valid dBm
RSRP_16 -141≤ SS-RSRP<-140 RSRP<-140 dBm
RSRP_17 -140≤ SS-RSRP<-139 -140≤RSRP<-139 dBm
RSRP_18 -139≤ SS-RSRP<-138 -139≤ RSRP<-138 dBm
… … …
RSRP_111 -46≤ SS-RSRP<-45 -46≤ RSRP<-45 dBm
RSRP_112 -45≤ SS-RSRP<-44 -45≤ RSRP<-44 dBm
RSRP_113 -44≤ SS-RSRP<-43 -44≤ RSRP dBm
RSRP_114 -43≤ SS-RSRP<-42 Not valid dBm
RSRP_115 -42≤ SS-RSRP<-41 Not valid dBm
RSRP_116 -41≤ SS-RSRP<-40 Not valid dBm
RSRP_117 -40≤ SS-RSRP<-39 Not valid dBm
RSRP_118 -39≤ SS-RSRP<-38 Not valid dBm
RSRP_119 -38≤ SS-RSRP<-37 Not valid dBm
RSRP_120 -37≤ SS-RSRP<-36 Not valid dBm
RSRP_121 -36≤ SS-RSRP<-35 Not valid dBm
RSRP_122 -35≤ SS-RSRP<-34 Not valid dBm
RSRP_123 -34≤ SS-RSRP<-33 Not valid dBm
RSRP_124 -33≤ SS-RSRP<-32 Not valid dBm
RSRP_125 -32≤ SS-RSRP<-31 Not valid dBm
RSRP_126 -31≤ SS-RSRP Not valid dBm
RSRP_127 Infinity Infinity dBm
(Note)
Note: The value of RSRP_127 is applicable for RSRP threshold configured
by the network as defined in TS 38.331 [2], but not for the purpose of
measurement reporting.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 187 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.6.1-2: Differential SS-RSRP and CSI-RSRP measurement (for L1 reporting) report mapping
Reported value Measured quantity value Unit
(difference in measured RSRP
from strongest RSRP)
DIFFRSRP_0 0≥Δ RSRP>-2 dB
DIFFRSRP_1 -2≥ΔRSRP>-4 dB
DIFFRSRP_2 -4≥ΔRSRP>-6 dB
DIFFRSRP_3 -6≥ΔRSRP>-8 dB
DIFFRSRP_4 -8≥ΔRSRP>-10 dB
DIFFRSRP_5 -10≥ΔRSRP>-12 dB
DIFFRSRP_6 -12≥ΔRSRP>-14 dB
DIFFRSRP_7 -14≥ΔRSRP>-16 dB
DIFFRSRP_8 -16≥ΔRSRP>-18 dB
DIFFRSRP_9 -18≥ΔRSRP>-20 dB
DIFFRSRP_10 -20≥ΔRSRP>-22 dB
DIFFRSRP_11 -22≥ΔRSRP>-24 dB
DIFFRSRP_12 -24≥ΔRSRP>-26 dB
DIFFRSRP_13 -26≥ΔRSRP>-28 dB
DIFFRSRP_14 -28≥ΔRSRP>-30 dB
DIFFRSRP_15 -30≥ΔRSRP dB

10.1.7 Intra-frequency RSRQ accuracy requirements for FR1

10.1.7.1 Intra-frequency SS-RSRQ accuracy requirements in FR1

10.1.7.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRQ Accuracy in FR1

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-RSRQ in this clause apply to a cell on the
same frequency as that of the serving cell in FR1.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.7.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for intra-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 188 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.7.1.1-1: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency absolute accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme SSB
NR operating band
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 3
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±2.5 ±4 ≥-3 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
±3.5 ±4 ≥-6 dB Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The same bands and the same Io conditions for each band apply for this requirement as for the corresponding
highest accuracy requirement.
NOTE 3: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.8 Intra-frequency RSRQ accuracy requirements for FR2

10.1.8.1 Intra-frequency SS-RSRQ accuracy requirements in FR2

10.1.8.1.1 Absolute SS-RSRQ Accuracy in FR2

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-RSRQ in this clause apply to a cell on the
same frequency as that of the serving cell in FR2.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.8.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for intra-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 189 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.8.1.1-1: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency absolute accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
±2.5 ±4 ≥-3 Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.2-2, according to UE Power
-50
class, operating band and angle of
±3.5 ±4 ≥-6 arrival
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
Note 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.

10.1.9 Inter-frequency RSRQ accuracy requirements for FR1

10.1.9.1 Inter-frequency SS-RSRQ accuracy requirements in FR1

10.1.9.1.1 Aboslute Accuracy of SS-RSRQ in FR1

The requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-RSRQ in this clause apply to a cell on a frequency in FR1 that has
different carrier frequency from the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.9.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

Table 10.1.9.1.1-1: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency absolute accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme SSB
NR operating band
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 3
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±2.5 ±4 ≥-3 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
±3.5 ±4 ≥-6 dB Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The same bands and the same Io conditions for each band apply for this requirement as for the corresponding
highest accuracy requirement.
NOTE 3: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 190 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.9.1.2 Relative Accuracy of SS-RSRQ in FR1

The relative accuracy of SS-RSRQ in inter frequency case is defined as the RSRQ measured from one cell on a
frequency in FR1 compared to the RSRP measured from another cell on a different frequency in FR1.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.9.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- |SSB_RP1dBm - SSB_RP2dBm| ≤ 27 dB
- | Channel 1_Io -Channel 2_Io | ≤ 20 dB

Table 10.1.9.1.2-1: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency relative accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
SSB Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
Ês/Iot NR operating band
condition condition Note 2 Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 4
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±3 ±4 ≥-3 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
±4 ±4 ≥-6 dB Note 3 Note 3 Note 3 Note 3 Note 3
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the requirement applies.
NOTE 3: The same bands and the same Io conditions for each band apply for this requirement as for the corresponding
highest accuracy requirement.
NOTE 4: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.10 Inter-frequency RSRQ accuracy requirements for FR2

10.1.10.1 Inter-frequency SS-RSRQ accuracy requirements in FR2

10.1.10.1.1 Aboslute Accuracy of SS-RSRQ in FR2

The requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-RSRQ in this clause apply to a cell on a frequency in FR2 that has
different carrier frequency from the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.10.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 191 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.10.1.1-1: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency absolute accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
±2.5 ±4 ≥-3 Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.2-2, according to UE Power
-50
class, operating band and angle of
±3.5 ±4 ≥-4 arrival
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
Note 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.

10.1.10.1.2 Relative Accuracy of SS-RSRQ in FR2

The relative accuracy of SS-RSRQ in inter frequency case is defined as the RSRQ measured from one cell on a
frequency in FR2 compared to the RSRP measured from another cell on a different frequency in FR2.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.10.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band
for each relevant SSB.

- |SSB_RP1dBm - SSB_RP2dBm| ≤ 27 dB

- | Channel 1_Io -Channel 2_Io | ≤ 20 dB

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 10.1.10.1.2-1: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency relative accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
±3 ±4 ≥-3 Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.2-2, according to UE Power
-50
class, operating band and angle of
±4 ±4 ≥-4 arrival
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
Note 3: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the
requirement applies.
Note 4: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 192 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.11 RSRQ report mapping

10.1.11.1 SS-RSRQ measurement report mapping

The reporting range of SS-RSRQ is defined from -43 dB to 20 dB with 0.5 dB resolution. The mapping of measured
quantity is defined in Table 10.1.11.1-1. The range in the signalling may be larger than the guaranteed accuracy range.

Table 10.1.11.1-1: SS-RSRQ measurement report mapping

Reported value Measured quantity Unit
value
SS-RSRQ_0 SS-RSRQ<-43 dB
SS-RSRQ_1 -43≤ SS-RSRQ<-42.5 dB
SS-RSRQ_2 -42.5≤ SS-RSRQ<-42 dB
SS-RSRQ_3 -42≤ SS-RSRQ<-41.5 dB
SS-RSRQ_4 -41.5≤ SS-RSRQ<-41 dB
.. .. …

SS-RSRQ_122 17.5≤ SS-RSRQ<18 dB

SS-RSRQ_123 18≤ SS-RSRQ<18.5 dB
SS-RSRQ_124 18.5≤ SS-RSRQ<19 dB
SS-RSRQ_125 19≤ SS-RSRQ<19.5 dB
SS-RSRQ_126 19.5≤ SS-RSRQ<20 dB
SS-RSRQ_127 20 ≤ SS-RSRQ dB

10.1.12 Intra-frequency SINR accuracy requirements for FR1

10.1.12.1 Intra-frequency SS-SINR accuracy requirements in FR1

10.1.12.1.1 Absolute SS-SINR Accuracy in FR1

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-SINR in this clause apply to a cell on the same
frequency as that of the serving cell in FR1.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.12.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for intra-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 193 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.12.1.1-1: SS-SINR Intra frequency absolute accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
SSB Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
Ês/Iot NR operating band
condition condition Note 3 Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 4
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±3.0 ±4 ≥-3 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
±3.5 ±4 ≥-6 dB Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The same bands and the same Io conditions for each band apply for this requirement as for the corresponding
highest accuracy requirement.
NOTE 3: The requirements apply for SSB Ês/Iot ≤25 dB.
NOTE 4: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.13 Intra-frequency SINR accuracy requirements for FR2

10.1.13.1 Intra-frequency SS-SINR accuracy requirements in FR2

10.1.13.1.1 Absolute SS-SINR Accuracy in FR2

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-SINR in this clause apply to a cell on the same
frequency as that of the serving cell in FR2.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.13.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for intra-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.2 for a corresponding Band.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 194 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.13.1.1-1: SS-SINR Intra frequency absolute accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
±3 ±4 ≥-3 Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.2-2, according to UE Power
-50
class, operating band and angle of
±3.5 ±4 ≥-6 arrival
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
Note 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.
Note 4: The requirements apply for SSB Ês/Iot ≤ 25 dB.

10.1.14 Inter-frequency SINR accuracy requirements for FR1

10.1.14.1 Inter-frequency SS-SINR accuracy requirements in FR1

10.1.14.1.1 Aboslute Accuracy of SS-SINR in FR1

The requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-SINR in this clause apply to a cell on a frequency in FR1 that has
different carrier frequency from the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.14.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band.

Table 10.1.14.1.1-1: SS-SINR Inter frequency absolute accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
SSB Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
Ês/Iot NR operating band
condition condition Note 3 Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 4
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±3.0 ±4 ≥-3 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
±3.5 ±4 ≥-6 dB Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The same bands and the same Io conditions for each band apply for this requirement as for the corresponding
highest accuracy requirement.
NOTE 3: The requirements apply for SSB Ês/Iot ≤25 dB.
NOTE 4: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 195 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.14.1.2 Relative Accuracy of SS-SINR in FR1

The relative accuracy of SS-SINR in inter frequency case is defined as the SS-SINR measured from one cell on a
frequency in FR1 compared to the SS-SINR measured from another cell on a different frequency in FR1.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.14.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band.

- |SSB_RP1dBm - SSB_RP2dBm| ≤ 27 dB
- | Channel 1_Io -Channel 2_Io | ≤ 20 dB

Table 10.1.14.1.2-1: SS-SINR Inter frequency relative accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
SSB Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
Ês/Iot NR operating band
condition condition Note 2,4 Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 5
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
120 kHz 240 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±3.5 ±4 ≥-3 dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
±4 ±4 ≥-6 dB Note 3 Note 3 Note 3 Note 3 Note 3
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the requirement applies.
NOTE 3: The same bands and the same Io conditions for each band apply for this requirement as for the corresponding
highest accuracy requirement.
NOTE 4: The requirements apply for SSB Ês/Iot ≤25 dB.
NOTE 5: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.15 Inter-frequency SINR accuracy requirements for FR2

10.1.15.1 Inter-frequency SS-SINR accuracy requirements in FR2

10.1.15.1.1 Aboslute Accuracy of SS-SINR in FR2

The requirements for absolute accuracy of SS-SINR in this clause apply to a cell on a frequency in FR2 that has
different carrier frequency from the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.15.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 196 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.15.1.1-1: SS-SINR Inter frequency absolute accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
±3 ±4 ≥-3 Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.2-2, according to UE Power
-50
class, operating band and angle of
±3.5 ±4 ≥-4 arrival
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
Note 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.
Note 4: The requirements apply for SSB Ês/Iot ≤ 25 dB.

10.1.15.1.2 Relative Accuracy of SS-SINR in FR2

The relative accuracy of SS-SINR in inter frequency case is defined as the SS-SINR measured from one cell on a
frequency in FR2 compared to the SS-SINR measured from another cell on a different frequency in FR2.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.15.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for inter-frequency measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.3 for a corresponding Band.

- |SSB_RP1dBm - SSB_RP2dBm| ≤ 27 dB

- | Channel 1_Io -Channel 2_Io | ≤ 20 dB

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 10.1.15.1.2-1: SS-SINR Inter frequency relative accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 2 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 1
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
±3.5 ±4 ≥-3 Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.2-2, according to UE Power
-50
class, operating band and angle of
±4 ±4 ≥-6 arrival
Note 1: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
Note 2: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
Note 3: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the
requirement applies.
Note 4: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.
Note 5: The requirements apply for SSB Ês/Iot ≤ 25 dB.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 197 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.16 SINR report mapping

10.1.16.1 SS-SINR measurement report mapping

The reporting range of SS-SINR is defined from -23 dB to 40 dB with 0.5 dB resolution. The mapping of measured
quantity is defined in Table 10.1.16.1-1. The range in the signalling may be larger than the guaranteed accuracy range.

Table 10.1.16.1-1: SS-SINR measurement report mapping

Reported value Measured quantity Unit
value
SS-SINR_0 SS-SINR<-23 dB
SS-SINR_1 -23≤ SS-SINR<-22.5 dB
SS-SINR_2 -22.5≤ SS-SINR<-22 dB
SS-SINR_3 -22≤ SS-SINR<-21.5 dB
SS-SINR_4 -21.5≤ SS-SINR<-21 dB
.. .. …

SS-SINR_123 38≤ SS-SINR<38.5 dB

SS-SINR_124 38.5≤ SS-SINR<39 dB
SS-SINR_125 39≤ SS-SINR<39.5 dB
SS-SINR_126 39.5≤ SS-SINR<40 dB
SS-SINR_127 40≤ SS-SINR dB

10.1.17 Power Headroom

10.1.17.1 Power Headroom Report

10.1.17.1.1 Power Headroom Report Mapping

The power headroom reporting range is from -32 ...+38 dB. Table 10.1.17.1-1 defines the report mapping.

Table 10.1.17.1-1: Power headroom report mapping

Reported value Measured quantity value (dB)

POWER_HEADROOM_0 PH < -32
POWER_HEADROOM_1 -32 ≤ PH < -31
POWER_HEADROOM_2 -31 ≤ PH < -30
POWER_HEADROOM_3 -30 ≤ PH < -29
… …
POWER_HEADROOM_53 20 ≤ PH < 21
POWER_HEADROOM_54 21 ≤ PH < 22
POWER_HEADROOM_55 22 ≤ PH < 24
POWER_HEADROOM_56 24 ≤ PH < 26
POWER_HEADROOM_57 26 ≤ PH < 28
POWER_HEADROOM_58 28 ≤ PH < 30
POWER_HEADROOM_59 30 ≤ PH < 32
POWER_HEADROOM_60 32 ≤ PH < 34
POWER_HEADROOM_61 34 ≤ PH < 36
POWER_HEADROOM_62 36 ≤ PH < 38
POWER_HEADROOM_63 PH ≥ 38

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 198 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.18 PCMAX,c,f
The UE is required to report the UE configured maximum output power (PCMAX,c,f) together with the power headroom.
This clause defines the requirements for the PCMAX,c,f reporting.

10.1.18.1 Report Mapping

The PCMAX,c,f reporting range is defined from -29 dBm to 33 dBm with 1 dB resolution. Table 10.1.18.1-1 defines the
reporting mapping.

Table 10.1.18.1-1 Mapping of PCMAX,c.f

Reported value Measured quantity value Unit
PCMAX_C_00 PCMAX,c,f < -29 dBm
PCMAX_C_01 -29 ≤ PCMAX,c,f < -28 dBm
PCMAX_C_02 -28 ≤ PCMAX,c,f < -27 dBm
… … …
PCMAX_C_61 31 ≤ PCMAX,c,f < 32 dBm
PCMAX_C_62 32 ≤ PCMAX,c,f < 33 dBm
PCMAX_C_63 33 ≤ PCMAX,c,f dBm

10.1.19 L1-RSRP accuracy requirements for FR1

10.1.19.1 SSB based L1-RSRP accuracy requirements

10.1.19.1.1 Absolute Accuracy

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SSB based L1-RSRP in this clause apply to all
SSBs of the serving cell configured for L1-RSRP measurement.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.19.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for L1-RSRP measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.4.1 for a corresponding Band for
each relevant SSB.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 199 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.19.1.1-1: SSB based L1-RSRP absolute accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme SSB
NR operating band
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 2
dB dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB SCSSSB SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
= 15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -70
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -70
±5.0 ±9.5 ≥-3dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -70
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -70
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A,
NR_SDL_FR1_A,
NR_FDD_FR1_B,
NR_TDD_FR1_C,
±8.5 ±11.5 ≥-3dB NR_FDD_FR1_D, N/A N/A -70 -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D,
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E,
NR_FDD_FR1_G,
NR_FDD_FR1_H,
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.19.1.2 Relative Accuracy

The relative accuracy of SSB based L1-RSRP is defined as the L1-RSRP measured from one SSB compared to the
largest measured value of L1-RSRP among all SSBs of the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.19.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for L1-RSRP measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.4.1 for a corresponding Band for
each relevant SSB.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 200 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.19.1.2-1: SSB based L1-RSRP relative accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
SSB Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
Ês/Iot NR operating band
condition condition Note 2 Minimum Io Maximum Io
groups Note 4
dBm / SCSSSB
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
15 kHz 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 N/A -50
±3 ±4 ≥-3dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of SSBs to which the requirement applies.
NOTE 3: Void
NOTE 4: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2..

10.1.19.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP accuracy requirements

10.1.19.2.1 Absolute Accuracy

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of CSI-RS based L1-RSRP in this clause apply to all
CSI-RS resources of the serving cell configured for L1-RSRP measurement.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.19.2.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for L1-RSRP measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.4.2 for a corresponding Band for
each relevant CSI-RS.

- The bandwidth of CSI-RS is 48 PRBs and the density is 3.

The performance with larger bandwidth of CSI-RS is equal to or better than the accuracy requirements in Table
10.1.19.2.1-1.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 201 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.19.2.1-1: CSI-RS based L1-RSRP absolute accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
CSI- Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme
RS NR operating band
condition condition Minimum Io Maximum Io
Ês/Iot groups Note 2
dBm / SCSCSI-RS
dB dB dB SCSCSI- SCSCSI- SCSCSI- dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
RS = 15 RS = 30 RS = 60
kHz kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 -115 N/A -70
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 -114.5 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 -114 N/A -70
±5.0 ±9.5 ≥-3dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 -113.5 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 -113 N/A -70
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 -112 N/A -70
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 -111.5 N/A -70
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A,
NR_SDL_FR1_A,
NR_FDD_FR1_B,
NR_TDD_FR1_C,
±8.5 ±11.5 ≥-3dB NR_FDD_FR1_D, N/A N/A N/A -70 -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D,
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E,
NR_FDD_FR1_G,
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.19.2.2 Relative Accuracy

The relative accuracy of CSI-RS based L1-RSRP is defined as the L1-RSRP measured from one CSI-RS compared to
the largest measured value of L1-RSRP among all CSI-RS resources of the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.19.2.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for L1-RSRP measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.4.2 for a corresponding Band for
each relevant CSI-RS.

- The bandwidth of CSI-RS is 48 PRBs and the density is 3.

The performance with larger bandwidth of CSI-RS is equal to or better than the accuracy requirements in
Table 10.1.19.2.2-1.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 202 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.19.2.2-1: CSI-RS based L1-RSRP relative accuracy in FR1

Accuracy Conditions
CSI- Io Note 1 range
Normal Extreme RS
NR operating band
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
Note 2 groups Note 4
dB dBm / SCSCSI-RS
dB dB SCSCSI- SCSCSI- SCSCSI- dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
RS = 15 RS = 30 RS = 60
kHz kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -121 -118 -115 N/A -50
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 -114.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 -114 N/A -50
±3 ±4 ≥-3dB NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-119.5 -116.5 -113.5 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-119 -116 -113 N/A -50
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 -112 N/A -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 -111.5 N/A -50
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The parameter CSI-RS Ês/Iot is the minimum CSI-RS Ês/Iot of the pair of CSI-RS resources to which the
requirement applies.
NOTE 3: Void
NOTE 4: NR operating band groups in FR1 are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

10.1.20 L1-RSRP accuracy requirements for FR2

10.1.20.1 SSB based L1-RSRP accuracy requirements

10.1.20.1.1 Absolute Accuracy

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of SSB based L1-RSRP in this clause apply to all
SSBs of the serving cell configured for L1-RSRP measurement.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.20.1.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for L1-RSRP measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.4.1 for a corresponding Band for
each relevant SSB.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 10.1.20.1.1-1: SSB based L1-RSRP absolute accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 1 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 2
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 203 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Same value as SSB_RP

in Table B.2.4.1-2,
±6.5 ±9.5 ≥-3 according to UE Power N/A -70
class, operating band
and angle of arrival
±8.5 ±11.5 ≥-3 N/A -70 -50
NOTE 1: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
NOTE 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.

10.1.20.1.2 Relative Accuracy

The relative accuracy of SSB based L1-RSRP is defined as the L1-RSRP measured from one SSB compared to the
largest measured value of L1-RSRP among all SSBs of the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.20.1.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for L1-RSRP measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.4.1 for a corresponding Band for
each relevant SSB.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 10.1.20.1.2-1: SSB based L1-RSRP relative accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme SSB Io Note 1 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSSSB Note 3
dB dB dB SCSSSB = SCSSSB = dBm/BWChannel
120kHz 240kHz
Same value as SSB_RP in
Table B.2.4.1-2, according
±6.5 ±9.5 ≥-3 to UE Power class, -50
operating band and angle
of arrival
NOTE 1: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE
across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The parameter SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum SSB Ês/Iot of the pair of SSBs
to which the requirement applies.
NOTE 3: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in
clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition
selected depending on angle of arrival.
NOTE 4: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be
adjusted to ensure Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in
this table.

10.1.20.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP accuracy requirements

10.1.20.2.1 Absolute Accuracy

Unless otherwise specified, the requirements for absolute accuracy of CSI-RS based L1-RSRP in this clause apply to all
CSI-RS resources of the serving cell configured for L1-RSRP measurement.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.1-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 204 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- Conditions for L1-RSRP measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.4.2 for a corresponding Band for
each relevant CSI-RS.

- The bandwidth of CSI-RS is 48 PRBs and the density is 3.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The performance with larger bandwidth of CSI-RS is equal to or better than the accuracy requirements in Table
10.1.20.2.1-1.

Table 10.1.20.2.1-1: CSI-RS based L1-RSRP absolute accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme CSI-RS Io Note 1 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSCSI-RS Note 2
dB dB dB SCSCSI-RS SCSCSI-RS dBm/BWChannel dBm/BWChannel
= 60kHz = 120kHz
Same value as CSI-
RS_RP in Table B.2.4.2-
±6.5 ±9.5 ≥-3 2, according to UE N/A -70
Power class, operating
band and angle of arrival
±8.5 ±11.5 ≥-3 N/A -70 -50
NOTE 1: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of
TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
NOTE 3: In the test cases, the CSI-RS Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure
Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in this table.

10.1.20.2.2 Relative Accuracy

The relative accuracy of CSI-RS based L1-RSRP is defined as the L1-RSRP measured from one CSI-RS compared to
the largest measured value of L1-RSRP among all CSI-RS resources of the serving cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1 are valid under the following conditions:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Conditions for L1-RSRP measurements are fulfilled according to Annex B.2.4.2 for a corresponding Band for
each relevant CSI-RS.

- The bandwidth of CSI-RS is 48 PRBs and the density is 3.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The performance with larger bandwidth of CSI-RS is equal to or better than the accuracy requirements in Table
10.1.20.2.2-1.

Table 10.1.20.2.2-1: CSI-RS based L1-RSRP relative accuracy in FR2

Accuracy Conditions
Normal Extreme CSI-RS Io Note 1 range
condition condition Ês/Iot Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm / SCSCSI-RS
dB dB dB SCSCSI-RS = SCSCSI-RS = dBm/BWChannel
60kHz 120kHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 205 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Same value as CSI-RS RP

in Table B.2.4.2-2,
±6.5 ±9.5 ≥-3 according to UE Power -50
class, operating band and
angle of arrival
NOTE 1: Io specified at the Reference point, and assumed to have constant EPRE
across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The parameter CSI-RS Ês/Iot is the minimum CSI-RS Ês/Iot of the pair of
CSI-RS resources to which the requirement applies.
NOTE 3: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in
clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Applicable side condition
selected depending on angle of arrival.
NOTE 4: In the test cases, the CSI-RS Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to
be adjusted to ensure Ês/Iot at UE baseband is above the value defined in
this table.

10.1.21 SFTD accuracy requirements

10.1.21.1 SFTD acuracy requirements for NE-DC

The SFN and frame timing difference (SFTD) is measured between PCell and E-UTRAN PSCell under NE-DC.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.21.1-4 are appilicable under the following conditions:

For FR1 PCell SFN and frame timing measurement:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Io range deifined in Table 10.1.21.1-1.

Table 10.1.21.1-1: PCell Io range conditions in FR1

Io Note 1 range
NR operating band groups Note 4, 5 Minimum Io Note 2, 3 Maximum Io
Parameter dBm/ SCSSSB
SCSSSB = 15 SCSSSB = 30 dBm/BWChannel
kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A -121 -118 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 -50
Conditions NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -119.5 -116.5 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -119 -116 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 -50
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The condition level is increased by ΔRIB,c as defined in clause 7.3B in TS 38.101-3 [20], depending on E-
UTRA – NR band combination.
NOTE 3: The condition level is increased by MSD as defined in clause 7.3B in TS 38.101-3 [20], if applicable depending
on E-UTRA – NR band combination.
NOTE 4: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.
NOTE 5: Only NR bands within EN-DC band combinations as specified in clause 5.5B in TS 38.101-3 [20] are
applicable.

For FR2 PCell SFN and frame timing measurement:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Io range deifined in Table 10.1.21.1-2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 206 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.21.1-2: PCell Io range conditions in FR2

Io Note 1 range
Minimum Io Note 2, 3 Maximum Io
Parameter
dBm/ SCSSSB
dBm/BWChannel
SCSSSB = 15 kHz SCSSSB = 30 kHz
Same value as SSB_RP in Table Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.4.1-2, according to UE Power B.2.4.1-2, according to UE Power
Conditions -50
class, operating band and angle of class, operating band and angle of
arrival arrival
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth and specified at the Reference point.
NOTE 2: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-
2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
NOTE 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure Ês/Iot at UE
baseband is above the value defined in this table.

For E-UTRA PSCell SFN and frame timing measurement:

- Cell specific reference signals are transmitted either from one, two or four antenna ports.

- Conditions defined in TS 36.101 [25] Clause 7.3 for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- No changes to the uplink transmission timing are applied during the measurement period.

- RSRP|dBm according to Annex B.3.5 in TS 36.101 [25] for a corresponding Band.

- Io range deifined in Table 10.1.21.1-3.

Table 10.1.21.1-3: E-UTRA PSCell Io range conditions

Io Note 1 range
Parameter
E-UTRA operating band groups Note 3 Minimum Io Maximum Io
dBm/15kHz Note 2 dBm/BWChannel
FDD_A, TDD_A -121 -50
FDD_C, TDD_C -120 -50
FDD_D -119.5 -50
Conditions FDD_E, TDD_E -119 -50
FDD_F -118.5 -50
FDD_G -118 -50
FDD_H -117.5 -50
FDD_N -114.5 -50
NOTE 1: When in dBm/15kHz, the minimum Io condition is expressed as the average Io per RE over all REs in that
symbol. Io may be different in different symbols within a subframe.
NOTE 2: The condition level is increased by ∆>0, when applicable, as described in clauses B.4.2 and B.4.3 in
TS36.133 [15].
NOTE 3: E-UTRA operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5 in TS 36.133 [15].

Table 10.1.21.1-4: SFTD measurement accuracy

Conditions
Accuracy
Ês/Iot Note 2 Frequency range
Ts Note 1 dB
40*64*Tc FR1
≥-3 dB
40*64*Tc FR2
NOTE 1: Tc is the basic timing unit defined in TS 38.211 [6].
NOTE 2: The parameter Ês/Iot is the minimum Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the
requirement applies.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 207 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

10.1.21.2 SFTD acuracy requirements for NR-DC

The SFN and frame timing difference (SFTD) is measured between PCell in FR1 and PSCell in FR2 under NR dual
connectivity.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.21.2-3 are appilicable under the following conditions:

For FR1 PCell SFN and frame timing measurement:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Io range deifined in Table 10.1.21.2-1.

Table 10.1.21.2-1: PCell Io range conditions in FR1

Io Note 1 range
NR operating band groups Note 2 Minimum Io Maximum Io
Parameter dBm/ SCSSSB
SCSSSB = 15 SCSSSB = 30 dBm/BWChannel
kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A -121 -118 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 -50
Conditions NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -119.5 -116.5 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -119 -116 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 -50
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

For FR2 PSCell SFN and frame timing measurement:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Io range deifined in Table 10.1.21.2-2.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Table 10.1.21.2-2: PSCell Io range conditions in FR2

Io Note 1 range
Minimum Io Note 2, 3 Maximum Io
Parameter
dBm/ SCSSSB
dBm/BWChannel
SCSSSB = 15 kHz SCSSSB = 30 kHz
Same value as SSB_RP in Table Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.4.1-2, according to UE Power B.2.4.1-2, according to UE Power
Conditions -50
class, operating band and angle of class, operating band and angle of
arrival arrival
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth and specified at the Reference point.
NOTE 2: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-
2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
NOTE 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure Ês/Iot at UE
baseband is above the value defined in this table.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 208 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.21.2-3: SFTD measurement accuracy

Conditions
Accuracy
Ês/Iot Note 2 Frequency range
Ts Note 1 dB
40*64*Tc ≥ -3 dB Between FR1 and FR2
NOTE 1: Tc is the basic timing unit defined in TS 38.211 [6].
NOTE 2: The parameter Ês/Iot is the minimum Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the
requirement applies.

10.1.21.3 Inter frequency SFTD acuracy requirements

The SFN and frame timing difference (SFTD) is measured between PCell and inter-frequency neighbour cell.

The accuracy requirements in Table 10.1.21.3-3 are appilicable under the following conditions:

For FR1 PCell, inter frequency neighbour cell SFN and frame timing measurement:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Io range deifined in Table 10.1.21.3-1.

Table 10.1.21.3-1: PCell, inter frequency neighbour cell Io range conditions in FR1

Io Note 1 range
NR operating band groups Note 2 Minimum Io Maximum Io
Parameter dBm/ SCSSSB
SCSSSB = 15 SCSSSB = 30 dBm/BWChannel
kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A -121 -118 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5 -117.5 -50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120 -117 -50
Conditions NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -119.5 -116.5 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -119 -116 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118 -115 -50
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117.5 -114.5 -50
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth.
NOTE 2: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.

For FR2 PCell, inter frequency neighbour cell SFN and frame timing measurement:

- Conditions defined in clause 7.3 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for reference sensitivity are fulfilled.

- Io range deifined in Table 10.1.21.3-2.

- The measured signals are in the directions covered by the percentile EIS spherical coverage of the UE, defined in
clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 209 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table 10.1.21.3-2: PCell, inter frequency neighbour cell Io range conditions in FR2

Io Note 1 range
Minimum Io Note 2, 3 Maximum Io
Parameter
dBm/ SCSSSB
dBm/BWChannel
SCSSSB = 15 kHz SCSSSB = 30 kHz
Same value as SSB_RP in Table Same value as SSB_RP in Table
B.2.4.1-2, according to UE Power B.2.4.1-2, according to UE Power
Conditions -50
class, operating band and angle of class, operating band and angle of
arrival arrival
NOTE 1: Io is assumed to have constant EPRE across the bandwidth and specified at the Reference point.
NOTE 2: Values based on Refsens and EIS spherical coverage as defined in clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-
2 [19]. Applicable side condition selected depending on angle of arrival.
NOTE 3: In the test cases, the SSB Ês/Iot and related parameters may need to be adjusted to ensure Ês/Iot at UE
baseband is above the value defined in this table.

Table 10.1.21.3-3: Inter frequency SFTD measurement accuracy

Conditions
Accuracy
Ês/Iot Note 2 Frequency range
Ts Note 1 dB
40*64*Tc ≥ -3 dB FR1, FR2
NOTE 1: Tc is the basic timing unit defined in TS 38.211 [6].
NOTE 2: The parameter Ês/Iot is the minimum Ês/Iot of the pair of cells to which the
requirement applies.

10.2 E-UTRAN measurements

10.2.1 Introduction
Accuracy requirements for measurements on E-UTRAN carrier frequencies are specified in clause 10.2 and apply for
UE in SA or NR-DC or NE-DC operation mode.

The requirements in clause 10.2 are applicable for a UE:

- in RRC_CONNECTED state

- performing measurements with appropriate measurement gaps according to clause 9.1.2.

- that is synchronised to the cell that is measured.

The reported measurement result after layer 1 filtering shall be an estimate of the average value of the measured quantity
over the measurement period. The reference point for the measurement result after layer 1 filtering is referred to as point
B in the measurement model described in TS 36.300 [24].

The accuracy requirements of E-UTRA measurements in this clause are valid for the reported measurement result after
layer 1 filtering. The accuracy requirements are verified from the measurement report at point D in the measurement
model having the layer 3 filtering disabled.

If the UE needs measurement gaps to perform the inter-RAT NR ─

E-UTRAN FDD and NR E-UTRAN TDD ─
measurements, the relevant measurement procedure and measurement gap patterns stated in clause 9.1.2 shall apply.

10.2.2 E-UTRAN RSRP measurements

NOTE: This measurement is for handover between NR and E-UTRAN.

The measurement period of E-UTRA RSRP in RRC_CONNECTED state is specified in clause 9.4.2 and 9.4.3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 210 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The accuracy requirements of E-UTRA RSRP measurements in RRC_CONNECTED state and the corresponding side
conditions shall be the same as the inter-frequency RSRP Accuracy Requirements in clause 9.1.3 of TS 36.133 [15].

The reporting range and mapping specified for RSRP measurements in clause 9.1.4 of TS 36.133 [15] shall apply.

10.2.3 E-UTRAN RSRQ measurements

NOTE: This measurement is for handover between NR and E-UTRAN.

The measurement period of E-UTRA RSRQ in RRC_CONNECTED state is specified in clause 9.4.2 and 9.4.3.

The accuracy requirements of E-UTRA RSRQ measurements in RRC_CONNECTED state and the corresponding side
conditions shall be the same as the inter-frequency RSRQ Accuracy Requirements in clause 9.1.6 of TS 36.133 [15].

The requirements for accuracy of E-UTRA RSRQ measurements in RRC_CONNECTED state and the corresponding
side conditions shall be the same as the inter-frequency RSRQ Accuracy Requirements in clause 9.1.6 of TS 36.133 [15].

The reporting range and mapping specified for RSRQ measurements in clause 9.1.7 of TS 36.133 [15] shall apply.

10.2.4 E-UTRAN RSTD measurements

The requirements in this clause are valid for UE supporting this capability.

The measurement period is specified in clauses 9.4.4.1 and 9.4.4.2 for inter-RAT NR ─ E-UTRAN FDD and inter-
RAT NR ─ E-UTRAN TDD RSTD measurements, respectively.

The accuracy requirements and the corresponding side conditions shall be the same as the inter-frequency measurement
accuracy requirements for RSTD measurements in RRC_CONNECTED in clause 9.1.10.2 of TS 36.133 [15].

If the UE needs measurement gaps to perform the inter-RAT NR ─

E-UTRAN FDD and NR E-UTRAN TDD─
RSTD measurements, the relevant measurement procedure and measurement gap patterns stated in clause 9.1.2 shall
apply.

The reporting range and mapping for the inter-RAT NR ─ ─

E-UTRAN FDD and NR E-UTRAN TDD RSTD
measurements is the same as specified for RSTD measurements in TS 36.133 [15, clauses 9.1.10.3 and 9.1.10.4].

10.2.5 E-UTRAN RS-SINR measurements

NOTE: This measurement is for handover between NR and E-UTRAN.

The measurement period of E-UTRA RS-SINR in RRC_CONNECTED state is specified in clause 9.4.2 and 9.4.3.

The accuracy requirements of E-UTRA RS-SINR measurements in RRC_CONNECTED state and the corresponding side
conditions shall be the same as the inter-frequency RS-SINR Accuracy Requirements in clause 9.1.17.3 of
TS 36.133 [15].

The reporting range and mapping for E-UTRA RS-SINR measurements shall be the same as specified for RS-SINR
measurements in clause 9.1.17.1 of TS 36.133 [15].

11 Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 211 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Annex A (normative):
Test Cases

A.1 Purpose of annex

A.2 Requirement classification for statistical testing

Requirements in this specification are either expressed as absolute requirements with a single value stating the
requirement, or expressed as a success rate. There are no provisions for the statistical variations that will occur when
the parameter is tested.

Annex A outlines the tests in more detail and lists the test parameters needed. The test will result in an outcome of a
test variable value for the device under test (DUT) inside or outside the test limit. Overall, the probability of a
"good" DUT being inside the test limit(s) and the probability of a "bad" DUT being outside the test limit(s) should
be as high as possible. For this reason, when selecting the test variable and the test limit(s), the statistical nature of
the test is accounted for.

The statistical nature depends on the type of requirement. Some have large statistical variations, while others are not
statistical in nature at all. When testing a parameter with a statistical nature, a confidence level is set. This
establishes the probability that a DUT passing the test actually meets the requirements and determines how many
times a test has to be repeated and what the pass and fail criteria are. Those aspects are not covered by TS 38.133.
The details of the tests on how many times to run it and how to establish confidence in the tests are described in TS
38.533 [5]. This Annex establishes the variable to be used in the test and whether it can be viewed as statistical in
nature or not.

A.2.1 Types of requirements in TS 38.133

A.2.1.1 Time and delay requirements on UE higher layer actions
A very large part of the RRM requirements are delay requirements:

- In RRC_CONNECTED state mobility (clauses A.4.3, A.4.6, A.5.3, A.5.6, A.6.3, A.6.6, A.7.3 and A.7.6)
there is handover delay, cell search delay and measurement reporting delay.

- In RRC Connection Control (clauses A.4.3.2, A.5.3.2, A.6.3.2 and A.7.3.2) there is RRC re-establishment
delay.

All have in common that the UE is required to perform an action observable in higher layers (e.g. camp on the
correct cell) within a certain time after a specific event (e.g. when a new strong pilot or reference signal appears).
The delay time is statistical in nature for several reasons, among others that several of the measurements are
performed by the UE in a fading radio environment.

The variations make a strict limit unsuitable for a test. Instead there is a condition set for a correct action by the UE,
e.g. that the UE shall camp on the correct cell within X seconds. Then the rate of correct events is observed during
repeated tests and a limit is set on the rate of correct events, usually 90% correct events are required. How the limit
is applied in the test depends on the confidence required, further detailed are in TS 38.533 [5].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 212 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.2.1.2 Measurements of power levels, relative powers and time

A very large number of requirements are on measurements that the UE performs:

- In RRC_CONNECTED state mobility (clauses A.4.3, A.5.3, A.6.3 and A.7.3) there are measurement reports.

- In Measurement Performance Requirements (clauses A.4.7, A.5.7, A.6.7 and A.7.7) there are requirements
for all type of measurements.

The accuracy requirements on measurements are expressed in this specification as a fixed limit (e.g. +/-X dB), but
the measurement error will have a distribution that is not easily confined in fixed limits. Assuming a Gaussian
distribution of the error, the limits will have to be set at +/-3.29σ if the probability of failing a "good DUT" in a
single test is to be kept at 0.1%. It is more reasonable to set the limit tighter and test the DUT by counting the rate of
measurements that are within the limits, in a way similar to the requirements on delay.

A.2.1.3 Implementation requirements

A few requirements are strict actions the UE should take or capabilities the UE should have, without any allowance
for deviations. These requirements are absolute and should be tested as such. Examples are:

- "Event triggered report rate" in RRC_CONNECTED state mobility (clauses A.4.3, A.4.6, A.5.3, A.5.6,
A.6.3, A.6.6, A.7.3 and A.7.6)

- "Correct behaviour at time-out" in RRC connection control (clauses A.4.3.2, A.5.3.2, A.6.3.2 and A.7.3.2)

A.2.1.4 Physical layer timing requirements

There are requirements on Timing (clauses A.4.4, A.5.4, A.6.4 and A.7.4). There are both absolute and relative
limits on timing accuracy depending upon the type of requirement. Examples are:

- Initial Transmit Timing (clauses A.4.4.1, A.5.4.1, A.6.4.1 and A.7.4.1) has an absolute limit on timing
accuracy.

- Timing Advance (clauses A.4.4.2, A.5.4.2, A.6.4.2 and A.7.4.2) has a relative limit on timing accuracy.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 213 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3 RRM test configurations

A.3.1 Reference measurement channels

A.3.1.1 PDSCH

A.3.1.1.1 FDD
Table A.3.1.1.1-1: PDSCH Reference Measurement Channels for SCS=15kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel SR.1.1
FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Allocated resource blocks 24
for PDSCH Note 1
Allocated slots per Radio 10
Frame
Radio frame containing slots Note 5
SSB
Radio frame not slots 10
containing SSB
MCS index 4
Modulation QPSK
Target Coding Rate 1/3
Number of control 2
symbols
PDSCH mapping type Type A
Information Bit Payload
For slots with RMSI Note 2 bits 1608
For slots without RMSI bits 1864
Number of Code Blocks 1
per slot
Binary Channel Bits Per
slot
For slots with RMSI Note 2, bits 5184
Note 4

For slots without RMSI bits 6048

Note 6

Note 1: Allocated outside the SMTC duration in time and in resource blocks which do not overlap with the
resource blocks allocated for SS/PBCH block.
Note 2: PDSCH is scheduled on the slots with RMSI.
Note 3: If necessary the information bit payload size can be adjusted to facilitate the test implementation. The
payload sizes are defined in TS 38.213 [3].
Note 4: Derived based on the PDSCH DMRS assumption: dmrs-TypeA-Position=2, dmrs-Type=1, dmrs-
AdditonalPositions=2, maxLength=1, Antenna port index: 1000, and Number of PDSCH DMRS CDM
group(s) without data: 2.
Note 5: PDSCH is not scheduled in slots containing SSB according to the SSB configuration used in the test.
SSB configurations are defined in clause A.3.10.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 214 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.1.1.2 TDD
Table A.3.1.1.2-1: PDSCH Reference Measurement Channels for SCS=15kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel SR.1.1
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Allocated resource blocks 24
for PDSCH Note 1
Allocated slots per Radio
Frame
Radio frame containing slots Note 5
SSB
Radio frame not slots 4
containing SSB
MCS table 64QAM
MCS index 4
Modulation QPSK
Target Coding Rate 1/3
Number of control 2
symbols
PDSCH mapping type Type A
Information Bit Payload
For slots with RMSI Note 2 bits 1608
For slots without RMSI bits 1864
Number of Code Blocks 1
per slot
Binary Channel Bits Per
slot
For slots with RMSI Note 2, bits 5184
Note 4

For slots without RMSI bits 6048

Note 6

Note 1: Allocated outside the SMTC duration in time and in resource blocks which do not overlap with the
resource blocks allocated for SS/PBCH block.
Note 2: PDSCH is scheduled on the slots with RMSI.
Note 3: If necessary the information bit payload size can be adjusted to facilitate the test implementation. The
payload sizes are defined in TS 38.213 [3].
Note 4: Derived based on the PDSCH DMRS assumption: dmrs-TypeA-Position=2, dmrs-Type=1, dmrs-
AdditonalPositions=2, maxLength=1, Antenna port index: 1000, and Number of PDSCH DMRS CDM
group(s) without data: 2.
Note 5: PDSCH is not scheduled in slots containing SSB according to the SSB configuration used in the test.
SSB configurations are defined in clause A.3.10.
Note 6: Derived based on the PDSCH DMRS assumption: dmrs-TypeA-Position=2, dmrs-Type=1, dmrs-
AdditonalPositions=2, maxLength=1, Antenna port index: 1000, and Number of PDSCH DMRS CDM
group(s) without data: 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 215 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.1.1.1-2: PDSCH Reference Measurement Channels for SCS=30kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel SR.2.1
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 40
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Allocated resource blocks 24
for PDSCH Note 1
Allocated slots per Radio
Frame
Radio frame containing slots Note 5
SSB
Radio frame not slots 10
containing SSB
MCS table 64QAM
MCS index 4
Modulation QPSK
Target Coding Rate 1/3
Number of control 2
symbols
PDSCH mapping type Type A
Information Bit Payload
For slots with RMSI Note 2 bits 1608
For slots without RMSI bits 1864
Number of Code Blocks 1
per slot
Binary Channel Bits Per
slot
For slots with RMSI Note 2, bits 6048
Note 4

Note 1: Allocated outside the SMTC duration in time and in resource blocks which do not overlap with the
resource blocks allocated for SS/PBCH block.
Note 2: PDSCH is scheduled on the slots with RMSI.
Note 3: If necessary the information bit payload size can be adjusted to facilitate the test implementation. The
payload sizes are defined in TS 38.213 [3].
Note 4: Derived based on the PDSCH DMRS assumption: dmrs-TypeA-Position=2, dmrs-Type=1, dmrs-
AdditonalPositions=2, maxLength=1, Antenna port index: 1000, and Number of PDSCH DMRS CDM
group(s) without data: 2.
Note 5: PDSCH is not scheduled in slots containing SSB according to the SSB configuration used in the test.
SSB configurations are defined in clause A.3.10.
Note 6: Derived based on the PDSCH DMRS assumption: dmrs-TypeA-Position=2, dmrs-Type=1, dmrs-
AdditonalPositions=2, maxLength=1, Antenna port index: 1000, and Number of PDSCH DMRS CDM
group(s) without data: 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 216 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.1.1.1-3: PDSCH Reference Measurement Channels for SCS=120kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel SR.3.1
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 100
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Allocated resource blocks 24
for PDSCH Note 1
Allocated slots per Radio
Frame
Radio frame containing slots Note 5
SSB
Radio frame not slots 48
containing SSB
MCS table 64QAM
MCS index 4
Modulation QPSK
Target Coding Rate 1/3
Number of control 2
symbols
PDSCH mapping type Type A
Information Bit Payload
For slots with RMSI Note 2 bits 1608
For slots without RMSI bits 1864
Number of Code Blocks 1
per slot
Binary Channel Bits Per
slot
For slots with RMSI Note 2, bits 5184
Note 4

For slots without RMSI bits 6048

Note 6

Note 1: Allocated outside the SMTC duration in time and in resource blocks which do not overlap with the
resource blocks allocated for SS/PBCH block
Note 2: PDSCH is scheduled on the slots with RMSI.
Note 3: If necessary the information bit payload size can be adjusted to facilitate the test implementation. The
payload sizes are defined in TS 38.213 [3].
Note 4: Derived based on the PDSCH DMRS assumption: dmrs-TypeA-Position=2, dmrs-Type=1, dmrs-
AdditonalPositions=2, maxLength=1, Antenna port index: 1000, and Number of PDSCH DMRS CDM
group(s) without data: 2.
Note 5: PDSCH is not scheduled in slots containing SSB according to the SSB configuration used in the test.
SSB configurations are defined in clause A.3.10.
Note 6: Derived based on the PDSCH DMRS assumption: dmrs-TypeA-Position=2, dmrs-Type=1, dmrs-
AdditonalPositions=2, maxLength=1, Antenna port index: 1000, and Number of PDSCH DMRS CDM
group(s) without data: 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 217 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.1.2 CORESET for RMSI scheduling

A.3.1.2.1 FDD
Table A.3.1.2.1-1: RMSI CORESET Reference Channel for FDD with SCS=15KHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel CR.1.1
FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10
Subcarrier spacing for kHz 15
RMSI CORESET
Allocated resource blocks 24
for RMSI CORESET Note 7
Subcarrier spacing for kHz 15
SSB
SSB and RMSI Pattern 1
CORESET multiplexing
configuration Note 7
Offset between SSB and RB 0 (Note8)
RMSI CORESET Note 3, 7
Configuration of PDCCH Index 4
monitoring occasions for
RMSI CORESET Note 4
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Duration of RMSI symbols 2
CORESET Note 7
DCI Format Note 1 Note 2
Aggregation level CCE 8
DMRS precoder 6
granularity
REG bundle size 6
Mapping from REG to Distributed
CCE
Cell ID Note 5
Payload (without CRC) bits Note 6
Note 1: DCI formats are defined in TS 38.212.
Note 2: DCI format shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 3: The offset is defined with respect to the subcarrier spacing of the CORESET from the smallest RB index
of RMSI CORESET to the smallest RB index of the common RB overlapping with the first RB of the
SS/PBCH block.
Note 4: The configuration of PDCCH monitoring occasions for RMSI CORESET is defined in Table 13-11 in
TS 38.213 [3].
Note 5: Cell ID shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 6: Payload size shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 7: The configuration of set of resource blocks and slot symbols of control resource set for Type0-PDCCH
search space corresponds to index 0 in Table 13-1 in TS 38.213 [3]
Note 8: Other values can be used to align with GSCN [13] as long as SSB does not overlap the RMC.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 218 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.1.2.2 TDD
Table A.3.1.2.2-1: RMSI CORESET Reference Channel for TDD with SCS=15KHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel CR.1.1
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15
Allocated resource blocks 24
for RMSI CORESET Note 7
SSB and RMSI Pattern 1
CORESET multiplexing
configuration Note 7
Offset between SSB and RB 0 (Note 8)
RMSI CORESET Note 3, 7
Configuration of PDCCH Index 4
monitoring occasions for
RMSI CORESET Note 4
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Duration of RMSI symbols 2
CORESET Note 7
DCI Format Note 1 Note 2
Aggregation level CCE 8
DMRS precoder 6
granularity
REG bundle size 6
Mapping from REG to Distributed
CCE
Cell ID Note 5
Payload (without CRC) bits Note 6
Note 1: DCI formats are defined in TS 38.212.
Note 2: DCI format shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 3: The offset is defined with respect to the subcarrier spacing of the CORESET from the smallest RB index
of RMSI CORESET to the smallest RB index of the common RB overlapping with the first RB of the
SS/PBCH block.
Note 4: The configuration of PDCCH monitoring occasions for RMSI CORESET is defined in Table 13-11 in
TS 38.213 [3].
Note 5: Cell ID shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 6: Payload size shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 7: The configuration of set of resource blocks and slot symbols of control resource set for Type0-PDCCH
search space corresponds to index 0 in Table 13-1 in TS 38.213 [3].
Note 8: Other values can be used to align with GSCN [13] as long as SSB does not overlap the RMC.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 219 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.1.2.2-2: RMSI CORESET Reference Channel for TDD with SCS=30KHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel CR.2.1
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 40
Subcarrier spacing kHz 30
Allocated resource blocks 24
for RMSI CORESET Note 7
SSB and RMSI Pattern 1
CORESET multiplexing
configuration Note 7
Offset between SSB and RB 0 (Note 8)
RMSI CORESET Note 3, 7
Configuration of PDCCH Index 4
monitoring occasions for
RMSI CORESET Note 4
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Duration of RMSI symbols 2
CORESET Note 7
DCI Format Note 1 Note 2
Aggregation level CCE 8
DMRS precoder 6
granularity
REG bundle size 6
Mapping from REG to Distributed
CCE
Cell ID Note 5
Payload (without CRC) bits Note 6
Note 1: DCI formats are defined in TS 38.212.
Note 2: DCI format shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 3: The offset is defined with respect to the subcarrier spacing of the CORESET from the smallest RB index
of RMSI CORESET to the smallest RB index of the common RB overlapping with the first RB of the
SS/PBCH block.
Note 4: The configuration of PDCCH monitoring occasions for RMSI CORESET is defined in Table 13-11 in
TS 38.213 [3].
Note 5: Cell ID shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 6: Payload size shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 7: The configuration of set of resource blocks and slot symbols of control resource set for Type0-PDCCH
search space corresponds to index 0 in Table 13-6 in TS 38.213 [3].
Note 8: Other values can be used to align with GSCN [13] as long as SSB does not overlap the RMC.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 220 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.1.2.2-3: RMSI CORESET Reference Channel for TDD with SCS=120KHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel CR.3.1
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 100
Subcarrier spacing kHz 120
Allocated resource blocks 24
for RMSI CORESET Note 7
SSB and RMSI Pattern 1
CORESET multiplexing
configuration Note 7
Offset between SSB and RB 0 (Note 8)
RMSI CORESET Note 3, 7
Configuration of PDCCH Index 4
monitoring occasions for
RMSI CORESET Note 4
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Duration of RMSI symbols 2
CORESET Note 7
DCI Format Note 1 Note 2
Aggregation level CCE 8
DMRS precoder 6
granularity
REG bundle size 6
Mapping from REG to Distributed
CCE
Cell ID Note 5
Payload (without CRC) bits Note 6
Note 1: DCI formats are defined in TS 38.212.
Note 2: DCI format shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 3: The offset is defined with respect to the subcarrier spacing of the CORESET from the smallest RB index
of RMSI CORESET to the smallest RB index of the common RB overlapping with the first RB of the
SS/PBCH block.
Note 4: The configuration of PDCCH monitoring occasions for RMSI CORESET is defined in Table 13-12 in
TS 38.213 [3].
Note 5: Cell ID shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 6: Payload size shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 7: The configuration of set of resource blocks and slot symbols of control resource set for Type0-PDCCH
search space corresponds to index 0 in Table 13-8 in TS 38.213 [3].
Note 8: Other values can be used to align with GSCN [13] as long as SSB does not overlap the RMC.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 221 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.1.3 CORESET for RMC scheduling

A.3.1.3.1 FDD
Table A.3.1.3.1-1: Control Channel RMC for FDD with SCS=15KHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel CCR.1.1 CCR.1.2
FDD FDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15 15
Allocated resource 24 18
blocks for CORESET Note
3

Number of transmitter 1 1
antennas
Duration of CORESET symbols 2 2
REG bundle size 6 6
DMRS precoder Same as Same as
granularity REG REG
bundle bundle
size size
CCE to REG mapping Interleaved Interleaved
Interleave n_shift 0 0
Interleave size 2 2
Beamforming Pre-Coder N/A N/A
Aggregation level CCE 8 4
DCI formats Note 1 Note 1
Payload size (without bits Note 2 Note 2
CRC)
Note 1: DCI format shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 2: Payload size shall depend upon the test configuration
Note 3: Allocated in the resource blocks where the associated RMC is scheduled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 222 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.1.3.2 TDD
Table A.3.1.3.2-1: Control Channel RMC for TDD with SCS=15KHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel CCR.1.1 CCR.1.2
TDD TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 10 10
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15 15
Allocated resource 24 18
blocks for CORESET Note
3

Number of transmitter 1 1
antennas
Duration of CORESET symbols 2 2
REG bundle size 6 6
Same as Same as
DMRS precoder REG REG
granularity bundle bundle
size size
CCE to REG mapping Interleaved Interleaved
Interleave n_shift 0 0
Interleave size 2 2
Beamforming Pre-Coder N/A N/A
Aggregation level CCE 8 4
DCI formats Note 1 Note 1
Payload size (without bits Note 2 Note 2
CRC)
Note 1: DCI format shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 2: Payload size shall depend upon the test configuration
Note 3: Allocated in the resource blocks where the associated RMC is scheduled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 223 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.1.3.2-2: Control Channel RMC for TDD with SCS=30KHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel CCR.2.1
TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 40
Subcarrier spacing kHz 30
Allocated resource blocks 24
for CORESET Note 3
Number of transmitter 1
antennas
Duration of CORESET symbols 2
REG bundle size 6
Same as
DMRS precoder REG
granularity bundle
size
CCE to REG mapping Interleaved
Interleave n_shift 0
Interleave size 2
Beamforming Pre-Coder N/A
Aggregation level CCE 8
DCI formats Note 1
Payload size (without bits Note 2
CRC)
Note 1: DCI format shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 2: Payload size shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 3: Allocated in the same resource blocks where the associated RMC is scheduled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 224 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.1.3.2-3: Control Channel RMC for TDD with SCS=120KHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel CCR.3.1 CCR.3.2 CCR.3.3
TDD TDD TDD
Channel bandwidth MHz 100 100 100
Subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120
Allocated resource blocks for 24 24 24
CORESET Note 3
Number of transmitter antennas 1 1 1
monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset sl160 sl160 sl160
0 0 80
monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot 1100000 0011000 1100000
0000000 0000000 0000000
Duration of CORESET slot 1 1 1
REG bundle size 6 6 6
Same as Same as Same as
REG REG REG
DMRS precoder granularity bundle
bundle bundle
size size size
CCE to REG mapping Interleaved Interleaved Interleaved
Interleave n_shift 0 0 0
Interleave size 2 2 2
Beamforming Pre-Coder N/A N/A N/A
Aggregation level CCE 8 8 8
DCI formats Note 1 Note 1 Note 1
Payload size (without CRC) bits Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
Note 1: DCI format shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 2: Payload size shall depend upon the test configuration.
Note 3: Allocated in the same resource blocks where the associated PDSCH RMC is scheduled.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 225 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.1.4 TDD UL/DL configuration

Table A.3.1.4-1: TDD UL/DL configuration for SCS=15kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TDDConf.1.1
referenceSubcarrierSpacing kHz 15
TDD UL/DL pattern 1 Note 2 ‘DSUU’
S=’10DL:2GP:2UL’
dl-UL- ms 4
TransmissionPeriodicity
nrofDownlinkSlots 1
nrofDownlinkSymbols 10
nrofUplinkSlot 2
nrofUplinkSymbols 2
TDD UL/DL pattern 2 Note 2 ‘D’
dl-UL- ms 1
TransmissionPeriodicity
nrofDownlinkSlots 1
nrofDownlinkSymbols 0
nrofUplinkSlot 0
nrofUplinkSymbols 0
Note 1: As specified in TS 38.213 [3] and TS 38.331 [2].
Note 2: For information

Table A.3.1.4-2: TDD UL/DL configuration for SCS=30kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TDDConf.2.1
referenceSubcarrierSpacing kHz 30
TDD UL/DL pattern 1 Note 2 ‘3D1S4U’
S=’6DL:4GP:4UL’
dl-UL- ms 4
TransmissionPeriodicity
nrofDownlinkSlots 3
nrofDownlinkSymbols 6
nrofUplinkSlot 4
nrofUplinkSymbols 4
TDD UL/DL pattern 2 Note 2 ‘DD’
dl-UL- ms 1
TransmissionPeriodicity
nrofDownlinkSlots 2
nrofDownlinkSymbols 0
nrofUplinkSlot 0
nrofUplinkSymbols 0
Note 1: As specified in TS 38.213 [3] and TS 38.331 [2].
Note 2: For information

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 226 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.1.4-3: TDD UL/DL configuration for SCS=120kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TDDConf.3.1
referenceSubcarrierSpacing kHz 120
TDD UL/DL pattern 1 Note 2 ‘DDDSU’
S=’10DL:2GP:2UL’
dl-UL- ms 0.625
TransmissionPeriodicity
nrofDownlinkSlots 3
nrofDownlinkSymbols 10
nrofUplinkSlot 1
nrofUplinkSymbols 2
TDD UL/DL pattern 2 Note 2 Not configured
dl-UL- ms Not configured
TransmissionPeriodicity
nrofDownlinkSlots Not configured
nrofDownlinkSymbols Not configured
nrofUplinkSlot Not configured
nrofUplinkSymbols Not configured
Note 1: As specified in TS 38.213 [3] and TS 38.331 [2].
Note 2: For information

A.3.2 OFDMA channel noise generator (OCNG)

A.3.2.1 Generic OFDMA Channel Noise Generator (OCNG)
The OCNG pattern is used in a test for modelling allocations of unused resources in the channel bandwidth to virtual
UEs (which are not under test). The OCNG pattern comprises PDCCH and PDSCH transmissions to the virtual UEs.

A.3.2.1.1 OCNG pattern 1: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs
Table A.3.2.1.1-1: OP.1: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs

OCNG Parameters Control Region Data Region

Resource allocation Unused REs (Note 1) Unused REs (Note 2)
Channel PDCCH PDSCH
Contents Virtual UE IDs Uncorrelated pseudo random QPSK
modulated data
Antenna transmission Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
scheme
Subcarrier spacing Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Aggregation level Same as used in PDCCH RMC N/A
Code rate Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Transmit Power Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
CP length Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Note 1: REs not used in the active CORESETs where PDCCH is scheduled for the UE under test.
Note 2: REs not allocated to any physical channels, CORESET, SSB or any other reference signal within the
channel bandwidth of the cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 227 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.2.1.2 OCNG pattern 2: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs for 2AoA
setup
Table A.3.2.1.2-2: OP.2: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs for 2AoA setup

OCNG Parameters Control Region Data Region

Probe Transmitting the serving beam
Resource allocation Unused REs (Note 1) in the Unused REs (Note 2) in the symbols where
symbols where SSB/CSI-RS are not SSB/CSI-RS are not transmitted from both
transmitted from both the serving the serving beam probe and non-serving
beam probe and non-serving beam beam probe.
probe.
Channel PDCCH PDSCH
Contents Virtual UE IDs Uncorrelated pseudo random QPSK
modulated data
Antenna transmission Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
scheme
Subcarrier spacing Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Aggregation level Same as used in PDCCH RMC N/A
Code rate Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Transmit Power Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
CP length Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Note 1: REs not used in the active CORESETs where PDCCH is scheduled for the UE under test.
Note 2: REs not allocated to any physical channels, CORESET, SSB or any other reference signal within the
channel bandwidth of the cell.
Note 3: No OCNG is transmitted from the probe transmitting non-serving beam.

A.3.2.1.3 OCNG pattern 3: Generic OCNG pattern for unused REs in the same
bandwidth as PDSCH RMC
Table A.3.2.1.3-1: OP.3: Generic OCNG pattern for unused REs in the same BW as RMC

OCNG Parameters Control Region Data Region

Resource allocation Unused REs (Note 1) Unused REs (Note 2)
Channel PDCCH PDSCH
Contents Virtual UE IDs Uncorrelated pseudo random QPSK
modulated data
Antenna transmission Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
scheme
Subcarrier spacing Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Aggregation level Same as used in PDCCH RMC N/A
Code rate Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Transmit Power Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
CP length Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Note 1: REs not used in the active CORESETs where PDCCH is scheduled for the UE under test. REs for
OCNG shall not be allocated outside the allocated bandwidth of the PDSCH RMC of the serving cell.
Note 2: REs not allocated to any physical channels, CORESET, SSB or any other reference signal within the
allocated bandwidth of the PDSCH RMC of the serving cell. REs for OCNG shall not be allocated
outside the allocated bandwidth of the PDSCH RMC of the serving cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 228 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.2.1.4 OCNG pattern 4: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs outside SSB
slot(s)
Table A.3.2.1.4-1: OP.4: Generic OCNG pattern for all unused REs outside SSB slot(s)

OCNG Parameters Control Region Data Region

Resource allocation Unused REs (Note 1) Unused REs (Note 2)
Channel PDCCH PDSCH
Contents Virtual UE IDs Uncorrelated pseudo random QPSK
modulated data
Antenna transmission Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
scheme
Subcarrier spacing Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Aggregation level Same as used in PDCCH RMC N/A
Code rate Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Transmit Power Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
CP length Same as used in PDCCH RMC Same as used in PDSCH RMC
Note 1: REs not used in the active CORESETs where PDCCH is scheduled for the UE under test. REs for
OCNG shall not be allocated in the slot(s) containing SSB of the respective cell.
Note 2: REs not allocated to any physical channels, CORESET, SSB or any other reference signal within the
channel bandwidth of the cell. REs for OCNG shall not be allocated in the slot(s) containing SSB of the
respective cell.

A.3.2.2 Void

A.3.3 Reference DRX configurations

A.3.3.1 DRX Configuration 1: DRX cycle = 40 ms and TAT = 500 ms
Table A.3.3.1-1: DRX.1: DRX cycle = 40 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = 500 ms

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer 1 ms
drx-InactivityTimer 1 ms
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL 1 slot
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL 1 slot
drx-LongCycleStartOffset 40 ms
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer 500 ms
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for NR serving cell. The DRX cycle and time alignment
timer parameters are specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 229 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.3.2 DRX Configuration 2: DRX cycle = 640 ms and TAT = 500 ms

Table A.3.3.2-1: DRX.2: DRX cycle = 640 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = 500 ms

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer 1 ms
drx-InactivityTimer 1 ms
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL 1 slot
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL 1 slot
drx-LongCycleStartOffset 640 ms
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer 500 ms
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for NR serving cell. The DRX cycle and time alignment
timer parameters are specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2]

A.3.3.3 DRX Configuration 3: DRX cycle = 40 ms and TAT = Infinity

Table A.3.3.3-1: DRX.3: DRX cycle = 40 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = Infinity

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer 6 ms
drx-InactivityTimer 1 ms
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL 1 slot
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL 1 slot
drx-LongCycleStartOffset 40 ms
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer Infinity
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for NR serving cell. The DRX cycle and time alignment
timer parameters are specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2]

A.3.3.4 DRX Configuration 4: DRX cycle = 160 ms and TAT = Infinity

Table A.3.3.4-1: DRX.4: DRX cycle = 160 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = Infinity

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer psf2
drx-InactivityTimer psf2
drx-RetransmissionTimer Psf16
longDRX-CycleStartOffset sf160, 0
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer Infinity
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for E-UTRA serving cell. For further information see
clause 6.3.2 in TS 36.331 [16].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 230 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.3.5 DRX Configuration 5: DRX cycle = 320 ms and TAT = Infinity

Table A.3.3.5-1: DRX.5: DRX cycle = 320 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = Infinity

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer psf6
drx-InactivityTimer psf1920
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf16
longDRX-CycleStartOffset sf320, 0
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer Infinity
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for E-UTRA serving cell. For further information see
clause 6.3.2 in TS 36.331 [16].

A.3.3.6 DRX Configuration 6: DRX cycle = 320 ms and TAT = 500 ms

Table A.3.3.6-1: DRX.6: DRX cycle = 320 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = 500 ms

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer 1 ms
drx-InactivityTimer 1 ms
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL 1 slot
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL 1 slot
drx-LongCycleStartOffset 320 ms
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer 500 ms
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for NR serving cell. The DRX cycle and time alignment
timer parameters are specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2]

A.3.3.7 DRX Configuration 7: DRX cycle = 640 ms and TAT = Infinity

Table A.3.3.7-1: DRX.7: DRX cycle = 640 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = Infinity

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer 6 ms
drx-InactivityTimer 1 ms
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL 1 slot
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL 1 slot
drx-LongCycleStartOffset 640 ms
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer Infinity
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for NR serving cell. The DRX cycle and time alignment
timer parameters are specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 231 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.3.8 DRX Configuration 8: DRX cycle = 320 ms and TAT = Infinity

Table A.3.3.8-1: DRX.8: DRX cycle = 320 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = Infinity

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer 6 ms
drx-InactivityTimer 1 ms
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL 1 slot
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL 1 slot
drx-LongCycleStartOffset 320 ms
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer Infinity
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for NR serving cell. The DRX cycle and time alignment
timer parameters are specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2]

A.3.3.9 DRX Configuration 9: DRX cycle = 40 ms and TAT = 500 ms

Table A.3.3.9-1: DRX.9: DRX cycle = 40 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = 500 ms

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer psf2
drx-InactivityTimer psf100
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf16
longDRX-CycleStartOffset sf40, 0
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer 500 ms
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for E-UTRA serving cell. For further information see
clause 6.3.2 in TS 36.331 [16].

A.3.3.10 DRX Configuration 10: DRX cycle = 640 ms

Table A.3.3.10-1: DRX.10: DRX cycle = 640 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = 500 ms

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer psf6
drx-InactivityTimer psf1920
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf16
longDRX-CycleStartOffset sf640, 0
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer 500 ms
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for E-UTRA serving cell. For further information see
clause 6.3.2 in TS 36.331 [16].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 232 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.3.11 DRX Configuration 11: DRX cycle = 20 ms and TAT = Infinity

Table A.3.3.11-1: DRX.11: DRX cycle = 20 ms and time alignment timer (TAT) = Infinity

Field Value
drx-onDurationTimer 6 ms
drx-InactivityTimer 1 ms
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL 1 slot
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL 1 slot
drx-LongCycleStartOffset 20 ms
shortDRX disable
TimeAlignmentTimer Infinity
Note: This DRX configuration is applicable for NR serving cell. The DRX cycle and time alignment
timer parameters are specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2]

A.3.4 Test Cases with Different Channel Bandwidths

A.3.4.1 Test Cases with Different E-UTRA Channel Bandwidths

A.3.4.1.1 Introduction
In Annex A test cases involving E-UTRA cell(s) may be defined with different E-UTRA channel bandwidths to
verify the same type of RRM requirement.

A.3.4.1.2 Principle of testing

If multiple test cases involving E-UTRA cell(s) are defined with different E-UTRA channel bandwidths to verify the
same type of RRM requirement that is E-UTRA channel bandwidth independent, then the UE needs to be tested
with only one channel bandwidth in each E-UTRA cell and with the same bandwidth in all the E-UTRA cells used
in the test case.

A.3.5 Test Cases for Synchronous and Asynchronous DC

Operations
A.3.5.1 EN-DC Test Cases for Synchronous and Asynchronous EN-DC
Operations

A.3.5.1.1 Introduction
This clause defines a principle which is applicable to test cases verifying RRM requirements for EN-DC operation in
synchronous and asynchronous scenarios.

In Annex A test cases may be defined in both synchronous EN-DC and asynchronous EN-DC scenarios to verify the
same type of RRM requirement.

A.3.5.1.2 Principle of Testing

If EN-DC test cases are defined in both synchronous and asynchronous EN-DC scenarios to verify the same type of
RRM requirement then the UE capable of both synchronous and asynchronous EN-DC operations needs to be tested
with one of the tests in either synchronous or asynchronous EN-DC scenarios.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 233 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.6 Antenna configurations

A.3.6.1 Antenna configurations for FR1
Unless otherwise specified, NR FDD or NR TDD cells in all RRM Test cases in AWGN propagation condition are
configured with Antenna Configuration 1x2.

A.3.6.1.1 Antenna connection for 4 Rx capable UEs

A.3.6.1.1.1 Introduction
All tests in clause A.4 and A.6 are specified for UEs supporting 2RX. In this clause, the antenna connection method
for applying 2RX tests to UEs supporting 4RX antenna ports is specified. No tests are currently specified in clause
A.4 or A.6 which are applicable only to 4RX antenna ports, so 4RX capable UEs are always tested by reusing tests
which were originally specified for 2RX UEs.

A.3.6.1.1.2 Principle of testing

A.3.6.1.1.2.1 Single carrier tests

For 4RX capable UEs supporting at least one 2RX band, the, all single carrier tests specified in clause A.4 and A.6
except those in A.4.7 and A.6.7 shall be tested on any band where 2RX is supported with the antenna connection
specified in A.6.3.1.2.4. For single carrier tests specified in clause A.4.7 or A.6.7, all tests shall be tested with the
antenna connection specified in A.3.6.1.1.2.4 for bands where 2RX is supported, and the antenna connection
specified in A.3.6.1.1.2.5 for bands where 4RX is supported.

For 4RX capable UEs which do not support any 2RX band, all tests specified in clauses A.4 and A.6 shall be tested
using the antenna connection specified in clause A.3.6.1.1.2.5. For radio link monitoring tests, the SNR levels are
modified according to table A.3.6.1.1.2.1-1 and table A.3.6.1.1.2.1-2

Table A.3.6.1.1.2.1-1: Modified parameters for RLM out of sync testing with 4 RX antenna
connection

Test case SNR during T3 (dB)

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4
A.4.5.1.1 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.4.5.1.3 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.4.5.1.5 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.4.5.1.7 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.5.5.1.1 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.5.5.1.3 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.5.5.1.5 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.5.5.1.7 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.6.5.1.1 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.6.5.1.3 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.6.5.1.5 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.6.5.1.7 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.7.5.1.1 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.7.5.1.3 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.7.5.1.5 -18 N/A N/A N/A
A.7.5.1.7 -18 N/A N/A N/A

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 234 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.6.1.1.2.1-2: Modified parameters for RLM in sync single carrier testing with 4 RX antenna
connection

Test case SNR during T3 (dB) SNR during T4 (dB)

Test 1 Test 2 Test 1 Test 2
A.4.5.1.2 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.4.5.1.4 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.4.5.1.6 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.4.5.1.8 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.5.5.1.2 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.5.5.1.4 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.5.5.1.6 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.5.5.1.8 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.6.5.1.2 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.6.5.1.4 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.6.5.1.6 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.6.5.1.8 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.7.5.1.2 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.7.5.1.4 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.7.5.1.6 -18 N/A -8 N/A
A.7.5.1.8 -18 N/A -8 N/A

Table A.3.6.1.1.2.1-3: Modified parameters for Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery testing
with 4 RX antenna connection

Test case SNR for RS in set q0 during T3, T4 and T5

(dB)
Test 1
A.4.5.5.1 -15
A.4.5.5.2 -15
A.4.5.5.3 -15
A.4.5.5.4 -15
A.5.5.5.1 -15
A.5.5.5.2 -15
A.5.5.5.3 -15
A.5.5.5.4 -15
A.6.5.5.1 -15
A.6.5.5.2 -15
A.6.5.5.3 -15
A.6.5.5.4 -15
A.7.5.5.1 -15
A.7.5.5.2 -15
A.7.5.5.3 -15
A.7.5.5.4 -15
A.3.6.1.1.2.2 Carrier aggregation tests

All carrier aggregation tests are performed using the antenna connection in clause A.3.6.1.1.2.4 for the PCell
antenna connection if the PCell is on a band where 2RX is supported or the antenna connection in A.3.6.1.1.2.5 for
the PCell antenna connection if the PCell is on a band where 4RX is supported.

All carrier aggregation tests are performed using the antenna connection in clause A.3.6.1.1.2.4 for the SCell
antenna connection if an SCell is on band where 2RX is supported or the testing procedure in A.3.6.1.1.2.5 for the
SCell antenna connection if an SCell is on a band where 4RX is supported.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 235 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.6.1.1.2.3 EN-DC tests

All carrier aggregation tests are performed using the antenna connection in clause A.3.6.1.1.2.6 for the PCell
antenna connection if the PCell is on a band where 2RX is supported or the antenna connection in A.3.6.1.1.2.7 for
the PCell antenna connection if the PCell is on a band where 4RX is supported.

All carrier aggregation tests are performed using the antenna connection in clause A.3.6.1.1.2.4 for the PSCell or
SCell antenna connection if an SCell is on band where 2RX is supported or the testing procedure in A.3.6.1.1.2.5 for
the SCell antenna connection if an SCell or PSCell is on a band where 4RX is supported.

A.3.6.1.1.2.4 Antenna connection for bands where 2RX is supported

For bands where 2RX is supported, it is left to the UE declaration and AP configuration to decide which 2 of the 4
Rx ports are connected with data source from system simulator. The remaining 2 Rx ports shall be connected with
zero input. No test parameters or requirements are modified.

A.3.6.1.1.2.5 Antenna connection for bands where 4RX is supported

For bands where 4RX is supported, all 4 RX antennas are connected with data source from system simulator. The
system simulator shall provide independent noise and fading (low correlation) for each antenna port. Except for the
modifications to radio link monitoring thresholds described in clauses A.3.6.1.1.2.1 and A.3.6.1.1.2.2, no test
parameters or requirements are modified.

A.3.6.1.1.2.6 EN-DC LTE Antenna connection for bands where 2RX is supported

For bands where LTE 2RX is supported, it is left to the UE declaration and AP configuration to decide which 2 of
the 4 Rx ports are connected with data source from system simulator. The remaining 2 Rx ports shall be connected
with zero input. No test parameters or requirements are modified.

A.3.6.1.1.2.7 EN-DC LTE Antenna connection for bands where 4RX is supported

For bands where LTE 4RX is supported, all 4 RX antennas are connected with data source from system simulator.
The system simulator shall provide independent noise and fading (low correlation) for each antenna port. Except for
the modifications to radio link monitoring thresholds described in clauses A.3.8.1.2.1 and A.3.8.1.2.2 of
TS 36.133 [15], no test parameters or requirements are modified.

A.3.6.2 Antenna configurations for FR2

Unless otherwise specified, the default Downlink Antenna Configuration for NR FR2 cells is 1x2.

In case of Downlink Antenna Configuration 2x2 for NR FR2 cells, unless otherwise specified, the downlink signal is
transmitted over the two polarizations (V and H) of the dual polarized antenna of the test equipment.

In both cases, the downlink signal is received assuming 2 UE baseband receivers. As the UE is tested following the
Blackbox Approach with regard to the UE Rx antennas, the exact UE Rx antenna configuration is not relevant for
the test configuration and has no impact on the test implementation.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 236 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.7 EN-DC test setup

A.3.7.1 Introduction

A.3.7.2 E-UTRAN Serving Cell Parameters

A.3.7.2.1 E-UTRAN Serving Cell Parameters for Tests with NR Cell(s) in FR1
Table A.3.7.2.1-1 defines cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN cell which can be used in EN-DC test cases or
in any test case comprising at least one E-UTRA serving cell with all NR cells in FR1. Unless otherwise stated
within the test, all measurements in Annex A.4 and A.5 are performed only on the NR carrier. The E-UTRA serving
cell shall configured to not interfere with NR operation and the E-UTRA serving cell signal power shall not be
critical to the test purpose.

Table A.3.7.2.1-1: E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters for tests with all NR cells in FR1

Parameter Unit E-UTRAN Cell

Duplex mode FDD or TDD

TDD special subframe configurationNote1 6
TDD uplink-downlink configurationNote1 1
BWchannel 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PDSCH parameters: 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
20 MHz: R.6 FDD
5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH parameters: 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
20 MHz: R.10 FDD
5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA dB
PBCH_RB dB
PSS_RA dB
SSS_RA dB
PCFICH_RB dB
PHICH_RA dB
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA dB
PDCCH_RB dB
PDSCH_RA dB
PDSCH_RB dB
OCNG_RANote3 dB
OCNG_RBNote3 dB
NocNote4 dBm/15 kHz -104
Ês/Noc dB 17

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 237 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ês/Iot dB 17
RSRP Note5 dBm/15 kHz -87
SCH_RP Note5 dBm/15 kHz -87
Io Note5 dBm/Ch BW -59.13+10log(NRB,c /50)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Antenna Configuration 1x2
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211.
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 5: Es/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.3.7.2.2 E-UTRAN Serving Cell Parameters for Tests with NR Cell(s) in FR2
Table A.3.7.2.2-1 defines cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN cell which can be used in EN-DC test cases or
in any test case comprising at least one E-UTRA serving cell with one or more NR cells in FR2.

Table A.3.7.2.2-1: E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters for tests with one or more NR cells in FR2

Parameter Unit E-UTRAN Cell

Duplex mode FDD or TDD

TDD special subframe configurationNote1 6
TDD uplink-downlink configurationNote1 1
BWchannel MHz 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PDSCH parameters: 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
20 MHz: R.6 FDD
5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH parameters: 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
20 MHz: R.10 FDD
5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA dB
PBCH_RB dB
PSS_RA dB
SSS_RA dB 0
PCFICH_RB dB
PHICH_RA dB
PHICH_RB dB

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 238 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PDCCH_RA dB
PDCCH_RB dB
PDSCH_RA dB
PDSCH_RB dB
OCNG_RANote3 dB
OCNG_RBNote3 dB
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211.
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: The E-UTRA signal is required only to ensure the E-UTRA link to the DUT in the EN-DC operation.
The Test System shall provide a stable and noise-free E-UTRA signal without need of precise
propagation modelling, path loss and polarization control. Further details of the E-UTRA signal
configuration are not defined as part of the cell specific test parameters, since the E-UTRA link is not
under performance verification and is not expected to influence the NR FR2 requirement.

A.3.7A NR FR1-FR2 test setup

Some Test cases in clause A.7 have NR cells in both FR1 and FR2. Unless otherwise stated within the test, the NR
FR1 Cell signal is required only to provide a link to the UE under test. The Test System shall provide a stable and
noise-free NR FR1 signal without need of precise propagation modelling, path loss and polarization control. Further
details of the NR FR1 signal configuration are not defined as part of the cell specific test parameters, since the NR
FR1 link is not under performance verification and is not expected to influence the test purpose.

A.3.8 PRACH configurations

A.3.8.1 Introduction
This clause provides the typical PRACH configurations used for RRM test cases defined in Annex A. To note that
for other parameters not listed in this clause, either it can be derived from the set up of each test or it is subjected to
RAN5 specifications.

A.3.8.2 PRACH configurations in FR1

A.3.8.2.1 FR1 PRACH configuration 1

FR1 PRACH configuration 1 in this clause provides the typical PRACH configuration for SSB-based contention
based random access in FR1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 239 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.8.2.1-1: Parameters for FR1 PRACH configuration 1

Field Value Comment

prach-ConfigurationIndex 102 10ms PRACH periodicity, and other detailed
configuration defined in table 6.3.3.2-2 and table 6.3.3.2-
3 in TS 38.211 [6].
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing Same as UL
carrier SCS
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles 48 Total number of preambles used for contention based
and contention free random access
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA 48 No group B.
prach-RootSequenceIndex 0 Logic sequence index = 0, resulting in root sequence =
1.
ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB- oneFourth, n48 OneFourth: 1 SSB associated with 4 RACH occasions
PreamblesPerSSB n48: 48 contention based preambles per SSB
msg1-FDM One One PRACH transmission occasions FDMed in one time
instance.
rsrp-ThresholdSSB RSRP_51 The actual value of the threshold is -105dBm, as defined
in TS 38.331 [2].
ra-ContentionResolutionTimer sf48 48 sub-frames
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm-120
preambleTransMax n6 Max number of RA preamble transmission performed
before declaring a failure is 6
ra-ResponseWindow sl10 10 slots
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 11 N-CS configuration, NCS = 23
Backoff Parameter Index 2 20ms, as defined in table 7.2-1 in TS 38.321 [7].
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.3.8.2.2 FR1 PRACH configuration 2

FR1 PRACH configuration 2 in this clause provides the typical PRACH configuration for SSB based non-
contention based random access in FR1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 240 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.8.2.2-1: Parameters for FR1 PRACH configuration 2

Field Value Comment

prach-ConfigurationIndex 102 10ms PRACH periodicity, and other detailed
configuration defined in table 6.3.3.2-2 and
table 6.3.3.2-3 in TS 38.211 [6].
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing Same as UL carrier SCS
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles 48 Total number of preambles used for
contention based and contention free
random access
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA 48 No group B.
prach-RootSequenceIndex 0 Logic sequence index = 0, resulting in root
sequence = 1.
ssb-perRACH-Occasion oneFourth OneFourth: 1 SSB associated with 4 RACH
occasions
msg1-FDM One One PRACH transmission occasions
FDMed in one time instance.
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm-120
preambleTransMax n6 Max number of RA preamble transmission
performed before declaring a failure is 6
ra-ResponseWindow sl10 10 slots
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 11 N-CS configuration, NCS = 23
Backoff Parameter Index 2 20ms, as defined in table 7.2-1 in TS 38.321
[7].
ssb-ResourceList ra-PreambleIndex = 50 Associated with SSB index 0. UE doesn’t
use ssb-ResourceList and BFR-SSB-
Resource IEs at the same time. UE doesn’t
use this field if is transmitting CFRA to
convey BFR.
BFR-SSB-Resource ra-PreambleIndex = 50 Associated with SSB index 0. UE doesn’t
use ssb-ResourceList and BFR-SSB-
Resource IEs at the same time. UE uses
this field only if is transmitting CFRA to
convey BFR
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex 1 PRACH occasion index 1 is allowed
rsrp-ThresholdSSB RSRP_51 The actual value of the threshold is -
105dBm, as defined in TS 38.331 [2].
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.3.8.2.3 FR1 PRACH configuration 3

FR1 PRACH configuration 3 in this clause provides the typical PRACH configuration for CSI-RS based non-
contention based random access in FR1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 241 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.8.2.3-1: Parameters for FR1 PRACH configuration 3

Field Value Comment

prach-ConfigurationIndex 102 10ms PRACH periodicity, and other detailed
configuration defined in table 6.3.3.2-2 and
table 6.3.3.2-3 in TS 38.211 [6].
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing Same as UL carrier SCS
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles 48 Total number of preambles used for
contention based and contention free
random access
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA 48 No group B.
prach-RootSequenceIndex 0 Logic sequence index = 0, resulting in root
sequence = 1.
ssb-perRACH-Occasion oneFourth OneFourth: 1 SSB associated with 4 RACH
occasions
msg1-FDM One One PRACH transmission occasions
FDMed in one time instance.
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm-120
preambleTransMax n6 Max number of RA preamble transmission
performed before declaring a failure is 6
ra-ResponseWindow sl10 10 slots
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 11 N-CS configuration, NCS = 23
Backoff Parameter Index 2 20ms, as defined in table 7.2-1 in TS 38.321
[7].
csirs-ResourceList ra-PreambleIndex = 50 Associated with CSI-RS configured
ra-OccasionList 1 RA occasions allowed corresponding to
CSI-RS
rsrp-ThresholdCSI-RS RSRP_51 The actual value of the threshold is -
105dBm, as defined in TS 38.331 [2].
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.3.8.2.4 FR1 PRACH configuration 4

FR1 PRACH configuration 4 in this clause provides the PRACH configuration for CSI-RS based non-contention
based random access in FR1 to convey BFR.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 242 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.8.2.4-1: Parameters for FR1 PRACH configuration 4

Field Value Comment

prach-ConfigurationIndex 8 10ms PRACH periodicity, and other detailed
configuration defined in table 6.3.3.2-2 and
table 6.3.3.2-3 in TS 38.211 [6].
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles 48 Total number of preambles used for
contention based and contention free
random access
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA 48 No group B.
prach-RootSequenceIndex 0 Logic sequence index = 0, resulting in root
sequence = 1.
ssb-perRACH-Occasion oneFourth OneFourth: 1 SSB associated with 4 RACH
occasions
msg1-FDM One One PRACH transmission occasions
FDMed in one time instance.
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm-120
preambleTransMax n200 Max number of RA preamble transmission
performed before declaring a failure is 200
ra-ResponseWindow sl1 1 slot
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 11 N-CS configuration, NCS = 93
Backoff Parameter Index 2 20ms, as defined in table 7.2-1 in
TS 38.321 [7].
BFR-CSIRS-Resource ra-PreambleIndex = 50 Associated with CSI-RS configured
ra-OccasionList 1 RA occasions allowed corresponding to
CSI-RS
rsrp-ThresholdSSB RSRP_51 The actual value of the threshold is -
105dBm, as defined in TS 38.331 [2].
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.3.8.3 PRACH configurations in FR2

A.3.8.3.1 FR2 PRACH configuration 1

FR2 PRACH configuration 1 in this clause provides the typical PRACH configuration for SSB-based contention
based random access in FR2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 243 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.8.3.1-1: Parameters for FR2 PRACH configuration 1

Field Value Comment

prach-ConfigurationIndex 190 Preamble Format C2, with 10ms PRACH periodicity, and
other detailed configuration defined in table 6.3.3.2-4 in
TS 38.211 [6].
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing Same as UL
carrier SCS
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles 48 Total number of preambles used for contention based
and contention free random access
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA 48 No group B.
prach-RootSequenceIndex 0 Logic sequence index = 0, resulting in root sequence =
1.
ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB- oneFourth, n48 OneFourth: 1 SSB associated with 4 RACH occasions
PreamblesPerSSB n48: 48 contention based preambles per SSB
msg1-FDM One One PRACH transmission occasions FDMed in one time
instance.
rsrp-ThresholdSSB RSRP_51 The actual value of the threshold is -105dBm, as defined
in TS 38.331 [2].
ra-ContentionResolutionTimer sf48 48 sub-frames
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm-120
preambleTransMax n6 Max number of RA preamble transmission performed
before declaring a failure is 6
ra-ResponseWindow sl10 10 slots
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 11 N-CS configuration, NCS = 23
Backoff Parameter Index 2 20 ms, as defined in table 7.2-1 in TS 38.321 [7].
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.3.8.3.2 FR2 PRACH configuration 2

FR2 PRACH configuration 2 in this clause provides the typical PRACH configuration for SSB based non-
contention based random access in FR2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 244 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.8.3.2-1: Parameters for FR2 PRACH configuration 2

Field Value Comment

prach-ConfigurationIndex 190 Preamble Format C2, with 10ms PRACH
periodicity, and other detailed configuration
defined in table 6.3.3.2-4 in TS 38.211 [6].
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing Same as UL carrier SCS
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles 48 Total number of preambles used for
contention based and contention free
random access
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA 48 No group B.
prach-RootSequenceIndex 0 Logic sequence index = 0, resulting in root
sequence = 1.
ssb-perRACH-Occasion oneFourth OneFourth: 1 SSB associated with 4 RACH
occasions
msg1-FDM One One PRACH transmission occasions
FDMed in one time instance.
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm-120
preambleTransMax n6 Max number of RA preamble transmission
performed before declaring a failure is 6
ra-ResponseWindow sl10 10 slots
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 11 N-CS configuration, NCS = 23
Backoff Parameter Index 2 20 ms, as defined in table 7.2-1 in TS
38.321 [7].
ssb-ResourceList ra-PreambleIndex = 50 Associated with SSB index 0. UE doesn’t
use ssb-ResourceList and BFR-SSB-
Resource IEs at the same time. UE doesn’t
use this field if is transmitting CFRA to
convey BFR.
BFR-SSB-Resource ra-PreambleIndex = 50 Associated with SSB index 0. UE doesn’t
use ssb-ResourceList and BFR-SSB-
Resource IEs at the same time. UE uses
this field only if is transmitting CFRA to
convey BFR
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex 1 PRACH occasion index 1 is allowed
rsrp-ThresholdSSB RSRP_51 The actual value of the threshold is -
105dBm, as defined in TS 38.331 [2].
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.3.8.3.3 FR2 PRACH configuration 3

FR2 PRACH configuration 3 in this clause provides the typical PRACH configuration for CSI-RS based non-
contention based random access in FR2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 245 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Field Value Comment

prach-ConfigurationIndex 190 Preamble Format C2, with 10ms PRACH
periodicity, and other detailed configuration
defined in table 6.3.3.2-4 in TS 38.211 [6].
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing Same as UL carrier SCS
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles 48 Total number of preambles used for
contention based and contention free
random acces
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA 48 No group B.
prach-RootSequenceIndex 0 Logic sequence index = 0, resulting in root
sequence = 1.
ssb-perRACH-Occasion oneFourth OneFourth: 1 SSB associated with 4 RACH
occasions
msg1-FDM One One PRACH transmission occasions
FDMed in one time instance.
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm-120
preambleTransMax n6 Max number of RA preamble transmission
performed before declaring a failure is 6
ra-ResponseWindow sl10 10 slots
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 11 N-CS configuration, NCS = 23
Backoff Parameter Index 2 20 ms, as defined in table 7.2-1 in TS
38.321 [7].
csirs-ResourceList ra-PreambleIndex = 50 Associated with CSI-RS configured
ra-OccasionList 1 RA occasions allowed corresponding to
CSI-RS
rsrp-ThresholdCSI-RS RSRP_51 The actual value of the threshold is -
105dBm, as defined in TS 38.331 [2].
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.3.8.3.4 FR2 PRACH configuration 4

FR2 PRACH configuration 4 in this clause provides the PRACH configuration for CSI-RS based non-contention
based random access in FR2 to convey BFR.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 246 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Field Value Comment

prach-ConfigurationIndex 190 Preamble Format C2, with 10ms PRACH
periodicity, and other detailed configuration
defined in table 6.3.3.2-4 in TS 38.211 [6].
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing Same as UL carrier SCS
totalNumberOfRA-Preambles 48 Total number of preambles used for
contention based and contention free
random access
numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA 48 No group B.
prach-RootSequenceIndex 0 Logic sequence index = 0, resulting in root
sequence = 1.
ssb-perRACH-Occasion oneFourth OneFourth: 1 SSB associated with 4 RACH
occasions
msg1-FDM One One PRACH transmission occasions
FDMed in one time instance.
powerRampingStep dB2
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm-120
preambleTransMax n200 Max number of RA preamble transmission
performed before declaring a failure is 200.
ra-ResponseWindow sl40 40 slots
zeroCorrelationZoneConfig 11 N-CS configuration, NCS = 23
Backoff Parameter Index 2 20 ms, as defined in table 7.2-1 in TS
38.321 [7].
BFR-CSIRS-Resource ra-PreambleIndex = 50 Associated with CSI-RS configured
ra-OccasionList 1 RA occasions allowed corresponding to
CSI-RS
rsrp-ThresholdSSB RSRP_51 The actual value of the threshold is -
105dBm, as defined in TS 38.331 [2].
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.3.9 BWP configurations

A.3.9.1 Introduction
This clause provides the typical BWP configurations used for RRM test cases defined in Annex A. For downlink
BWP, both initial BWP and dedicated BWP configurations are specified in clause A.3.9.2 and for uplink BWP, both
initial BWP and dedicated BWP configurations are specified in clause A.3.9.3. To note that for other parameters not
listed in this clause, either it can be derived from the set up of each test or it is subjected to RAN5 specifications.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 247 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.9.2 Downlink BWP configurations

A.3.9.2.1 Initial BWP

Table A.3.9.2.1-1: Downlink BWP patterns for initial BWP configuration

BWP Parameters Unit Values

Reference BWP DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.2
Starting PRB index 0 RBa Note 1
Bandwidth RB Same as RF same as RMSI
channel defined in CORESET
each test (CORESET #0)
defined in each
test
Note 1: RBa is the lowest PRB index to guarantee the BWP including SSB PRB index
(RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19) which is defined in Clause A.3.10.

A.3.9.2.2 Dedicated BWP

Table A.3.9.2.2-1: Downlink BWP patterns for dedicated BWP configuration

BWP Parameters Unit Values

Reference BWP DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.3
Starting PRB index 0 RBb Note 1 RBa Note 2
Bandwidth RB Same as RF 25 for SCS = 25 for SCS =
channel defined 15KHz, 15KHz,
in each test 51 for SCS = 51 for SCS =
30KHz, 30KHz,
32 for SCS = 32 for SCS =
120KHz 120KHz
Note 1: RBb is the lowest PRB index to guarantee the BWP not fully overlapped with SSB
PRB index (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19) which is defined in Clause A.3.10.
Note 2: RBa is the lowest PRB index to guarantee the BWP including SSB PRB index
(RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19) which is defined in Clause A.3.10.

A.3.9.3 Uplink BWP configurations

A.3.9.3.1 Initial BWP

Table A.3.9.3.1-1: Uplink BWP patterns for initial BWP configuration

BWP Parameters Unit Values

Reference BWP ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.2
Starting PRB index 0 RBa Note 1
Bandwidth RB Same as RF same as RMSI
channel defined CORESET
in each test (CORESET #0)
defined in each
test
Note 1: RBa is same as RBa for DLBWP.0.2 as defined in Table A.3.9.2.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 248 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.9.3.2 Dedicated BWP

Table A.3.9.3.2-1: Uplink BWP patterns for dedicated BWP configuration

BWP Parameters Unit Values

Reference BWP ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.3
Starting PRB index 0 RBb Note 1 RBa Note 2
Bandwidth RB Same as RF 25 for SCS = 25 for SCS =
channel defined 15KHz, 15KHz,
in each test 51 for SCS = 51 for SCS =
30KHz, 30KHz,
32 for SCS = 32 for SCS =
120KHz 120KHz
Note 1: RBb is same as RBb for DLBWP.1.2 as defined in Table A.3.9.2.2-1.
Note 2: RBa is same as RBa for DLBWP.1.3 as defined in Table A.3.9.2.2-1.

A.3.10 SSB Configurations

A.3.10.1 SSB Configurations for FR1

A.3.10.1.1 SSB pattern 1 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=15 kHz in 10 MHz
Table A.3.10.1.1-1: SSB.1 FR1: SSB Pattern 1 for SSB SCS=15 kHz in 10 MHz channel

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 10 MHz
SSB SCS 15 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 1
SS/PBCH block index 0
Symbol numbers containing SSB Note 2 2-5
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSB within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS
38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes (as per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 249 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.10.1.2 SSB pattern 2 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=30 kHz in 40 MHz
Table A.3.10.1.2-1: SSB.2 FR1: SSB Pattern 2 for SSB SCS=30 kHz in 40 MHz channel

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 40 MHz
SSB SCS 30 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 1
SS/PBCH block index 0
Symbol numbers containing SSB Note 3 4-7 or 2-5 Note 2
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 3 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSB within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in
TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: Symbols 4-7 is chosen, if the SSB pattern Case B should be used for the current
band as indicated by Table 5.4.3.3-1 of TS 38.104 [13]; Otherwise, symbol 2-5 is
chosen.
Note 3: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes
(as per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.3.10.1.3 SSB pattern 3 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=15 kHz in 10 MHz
Table A.3.10.1.3-1: SSB.3 FR1: SSB Pattern 3 for SSB SCS=15 kHz in 10 MHz channel

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 10 MHz
SSB SCS 15 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 2
SS/PBCH block index 0 1
Symbol numbers containing SSB Note 2 2-5 8-11
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSB within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in
TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes (as per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 250 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.10.1.4 SSB pattern 4 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=30 kHz in 40 MHz
Table A.3.10.1.4-1: SSB.4 FR1: SSB Pattern 4 for SSB SCS=30 kHz in 40 MHz channel

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 40 MHz
SSB SCS 30 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 2
SS/PBCH block index 0 1
Symbol numbers containing SSB Note 3 4-7 or 2-5 Note 2 8-11
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 3 0 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSB within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in
TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: Symbols 4-7 is chosen, if the SSB pattern Case B should be used for the current
band as indicated by Table 5.4.3.3-1 of TS 38.104 [13]; Otherwise, symbol 2-5 is
chosen.
Note 3: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes
(as per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 251 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.10.1.5 SSB pattern 5 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=15 kHz starting from
odd SFN in 10 MHz
Table A.3.10.1.5-1: SSB.5 FR1: SSB Pattern 5 for SSB SCS=15 kHz in 10 MHz channel

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 10 MHz
SSB SCS 15 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 1
SS/PBCH block index 0
Symbol numbers containing SSB Note 2 2-5
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 1
RB numbers containing SSB within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS
38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes (as per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.3.10.1.6 SSB pattern 6 in FR1: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=30 kHz starting from
odd SFN in 40 MHz
Table A.3.10.1.6-1: SSB.6 FR1: SSB Pattern 6 for SSB SCS=30 kHz in 40 MHz channel

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 40 MHz
SSB SCS 30 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 1
SS/PBCH block index 0
Symbol numbers containing SSB Note 3 4-7 or 2-5 Note 2
Note 3
Slot numbers containing SSB 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 1
RB numbers containing SSB within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in
TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: Symbols 4-7 is chosen, if the SSB pattern Case B should be used for the current
band as indicated by Table 5.4.3.3-1 of TS 38.104 [13]; Otherwise, symbol 2-5 is
chosen.
Note 3: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes
(as per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 252 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.10.2 SSB Configurations for FR2

A.3.10.2.1 SSB pattern 1 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=120 kHz in 100 MHz
Table A.3.10.2.1-1: SSB.1 FR2: SSB Pattern 1 for SSB SCS = 120 kHz in 100 MHz channel with 2
SSBs per SS-burst

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 100 MHz
SSB SCS 120 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 2
SS/PBCH block index 0 1
Symbol numbers containing SSBs Note 2 4-7 8-11
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSBs within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes (as
per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.3.10.2.2 SSB pattern 2 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=240 kHz in 100 MHz
Table A.3.10.2.2-1: SSB.2 FR2: SSB Pattern 2 for SSB SCS = 240 kHz in 100 MHz channel with 2
SSBs per SS-burst

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 100 MHz
SSB SCS 240 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 2
SS/PBCH block index 0 1
Symbol numbers containing SSBs Note 2 8-11 12-13 0-1
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0 0 1
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSBs within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+39)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes (as
per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 253 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.10.2.3 SSB pattern 3 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=120 kHz in 100 MHz
Table A.3.10.2.3-1: SSB.3 FR2: SSB Pattern 3 for SSB SCS = 120 kHz in 100 MHz channel with 1
SSB per SS-burst

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 100 MHz
SSB SCS 120 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 1
SS/PBCH block index 0
Symbol numbers containing SSBs Note 2 4-7
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSBs within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes (as
per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.3.10.2.4 SSB pattern 4 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=240 kHz in 100 MHz
Table A.3.10.2.4-1: SSB.4 FR2: SSB Pattern 4 for SSB SCS = 240 kHz in 100 MHz channel with 1
SSB per SS-burst

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 100 MHz
SSB SCS 240 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 1
SS/PBCH block index 0
Symbol numbers containing SSBs Note 2 8-11
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSBs within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+39)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes (as
per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 254 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.10.2.5 SSB pattern 5 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=120 kHz in 100 MHz
Table A.3.10.2.5-1: SSB.5 FR2: SSB Pattern 5 for SSB SCS = 120 kHz in 100 MHz channel with 2
SSBs per SS-burst

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 100 MHz
SSB SCS 120 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 2
SS/PBCH block index 2 3
Symbol numbers containing SSBs Note 2 2-5 6-9
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 1 1
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSBs within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes (as
per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.3.10.2.6 SSB pattern 6 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=240 kHz in 100 MHz
Table A.3.10.2.6-1: SSB.6 FR2: SSB Pattern 6 for SSB SCS = 240 kHz in 100 MHz channel with 2
SSBs per SS-burst

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 100 MHz
SSB SCS 240 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 2
SS/PBCH block index 2 3
Symbol numbers containing SSBs Note 2 2-5 6-9
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 1 1
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSBs within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+39)Note 1

Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes (as
per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 255 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.10.2.7 SSB pattern 7 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=120 kHz in 100 MHz
Table A.3.10.2.7-1: SSB.7 FR2: SSB Pattern 7 for SSB SCS = 120 kHz in 100 MHz channel with 1
SSB per SS-burst

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 100 MHz
SSB SCS 120 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 1
SS/PBCH block index 1
Symbol numbers containing SSBs Note 2 8-11
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSBs within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+19)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes (as
per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.3.10.2.8 SSB pattern 8 in FR2: SSB allocation for SSB SCS=240 kHz in 100 MHz
Table A.3.10.2.8-1: SSB.8 FR2: SSB Pattern 8 for SSB SCS = 240 kHz in 100 MHz channel with 1
SSB per SS-burst

SSB Parameters Values

Channel bandwidth 100 MHz
SSB SCS 240 kHz
SSB periodicity (TSSB) 20 ms
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 1
SS/PBCH block index 1
Symbol numbers containing SSBs Note 2 12-13 0-1
Slot numbers containing SSB Note 2 0 1
SFN containing SSB SFN mod (max(TSSB,10ms)/10ms) = 0
RB numbers containing SSBs within channel BW (RBJ, RBJ+1,.…, RBJ+39)Note 1
Note 1: RBs containing SSB can be configured in any frequency location within the cell
bandwidth according to the allowed synchronization raster defined in TS 38.104 [13].
Note 2: These values have been derived from other parameters for information purposes (as
per TS 38.213 [3]). They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.3.11 SMTC Configurations

A.3.11.1 SMTC pattern 1: SMTC period = 20 ms with SMTC duration = 1
ms
Table A.3.11.1-1: SMTC.1: SMTC Pattern 1 for SMTC period = 20 ms and duration = 1 ms

SMTC Parameters Values

SMTC periodicity 20 ms
SMTC offset 0 ms
SMTC duration 1 ms

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 256 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.11.2 SMTC pattern 2: SMTC period = 20 ms with SMTC duration = 5

ms
Table A.3.11.2-1: SMTC.2: SMTC Pattern 2 for SMTC period = 20 ms and duration = 5 ms

SMTC Parameters Values

SMTC periodicity 20 ms
SMTC offset 0 ms
SMTC duration 5 ms

A.3.11.3 SMTC pattern 3: SMTC period = 160 ms with SMTC duration = 1

ms
Table A.3.11.3-1: SMTC.3: SMTC Pattern 3 for SMTC period = 20 ms and duration = 5 ms

SMTC Parameters Values

SMTC periodicity 160 ms
SMTC offset 0 ms
SMTC duration 1 ms

A.3.11.4 SMTC pattern 4: SMTC period = 20 ms with SMTC duration = 1

ms
Table A.3.11.4-1: SMTC.4: SMTC Pattern 4 for SMTC period = 20 ms and duration = 1 ms

SMTC Parameters Values

SMTC periodicity 20 ms
SMTC offset 10 ms
SMTC duration 1 ms

A.3.11.5 SMTC pattern 5: SMTC period = 20 ms with SMTC duration = 5

ms
Table A.3.11.4-1: SMTC.5: SMTC Pattern 5 for SMTC period = 20 ms and duration = 5 ms

SMTC Parameters Values

SMTC periodicity 20 ms
SMTC offset 10 ms
SMTC duration 5 ms

A.3.12 Test Cases with Different CC Configurations

A.3.12.1 EN-DC Test Cases with Different EN-DC Configurations

A.3.12.1.1 Introduction
In Annex A EN-DC test cases may be defined for two component carriers (CCs) as well as for more than two CCs to
verify the same RRM requirement.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 257 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.12.1.2 Principle of testing

If multiple EN-DC test cases are defined for two CCs as well as for more than two CCs to verify the same type of
RRM requirement, which depends on the number of CCs, then from the UE performance point of view the test
coverage can be considered fulfilled by executing only the EN-DC test cases with the maximum number of CCs in
EN-DC supported by the UE. Otherwise if the same type of RRM requirement is independent of the number of CCs
then from the UE performance point of view the test coverage can be considered fulfilled by executing only the EN-
DC test cases with two CCs in EN-DC supported by the UE.

Editor’s: The maximum number of CCs that can be used in FR2 tests in EN-DC would depend on the test equipment
capability.

A.3.12.2 Carrier Aggregation Test Cases with Different CA Configurations

A.3.12.2.1 Introduction
In Annex A carrier aggregation test cases may be defined for two CCs as well as for more than two CCs to verify the
same RRM requirement.

A.3.12.2.2 Principle of testing

If multiple carrier aggregation test cases are defined for two CCs as well as for more than two CCs to verify the
same RRM requirement, which depends on the number of CCs, then from the UE performance point of view the test
coverage can be considered fulfilled by executing only the CA test cases with the maximum number of CCs in CA
supported by the UE. Otherwise if the same type of RRM requirement is independent of the number of CCs then
from the UE performance point of view the test coverage can be considered fulfilled by executing only the CA test
cases with at least two CCs in CA supported by the UE.

Editor’s: The maximum number of CCs that can be used in FR2 tests in CA would depend on the test equipment
capability.

A.3.13 Test Cases in SA and EN-DC Operations

A.3.13.1 Introduction
This clause defines a principle which is applicable to test cases verifying RRM requirements in standalone (SA) or
EN-DC operations.

In Annex A test cases may be defined in SA and EN-DC operations to verify the same RRM requirement.

Editor’s note: this clause may need to define further for NE-DC and NR-DC test cases, which subjects to the test
cases defined in the future.

A.3.13.2 Principle of Testing

If test cases are defined in both SA and EN-DC operations to verify the same RRM requirement then the UE capable
of both SA and EN-DC operations needs to verify that RRM requirement by performing test case(s) in either SA
operation or in EN-DC operation.

If test cases are defined in both SA and EN-DC operations to verify at least one common RRM requirement then the
UE capable of both SA and EN-DC operations needs to verify RRM requirements by performing test case(s) in
either SA operation or in EN-DC operation provided that the performed test case(s):

- verifies the largest number of RRM requirements and

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 258 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- verifies at least all RRM requirements covered in the test case(s), which is not performed.

A.3.14 CSI-RS configurations

A.3.14.1 FDD
Table A.3.14.1-1: CSI-RS Reference Measurement Channels for SCS=15kHz

CSI-RS.1.4
CSI-RS.1.1 FDD CSI-RS.1.2 FDD CSI-RS.1.3 FDD
FDD
Resource Type periodic periodic aperiodic aperiodic
Resource Set Config
nzp-CSI-ResourceSetId 0 0 0 0
repetition n.a. off off on
aperiodicTriggeringOffset n.a. n.a. 6 6
trs-Info n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
Resource Config
0 for resource
#0
1 for resource
#1
0 for resource #0 0 for resource #0
2 for resource
#2
3 for resource
#3
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId 0 for resource #0
4 for resource
#4
5 for resource
#5
1 for resource #1 1 for resource #1
6 for resource
#6
7 for resource
#7
powerControlOffset 0 0 0 0
powerControlOffsetSS db0 db0 db0 db0
scramblingID 0 0 0 0
Period (slots) slot5 slot10 n.a. n.a.
Offset 1 1 n.a. n.a.
TCI.State.0
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS TCI.State.0 n.a. n.a.
TCI.State.1
frequencyDomainAllocation 000001 000001 000001 000001
nrofPorts 2 1 1 1
0 for resource
#0
1 for resource
#1
6 for resource #0 6 for resource #0
2 for resource
#2
3 for resource
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain 5 for resource #0
#3
4 for resource
#4
5 for resource
10 for resource #1 10 for resource #1
#5
6 for resource
#6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 259 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

7 for resource
#7
cdm-Type FD-CDM2 noCDM noCDM noCDM
density 1 3 3 3
startingRB 0 0 0 0
nrofRBs 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1)
Note 1: If the configured value of PRBs is larger than the width of the corresponding BWP relevant for the test
case, the Test Equipment shall implement CSI-RS only in the width of that BWP.

A.3.14.2 TDD
Table A.3.14.2-1: CSI-RS Reference Measurement Channels for SCS=15kHz

CSI-RS.1.4
CSI-RS.1.1 TDD CSI-RS.1.2 TDD CSI-RS.1.3 TDD
TDD
Resource Type periodic periodic aperiodic aperiodic
Resource Set Config
nzp-CSI-ResourceSetId 0 0 0 0
repetition n.a. off off on
aperiodicTriggeringOffset n.a. n.a. 6 6
trs-Info n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
Resource Config
0 for resource
#0
1 for resource
#1
0 for resource #0 0 for resource #0
2 for resource
#2
3 for resource
#3
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId 0 for resource #0
4 for resource
#4
5 for resource
#5
1 for resource #1 1 for resource #1
6 for resource
#6
7 for resource
#7
powerControlOffset 0 0 0 0
powerControlOffsetSS db0 db0 db0 db0
scramblingID 0 0 0 0
Period (slots) slot5 slot10 n.a. n.a.
Offset 1 1 n.a. n.a.
TCI.State.0
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS TCI.State.0 n.a. n.a.
TCI.State.1
frequencyDomainAllocation 000001 000001 000001 000001
nrofPorts 2 1 1 1
0 for resource
#0
1 for resource
#1
6 for resource #0 6 for resource #0
2 for resource
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain 5 for resource #0
#2
3 for resource
#3
4 for resource
10 for resource #1 10 for resource #1
#4

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 260 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

5 for resource
#5
6 for resource
#6
7 for resource
#7
cdm-Type FD-CDM2 noCDM noCDM noCDM
density 1 3 3 3
startingRB 0 0 0 0
nrofRBs 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1)
Note 1: If the configured value of PRBs is larger than the width of the corresponding BWP relevant for the test
case, the Test Equipment shall implement CSI-RS only in the width of that BWP.

Table A.3.14.2-2: CSI-RS Reference Measurement Channels for SCS=30kHz

CSI-RS.2.4
CSI-RS.2.1 TDD CSI-RS.2.2 TDD CSI-RS.2.3 TDD
TDD
Resource Type periodic periodic aperiodic aperiodic
Resource Set Config
nzp-CSI-ResourceSetId 0 0 0 0
repetition n.a. off off on
aperiodicTriggeringOffset n.a. n.a. 6 6
trs-Info n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
Resource Config
0 for resource
#0
1 for resource
#1
0 for resource #0 0 for resource #0
2 for resource
#2
3 for resource
#3
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId 0 for resource #0
4 for resource
#4
5 for resource
#5
1 for resource #1 1 for resource #1
6 for resource
#6
7 for resource
#7
powerControlOffset 0 0 0 0
powerControlOffsetSS db0 db0 db0 db0
scramblingID 0 0 0 0
Period (slots) slot10 slot20 n.a. n.a.
Offset 2 2 n.a. n.a.
TCI.State.0
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS TCI.State.0 n.a. n.a.
TCI.State.1
frequencyDomainAllocation 000001 000001 000001 000001
nrofPorts 2 1 1 1
0 for resource
#0
1 for resource
#1
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain 5 for resource #0 6 for resource #0 6 for resource #0
2 for resource
#2
3 for resource
#3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 261 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

4 for resource
#4
5 for resource
#5
10 for resource #1 10 for resource #1
6 for resource
#6
7 for resource
#7
cdm-Type FD-CDM2 noCDM noCDM noCDM
density 1 3 3 3
startingRB 0 0 0 0
nrofRBs 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1)
Note 1: If the configured value of PRBs is larger than the width of the corresponding BWP relevant for the test
case, the Test Equipment shall implement CSI-RS only in the width of that BWP.

Table A.3.14.2-3: CSI-RS Reference Measurement Channels for SCS=120kHz

CSI-RS.3.4
CSI-RS.3.1 TDD CSI-RS.3.2 TDD CSI-RS.3.3 TDD
TDD
Resource Type periodic periodic aperiodic aperiodic
Resource Set Config
nzp-CSI-ResourceSetId 0 0 0 0
repetition n.a. off off on
aperiodicTriggeringOffset n.a. n.a. 6 6
trs-Info n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a.
Resource Config
0 for resource
#0
1 for resource
#1
0 for resource #0 0 for resource #0
2 for resource
#2
3 for resource
#3
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId 0 for resource #0
4 for resource
#4
5 for resource
#5
1 for resource #1 1 for resource #1
6 for resource
#6
7 for resource
#7
powerControlOffset 0 0 0 0
powerControlOffsetSS db0 db0 db0 db0
scramblingID 0 0 0 0
Period (slots) slot40 slot80 n.a. n.a.
Offset 8 8 n.a. n.a.
TCI.State.0
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS TCI.State.0 n.a. n.a.
TCI.State.1
frequencyDomainAllocation 000001 000001 000001 000001
nrofPorts 1 1 1 1
0 for resource
#0
1 for resource
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain 5 for resource #0 6 for resource #0 6 for resource #0
#1
2 for resource
#2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 262 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

3 for resource
#3
4 for resource
#4
5 for resource
#5
10 for resource #1 10 for resource #1
6 for resource
#6
7 for resource
#7
cdm-Type FD-CDM2 noCDM noCDM noCDM
density 1 3 3 3
startingRB 0 0 0 0
nrofRBs 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1) 276 (Note 1)
Note 1: If the configured value of PRBs is larger than the width of the corresponding BWP relevant for the test
case, the Test Equipment shall implement CSI-RS only in the width of that BWP.

A.3.15 Angle of Arrival (AoA) for FR2 RRM test cases

This clause specifies the AoA setups for FR2 RRM test cases in clause A.5 and A.7. The applicable AoA setup is
defined in each test case in clause A.5 and A.7.

A.3.15.1 Setup 1: Single AoA in Rx beam peak direction

There is only one active probe in the test. The DL signals, and noise if applicable, transmitted from the probe, are
aligned to the UE Rx beam peak direction (as defined in TS 38.101-2 [19]).

A.3.15.2 Setup 2: Single AoA in non Rx beam peak direction

A.3.15.2.1 Setup 2a: Single AoA in non Rx beam peak direction without change in
direction
There is only one active probe in the test. The DL signals, and noise if applicable, transmitted from the probe, align
to a direction (AoA) which is from the set of directions corresponding to the EIS spherical coverage percentile of the
DUT as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for each UE power class. The direction (AoA) of the signals
shall not be changed between test iterations.

A.3.15.2.2 Setup 2b: Single AoA in non Rx beam peak direction with change in
direction
There is only one active probe in the test. The DL signals, and noise if applicable, transmitted from the probe, align
to a direction (AoA) which is from the set of directions corresponding to the EIS spherical coverage percentile of the
DUT as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for each UE power class. For UE power class 3, the direction
(AoA) of the signals shall be changed for each test iteration (for UE power classes other than 3, this is FFS).

A.3.15.3 Setup 3: 2 AoAs

There are 2 active probes in the test. The DL signals, and noise if applicable, transmitted from the two active probes,
align to directions (AoAs) which are from the set of directions corresponding to the EIS spherical coverage
percentile of the DUT as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for each UE power class. The relative angular
offset between the directions (AoAs) of the 2 active probes, shall be changed for each test iteration. The applicable
set of relative angular offsets between the 2 active probes is given in Table 3.15.3-1 for each UE power class.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 263 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Editor Note: If RAN5 finds the changing of angular offset between the directions (AoAs) of the 2 active probes per
test iteration to be infeasible from the perspectives of EIS spherical coverage and other impacts, e.g.: testing time,
then the test setup will be revised.

Table 3.15.3-1: Set of relative angular offsets between active probes for each power class

UE Power class
Relative angular offset between active probes
1 FFS
2 FFS
3 30°, 60°, 90°, 120° and 150°
4 FFS

A.3.15.4 Setup 4: 2 AoAs, 1 AoA in Rx beam peak direction, 1 in non Rx

beam peak

A.3.15.4.1 Setup 4a: 2 AoAs, 1 AoA in Rx beam peak direction, 1 in non Rx beam
peak without change in direction
There are 2 active probes in the test. The DL signals, and noise if applicable, are transmitted from the two active
probes. One probe is aligned to the UE Rx beam peak direction as defined in TS 38.101-2 [19]. The second is
aligned to a direction (AoA) which is from the set of directions corresponding to the EIS spherical coverage
percentile of the DUT as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for each UE power class. The direction (AoA)
of the non Rx beam peak signal shall not be changed between test iterations.

A.3.15.4.2 Setup 4b: 2 AoAs, 1 AoA in Rx beam peak direction, 1 in non Rx beam
peak with change in direction
There are 2 active probes in the test. The DL signals, and noise if applicable, are transmitted from the two active
probes. One probe is aligned to the UE Rx beam peak direction as defined in TS 38.101-2 [19]. The second is
aligned to a direction (AoA) which is from the set of directions corresponding to the EIS spherical coverage
percentile of the DUT as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19] for each UE power class.

For UE power class 3, the relative angular offset between the directions (AoAs) of the 2 active probes shall be
changed for each test iteration, within the probe alignment described above. The applicable set of relative angular
offsets between the 2 active probes is given in Table 3.15.3-1 for each UE power class.

A.3.16 TCI State Configuration

A.3.16.1 Introduction
This clause provides the configurations for TCI states towards either SSB or CSI-RS. The TCI states defined in this
clause are configured in each test when applicable to indicate that certain DL signals are QCL’ed with the
referenceSignal configured in the TCI states.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 264 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.3.16.2 TCI states

Table A.3.16.2-1: TCI States

Parameter TCI.State.0 TCI.State.1 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.3

tci-StateId Id0 Id1 Id2 Id3
qcl-Type1 typeC typeC typeA typeA
qcl-Type2Note1 typeD typeD typeD typeD
referenceSignal SSB0 SSB1 Resource #4 in TRS Resource #4 in TRS
resource set 1 Note3 resource set 2 Note3
Note 1: qcl-Type2 of typeD only where applicable. For RRM test cases, this will be only in FR2
Note 2: referenceSignal configurations towards which the TCI states are configured are defined in a test-
specific manner.
Note 3: Reference TRS resource sets are defined in A.3.17, and the applicable TRS resource set(s) are
specified in each test case. When a single TRS resource set is configured in a test case, it is
considered as resource set 1.

Table A.3.16.2-2: Void

A.3.17 Configurations of CSI-RS for tracking

A.3.17.1 Configuration of CSI-RS for tracking for FR1

A.3.17.1.1 FDD
Table A.3.17.1.1-1: CSI-RS for tracking for SCS=15kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TRS.1.1 FDD
Bandwidth BW of Active BWPNote 1
SCS kHz 15
First subcarrier index in the PRB used
k0=0 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
for CSI-RS
First OFDM symbol in the slot used for l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3
CSI-RS l0 = 9 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) 1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CDM Type ‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
Density (ρ) 3 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CSI-RS periodicity slots 20 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
10 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2
CSI-RS offset slots
11 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4
EPRE ratio to SSS dB -3Note 2
TCI state TCI.State.0
Note 1: BW of TRS is configured same as the BW size of UE active BWP in the RRM test cases
Note 2: Unless otherwise specified in the test case

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 265 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.17.1.1-2: CSI-RS for tracking for SCS=30kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TRS.1.2 FDD
Bandwidth BW of Active BWPNote 1
SCS kHz 30
First subcarrier index in the PRB used
k0=0 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
for CSI-RS
First OFDM symbol in the slot used for l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3
CSI-RS l0 = 9 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) 1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CDM Type ‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
Density (ρ) 3 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CSI-RS periodicity slots 40 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
20 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2
CSI-RS offset slots
21 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4
EPRE ratio to SSS dB -3Note 2
TCI state TCI.State.0
Note 1: BW of TRS is configured same as the BW size of UE active BWP in the RRM test cases
Note 2: Unless otherwise specified in the test case

A.3.17.1.2 TDD
Table A.3.17.1.2-1: CSI-RS for tracking for SCS=15kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TRS.1.1 TDD
Bandwidth BW of Active BWPNote 1
SCS kHz 15
First subcarrier index in the PRB used
k0=0 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
for CSI-RS
First OFDM symbol in the slot used for l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3
CSI-RS l0 = 9 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) 1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CDM Type ‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
Density (ρ) 3 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CSI-RS periodicity slots 20 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
10 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2
CSI-RS offset slots
11 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4
EPRE ratio to SSS dB -3Note 2
TCI state TCI.State.0
Note 1 BW of TRS is configured same as the BW size of UE active BWP in the RRM test cases
Note 2: Unless otherwise specified in the test case

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 266 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.17.1.2-2: CSI-RS for tracking for SCS=30kHz

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TRS.1.2 TDD
Bandwidth BW of Active BWPNote 1
SCS kHz 30
First subcarrier index in the PRB used
k0=0 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
for CSI-RS
First OFDM symbol in the slot used for l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3
CSI-RS l0 = 9 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) 1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CDM Type ‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
Density (ρ) 3 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CSI-RS periodicity slots 40 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
20 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2
CSI-RS offset slots
21 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4
EPRE ratio to SSS dB -3Note 2
TCI state TCI.State.0
Note 1: BW of TRS is configured same as the BW size of UE active BWP in the RRM test cases
Note 2: Unless otherwise specified in the test case

A.3.17.2 Configuration of CSI-RS for tracking for FR2

A.3.17.2.1 TDD
Table A.3.17.2.1-1: CSI-RS for tracking for SCS=120kHz Set 1

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TRS.2.1 TDD
Bandwidth BW of Active BWPNote 1, 3
SCS kHz 120
First subcarrier index in the PRB used
k0=0 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
for CSI-RS
First OFDM symbol in the slot used for l0 = 1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3
CSI-RS l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) 1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CDM Type ‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
Density (ρ) 3 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CSI-RS periodicity slots 80 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
40 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2
CSI-RS offset slots
41 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4
EPRE ratio to SSS dB -3Note 2
TCI state TCI.State.0
Note 1: BW of TRS is configured same as the BW size of UE active BWP in the RRM test cases
Note 2: Unless otherwise specified in the test case
Note 3: If active BWP is larger than 52RBs, BW of TRS is configured as 52RBs. Otherwise, same as active
BWP size.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 267 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.3.17.2.1-2: CSI-RS for tracking for SCS=120kHz Set 2

Parameter Unit Value

Reference channel TRS.2.2 TDD
Bandwidth BW of Active BWPNote 1, 3
SCS kHz 120
First subcarrier index in the PRB used
k0=0 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
for CSI-RS
First OFDM symbol in the slot used for l0 = 2 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3
CSI-RS l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) 1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CDM Type ‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
Density (ρ) 3 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
CSI-RS periodicity slots 80 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4
40 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2
CSI-RS offset slots
41 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4
EPRE ratio to SSS dB -3Note 2
TCI state TCI.State.1
Note 1: BW of TRS is configured same as the BW size of UE active BWP in the RRM test cases
Note 2: Unless otherwise specified in the test case
Note 3: If active BWP is larger than 52RBs, BW of TRS is configured as 52RBs. Otherwise, same as active
BWP size.

A.3.18 Additional definitions related to OTA testing for FR2 RRM

test cases
A.3.18.1 Introduction
FR2 RRM test cases are performed over the air (OTA). This clause provides additional definitions and clarifications
on the OTA measurements and metrics defined or refered in the test cases.

A.3.18.2 PRACH Power Measurement

PRACH power is measured as EIRP(Link=Link angle, Meas=Link angle) as defined in clause 3.1 of TS 38.101-2
[19].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 268 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4 EN-DC tests with all NR cells in FR1

A.4.1 Void

A.4.2 Void

A.4.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility

A.4.3.1 Void

A.4.3.2 RRC Connection Mobility Control

A.4.3.2.1 Void

A.4.3.2.2 Random Access

A.4.3.2.2.1 Contention based random access test in FR1 for PSCell in EN-DC

A.4.3.2.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the behavior of the random access procedure is according to the
requirements and that the PRACH power settings and timing are within specified limits. This test will verify the
requirements in clause 6.2.2.2 and clause 7.1.2 in an AWGN model.

For this test two cells are used, with the configuration of Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) specified in clause A.3.7.2.1 and
Cell 2 configured as PSCell in FR1. Supported test parameters are shown in Table A.4.3.2.2.1.1-1. UE capble of
EN-DC with PSCell in FR1 needs to be tested by using the parameters in Table A.4.3.2.2.1.1-2.

Table A.4.3.2.2.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for contention based random access test in
FR1 for PSCell in EN-DC

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations depending on UE
capability

Table A.4.3.2.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for contention based random access test in FR1 for
PSCell in EN-DC

Parameter Unit Test-1 Comments

SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB pattern 3 in FR1 As defined in A.3.10
Config 3,4 SSB pattern 4 in FR1
Duplex Mode for Cell 2 Config 1,2 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 269 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 3,4 TDD

TDD Configuration Config 3,4 TDDConf.2.1
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OCNG pattern 1 As defined in A.3.2.1.
PDSCH parameters Config 1,2 SR.1.1 FDD As defined in A.3.1.1.
Note 4
Config 3,4 SR.2.1 TDD
NR RF Channel Number 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS dB
Ê s I ot dB 3 Power of SSB with index
SSB with 0 is setto be above
index 0 Noc Config 1,2 dBm/15kHz -98 configured rsrp-
Config 3,4 -101 ThresholdSSB

Ês N oc dB 3

SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/ SCS -95

Ê s I ot dB -17 Power of SSB with index
SSB with 1 is set to be below
index 1 Noc Config 1,2 dBm/15kHz -98 configured rsrp-
Config 3,4 -101 ThresholdSSB

Ês N oc dB -17

SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/ SCS -115

Config 1,2 dBm -65.3/9.36MHz For symbols without SSB
Io Note 2 index 1
Config 3,4 -62.2/38.16MHz
dBm/ SCS -5 As defined in clause
ss-PBCH-BlockPower
6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].
Configured UE transmitted power ( dBm 23 As defined in clause
PCMAX, f, c ) 6.2.4 in TS 38.101-1.

PRACH Configuration FR1 PRACH configuration 1 As defined in A.3.8.2.

Propagation Condition - AWGN

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols. The OCNG pattern is chosen during the test according to the
presence of a DL reference measurement channel.
Note 2: SS-RSRP, Es/Iot and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purpose. They are
not settable parameters.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: The DL PDSCH reference measurement channel is used in the test only when a downlink transmission
dedicated to the UE under test is required.

A.4.3.2.2.1.2 Test Requirements

Contention based random access is triggered by not explicitly assigning a random access preamble via dedicated
signalling in the downlink.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 270 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.3.2.2.1.2.1 Random Access Preamble Transmission

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.1 the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access
Preamble which belongs to one of the Random Access Preambles associated with the SSB with index 0, which has
SS-RSRP above the configured rsrp-ThresholdSSB.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.4.3.2.2.1.2.2 Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.2 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. In response to the first 4 preambles, the
System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access Response not corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) and shall transmit the msg3 if the Random Access
Response contains a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if all received
Random Access Responses contain Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted Random
Access Preamble.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.4.3.2.2.1.2.3 No Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.1.3 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. The System Simulator shall not respond to
the first 4 preambles.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no Random
Access Response is received within the RA Response window.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 271 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.3.2.2.1.2.4 Receiving an UL grant for msg3 retransmission

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.1.4, the System Simulator shall provide an UL grant for msg3
retransmission following a successful Random Access Response.

The UE shall re-transmit the msg3 upon the reception of an UL grant for msg3 retransmission..

A.4.3.2.2.1.2.5 void

A.4.3.2.2.1.2.6 void

A.4.3.2.2.1.2.7 Contention Resolution Timer expiry

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.6 the System Simulator shall not send a response to a msg3.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if the Contention
Resolution Timer expires.

A.4.3.2.2.2 Non-contention based random access test in FR1 for PSCell in EN-DC

A.4.3.2.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the behavior of the random access procedure is according to the
requirements and that the PRACH power settings and timing are within specified limits. This test will verify the
requirements in clause 6.2.2.2 and clause 7.1.2 in an AWGN model.

For this test two cells are used, with the configuration of Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) specified in clause A.3.7.2.1 and
Cell 2 configured as PSCell in FR1. Supported test parameters are shown in Table A.4.3.2.2.2.1-1. UE capble of
EN-DC with PSCell in FR1 needs to be tested by using the parameters in Table A.4.3.2.2.2.1-2 for SSB-based non-
contention based random access test (Test 1) and CSI-RS-based non-contention based random access test (Test 2).
Test 2 is only applicable to UE which supports csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithSSB or csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-
MeasWithoutSSB.

Table A.4.3.2.2.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for non-contention based random access test
in FR1 for PSCell in EN-DC

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations depending on UE
capability

Table A.4.3.2.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for non-contention based random access test in
FR1 for PSCell in EN-DC

Parameter Unit Test-1 Test-2 Comments

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 272 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB pattern 3 in SSB pattern 3 in As defined in A.3.10
FR1 FR1
Config 3,4 SSB pattern 4 in SSB pattern 4 in
FR1 FR1
CSI-RS Configuration Config 1,2 N/A CSI-RS.1.1 FDD As defined in
Config 3,4 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD A.3.1.4
Duplex Mode for Cell 2 Config 1,2 FDD FDD
Config 3,4 TDD TDD
TDD Configuration Config 3,4 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OCNG pattern 1 OCNG pattern 1 As defined in
A.3.2.1.
PDSCH parameters Config 1,2 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD As defined in
Note 4
Config 3,4 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD A.3.1.1.
NR RF Channel Number 1 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS dB
SSB with Ê s I ot dB 3 3 Power of SSB with
index 0 index 0 is set to be
N Config 1,2 dBm/15kHz -98 -98 above configured
oc
Config 3,4 -101 -101 rsrp-ThresholdSSB

Ês N oc dB 3 3

SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/ SCS -95 -95

SSB with Ê s I ot dB -17 -17 Power of SSB with
index 1 index 1 is set to be
Noc Config 1,2 dBm/15kHz -98 -98 below configured
Config 3,4 -101 -101 rsrp-ThresholdSSB

Ês N oc dB -17 -17

SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/ SCS -115 -115

Config 1,2 dBm -65.3/9.36MHz -65.3/9.36MHz For symbols without
Io Note 2 SSB index 1
Config 3,4 -62.2/38.16MHz -62.2/38.16MHz
dBm/ SCS -5 -5 As defined in clause
ss-PBCH-BlockPower 6.3.2 in TS 38.331
[2].
Configured UE transmitted power ( dBm 23 23 As defined in clause
PCMAX, f, c ) 6.2.4 in TS 38.101-
1.
PRACH Configuration FR1 PRACH FR1 PRACH As defined in
configuration 2 configuration 3 A.3.8.2.
Propagation Condition - AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols. The OCNG pattern is chosen during the test according to the presence of a DL
reference measurement channel.
Note 2: SS-RSRP, Es/Iot and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purpose. They are not
settable parameters.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: The DL PDSCH reference measurement channel is used in the test only when a downlink transmission dedicated to
the UE under test is required.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 273 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.3.2.2.2.2 Test Requirements

Non-Contention based random access is triggered by explicitly assigning a random access preamble via dedicated
signalling in the downlink. In the test, the non-contention based random access procedure is not initialized for Other
SI requested from UE or beam failure recovery.

A.4.3.2.2.2.2.1 SSB-based Random Access Preamble Transmission

In Test-1, to test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.1 for SSB-based Random Access Preamble
tranmsision, with the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions
associated with SSBs configured, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble which has the
Preamble Index associated with the SSB with index 0.

In addition, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble on the PRACH occasion which
belongs to the PRACH occasions corresponding to the SSB with index 0, and the selected PRACH occasion shall
belongs to the PRACH occassions permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-
1 [18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.4.3.2.2.2.2.2 CSI-RS-based Random Access Preamble Transmission

In Test-2, to test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.1 for CSI-RS-based Random Access Preamble
tranmsision, with the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions
associated with CSI-RSs configured, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble which has
the Preamble Index associated with the CSI-RS configured.

In addition, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble on the PRACH occasion which
belongs to the PRACH occasions corresponding to the CSI-RS configured, and the selected PRACH occasion shall
belongs to the PRACH occassions permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-OccasionList.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.4.3.2.2.2.2.3 Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.2 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. In response to the first 4 preambles, the
System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access Response not corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) if the Random Access Response contains a Random
Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access Preamble.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power if all received Random Access Responses contain
Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted Random Access Preamble.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 274 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.4.3.2.2.2.2.4 No Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.2.3 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. The System Simulator shall not respond to
the first 4 preambles.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no Random
Access Response is received within the RA Response window configured in RACH-ConfigCommon.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.4.3.2.3 Void

A.4.4 Timing
A.4.4.1 UE transmit timing

A.4.4.1.1 NR UE Transmit Timing Test for FR1

A.4.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE can follow frame timing change of the connected gNodeb and that
the UE initial transmit timing accuracy, maximum amount of timing change in one adjustment, minimum and
maximum adjustment rate are within the specified limits. This test will verify the requirements in clause 7.1.2.
Supported test configurations are shown in Table 4.4.1.1.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 275 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.4.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR FDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
2 LTE FDD, NR TDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
3 LTE FDD, NR TDD, SSB SCS 30 kHz, data SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz
4 LTE TDD, NR FDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
5 LTE TDD, NR TDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
6 LTE TDD, NR TDD, SSB SCS 30 kHz, data SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

The test consists of E-UTRA PCell and NR PSCell. The configuration for E-UTRA is given in A.3.7.2.1. Table
A.4.4.1.1.1-2 defines the parameters to be configured and strength of the transmitted signals. The transmit timing is
verified by the UE transmitting SRS using the configuration defined in Table A.4.4.1.1.1-3.

Table A.4.4.1.1.1-2: Cell Specific Test Parameters for UL Transmit Timing test

Parameter Unit Config Test1 Test2 Band Group

SSB ARFCN 1,2,3,4,5,6 Freq1 Freq1
1,4 FDD
Duplex Mode
2,3,5,6 TDD
1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.1.2
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1,2,3,4,5,6
ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.1
1,2,3,4,5,6
Configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRx Cycle ms 1,2,3,4,5,6 N/A DRX.8Note5
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
measurement channel 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
CORESET Reference
Channel 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1,2,3,4,5,6 OCNG pattern 1
1,4 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.1 FR1
3,6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1,2,3,4,5,6 SMTC.2
1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD

PDSCH/PDCCH 1,2,4,5 15
kHz
subcarrier spacing 3,6 30

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 276 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PSS to

SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
dB 1,2,3,4,5,6 0 0
PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Noc Note2 dBm/15 kHz 1,2,3,4,5,6 -98 -98

Noc Note2 1,2,4,5 -98 -98

dBm/SCS
3,6 -95 -95
Ê s I ot 1,2,3,4,5,6 3 3

Ê s N oc 1,2,3,4,5,6 3 3
Note3
SS-RSRP 1,2,4,5 -95 -95
dBm/SCS
3,6 -92 -92
IoNote3 dBm/9.36MHz 1,2,4,5 -65.2 -65.2
dBm/38.1MHz 3,6 -59.2 -59.2
Propagation condition 1,2,3,4,5,6 AWGN
SRS Config 1,2,4,5 SRSConf.1Note6 SRSConf.3Note6
3, 6 SRSConf.1Note6 SRSConf.2Note6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 5: DRx related parameters are given in Table A.3.3.8-1
Note 6: SRS configs are given in Table A.4.4.1.1.1-3

Table A.4.4.1.1.1-3: SRS Configuration for Timing Accuracy Test

Field SRSConf.1 SRSConf.2 SRSConf.3 Comments

SRS- srs-ResourceSetId 0 0 0
ResourceSet srs-ResourceIdList 0 0 0
resourceType Periodic Periodic Periodic
Usage Codebook Codebook Codebook
SRS- SRS-ResourceId 0 0 0
Resource nrofSRS-Ports Port1 Port1 Port1
transmissionComb n2 n2 n2
combOffset-n2 0 0 0
cyclicShift-n2 0 0 0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 277 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

resourceMapping 0 0 0
startPosition
resourceMapping n1 n1 n1
nrofSymbols
resourceMapping n1 n1 n1
repetitionFactor
freqDomainPosition 0 0 0
freqDomainShift 0 0 0
freqHopping 14 for test 25 14 Matches
c-SRS configuration NRB,c
1,2,4,5
25 for test
configuration 3,6
freqHopping 0 0 0
b-SRS
freqHopping 0 0 0
b-hop
groupOrSequenceHopping Neither Neither Neither
resourceType Periodic Periodic Periodic
periodicityAndOffset-p sl1, 0 sl640, 5 sl320, 3 Offset to
align with
DRx
periodicity
sequenceId 0 0 0 Any 10 bit
number

A.4.4.1.1.2 Test requirements

The test sequence shall be carried out in RRC_CONNECTED for every test case.

Following will be the test sequence for this test

1) Set up E-UTRA PCell according to parameters given in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and setup NR PSCell according to
parameters given in Table A.4.4.1.1.1-1.

2) After connection set up with the cell, the test equipment will verify that the timing of the NR cell is within
(NTA + NTA_offset)×Tc ± Te of the first detected path of DL SSB.

a. The NTA offset value (in Tc units) is 25600

b. The Te values depend on the DL and UL SCS for which the test is being run and are given in Table 7.1.2-
1

3) The test system shall adjust the timing of the DL path by values given in Table A.4.4.1.1.2-1

Table A.4.4.1.1.2-1: Adjustment Value for DL Timing

SCS of SSB signals (kHz) Adjustment Value

Test1 Test2
15 +64*64Tc +32*64Tc
30 +32*64Tc +16*64Tc

4) The test system shall verify that the adjustment step size and the adjustment rate shall be according to
requirements specified in Clause 7.1.2 Table 7.1.2-3 until the UE transmit timing offset is within (NTA +
NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te respective to the first detected path (in time) of DL SSB. Skip this step for test 2 with
DRX configured.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 278 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

5) The test system shall verify that the UE transmit timing offset stays within (NTA + NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te of the
first detected path of DL SSB. For Test 2 the UE transmit timing offset shall be verified for the first
transmission in the DRX cycle immediately after DL timing adjustment.

A.4.4.2 UE timer accuracy

A.4.4.3 Timing advance

A.4.4.3.1 EN-DC FR1 timing advance adjustment accuracy

A.4.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of the test is to verify UE Timing Advance adjustment delay and accuracy requirement defined in
clause 7.3.

A.4.4.3.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.4.4.3.1.2-1. Both timing advance adjustment delay and accuracy
are tested by using the parameters in table A.4.4.3.1.2-2, A.4.4.3.1.2-3 and A.4.4.3.1.2-4. The configuration of Cell
1 (LTE PCell) is specified in clause A.3.7.2.1.

In all test cases, two cells are used. Cell 1 is the PCell in the primary Timing Advance Group (pTAG) and cell 2 is
the PSCell is in the secondary Timing Advance Group (sTAG). Each test consists of two successive time periods,
with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. In each time period, timing advance commands for sTAG are sent to
the UE and Sounding Reference Signals (SRS), as specified in table A.4.4.3.1.2-3, are sent from the UE and
received by the test equipment. By measuring the reception of the SRS, the transmit timing, and hence the timing
advance adjustment accuracy, can be measured for PSCell in sTAG.

During time period T1, the test equipment shall send one message with a Timing Advance Command MAC Control
Element for sTAG, as specified in clause 6.1.3.4 in TS 38.321 [7]. The Timing Advance Command value shall be
set to 31, which according to clause 4.2 in TS 38.213 [3] results in zero adjustment of the Timing Advance. In this
way, a reference value for the timing advance for sTAG used by the UE is established.

During time period T2, the test equipment shall send a sequence of messages with Timing Advance Command MAC
Control Elements for sTAG, with Timing Advance Command value specified in table A.4.4.3.1.2-2. This value shall
result in changes of the timing advance for sTAG used by the UE, and the accuracy of the change shall then be
measured, using the SRS sent from the UE.

As specified in clause 7.3.2.1, the UE adjusts its uplink timing at slot n+k for a timing advance command received in
slot n. This delay must be taken into account when measuring the timing advance adjustment accuracy, via the SRS
sent from the UE.

The UE Time Alignment Timer, described in clause 5.2 in TS 38.321, shall be configured so that it does not expire
in the duration of the test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 279 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.4.3.1.2-1: Timing advance supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.4.3.1.2-2: General test parameters for timing advance

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF channel number Cell 1: 1 1 for E-UTRAN PCell
Cell 2: 2 2 for NR PSCell
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.2.1-1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.2.2-1
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.3.1-1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.3.2-1
Timing Advance Command 31 NTA_new = NTA_old for the purpose of
(TA) value during T1 establishing a reference value from
which the timing advance adjustment
accuracy can be measured during T2
Timing Advance Command 39 For 15 kHz SCS NTA_new = NTA_old +
(TA) value during T2 8192*Tc
For 30 kHz SCS NTA_new = NTA_old +
4096*Tc
(based on equation in clause 4.2 of
TS 38.213 [3])
T1 s 5
T2 s 5

Table A.4.4.3.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for timing advance

Test1
Parameter Unit
T1 T2
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 280 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD

Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB Configuration
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
Config 1,2,4,5 SMTC.1 FR1
SMTC configuration
Config 3,6 SMTC.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30 kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
dBm/15kH
Noc Note2 z
-98
Config 1,2,4,5 -98
Noc Note2 Config 3,6 dBm/SCS -95
Ê s I ot dB 3

Ê s N oc dB 3
dBm/
Config 1,2,4,5 -67.57
Note3 9.36MHz
Io
dBm/
Config 3,6 -62.58
38.16MHz
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

Table A.4.4.3.1.2-4: Sounding Reference Symbol Configuration for timing advance

Field Value Comment

Config 1,2,4,5 12
c-SRS Frequency hopping is disabled
Config 3,6 24

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 281 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

b-SRS 0
b-hop 0
freqDomainPosition 0 Frequency domain position of SRS
freqDomainShift 0
groupOrSequenceHopping neither No group or sequence hopping
sl5=2 for SCS Once every 5 slots
15kHz
SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset
sl5=4 for SCS
30kHz
SSB #0 is used for SRS path loss
pathlossReferenceRS ssb-Index=0
estimation
usage Codebook Codebook based UL transmission
startPosition 0 resourceMapping setting. SRS on last
nrofSymbols n1 symbol of slot, and 1symbols for SRS
repetitionFactor n1 without repetition.
combOffset-n2 0
transmissionComb setting
cyclicShift-n2 0
nrofSRS-Ports port1 Number of antenna ports used for SRS
transmission
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.4.4.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall apply the signalled Timing Advance value for PSCell in sTAG to the transmission timing at the
designated activation time i.e. k+1 slots after the reception of the timing advance command, where k=5.

The Timing Advance adjustment accuracy for PSCell in sTAG shall be within the limits specified in clause 7.3.2.2.

The rate of correct Timing Advance adjustments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5 Signaling characteristics

A.4.5.1 Radio link Monitoring
In the following clause, any uplink signal transmitted by the UE is used for detecting the In-/Out-of-Sync state of the
UE. In terms of measurement, the uplink signal is verified on the basis of the UE output power:

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, transmit OFF power is measured as the mean power per component
carrier.

For UE with multiple transmit antennas, transmit OFF power is measured as the mean power at each transmit
connector.

- UE output power higher than Transmit OFF power -50 dBm (as defined in TS 38.101-3 [20]) means uplink
signal

- UE output power equal to or less than Transmit OFF power -50 dBm (as defined in TS 38.101-3 [20]) means
no uplink signal.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 282 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.5.1.1 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with
SSB-based RLM RS in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PSCell. This test will partly verify the FR1 PSCell radio link
monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.1.1.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.1.1.1-2, A.4.5.1.1.1-3, and A.4.5.1.1.1-4 below. There are two cells,
Cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and Cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The E-UTRAN PCell setting refers to Table
A.3.7.2.1-1. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively.
Figure A.4.5.1.1.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active Cell 2 to emulate out-of-sync and in-
sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1 and Cell 2. The
UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. The UE is configured to
perform inter-frequency measurements using Gap Pattern ID #0 (40ms) in test 1.

Table A.4.5.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 out-of-sync testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1
E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 4 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6
TDD Configuration Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 283 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CORESET Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD

Reference Channel Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SMTC.1
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2, 4, 5 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3, 6 30 kHz
PRACH Config 1, 2, 4, 5 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
Configuration Config 3, 6 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
reporting Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.48
T3 s 0.48
D1 s 0.44
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

Table A.4.5.1.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 (Cell 2) for out-of-sync radio link
monitoring tests in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 284 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4

EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH dB 0
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH dB
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR on RLM- Config 1, 4 dB 1 -7 -15
RS Config 2, 5 1 -7 -15
Config 3, 6 1 -7 -15
SNR on other
channels and Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 dB 1
signals
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/ -98
Config 2, 5 15 -98
Config 3, 6 kHz -98
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/ -98
Config 2, 5 SCS -98
Config 3, 6 -95
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully
allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density
is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under
test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS
REs.

Table A.4.5.1.1.1-4: Measurement gap configuration for out-of-sync tests in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: E-UTRAN PCell and PSCell are SFN-synchronous
and frame boundary aligned. (Ensure that RLM RS
is partially overlapped with measurement gap).

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 285 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.4.5.1.1.1-1: SNR variation for out-of-sync testing

A.4.5.1.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2 and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 2 no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the
time duration T3).

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.1.2 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with SSB-based
RLM RS in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PSCell. This test will partly verify the FR1 PSCell radio link
monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.1.2.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.1.2.1-2, and A.4.5.1.2.1-3 below. There are two cells, Cell 1 is the E-
UTRAN PCell, and Cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The E-UTRAN PCell setting refers to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. The
test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure
A.4.5.1.2.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active Cell 2 to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync
states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1 and Cell 2. The UE
shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 286 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.1.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 in-sync testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1
E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, TDD
6
BWchannel Config 1, 4 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3,
DLBWP.0.1
configuration 4, 5, 6
DL dedicated Config 1, 2, 3,
BWP 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3,
ULBWP.0.1
configuration 4, 5, 6
UL dedicated Config 1, 2, 3,
BWP 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Configuration Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
Configuration Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Config 1, 2, 4, SMTC.1
Configuration 5
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2, 4, 15 kHz
subcarrier 5
spacing Config 3, 6 30 kHz
PRACH Config 1, 2, 4, Table A.3.8.2.1-1
Configuration 5
Config 3, 6 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 287 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In sync DCI format 1-0

transmission Number of 2
parameters Control OFDM
symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to average
SSS RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of 2
parameters Control OFDM
symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of dB 4
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to average
SSS RE energy
Ratio of dB 4
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 1000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
CSI reporting Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
tracking Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.24
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 0.88
D1 s 0.84
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the
start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 288 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.1.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 (Cell 2) for in-sync radio link monitoring
tests in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR on Config 1, 4 dB 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
RLM-RS Config 2, 5 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 3, 6 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
SNR on
other
Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 dB 1
channels
and signals
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/ -98
Config 2, 5 15 -98
Config 3, 6 kHz -98
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/ -98
Config 2, 5 SCS -98
Config 3, 6 -95
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated
and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as
part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1,
SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5 respectively in Figure A.4.5.1.2.1-1.
Note 5: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at
least one band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the
SNR during T3 and T4 is modified as specified in clause A.3.6.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 289 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.1.2.1-4: Void

Figure A.4.5.1.2.1-1: SNR variation for in-sync testing

A.4.5.1.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.1.3 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with
SSB-based RLM RS in DRX mode

A.4.5.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PSCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 radio
link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.1.3.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.1.3.1-2 and A.4.5.1.3.1-3. There are two cells, Cell 1 is the E-UTRAN
PCell, and Cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The E-UTRAN PCell setting refers to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. The test consists
of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.4.5.1.3.1-1 shows the
variation of the downlink SNR in the active Cell 2 to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the
time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1 and Cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic
CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled and DRX inactivity
timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CSI during the period when On-

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 290 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing alignment is maintained
during the test.

Table A.4.5.1.3.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 out-of-sync testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1
E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 4 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6
DL dedicated Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
BWP 5, 6 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6
UL dedicated Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
BWP 5, 6 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Configuration Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
Configuration Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SMTC.1
Configuration Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2, 4, 5 15 kHz
subcarrier Config 3, 6 30 kHz
spacing
PRACH Config 1, 2, 4, 5 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
Configuration Config 3, 6 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 291 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low

Configuration
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of dB 4
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to average
SSS RE energy
Ratio of dB 4
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX Configuration DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
reporting Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
tracking Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.68
T3 s 0.68
D1 s 0.64
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

Table A.4.5.1.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 (Cell 2) for out-of-sync radio link
monitoring tests in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR on Config 1, 4 dB 1 -7 -15
RLM-RS Config 2, 5 1 -7 -15
Config 3, 6 1 -7 -15

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 292 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SNR on
other
channels Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 dB 1
and
signals
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/15k -98
Config 2, 5 Hz -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/SCS -98
Config 2, 5 -98
Config 3, 6 -95
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in
Figure A.4.5.1.3.1-1.
Note 5: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.

Table A.4.5.1.3.1-4: Void

Table A.4.5.1.3.1-5: Void

Figure A.4.5.1.3.1-1: SNR variation for out-of-sync testing

A.4.5.1.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2 and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 2 no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the
time duration T3).

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 293 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.1.4 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with SSB-
based RLM RS in DRX mode

A.4.5.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PSCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 radio
link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.1.4.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.1.4.1-2, and A.4.5.1.4.1-3. There are two cells, Cell 1 is the E-
UTRAN PCell, and Cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The E-UTRAN PCell setting refers to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. The
test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure
A.4.5.1.4.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active Cell 2 to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync
states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1 and Cell 2. The UE
shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is
enabled and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic
CSI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL
timing alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.4.5.1.4.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.1.4.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 in-sync testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 4 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3,
DLBWP.0.1
configuration 4, 5, 6
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3,
DLBWP.1.1
configuration 4, 5, 6
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3,
ULBWP.0.1
configuration 4, 5, 6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 294 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3,

ULBWP.1.1
configuration 4, 5, 6
TDD Configuration Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Reference Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
Channel Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SMTC.1
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2, 4, 5 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing
Config 3, 6 30 kHz
PRACH Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, 5 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
Config 3, 6 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average SSS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average SSS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX Configuration DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 1000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 295 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
reporting Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.64
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 0.88
D1 s 0.84
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

Table A.4.5.1.4.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 (Cell 2) for in-sync radio link monitoring
tests in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR on Config 1, 4 dB 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
RLM-RS Config 2, 5 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 3, 6 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
SNR on
other
Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 dB 1
channels
and signals
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/15 -98
Config 2, 5 kHz -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/SCS -98
Config 2, 5 -98
Config 3, 6 -95
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and
SNR5 respectively in Figure A.4.5.1.4.1-1.
Note 5: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 and T4 is modified as
specified in clause A.3.6.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 296 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.1.4.1-4: Void

Table A.4.5.1.4.1-5: Void

Figure A.4.5.1.4.1-1: SNR variation for in-sync testing

A.4.5.1.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.1.5 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured
with CSI-RS-based RLM in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync for the purpose of monitoring
downlink CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PSCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1
PSCell CSI-RS Out-of-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.1.5.1-1, A.4.5.1.5.1-2, A.4.5.1.5.1-3, and A.4.5.1.5.1-3A below. There
are two cells, cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of three successive
time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.4.5.1.5.1-1 shows the variation of the
downlink SNR in the E-UTRAN PCell and the PSCell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of
the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic
CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is not
enabled. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms). In the test, SSB0
is configured as the BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 297 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.1.5.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.1.5.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PSCell for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing in non-
DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP configuration Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.1
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP configuration Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.1
RMC CORESET Reference Config 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Channel Config 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SMTC.1
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1, 2, 4, 5 15 KHz
spacing Config 3, 6 30 KHz
TRS configuration Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
Config 1, 4 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 FDD
CSI-RS for RLM Config 2, 5 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 Resource #4 in TRS.1.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low
DCI format 1-0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 298 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Number of Control 2
OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
Out of sync transmission energy
parameters Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS energy
to average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for reporting Config 1, 4 CSI-RS1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.48
T3 s 0.48
D1 s 0.44
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 2: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

Table A.4.5.1.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 for CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1, 4 dB 1 -7 -15
RLM-RS Config 2, 5 1 -7 -15
Config 3, 6 1 -7 -15
SNR on Config 1, 4 dB 1
other Config 2, 5 1
channels Config 3, 6 1
and signals
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/15K -98
Config 2, 5 Hz -98
Config 3, 6 -98

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 299 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to
the start of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.1.5.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band.
For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is [A.3.6].

Table A.4.5.1.5.1-3A: Measurement gap configuration for FR1 CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: E-UTRAN PCell and PSCell are SFN-
synchronous and frame boundary
aligned.

Table A.4.5.1.5.1-4: Void

SNR level Cell 1 SNR level

SNR 1

Qin
SNR 2
Qout
SNR 3
Cell 2 SNR level

A B C

D1 ms

T1 T2 T3

Figure A.4.5.1.5.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing

A.4.5.1.5.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, and T3 shall be as follows:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 300 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 2 (PSCell) at least in
all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 2.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 2 (PSCell) no later than time point C (D1 after the start of the
time duration T3) on the PSCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.1.6 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with
CSI-RS-based RLM in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.1.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the in sync for the purpose of monitoring downlink
CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PSCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 PSCell
CSI-RS In-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.1.6.1-1, A.4.5.1.6.1-2, and A.4.5.1.6.1-3 below. There are two cells,
cell 1which is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time
periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.4.5.1.6.1-1 shows the variation of the
downlink SNR in the PSCell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the
UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a
reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. In the test,
SSB0 is configured as the BFD-RS.

Table A.4.5.1.6.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.1.6.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PSCell for CSI-RS in-sync testing in non-DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1
E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 301 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
DL initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
6
Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
DL dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
6
Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
UL initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
6
Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
UL dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
6
RMC CORESET Reference Config 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Channel Config 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SMTC.1
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing Config 1, 2, 4, 5 15 KHz
Config 3, 6 30 KHz
TRS configuration Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
Config 1, 4 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 FDD
CSI-RS for RLM Config 2, 5 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 Resource #4 in TRS.1.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low
DCI format 1-0
Number of Control OFDM 2
Out of sync transmission symbols
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DCI format 1-0
Number of Control OFDM 2
In sync transmission symbols
parameters Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 1000

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 302 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

T311 timer ms 1000

N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for reporting Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.44
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 0.88
T6 s 0.84
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 2: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

Table A.4.5.1.6.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 for CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1, 4 dB 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
RLM-RS Config 2, 5 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 3, 6 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
SNR on other Config 1, 4 dB 1
channels and Config 2, 5 1
signals Config 3, 6 1
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/15KHz -98
Config 2, 5 -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5
respectively in figure A.4.5.1.6.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is [A.3.6].

Table A.4.5.1.6.1-3A: Void

Table A.4.5.1.6.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 303 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.4.5.1.6.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS in-sync testing

A.4.5.1.6.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (T6 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting on the PSCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.1.7 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured
with CSI-RS-based RLM in DRX mode

A.4.5.1.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync for the purpose of monitoring
downlink CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PSCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1
PSCell CSI-RS Out-of-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.1.7.1-1, A.4.5.1.7.1-2, and A.4.5.1.7.1-3 below. There are two cells,
cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods,
with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.4.5.1.7.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in
the E-UTRAN PCell and the PSCell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration
T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting
with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PSCell
and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during
the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing
alignment is maintained during the test. In the test, SSB0 is configured as the BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 304 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.1.7.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.1.7.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PSCell for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing in DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1
E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP
Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP
Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RMC CORESET Reference Config 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Channel Config 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SMTC.1
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1, 2, 4, 5 15 KHz
spacing Config 3, 6 30 KHz
TRS configuration Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
Config 1, 4 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 FDD
CSI-RS for RLM Config 2, 5 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 Resource #4 in TRS.1.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low
DCI format 1-0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 305 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Number of Control OFDM 2

symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
Out of sync transmission energy
parameters Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for reporting Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 1.28
T3 s 1.28
D1 s 1.24
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 2: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 306 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.1.7.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 for CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR Config 1, 4 dB 1 -7 -15
Config 2, 5 1 -7 -15
Config 3, 6 1 -7 -15
SNR on Config 1, 4 dB 1
other Config 2, 5 1
channels Config 3, 6 1
and signals
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/15KHz -98
Config 2, 5 -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to
the start of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of
time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.1.7.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one
band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is
[A.3.6].

Table A.4.5.1.7.1-3A: Void

Table A.4.5.1.7.1-4: Void

Table A.4.5.1.7.1-5: Void

Table A.4.5.1.7.1-6: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 307 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SNR level Cell 1 SNR level

SNR 1

Qin
SNR 2
Qout
SNR 3
Cell 2 SNR level

A B C

D1 ms

T1 T2 T3

Figure A.4.5.1.7.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing

A.4.5.1.7.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 2 (PSCell) at least in
all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 2.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 2 (PSCell) no later than time point C (D1 after the start of the
time duration T3) on the PSCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.1.8 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PSCell configured with
CSI-RS-based RLM in DRX mode

A.4.5.1.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the in sync for the purpose of monitoring downlink
CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PSCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 PSCell
CSI-RS In-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.1.8.1-1, A.4.5.1.8.1-2, A.4.5.1.8.1-3 and A.4.5.1.8.1-3A below. There
are two cells, cell 1which is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the NR PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five
successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.4.5.1.8.1-1 shows the
variation of the downlink SNR in the PSCell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time
duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI
reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is not
enabled. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms). In the test, SSB0
is configured as the BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 308 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.1.8.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.1.8.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PSCell for CSI-RS in-sync testing in DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RMC CORESET Reference Config 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Channel Config 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SMTC.1
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1, 2, 4, 5 15 KHz
spacing Config 3, 6 30 KHz
TRS configuration Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
Config 1, 4 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 FDD
CSI-RS for RLM Config 2, 5 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 Resource #4 in TRS.1.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 309 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Out of sync transmission DCI format 1-0

parameters Number of Control 2
OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS energy
to average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
In sync transmission DCI format 1-0
parameters Number of Control 2
OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS energy
to average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX DRX.3
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 2000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for reporting Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 1.24
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 1.88
T6 s 1.84
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 2: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

Table A.4.5.1.8.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 for CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 310 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1, 4 dB 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
RLM-RS Config 2, 5 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 3, 6 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
SNR on other Config 1, 4 dB 1
channels and Config 2, 5 1
signals Config 3, 6 1
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/15KHz -98
Config 2, 5 -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5
respectively in figure A.4.5.1.8.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is [A.3.6].

Table A.4.5.1.8.1-3A: Measurement gap configuration for FR1 CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: E-UTRAN PCell and PSCell are SFN-
synchronous and frame boundary
aligned.

Table A.4.5.1.8.1-4: Void

Table A.4.5.1.8.1-5: Void

Table A.4.5.1.8.1-6: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 311 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.4.5.1.8.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS in-sync testing

A.4.5.1.8.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (T6 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting on the PSCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.2 Interruption

A.4.5.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions at transitions between active and non-

active during DRX in synchronous EN-DC

A.4.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that when LTE PCell is in DRX and NR PSCell is in non-DRX, NR PSCell
interruptions due to transitions from active to non-active and from non-active to active during LTE PCell DRX the
UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed ACK/NACK rate for NR PSCell
in EN-DC specified in TS38.133 clause 8. 2.1.2. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.2.1.1-1.

The general test parameters and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table A.4.5.2.1.1-2 and A.4.5.2.1.1-3.
The E-UTRAN PCell DRX configuration parameters are given in Table A.4.5.2.1.1-4 below. And the E-UTRAN
cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. In the test there are two cells: Cell1 and Cell2. Cell1 is
LTE PCell and Cell2 is NR FR1 PSCell. The test consists of one time period, with duration of T1. During T1, NR
PSCell is continuously scheduled in DL while LTE PCell is not scheduled and has DRX configured. Prior to the
start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell1 and Cell2. Cell1 shall be configured as
LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. Prior to start of T1 the DRX inactivity timer for the LTE
PCell has already expired. During T1 the UE shall be continuously scheduled on NR PSCell while not scheduled on
LTE PCell. CORESET indicating a new transmission on PSCell shall be sent continuously during the entire time
duration to ensure UE would not enter DRX state on PSCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 312 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.1.1-1: Interruption at transitions between active and non-active during DRX
supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.5.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions at transitions
between active and non-active during DRX in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2
other is NR RF channel
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal Applicable to Cell1 and Cell2
DRX DRX related parameters are defined in
DRX.4
Table A.3.3.4-1
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
T1 s 10

Table A.4.5.2.1.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions at
transitions between active and non-active during DRX in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell2

Frequency Range FR1
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.0
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.0
Config 3,6 DLBWP.0
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
PDCCH CORESET Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 313 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD

OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
NocNote 2 dBm/15
-104
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/15
-87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17
Ês/Noc dB 17
IoNote3 dBm/
Config 1,2,4,5 -58.96
9.36MHz
dBm/
Config 3,6 -52.86
38.16MHz
Time offset to Cell1 Note 4 μs 33
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modeled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselvess.
Note 4: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and
slot timing boundary of PSCell at the UE antenna connector including time alignment error between the
two cells

Table A.4.5.2.1.1-4: Void

A.4.5.2.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. UE shall not be scheduled in
LTE PCell during T1. During the time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99% of ACK/NACK on NR
PSCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 314 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Interruption on NR PSCell shall not exceed X as defined in Table A.4.5.2.1.2-1.

Table A.4.5.2.1.2-1: Interruption length X at transition between active and non-active during DRX

μ NR Slot Interruption length X

length (ms) Sync
0 1 1
1 0.5 1

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.2.2 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions at transitions between active and non-

active during DRX in asynchronous EN-DC

A.4.5.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that when LTE PCell is in DRX and NR PSCell is in non-DRX, NR PSCell
interruptions due to transitions from active to non-active and from non-active to active during LTE PCell DRX the
UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed ACK/NACK rate for NR PSCell
in EN-DC specified in TS 38.133 clause 8.2.1.2. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.2.2.1-1.

The general test parameters and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table A.4.5.2.2.1-2 and A.4.5.2.2.1-3.
The E-UTRAN PCell DRX configuration parameters are given in Table A.4.5.2.2.1-4 below. And the E-UTRAN
cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. In the test there are two cells: Cell1 and Cell2. Cell1 is
LTE PCell and Cell2 is NR FR1 PSCell. The test consists of one time period, with duration of T1. During T1, NR
PSCell is continuously scheduled in DL while LTE PCell is not scheduled and has DRX configured. Prior to the
start of the time duration T1, Cell1 shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell.
Prior to start of T1 the DRX inactivity timer for the LTE PCell has already expired. During T1 the UE shall be
continuously scheduled on NR PSCell while not scheduled on LTE PCell. PDCCH indicating a new transmission on
PSCell shall be sent continuously during the entire time duration to ensure UE would not enter DRX state on
PSCell.

Table A.4.5.2.2.1-1: Interruption at transitions between active and non-active during DRX
supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 315 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions at transitions
between active and non-active during DRX in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2
other is NR RF channel
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal Applicable to Cell1 and Cell2
DRX DRX related parameters are defined in
DRX.6
Table A.3.3.6-1
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
T1 s 10

Table A.4.5.2.2.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions at
transitions between active and non-active during DRX in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell2

Frequency Range FR1
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.0
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.0
Config 3,6 DLBWP.0
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
PDCCH CORESET Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 316 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low

Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
NocNote 2 dBm/15
-104
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/15
-87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17
Ês/Noc dB 17
IoNote3 dBm/
Config 1,2,4,5 -58.96
9.36MHz
dBm/
Config 3,6 -52.86
38.16MHz
Time offset to Cell1 Note 4 μs 500
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modeled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselvess.
Note 4: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and
slot timing boundary of PSCell at the UE antenna connector including time alignment error between the
two cells

Table A.4.5.2.2.1-4: Void

A.4.5.2.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. UE shall not be scheduled in
LTE PCell during T1. During the time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99% of ACK/NACK on NR
PSCell.

Interruption on NR PSCell shall not exceed X as defined in Table A.4.5.2.2.2-1.

Table A.4.5.2.2.2-1: Interruption length X at transition between active and non-active during DRX

μ NR Slot Interruption length X

length (ms) Async

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 317 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

0 1 2
1 0.5 2

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.2.3 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions during measurements on deactivated

NR SCC in synchronous EN-DC

A.4.5.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell interruptions during the measurement on the
deactivated NR SCC, the UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed
ACK/NACK rate for E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell in EN-DC specified in TS 38.133 clause 8.2.1.2. Supported
test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.2.3.1-1.

The general test parameters and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table A.4.5.2.3.1-2 and A.4.5.2.3.1-3
below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. In the test there are three
cells: Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3. Cell1 is LTE PCell, Cell2 and Cell3 is NR PSCell and NR deactivated SCell. Cell1
shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. The test consists of one time period,
with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is connected to Cell1 and Cell2. The point in
time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell or allowInterruptions for the deactivated NR SCells is
received at the UE antenna connector, defines the start of time period T1. During T1, LTE PCell and NR PSCell are
continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.4.5.2.3.1-1: Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC supported test

configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.5.2.3.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during

measurements on deactivated NR SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2, 3
other two are NR RF channels
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
Configured deactivated Cell3 Deactivated SCell on NR RF channel
SCell number 3.
CP length Normal Applicable to Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 318 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.3.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during
measurements on deactivated NR SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell2 Cell3

Frequency Range FR1 FR1
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD FDD
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial DL BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Config 3,6 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Config 3,6 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Config 3,6 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
Config 3,6 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD -
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD -
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
PDCCH CORESET Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1 SMTC.1
TCI state TCI.State.0 TCI.State.0
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 319 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low 1x2 Low

Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
NocNote 2 dBm/15
-104 -104
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/15
-87 -87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17 17
Ês/Noc dB 17 17
IoNote3 dBm/
Config 1,2,4,5 -58.96 -58.96
9.36MHz
dBm/
Config 3,6 -52.86 -52.86
38.16MHz
Time offset to Cell1 Note 4 μs 33 33
Time offset to Cell2 Note 5 μs - 3
Propagation Condition AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modeled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselvess.
Note 4: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and
slot timing boundary of PSCell at the UE antenna connector including time alignment error between the
two cells
Note 5: Receive time difference between slot boundaries of signals received from the two cells at the UE
antenna connector including time alignment error between the two cells.

A.4.5.2.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in LTE PCell and NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. During the
time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on NR PSCell. The UE is only allowed to
cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on NR PSCell shall not
exceed the value defined in Table A.4.5.2.3.2-1 if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the deactivated SCell or
Table A.4.5.2.3.2-2 if the NR PSCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 320 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.3.2-1: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length
(ms)
0 1 1
1 0.5 1

Table A.4.5.2.3.2-2: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is in the same band as the deactivated
SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length
(ms)
0 1 1 + SMTC duration
1 0.5 1 + SMTC duration

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1ms + SMTC duration subframes for intraband EN-DC, 1
subframe for synchronous interband EN-DC.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.2.4 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions during measurements on deactivated

NR SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

A.4.5.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell interruptions during the measurement on the
deactivated NR SCC, the UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed
ACK/NACK rate for E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell in EN-DC specified in TS 38.133 clause 8.2.1. Supported test
configurations are shown in table A.4.5.2.4.1-1.

The general test parameters and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table A.4.5.2.4.1-2 and A.4.5.2.4.1-3
below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. In the test there are three
cells: Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3. Cell1 is LTE PCell, Cell2 and Cell3 is NR PSCell and NR deactivated SCell. Cell1
shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. The test consists of one time period,
with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is connected to Cell1 and Cell2. The point in
time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell or allowInterruptions for the deactivated NR SCells is
received at the UE antenna connector, defines the start of time period T1. During T1, LTE PCell and NR PSCell are
continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.4.5.2.4.1-1: Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC supported test

configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 321 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.4.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during

measurements on deactivated NR SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2, 3
other two are NR RF channels
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
Configured deactivated Cell3 Deactivated SCell on NR RF channel
SCell number 3.
CP length Normal Applicable to Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 322 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.4.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during
measurements on deactivated NR SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 323 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Cell2 Cell3

Frequency Range FR1 FR1
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD FDD
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Config 3,6 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Config 3,6 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Config 3,6 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
Config 3,6 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD -
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD -
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
PDCCH CORESET Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1 SMTC.1
TCI state TCI.State.0 TCI.State.0
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
NocNote 2 dBm/15
-104 -104
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/15
-87 -87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17 17
Ês/Noc dB 17 17

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 324 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

IoNote3 dBm/
Config 1,2,4,5 -58.96 -58.96
9.36MHz
dBm/
Config 3,6 -52.86 -52.86
38.16MHz
Note 4
Time offset to Cell1 ms 3 3
Time offset to Cell2 Note 5 μs - 3
Propagation Condition AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modeled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselvess.
Note 4: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and
slot timing boundary of PSCell at the UE antenna connector including time alignment error between the
two cells
Note 5: Receive time difference between slot boundaries of signals received from the two cells at the UE
antenna connector including time alignment error between the two cells.

A.4.5.2.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in LTE PCell and NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. During the
time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on NR PSCell. The UE is only allowed to
cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on NR PSCell shall not
exceed the value defined in Table A.4.5.2.4.2-1 and Table A.4.5.2.4.2-2.

Table A.4.5.2.4.2-1: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length
(ms)
0 1 1
1 0.5 1

Table A.4.5.2.4.2-2: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is in the same band as the deactivated
SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length
(ms)
0 1 1 + SMTC duration
1 0.5 1 + SMTC duration

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1ms + SMTC duration subframes for synchronous intraband
EN-DC, or 2 subframes for asynchronous interband EN-DC.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 325 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.5.2.5 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-

UTRAN SCC in synchronous EN-DC

A.4.5.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell interruptions during the measurement on the
deactivated E-UTRAN SCC, the UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed
ACK/NACK rate for E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell in EN-DC specified in TS38.133 clause 8. 2.1.2. Supported
test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.2.5.1-1.

The general test parameters and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table A.4.5.2.5.1-2 and A.4.5.2.5.1-3
below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. In the test there are three
cells: Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3. Cell1 and Cell3 is E-UTRAN PCell and E-UTRAN deactivated SCell, Cell2 is NR
FR1 PSCell. Cell1 shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. The test consists
of one time period, with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is connected to Cell1 and
Cell2. The point in time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell or allowInterruptions for the
deactivated E-UTRAN SCells is received at the UE antenna connector, defines the start of time period T1. During
T1, LTE PCell and NR PSCell are continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.4.5.2.5.1-1: Interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC supported

test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.5.2.5.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during

measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2
other is NR RF channel
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
Configured deactivated Cell3 Deactivated SCell on E-UTRAN RF
SCell channel number 1.
CP length Normal Applicable to Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 326 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.5.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during
measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell2

Frequency Range FR1
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial DL BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.0.1
Config 3,6 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.1.1
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.1.1
Config 3,6 DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.0.1
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.0.1
Config 3,6 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.1.1
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.1.1
Config 3,6 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
PDCCH CORESET Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI state TCI.State.0
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 327 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low

Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
NocNote 2 dBm/15
-104
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/15
-87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17
Ês/Noc dB 17
IoNote3 dBm/
Config 1,2,4,5 -58.96
9.36MHz
dBm/
Config 3,6 -52.86
38.16MHz
Time offset to Cell1 Note 4 μs 33
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modeled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselvess.
Note 4: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and
slot timing boundary of PSCell at the UE antenna connector including time alignment error between the
two cells

A.4.5.2.5.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in LTE PCell and NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. During the
time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on NR PSCell. The UE is only allowed to
cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on NR PSCell shall not
exceed X defined in Table A.4.5.2.5.2-1 if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the E-UTRAN deactivated
SCell or Y in Table A.4.5.2.3.2-1 if the NR PSCell is in the same band as the E-UTRAN deactivated SCell.

Table A.4.5.2.5.2-1: Interruption length X and Y at measurements on deactivated E-UTRA SCC

μ NR Slot Interruption length X slot Interruption length Y slot

length (ms) Sync
0 1 1 1
1 0.5 1 1

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe if the PCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell, or 5 subframes if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 328 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.2.6 E-UTRAN – NR FR1 interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-

UTRAN SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

A.4.5.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell interruptions during the measurement on the
deactivated NR SCC, the UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed
ACK/NACK rate for E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell in EN-DC specified in TS 38.133 clause 8.2.1. Supported test
configurations are shown in table A.4.5.2.6.1-1.

The general test parameters and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table A.4.5.2.6.1-1 and A.4.5.2.6.1-2
below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-1. In the test there are three
cells: Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3. Cell1 and Cell3 is E-UTRAN PCell and E-UTRAN deactivated SCell, Cell2 is NR
FR1 PSCell. Cell1 shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. The test consists
of one time period, with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is connected to Cell1 and
Cell2. The point in time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell or allowInterruptions for the
deactivated NR SCells is received at the UE antenna connector, defines the start of time period T1. During T1, LTE
PCell and NR PSCell are continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.4.5.2.6.1-1: Interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC supported

test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.5.2.6.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during

measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is NR RF channel and the other two
1, 2, 3
are E-UTRAN RF channels
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
Configured deactivated Cell3 Deactivated SCell on E-UTRAN RF
SCell channel number 3.
CP length Normal Applicable to Cell1, Cell2 and Cell3
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 329 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.6.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during
measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell2

Frequency Range FR1
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial DL BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.0.1
Config 3,6 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.1.1
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.1.1
Config 3,6 DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.0.1
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.0.1
Config 3,6 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.1.1
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.1.1
Config 3,6 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
PDCCH CORESET Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI state TCI.State.0
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 330 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low

Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
NocNote 2 dBm/15
-104
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/15
-87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17
Ês/Noc dB 17
IoNote3 dBm/
Config 1,2,4,5 -58.96
9.36MHz
dBm/
Config 3,6 -52.86
38.16MHz
Time offset to Cell1 Note 4 μs 500
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modeled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselvess.
Note 4: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and
slot timing boundary of PSCell at the UE antenna connector including time alignment error between the
two cells

A.4.5.2.6.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in LTE PCell and NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. During the
time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell. The UE
is only allowed to cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on NR
PSCell shall not exceed the value defined in Table A.4.5.2.4.2-1 and Table A.4.5.2.4.2-2.

Table A.4.5.2.6.2-1: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the E-UTRAN
deactivated SCell

μ NR Slot length (ms) Interruption length

0 1 2
1 0.5 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 331 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.2.6.2-2: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is in the same band as the E-UTRAN
deactivated SCell
μ NR Slot length (ms) Interruption length
0 1 2 + SMTC duration
1 0.5 2 + SMTC duration

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe if the PCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell, or 5 subframes if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.2.7 Void

A.4.5.3 SCell Activation and Deactivation Delay

A.4.5.3.1 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 for 160ms SCell
measurement cycle

A.4.5.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SCell activation and deactivation times are within the requirements
stated in clause 8.3, when the SCell in FR1 is known by the UE at the time of activation.

The supported test configurations are shown in table A.4.5.3.1.1-1 below. The test parameters are given in Tables
A.4.5.3.1.1-2 and cell-specific parameters in A.4.5.3.1.1-3 below. The test consists of three successive time periods,
with duration of T1, T2 and T3, respectively. There are three carriers, E-UTRA has one cell, NR has two cells. All
cells have constant signal levels throughout the test. Before the test starts the UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on E-
UTRA and Cell 2 (PSCell) on NR, but is not aware of Cell 3 (SCell) on NR. The UE is monitoring the PCell and
PSCell. The UE shall be continuously scheduled in the PCell and PSCell throughout the whole test.

At the beginning of T1 the UE receives an RRC message by which the SCell (Cell 3) becomes configured on NR.
The UE now starts monitoring the SCell. The test equipment sends a MAC message for activation of the SCell.

The point in time at which the MAC message is received at the UE antenna connector, in a slot # denoted m, defines
the start of time period T2. The UE shall be able to report valid CSI in PSCell for the activated SCell at latest in slot
m+ ்ౄఽ౎్ ା்౗ౙ౪౟౬౗౪౟౥౤_౪౟ౣ౛ ା்ి౏౅_౎౛౦౥౨౪౟౤ౝ
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
, as defined in clause 8.3. The UE shall start reporting CSI in PSCell in slot
(m+k) and shall report CQI index 0 (out-of-range) until the SCell activation has been completed. Any PSCell
interruption due to activation of SCell shall occur in the slot ݉+1+ ்ౄఽ౎్
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
to slot ݉+1+
்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
+
ܰ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬, as defined in clause 8.3, where ܰ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ is the interruption length given in section 8.2. Any E-
UTRA PCell interruption due to activation of SCell shall occur in the subframe ݉ଵ + 1 + ୉୙୘ୖ୅ౄఽ౎్
்
ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
to
subframe ݉ଶ + 1 + + ܰ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬, where mଵ and mଶ are the index of the first and last subframe of
்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
୉୙୘ୖ୅ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
E-UTRA PCell which overlaps with slot m, and ܰ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ is the interruption length given in TS 36.133 [14]
section 7.32.

Time period T3 starts when a MAC message for deactivation of SCell, sent from the test equipment to the UE in a
slot # denoted n, is received at the UE antenna connector. The UE shall carry out deactivation of the SCell in a slot
n + ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ௠௦
, as defined in clause 8.3. The starting point of any PSCell interruption due to the deactivation shall
occur in the slot n + 1 + to n + 1 + ౄఽ౎్
୘ౄఽ౎్ ୘ ାଷ୫ୱ
, as defined in clause 8.3. The starting point of any E-
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 332 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

UTRA PCell interruption due to the deactivation shall occur in the subframe ଵ ݊ +1+ ்ౄఽ౎్
ா௎்ோ஺ ௦௨௕௙௥௔௠௘ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
to
subframe nଶ + 1 + ா௎்ோ஺ ௦௨௕௙௥௔௠௘ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
, where andnଵ nଶ
are the index of the first and last subframe of E-UTRA
PCell which overlaps with slot n.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption is carried out in the correct time span by monitoring
ACK/NACK sent in PSCell during activation and deactivation of SCell, respectively.

The test equipment verifies the activation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell activation
command is sent until a CSI report with other than CQI index 0 is received.

The test equipment verifies the deactivation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell deactivation
command is sent until CSI reporting for SCell is discontinued.

Table A.4.5.3.1.1-1: known FR1 SCell activation in non-DRX for 160ms SCell measurement cycle
supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.5.3.1.1-2: General test parameters for known FR1 SCell activation case, 160ms SCell
measurement cycle

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One E-UTRAN radio channel (1) and two
1,2,3 NR radio channel (2,3) are used for this
test
Active PCell Primary cell on E-UTRAN RF channel
Cell 1 number 1.
As specified in clause A.3.7.2.1
Active PSCell Primary secondary cell on NR RF channel
Cell 2
number 2.
Configured deactivated Configured deactivated secondary cell on
Cell 3
SCell NR RF channel number 3
CP length Normal
DRX OFF Continuous monitoring of primary cell
CQI/PMI periodicity and CQI reporting for SCell every second
0
offset configuration index subframe
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on primary
on E-UTRA RF channel dB 0 component carrier.
number
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on secondary
dB 0
on NR channel number component carrier.
SCell measurement cycle
ms 160
(measCycleSCell)
Cell3 timing offset to cell2 μs 0
Time alignment error ≤ Time alignment error as The value of time alignment error depends
between cell3 and cell2 μs specified in TS 38.104 [13] clause upon the type of carrier aggregation.
6.5.3.1.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 333 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

T1 During this time the PSCell shall be known

s 7
and the SCell configured and detected.
T2 During this time the UE shall activate the
s 1
SCell.
T3 During this time the UE shall deactivate
s 1
the SCell.
THARQ k1 is a number of slots indicated by the
PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing
indicator field in a corresponding DCI
ms k1×NR slot length format or provided by dl-DataToUL-ACK if
the PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing field
is not present in the DCI format, the value
is defined in 38.213 [3]
TCSI_Reporting the delay uncertainty in acquiring the first
ms 2 available CSI reporting resources as
specified in TS 38.331 [2]
k subframe, μ As specified in clause 4.3 of TS 38.213 [3]
ms k1 + 3 ⋅ N slot +1

Table A. 4.5.3.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for known FR1 SCell activation case, 160ms
SCell measurement cycle

Cell 2 Cell 3
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106

DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,

DLBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET
Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Reference Channel
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
RMC CORESET
Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Reference Channel
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 334 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.1.1 FDD

TRS configuration Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)

Noc Note2 dBm/15kHz

-104

Config 1,2,4,5 -104

Noc Note2 dBm/SCS
Config 3,6 -101

Ê s I ot dB 17

Ê s N oc dB 17
Config 1,2,4,5 -87
SS-RSRPNote3 dBm/SCS
Config 3,6 -84
SCH_RP Note 3 dBm/15 kHz -87
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and SCH_RP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T2.]

A.4.5.3.1.2 Test Requirements

During T2 the UE shall send the first CSI report for SCell in slot (m+k), or in slot m + 1 + ୘ேோ
ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔ +
௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
ܰ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ + 1 as defined in clause 8.3 if slot (m+k) was subject to interruption. Whether CSI report in slot (m+k)
was interrupted is checked by monitoring ACK/NACK sent in PCell in slot (m+k).

During T2 the UE shall start sending CSI reports for SCell with non-zero CQI index at latest in a slot m+
୘ౄఽ౎్ ା்౗ౙ౪౟౬౪౟౥౤_౪౟ౣ౛ା்ి౏౅_౎౛౦౥౨౪౟౤ౝ
, Tactivation_time = TFirstSSB+ 5ms, as defined in clause 8.3.
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛

During T3 the UE shall stop sending CSI reports for SCell at latest in a slot n + ேோ୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
, as defined in clause
8.3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 335 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

During T2 interruption of PSCell during SCell activation shall not happen outside the slot ݉+1+ ்ౄఽ౎్
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
to
݉+1+ ்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
+ ܰ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
, and interruption of E-UTRA PCell during SCell activation shall not happen
outside the subframe ݉ଵ + 1 + to subframe ݉ଶ + 1 + ౄఽ౎్ + ܰ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ , as defined in
்ౄఽ౎్ ் ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
୉୙୘ୖ୅ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ ୉୙୘ୖ୅ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
clause 8.3.

During T3 the starting point of interruption of PSCell during SCell deactivation shall not happen outside the slot n+
1+ ୘ౄఽ౎్
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
to n+1+ ୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
, as defined in clause 8.3 and the starting point of interruption of E-UTRA
PCell during SCell deactivation shall not happen outside the subframe ݊ଵ + 1 + ா௎்ோ஺ ௦௨௕௙௥௔௠௘ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
்ౄఽ౎్
to subframe
nଶ + 1 + ்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
ா௎்ோ஺ ௦௨௕௙௥௔௠௘ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
.

The interruption of PSCell shall not be more than the values specified for EN-DC in Clause 8.2.1.2.4.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed SCell activation delay and SCell
deactivation delay to be counted as correct. The rate of correct observed SCell activation delay and SCell
deactivation delay during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T2 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the valid CSI in a slot m+
୘ౄఽ౎్ ା்౗ౙ౪౟౬౪౟౥౤_౪౟ౣ౛ ା்ి౏౅_౎౛౦౥౨౪౟౤ౝ
as defined in clause 8.3 then the UE shall use the next available
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
uplink resource for reporting the corresponding valid CSI.

A.4.5.3.2 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 for 320 ms SCell
measurement cycle

A.4.5.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test case is the same as for the test defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.1. The supported test
configurations are the same as defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.1. The test parameters are the same except those described
in the following clause. The listed parameter values in Tables A.4.5.3.2.1-1 will replace the values of corresponding
parameters in Tables A.4.5.3.1.1-2.

Table A.4.5.3.2.1-1: General test parameters for known FR1 SCell activation case, 320 ms SCell
measurement cycle

Parameter Unit Value Comment

SCell measurement cycle
ms 320
(measCycleSCell)

A.4.5.3.2.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.2 shall apply to this test case, except Tactivation_time will be replaced
with the value TFirstSSB_MAX + Trs + 5ms.

A.4.5.3.3 SCell Activation and deactivation of unknown SCell in FR1

A.4.5.3.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SCell activation and deactivation times are within the requirements
stated in clause 8.3, when the SCell in FR1 is unknown by the UE at the time of activation.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 336 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The supported test configurations are the same as defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.1. The test parameters are the same
except those described in the following clause. The listed parameter values in Tables A.4.5.3.3.1-1 will replace the
values of corresponding parameters in Tables A.4.5.3.1.1-2. The test consists of three successive time periods, with
duration of T1, T2 and T3, respectively. There are three carriers, E-UTRA has one cell, NR has two cells. Cell 1 and
Cell 2 have constant signal levels throughout the test. Before the test starts the UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on
E-UTRAN and Cell 2 (PSCell) on NR, but is not aware of Cell 3 (SCell) on NR. The UE is monitoring the PCell
and PSCell. The UE shall be continuously scheduled in the PCell and PSCell throughout the whole test.

At the beginning of T1 the UE receives an RRC message by which the SCell (Cell 3) becomes configured on NR.
During T1 the SCell is powered off and UE is not aware of SCell.

A MAC message for activation of SCell is sent by the test equipment 100ms after the RRC message, in a slot #
denoted m. The point in time at which the MAC message for activation of SCell is received at the UE antenna
connector defines the start of time period T2. Immediately at beginning of T2 the transmission power of cell 3 is
increased to same level as for cell 2. The UE shall be able to report valid CSI for the activated SCell at latest in slot
m+ ୘ౄఽ౎్ ା்౗ౙ౪౟౬౪౟౥౤_౪౟ౣ౛ ା்ి౏౅_౎౛౦౥౨౪౟౤ౝ
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
as defined in clause 8.3 provided the SCell can be successfully detected on the
first attempt. The UE shall start reporting CSI in slot (m+k) and shall report CQI index 0 (out-of-range) until the
SCell activation has been completed. Any PSCell interruption due to activation of SCell shall occur in the slot ݉+
1+ ்ౄఽ౎్
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
݉+1+
to slot
்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
+ܰ ܰ
୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ , as defined in clause 8.3, where ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ is the
interruption length given in section 8.2. Any E-UTRA PCell interruption due to activation of SCell shall occur in the
subframe ଵ݉ + 1 + ୉୙୘ୖ୅ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
்ౄఽ౎్
to subframe ଶ ݉ + 1 + ୉୙୘ୖ୅ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ + ܰ
்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
m m
୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ , where ଵ and ଶ are the
ܰ
index of the first and last subframe of E-UTRA PCell which overlaps with slot m, and ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ is the
interruption length given in TS 36.133 [14] section 7.32.

Time period T3 starts when a MAC message for deactivation of the SCell, sent from the test equipment to the UE in
a slot # denoted n, is received at the UE antenna connector. The UE shall carry out deactivation of the SCell at latest
in slotn+ ୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ௠௦
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
as defined in clause 8.3. The starting point of any PSCell interruption due to the deactivation
shall occur in the slotn + 1 + ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ n + 1 + ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
୘ౄఽ౎్
to
୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
, as defined in clause 8.3. The starting point of
any E-UTRA PCell interruption due to the deactivation shall occur in the subframe ଵ ݊ +1+ ்ౄఽ౎్
ா௎்ோ஺ ௦௨௕௙௥௔௠௘ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
to subframe nଶ + 1 + ா௎்ோ஺ ௦௨௕௙௥௔௠௘ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
, where and nଵ nଶ
are the index of the first and last subframe of E-UTRA
PCell which overlaps with slot n.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption is carried out in the correct time span by monitoring
ACK/NACK sent in PSCell during activation of SCell, respectively.

The test equipment verifies the activation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell activation
command is sent until a CSI report with other than CQI index 0 is received.

The test equipment verifies the deactivation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell1 deactivation
command is sent until CSI reporting for SCell1 is discontinued.

Table A.4.5.3.3.1-1: General test parameters for unknown FR1 SCell activation case, 160ms SCell
measurement cycle

Parameter Unit Value Comment

During this time the PSCell shall be known
T1 ms 100
and the SCell configured, but not detected.

A.4.5.3.3.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.2 shall apply to this test case, except Tactivation_time will be replaced
with the value TFirstSSB_MAX + TSMTC_MAX + 2*Trs + 5ms as defined in clause 8.3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 337 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.5.4 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay

A.4.5.4.1 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay

Table A.4.5.4.1-1 - Table A.4.5.4.1-4 : Void

A.4.5.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that when the UE receives a RRC message implying NR UL or Supplementary
UL carrier configuration, the UE shall be ready to start transmission on the newly configured carrier within the time
limits specified in clause 8.4.2 and 8.4.3 for configuring and deconfiguring, respectively.

There are three cells: E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and FR1 SCell (Cell 3). For SCell, both NR
uplink and supplementary uplink are broadcast by ServingCellConfigCommonSIB. The test parameters for PSCell
and SCell are given in Table A. 4.5.4.1.1-1, Table A. 4.5.4.1.1-2, Table A. 4.5.4.1.1-3 and Table A. 4.5.4.1.1-4
below. The test parameters and applicability for E-UTRAN PCell are defined in A.3.7.2. The test consists two
tests. In test 1, the test consists of three time periods, with duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. During time
duration T1, NR uplink of cell 3 is configured to UE. At the start of T2, a supplementary uplink of cell3 is
configured to UE through RRCReconfiguration, then UE shall start transmission both on the NR uplink and
supplementary uplink. At the start of T3, the supplementary uplink is released through RRCReconfiguration.

In test 2, the test consists of three time periods, with duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. During time duration
T1, supplementray uplink on cell 3 is configured to UE. At the start of T2, a NR uplink is configured to UE through
RRCReconfiguration, then UE shall start transmission both on the NR uplink and supplementary uplink. At the start
of T3, the NR uplink is released through RRCReconfiguration.

Table A.4.5.4.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration PSCell (Cell2) SCell (Cell3)

1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex DL and UL: 15kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode FDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex DL and UL: 15kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
3 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex DL and UL: 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 30kHz SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
4 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 15kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode FDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
5 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 15kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
6 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 30kHz SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
7 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 15kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode FDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 338 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

8 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 15kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
9 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 30kHz SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.5.4.1.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
RF Channel Config 1,2,3, 4, Three radio channels are used for
1, 2, 3
Number 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 these two tests.
Active cell Config 1,2,3, 4, Cell 1: E-UTRAN E-UTRAN PCell on RF channel
5, 6, 7, 8, 9 PCell number 1
Cell 2: FR1 PSCell FR1 PSCell on RF channel number 2
Cell 3: FR1 SCell FR1 SCell on RF channel number 3
CP length Config 1,2,3, 4, Normal
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DRX Config 1,2,3, 4,
OFF
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Measurement Config 1,2,3, 4,
OFF
gap pattern Id 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3, 4, 0 L3 filtering is not used
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
T1 Config 1,2,3, 4, 5
s
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
T2 Config 1,2,3, 4, 5
s
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
T3 Config 1,2,3, 4, 5
s
5, 6, 7, 8, 9

Table A.4.5.4.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration
Delay on PSCell (Cell 2)

Parameter Unit Test Test 1 Test 2

Configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 2 2
Channel number
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 2, 3 N/A N/A
TDD configuration Conf 4, 5, 6 TDD Conf.1.1 TDD Conf.1.1
Conf 7, 8, 9 TDD Conf.2.1 TDD Conf.2.1
Conf 1, 2, 3 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz Conf 4, 5, 6 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
Conf 7, 8, 9 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
PDSCH reference Conf 1, 2, 3 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
measurement Conf 4, 5, 6 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
channel as defined Conf 7, 8, 9
SR 2.1 TDD SR 2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.1
RMSI CORESET Conf 1, 2, 3 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
reference Conf 4, 5, 6 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
measurement Conf 7, 8, 9
channel as defined CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.2
Conf 1, 2, 3 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 339 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

RMC CORESET Conf 4, 5, 6 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD

reference Conf 7, 8, 9
measurement
CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
channel as defined
in A.3.1.3
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OP.1 OP.1
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 5, 6
Conf 7, 8, 9 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 SMTC.1
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DL initial BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DL dedicated BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
UL dedicated BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
EPRE ratio of PSS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of
PBCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH to
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of
OCNG DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
OCNG to OCNG
DMRS
dBm / Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, -102 -102
15kHz 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf -102 -102
Noc Note 2 dBm/
1,2,3,4,5,6
SCS
Conf 7,8,9 -99 -99
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 16 16 16 16 16 16
Ê s N oc dB
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 16 16 16 16 16 16
Ê s I ot Note 3
dB
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf -86 -86 -86 -86 -86 -86
dBm/
SS-RSRP Note 3 1,2,3,4,5,6
SCS
Conf 7,8,9 -83 -83 -83 -83 -83 -83
dBm/ Conf -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9
9.36 1,2,3,4,5,6
MHz
dBm/ Conf 7,8,9 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8
Io Note 3
38.16
MHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 340 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Propagation Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, AWGN AWGN

Condition 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Antenna Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 1x2 1x2
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
NOTE 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated, and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
NOTE 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
NOTE 3: Ê s I ot , Io, and SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

Table A.4.5.4.1.1-4: NR Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration
Delay on SCell (Cell 3)

Parameter Unit Test Test 1 Test 2

Configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Channel number Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 3 3
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 4, 7 N/A N/A
TDD configuration Conf 2, 5, 8 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Conf 3, 6, 9 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
Conf 1, 4, 7 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz Conf 2, 5, 8 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
Conf 3, 6, 9 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
Conf 1, 4, 7 G-
G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
FR1-
A3-10 A3-10 in N/A A3-10 in N/A
A3-10
in [13] [13] [13]
in [13]
Conf 2, 5, 8 G-
G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
PUSCH parameters FR1-
A3-10 A3-10 in N/A A3-10 in N/A
for NR UL carrier A3-10
in [13] [13] [13]
in [13]
Conf 3, 6, 9 G-
G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
FR1-
A3-14 A3-14 in N/A A3-14 in N/A
A3-14
in [13] [13] [13]
in [13]
Conf 1, 4, 7 Table Table
Table
8.3.3.1 8.3.3.1.
8.3.3.1.2 N/A N/A N/A
.2-1 in 2-1 in
-1 in [13]
[13] [13]
Conf 2, 5, 8 Table Table
Table
PUCCH parameters 8.3.3.1 8.3.3.1.
8.3.3.1.2 N/A N/A N/A
For NR UL carrier .2-1 in 2-1 in
-1 in [13]
[13] [13]
Conf 3, 6, 9 Table Table
Table
8.3.3.1 8.3.3.1.
8.3.3.1.2 N/A N/A N/A
.2-2 in 2-2 in
-2 in [13]
[13] [13]
Conf 1, 4, 7 G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
N/A A3-10 N/A A3-10 in A3-10 in A3-10 in
in [13] [13] [13] [13]
PUSCH parameters Conf 2, 5, 8 G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
for supplementary N/A A3-10 N/A A3-10 in A3-10 in A3-10 in
UL in [13] [13] [13] [13]
Conf 3, 6, 9 G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
N/A A3-14 N/A A3-14 in A3-14 in A3-14 in
in [13] [13] [13] [13]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 341 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Conf 1, 4, 7 Table Table Table

N/A N/A N/A 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2
-1 in [13] -1 in [13] -1 in [13]
Conf 2, 5, 8 Table
PUCCH parameters Table Table
8.3.3.1.2
for supplementary N/A N/A N/A 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2
-1 in
UL -1 in [13] -1 in [13]
[13]
Conf 3, 6, 9 Table Table Table
N/A N/A N/A 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2
-2 in [13] -2 in [13] -2 in [13]
PDSCH reference Conf 1, 4, 7 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
measurement Conf 2, 5, 8 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
channel as defined Conf 3, 6, 9
SR 2.1 TDD SR 2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.1
RMSI CORESET Conf 1, 4, 7 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
reference Conf 2, 5, 8 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
measurement Conf 3, 6, 9
channel as defined CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.2
RMC CORESET Conf 1, 4, 7 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
reference Conf 2, 5, 8 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
measurement Conf 3, 6, 9
channel as defined CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.3
OCNG Pattern Note 1 Conf 1, 2, 3 OP.1 OP.1
Conf 1, 2, 4, 5,
SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 7,8
Conf 3, 6, 9 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 SMTC.1
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DL initial BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DL dedicated BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
UL dedicated BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
EPRE ratio of PSS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of
PBCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH to
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of
OCNG DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
OCNG to OCNG
DMRS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 342 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dBm / Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
-102 -102
15kHz 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Noc Note 2 dBm/
Conf 1, 2, 4, 5,
-102 -102
7,8
SCS
Conf 3, 6, 9 -99 -99
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
Ê s N oc dB
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
16 16 16 16 16 16
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
Ê s I ot Note 3
dB
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
16 16 16 16 16 16
Conf 1, 2, 4, 5,
dBm/ -86 -86 -86 -86 -86 -86
SS-RSRP Note 3 7,8
SCS
Conf 3, 6, 9 -83 -83 -83 -83 -83 -83
dBm/ Conf 1, 2, 4, 5,
9.36 7,8 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9
Note 3 MHz
Io
dBm/ Conf 3, 6, 9
38.16 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8
MHz
Propagation Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
AWGN AWGN
Condition 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Antenna Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
1x2 1x2
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
NOTE 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated, and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
NOTE 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
NOTE 3: Ê s I ot , Io, and SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.4.5.4.1.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 the UE shall be ready to start transmission on the supplementary uplink carrier on SCell within 20ms from
the start of T2.

In test 1 the UE shall stop the transmission on the supplementary uplink carrier on SCell within 20ms from the start
of T3.

In test 2 the UE shall be ready to start transmission on the NR uplink carrier on SCell within 20ms from the start of
T2.

In test 2 the UE shall stop the transmission on the NR uplink carrier on SCell within 20ms from the start of T3.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed UE UL carrier configuration delay and
UE UL carrier release delay to be counted as correct. The rate of correct observed UE UL carrier configuration
delay and UE UL carrier release delay during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.5 Beam Failure Detection and Link recovery procedures

A.4.5.5.1 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PSCell
configured with SSB-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects SSB-based beam failure in the set q0 configured for
a serving PSCell and that the UE performs correct SSB-based link recovery based on beam candidate set q1. The

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 343 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP of the PSCell,
during the evaluation period, and link recovery, when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the SSB based
beam failure detection and link recovery for an FR1 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.5.1.1-1, A.4.5.5.1.1-2, A.4.5.5.1.1-3 and A.4.5.5.1.1-4 below. There are
two cells, cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time
periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1 shows the variation of the
downlink SNR of the PCell and the SNR of the SSB in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate SSB based beam failure.
Figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB in set q1 of the candidate
beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and
cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX
configuration is not enabled. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms)
in test 1.

Table A.4.5.5.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 344 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.5.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PSCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 345 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, TDD
5, 6
BWchannel Config 1, 4 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3, 6 40: NRB,c =
106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, DLBWP.0.1
configuration 3, 4, 5, 6
DL dedicated Config 1, 2, DLBWP.1.1
BWP 3, 4, 5, 6
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, ULBWP.0.1
configuration 3, 4, 5, 6
UL dedicated Config 1, 2, ULBWP.1.1
BWP 3, 4, 5, 6
configuration
TDD Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Configuration
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference
Channel
Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Config 1, 4 SSB.3 FR1
Configuration
Config 2, 5 SSB.3 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.4 FR1
SMTC Config 1, 2, SMTC.1
Configuration 4, 5
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2, 15 KHz
subcarrier 4, 5
spacing
Config 3, 6 30 KHz
PRACH Config 1, 2, Table A.3.8.2.2-
Configuration 4, 5 1
Config 3, 6 Table A.3.8.2.2-
1
SSB Index assigned as BFD RS 0
(q0)
SSB Index assigned as CBD RS 1
(q1)
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Beam failure DCI format 1-0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 346 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

detection Number of 2
transmission Control
parameters OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average
CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH
DMRS
energy to
average
CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS REG bundle
precoder size
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
gapOffset 0
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value 0.
(Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp- Config 1, 2, dBm/ -98 Threshold used for
ThresholdSSB 4, 5 SCS Qin_LR_SSB
kHz
Config 3, 6 -95
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-ThresholdCSI-
RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
CSI-RS Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1
configuration for FDD
CSI reporting
Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1
TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1
TDD
CSI-RS for Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
tracking
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
SSB Index assigned as RLM RS 0,1
T310 timer ms 1000
N310 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 347 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

T1 s 0.2 During this time the

the UE shall be fully
synchronized to cell
1
T2 s 0.37
T3 s 0.24
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.17
D1 s 0.13
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

Table A.4.5.5.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 PSCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1, 4 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2, 5 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 3, 6 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1, 4 dB -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 2, 5 -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 3, 6 -10 -10 10 10 10
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1, 4 dBm/ -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 2, 5 SCS kHz -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 3, 6 -105 -105 -85 -85 -85
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/15 -98
Config 2, 5 KHz -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 348 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.5.1.1-4: Void

Figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation SSB for SSB-based beam failure detection and
link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.5.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiate link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 120+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.5.2 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PSCell
configured with SSB-based BFD and LR in DRX mode

A.4.5.5.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects SSB-based beam failure in the set q0 configured for
a serving PSCell and that the UE performs correct SSB-based link recovery based on beam candidate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP of the PSCell,
during the evaluation period, and link recovery, when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the SSB based beam
failure detection and link recovery for an FR1 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.5.2.1-1, A.4.5.5.2.1-2, A.4.5.5.2.1-3, A.4.5.5.2.1-4 and A.4.5.5.2.1-5
below. There are two cells, cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of
five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.4.5.5.2.1-1 shows

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 349 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

the variation of the downlink SNR of the PCell and the SNR of the SSB in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate
SSB based beam failure. Figure A.4.5.5.2.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB
in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully
synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity
of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PSCell and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e.
UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time
alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.4.5.5.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 350 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.5.2.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 351 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1
Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1
E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, FDD
4
Config 2, TDD
3, 5, 6
BWchannel Config 1, MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
4
Config 2, 10: NRB,c = 52
5
Config 3, 40: NRB,c =
6 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, DLBWP.0.1
configuration 2, 3, 4, 5,
6
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, DLBWP.1.1
configuration 2, 3, 4, 5,
6
UL initial BWP Config 1, ULBWP.0.1
configuration 2, 3, 4, 5,
6
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, ULBWP.1.1
configuration 2, 3, 4, 5,
6
TDD Configuration Config 1, Not Applicable
4
Config 2, TDDConf.1.1
5
Config 3, TDDConf.2.1
6
CORESET Config 1, CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel 4
Config 2, CR.1.1 TDD
5
Config 3, CR.2.1 TDD
6
SSB Configuration Config 1, SSB.3 FR1
4
Config 2, SSB.3 FR1
5
Config 3, SSB.4 FR1
6
SMTC Config 1, SMTC.1
Configuration 2, 4, 5
Config 3, SMTC.1
6
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 15 KHz
subcarrier spacing 2, 4, 5
Config 3, 30 KHz
6
PRACH Config 1, Table
Configuration 2, 4, 5 A.3.8.2.2-1
Config 3, Table
6 A.3.8.2.2-1
SSB Index assigned as BFD RS 0
(q0)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 352 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB Index assigned as CBD 1

RS (q1)
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Beam failure DCI format 1-0
detection Number of 2
transmission Control
parameters OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average
CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH
DMRS
energy to
average
CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS REG bundle
precoder size
granularity
REG 6
bundle size
DRX DRX.7 A.3.3.7
Gap pattern ID N.A.
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value
0. (Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp- Config 1, 2, dBm/SCS -98 Threshold used
ThresholdSSB 4, 5 kHz for Qin_LR_SSB
Config 3, 6 -95
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
CSI-RS Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1
configuration for FDD
CSI reporting
Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1
TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1
TDD
CSI-RS for Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
tracking
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 353 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB Index assigned as RLM 0,1

RS
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time
the the UE shall
be fully
synchronized to
cell 1
T2 s 5.17
T3 s 3.24
T4 s 0
T5 s 1.97
D1 s 1.93
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 354 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.5.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 PSCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1, 4 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2, 5 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 3, 6 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1, 4 dB -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 2, 5 -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 3, 6 -10 -10 10 10 10
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1, 4 dBm/ -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 2, 5 SCS kHz -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 3, 6 -105 -105 -85 -85 -85
N Config 1, 4 dBm/15 -98
oc KHz
Config 2, 5 -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 355 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.5.2.1-4: Void

Table A.4.5.5.2.1-5: Void

Figure A.4.5.5.2.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for SSB-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.5.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 1920+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.5.3 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PSCell
configured with CSI-RS-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.5.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects CSI-RS-based beam failure in the set q0 configured
for a serving PSCell and that the UE performs correct CSI-RS-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1.
The purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP of the
PSCell, during the evaluation period, and link recovery, when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the CSI-
RS based beam failure detection and link recovery for an FR1 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 356 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.5.3.1-1, A.4.5.5.3.1-2, and A.4.5.5.3.1-3 below. There are two cells,
cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods,
with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.4.5.5.3.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink
SNR of the PSCell and the SNR of the CSI-RS in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate CSI-RS based beam failure.
Figure A.4.5.5.3.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the CSI-RS in set q1 of the
candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized
to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In
the test, DRX configuration is not enabled.

Table A.4.5.5.3.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 357 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.5.3.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PSCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 358 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, TDD
6
TDD Configuration Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD A.3.1.2
Reference Channel
Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1 A.3.10
Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, SMTC.1 A.3.11
5
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2, 4, 15 KHz
subcarrier spacing 5
Config 3, 6 30 KHz
csi-RS-Index assigned as beam 0
failure detection RS in set q0
OCNG parameters OP.1 A.3.2.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Beam failure DCI format 1-0
detection Number of 2
transmission Control
parameters OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH
DMRS energy
to average
CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS REG bundle size
precoder
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
csi-RS-Index assigned as candidate 1
beam detection RS in set q1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 359 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is

absent, the UE
applies the value 0.
(Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB Config 1, 2, 4, dBm/SCS -98 Threshold used for
5 kHz Qin_LR_SSB
Config 3, 6 -95
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-ThresholdCSI-
RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
CSI-RS Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD A.3.14
configuration for q0 Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD
and q1 Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD
CSI-RS Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD A.3.14
configuration for Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
CSI reporting Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
csi-RS-Index Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD A.3.14
assigned as RLM Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD
RS Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time the
the UE shall be fully
synchronized to cell
1
T2 s 0.18
T3 s 0.14
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.08
D1 s 0.04
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.4.5.5.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 PSCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_CSI-RS of set q0 Config 1, 4 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2, 5 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 3, 6 5 -3 -12 -12 -12

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 360 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SNR_CSI-RS of set q1 Config 1, 4 dB -10 -10 10 10 10

Config 2, 5 -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 3, 6 -10 -10 10 10 10
CSI-RS_RP of set q1 Config 1, 4 dBm/ -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 2, 5 SCS kHz -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 3, 6 -105 -105 -85 -85 -85
Noc Config 1, 4 dBm/15 -98
KHz
Config 2, 5 -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the REs carrying CSI-RS.Note 8: The SNR
in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in figure
A.4.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause [A.3.6].

Figure A.4.5.5.3.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.4.5.5.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 361 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 30+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.4.5.5.4 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PSCell
configured with CSI-RS-based BFD and LR in DRX mode

A.4.5.5.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects CSI-RS-based beam failure in the set q0 configured
for a serving PSCell and that the UE performs correct CSI-RS-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1.
The purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP of the
PSCell, during the evaluation period, and link recovery, when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the CSI-RS
based beam failure detection and link recovery for an FR1 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.4.5.5.4.1-1, A.4.5.5.4.1-2, A.4.5.5.4.1-3, and A.4.5.5.4.1-4 below. There
are two cells, cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive
time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.4.5.5.4.1-1 shows the variation of
the downlink SNR of the PSCell and the SNR of the CSI-RS in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate CSI-RS based
beam failure. Figure A.4.5.5.4.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the CSI-RS in set
q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully
synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity
of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PSCell and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e.
UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time
alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.4.5.5.4.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.4.5.5.4.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PSCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 362 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 4 FDD
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1, 4 Not Applicable
Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Reference Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD A.3.1.2
Channel Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1 A.3.10
Config 2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SMTC.1 A.3.11
Config 3, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2, 4, 5 15 KHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3, 6 30 KHz
csi-RS-Index assigned as beam failure [0]
detection RS in set q0
OCNG parameters OP.1 A.3.2.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low
Beam failure detection DCI format 1-0
transmission parameters Number of 2
Control OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-RS
RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to
average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX DRX.7 A.3.3.7
Gap pattern ID N.A.
csi-RS-Index assigned as candidate beam 1
detection RS in set q1
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value
0. (Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm -98 Threshold used for
Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-ThresholdCSI-
RS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 363 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see TS 38.321 [7],

clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
CSI-RS configuration Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD A.3.14
for q0 and q1 Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD
CSI-RS configuration Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD A.3.14
for CSI reporting Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
csi-RS-Index Config 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD A.3.14
assigned as RLM RS Config 2, 5 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD
Config 3, 6 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time
the the UE shall be
fully synchronized
to cell 1
T2 s 8.37
T3 s 6.44
T4 s 0
T5 s 1.97
D1 s 1.93
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 364 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.5.4.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 PSCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_CSI-RS of set q0 Config 1, 4 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2, 5 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 3, 6 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_CSI-RS of set q1 Config 1, 4 dB -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 2, 5 -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 3, 6 -10 -10 10 10 10
CSI-RS_RP of set q1 Config 1, 4 dBm/ -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 2, 5 SCS kHz -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 3, 6 -105 -105 -85 -85 -85
N Config 1, 4 dBm/15 -98
oc KHz
Config 2, 5 -98
Config 3, 6 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the REs carrying CSI-RS.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 365 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.5.4.1-4: Void

Table A.4.5.5.4.1-5: Void

Table A.4.5.5.4.1-6: Void

Figure A.4.5.5.4.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in DRX mode

A.4.5.5.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 1920+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 366 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.5.6 Active BWP switch

A.4.5.6.1 DCI-based and Timer-based Active BWP Switch

A.4.5.6.1.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR1 DL active BWP switch in non-DRX in

synchronous EN-DC

A.4.5.6.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in TS38.133 clause 8.6, and
interruption requirement for E-UTRA victim cell defined in TS36.133 clause 7.32.2.7. Supported test configurations
are shown in Table A.4.5.6.1.1.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1), and one PSCell (Cell 2) as given in Table A.4.5.6.1.1.1-
2. Cell-specific parameters of E-UTRA PCell are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and Cell-specific parameters of PSCell
is specified in Table A.4.5.6.1.1.1-3 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE
will have ACK/NACK sending.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PSCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending except for the time duration when BWP is switching on Cell 2 and the time duration of T2.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), and Cell 2 (PSCell) on radio channel 2
(PSCC).

- UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts for PSCell, BWP-1 and BWP-2, in
Cell 2 before starting the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 in PSCell.

- UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for PSCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for PSCell DL BWP switch, sent from the test
equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PSCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall switch its
bandwidth part from BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of PSCell’s DL
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell no later
than the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-2 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) interruption due to BWP switch on PSCell shall occur within the
BWP switch delay.

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on PSCell(Cell 2).

During T3,

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 367 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the subframe immediately after the bwp-
InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE shall switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back to the default
bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of PSCell’s DL
slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell at latest
on the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-1 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) interruption due to BWP switch of PSCell shall occur within the
BWP switch delay.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PSCell by counting the slots from the time when the BWP
switch command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK/NACK is received.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption to E-UTRA PCell is carried out in the correct time span by
monitoring ACK/NACK sent in E-UTRA PCell during BWP switch of PSCell, respectively.

Table A.4.5.6.1.1.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.
Note 2: A UE which fulfils the requirements in test case A.4.5.6.1.2 can skip the test cases in A.4.5.6.1.1.

Table A.4.5.6.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

E-UTRA RF Channel One E-UTRA radio channel is used for this
1
Number test
NR RF Channel Number 2 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell 2 PSCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

Table A4.5.6.1.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 368 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD

Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106
Active BWP ID 1, 2
Initial DL BWP Config 1,4
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.0.2 Note 4
Config 3,6
Active DL BWP-1 Config 1,4
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.1.1 Note 4
Config 3,6
Active DL BWP-2 Config 1,4
Configuration Config 2,5 DLBWP.1.3 Note 4
Config 3,6
Initial UL BWP Config 1,4
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.0.2 Note 4
Config 3,6
Active UL BWP-1 Config 1,4
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.1.1 Note 4
Config 3,6
Active UL BWP-2 Config 1,4
Configuration Config 2,5 ULBWP.1.3 Note 4
Config 3,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
TRS Configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 369 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS

(Note 1)
NocNote 2 Config 1,2,4,5 dBm/SCS -104
Config 3,6 -101
NocNote 2 dBm/15kH [-104]
z
SS-RSRP Note 3 Config 1,2,4,5 dBm/SCS -87
Config 3,6 -84
Ês/Iot dB [17]
Ês/Noc dB [17]
IoNote3 dBm/ -58.96
Config 1,2,4,5
9.36MHz
dBm/ -52.86
Config 3,6
38.16MHz
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is
linked with ULBWP.0.2; DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1; DLBWP.1.3 is
linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of TS 38.213 [3].

A.4.5.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

During T1, the start time of E-UTRA PCell interruption during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside
the BWP switch delay.

During T3, the start time of E-UTRA PCell interruption of during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen
outside the BWP switch delay.

The interruption of E-UTRA PCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active BWP
switch in TS36.133 Clause 7.32.2.7.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed E-UTRA PCell active BWP switch
interruption to be counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 370 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK/NACK in the first UL slot that
occurs after the beginning of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall use
the next available uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK/NACK.

A.4.5.6.1.2 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR1 DL active BWP switch with FR1 SCell in non-
DRX in synchronous EN-DC

A.4.5.6.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.6, and interruption
requirements for NR victim cell defined in clause 8.2.1.2.7 and interruption requirement for E-UTRA victim cell
defined in clause 7.32.2.7 of TS 36.133 [15]. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.4.5.6.1.2.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1), one PSCell (Cell 2) and one SCell (Cell 3) as given in
Table A.4.5.6.1.2.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of E-UTRA PCell are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and Cell-specific
parameters of PSCell and SCell are specified in Table A.4.5.6.1.2.1-3 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) and SCell (Cell 3) to
ensure that the UE will have ACK/NACK sending.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PSCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending except for the time duration when BWP is switching on Cell 2 and the time duration of T2.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), Cell 2 (PSCell) on radio channel 2
(PSCC) and Cell 3 (SCell) on radio channel 3 (SCC).

- UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts for PSCell, BWP-1 and BWP-2, in
Cell 2 before starting the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

- UE is configured with 1 UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts the same as initial BWP for SCell, BWP-0 in
Cell 3 before starting the test.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 in PSCell.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-0 in SCell.

- UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for PSCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for PSCell DL BWP switch, sent from the test
equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PSCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall switch its
bandwidth part from BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of PSCell’s DL
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell no later
than the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-2 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay).

E-UTRA PCell(Cell 1) interruption due to BWP switch on PSCell shall occur within the BWP switch delay.

SCell(Cell 3) interruption due to BWP switch on PSCell shall occur within the BWP switch delay.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 371 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on PSCell(Cell 2).

During T3,

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the subframe immediately after bwp-
InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE shall switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back to the default
bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of PSCell’s DL
slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell at latest
on the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be continuously
scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-1 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot
(j+TBWPswitchDelay).

E-UTRA PCell(Cell 1) interruption due to BWP switch of PSCell shall occur within the BWP switch delay.

SCell(Cell 3) interruption due to BWP switch of PSCell shall occur within the BWP switch delay.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PSCell by counting the slots from the time when the BWP
switch command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK/NACK is received.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption to E-UTRA PCell and NR SCell is carried out in the correct
time span by monitoring ACK/NACK sent in E-UTRA PCell and SCell during BWP switch of PSCell, respectively.

Table A.4.5.6.1.2.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: A UE which fulfils the requirements in test case A.4.5.6.1.2 can skip the test cases in A.4.5.6.1.1.
Note 3: NR configuration is the same for PSCell and SCells.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 372 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.6.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

E-UTRA RF Channel One E-UTRA radio channel is used for this
1
Number test
NR RF Channel Number Two NR radio channels are used for this
2, 3
test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell 2 PSCell on RF channel number 2.
Active SCell Cell 3 SCell on RF channel number 3.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on SCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 3
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
Cell3 timing offset to cell2 μs 3 Synchronous cells
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

Table A.4.5.6.1.2.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2 Cell 3

Frequency Range FR1
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106
Active BWP ID 1, 2 0
Initial BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.0.2 DLBWP.0.2
Configuration Config 2,5
Config 3,6
Active BWP-0 Config 1,4 N.A. DLBWP.0.2
Configuration Config 2,5
Config 3,6
Active BWP-1 Config 1,4 DLBWP.1.3 N.A.
Configuration Config 2,5
Config 3,6
Active BWP-2 Config 1,4 DLBWP.1.1 N.A.
Configuration Config 2,5
Config 3,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 373 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD

Dedicated CORESET Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TRS Configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
Antenna Configuration 1x2
Propagation Condition AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS Note 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note 1
NocNote 2 dBm/15 -104 -104
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/15 -87 -87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17 17
Ês/Noc dB 17 17
IoNote3 dBm/ -58.96 -58.96
Config 1,2,4,5
9.36MHz
dBm/ -52.86 -52.86
Config 3,6
38.16MHz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is linked with ULBWP.0.2;
DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1; DLBWP.1.3 is linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of
TS 38.213 [3].

A.4.5.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the
beginning of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the
beginning of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 374 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

During T1, the start of the interruption of E-UTRA PCell during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside
the BWP switch delay.

During T3, the start of the interruption of E-UTRA PCell during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside
the BWP switch delay.

The interruption of E-UTRA PCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active BWP
switch in clause 7.32.2.7 of TS 36.133 [15].

During T1, the start of the interruption of SCell during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside the BWP
switch delay.

During T3, the start of the interruption of SCell during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside the BWP
switch delay.

The interruption of SCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active BWP switch in
clause 8.6.2.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed E-UTRA PCell and SCell active BWP
switch interruption to be counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK/NACK in the first UL slot that
occurs after the beginning of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall
use the next available uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK/NACK.

A.4.5.6.2 RRC-based Active BWP Switch

A.4.5.6.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR1 DL active BWP switch in non-DRX in synchronous EN-
DC

A.4.5.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement for RRC-based BWP switch defined in
clause 8.6.3. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.4.5.6.2.1.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) and one PSCell (Cell 2) as given in Table A.4.5.6.2.1.1-
2. Cell-specific parameters of E-UTRA PCell are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and Cell-specific parameters of
PSCell are specified in Table A.4.5.6.2.1.1-3 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE
will have ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC) and to Cell 2 (PSCell) on radio channel
2 (PSCC).

- UE has bandwidth part BWP-1 in its RRC-configuration for Cell 1 (PSCell).

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 of initial condition in

PSCell.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 375 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 1 time period, with duration of T1.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a RRCReconfiguration with updated bandwidth part configuration, sent from the
test equipment to the UE, is completely received at the UE side in PSCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall
reconfigure its bandwidth part with the updated bandwidth part BWP-1 of final condition.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on PSCell from on the first DL slot that occurs after PSCell’s DL
slot i+
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
as defined in clause 8.6.3 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK
for the PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i+
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
+ k1
. The UE shall be continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-1
starting from the first DL slot occurs after the begining of DL slot i+
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
.

TRRCprocessingDelay and TBWPswitchDelayRRC are defined in clause 8.6.3.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PSCell by counting the time from the time when the
RRCReconfiguration message including updated BWP configurationis is sent till the time when a vaild ACK/NACK
is received.

Table A.4.5.6.2.1.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.5.6.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

E-UTRA RF Channel One E-UTRA radio channel is used for this
1
Number test
NR RF Channel Number 2 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell 2 PSCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
T1 s 0.2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 376 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.6.2.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 377 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR1
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,4 Not Applicable
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,4 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106
Active DL BWP ID 1
Initial DL BWP Config 1,4 DLBWP.0.2
Configuration Config 2,5
Config 3,6
Initial UL BWP Config 1,4 ULBWP.0.2
Configuration Config 2,5
Config 3,6
Initial Active DL DLBWP.1.3
Condition BWP-1
Config 1,4
Configurat
ion
Config 2,5
Config 3,6
Active UL ULBWP.1.3
BWP-1
Config 1,4
Configurat
ion
Config 2,5
Config 3,6
Final Active DL DLBWP.1.1
Condition BWP-1
Config 1,4
Configurat
ion
Config 2,5
Config 3,6
Active UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP-1
Config 1,4
Configurat
ion
Config 2,5
Config 3,6
PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 FDD
Config 1,4
measurement channel
Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET
Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters
Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET
Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters
Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TRS Configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 378 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD

Antenna Configuration 1x2
Propagation Condition AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NocNote 2 dBm/15 -104
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/15 -87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17
Ês/Noc dB 17
IoNote3 dBm/ -58.96
Config 1,2,4,5
9.36MHz
dBm/ -52.86
Config 3,6
38.16MHz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled
as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2
is linked with ULBWP.0.2; DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1;
DLBWP.1.3 is linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of
TS 38.213 [3].

A.4.5.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall be ready for the reception of uplink grant on PSCell from the first DL slot occurs after the
beginning of DL slot i+
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
, and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell
from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i + ்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
+ k1
Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 379 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.5.7 PSCell addition and release delay

A.4.5.7.1 Addition and Release Delay of known NR PSCell

A.4.5.7.1.1 Test purpose and environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the NR PSCell addition and release delays under EN-DC are within the
requirements stated in clause 7.31.2 [15] for the case when the PSCell is known by the UE at the time of addition.

Supported test configurations are shown in A.4.5.7.1.1-1. The test parameters for the E-UTRA cell are given in
Table A.3.7.2.1-1. The E-UTRA cell once set up is not changed across time.

The test parameters for NR cell are given in Tables A.4.5.7.1.1-2 and cell-specific parameters in A.4.5.7.1.1-3
below. The test consists of five successive time periods with duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. There
are two carriers each with one cell. Before the test starts the UE is connected to Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) on radio
channel 1 (PCC) but is not aware of Cell 2 (NR PSCell) on radio channel 2. The UE is only monitoring the PCC.
During T1 only Cell1 is known to the UE.

Before the start of T2, the UE in the measurement control information that event-triggered reporting with Event A4
is configured for neighbour cell (Cell2). Before the start of T2 the UE is configured with the measurement gaps (gap
pattern Id # 0). The Cell2 becomes known to the UE during T2. Therefore, during T2 the UE shall report Event A4.
After receiving the Event A4, the test system shall send a RRC message to the UE to release the measurement gaps.

The test system shall send a RRC message to the UE to add PSCell (Cell 2) on radio channel 2. The RRC message
(to add PSCell) also includes a request for the UE to start periodic CSI reporting for the PSCell after the PSCell has
been successfully added. The RRC message to add PSCell shall be sent to the UE during period T2, after the
measurement gaps are released by the test system. The point in time at which the RRC message to add PSCell
(Cell2) is received at the UE antenna connector defines the start of period T3.

The test system shall observe the periodic reporting of CSI for PSCell during T4. The point in time at which the UE
has sent PRACH to the PSCell (Cell 2) defines the start of period T4.

The test system shall send a RRC message to the UE to release PSCell (Cell 2) on radio channel 2. The RRC
message to release PSCell (Cell2) shall be sent to the UE during period T4, after the UE has sent at least one CQI
report with non-zero CQI index for PSCell (Cell 2). The point in time at which the RRC message to release PSCell
(Cell2) is received at the UE antenna connector defines the start of period T5.

Table A.4.5.7.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz, FDD
2 LTE FDD, NR SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz, TDD
3 LTE FDD, NR SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz, TDD
4 LTE TDD, NR SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz, FDD
5 LTE TDD, NR SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz, TDD
6 LTE TDD, NR SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz, TDD
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test
configurations in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 380 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.5.7.1.1-2: General Test Parameters for PSCell Addition and Release

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number Two radio channels are used for this test. One
1, 2
for E-UTRA cell and second for NR Cell
Initial Active PCell Cell1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Condition Neighbour cell Cell2 Neighbour cell on RF channel number 2.
Final Active PCell Cell1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Condition Neighbour Cell Cell2 PSCell released on RF channel number 2.
B1 Hysteresis dB 0 Hysteresis for evaluation of event B1.
Threshold dBm -93 Actual RSRP threshold for event B1. Needs to
RSRP take absolute accuracy tolerance in clause
9.1.11.1 into account plus margin.
Time to Trigger S 0
DRX OFF Continuous monitoring of primary cell
Measurement gap pattern Id 0 Gaps are configured before T2 and released
before T3.
PRACH configuration on cell2 FR1 PRACH Captured in A.3.8.2.1
configuration
2
CQI/PMI periodicity and offset CQI reporting for PSCell every uplink subframe
[2ms]
configuration index on cell2
Cell-individual offset for cells on Individual offset for cells on primary component
dB 0
RF channel number 1 carrier.
Cell-individual offset for cells on Individual offset for cells on carrier frequency of
dB 0
RF channel number 2 cell2.
T1 During this time the PCell shall be known and
s 1
cell2 shall be unknown.
T2 During this time the UE shall identify neighbour
s 1
cell (cell2) and report event B1.
T3 s 0.5 During this time the UE adds the PSCell.
T4 During this time the UE sends CSI reports for
s 0.5
PSCell.
T5 s 0.5 During this time the UE releases the PSCell.

Table A.4.5.7.1.1-3: Cell Specific Parameters for PSCell Addition and Release

Test
Parameter Unit Config
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 1
Channel Number
NR RF Channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 2
Number
1,4 Not Applicable
TDD
configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.1.2
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial BWP DLBWP.0.1
1,2,3
Configuration ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.1
1,2,3
Configuration ULBWP.1.1
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 381 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PDSCH 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD

Reference
measurement 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
channel
RMSI CORESET 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Reference
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
Channel
OCNG Patterns 1,2,3,4,5,6 OP.1
SSB 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
configuration 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC 1,2,4,5 SMTC.1
configuration 3,6 SMTC.1
1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS
2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Configuration
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
EPRE ratio of
PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of
PBCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH to
dB 1,2,3,4,5,6 0
PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of
OCNG DMRS to
SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of
OCNG to OCNG
DMRS (Note 1)
Noc Note2 dBm/15 kHz 1,2,3,4,5,6 N/A -85
1,2,4,5 N/A -85
Noc Note2 dBm/SCS
3,6 N/A -82
Ês Iot 1,2,3,4,5,6 -infinity 0

Ês N oc 1,2,3,4,5,6 -infinity 0
SS-RSRPNote3 1,2,4,5 -infinity -85
dBm/SCS
3,6 -infinity -82
IoNote3 dBm/9.36MHz 1,2,4,5 N/A -57

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 382 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dBm/38.1MHz 3,6 N/A -51

Propagation
1,2,3,4,5,6 AWGN
condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to
be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate
power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference
and noise at each receiver antenna port.

A.4.5.7.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall transmit the PRACH to PSCell at latest 82 msNote1 into T3.

The UE shall send at least one CSI report for PSCell with non-zero CQI index during T4.

The UE shall periodically send CSI reports for PSCell after the UE has sent first CQI report with non-zero CQI
index during T4

The UE shall stop sending CSI reports for PSCell in at latest [20]ms into T5.

All the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell addition delay and PSCell release
delay to be counted as correct. The rate of correct observed PSCell addition delay and PSCell release delay during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

Note1: The PSCell addition delay can be expressed as follows as specified in clause 7.31.2 [15]:

Tconfig_PSCell = TRRC_delay + Tprocessing + Tsearch + T∆ + TPSCell_ DU + 2msWhere:

TRRC_delay = 20ms

Tprocessing = 20ms

Tsearch =0

T∆ = 20ms

TPSCell_ DU = 1*10+10 = 20ms

A.4.6 Measurement procedure

A.4.6.1 Intra-frequency Measurements

A.4.6.1.1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without gap under non-DRX

A.4.6.1.1.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 383 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.1.1.2 Test parameters

Three cells are deployed in the test, which are E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR1 neighbour
cell (Cell 3) on the same frequency as the PSCell. The test parameters for PSCell are given in Table A.4.6.1.1.2-1,
A.4.6.1.1.2-2, A.4.6.1.1.2-3 below and the test parameters and applicability for the E-UTRAN cell are defined in
A.3.7.2. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the
PSCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of two
successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not
have any timing information of cell 3.

Table A.4.6.1.1.2-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: Target NR Cell 3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving Cell 2

Table A.4.6.1.1.2-2: General test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered reporting
without gap for PSCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, E-UTRAN Cell 1 and NR
5, 6 Cell 2
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, NR Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
5, 6
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 1: Cell 1
5, 6 2: Cell 2 and Cell 3
SSB configuration 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1, 4 SMTC.2
2, 5 SMTC.1
3, 6 SMTC.1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 384 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A3-Offset dB 1, 2, 3, 4, -4.5
5, 6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, Normal
5, 6
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 0
5, 6
Time To Trigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 0
5, 6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 0 L3 filtering is not used
5, 6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, N/A OFF
5, 6
Time offset between PCell 1, 2, 3, 4, 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
and PSCell 5, 6
Time offset between serving 1, 4 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 2.
2, 5 3 μs Synchronous cells
3, 6 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
5, 6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
5, 6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 385 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.1.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered
reporting without gap for PSCell in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 386 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuration
T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD 1, 4 N/A N/A
configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1 OP.1
TRS 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD N/A
3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD N/A
Initial BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SSB SSB
dBm/SCS 1, 4 -98
Noc Note 2
2, 5 -98
3, 6 -95
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1, 4 -98

2, 5
3, 6
dB 1, 4 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ês Iot
2, 5
3, 6
dB 1, 4 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ê s N oc
2, 5
3, 6
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1, 4 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
2, 5 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
3, 6 -91 -91 -Infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 4 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/9.36 MHz 2, 5 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/38.16 MHz 3, 6 -58.50 -56.16 -58.50 -56.16
Propagation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 387 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than 800
ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.1.2 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without gap under DRX

A.4.6.1.2.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2.

A.4.6.1.2.2 Test parameters

Three cells are deployed in the test, which are E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR1 neighbour
cell (Cell 3) on the same frequency as the PSCell. The test parameters for PSCell are given in Table A.4.6.1.2.1-1,
A.4.6.1.2.1-2, A.4.6.1.2.1-3 and A.4.6.1.2.1-4 below and the test parameters and applicability for the E-UTRAN cell
are defined in A.3.7.2. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the
frequency of the PSCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test
consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the
UE shall not have any timing information of cell 3.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.4.6.1.2.2-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: Target NR Cell 3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving Cell 2

Table A.4.6.1.2.2-2: General test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered reporting
without gap for PSCell in FR1 with DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Test 1 Test 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 388 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, E-UTRAN Cell 1 and NR

5, 6 Cell 2
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, NR Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
5, 6
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 1: Cell 1
5, 6 2: Cell 2 and Cell 3
SSB configuration 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1, 4 SMTC.2
2, 5 SMTC.1
3, 6 SMTC.1
A3-Offset dB 1, 2, 3, 4, -4.5
5, 6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, Normal
5, 6
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 0
5, 6
Time To Trigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 0
5, 6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 0 L3 filtering is not used
5, 6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, DRX.1 DRX.2
5, 6
Time offset between PCell 1, 2, 3, 4, 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
and PSCell 5, 6
Time offset between serving 1, 4 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 2.
2, 5 3 μs Synchronous cells
3, 6 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
5, 6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 10
5, 6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 389 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.2.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered
reporting without gap for PSCell in FR1 with DRX

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 390 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuration
T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1, 4 N/A N/A
2, 5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1 OP.1
TRS 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD N/A
3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD N/A
Initial BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SSB SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 4 -98

2, 5 -98
3, 6 -95
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1, 4 -98

2, 5
3, 6
dB 1, 4 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ês I ot
2, 5
3, 6
dB 1, 4 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
2, 5
3, 6
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1, 4 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
2, 5 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
3, 6 -91 -91 -Infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 4 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/9.36 MHz 2, 5 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/38.16 MHz 3, 6 -58.50 -56.16 -58.50 -56.16
Propagation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 391 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than 920 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in
this test.

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than 6400 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in
this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.1.3 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under non-DRX

A.4.6.1.3.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.6.2 and 9.2.6.3.

A.4.6.1.3.2 Test parameters

Three cells are deployed in the test, which are E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR1 neighbour
cell (Cell 3) on the same frequency as the PSCell.The test parameters for PSCell are given in Table A.4.6.1.3.1-1
and A.4.6.1.3.1-2 below and the test parameters and applicability for the E-UTRAN cell are defined in A.3.7.2. In
the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PSCell, and it is
indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of two successive time
periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing
information of cell 3.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 2, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 2. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

Table A.4.6.1.3.2-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: Target NR Cell 3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 392 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.3.2-2: General test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered reporting
with per-UE gaps for PSCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, E-UTRAN Cell 1 and NR Cell 2
5, 6
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, NR Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
5, 6
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 1: Cell 1
5, 6 2: Cell 2 and Cell 3
Measurement gap type 1, 2, 3, 4, Per-UE gaps
5, 6
Measurement gap repitition ms 1, 2, 3, 4, 40
periodicity 5, 6
Measurement gap length ms 1, 2, 3, 4, 6
5, 6
Measurement gap offset ms 1, 2, 3, 4, 39
5, 6
SSB configuration 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1, 4 SMTC.2
2, 5 SMTC.1
3, 6 SMTC.1
CSI-RS parameters 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD resource #0
2, 5 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD resource #0
3, 6 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD resource #0
A3-Offset dB 1, 2, 3, 4, -4.5
5, 6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, Normal
5, 6
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 0
5, 6
Time To Trigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 0
5, 6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 0 L3 filtering is not used
5, 6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, N/A OFF
5, 6
Time offset between PCell 1, 2, 3, 4, 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
and PSCell 5, 6
Time offset between serving 1, 4 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms
later than the timing of Cell 2.
2, 5 3 μs Synchronous cells
3, 6 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
5, 6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
5, 6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 393 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.3.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered
reporting with per-UE gaps for PSCell in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 394 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuration T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD 1, 4 N/A N/A
configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1, 4 CCR.1.2 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2, 5 CCR.1.2 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1 OP.1
TRS 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD N/A
3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD N/A
Initial BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 CSI-RS SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 4 -98

2, 5 -98
3, 6 -95
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1, 4 -98

2, 5
3, 6
dB 1, 4 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ês I ot
2, 5
3, 6
dB 1, 4 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
2, 5
3, 6
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1, 4 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
2, 5 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
3, 6 -91 -91 -Infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 4 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/9.36 MHz 2, 5 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/38.16 MHz 3, 6 -58.50 -56.16 -58.50 -56.16
Propagation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 395 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.1.3.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than 800
ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.1.4 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under DRX

A.4.6.1.4.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.6.2 and 9.2.6.3.

A.4.6.1.4.2 Test parameters

Three cells are deployed in the test, which are E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR1 neighbour
cell (Cell 3) on the same frequency as the PSCell. The test parameters for PSCell are given in Table A.4.6.1.4.2-1,
A.4.6.1.4.2-2, A.4.6.1.4.2-3 A.4.6.1.4.2-4 and A.4.6.1.4.2-5 below and the test parameters and applicability for the
E-UTRAN cell are defined in A.3.7.2. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured
for the frequency of the PSCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.
The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of cell 3.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 2, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 2. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.4.6.1.4.2-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: Target NR Cell 3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 396 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.4.2-2: General test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered reporting
with per-UE gaps for PSCell in FR1 with DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Test 1 Test 2
Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, E-UTRAN Cell 1 and NR Cell
5, 6 2
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, NR Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
5, 6
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 1: Cell 1
5, 6 2: Cell 2 and Cell 3
Measurement gap type 1, 2, 3, 4, Per-UE gaps
5, 6
Measurement gap repitition ms 1, 2, 3, 4, 40
periodicity 5, 6
Measurement gap length ms 1, 2, 3, 4, 6
5, 6
Measurement gap offset ms 1, 2, 3, 4, 39
5, 6
SSB configuration 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1, 4 SMTC.2
2, 5 SMTC.1
3, 6 SMTC.1
CSI-RS parameters 1, 4 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD resource #0
2, 5 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD resource #0
3, 6 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD resource #0
A3-Offset dB 1, 2, 3, 4, -4.5
5, 6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, Normal
5, 6
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 0
5, 6
Time To Trigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 0
5, 6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 0 L3 filtering is not used
5, 6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, DRX.1 DRX.2
5, 6
Time offset between PCell 1, 2, 3, 4, 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
and PSCell 5, 6
Time offset between serving 1, 4 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 2.
2, 5 3 μs Synchronous cells
3, 6 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
5, 6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 10
5, 6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 397 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.4.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered
reporting with per-UE gaps for PSCell in FR1 with DRX

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 398 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuration
T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD 1, 4 N/A N/A
configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1, 4 CCR.1.2 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2, 5 CCR.1.2 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1 OP.1
TRS 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD N/A
3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD N/A
Initial BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 CSI-RS SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 4 -98

2, 5 -98
3, 6 -95
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 4 -98

2, 5
3, 6
dB 1, 4 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ês I ot
2, 5
3, 6
dB 1, 4 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
2, 5
3, 6
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS KHz 1, 4 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
2, 5 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
3, 6 -91 -91 -Infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 4 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/9.36 MHz 2, 5 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/38.16 MHz 3, 6 -58.50 -56.16 -58.50 -56.16
Propagation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 399 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.1.4.3 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than 920 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in
this test.

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than 6400 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in
this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.1.5 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without gap under non-DRX with
SSB index reading

A.4.6.1.5.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
FDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2.

A.4.6.1.5.2 Test parameters

Three cells are deployed in the test, which are E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR1 neighbour
cell (Cell 3) on the same frequency as the PSCell.The test parameters for FDD PSCell are given in Table
A.4.6.1.5.1-1 and A.4.6.1.5.1-2 below and the test parameters and applicability for the E-UTRAN cell are defined in
A.3.7.2. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the
PSCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of two
successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not
have any timing information of cell 3.

Table A.4.6.1.5.2-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: Target NR Cell 3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 400 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.5.2-2: General test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered reporting
without gap for FDD PSCell in FR1 with SSB index reading

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Active cell 1, 2 E-UTRAN Cell 1 and NR
Cell 2
Neighbour cell 1, 2 NR Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1, 2 1: Cell 1
2: Cell 2 and Cell 3
SSB configuration 1, 2 SSB.1 FR1
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC.2
A3-Offset dB 1, 2 -4.5
CP length 1, 2 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2 N/A OFF
Time offset between PCell 1, 2 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
and PSCell
Time offset between serving 1, 2 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 2.
T1 s 1, 2 5
T2 s 1, 2 5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 401 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.5.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered
reporting without gap for FDD PSCell in FR1 with SSB index reading

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuration
T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1, 2 N/A N/A
PDSCH RMC 1, 2 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1, 2 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
OCNG Patterns 1, 2 OP.1 OP.1
TRS configuration 1, 2 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
Initial BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 SSB SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -98

N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1, 2 -98

dB 1, 2 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46

Ês I ot
dB 1, 2 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1, 2 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 2 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

A.4.6.1.5.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than 920
ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is required to read the neighbour cell SSB index and report the
acquired SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 402 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.1.6 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading with per-UE
gaps

A.4.6.1.6.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.6.2 and 9.2.6.3.

A.4.6.1.6.2 Test parameters

Three cells are deployed in the test, which are E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR1 neighbour
cell (Cell 3) on the same frequency as the PSCell. The test parameters for PSCell are given in Table A.4.6.1.6.2-1
A.4.6.1.6.2-2 and A.4.6.1.6.2-3 below and the test parameters and applicability for the E-UTRAN cell are defined in
A.3.7.2. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the
PSCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of two
successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not
have any timing information of cell 3.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 2, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 2. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

Table A.4.6.1.6.2-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: Target NR Cell 3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 403 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.6.2-2: General test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered reporting
with gap for PSCell in FR1 with SSB index reading

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Active cell 1, 2 E-UTRAN Cell 1 and NR Cell
2
Neighbour cell 1, 2 NR Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1, 2 1: Cell 1
2: Cell 2 and Cell 3
Measurement gap type 1, 2 Per-UE gaps
Measurement gap repitition ms 1, 2 40
periodicity
Measurement gap length ms 1, 2 6
Measurement gap offset ms 1, 2 39
SSB configuration 1, 2 SSB.1 FR1
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC.2
CSI-RS parameters 1, 2 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD resource #0
A3-Offset dB 1, 2 -4.5
CP length 1, 2 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2 N/A OFF
Time offset between PCell 1, 2 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
and PSCell
Time offset between serving 1, 2 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 2.
T1 s 1, 2 5
T2 s 1, 2 5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 404 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.1.6.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC intra-frequency event triggered
reporting with gap for PSCell in FR1 with SSB index reading

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuration T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1, 2 N/A N/A
PDSCH RMC 1, 2 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1, 2 CCR.1.2 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
OCNG Patterns 1, 2 OP.1 OP.1
TRS configuration 1, 2 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
Initial BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 CSI-RS SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -98

N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1, 2 -98

dB 1, 2 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46

Ê s I ot
dB 1, 2 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1, 2 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 2 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

A.4.6.1.6.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than 920
ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is required to read the neighbour cell SSB index and report the
acquired SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 405 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.2 Inter-frequency Measurements

A.4.6.2.1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR1 cell without SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used

A.4.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR1 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR1 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.4.6.2.1.1-1, A.4.6.2.1.1-2, and A.4.6.2.1.1-3.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.4.6.2.1.1-2 is provided for a UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table A.4.6.2.1.1-2 is
provided for UE that support per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration #4, it is only
required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.1-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.4.6.2.1.1-1.

Table A.4.6.2.1.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR1

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell2

Table A.4.6.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 406 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier

Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.

Active cell Config LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 0 4 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
1,2,3,4,5,6
Measurement gap Config 9 9
offset 1,2,3,4,5,6
A3-Offset dB Config -6
1,2,3,4,5,6
Hysteresis dB Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
TimeToTrigger s Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
Filter coefficient Config 0 L3 filtering is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX Config OFF DRX is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell 1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 1,4 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 2.
Config 3 μs Synchronous cells.
2,3,5,6

T1 s Config 5
1,2,3,4,5,6
T2 s Config 1 1
1,2,3,4,5,6

Table A.4.6.2.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 2
1,2,3,4,5,6
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config TDD
2,3,5,6
BWchannel MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP BW MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 407 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Initial DL BWP Config DLBWP.0.1 NA

1,2,3,4,5,6
Initial UL BWP Config ULBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated DL BWP Config DLBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated UL BWP Config ULBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD NA
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD NA
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD NA
OCNG Patterns defined in Config OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1,2,3,4,5,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD
SSB parameters Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.6 FR1
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.5
Config
SMTC.1 SMTC.4
2,3,5,6
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config
15
spacing 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to Config
PDCCH DMRS 0 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Note2
Noc dBm/15 -98 -98
kHz
Note2
Noc dBm/S Config -98 -98
CS 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 -95 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config -94 -94 -Infinity -91
CS 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 -91 -91 -Infinity -88
Ê s
I ot dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
1,2,3,4,5,6
Ê s N oc dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
1,2,3,4,5,6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 408 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

IoNote3 dBm/9. Config -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -62.26

36MHz 1,2,4,5
dBm/38 Config 3,6 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -56.15
.16MHz
Propagation Condition Config AWGN
1,2,3,4,5,6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

A.4.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 920 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 760 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1 and 2 UE is not required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.2.2 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR1 cell without SSB time index
detection when DRX is used

A.4.6.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR1 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR1 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.4.6.2.2.1-1, A.4.6.2.2.1-2, and A.4.6.2.2.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.4.6.2.2.1-2 is provided for a UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table
A.4.6.2.2.1-2 is provided for UE that support per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration
#4, it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.1-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.4.6.2.2.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 409 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furthermore, UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.4.6.2.2.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR1

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell2

Table A.4.6.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.

Active cell Config LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 0 4 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
1,2,3,4,5,6
Measurement gap Config 39 9
offset 1,2,3,4,5,6
A3-Offset dB Config -6
1,2,3,4,5,6
Hysteresis dB Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
TimeToTrigger s Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
Filter coefficient Config 0 L3 filtering is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX ms Config DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
1,2,3,4,5,6 .1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell 1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 1,4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 2.
Config 3μs Synchronous cells.
2,3,5,6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 410 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

T1 s Config 5
1,2,3,4,5,6
T2 s Config 1.1 11 1.1 11
1,2,3,4,5,6

Table A.4.6.2.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 2
1,2,3,4,5,6
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config TDD
2,3,5,6
BWchannel MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP BW MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
TDD configuration TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Config 2,5
TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
Config 3,6
Initial DL BWP Config DLBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Initial UL BWP Config ULBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated DL BWP Config DLBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated UL BWP Config ULBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD NA
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD NA
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD NA
OCNG Patterns defined in Config OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1,2,3,4,5,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD
SSB parameters Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.6 FR1
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.5
Config
SMTC.1 SMTC.4
2,3,5,6
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config
15
spacing 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 0 0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 411 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS

to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS 1,2,3,4,5,6
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Note2 dBm/15 -98 -98
Noc
kHz
Note2 dBm/S Config -98 -98
Noc
CS 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 -95 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config -94 -94 -Infinity -91
CS 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 -91 -91 -Infinity -88
Ê s I ot dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
1,2,3,4,5,6
Ê s N oc dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
1,2,3,4,5,6
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -62.26
36MHz 1,2,4,5
dBm/38 Config 3,6 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -56.15
.16MHz
Propagation Condition Config AWGN
1,2,3,4,5,6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

A.4.6.2.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1080 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 10240 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 3 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1080 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 412 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 10240 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is not required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.2.3 Void

A.4.6.2.4 Void

A.4.6.2.5 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR1 cell with SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used

A.4.6.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR1 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR1 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.4.6.2.5.1-1, A.4.6.2.5.1-2, and A.4.6.2.5.1-3.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.4.6.2.5.1-2 is provided for a UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table A.4.6.2.5.1-2 is
provided for UE that support per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration #4, it is only
required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.1-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.4.6.2.5.1-1.

Table A.4.6.2.5.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR1

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 413 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.2.5.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.

Active cell Config LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 0 4 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
1,2,3,4,5,6
Measurement gap Config 9 9
offset 1,2,3,4,5,6
A3-Offset dB Config -6
1,2,3,4,5,6
Hysteresis dB Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
TimeToTrigger s Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
Filter coefficient Config 0 L3 filtering is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX Config OFF DRX is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell 1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 1,4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 2.
Config 3μs Synchronous cells.
2,3,5,6

T1 s Config 5
1,2,3,4,5,6
T2 s Config 1.1 1
1,2,3,4,5,6

Table A.4.6.2.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 2
1,2,3,4,5,6
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config TDD
2,3,5,6
BWchannel MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 414 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106

BWP BW MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
TDD configuration TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Config 2,5
TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
Config 3,6
Initial DL BWP Config DLBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Initial UL BWP Config ULBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated DL BWP Config DLBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated UL BWP Config ULBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD NA
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD NA
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD NA
OCNG Patterns defined in Config OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1,2,3,4,5,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD
SSB parameters Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.6 FR1
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.5
Config
SMTC.1 SMTC.4
2,3,5,6
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config
15
spacing 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to Config
PDCCH DMRS 0 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Note2
Noc dBm/15 -98 -98
kHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 415 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note2 dBm/S Config -98 -98

Noc
CS 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 -95 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config -94 -94 -Infinity -91
CS 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 -91 -91 -Infinity -88
Ê s
I ot dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
1,2,3,4,5,6
Ê s N oc dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
1,2,3,4,5,6
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -62.26
36MHz 1,2,4,5
dBm/38 Config 3,6 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -56.15
.16MHz
Propagation Condition Config AWGN
1,2,3,4,5,6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

A.4.6.2.5.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1040 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 880 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1 and 2 UE is required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.2.6 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR1 cell with SSB time index
detection when DRX is used

A.4.6.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR1 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR1 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.4.6.2.6.1-1, A.4.6.2.6.1-2, and A.4.6.2.6.1-3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 416 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.4.6.2.6.1-2 is provided for a UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table
A.4.6.2.6.1-2 is provided for UE that support per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration
#4, it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.1-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.4.6.2.6.1-1.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furthermore, UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.4.6.2.6.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR1

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell3 has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell2

Table A.4.6.2.6.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.

Active cell Config LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 0 4 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
1,2,3,4,5,6
Measurement gap Config 9 9
offset 1,2,3,4,5,6
A3-Offset dB Config -6
1,2,3,4,5,6
Hysteresis dB Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
TimeToTrigger s Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 417 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Filter coefficient Config 0 L3 filtering is not used

1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX ms Config DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
1,2,3,4,5,6 .1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell 1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 1,4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 2.
Config 3μs Synchronous cells.
2,3,5,6

T1 s Config 5
1,2,3,4,5,6
T2 s Config 1.3 13.5 1.3 13.5
1,2,3,4,5,6

Table A.4.6.2.6.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 2
1,2,3,4,5,6
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD
Config TDD
2,3,5,6
BWchannel MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP BW MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
OCNG Patterns defined in Config OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1,2,3,4,5,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.1.1
Config 2,5
TDDConf.2.1
Config 3,6
Initial DL BWP Config DLBWP.0.1
1,2,3,4,5,6
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
Initial UL BWP Config ULBWP.0.1
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated DL BWP Config DLBWP.1.1
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated UL BWP Config ULBWP.1.1
1,2,3,4,5,6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 418 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB parameters
Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1

Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1

Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.6 FR1

SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.5
Config
SMTC.1 SMTC.4
2,3,5,6
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config
15
spacing 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to Config
PDCCH DMRS 0 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 -98 -98
Noc Note2 kHz
dBm/S Config -98 -98
Noc Note2 CS 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 -95 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config -94 -94 -Infinity -91
CS 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 -91 -91 -Infinity -88
dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
Ês Iot 1,2,3,4,5,6
dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
Ês N oc 1,2,3,4,5,6
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -62.26
36MHz 1,2,4,5
dBm/38 Config 3,6 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -56.15
.16MHz
Propagation Condition Config AWGN
1,2,3,4,5,6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 419 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.2.6.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1280 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 13440 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 3 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1280 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 13440 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.2.7 Void

A.4.6.2.8 Void

A.4.6.3 Void

A.4.6.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting

A.4.6.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used

A.4.6.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.1, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.4.6.4.1.1-1.

Table A.4.6.4.1.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 420 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.4.1.2 Test parameters

There are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test parameters and
applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table A.4.6.4.1.2-1 and
Table A.4.6.4.1.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the SSBs and report
periodically. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. The test
has higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements configured.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and
L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSBs.

Table A.4.6.4.1.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~6 freq1
1,4 FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD
3,6 TDD
1,4 N/A
TDD Configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference
2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET Reference
2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
1,4 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.3 FR1
3,6 SSB.4 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~6
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~6
ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1
1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS Configuration 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 421 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

DRX configuration 1~6 Off

reportConfigType 1~6 periodic
reportQuantity 1~6 ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~6 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~6 slot 80
T1 1~6 s 5
T2 1~6 s 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
1~6 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~6 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

Table A.4.6.4.1.2-2: SSB specific test parameters

SSB#0 SSB#1
Parameter Config Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Noc Note2 1~6 dBm/15kHz -94.65

1,2,4,5 -94.65
Noc Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3,6 -91.65

Ê s I ot 1~6 dB 0 0 -Infinity 3

1,2,4,5 -94.65 -94.65 -Infinity -91.65

SSB RSRP Note3 dBm/SSB SCS
3,6 -91.65 -91.65 -Infinity -88.65
1,2,4,5 dBm/9.36 MHz -63.69 -63.69 -66.70 -61.93
Io Note3
3,6 dBm/38.16 MHz -57.59 -57.59 -60.61 -55.84

Ê s N oc 1~6 dB 0 0 -Infinity 3
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 422 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.6.4.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP report every 80 slots. No later than 640ms plus 80 slots from the beginning of time
period T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report including results of both SSB0 and SSB1 while meeting the absolute
accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.19.1.1 and relative accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.19.1.2. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.4.2 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used

A.4.6.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.1, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.4.6.4.2.1-1.

Table A.4.6.4.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.4.6.4.2.2 Test parameters

There are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test parameters and
applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table A.4.6.4.2.2-1 and
Table A.4.6.4.2.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the SSBs and report
periodically. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. The test
has higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements configured.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and
L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSBs.

Table A.4.6.4.2.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~6 freq1
1,4 FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD
3,6 TDD
1,4 N/A
TDD Configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz
2,5 10: NRB,c = 52

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 423 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

3,6 40: NRB,c = 106

1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference
2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET Reference
2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
1,4 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.3 FR1
3,6 SSB.4 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~6
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~6
ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1
1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS Configuration 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
DRX configuration 1~6 DRX.3
reportConfigType 1~6 periodic
reportQuantity 1~6 ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~6 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~6 slot 80
T1 1~6 s 5
T2 1~6 s 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
1~6 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~6 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 424 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.4.2.2-2: SSB specific test parameters

SSB#0 SSB#1
Parameter Config Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Noc Note2 1~6 dBm/15kHz -94.65
1,2,4,5 -94.65
Noc Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3,6 -91.65

Ê s I ot 1~6 dB 0 0 -Infinity 3
1,2,4,5 -94.65 -94.65 -Infinity -91.65
SSB RSRP Note3 dBm/SSB SCS
3,6 -91.65 -91.65 -Infinity -88.65
1,2,4,5 dBm/9.36 MHz -63.69 -63.69 -66.70 -61.93
Io Note3
3,6 dBm/38.16 MHz -57.59 -57.59 -60.61 -55.84

Ê s N oc 1~6 dB 0 0 -Infinity 3
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.4.6.4.2.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP report every 80 slots. No later than 640ms plus 80 slots from the beginning of time
period T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report including results of both SSB0 and SSB1 while meeting absolute
accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.19.1.1 and relative accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.19.1.2. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.4.3 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used

A.4.6.4.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.2, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.4.6.4.3.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 425 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.4.3.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.4.6.4.3.2 Test parameters

There are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test parameters and
applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table A.4.6.4.3.2-1 and
Table A.4.6.4.3.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the CSI-RS and report
aperiodically. The test consists of a single time period T1, during which the UE is triggered via DCI to report L1-
RSRP on aperiodic CSI-RS resources. UE is also configured to measure L1-RSRP based on SSB. After 80ms from
the beginning of the test, the DCI trigger comes in slot n (1 Config 1,2,4,5 and 8 for Config 3,6) of a frame and UE
provides the report back based on the reporting configuration as defined in Table A.4.6.4.3.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD
based on the SSBs.

Table A.4.6.4.3.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~6 freq1
1,4 FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD
3,6 TDD
1,4 N/A
TDD Configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET Reference
2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
1,4 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.3 FR1
3,6 SSB.4 FR1
1,4 CSI-RS 1.3 FDD
CSI-RS configuration 2,5 CSI-RS 1.3 TDD
3,6 CSI-RS 2.3 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 426 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1

1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS Configuration 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~6
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~6
ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1
DRX configuration 1~6 Off
reportConfigType 1~6 aperiodic
reportQuantity 1~6 cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~6 2
SSB#0 for resource#0
qcl-Info 1~6
SSB#1 for resource#1
reportSlotOffsetList 1~6 slots 26
T1 1~6 s 5
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~6 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
Note 1

Propagation condition 1~6 AWGN

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

Table A.4.6.4.3.2-2: CSI-RS specific test parameters

CSI-RS#0 CSI-RS#1
Parameter Config Unit

Noc Note1 1~6 dBm/15kHz -94.65

1,2,4,5 -94.65
Noc Note1 dBm/SSB SCS
3,6 -91.65

Ê s I ot 1~6 dB
0
3

1,2,4,5
CSI-RS RSRP -94.65 -91.65
Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3,6
-91.65 -88.65
1,2,4,5 dBm/9.36 MHz
-63.69 -61.93
Io Note2
3,6 dBm/38.16 MHz
-57.59 -55.84

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 427 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ê s N oc 1~6 dB
0 3
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: CSI-RS RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.4.6.4.3.3 Test Requirements

After 80ms from the beginning of the test, the UE shall send L1-RSRP report at slot 26 from the reception of DCI
triggering the L1-RSRP measurement. The L1-RSRP report shall include the results for both CSI-RS#0 and CSI-
RS#1 while meeting the absolute accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.20.1.1 and relative accuracy requirement in
clause 10.1.20.1.2.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.6.4.4 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used

A.4.6.4.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.2, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.4.6.4.4.1-1.

Table A.4.6.4.4.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.4.6.4.4.2 Test parameters

There are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test parameters and
applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table A.4.6.4.4.2-1 and
Table A.4.6.4.4.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the CSI-RS and report
aperiodically. The test consists of a single time period T1, during which the UE is triggered via DCI to report L1-
RSRP on aperiodic CSI-RS resources. UE is also configured to measure L1-RSRP based on SSB. After 80ms from
the beginning of the test, the DCI trigger comes in slot n (1 Config 1,2,4,5 and 8 for Config 3,6) of a frame and UE
provides the report back based on the reporting configuration as defined in Table A.4.6.4.4.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD
based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 428 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.6.4.4.2-1: General test parameters

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 429 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~6 freq1
1,4 FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD
3,6 TDD
1,4 N/A
TDD Configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET Reference
2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
1,4 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.3 FR1
3,6 SSB.4 FR1
1,4 CSI-RS 1.3 FDD
CSI-RS configuration 2,5 CSI-RS 1.3 TDD
3,6 CSI-RS 2.3 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1
1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS Configuration 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~6
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~6
ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1
DRX configuration 1~6 DRX.3
reportConfigType 1~6 aperiodic
reportQuantity 1~6 cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~6 2
SSB#0 for resource#0
qcl-Info 1~6
SSB#1 for resource#1
reportSlotOffsetList 1~6 slots 26
T1 1~6 s 5
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~6 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
Note 1

Propagation condition 1~6 AWGN

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 430 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

Table A.4.6.4.4.2-2: CSI-RS specific test parameters

CSI-RS#0 CSI-RS#1
Parameter Config Unit

Noc Note1 1~6 dBm/15kHz -94.65

1,2,4,5 -94.65
Noc Note1 dBm/SSB SCS
3,6 -91.65

Ê s I ot 1~6 dB 0 3

CSI-RS RSRP 1,2,4,5 -94.65 -91.65

Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3,6 -91.65 -88.65
1,2,4,5 dBm/9.36 MHz
-63.69 -61.93
Io Note2
3,6 dBm/38.16 MHz -57.59 -55.84

Ê s N oc 1~6 dB 0 3
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: CSI-RS RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.4.6.4.4.3 Test Requirements

After 80ms from the beginning of the test, the UE shall send L1-RSRP report at slot 26 from the reception of DCI
triggering the L1-RSRP measurement. The L1-RSRP report shall include the results for both CSI-RS#0 and CSI-
RS#1 while meeting absolute accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.20.1.1 and relative accuracy requirement in clause
10.1.20.1.2.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.4.7 Measurement Performance requirements

A.4.7.1 SS-RSRP

A.4.7.1.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR1 target cell

A.4.7.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 10.1.2.1.1 and 10.1.2.1.2 for intra-frequency measurements.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 431 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.7.1.1.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases all NR cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configurations are shown in
table A.4.7.1.1.2-1. Both absolute and relative accuracy of SS-RSRP intra-frequency measurements are tested by
using the parameters in A.4.7.1.1.2-2. The configuration of cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) is specified in clause A.3.7.2.1 In
all test cases, Cell 2 is the PSCell, and Cell 3 is the target cell.

Table A.4.7.1.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Intra frequency SS-RSRP supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations for each supported band

Table A.4.7.1.1.2-2: SS-RSRP Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
Physical cell ID 489 0 489 0 489 0
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1 freq1
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
TRS.1. TRS.1.1 TRS.1.
Config 1,4 NA NA NA
1 FDD FDD 1 FDD
TRS.1. TRS.1.1 TRS.1.
TRS configuration Config 2,5 NA NA NA
1 TDD TDD 1 TDD
TRS.1. TRS.1.2 TRS.1.
Config 3,6 NA NA NA
2 TDD TDD 2 TDD
DRX Cycle ms Not Applicable
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1,4
FDD FDD FDD
PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 2,5 - - -
measurement channel TDD TDD TDD
SR2.1 SR2.1 SR2.1
Config 3,6
TDD TDD TDD
CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 1,4
FDD FDD FDD
RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 2,5 - - -
Reference Channel TDD TDD TDD
CR2.1 CR2.1 CR2.1
Config 3,6
TDD TDD TDD
CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.
Config 1,4
1 FDD 1 FDD 1 FDD
CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.
Control Channel RMC Config 2,5 - - -
1 TDD 1 TDD 1 TDD
CCR2.1 CCR2. CCR2.1
Config 3,6
TDD 1 TDD TDD
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
SSB configuration Config 1,4
FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 432 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1

Config 2,5
FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1
SSB.2 SSB.2 SSB.2 SSB.2 SSB.2 SSB.2
Config 3,6
FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1
Config 1,4 ms - 3 - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 2
Config 2,3,5,6 μs - 3 - 3 - 3
Config 1,4 SMTC.2
SMTC configuration
Config 2,3,5,6 SMTC.1
OCNG Patterns OP.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-114
NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -106 -88
1,2,4,5
NR_TDD_FR1_D -112.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E -112
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
Noc Note2
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
dBm/15KhZ
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-114
NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D, Not applicableNote 5 -94
NR_TDD_FR1_D -112.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E -112
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
Same as
Config 1,2,4,5 -106 -88
Noc/15kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -111
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE
6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -110.5
Noc Note2 NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/SCS
Note 5
-110
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D, Not applicable -91 -109.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -109
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -108
NR_FDD_FR1_H -107.5
-0.01 -4.76
Ês Iot dB 2.46 -5.97 2.46 -5.97

Ês N oc dB 6 1 6 1 3 0
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -111.00 -114.00
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
SS- Config
NR_FDD_FR1_B dBm/SCS -100 -105 -82 -87 -110.50 -113.50
RSRPNote3 1,2,4,5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -110.00 -113.00
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -109.50 -112.50
NR_TDD_FR1_D

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 433 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_E, -109.00 -112.00

NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -108.00 -111.00
NR_FDD_FR1_H -107.50 -110.50
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -108.00 -111.00
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -107.50 -110.50

NR_TDD_FR1_C - Not Not -107.00 -110.00
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D, applicab applicabl -85 -90 -106.50 -109.50
NR_TDD_FR1_D leNote 5 eNote 5
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -106.00 -109.00
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -105.00 -108.00
NR_FDD_FR1_H -104.50 -107.50
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -80.03
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -79.53
NR_TDD_FR1_C -79.03
Config dBm/
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -70.09 -52.09 -78.53
1,2,4,5 9.36MHz
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -78.03
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -77.03
Note3
NR_FDD_FR1_H -76.53
Io
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -73.94
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -73.44
NR_TDD_FR1_C -72.94
dBm/
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D, Not applicableNote 5 -51.99 -72.44
38.16MHz
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -71.94
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -70.94
NR_FDD_FR1_H -70.44
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Subtest 1 is not used when testing with 30kHz SSB SCS
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51 in this
release of the specification

A.4.7.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for cell 2 and cell 3 shall fulfil absolute requirement in clause 10.1.2.1.1 and
relative requirement in clause 10.1.2.1.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 434 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.7.1.2 EN-DC inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR1 target cell

A.4.7.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 10.1.4.1.1 and 10.1.4.1.2 for inter-frequency measurements with the testing
configurations in Table A.4.7.1.2.1-1.

Table A.4.7.1.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations on each supported band

A.4.7.1.2.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are three cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR1
neighbour cell (Cell 3) on a different frequency than the PSCell. The test parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are
defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 and Cell 3 are given in Table A.4.7.1.2.2-1 below. Both
absolute and relative accuracy of RSRP inter-frequency measurements are tested by using the parameters in Table
A.4.7.1.2.2-1. The inter-frequency measurements are supported by a measurement gap.

Table A.4.7.1.2.2-1: SS-RSRP inter-frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Config Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN 1~6 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
Gap pattern ID 0 0
1,4 FDD FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD TDD
3,6 TDD TDD
1,4 N/A N/A
TDD configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
SR.1.1
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
FDD
PDSCH Reference SR.1.1
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD - TDD
-
measurement channel
SR.2.1
3,6 SR.2.1 FDD
FDD
CR.1.1
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD - FDD
-
RMSI CORESET Reference CR.1.1
2,5 CR.1.1 TDD - TDD
-
Channel
CR.2.1
3,6 CR.2.1 FDD - FDD
-
CCR.1.1
Dedicated CORESET 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD - FDD -
Reference Channel CCR.1.1
2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD - TDD -

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 435 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CCR.2.1
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD - TDD -
1,4 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
3,6 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1 OP.1
1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD - TRS.1.1 TDD -
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.1.2 TDD
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~6
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~6
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
1,4 ms - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 2
2,3,5,6 μs - 3 - 3
1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.2
SMTC configuration
2,3,5,6 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS 1~6 dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -115
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5
,

NR_FDD_FR1_B -114.5
N oc
Note2
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/15 -94.65 ( Noc for -114
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
1~6
kHz Cell 3 -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D +8dB)
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -113
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -112
NR_FDD_FR1_H -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -115
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5
,

NR_FDD_FR1_B -114.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -94.65 ( Noc for -114
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
1,2,4,5
Cell 3 -113.5
Note2 NR_TDD_FR1_D +8dB)
N oc NR_FDD_FR1_E, dBm/SS -113
NR_TDD_FR1_E B SCS
NR_FDD_FR1_G -112
NR_FDD_FR1_H -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -112.00
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5 ,
3,6 -91.65 ( Noc for
NR_FDD_FR1_B C 3 +8dB) -112.50
NR_TDD_FR1_C -112.00

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 436 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D, -111.50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -111.00
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -110.00
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.50
Ês Iot 1~6 dB 10 10 13 -3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5 , -118.00
NR_FDD_FR1_B -117.50
NR_TDD_FR1_C (RSRP for -117.00
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 -84.65 Cell 3
NR_TDD_FR1_D +25dB) -116.50
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E -116.00
NR_FDD_FR1_G -115.00
NR_FDD_FR1_H -114.50
SS- dBm/SC
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -115.00
RSRPNote3 NR_TDD_FR1_A S
NOTE 5
,

NR_FDD_FR1_B -114.50
(RSRP for
NR_TDD_FR1_C -114.00
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
3,6 -81.65 Cell 3
+25dB) -113.50
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -113.00
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -112.00
NR_FDD_FR1_H -111.50
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -85.28
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 ,

NR_FDD_FR1_B -84.78
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/ (Io for -84.28
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
1,2,4,5 9.36MH -56.28 Channel 3
z +19.75dB) -83.78
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -83.28
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -82.28
NR_FDD_FR1_H -81.78
IoNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_A, -79.19
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 ,

NR_FDD_FR1_B -78.69
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/ (Io for -78.19
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
3,6 38.16M -50.19 Channel 3
Hz +19.75dB) -77.69
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -77.19
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -76.19
NR_FDD_FR1_H -75.69

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 437 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ês N oc 1~6 dB 10 10 13 -3
Propagation condition 1~6 - AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N oc to be fulfilled.
for
Note 3: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5 The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test
on band n51 in this release of the specification

A.4.7.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for Cell 2 and Cell 3 shall fulfil the Absolute requirement in clause 10.1.4.1.1
and Relative requirement in clause 10.1.4.1.2.

A.4.7.1.3 Void

A.4.7.2 SS-RSRQ

A.4.7.2.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR1 target cell

A.4.7.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clause 10.1.7.1.1.

A.4.7.2.1.2 Test Parameters

In this test case all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configuration are shown in Table
A.4.7.2.1.2-1. The absolute accuracy of SS-RSRQ intra-frequency measurement is test by using the parameters in
Table A.4.7.2.1.2-2. The configuration of cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) is specified in clause A.3.7.2.1. In all test cases,
Cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is the target cell.

Table A.4.7.2.1.2-1: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 438 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.7.2.1.2-2: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1 freq1
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL
DLBWP.1.1
BWP
BWP configuration
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1
BWP
DRX Cycle ms Not Applicable
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1,4
FDD FDD FDD
PDSCH Reference
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
measurement Config 2,5 - - -
TDD TDD TDD
channel SR2.1 SR2.1 SR2.1
Config 3,6
TDD TDD TDD
CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 1,4
FDD FDD FDD
RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 2,5 - -
Reference Channel TDD TDD TDD
CR.2.1 CR.2.1 CR.2.1
Config 3,6
TDD TDD TDD
CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.1
Config 1,4
1 FDD 1 FDD FDD
Control Channel CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.1
Config 2,5 - - -
RMC 1 TDD 1 TDD TDD
CCR.2. CCR.2. CCR.2.1
Config 3,6
1 TDD 1 TDD TDD
TRS.1. TRS.1.1 TRS.1.1
TRS configuration Config 1,4 1 FDD
-
FDD
-
FDD
-
TRS.1. TRS.1.1 TRS.1.1
Config 2,5 1 TDD TDD TDD
TRS.1. TRS.1.2 TRS.1.2
Config 3,6 2 TDD TDD TDD
OCNG Patterns OP. 1
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
Time offset with Config 1,4 ms - 3 - 3 - 3
Cell 2 Config 2,3,5,6 μs - 3 - 3 - 3
SMTC Config 1,4 SMTC.2
configuration Config 2,3,5,6 SMTC.1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 439 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH

EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 7

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -85 -101
1,2,4,5 -112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
Noc NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/15k -110.5
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_A, Hz
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 7

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -91 -
3,6 -112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 7

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -85 -101
1,2,4,5 -112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
Noc NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SC -110.5
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_A, S
NR_TDD_FR1_A -111
NOTE 7

NR_FDD_FR1_B -110.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -110
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -88 -
3,6 -109.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-109
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -108
NR_FDD_FR1_H -107.5
Ês Iot dB -1.76 -4.7 -5.46 -5.46

Ês N oc dB 3 3 -2.9 -2.9 -4 -4
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
SS- NR_TDD_FR1_A -118 -118
Config NOTE 7 dBm/SC
RSRP -82 -82 -103.9 -103.9
Note3 1,2,4,5 S
NR_FDD_FR1_B -117.5 -117.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -117 -117

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 440 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-116.5 -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-116 -116
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -115 -115
NR_FDD_FR1_H -114.5 -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -115 -115
NOTE 7

NR_FDD_FR1_B -114.5 -114.5

NR_TDD_FR1_C -114 -114
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -85 -85 - -
3,6 -113.5 -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-113 -113
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -112 -112
NR_FDD_FR1_H -111.5 -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 7

NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
SS-RSRQ Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, dB -14.77 -14.77 -16.76 -16.76 -17.34 -17.34
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -83.5
NOTE 7

NR_FDD_FR1_B -83
NR_TDD_FR1_C -82.5
Config dBm/
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -50 -70
1,2,4,5 9.36MHz -82
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-81.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -80.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -80
IoNote3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -77.4
NOTE 7

NR_FDD_FR1_B -76.9
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/ -76.4
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 38.16M -50 -
3,6 -75.9
NR_TDD_FR1_D Hz
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-75.4
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -74.4
NR_FDD_FR1_H -73.9
Propagation condition - AWGN AWGN AWGN AWGN AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 441 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in Clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: Subtest 2 is not used when testing with 30kHz SSB SCS.
Note 7: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51
in this release of the specification.

A.4.7.2.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.7.1.1.

A.4.7.2.2 EN-DC Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR1 target cell

A.4.7.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.9.1.1 and 10.1.9.1.2 for inter frequency measurement.

A.4.7.2.2.2 Test Parameters

In this test case the two NR cells (i.e., Cell 2 and Cell 3) are on different carrier frequencies and measurement gaps
are provided. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.4.7.2.2.2-1. Both absolute accuracy and relative
accuracy requirements of SS-RSRQ inter-frequency measurement are tested by using test parameters in Table
A.4.7.2.2.2-2. In all test cases, Cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is target cell. Cell 1 is the E-UTRA cell which specific
test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1.

Table A.4.7.2.2.2-1: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.7.2.2.2-2: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 442 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1

Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
DRX Cycle ms Not Applicable
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1,4 FDD FDD FDD

PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1

Config 2,5 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
measurement channel
SR.2.1 SR.2.1 SR.2.1
Config 3,6 TDD TDD TDD

CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 1,4 FDD FDD FDD

RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 2,5 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
Reference Channel
CR.2.1 CR.2.1 CR.2.1
Config 3,6 TDD TDD TDD

CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1

Config 1,4 1 FDD 1 FDD .1 FDD

Dedicated CORESET CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1

Config 2,5 1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
.1 TDD
-
Reference Channel
CCR.2. CCR.2. CCR.2
Config 3,6 1 TDD 1 TDD .1 TDD

TRS.1. TRS.1.1 TRS.1.

TRS configuration Config 1,4 1 FDD
- FDD
- 1 FDD
-

TRS.1. TRS.1.1 TRS.1.

Config 2,5 1 TDD TDD 1 TDD

TRS.1. TRS.1.2 TRS.1.

Config 3,6 2 TDD TDD 2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
Config 1,4 ms - 3 - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 2
Config 2,3,5,6 μs - 3 - 3 - 3
Config 1,4 SMTC pattern 2
SMTC configuration
Config 2,3,5,6 SMTC pattern 1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB pattern 1 in FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3,6 SSB pattern 2 in FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30 kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A dBm/15kHz -80.18 -80.18 -106 -106 -116 -116

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 443 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_TDD_FR1_A
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5 -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115 -115
Config NR_FDD_FR1_D
1,2,4,5 NR_TDD_FR1_D -114.5 -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -114 -114
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113 -113
NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5 -112.5
Note2
Noc NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NR_SDL_FR1_A -116 -116
NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5 -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115 -115
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D dBm/15kHz -86.27 -86.27 -113 -113
NR_TDD_FR1_D -114.5 -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -114 -114
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113 -113
NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5 -112.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NR_SDL_FR1_A -116 -116
NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5 -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115 -115
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D -80.18 -80.18 -106 -106
1,2,4,5
NR_TDD_FR1_D -114.5 -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -114 -114
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113 -113
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5 -112.5
Noc
NR_FDD_FR1_A dBm/SCS
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NR_SDL_FR1_A -113 -113
NR_FDD_FR1_B -112.5 -112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -112 -112
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D -83.27 -83.27 -110 -110
NR_TDD_FR1_D -111.5 -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -111 -111
NR_FDD_FR1_G -110 -110
NR_FDD_FR1_H -109.5 -109.5
Ê s I ot dB -1.75 -1.75 -1.75 -1.75 3 -1.75
Ê s N oc dB -1.75 -1.75 -1.75 -1.75 3 -1.75
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -
NR_SDL_FR1_A -113 117.75
-
NR_FDD_FR1_B
-112.5 117.25
-
NR_TDD_FR1_C
-112 116.75
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D -81.93 -81.93 -107.75 -107.75 -
1,2,4,5
NR_TDD_FR1_D -111.5 116.25
NR_FDD_FR1_E -
SS- NR_TDD_FR1_E -111 115.75
dBm/SCS
RSRPNote3 -
NR_FDD_FR1_G
-110 114.75
-
NR_FDD_FR1_H
-109.5 114.25
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -
NR_SDL_FR1_A -110 114.75
Config 3,6 -85.02 -85.02 -111.75 -111.75 -
NR_FDD_FR1_B
-109.5 114.25
-
NR_TDD_FR1_C
-109 113.75

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 444 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D -
NR_TDD_FR1_D -108.5 113.25
NR_FDD_FR1_E -
NR_TDD_FR1_E -108 112.75
-
NR_FDD_FR1_G
-107 111.75
-
NR_FDD_FR1_H
-106.5 111.25
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D
SS-RSRQ Note3 dB -14.77 -14.77 -40.59 -40.59 -12.56 -14.76
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -83.28 -85.83
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -82.78 -85.33
NR_TDD_FR1_C -82.28 -84.83
Config dBm/
NR_FDD_FR1_D -50 -50 -75.83 -75.83
1,2,4,5 9.36MHz -81.78 -84.33
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-81.28 -83.83
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -80.28 -82.83
IoNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_H -79.78 -82.33
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -77.19 -79.73
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -76.69 -79.23
NR_TDD_FR1_C -76.19 -78.73
dBm/
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D -50 -50 -76.73 -76.73
38.16MHz -75.69 -78.23
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-75.19 -77.73
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -74.19 -76.73
NR_FDD_FR1_H -73.69 -76.53
AWG AWG
Propagation condition AWGN AWGN AWGN AWGN
N N
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in Section 3.5.2.

A.4.7.2.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in section 10.1.9.1.1 and 10.1.9.1.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 445 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.7.3 SS-SINR

A.4.7.3.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR1 target cell

A.4.7.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.12.1.1.

A.4.7.3.1.2 Test Parameters

In this test case all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configuration are shown in Table
A.4.7.3.1.2-1. The absolute accuracy of SS-SINR intra-frequency measurement is tested by using the parameters in
Table A.4.7.3.1.2-2. The configuration of cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) is specified in clause A.3.7.2.1. In all test cases,
Cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is the target cell.

Table A.4.7.3.1.2-1: SS-SINR Intra frequency SS-SINR supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.7.3.1.2-2: SS-SINR Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX Cycle configuration ms Not Applicable
Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1,4 FDD FDD
PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 2,5 TDD
-
TDD
-
measurement channel
SR.2.1 SR2.1
Config 3,6 TDD TDD
CR.1.1 CR.1.1
RMSI CORESET Config 1,4 FDD FDD
-
Reference Channel Config 2,5
CR.1.1 CR.1.1
TDD TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 446 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CR.2.1 CR.2.1
Config 3,6 TDD TDD
CCR.1. CCR.1.1
Config 1,4 1 FDD FDD
Dedicated CORESET CCR.1. CCR.1.1
Config 2,5 1 TDD
-
TDD
-
Reference Channel
CCR.2. CCR.2.1
Config 3,6 1 TDD TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
Config 1,4 ms - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 2
Config 2,3,5,6 μs - 3 - 3
Config 1,4 SMTC.2
SMTC configuration
Config 2,3,5,6 SMTC.1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -116
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115
dBm/15kH
N oc Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -93 -114.5
z
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -114
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113
NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5
Same as Noc for
Config 1,2,4,5 -93
15kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -113
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -112.5
N oc Note2 NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/SCS -112
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -90
-111.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-111
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -110
NR_FDD_FR1_H -109.5
Ê s I ot dB 0 -3.19 -5.46 -5.46
Ês N oc dB 4.54 2.66 -4 -4
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -120 -120
NOTE 6
SS-
Config
RSRPNot NR_FDD_FR1_B dBm/SCS -88.46 -90.34 -119.5 -119.5
e3 1,2,4,5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -119 -119
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-118.5 -118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 447 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-118 -118
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117 -117
NR_FDD_FR1_H -116.5 -116.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117 -117
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5 -116.5

NR_TDD_FR1_C -116 -116
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -85.46 -87.34 -115.5 -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -115 -115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114 -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5 -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
SS-SINR Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, dB 0 -3.19 -5.46 -5.46
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -85.51
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -85.01
NR_TDD_FR1_C -84.51
Config dBm/
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -57.5 -84.01
1,2,4,5 9.36MHz
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -83.51
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -82.51
NR_FDD_FR1_H -82.01
IoNote3
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -79.41
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -78.91
NR_TDD_FR1_C -78.41
dBm/
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -51.41 -77.91
38.16MHz
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -77.41
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -76.41
NR_FDD_FR1_H -75.91
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration - 1x2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 448 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in Clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test
on band n51 in this release of the specification.

A.4.7.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.12.1.1.

A.4.7.3.2 EN-DC Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR1 target cell

A.4.7.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.14.1.1 and 10.1.14.1.2 for interfrequency measurement.

A.4.7.3.2.2 Test Parameters

In this test case the two NR cells (i.e., Cell 2 and Cell 3) are on different carrier frequencies and measurement gaps
are provided. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.4.7.3.2.2-1. Both absolute accuracy and relative
accuracy requirements of SS-SINR inter-frequency measurement are tested by using test parameters in Table
A.4.7.3.2.2-2. In all test cases, Cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is target cell. Cell 1 is the E-UTRA cell of which
specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1.

Table A.4.7.3.2.2-1: SS-SINR Inter frequency SS-SINR supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 449 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.7.3.2.2-1: SS-SINR Inter frequency test parameters

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 450 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1

Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1

Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX Cycle configuration ms Not Applicable
Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1,4 FDD FDD FDD

PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1

Config 2,5 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
measurement channel
SR.2.1 SR.2.1 SR.2.1
Config 3,6 TDD TDD TDD

CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 1,4 FDD FDD FDD

RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 2,5 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
Reference Channel
CR.2.1 CR.2.1 CR.2.1
Config 3,6 TDD TDD TDD

CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 1,4 1 FDD 1 FDD 1 FDD

Dedicated CORESET CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 2,5 1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
Reference Channel
CCR.2. CCR.2. CCR.2.
Config 3,6 1 TDD 1 TDD 1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
SMTC configruation SMTC.1
Config 1,4 ms - 3 - 3 - 3
Config 2,3,5,6 μs - 3 - 3 - 3
Config 1,4 SMTC.2
SMTC configruation
Config 2,3,5,6 SMTC.1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 451 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS

EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 -119.5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -119
Config NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/15k -118.5
N oc Note2 -88 -108.5
1,2,4,5 NR_FDD_FR1_D Hz
-118
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-117.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -116.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -116
Same as Noc for
Config 1,2,4,5 -88 -108.5
15kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 -116.5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116
N oc Note2 NR_TDD_FR1_C
dBm/SC
-115.5
Config 3,6 S -85 -105.5
NR_FDD_FR1_D
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-114.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113
Ê s I ot dB -1.75 20 -4.0
Ês N oc dB -1.75 20 -4.0
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 -123.5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -123
Config NR_TDD_FR1_C -122.5
-89.75 -88.5
1,2,4,5 NR_FDD_FR1_D
-122
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-121.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -120.5
SS-
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SC -120
RSRPNot
e3 NR_FDD_FR1_A S
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 -120.5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -120
NR_TDD_FR1_C -119.5
Config 3,6 -86.75 -85.5
NR_FDD_FR1_D
-119
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 452 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
SS-SINR Note3 dB -1.75 20 -4.0
NR_FDD_FR1_D
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 -90.09

NR_FDD_FR1_B -89.59
Config NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/ -89.09
-57.83 -60.5
1,2,4,5 NR_FDD_FR1_D 9.36MHz
-88.59
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-88.09
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -87.09
IoNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_H -86.59
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 -84

NR_FDD_FR1_B -83.5
dBm/
NR_TDD_FR1_C -83
Config 3,6 38.16MH -51.73 -54.41
NR_FDD_FR1_D
z -82.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-82
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -81
NR_FDD_FR1_H -80.5
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration - 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in Clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51 in this
release of the specification.

A.4.7.3.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.14.1.1 and 10.1.14.1.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 453 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.4.7.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting

A.4.7.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement

A.4.7.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 9.5.2 and clause 10.1.19.1 for L1-RSRP measurements based on SSB with
the testing configurations for NR cells in Table A.4.7.4.1.1-1.

Table A.4.7.4.1.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

A.4.7.4.1.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test
parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table
A.4.7.4.1.2-1 below. The absolute and relative accuracy of L1-RSRP measurements are tested by using the
parameters in Table A.4.7.4.1.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured one SSB resource set with two
SSB resources. UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSB resources 0
and 1.

Table A.4.7.4.1.2-1: FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Test 1 Test 2

SSB GSCN 1~6 freq1 freq1
1,4 FDD FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD TDD
3,6 TDD TDD
1,4 N/A N/A
TDD Configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference
2,5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 454 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Dedicated CORESET 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD

Reference Channel 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
1,4 SSB.3 FR1 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.3 FR1 SSB.3 FR1
3,6 SSB.4 FR1 SSB.4 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1 OP.1
1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD TRS.1.1 TDD
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.1.2 TDD
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~6
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~6
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
reportConfigType 1~6 periodic periodic
reportQuantity 1~6 ssb-Index-RSRP ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~6 2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~6 slot80 slot80
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~6 dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
Noc NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1~6 dBm/15kHz -94.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 -94.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
dBm/SSB
Noc NR_FDD_FR1_E,
SCS -115
Note2 NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 5
3,6 -91.65
NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -114

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 455 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
Ê s I ot 1~6 dB 10 -3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -120
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -119.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -119
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 -84.65
-118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-118
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117
SSB
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SSB -116.5
RSRP
Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_A, SCS
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3,6 -81.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -87.28
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -86.78
NR_TDD_FR1_C -86.28
dBm/9.36
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 -56.28
MHz -85.78
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-85.28
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -84.28
NR_FDD_FR1_H -83.78
Io Note3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -81.19
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -80.69
NR_TDD_FR1_C -80.19
dBm/38.16
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3,6 -50.19
MHz -79.69
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-79.19
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -78.19
NR_FDD_FR1_H -77.69
Ê s N oc 1~6 dB 10 -3
Propagation condition 1~6 AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~6 1x2 1x2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 456 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N
for oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test
on band n51 in this release of the specification.

A.4.7.4.1.3 Test Requirements

The L1-RSRP measurement accuracy for SSB#0 and SSB#1 of Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirements in clauses
10.1.19.1.

A.4.7.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement on resource set with repetition off

A.4.7.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 9.5.3 and clause 10.1.19.2 for L1-RSRP measurements based on CSI-RS
with the testing configurations for NR cells in Table A.4.7.4.2.1-1.

Table A.4.7.4.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30kHz CSI-RS SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30kHz CSI-RS SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

A.4.7.4.2.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test
parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table
A.4.7.4.2.2-1 below. The absolute and relative accuracy of L1-RSRP measurements are tested by using the
parameters in Table A.4.7.4.2.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured one CSI-RS resource set with
two CSI-RS resources. UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD based on SSB 0 and 1. CSI-RS is not
transmitted in the same OFDM symbols as SSB.

Table A.4.7.4.2.2-1: FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Test 1 Test 2

SSB GSCN 1~6 freq1 freq1
1,4 FDD FDD
Duplex mode
2,5 TDD TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 457 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

3,6 TDD TDD

1,4 N/A N/A
TDD Configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference
2,5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET
2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Reference Channel
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
1,4 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
3,6 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1 OP.1
1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD TRS.1.1 TDD
3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.1.2 TDD
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~6
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~6
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
1,4 CSI-RS 1.2 FDD CSI-RS 1.2 FDD
CSI-RS 2,5 CSI-RS 1.2 TDD CSI-RS 1.2 TDD
3,6 CSI-RS 2.2 TDD CSI-RS 2.2 FDD
reportConfigType 1~6 periodic periodic
reportQuantity 1~6 cri-RSRP cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~6 2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~6 slot80 slot80
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~6 dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

Noc NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5

Note2 NR_TDD_FR1_C 1~6 dBm/15kHz -94.65 -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 458 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 -94.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
Noc NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/CSI-RS -113.5
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_A, SCS
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -114
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3,6 -91.65
-112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
Ê s I ot 1~6 dB 10 10
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -120
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -119.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -119
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 -84.65
-118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-118
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117
CSI-RS
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/CSI-RS -116.5
RSRP
Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_A, SCS
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3,6 -81.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -87.28
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -86.78
dBm/9.36
Io Note3 NR_TDD_FR1_C 1,2,4,5 -56.28 -86.28
MHz
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-85.78
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-85.28
NR_TDD_FR1_E

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 459 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_G -84.28
NR_FDD_FR1_H -83.78
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -81.19
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -80.69
NR_TDD_FR1_C -80.19
dBm/38.16
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3,6 -50.19
MHz -79.69
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-79.19
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -78.19
NR_FDD_FR1_H -77.69
Ê s N oc 1~6 dB 10 -3
Propagation condition 1~6 AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~6 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N
for oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test
on band n51 in this release of the specification.

A.4.7.4.2.3 Test Requirements

The L1-RSRP measurement accuracy for CSI-RS#0 and CSI-RS#1 of Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirements in clauses
10.1.19.2.

A.4.7.5 SFTD accuracy

A.4.7.5.1 SFTD accuracy

A.4.7.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this set of tests is to verify that the SFTD measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This
test will verify the requirements as specified in clause 9.1.27 in TS 36.133 [15] for EN-DC SFTD measurements.

A.4.7.5.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.4.7.5.1.2-1. In this set of test cases there are two cells on
different carriers. Cell 1 is E-UTRAN PCell and Cell 2 is NR FR1 PSCell. The test parameters of cell 1 are given in
clause A.3.7.2.1. The test parameters of cell 2 are given in Table A.4.7.5.1.2-2. The SFTD between PCell and
PSCell shall be set by the test equipment to one of the time differences in Table A.4.7.5.1.2-3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 460 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.4.7.5.1.2-1: Supported test configurations for SFTD accuracy

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
6 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.4.7.5.1.2-2: Test parameters for SFTD accuracy

Parameter Config Unit Test 1

SSB GSCN 1~6 freq1
1,4 FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD
3,6 TDD
1,4 N/A
TDD Configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement channel 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
RMC CORESET Reference Channel 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
1,4 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.1 FR1
3,6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1
DL BWP configuration 1~6 DLBWP.1.1
UL BWP configuration 1~6 ULBWP.1.1
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS 1~6 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note 1
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
N oc
Note2
NR_TDD_FR1_D
1~6 dBm/15kHz -104
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 461 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
1,2,4,5 -104
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SSB SCS
Noc Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
3,6 -101
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H

Ês Iot 1~6 dB -3

Ês N oc 1~6 dB -3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
1,2,4,5 -107
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
SS-RSRP NR_FDD_FR1_H
Note3 dBm/SCS
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
3,6 -104
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
1,2,4,5 dBm/9.36 MHz -74.28
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
Io Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
3,6 dBm/38.16 MHz -68.18
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 462 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Propagation condition 1~6 AWGN

Antenna configuration 1~6 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to
be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate
power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference
and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this
test on band n51 in this release of the specification.

Table A.4.7.5.1.2-3: Timing offsets for SFTD accuracy test

Configuration SFN offset between PCell Frame boundary offset between PCell and
and PSCell PSCell (Ts)
1 100 -122000
2 300 -60540
3 500 1000
4 700 62540
5 900 124000

A.4.7.5.1.3 Test Requirements

The SFTD reported by the UE consists of 2 elements, SFN offset and frame boundary offset between PCell and
PSCell. The reported SFTD accuracy shall fulfil the requirement in clause 9.1.27 in TS 36.133 [15].

A.4.7.5.2 Void

A.4.7.5.3 Void

A.4.8 Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 463 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5 EN-DC tests with one or more NR cells in FR2

A.5.1 Void

A.5.2 Void

A.5.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility

A.5.3.1 Void

A.5.3.2 RRC Connection Mobility Control

A.5.3.2.1 Void

A.5.3.2.2 Random Access

A.5.3.2.2.1 Contention based random access test in FR2 for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC

A.5.3.2.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the behavior of the random access procedure is according to the
requirements and that the PRACH power settings and timing are within specified limits. This test will verify the
requirements in clause 6.2.2.2 and clause 7.1.2 in an AWGN model.

For this test two cells are used, with the configuration of Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) specified in clause A.3.7.2.1 and
Cell 2 configured as PSCell or SCell in FR2. Supported test parameters are shown in Table A.5.3.2.2.1.1-1. UE
capble of EN-DC with PSCell or SCell in FR2 needs to be tested by using the parameters in Table A.5.3.2.2.1.1-2
and Table A.5.3.2.2.1.1-3.

Table A.5.3.2.2.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for non-contention based random access test
in FR2 for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC

Config Description
LTE FDD, NR PSCell/SCell 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
1
mode
LTE TDD, NR PSCell/SCell 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
2
mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations depending on UE
capability

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 464 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.3.2.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for contention based random access test in FR2 for
PSCell/SCell in EN-DC

Parameter Unit Test-1 Comments

SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR2 As defined in A.3.10
Duplex Mode for Cell 2 Config 1,2 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 100: NRB,c = 24
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OP.3 As defined in A.3.2.1.
PDSCH Reference Config 1,2 SR.3.1 TDD As defined in A.3.1.1.
Channel Note 2
RMSI CORESET Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD As defined in A.3.1.2
Reference Channel
NR RF Channel Number 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS dB
ss-PBCH-BlockPower dBm/ SCS +20 +ΔUL As defined in TS 38.331
[2].
ΔUL is derived from the
uplink calibration process
Note 3

Configured UE transmitted power ( dBm maximum value configurable As defined in clause

PCMAX, f, c ) for certain power class 6.2.4 in TS 38.101-2 [19]
PRACH Configuration FR2 PRACH configuration 1 As defined in A.3.8.3,
with exceptions as
defined below.
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm RSRP_69 +ΔDL RSRP_69 corresponds to
-88dBm. ΔDL is derived
from the downlink
calibration process Note 4
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm -100 As defined in TS 38.331
[2].

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM
symbols. The OCNG pattern is chosen during the test according to the presence of a DL reference
measurement channel.
Note 2: The DL PDSCH reference measurement channel is used in the test only when a downlink transmission
dedicated to the UE under test is required.
Note 3: The ΔUL value is calculated as -ROUND(PPRACH0 -1), where PPRACH0 is the measured first PRACH power
with -80.6dBm/SCS applied, preambleReceivedTargetPower = -100dBm and ss-PBCH-BlockPower =
20dBm. These values are used during the uplink calibration process carried out before the test case is run,
with the UE configured to send PRACH.
Note 4: The ΔDL value is calculated as (RSRP_REP – RSRP_76), where RSRP_REP is the SS-RSRP Reported value
in Table 10.1.6.1-1 with -80.6dBm/SCS applied. These values are used during the downlink calibration
process carried out before the test case is run, with the UE configured to report SS-RSRP. For a Reported
value RSRP_x, x is treated as a positive integer value.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 465 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.3.2.2.1.1-3: OTA-related test parameters for contention based random access test in FR2
for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC

Parameter Unit Test-1 Comments

AoA setup Setup 1 As defined in A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 3 Rough
Es Note1 dBm/SCS -80.6 Power of SSB with index
SSB_RP dBm/SCS -80.6 0 is set to be above
configured rsrp-
SSB with
ThresholdSSB
index 0
Es/IotBB dB 21.09
Io dBm/95.04 -56.01 Io in symbols containing
MHz SSB index 0
Es Note1 dBm/SCS -95.0 Power of SSB with index
SSB_RP dBm/SCS -95.0 1 is set to be below
configured rsrp-
SSB with
ThresholdSSB
index 1
Es/IotBB dB 6.69
Io dBm/95.04 -70.41 Io in symbols containing
MHz SSB index 1
Propagation Condition - AWGN
Note 1: No articial noise is applied in this test.
Note 2: Void.
Note 3: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

A.5.3.2.2.1.2 Test Requirements

Contention based random access is triggered by not explicitly assigning a random access preamble via dedicated
signalling in the downlink.

A.5.3.2.2.1.2.1 Random Access Preamble Transmission

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.1 the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access
Preamble which belongs to one of the Random Access Preambles associated with the SSB with index 0, which has
SS-RSRP above the configured rsrp-ThresholdSSB.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.5.3.2.2.1.2.2 Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.2 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 3 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. In response to the first 2 preambles, the
System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access Response not corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) and shall transmit the msg3 if the Random Access
Response contains a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 466 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if all received
Random Access Responses contain Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted Random
Access Preamble.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.5.3.2.2.1.2.3 No Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.1.3 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 3 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. The System Simulator shall not respond to
the first 2 preambles.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no Random
Access Response is received within the RA Response window.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.5.3.2.2.1.2.4 Receiving an UL grant for msg3 retransmission

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.1.4 the System Simulator shall provide an UL grant for msg3
retransmission following a successful Random Access Response.

The UE shall re-transmit the msg3 upon the reception of an UL grant for msg3 retransmission.

A.5.3.2.2.1.2.5 Reception of an Incorrect Message over Temporary C-RNTI

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.5 the System Simulator shall send a message addressed to the
temporary C-RNTI with a UE Contention Resolution Identity included in the MAC control element not matching
the CCCH SDU transmitted in msg3 uplink message.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires unless the received
message includes a UE Contention Resolution Identity MAC control element and the UE Contention Resolution
Identity included in the MAC control element matches the CCCH SDU transmitted in the uplink message.

A.5.3.2.2.1.2.6 Reception of a Correct Message over Temporary C-RNTI

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.5 the System Simulator shall send a message addressed to the
temporary C-RNTI with a UE Contention Resolution Identity included in the MAC control element matching the
CCCH SDU transmitted in the msg3 uplink message.

The UE shall send ACK if the Contention Resolution is successful.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 467 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.3.2.2.1.2.7 Contention Resolution Timer expiry

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.6 the System Simulator shall not send a response to a msg3.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if the Contention
Resolution Timer expires.

A.5.3.2.2.2 Non-contention based random access test in FR2 for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC

A.5.3.2.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the behavior of the random access procedure is according to the
requirements and that the PRACH power settings and timing are within specified limits. This test will verify the
requirements in clause 6.2.2.2 and clause 7.1.2 in an AWGN model.

For this test two cells are used, with the configuration of Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) specified in clause A.3.7.2.1 and
Cell 2 configured as PSCell or SCell in FR2. Supported test parameters are shown in Table A.5.3.2.2.2.1-1. UE
capble of EN-DC withPSCell or SCell in FR2 needs to be tested by using the parameters in Table A.5.3.2.2.2.1-2
and Table A.5.3.2.2.2.1-3 for SSB-based non-contention based random access test (Test 1) and CSI-RS-based non-
contention based random access test (Test 2). Test 2 is only applicable to UE which supports csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-
MeasWithSSB or csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithoutSSB.

Table A.5.3.2.2.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for non-contention based random access test
in FR2 for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC

Config Description
LTE FDD, NR PSCell/SCell 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
1
mode
LTE TDD, NR PSCell/SCell 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
2
mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations depending on UE
capability

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 468 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.3.2.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for non-contention based random access test in
FR2 for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 469 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test-1 Test-2 Comments

SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2 As defined in A.3.10
CSI-RS Config 1,2 N/A CSI-RS.3.1 As defined in A.3.1.4
Configuration TDD
Duplex Mode for Config 1,2 TDD TDD
Cell 2
TDD Configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel Config 1,2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 24 100: NRB,c = 24
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OP.3 OP.3 As defined in A.3.2.1.
PDSCH Reference Config 1,2 SR3.1 TDD SR3.1 TDD As defined in A.3.1.1.
Channel Note 2
RMSI CORESET Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD As defined in A.3.1.2
Reference Channel
NR RF Channel Number 1 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to dB
PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to dB
SSS
0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to dB
PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to dB
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to dB
PDSCH_DMRS
ss-PBCH-BlockPower dBm/ SCS +20 +ΔUL +20 +ΔUL As defined in TS
38.331 [2].
ΔUL is derived from the
uplink calibration
process Note 3
Configured UE transmitted power ( dBm maximum value maximum As defined in clause
PCMAX, f, c ) configurable for value 6.2.4 in TS 38.101-2
certain power configurable for [19]
class certain power
class
PRACH Configuration FR2 PRACH FR2 PRACH As defined in A.3.8.3,
configuration 1 configuration 1 with exceptions as
defined below
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm RSRP_69 +ΔDL RSRP_69 +ΔDL RSRP_69 corresponds
to -88dBm. ΔDL is
derived from the
downlink calibration
process Note 4
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm -100 -100 As defined in TS
38.331 [2]
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols. The OCNG pattern is chosen during the test according to the presence of a DL
reference measurement channel.
Note 2: The DL PDSCH reference measurement channel is used in the test only when a downlink transmission
dedicated to the UE under test is required.
Note 3: The ΔUL value is calculated as -ROUND(PPRACH0 -1), where PPRACH0 is the measured first PRACH
power with -80.6dBm/SCS applied, preambleReceivedTargetPower = -100dBm and ss-PBCH-
BlockPower = 20dBm. These values are used during the uplink calibration process carried out before
the test case is run, with the UE configured to send PRACH.
Note 4: The ΔDL value is calculated as (RSRP_REP – RSRP_76), where RSRP_REP is the SS-RSRP Reported
value in Table 10.1.6.1-1 with -80.6dBm/SCS applied. These values are used during the downlink
calibration process carried out before the test case is run, with the UE configured to report SS-RSRP.
For a Reported value RSRP_x, x is treated as a positive integer value.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 470 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.3.2.2.2.1-3: OTA-related test parameters for non-contention based random access test in
FR2 for PSCell/SCell in EN-DC

Parameter Unit Test-1 Test-2 Comments

AoA setup Setup 1 Setup 1 As defined in A.3.15.1

Assumption for UE beamsNote 3 Rough Rough
Es Note1 dBm/SC -80.6 -80.6 Power of SSB with index
S 0 is set to be above
SSB_RP dBm/SC -80.6 -80.6 configured rsrp-
SSB with ThresholdSSB
S
index 0
Es/IotBB dB 21.09 21.09
Io dBm/95.0 -56.01 -56.01 Io in symbols containing
4 MHz SSB index 0
Es Note1 dBm/SC -95.0 -95.0 Power of SSB with index
S 1 is set to be below
SSB_RP dBm/SC -95.0 -95.0 configured rsrp-
SSB with ThresholdSSB
S
index 1
Es/IotBB dB 6.69 6.69
Io dBm/95.0 -70.41 -70.41 Io in symbols containing
4 MHz SSB index 1
Propagation Condition - AWGN AWGN
Note 1: No articial noise is applied in this test.
Note 2: void.
Note 3: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

A.5.3.2.2.2.2 Test Requirements

Non-Contention based random access is triggered by explicitly assigning a random access preamble via dedicated
signalling in the downlink. In the test, the non-contention based random access procedure is not initialized for Other
SI requested from UE or beam failure recovery.

A.5.3.2.2.2.2.1 SSB-based Random Access Preamble Transmission

In Test-1, to test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.1 for SSB-based Random Access Preamble
tranmsision, with the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions
associated with SSBs configured, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble which has the
Preamble Index associated with the SSB with index 0.

In addition, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble on the PRACH occasion which
belongs to the PRACH occasions corresponding to the SSB with index 0, and the selected PRACH occasion shall
belongs to the PRACH occassions permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -60 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.5.3.2.2.2.2.2 CSI-RS-based Random Access Preamble Transmission

In Test-2, to test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.1 for CSI-RS-based Random Access Preamble
tranmsision, with the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions
associated with CSI-RSs configured, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble which has
the Preamble Index associated with the CSI-RS configured.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 471 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In addition, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble on the PRACH occasion which
belongs to the PRACH occasions corresponding to the CSI-RS configured, and the selected PRACH occasion shall
belongs to the PRACH occassions permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-OccasionList.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -60 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.5.3.2.2.2.2.3 Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.2 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. In response to the first 4 preambles, the
System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access Response not corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) if the Random Access Response contains a Random
Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access Preamble.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power if all received Random Access Responses contain
Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted Random Access Preamble.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -60 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.5.3.2.2.2.2.4 No Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.2.3 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. The System Simulator shall not respond to
the first 4 preambles.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in TS38.321
[7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no Random
Access Response is received within the RA Response window configured in RACH-ConfigCommon.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -60 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 472 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.3.2.3 Void

A.5.4 Timing
A.5.4.1 UE transmit timing

A.5.4.1.1 NR UE Transmit Timing Test for FR2

A.5.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE can follow frame timing change of the connected gNodeb and that
the UE initial transmit timing accuracy, maximum amount of timing change in one adjustment, minimum and
maximum adjustment rate are within the specified limits. This test will verify the requirements in clause 7.1.2.

Supported test configurations are shown in Table 5.4.1.1.1-1.

Table A.5.4.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR TDD, SSB SCS 240 kHz, data SCS 120 kHz, BW 100 MHz
2 LTE TDD, NR TDD, SSB SCS 240 kHz, data SCS 120 kHz, BW 100 MHz

The test consists of E-UTRA PCell and NR PSCell. The configuration for E-UTRA is given in A.3.7.2.1. Tables
A.5.4.1.1.1-2 and A.5.4.1.1.1-2A define the parameters to be configured and strength of the transmitted signals. The
transmit timing is verified by the UE transmitting SRS using the configuration defined in Table A.5.4.1.1.1-3.

Table A.5.4.1.1.1-2: Cell Specific Test Parameters for UL Transmit Timing test

Parameter Unit Config Test1 Test2 Band Group

SSB ARFCN 1,2 Freq1 Freq1
Duplex Mode 1,2 TDD
TDD configuration 1,2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1,2
ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.1
1,2
Configuration ULBWP.1.1
TRS Configuration 1,2 TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI State 1,2 CSI-RS.Config.0
DRx Cycle ms 1,2 N/A DRX.8Note5
PDSCH Reference
1,2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
CORESET Reference
1,2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
OCNG Patterns 1,2 OCNG pattern 1
SSB Configuration 1,2 SSB.4 FR2
SMTC Configuration 1,2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH 1,2
kHz 120
subcarrier spacing
EPRE ratio of PSS to
SSS
dB 1,2 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 473 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PBCH to

PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Propagation condition 1,2 AWGN
SRS Config 1,2 SRSConf.1Note6 SRSConf.2Note6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 5: DRx related parameters are given in Table A.3.3.8-1
Note 6: SRS configs are given in Table A.5.4.1.1.1-3

Table A.5.4.1.1.1-2A: OTA related test parameters

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote
6 Fine

Noc Note1
dBm/15kHzNote4 -112

Noc Note1
dBm/SCSNote3 -103

Ês Noc dB 4
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 -99
Ê s I ot dB 4
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -68.5
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 474 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.4.1.1.1-3: SRS Configuration for Timing Accuracy Test

Field SRSConf.1 SRSConf.2 Comments

SRS-ResourceSet srs-ResourceSetId 0 0
srs-ResourceIdList 0 0
resourceType Periodic Periodic
Usage Codebook Codebook
SRS-Resource SRS-ResourceId 0 0
nrofSRS-Ports Port1 Port1
transmissionComb n2 n2
combOffset-n2 0 0
cyclicShift-n2 0 0
resourceMapping 0 0
startPosition
resourceMapping n1 n1
nrofSymbols
resourceMapping n1 n1
repetitionFactor
freqDomainPosition 0 0
freqDomainShift 0 0
freqHopping 17 17 Matches NRB,c
c-SRS
freqHopping 0 0
b-SRS
freqHopping 0 0
b-hop
groupOrSequenceHopping Neither Neither
resourceType Periodic Periodic
periodicityAndOffset-p sl1,0 sl2560,4 Offset to align with
DRx periodicity
sequenceId 0 0 Any 10 bit number

Table A.5.4.1.1.1-4: Void

A.5.4.1.1.2 Test requirements

The test sequence shall be carried out in RRC_CONNECTED for every test case.

Following will be the test sequence for this test

1) Set up E-UTRA PCell according to parameters given in Table A.3.7.2.2-1 and setup NR PSCell according to
parameters given in Table A.5.4.1.1.1-1.

2) After connection set up with the cell, the test equipment will verify that the timing of the NR cell is within
(NTA + NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te of the first detected path of DL SSB.

a. The NTA offset value (in Tc units) is 13792

b. The Te values depend on the DL and UL SCS for which the test is being run and are given in Table 7.1.2-
1

3) The test system shall adjust the timing of the DL path by values given in Table A.5.4.1.1.2-1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 475 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.4.1.1.2-1 Adjustment Value for DL Timing

SCS of SSB signals (kHz) Adjustment Value

Test1 Test2
240 +8*64Tc +4*64Tc

4) The test system shall verify that the adjustment step size and the adjustment rate shall be according to
requirements specified in Clause 7.1.2 Table 7.1.2-3 until the UE transmit timing offset is within (NTA +
NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te respective to the first detected path (in time) of DL SSB. Skip this step for test 2 with
DRX configured.

5) The test system shall verify that the UE transmit timing offset stays within (NTA + NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te of the
first detected path of DL SSB. For Test 2 the UE transmit timing offset shall be verified for the first
transmission in the DRX cycle immediately after DL timing adjustment

A.5.4.2 UE timer accuracy

A.5.4.3 Timing advance

A.5.4.3.1 EN-DC FR2 timing advance adjustment accuracy

A.5.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of the test is to verify UE Timing Advance adjustment delay and accuracy requirement defined in
clause 7.3.

A.5.4.3.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.4.3.1.2-1. Both timing advance adjustment delay and accuracy
are tested by using the parameters in table A.5.4.3.1.2-2, A.5.4.3.1.2-3, A.5.4.3.1.2-3A and A.5.4.3.1.2-4. The
configuration of Cell 1 (LTE PCell) is specified in clause A.3.7.2.1.

In all test cases, two cells are used. Cell 1 is the PCell in the primary Timing Advance Group (pTAG) and cell 2 is
the PSCell is in the secondary Timing Advance Group (sTAG). Each test consists of two successive time periods,
with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. In each time period, timing advance commands for sTAG are sent to
the UE and Sounding Reference Signals (SRS), as specified in table A.5.4.3.1.2-3, are sent from the UE and
received by the test equipment. By measuring the reception of the SRS, the transmit timing, and hence the timing
advance adjustment accuracy, can be measured for PSCell in sTAG.

During time period T1, the test equipment shall send one message with a Timing Advance Command MAC Control
Element for sTAG, as specified in clause 6.1.3.4 in TS 38.321 [7]. The Timing Advance Command value shall be
set to 31, which according to clause 4.2 in TS 38.213 [3] results in zero adjustment of the Timing Advance. In this
way, a reference value for the timing advance for sTAG used by the UE is established.

During time period T2, the test equipment shall send a sequence of messages with Timing Advance Command MAC
Control Elements for sTAG, with Timing Advance Command value specified in table A.5.4.3.1.2-2. This value shall
result in changes of the timing advance for sTAG used by the UE, and the accuracy of the change shall then be
measured, using the SRS sent from the UE.

As specified in clause 7.3.2.1, the UE adjusts its uplink timing at slot n+k for a timing advance command received in
slot n. This delay must be taken into account when measuring the timing advance adjustment accuracy, via the SRS
sent from the UE.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 476 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The UE Time Alignment Timer, described in clause 5.2 in TS 38.321, shall be configured so that it does not expire
in the duration of the test.

Table A.5.4.3.1.2-1: Timing advance supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.4.3.1.2-2: General test parameters for timing advance

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF channel number Cell 1: 1 1 for E-UTRAN PCell
Cell 2: 2 2 for NR PSCell
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.2.1-1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.2.2-1
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.3.1-1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.3.2-1
Timing Advance Command 31 NTA_new = NTA_old for the purpose of
(TA) value during T1 establishing a reference value from
which the timing advance adjustment
accuracy can be measured during T2
Timing Advance Command 39 For 120 kHz SCS NTA_new = NTA_old +
(TA) value during T2 1024*Tc (based on equation in clause
4.2 of TS 38.213 [3])
T1 s 5
T2 s 5

Table A.5.4.3.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for timing advance

Test1
Parameter Unit
T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 477 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Duplex mode TDD

TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Channel CR.3.1 TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 FR2
SSB configuration SSB.3 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 478 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.4.3.1.2-3A: OTA related test parameters

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2
Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote Fine
6

Noc Note1 dBm/15kHzNote4 -112

Noc Note1 dBm/SCSNote3 -103

Ês N oc dB 4
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 -99
Ês Iot dB 4
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -68.5
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

Table A.5.4.3.1.2-4: Sounding Reference Symbol Configuration for timing advance

Field Value Comment

c-SRS 16
Frequency hopping is disabled
b-SRS 0
b-hop 0
freqDomainPosition 0 Frequency domain position of SRS
freqDomainShift 0
groupOrSequenceHopping neither No group or sequence hopping
SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset sl5=4 Once every 5 slots
SSB #0 is used for SRS path loss
pathlossReferenceRS ssb-Index=0
estimation
usage Codebook Codebook based UL transmission
startPosition 0 resourceMapping setting. SRS on last
nrofSymbols n1 symbol of slot, and 1symbols for SRS
repetitionFactor n1 without repetition.
combOffset-n2 0
transmissionComb setting
cyclicShift-n2 0
nrofSRS-Ports port1 Number of antenna ports used for SRS
transmission
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 479 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.4.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall apply the signalled Timing Advance value for PSCell in sTAG to the transmission timing at the
designated activation time i.e. k+1 slots after the reception of the timing advance command, where k = 11.

The Timing Advance adjustment accuracy for PSCell in sTAG shall be within the limits specified in clause 7.3.2.2.

The rate of correct Timing Advance adjustments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5 Signaling characteristics

A.5.5.1 Radio link Monitoring
In the following clause, any uplink signal transmitted by the UE is used for detecting the In-/Out-of-Sync state of the
UE. In terms of measurement, the uplink signal is verified on the basis of the UE output power:

Editor note: The metric for the detection of the UE UL transmitted signal by the TE is FFS.

A.5.5.1.1 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with
SSB-based RLM RS in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PSCell. This test will partly verify the FR2 radio link monitoring
requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.1.1.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.1.1.1-2, A.5.5.1.1.1-3, and A. 5.5.1.1.1-4 below. There are two cells,
Cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and Cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The E-UTRAN PCell setting refers to Table
A.3.7.2.1-2. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively.
Figure A.5.5.1.1.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync
states, and Figure A.5.5.1.1.1-2 shows the Time multiplexed downlink transmissions from each Angle of Arrival.
Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1 and Cell 2. The UE shall be
configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In addition to RLM-RS radio link
monitoring using SSB index 0 and SSB index 1, the UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements
using Gap Pattern ID #0 (40ms) in test 1.

Table A.5.5.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, NR 120 KHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, NR 120 KHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 480 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 out-of-sync testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 2 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Config 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1, 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1, 2 120 KHz
spacing
PRACH Configuration Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.3.4
SSB index assigned as RLM Config 1, 2 0,1
RS
OCNG parameters OP.2
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average SSS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI reporting Config 1, 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
TCI states for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.2
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 9.68
T3 s 9.68
D1 s 9.64
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 481 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.1.1-3: OTA related cell specific test parameters for FR2 (Cell 2) for out-of-sync radio
link monitoring tests in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
AoA setup Setup 3 defined in A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beamsNote 5 Rough Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
0 Not sent
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
ssb-Index 0 SNR Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 6 -6Note 6 -15
ssb-Index 1 SNR Config 1, 2 Not sent 2Note 6 -15 -15
SNR on other Config 1, 2 dB Note 6
2 N/A
channels and signals
Config 1, 2 dBm/
Noc 15kHz
-92.1 -92.1
Time multiplexing of the downlink
Defined in Figure A.5.5.1.1.1-2
transmissions from each AoA
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation
Note 6: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.5.5.1.1.1-4: Measurement gap configuration for out-of-sync tests in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: E-UTRAN PCell and PSCell are SFN-
synchronous and frame boundary aligned.
(Ensure that RLM RS is partially overlapped with
measurement gap).

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 482 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.1.1.1-1: SNR variation for out-of-sync testing

CBW
AoA1
transmitting
SSB index 0

slot
CBW
AoA2
transmitting
SSB index 1

slot
PDSCH/
AWGN OCNG SSB CSI-RS DTX
PDCCH

Figure A.5.5.1.1.1-2: Time multiplexed downlink transmissions

A.5.5.1.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE behavior in each test during time durations T1, T2 and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 2 no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the
time duration T3).

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 483 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.1.2 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-
based RLM RS in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PSCell. This test will partly verify the FR2 radio link monitoring
requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.1.2.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.1.2.1-2, and A.5.5.1.2.1-3 below. There are two cells, Cell 1 is the E-
UTRAN PCell, and Cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The E-UTRAN PCell setting refers to Table A.3.7.2.1-2. The
test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure
A.5.5.1.2.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states,
and Figure A.5.5.1.2.1-2 shows the Time multiplexed downlink transmissions from each Angle of Arrival. Prior to
the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1 and Cell 2. The UE shall be configured
for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5ms.

Table A.5.5.1.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, NR 120 KHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, NR 120 KHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.5.5.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 in-sync testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Ce1l 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 2 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Config 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1, 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.3
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1, 2 120 KHz
spacing
PRACH Configuration Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.3.4
SSB index assigned as RLM Config 1, 2 0,1
RS
OCNG parameters OP.2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 484 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CP length Normal
In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 0
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 0
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 4000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI reporting Config 1, 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
TCI states for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.2
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 1.88
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 3.84
D1 s 3.8
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 485 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.2.1-3: OTA related cell specific test parameters for FR2 (Cell 2) for in-sync radio link
monitoring tests in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 3 defined in A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beamsNote 3 Rough Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB Not sent
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
ssb-Index 0 SNR Config 1, 2 dB 2Note -6Note -15 -4.5 2Note
5Note 6 5Note 6 5Note 6

ssb-Index 1 SNR Config 1, 2 Not sent 2Note 6 -15 -15 -15 -15
SNR on other Config 1, 2 dB
2Note 6 N/A
channels and signals
Config 1, 2 dBm/
Noc 15kHz
-92.1 -92.1
Time multiplexing of the downlink
Defined in Figure A.5.5.1.2.1-2
transmissions from each AoA
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all
bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system implementation
Note 6: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.5.5.1.2.1-4: Void

Figure A.5.5.1.2.1-1: SNR variation for in-sync testing

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 486 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.1.2.1-2: Time multiplexed downlink transmissions

A.5.5.1.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.1.3 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with
SSB-based RLM RS in DRX mode

A.5.5.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PSCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 radio
link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.1.3.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.1.3.1-2, and A.5.5.1.3.1-3. There are two cells, Cell 1 is the E-
UTRAN PCell, and Cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The E-UTRAN PCell setting refers to Table A.3.7.2.1-2. The
test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.5.5.1.3.1-1
shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the
start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1 and Cell 2. The UE shall be configured for
periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled and DRX
inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CSI during the period
when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing alignment is
maintained during the test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 487 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.3.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, NR 120 KHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, NR 120 KHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 488 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 out-of-sync testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1
E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 2 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Config 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1, 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1, 2 120 KHz
spacing
PRACH Configuration Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.3.4
SSB index assigned as RLM Config 1, 2 0,1
RS
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX Configuration DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI reporting Config 1, 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
TCI states for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.2
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 14.48
T3 s 14.48
D1 s 14.44
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 489 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.3.1-3: OTA related cell specific test parameters for FR2 (Cell 2) for out-of-sync radio
link monitoring tests in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
AoA setup
Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 5 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
ssb-Index 0 SNR Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 5Note 6 -6Note 5Note 6 -15
ssb-Index 1 SNR Config 1, 2 2Note 5Note 6 -15 -15
SNR on other channels Config 1, 2 dB
2Note 6
and signals
Config 1, 2 dBm/15K
Noc Hz
-104.7dBm
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation
Note 6: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.5.5.1.3.1-4: Void

Table A.5.5.1.3.1-5: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 490 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.1.3.1-1: SNR variation for out-of-sync testing

A.5.5.1.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE behavior in each test during time durations T1, T2 and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 2 no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the
time duration T3).

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.1.4 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-
based RLM RS in DRX mode

A.5.5.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PSCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 radio
link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.1.4.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.1.4.1-2, and A.5.5.1.4.1-3. There are two cells, Cell 1 is the E-
UTRAN PCell, and Cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The E-UTRAN PCell setting refers to Table A.3.7.2.1-2. The
test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure
A.5.5.1.4.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states.
Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1 and Cell 2. The UE shall be
configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled
and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CSI during
the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing
alignment is maintained during the test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 491 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.4.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, NR 120 KHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, NR 120 KHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.5.5.1.4.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 in-sync testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 2 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Config 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1, 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.3
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1, 2 120 KHz
spacing
PRACH Configuration Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.3.4
SSB index assigned as RLM Config 1, 2 0,1
RS
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 0
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 0
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX Configuration DRX.11

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 492 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Gap pattern ID N.A.

Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 4000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI reporting Config 1, 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
TCI states for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.2
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 2.8
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 3.88
D1 s 3.84
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 3: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 493 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.4.1-3: OTA related cell specific test parameters for FR2 (Cell 2) for in-sync radio link
monitoring test in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup
Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 5 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
ssb-Index 0 SNR Config 1, 2 dB 2Note - -15 -4.5 2Note
5Note 6Note 5Note 6
6 5Note
6

ssb-Index 1 SNR Config 1, 2 2Note -15 -15 -15 -15

5Note
6

SNR on other Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 6

channels and signals
Config 1, 2 dBm/1
Noc 5KHz
-104.7dBm
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a
constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of
OCNG.3
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one
band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is
A.3.6.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation
Note 6: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.5.5.1.4.1-4: Void

Table A.5.5.1.4.1-5: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 494 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.1.4.1-1: SNR variation for in-sync testing.

A.5.5.1.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.1.5 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured
with CSI-RS-based RLM in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync for the purpose of monitoring
downlink CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PSCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2
TDD PSCell CSI-RS Out-of-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.1.5.1-1, A.5.5.1.5.1-2, A.5.5.1.5.1-3 and A.5.5.1.5.1-3A below. There
are two cells, cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of three successive
time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.5.5.1.5.1-1 shows the variation of the
downlink SNR in the E-UTRAN PCell and the PSCell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of
the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic
CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is not
enabled. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms). In the test, SSB0
and SSB1 are configured as BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 495 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.5.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.5.5.1.5.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PSCell for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing in non-
DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex Mode TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 2 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RMC CORESET Config 1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel CCR.3.3 TDD
Config 2 CCR.3.1 TDD
CCR.3.3 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
Config 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.1
Config 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing Config 2 120 KHz
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1, 2 Resource #4 in TRS.2.1
TDD
Resource #4 in TRS.2.2
TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS.2.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH#1/PDSCH TCI.State.2
TCI configuration for PDCCH#2 TCI.State.3
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
RE energy to average CSI-
RS RE energy

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 496 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4

DMRS energy to average
CSI-RS RE energy

DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size

REG bundle size 6

DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
reporting Config 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.35
T3 s 0.35
D1 s 0.31
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 2: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 497 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 for CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
AoA setup Setup 3 defined in A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough Rough
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0 Not sent
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 10 -6Note -15
SNR on RLM-RS1 10

SNR on RLM-RS2 Config 1, 2 Not sent 2Note 10 -14 -15

SNR on other Config 1, 2 dB Note 10
2 N/A
channels and signals
Config 1, 2 dBm/
Noc 15kHz
TBD TBD
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in
figure A.5.5.1.5.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation
Note 10: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.5.5.1.5.1-3A: Measurement gap configuration for FR2 CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: E-UTRAN PCell and PSCell are SFN-
synchronous and frame boundary
aligned. (Ensure that RLM RS is
partially overlapped with measurement
gap)

Table A.5.5.1.5.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 498 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.1.5.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing

A.5.5.1.5.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 2 (PSCell) at least in
all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 2.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 2 (PSCell) no later than time point C (D1 after the start of the
time duration T3) on the PSCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.1.6 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with
CSI-RS-based RLM in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.1.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the in sync for the purpose of monitoring downlink
CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PSCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 TDD
PSCell CSI-RS In-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.1.6.1-1, A.5.5.1.6.1-2, and A.5.5.1.6.1-3 below. There are two cells,
cell 1which is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time
periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.5.5.1.6.1-1 shows the variation of the
downlink SNR in the PSCell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the
UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a
reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. In the test,
SSB0 and SSB1 are configured as BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 499 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.6.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.5.5.1.6.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PSCell for CSI-RS in-sync testing in non-DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex Mode TDD
TDD Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
Configuration Config 2 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
BWP
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
BWP
configuration
RMC CORESET Config 1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference CCR.3.3 TDD
Channel Config 2 CCR.3.1 TDD
CCR.3.3 TDD
SSB Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
Configuration Config 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Config 1 SMTC.1
Configuration Config 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier Config 2 120 KHz
spacing
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1, 2 Resource #4 in TRS.2.1 TDD
Resource #4 in TRS.2.2 TDD
OCNG parameters OP.1
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS.2.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH#1/PDSCH TCI.State.2
TCI configuration for PDCCH#2 TCI.State.3
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 500 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS energy
to average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS energy
to average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 1000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
reporting Config 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.24
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 0.88
D1 s 0.84
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 2: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 501 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.6.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 for CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 3 defined in A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough Rough
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0 Not sent
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on RLM-RS1 Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 11 -6Note -15 -4.5 2Note 11
11

SNR on RLM-RS2 Config 1, 2 Not sent 2Note 11 -14 -15 -15 -14
SNR on other Config 1, 2 dB Note 10
2 N/A
channels and signals
Config 1, 2 dBm/
Noc 15KHz
TBD TBD
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5 respectively in figure A.5.5.1.6.1-
1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all
bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system implementation
Note 11: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.5.5.1.6.1-3A: Void

Table A.5.5.1.6.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 502 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.1.6.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS in-sync testing

A.5.5.1.6.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting on the PSCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.1.7 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured
with CSI-RS-based RLM in DRX mode

A.5.5.1.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync for the purpose of monitoring
downlink CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PSCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2
TDD PSCell CSI-RS Out-of-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.1.7.1-1, A.5.5.1.7.1-2, and A.5.5.1.7.1-3 below. There are two cells,
cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods,
with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.5.5.1.7.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in
the E-UTRAN PCell and the PSCell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration
T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting
with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PSCell
and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during
the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing
alignment is maintained during the test. In the test, SSB0 and SSB1 are configured as BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 503 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.7.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.5.5.1.7.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PSCell for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing in DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 504 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex Mode TDD
TDD Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
Configuration Config 2 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP
Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated
BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP
Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated
BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RMC Config 1 CCR. 3.1 TDD
CORESET CCR.3.3 TDD
Reference Config 2 CCR. 3.1 TDD
Channel CCR.3.3 TDD
SSB Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
Configuration Config 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Config 1 SMTC.1
Configuration Config 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCC Config 1 120 KHz
H subcarrier Config 2 120 KHz
spacing
CSI-RS for Config 1, 2 Resource #4 in TRS.2.1 TDD
RLM Resource #4 in TRS.2.2 TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS.2.2 TDD
TCI configuration for TCI.State.2
PDCCH#1/PDSCH
TCI configuration for PDCCH#2 TCI.State.3
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
CSI-RS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 505 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS for Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD

CSI reporting Config 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 1.28
T3 s 1.28
D1 s 1.24
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 2: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

Table A.5.5.1.7.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 for CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on RLM- dB 2Note 11 -6Note 11 -15
Config 1, 2
RS1
SNR on RLM- 2Note 11 -14 -15
Config 1, 2
RS2
SNR on other
channels and Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 11
signals
Config 1 dBm/15KHz -104.7
Noc Config 2 -104.7
Propagation condition DL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to
the start of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively
in figure A.5.5.1.7.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band.
For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation
Note 11: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 506 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.7.1-3A: Void

Table A.5.5.1.7.1-4: Void
Table A.5.5.1.7.1-5: Void

Table A.5.5.1.7.1-6: Void

Figure A.5.5.1.7.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing

A.5.5.1.7.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 2 (PSCell) at least in
all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 2.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 2 (PSCell) no later than time point C (D1 after the start of the
time duration T3) on the PSCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.1.8 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PSCell configured with
CSI-RS-based RLM in DRX mode

A.5.5.1.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the in sync for the purpose of monitoring downlink
CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PSCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 TDD
PSCell CSI-RS In-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 507 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.1.8.1-1, A.5.5.1.8.1-2, A.5.5.1.8.1-3 and A.5.5.1.8.1-3A below. There
are two cells, cell 1which is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the NR PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five
successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.5.5.1.8.1-1 shows the
variation of the downlink SNR in the PSCell to emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time
duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI
reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is not
enabled. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms).

Table A.5.5.1.8.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.5.5.1.8.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PSCell for CSI-RS in-sync testing in non-DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex Mode TDD
TDD Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
Configuratio Config 2 TDDConf.3.1
n
DL initial Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
BWP
configuration
DL Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
dedicated
BWP
configuration
UL initial Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
BWP
configuration
UL Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
dedicated
BWP
configuration
RMCCORES Config 1 CCR.3.1 TDD
ET CCR.3.3 TDD
Reference Config 2 CCR.3.1 TDD
Channel CCR.3.3 TDD
SSB Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
Configuratio Config 2 SSB.1 FR2
n
SMTC Config 1 SMTC.1
Configuratio Config 2 SMTC.1
n
PDSCH/PD Config 1 120 KHz
CCH Config 2 120 KHz
subcarrier
spacing

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 508 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS for Config 1, 2 Resource #4 in TRS.2.1 TDD

RLM Resource #4 in TRS.2.2 TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS.2.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH#1/PDSCH TCI.State.2
TCI configuration for PDCCH#2 TCI.State.3
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size

REG bundle size 6

In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size

REG bundle size 6

DRX DRX.3
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 2000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
CSI Config 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
reporting
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 1.64
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 1.88
D1 s 1.84
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.
Note 2: E-UTRAN is in non-DRX mode under test.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 509 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.8.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 for CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 11 -6Note 11 -15 -4.5 2Note 11
RLM-RS1
SNR on Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 11 -14 -15 -15 -14
RLM-RS2
SNR on other Config 1, 2 dB 2Note 11
channels and
signals
Config 1, 2 dBm/15KHz -104.7
Noc
Propagation condition [TDL-A 30ns 75Hz]
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 2 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5
respectively in figure A.5.5.1.8.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation
Note 11: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.5.5.1.8.1-3A: Measurement gap configuration for FR2 CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: E-UTRAN PCell and PSCell are SFN-
synchronous and frame boundary
aligned. (Ensure that RLM RS is
partially overlapped with measurement
gap)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 510 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.8.1-4: Void

Table A.5.5.1.8.1-5: Void

Table A.5.5.1.8.1-6: Void

Figure A.5.5.1.8.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS in-sync testing

A.5.5.1.8.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting on the PSCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.1.9 EN-DC Radio Link Monitoring UE Scheduling Restrictions on FR2

A.5.5.1.9.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose is to verify that the NR UE correctly follows the RLM scheduling restrictions requirements defined in
clause 8.1.7. This test verifies that the UE correctly receive the PDCCH scheduled on the symbols right before the
RLM SSB symbols without overlap so that it sends ACK/NACK correctly. The test case is only applicable to UE
which supports pdcch-MonitoringAnyOccasions or pdcch-MonitoringAnyOccasionsWithSpanGap.

Two cells are deployed in the test, which are E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and NR FR2 PSCell (Cell 2). The test
parameters for NR PSCell are given in table A.5.5.1.9.1-1, table A.5.5.1.9.1-2 and table A.5.5.1.9.1-3 below and the
parameters and applicability for the E-UTRAN cell are defined in A.3.7.2. The UE is required during time period T1
to transmit ACK/NACK correctly upon scheduling of PDSCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 511 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.9.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 120 kHz RMC SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
mode
2 TDD LTE, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 120 kHz RMC SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.5.5.1.9.1-2: General test parameters for RLM scheduling restriction test case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
RF Channel Number 1, 2 1 and 2 1 for NR PSCell and 2 for LTE PCell
SSB configuration 1, 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1, 2 OFF
T1 s 1, 2 5 During T1 the UE is required to correctly
transmit ACK/NACK

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 512 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.1.9.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for RLM scheduling restriction test case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration
AoA setup 1, 2 Setup 3 defined in A.3.15.3
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE Rough Rough
beamsNote 1
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
PDSCH RMC 1, 2 SR.3.1 TDD Not sent
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CR.3.1 Not sent
RMC configuration
Dedicated CORESET 1, 2 CCR.3.2 Not sent
RMC configuration
TRS configuration 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.2 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI 1, 2 TCI.State.2 Not sent
state
OCNG Pattern 1, 2 OP.1 defined in Not sent
A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 SSB with index SSB with index
0 1
dB 1, 2 3 N/A
Ês Iot
dBm/SCS 1, 2 -84.9 Not sent
Noc Note2
dB 1, 2 3 N/A
Ês N oc
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -81.9 -81.9
Io dBm/95.04 MHz 1, 2 -51.15 -52.91
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN -
Condition
Note 1: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.1.9.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour follows the requirements defined in clause 8.1.7.3.

A.5.5.2 Interruption

A.5.5.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions at transitions between active and non-

active during DRX in synchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that when E-UTRA PCell is in DRX and NR PSCell is in non-DRX, NR PSCell
interruptions due to transitions from active to non-active and from non-active to active during LTE PCell DRX the
UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed ACK/NACK rate for NR PSCell
in EN-DC specified in clause 8. 2.1.2. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.2.1.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 513 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The general test parameters are given in Table A.5.5.2.1.1-2, and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table
A.5.5.2.1.1-3 and A.5.5.2.1.1-4. The E-UTRAN PCell DRX configuration parameters are given in Table
A.5.5.2.1.1-5 below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.2-1. In the test there
are two cells: Cell1 and Cell2. Cell1 is LTE PCell on and Cell2 is NR FR2 PSCell. The test consists of one time
period, with duration of T1. During T1, NR PSCell is continuously scheduled in DL while LTE PCell is not
scheduled and has DRX configured. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, Cell1 shall be configured as LTE
PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. Prior to start of T1 the DRX inactivity timer for the LTE PCell
has already expired. During T1 the UE shall be continuously scheduled on NR PSCell while not scheduled on LTE
PCell. PDCCH indicating a new transmission on PSCell shall be sent continuously during the entire time duration to
ensure UE would not enter DRX state on PSCell.

Table A.5.5.2.1.1-1: Interruption at transitions between active and non-active during DRX
supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions at transitions
between active and non-active during DRX in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2
other is NR RF channel
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal Applicable to cell1 and cell 2
DRX DRX related parameters are defined in
DRX.4
Table A.3.3.4-1
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 514 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.1.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions at
transitions between active and non-active during DRX in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel Config 1,2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP
Config 1,2 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration
Downlink dedicated
Config 1,2 DLBWP.1.1
BWP Configuration
Uplink initial BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.1.1
TRS configuration Config 1,2 TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state Config 1,2 TCI.State.0
PDSCH Reference
Config 1,2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
RMC CORESET
Config 1,2 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1,2 SMTC.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Ês/Noc dB 17

Propagation Condition AWGN

Time offset to cell1 Note 2 μs 3
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and
slot timing boundary of PSCell including time alignment error between the two cells

Table A.5.5.2.1.1-4: NR cell specific OTA related test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2
interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX in synchronous EN-DC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 515 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Cell2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote Fine
6

dBm/15kHzNote4 -112
Noc Note1
dBm/SCSNote3 -102.97
Noc Note1
dB 17
Ês N oc
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 -85.97
dB 17
Ês Iot
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -56.90
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

Table A.5.5.2.1.1-5: Void

A.5.5.2.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. UE shall not be scheduled in
LTE PCell during T1. During the time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99% of ACK/NACK on NR
PSCell.

Interruption on NR PSCell shall not exceed 0.625ms (5 slots) as defined in clause 8. 2.1.
The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.2.2 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions at transitions between active and non-

active during DRX in asynchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that when LTE PCell is in DRX and NR PSCell is in non-DRX, NR PSCell
interruptions due to transitions from active to non-active and from non-active to active during LTE PCell DRX the
UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed ACK/NACK rate for NR PSCell
in EN-DC specified in clause 8. 2.1.2. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.2.2.1-1.

The general test parameters are given in Table A.5.5.2.2.1-2, and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table
A.5.5.2.2.1-3 and A.5.5.2.2.1-4. The E-UTRAN PCell DRX configuration parameters are given in Table
A.5.5.2.2.1-5 below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.2-1. In the test there
are two cells: Cell1 and Cell2. Cell1 is LTE PCell and Cell2 is NR PSCell. The test consists of one time period, with

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 516 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

duration of T1. During T1, NR PSCell is continuously scheduled in DL while LTE PCell is not scheduled and has
DRX configured. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, Cell1 shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall
be configured as NR PSCell. Prior to start of T1 the DRX inactivity timer for the LTE PCell has already expired.
During T1 the UE shall be continuously scheduled on NR PSCell while not scheduled on LTE PCell. PDCCH
indicating a new transmission on PSCell shall be sent continuously during the entire time duration to ensure UE
would not enter DRX state on PSCell.

Table A.5.5.2.2.1-1: Interruption at transitions between active and non-active during DRX
supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions at transitions
between active and non-active during DRX in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2
other is NR RF channel
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal Applicable to cell1 and cell 2
DRX DRX related parameters are defined in
DRX.6
Table A.3.3.6-1
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 517 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.2.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions at
transitions between active and non-active during DRX in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel Config 1,2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP
Config 1,2 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration
Downlink dedicated
Config 1,2 DLBWP.1.1
BWP Configuration
Uplink initial BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.1.1
TRS configuration Config 1,2 TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state Config 1,2 TCI.State.0
PDSCH Reference
Config 1,2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
RMC CORESET
Config 1,2 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1,2 SMTC.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Ês/Noc dB 17

Propagation Condition AWGN

Time offset to cell1 Note 2 ms 3
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and
slot timing boundary of PSCell including time alignment error between the two cells

Table A.5.5.2.2.1-4: NR cell specific OTA related test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2
interruptions at transitions between active and non-active during DRX in asynchronous EN-DC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 518 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Cell2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote Fine
6

dBm/15kHzNote4 -112
Noc Note1
dBm/SCSNote3 -102.97
Noc Note1
dB 17
Ês N oc
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 -85.97
dB 17
Ês Iot
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -56.90
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

Table A.5.5.2.2.1-5: Void

A.5.5.2.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. UE shall not be scheduled in
LTE PCell during T1. During the time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99% of ACK/NACK on NR
PSCell.

Interruption on NR PSCell shall not exceed 0.625ms (5 slots) as defined in clause 8. 2.1.
The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.2.3 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during measurements on deactivated

NR SCC in synchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell interruptions during the measurement on the
deactivated NR SCC, the UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed
ACK/NACK rate for E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell in EN-DC specified in clause 8. 2.1.2. Supported test
configurations are shown in table A.5.5.2.3.1-1.

The general test parameters are given in Table A.5.5.2.3.1-2, and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table
A.5.5.2.3.1-3 and A.5.5.2.3.1-4 below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-
2. In the test there are three cells: Cell1 Cell2 and Cell3. Cell1 is LTE PCell, Cell2 and Cell 3 is NR FR2 PSCell and
NR FR2 deactivated SCell. Cell1 shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. The

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 519 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

test consists of one time period, with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is connected to
Cell1 and Cell2. The point in time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell for the deactivated NR
SCells is received by the UE, defines the start of time period T1. During T1, LTE PCell and NR PSCell are
continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.5.5.2.3.1-1: Interruption during measurements on deactivated NR SCC supported test

configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.2.3.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during
measurements on deactivated NR SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2, 3
other two are NR RF channels
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
Configured deactivated Cell3 Deactivated SCell on NR RF channel
SCell number 3.
CP length Normal Applicable to cell1, cell 2 and cell3
AoA number 1 Applicable to cell2 and cell3
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 520 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.3.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during
measurements on deactivated NR SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2 Cell 3

Frequency Range FR2 FR2

Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD TDD

TDD configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1

BWchannel Config 1,2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP
Config 1,2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration
Downlink dedicated
Config 1,2 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
BWP Configuration
Uplink initial BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference
Config 1,2 SR.3.1 TDD -
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
PDCCH CORESET
Config 1,2 CCR 3.1 TDD CCR 3.1 TDD
parameters
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1,2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
TRS configuration Config 1,2 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state Config 1,2 TCI.State.0 TCI.State.0
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Propagation Condition AWGN AWGN
Time offset to cell1 Note 2 μs 3 3
Time offset to cell1 Note 3 μs - 3
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell
and slot timing boundary of PSCell including time alignment error between the two cells
Note 3: Receive time difference of signals received between slot timing boundary from two NR Cells
including time alignment error between the two cells

Table A.5.5.2.3.1-4: NR cell specific OTA related test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2
interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2 Cell 3

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 defined in clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 6 Rough Rough
NR_TDD_FR2_A
dBm/15kHz -112 -105
NR_TDD_FR2_B

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 521 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_TDD_FR2_F
Note1
N oc NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
N oc Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCSNote
3 -103 -96
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
Note2 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCS
SS-RSRP Note4 -86 -86
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F
Ês Iot NR_TDD_FR2_G
dB 17 10
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F
Ês/Noc dB 17 10
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
Note2 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/95.04
Io -59.4 -59.4
NR_TDD_FR2_G MHz Note4
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.2.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in LTE PCell and NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. During the
time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on NR PSCell. The UE is only allowed to
cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on NR PSCell shall not
exceed the value defined in Table A.5.5.2.3.2-1 and Table A.5.5.2.3.2-2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 522 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.3.2-1: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length (ms) (slot)

3 0.125 4

Table A.5.5.2.3.2-2: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is in the same band as the deactivated
SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length (ms) (slot)

3 0.125 4 + SMTC duration

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe for synchronous interband EN-DC.

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.2.4 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during measurements on deactivated

NR SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell interruptions during the measurement on the
deactivated NR SCC, the UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed
ACK/NACK rate for E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell in EN-DC specified in clause 8. 2.1.2. Supported test
configurations are shown in table A.5.5.2.4.1-1.

The general test parameters are given in Table A.5.5.2.4.1-2, and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table
A.5.5.2.4.1-3 and A.5.5.2.4.1-4 below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-
2. In the test there are three cells: Cell1 Cell2 and Cell3. Cell1 is LTE PCell, Cell2 and Cell 3 is NR FR2 PSCell and
NR FR2 deactivated SCell. Cell1 shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. The
test consists of one time period, with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is connected to
Cell1 and Cell2. The point in time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell for the deactivated NR
SCells is received by the UE, defines the start of time period T1. During T1, LTE PCell and NR PSCell are
continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.5.5.2.4.1-1: Interruption during measurements on deactivated NR SCC supported test

configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 523 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.4.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during

measurements on deactivated NR SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is E-UTRAN RF channel and the
1, 2
other two are NR RF channel
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
Configured deactivated Cell3 Deactivated SCell on NR RF channel
SCell number 2.
CP length Normal Applicable to cell1, cell 2 and cell3
AoA number 1 Applicable to cell2 and cell3
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 524 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.3.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR interruptions during
measurements on deactivated NR SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2 Cell 3

Frequency Range FR2 FR2

Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD TDD

TDD configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1

BWchannel Config 1,2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP
Config 1,2 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration
Downlink dedicated
Config 1,2 DLBWP.1.1
BWP Configuration
Uplink initial BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference
Config 1,2 SR.3.1 TDD -
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
PDCCH CORESET
Config 1,2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
parameters
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1,2 SMTC.1 FR2 SMTC.1 FR2
TRS configuration Config 1,2 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state Config 1,2 TCI.State.0 TCI.State.0
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Propagation Condition AWGN AWGN
Time offset to cell1 Note 2 ms 3 3
Time offset to cell1 Note 3 μs - 3
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell
and slot timing boundary of PSCell including time alignment error between the two cells
Note 3: Receive time difference of signals received between slot timing boundary from two NR Cells
including time alignment error between the two cells

Table A.5.5.2.4.1-4: NR cell specific OTA related test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2
interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2 Cell 3

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 defined in clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 6 Rough Rough
NR_TDD_FR2_A
dBm/15kHz -112 -105
NR_TDD_FR2_B

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 525 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_TDD_FR2_F
N oc Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
N oc Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCSNote
-103 -96
3
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCS
SS-RSRPNote2 Note4 -86 -86
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
Ês Iot dB 17 10
Ês/Noc dB 17 10
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/95.04
IoNote2 -59.4 -59.4
NR_TDD_FR2_G MHz Note4
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.2.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in LTE PCell and NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. During the
time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on NR PSCell. The UE is only allowed to
cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on NR PSCell shall not
exceed the value defined in Table A.5.5.2.4.2-1 and Table A.5.5.2.4.2-2.

Table A.5.5.2.4.2-1: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length (ms) (slot)

3 0.125 4

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 526 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.4.2-2: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is in the same band as the deactivated
SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length (ms) (slot)

3 0.125 4 + SMTC duration

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.2.5 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-

UTRAN SCC in synchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell interruptions during the measurement on the
deactivated E-UTRAN SCC, the UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed
ACK/NACK rate for E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell in EN-DC specified in clause 8. 2.1.2. Supported test
configurations are shown in table A.5.5.2.5.1-1.

The general test parameters are given in Table A.5.5.2.5.1-2, and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table
A.5.5.2.5.1-3 and A.5.5.2.5.1-4 below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-
2. In the test there are three cells: Cell1 Cell2 and Cell3. Cell1 and Cell3 is LTE PCell and LTE deactivated SCell,
Cell2 is NR FR2 PSCell. Cell1 shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. The
test consists of one time period, with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is connected to
Cell1 and Cell2. The point in time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell or allowInterruptions for
the deactivated E-UTRA SCell is received by the UE, defines the start of time period T1. During T1, LTE PCell and
NR PSCell are continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.5.5.2.5.1-1: Interruption during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC supported

test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 527 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.5.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during
measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is NR RF channel and two are E-
1, 2, 3
UTRAN RF channels
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
Configured deactivated Cell3 Deactivated SCell on E-UTRAN RF
SCell channel number 3.
CP length Normal Applicable to cell1, cell 2 and cell3
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 528 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.5.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during
measurements on deactivated E_UTRAN SCC in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel Config 1,2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP
Config 1,2 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration
Downlink dedicated
Config 1,2 DLBWP.1.1
BWP Configuration
Uplink initial BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference
Config 1,2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
PDCCH CORESET
Config 1,2 CCR.3.1 TDD
parameters
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration Config 1,2 SMTC.1 FR2
SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR2
TRS configuration Config 1,2 TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state Config 1,2 TCI.State.0
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Time offset to cell1 Note 2 μs 3
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and slot
timing boundary of PSCell including time alignment error between the two cells

Table A.5.5.2.5.1-4: NR cell specific OTA related test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2
interruptions during measurements on deactivated E_UTRAN SCC in synchronous EN-DC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 529 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Cell2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote Fine
6

dBm/15kHzNote4 -112
Noc Note1
dBm/SCSNote3 -102.97
Noc Note1
dB 17
Ês N oc
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 -85.97
dB 17
Ês Iot
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -56.90
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.2.5.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in LTE PCell and NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. During the
time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on NR PSCell. The UE is only allowed to
cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on NR PSCell shall not
exceed the value defined in Table A.5.5.2.5.2-1.

Table A.5.5.2.5.2-1: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length (ms) (slot)

3 0.125 5

Table A.5.5.2.5.2-2: Void

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe if the PCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell, or 5 subframes if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell.

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 530 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.5.2.6 E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during measurements on deactivated E-

UTRAN SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell interruptions during the measurement on the
deactivated E-UTRAN SCC, the UE missed ACK/NACK does not exceed the limits. This test will verify the missed
ACK/NACK rate for E-UTRAN PCell and NR PSCell in EN-DC specified in clause 8. 2.1.2. Supported test
configurations are shown in table A.5.5.2.6.1-1.

The general test parameters are given in Table A.5.5.2.6.1-2, and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table
A.5.5.2.6.1-3 and A.5.5.2.6.1-4 below. And the E-UTRAN cell specific test parameters can refer to Table A.3.7.2.1-
2. In the test there are three cells: Cell1 Cell2 and Cell3. Cell1 and Cell3 is LTE PCell and LTE deactivated SCell,
Cell2 is NR FR2 PSCell. Cell1 shall be configured as LTE PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as NR PSCell. The
test consists of one time period, with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is connected to
Cell1 and Cell2. The point in time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell or allowInterruptions for
the deactivated E-UTRA SCell is received by the UE, defines the start of time period T1. During T1, LTE PCell and
NR PSCell are continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.5.5.2.6.1-1: Interruption during measurements on deactivated E-UTRAN SCC supported

test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.2.6.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during
measurements on deactivated E_UTRAN SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number One is NR RF channel and two are E-
1, 2, 3
UTRAN RF channels
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on E-UTRAN RF channel number 1.
Configured PSCell Cell2 PSCell on NR RF channel number 2.
Configured deactivated Cell3 Deactivated SCell on E-UTRAN RF
SCell channel number 3.
CP length Normal Applicable to cell1, cell 2 and cell3
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 531 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.2.6.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2 interruptions during
measurements on deactivated E_UTRAN SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel Config 1,2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP
Config 1,2 DLBWP.0.1
Configuration
Downlink dedicated
Config 1,2 DLBWP.1.1
BWP Configuration
Uplink initial BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP
configuration
Config 1,2 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference
Config 1,2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
PDCCH CORESET
Config 1,2 CCR.3.1 TDD
parameters
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration Config 1,2 SMTC.1 FR2
SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR2
TRS configuration Config 1,2 TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state Config 1,2 TCI.State.0
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Time offset to cell1 Note 2 ms 3
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Receive time difference of signals received between subframe timing boundary of E-UTRA PCell and slot
timing boundary of PSCell including time alignment error between the two cells

Table A.5.5.2.6.1-4: NR cell specific OTA related test parameters for E-UTRAN – NR FR2
interruptions during measurements on deactivated E_UTRAN SCC in asynchronous EN-DC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 532 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Cell2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote Fine
6

dBm/15kHzNote4 -112
Noc Note1
dBm/SCSNote3 -102.97
Noc Note1
dB 17
Ês N oc
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 -85.97
dB 17
Ês Iot
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -56.90
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.2.6.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled in LTE PCell and NR PSCell during the entire length of T1. During the
time duration T1 the UE shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on NR PSCell. The UE is only allowed to
cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on NR PSCell shall not
exceed the value defined in Table A.5.5.2.6.2-1.

Table A.5.5.2.6.2-1: Interruption duration if the NR PSCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length (ms) (slot)

3 0.125 5

Table A.5.5.2.6.2-2: Void

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe if the PCell is not in the same band as the
deactivated SCell, or 5 subframes if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell.

Each interruption on E-UTRAN PCell shall not exceed 1 subframe.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 533 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.5.3 SCell Activation and Deactivation Delay

A.5.5.3.1 SCell Activation and deactivation of SCell in FR2 intra-band

A.5.5.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test case is the same as for the test defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.1 except the SCell is in FR2 intra-
band.

The supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.3.1.1-1 below. The general and cell specific test
parameters are the same except those described in the following clause. The listed parameter values in Tables
A.5.5.3.1.1-2 and A.5.5.3.1.1-3 will replace the values of corresponding parameters in Tables A.4.5.3.1.1-2 and
A.4.5.3.1.1-3. In this case, OTA related test parameters are shown in table A.5.5.3.1.1-4 below.

Table A.5.5.3.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 SCell activation case with FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, Cell 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, Cell 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.3.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case with FR2 PSCell

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Active PCell Primary cell on E-UTRAN RF channel
Cell 1 number 1.
As specified in clause A.3.7.2.2

Table A.5.5.3.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case with FR2 PSCell

Cell 2 Cell 3
ParameterNote 5 Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 534 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2

Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC CORESET Reference Channel CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
DL initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
UL initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
SSB configuration SSB.1 FR2
TCI state TCI.State.0
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note
1

Propagation conditions AWGN

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each receiver
antenna port.
Note 5: All parameters apply for configuration 1 and 2

Table A.5.5.3.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case with FR2 PSCell

Cell 2 Cell 3
ParameterNote 6 Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 535 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1

Assumption for UE beamsNote 7 Rough Rough
Note1 dBm/15kHzN
N oc ote4 -112 -112
Note1 dBm/SCSNote
N oc 3 -102.97 -102.97

Ês N oc dB 14 14
dBm/SCS
SS-RSRPNote2 Note4 -88.97 -88.97

Ês Iot dB 14 14
dBm/95.04
IoNote2 -88.80 -88.80
MHz Note4
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each receiver
antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: All parameters apply for configuration 1 and 2
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

A.5.5.3.1.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.2 shall apply to this test case, except Tactivation_time will be replaced
with the value [TSMTC_SCell + 5ms] as defined in clause 8.3.

A.5.5.3.2 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 for 160ms SCell
measurement cycle

A.5.5.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test case is the same as for the test defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.1, except PSCell is in FR2.

The supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.3.2.1-1 below. The general test parameters are the same
in Tables A.4.5.3.1.1-2. The cell specific test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.3.2.1-2. In this case, OTA related
test parameters are the same as in table A.5.5.3.2.1-3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 536 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.3.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 SCell activation case with PSCell is FR2

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, Cell 2 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 FDD LTE PCell, Cell 2 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 FDD LTE PCell, Cell 2 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 TDD LTE PCell, Cell 2 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 TDD LTE PCell, Cell 2 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 TDD LTE PCell, Cell 2 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.3.2.1-2: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 SCell activation case with FR2 PSCell

Cell 2 Cell 3
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
SSB ARFCN freq2 freq1
Config 1,4 TDD FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2,5 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106

DL initial BWP Config

DLBWP.0.1
configuration 1,2,3,4,5,6
DL dedicated BWP Config
DLBWP.1.1
configuration 1,2,3,4,5,6
UL initial BWP Config
ULBWP.0.1
configuration 1,2,3,4,5,6
UL dedicated BWP Config
ULBWP.1.1
configuration 1,2,3,4,5,6
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
Config 2,5 SR.3.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET
Config 2,5 CR.3.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Reference Channel
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
RMC CORESET
Config 2,5 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Reference Channel
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
TCI state TCI.State.0 NA

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 537 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD

TRS configuration Config 2,5 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration SSB.1 FR2
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15kHz
kHz 120kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
AWGN NA
Propagation condition - Link only, see clause
A.3.7A
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and SCH_RP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T2.]

Table A.5.5.3.2.1-3: OTA related test parameters for FR1 SCell activation case with FR2 PSCell

Cell 2 Cell 3
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Setup 1 according to
Angle of arrival configuration
clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 7 Rough
Note1
N oc dBm/15kHz -112
Note1 Config 1,2,4,5
N oc dBm/SCS -102.97
Config 3,6
NA
Config 1,2,4,5 dBm/SCS
SS-RSRPNote2 Note3 -85.97 Link only, see clause
Config 3,6
A.3.7A
Ês N oc Config 1,2,3,4,5,6 dB 17

Ê s I ot dB 17
Config 1,2,4,5 dBm/ChBwN
IoNote2 ote4,Note6 -56.90
Config 3,6
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: ChBW is 94.04 MHz for Cell2, 9.36 MHz for Cell 3 in configurations 1,2,4,5, 38.1 MHz in configurations 3,6
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 538 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.5.3.2.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.4.5.3.1.2 shall apply to this test case.

A.5.5.3.3 Void

A.5.5.3.4 Void

A.5.5.3.5 SCell Activation and deactivation of SCell in FR2

A.5.5.3.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SCell activation and deactivation times are within the requirements
stated in clause 8.3, when the SCell is in FR2.

The supported test configurations are shown in table A.5.5.3.5.1-1 below. The test parameters are the same except
those described in the following clause. The listed parameter values in Tables A.5.5.3.5.1-2 will replace the values
of corresponding parameters in Tables A.5.5.3.5.1-2. The test consists of three successive time periods, with
duration of T1, T2 and T3, respectively. There are three carriers, E-UTRA has one cell (Cell 1), NR has two cells,
PSCell (Cell 2) in FR1 and SCell (Cell 3) in FR2. Cell 1 and Cell 2 have constant signal levels throughout the test.
Before the test starts the UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on E-UTRAN and Cell 2 (PSCell) on NR, but is not
aware of Cell 3 (SCell) on NR. The UE is monitoring the PCell and PSCell. The UE shall be continuously scheduled
in the PCell and PSCell throughout the whole test.

At the beginning of T1 the UE receives an RRC message by which the SCell (Cell 3) becomes configured on NR.
During T1 the SCell is powered off and UE is not aware of SCell.

A MAC message for activation of SCell is sent by the test equipment [100ms] after the RRC message, in a slot #
denoted m. The point in time at which the MAC message for activation of SCell is received at the UE antenna
connector defines the start of time period T2. Immediately at beginning of T2 the transmission power of cell 3 is
increased to same level as for cell 2. The UE shall be able to report valid CSI for the activated SCell at latest in slot
(m+THARQ+Tactivation_time+TCSI_Reporting) as defined in clause 8.3 provided the SCell can be successfully detected on the
first attempt. The UE shall start reporting CSI in slot (m+k) and shall report CQI index 0 (out-of-range) until the
SCell activation has been completed. Any PCell interruption due to activation of SCell shall occur in the slot
(m+1+[THARQ]) to (m+1+[THARQ+3ms+TSMTC_MAX+TSMTC_duration]) as defined in clause 8.3.

Time period T3 starts when a MAC message for deactivation of the SCell, sent from the test equipment to the UE in
a slot # denoted n, is received at the UE antenna connector. The UE shall carry out deactivation of the SCell at latest
in slot (n+[THARQ+3ms]) as defined in clause 8.3, and any PCell and PSCell interruption due to the deactivation shall
occur in the (n+1+[THARQ]) to (n+1+[THARQ+3ms]) as defined in clause 8.3.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption is carried out in the correct time span by monitoring
ACK/NACK sent in PSCell during activation of SCell, respectively.

The test equipment verifies the activation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell activation
command is sent until a CSI report with other than CQI index 0 is received.

The test equipment verifies the deactivation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell1 deactivation
command is sent until CSI reporting for SCell1 is discontinued.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 539 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.3.5.1-1: FR2 SCell activation in non-DRX test configurations with FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD PCell, Cell 2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD PCell, Cell 2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD PCell, Cell 2 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD PCell, Cell 2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD PCell, Cell 2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD PCell, Cell 2 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Cell 3 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.3.5.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case with FR1 PSCell

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Active PCell Primary cell on E-UTRAN RF channel
Cell 1 number 1.
As specified in clause A.3.7.2.2

Table A.5.5.3.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case with FR1 PSCell

Cell 2 Cell 3
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2
Config 1,4 FDD TDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
Config 3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET
Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
Config 3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
Config 1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
RMC CORESET
Config 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
Config 3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
TCI state NA TCI.State.0
TRS configuration Config 1,4 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 540 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD

Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration SSB.1 FR2
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz 120 kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30 kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N/A
Propagation condition - Link only, see clause AWGN
A.3.7A
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and SCH_RP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T2.

Table A.5.5.3.5.1-4: OTA related test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case with FR1 PSCell

Cell 2 Cell 3
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Setup 1 according to
Angle of arrival configuration NA
clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 7 NA Rough
N oc Note1 dBm/15kHz -112
Note1 Config 1,2,4,5
N oc dBm/SCS -102.97
Config 3,6
Config 1,2,4,5 dBm/SCS
SS-RSRPNote2 Note3 NA -85.97
Config 3,6
Link only, see clause
Ês N oc Config 1,2,3,4,5,6 dB A.3.7A 17

Ê s I ot dB 17
Config 1,2,4,5 dBm/ChBw
IoNote2 Note4,Note6 -56.90
Config 3,6
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: ChBW is 94.04 MHz for Cell2, 9.36 MHz for Cell 3 in configurations 1,2,4,5, 38.1 MHz in configurations 3,6
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 541 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.5.3.5.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.5.5.3.5.2 shall apply to this test case, except Tactivation_time will be replaced
with the value [TBD*TSMTC_SCell+5 ms] as defined in clause 8.3.

A.5.5.4 Void

A.5.5.5 Beam Failure Detection and Link recovery procedures

A.5.5.5.1 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PSCell
configured with SSB-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects SSB-based beam failure in the set q0 configured for
a serving PSCell and that the UE performs correct SSB-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP of the PSCell,
during the evaluation period, and link recovery, when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the SSB based
beam failure detection and link recovery for an FR2 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.5.1.1-1, A.5.5.5.1.1-2, A.5.5.5.1.1-3 and A.5.5.5.1.1-4 below. There
are two cells, cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive
time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.5.5.5.1.1-1 shows the variation of
the downlink SNR of the PCell and the SNR of the SSB in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate SSB based beam
failure. Figure A.5.5.5.1.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB in set q1 of the
candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized
to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In
the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using
GP ID #0 (40ms) in test 1.

Table A.5.5.5.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth
2 LTE TDD, TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.5.5.5.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 542 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 2 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
BWP configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
BWP configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Config 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD
Reference
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1, 2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Config 1, 2 SMTC.3
Configuration
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
PRACH Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.3.4
Configuration
SSB index assigned as BFD RS (q0) 0
SSB index assigned as CBD RS (q1) 1
TCI Configuration Config 1, 2 TBD
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Beam DCI format 1-0
failure Number of Control OFDM 2
detecti symbols
on
transm Aggregation level CCE 8
ission
param
eters
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
gapOffset 0
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value 0.
(Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm/SC TBD Threshold used for
S kHz Qin_LR_SSB

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 543 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving

rsrp-ThresholdCSI-
RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
CSI-RS configuration for Config 1, CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
CSI reporting 2
TCI states [TCI.State.0] TCI.State.0
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1, TRS.2.1 TDD
2
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0, 1
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time the
the UE shall be
fully synchronized
to cell 1
T2 s 2.61
T3 s 1.64
T4 S 0
T5 s 1.01
D1 s 0.97
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.5.5.5.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PSCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 544 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15

Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1 dB TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 2 TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/ TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 2 SCS kHz TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 1 dBm/120 TBD
Noc KHz
Config 2 TBD
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.5.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

Table A.5.5.5.1.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 545 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.5.1.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation SSB for SSB-based beam failure detection and
link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.5.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiate link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 960+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.5.2 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PSCell
configured with SSB-based BFD and LR in DRX mode

A.5.5.5.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects SSB-based beam failure in the set q0 configured for
a serving PSCell and that the UE performs correct SSB-based link recovery based on beam candidate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP of the PSCell,
during the evaluation period, and link recovery, when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the SSB based beam
failure detection and link recovery for an FR2 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.5.2.1-1, A.5.5.5.2.1-2, A.5.5.5.2.1-3, A.5.5.5.2.1-4 and A.5.5.5.2.1-5
below. There are two cells, cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 546 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.5.5.5.2.1-1 shows
the variation of the downlink SNR of the PCell and the SNR of the SSB in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate
SSB based beam failure. Figure A.5.5.5.2.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB
in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully
synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity
of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PCSell and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e.
UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time
alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.5.5.5.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth
2 LTE TDD, TDD duplex mode, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.5.5.5.2.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PSCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1, 2 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Config 1 CR. 3.1 TDD
Reference
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2

Config 2 SSB.2 FR2

SMTC Config 1, 2 SMTC.3

Configuration

PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 120 KHz

subcarrier spacing

PRACH Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.3.4

Configuration

SSB index assigned as BFD RS (q0) 0

SSB index assigned as CBD RS (q1) 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 547 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TCI Configuration Config 1, 2 TBD

OCNG parameters OP.1

CP length Normal
Beam DCI format 1-0
failure Number of Control OFDM 2
detecti symbols
on Aggregation level CCE 8
transm Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
ission PDCCH RE energy to
param average CSI-RS RE energy
eters
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average CSI-RS RE energy

DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size

REG bundle size 6

DRX DRX.3 A.3.3.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value 0.
(Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm/S TBD Threshold used for
CS Qin_LR_SSB
kHz
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-ThresholdCSI-
RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
CSI-RS configuration for Config 1, 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD A.3.14.2
CSI reporting
TCI states [TCI.State.0] TCI.State.0
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0, 1
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time the
the UE shall be
fully synchronized
to cell 1
T2 s 3.37
T3 s 2.8
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.61
D1 s 0.57
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 548 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.5.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PSCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1 dB TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 2 TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/ TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 2 SCS kHz TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 1 dBm/120 TBD
Noc KHz
Config 2 TBD
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.5.5.5.2.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

Table A.5.5.5.2.1-4: Void

Table A.5.5.5.2.1-5: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 549 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.5.2.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for SSB-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.5.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiate link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 560+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.5.3 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PSCell
configured with CSI-RS-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.5.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects CSI-RS-based beam failure in the set q0 configured
for a serving PSCell and that the UE performs correct CSI-RS-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1.
The purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP of the
PSCell, during the evaluation period, and link recovery, when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the CSI-
RS based beam failure detection and link recovery for an FR2 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.5.3.1-1, A.5.5.5.3.1-2, and A.5.5.5.3.1-3 below. There are two cells,
cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods,
with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.5.5.5.3.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink
SNR of the PCell and the SNR of the CSI-RS in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate CSI-RS based beam failure.
Figure A.5.5.5.3.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the CSI-RS in set q1 of the
candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized
to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In
the test, DRX configuration is not enabled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 550 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.5.3.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth

Table A.5.5.5.3.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PSCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD

TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1

CORESET Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD A.3.1.2
Reference Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.3 FR2 A.3.10
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.3 A.3.11
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
csi-RS-Index assigned as beam failure 0
detection RS in set q0
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
OCNG parameters OP.1 A.3.2.1
CP length Normal
Beam failure DCI format 1-0
detection Number of 2
transmission Control OFDM
parameters symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE energy
DMRS REG bundle size
precoder
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
csi-RS-Index assigned as candidate 1
beam detection RS in set q1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 551 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is

absent, the UE
applies the value
0. (Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm/SC TBD Threshold used
S kHz for Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see TS 38.321
[7], clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321
[7], clause 5.17
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD A.3.14.2
for q0 and q1
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD A.3.14.2
for CSI reporting
csi-RS-Index Config 1 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD A.3.14.2
assigned as RLM RS
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time
the the UE shall
be fully
synchronized to
cell 1
T2 s 1.17
T3 s 0.9
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.31
D1 s 0.27
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.5.5.5.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PSCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 552 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15

Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_CSI-RS of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_CSI-RS of set q1 Config 1 dB TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
CSI-RS_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/S TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
CS kHz
Config 1 dBm/15 TBD
Noc KHz
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the REs carrying CSI-RS.Note 8: The SNR
in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in figure
A.5.5.5.3.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 553 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.5.3.1-4: Void

Table A.5.5.5.3.1-5: Void

Figure A.5.5.5.3.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for CSI-RS based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.5.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 260+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.5.4 EN-DC Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PSCell
configured with CSI-RS-based BFD and LR in DRX mode

A.5.5.5.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects CSI-RS-based beam failure in the set q0 configured
for a serving PSCell and that the UE performs correct CSI-RS-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1.
The purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP of the
PSCell, during the evaluation period, and link recovery, when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the CSI-RS
based beam failure detection and link recovery for an FR2 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.5.4.1-1, A.5.5.5.4.1-2, A.5.5.5.4.1-3, and A.5.5.5.4.1-4 below. There
are two cells, cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 554 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.5.5.5.4.1-1 shows the variation of
the downlink SNR of the PCell and the SNR of the CSI-RS in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate CSI-RS based
beam failure. Figure A.5.5.5.4.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the CSI-RS in set
q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully
synchronized to cell 1 and cell 2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity
of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PCell and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e.
UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time
alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.5.5.5.4.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth

Table A.5.5.5.4.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PSCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1
Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1
E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD

TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1

CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD A.3.1.2
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.3 FR2 A.3.10
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.3 A.3.11
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
csi-RS-Index assigned as beam failure 0
detection RS in set q0
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
OCNG parameters OP.1 A.3.2.1
CP length Normal
Beam failure detection DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of 2
parameters Control OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE energy

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 555 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

DMRS REG bundle size

precoder
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX DRX.3 A.3.3.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
csi-RS-Index assigned as candidate 1
beam detection RS in set q1
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value
0. (Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm/S TBD Threshold used
CS for Qin_LR_SSB
kHz
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see TS 38.321
[7], clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321
[7], clause 5.17
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD A.3.14.2
for q0 and q1
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD A.3.14.2
for CSI reporting
csi-RS-Index assigned Config 1 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD A.3.14.2
as RLM RS
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time
the the UE shall
be fully
synchronized to
cell 1
T2 s 5.43
T3 s 5.16
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.31
D1 s 0.27
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 556 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.5.4.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PSCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_CSI-RS of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_CSI-RS of set q1 Config 1 dB TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
CSI-RS_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/S TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
CS kHz
Config 1 dBm/15 TBD
Noc KHz
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the REs carrying CSI-RS.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.5.5.5.4.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 557 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.5.4.1-4: Void

Table A.5.5.5.4.1-5: Void

Table A.5.5.5.4.1-6: Void

Figure A.5.5.5.4.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in DRX mode

A.5.5.5.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 260+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.5.5.5.5 EN-DC scheduling availability restriction during Beam Failure Detection

and Link Recovery for FR2 PSCell configured with SSB-based BFD and
LR in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.5.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose is to test scheduling availability restrictions when the UE is performing beam failure detection or when
the UE is performing L1-RSRP measurement for candidate beam detection, when no DRX is used. This test will
verify the scheduling availability restriction requirements for SSB based beam failure detection and link recovery for
an FR2 serving cell in clause 8.5.7 and 8.5.8.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 558 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test parameters are given in Tables A.5.5.5.5.1-1, A.5.5.5.5.1-2 and A.5.5.5.5.1-3 below. There are two cells,
cell 1 is the E-UTRAN PCell, and cell 2 is the PSCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods,
with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.5.5.5.5.1-3 shows the variation of the downlink
SNR of the PCell and the SNR of the SSB in set q0 in the active PSCell to emulate SSB based beam failure. Figure
A.5.5.5.5.1-3 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB in set q1 of the candidate beam
used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1 and cell
2. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS
configuration. This test will focus on the scheduling availability during beam failure detection and candidate beam
detection. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. Test is to test the scheduling availability restriction of UE
performing beam failure detection and candidate beam detection when SSB RS configured for Beam failure
detection and candidate beam detection. During the test the UE is scheduled to transmit continuously in UL.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 559 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.5.5.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.5.5.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PSCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 560 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active E-UTRA PCell Cell 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Active PSCell Cell 2
RF Channel Number 2
Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Reference Config 1,2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1,2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
SSB index assigned as BFD RS (q0) 0
SSB index assigned as CBD RS (q1) 1
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Beam failure detection DCI format 1-0
transmission parameters Number of 2
Control OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-RS
RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to
average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF DRX is not in use
Gap pattern ID N.A. No measurement gap
pattern is configured
ssb-Index 2 Number of SSB indexes
used for beam failure
detection
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is absent,
the UE applies the value 0.
(Table 8.1.1-1).

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 561 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm/SC -94.5 Threshold used for

S kHz Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n2 see TS 38.321 [7], clause
5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321 [7], clause
5.17
CSI-RS Configuration for Config 1, 2 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD A.3.14.2
reporting
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time the UE
shall be fully synchronized
to cell 1
T2 s 2.6
T3 s 1.64
T4 s 0
T5 s 1.01
D1 s 0.97
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 562 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.5.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PSCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1 dB 0.2 0.2 20.2 20.2 20.2
Config 2 0.2 0.2 20.2 20.2 20.2
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/ -104.5 -104.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84.5
Config 2 SCS kHz -104.5 -104.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84.5
Config 1 dBm/15K -104.7
Noc Hz
Config 2 -104.7
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.5.5.5.5.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 563 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.5.5.5.5.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation SSB for SSB-based beam failure detection and
link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.5.5.5.5.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time duration T3 follows the requirements defined in clause 8.5.7.3:

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS or receive PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS for

tracking/CSI-RS for CQI on BFD-RS symbols to be measured for beam failure detection.

The UE behaviour during time durations T4 and T5 follows the requirements defined in clause 8.5.8.3:

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH or receive PDCCH/PDSCH on reference symbols to

be measured for candidate beam detection.

A.5.5.6 Active BWP switch

A.5.5.6.1 DCI-based and Timer-based Active BWP Switch

A.5.5.6.1.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 DL active BWP switch with non-DRX in

synchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.6.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in TS38.133 clause 8.6, and
interruption requirement for E-UTRA victim cell defined in TS36.133 clause 7.32.2.7. Supported test configurations
are shown in Table A.5.5.6.1.1.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1), and one PSCell (Cell 2) as given in Table A.5.5.6.1.1.1-
2. Cell-specific parameters of E-UTRA PCell are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and Cell-specific parameters of PSCell
is specified in Table A.5.5.6.1.1.1-3 below. The OTA related test parameters for FR2 is shown in Table A.5.5.6.1.1.1-
4.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE
will have ACK/NACK sending.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PSCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending except for the time duration when BWP is switching on Cell 2 and the time duration of T2.

Before the test starts,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 564 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), and Cell 2 (PSCell) on radio channel 2
(PSCC).

- UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts for PSCell, BWP-1 and BWP-2, in
Cell 2 before starting the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 in PSCell.

- UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for PSCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for PSCell DL BWP switch, sent from the test
equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PSCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE should switch its
bandwidth part from BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of PSCell’s DL
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell no later
than the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-2 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of E-UTRA PCell(Cell 1) interruption due to BWP switch on PSCell shall occur within the
BWP switch delay if the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap, otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on E-
UTRA PCell is allowed.

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on PSCell(Cell 2).

During T3,

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the half subframe immediately after the
slot wherein bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE should switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back
to the default bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of PSCell’s DL
slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell at latest
on the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be continuously
scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-1 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot
(j+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of E-UTRA PCell(Cell 1) interruption due to BWP switch of PSCell shall occur within the
BWP switch delay if the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap, otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on E-
UTRA PCell is allowed.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PSCell by counting the slots from the time when the BWP
switch command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK/NACK is received.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption to E-UTRA PCell is carried out in the correct time span by
monitoring ACK/NACK sent in E-UTRA PCell during BWP switch of PSCell, respectively.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 565 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.6.1.1.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: A UE which fulfils the requirements in test case A.5.5.2.2 can skip the test cases in A.5.5.2.1.

Table A.5.5.6.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

E-UTRA RF Channel One E-UTRA radio channel is used for this
1
Number test
NR RF Channel Number 2 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell 2 PSCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 566 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.6.1.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Active BWP ID 1, 2
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2 Note 2
Active DL BWP-1 Configuration DLBWP.1.1 Note 2
Active DL BWP-2 Configuration DLBWP.1.3 Note 2
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2 Note 2
Active UL BWP-1 Configuration ULBWP.1.1 Note 2
Active UL BWP-2 Configuration ULBWP.1.3 Note 2
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State TCI.State.0
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is
linked with ULBWP.0.2; DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1; DLBWP.1.3 is
linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of TS 38.213 [3].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 567 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.6.1.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause
A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 6 Fine
NocNote 1 dBm/15 -112
kHz
NocNote 1 dBm/SCS -103
SS-RSRP Note 2 dBm/120 -85
kHz Note3
Ês/Iot dB 18
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 -55.94
MHz Note4
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the
quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone.
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

If the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap,

- During T1, the start time of E-UTRA PCell interruption during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen
outside the BWP switch delay.

- During T3, the start time of E-UTRA PCell interruption during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen
outside the BWP switch delay.

- The interruption of E-UTRA PCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active
BWP switch in TS36.133 Clause 7.32.2.7.

Otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on E-UTRA PCell is allowed.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 568 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed E-UTRA PCell active BWP switch
interruption to be counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK/NACK in the first UL slot that occurs
after the beginning of DL slot (i+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall use the next available
uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK/NACK.

A.5.5.6.1.2 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 DL active BWP switch with FR2 SCell in non-
DRX in synchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.6.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.6.2, and interruption
requirements for NR victim cell defined in clause 8.2.1.2.7 and interruption requirement for E-UTRA victim cell
defined in TS 36.133 clause 7.32.2.7. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.5.5.6.1.2.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1), one PSCell (Cell 2) and one SCell (Cell 3) as given in
Table A.5.5.6.1.2.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of E-UTRA PCell are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and Cell-specific
parameters of PSCell and SCell are specified in Table A.5.5.6.1.2.1-3 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) and SCell (Cell 3) to
ensure that the UE will have ACK/NACK sending.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PSCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending except for the time duration when BWP is switching on Cell 2 and the time duration of T2.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), Cell 2 (PSCell) on radio channel 2
(PSCC) and Cell 3 (SCell) on radio channel 3 (SCC).

- UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts for PSCell, BWP-1 and BWP-2, in
Cell 2 before starting the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

- UE is configured with 1 UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts the same as initial BWP for SCell, BWP-0 in
Cell 3 before starting the test.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 in PSCell.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-0 in SCell.

- UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for PSCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for PSCell DL BWP switch, sent from the test
equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PSCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall switch its
bandwidth part from BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of PSCell’s DL
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell no later
than the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 569 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-2 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay).

E-UTRA PCell(Cell 1) interruption due to BWP switch on PSCell shall occur within the BWP switch delay if
the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap, otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on E-UTRA PCell is
allowed.

SCell(Cell 3) interruption due to BWP switch on PSCell shall occur within the BWP switch delay.

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on PSCell(Cell 2).

During T3,

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the half subframe immediately after bwp-
InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE shall switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back to the default
bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of PSCell’s DL
slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell at latest
on the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be continuously
scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-1 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot
(j+TBWPswitchDelay).

E-UTRA PCell(Cell 1) interruption due to BWP switch of PSCell shall occur within the BWP switch delay if
the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap, otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on E-UTRA PCell is
allowed..

SCell(Cell 3) interruption due to BWP switch of PSCell shall occur within the BWP switch delay.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PSCell by counting the slots from the time when the BWP
switch command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK/NACK is received.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption to E-UTRA PCell and NR SCell is carried out in the correct
time span by monitoring ACK/NACK sent in E-UTRA PCell and SCell during BWP switch of PSCell, respectively.

Table A.5.5.6.1.2.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: A UE which fulfils the requirements in test case A.5.5.6.1.2 can skip the test cases in A.5.5.6.1.1.
Note 3: NR configuration is the same for PSCell and SCells.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 570 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.6.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

E-UTRA RF Channel One E-UTRA radio channel is used for this
1
Number test
NR RF Channel Number Two NR radio channels are used for this
2, 3
test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell 2 PSCell on RF channel number 2.
Active SCell Cell 3 SCell on RF channel number 3.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on SCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 3
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
Cell3 timing offset to cell2 μs 3 Synchronous cells
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 571 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.6.1.2.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2 Cell 3

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Active BWP ID 1, 2 0
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2 DLBWP.0.2
Active DL BWP-0 Configuration N.A. DLBWP.0.2
Active DL BWP-1 Configuration DLBWP.1.3 N.A.
Active DL BWP-2 Configuration DLBWP.1.1 N.A.
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2 ULBWP.0.2
Active UL BWP-0 Configuration N.A. ULBWP.0.2
Active UL BWP-1 Configuration ULBWP.1.3 N.A.
Active UL BWP-2 Configuration ULBWP.1.1 N.A.
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS Configuration TCI.State.0
Antenna Configuration 1x2
Propagation Condition AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is linked with ULBWP.0.2;
DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1; DLBWP.1.3 is linked with ULBWP.1.3.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 572 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.6.1.2.1-4: OTA related test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2 Cell 3

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 6 Fine
NocNote 1 dBm/15 -112 -112
kHz
SS-RSRP Note 2 dBm/120 -85 -85
kHz Note3
Ês/Iot dB 18 18
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 -55.94 -55.94
MHz Note4
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each receiver
antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone.
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

A.5.5.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

If the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap,

- During T1, the start of the interruption of E-UTRA PCell during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen
outside the BWP switch delay.

- During T3, the start of the interruption of E-UTRA PCell during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen
outside the BWP switch delay.

- The interruption of E-UTRA PCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active
BWP switch in TS36.133 Clause 7.32.2.7.

Otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on E-UTRA PCell is allowed.

During T1, the start of the interruption of SCell during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside the BWP
switch delay.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 573 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

During T3, the start of the interruption of SCell during PSCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside the BWP
switch delay.

The interruption of SCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active BWP switch in
Clause 8.6.2.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed E-UTRA PCell or SCell active BWP
switch interruption to be counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK/NACK in the first UL slot that occurs
after the beginning of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall use the next available
uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK/NACK.

A.5.5.6.2 RRC-based Active BWP Switch

A.5.5.6.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 DL active BWP switch with non-DRX in

synchronous EN-DC

A.5.5.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement for RRC-based BWP switch defined in
clause 8.6.3. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.5.5.6.2.1.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) and one PSCell (Cell 2) as given in Table A.5.5.6.2.1.1-2.
Cell-specific parameters of E-UTRA PCell are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and Cell-specific parameters of PSCell
are specified in Table A.5.5.6.2.1.1-3 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE
will have ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC) and to Cell 2 (PSCell) on radio channel
2 (PSCC).

- UE has bandwidth part BWP-1 in its RRC-configuration for Cell 2 (PSCell).

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 of initial condition in

PSCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 1 time period, with duration of T1.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a RRCReconfiguration with updated bandwidth part configuration, sent from the
test equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PSCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall reconfigure its
bandwidth part with the updated bandwidth part BWP-1 of final condition.

The UE shall be able to completely receive PDSCH on PSCell from the first DL slot occurs right after the
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
beginning of PSCell’s DL slot i + as defined in clause 8.6.3 and starts
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
to report valid ACK/NACK for the PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
slot i + .. The UE shall be continuously scheduled on PSCell’s
+ k1
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 574 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

BWP-1 starting from the first DL slot that occurs right after the beginning of DL slot i +
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
.
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦

TRRCprocessingDelay and TBWPswitchDelayRRC are defined in clause 8.6.3.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PSCell by counting the time from the time when the
RRCReconfiguration message including updated BWP configurationis is sent till the time when a vaild ACK/NACK
is received.

Table A.5.5.6.2.1.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.6.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

E-UTRA RF Channel One E-UTRA radio channel is used for this
1
Number test
NR RF Channel Number 2 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell 2 PSCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
T1 s 0.2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 575 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.6.2.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Active BWP ID 1, 2
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2
Initial Condition Active DL BWP-1 DLBWP.1.3
Configuration
Active UL BWP-1 ULBWP.1.3
Configuration
Final Active DL BWP-1 DLBWP.1.1
Condition Configuration
Active UL BWP-1 ULBWP.1.1
Configuration
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State TCI.State.0
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Antenna Configuration 1x2
Propagation Condition AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled
as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2
is linked with ULBWP.0.2; DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1;
DLBWP.1.3 is linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of
TS 38.213 [3].

Table A.5.5.6.2.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for BWP switching test case

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Setup 1 according to
Angle of arrival configuration
A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 5 Fine
NR_TDD_FR2_A
dBm/15kHz -112
NR_TDD_FR2_B

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 576 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_TDD_FR2_F
Note1
N oc NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
Note1
N oc NR_TDD_FR2_F
dBm/SCS -103
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCS
SS-RSRPNote2 Note3 -85
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
Ês Iot dB 18
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/95.04
IoNote2 -55.94
NR_TDD_FR2_G MHz Note4
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the
quiet zone
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall be ready for the reception of uplink grant for PSCell from the first DL slot that occurs right
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
after the beginning of DL slot i + ୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i + + k1.
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 577 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.5.7 PSCell addition and release delay

A.5.5.7.1 Addition and Release Delay of NR PSCell

A.5.5.7.1.1 Test purpose and environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the NR PSCell addition and release delays under EN-DC are within the
requirements stated in clause 7.31.2 of TS 36.133 [15] for the case when the PSCell is unknown by the UE at the
time of addition.

Supported test configurations are shown in A.5.5.7.1.1-1. The test parameters for the E-UTRA cell are given in
Table A.3.7.2.1-1. The E-UTRA cell once set up is not changed across time.

The test parameters for NR cell are given in Tables A.5.5.7.1.1-2, cell-specific parameters in A.5.5.7.1.1-3 and OTA
parameters in A.5.5.7.1.1-4 below. The test consists of four successive time periods with duration of T1, T2, T3
and T4. There are two carriers each with one cell. Before the test starts the UE is connected to Cell 1 (E-UTRA
PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC) but is not aware of Cell 2 (NR PSCell) on radio channel 2. The UE is only
monitoring the PCC. During T1 only Cell1 is known to the UE.

The test system shall send a RRC message to the UE to add PSCell (Cell 2) on radio channel 2. The RRC message
(to add PSCell) also includes a request for the UE to start periodic CSI reporting for the PSCell after the PSCell has
been successfully added. The RRC message to add PSCell shall be sent to the UE during period T1. The point in
time at which the RRC message to add PSCell (Cell2) is received at the UE antenna connector defines the start of
period T2.

The test system shall observe the periodic reporting of CSI for PSCell during T3. The point in time at which the UE
has sent PRACH to the PSCell (Cell 2) defines the start of period T3.

The test system shall send a RRC message to the UE to release PSCell (Cell 2) on radio channel 2. The RRC
message to release PSCell (Cell2) shall be sent to the UE during period T3, after the UE has sent at least one CQI
report with non-zero CQI index for PSCell (Cell 2). The point in time at which the RRC message to release PSCell
(Cell2) is received at the UE antenna connector defines the start of period T4.

Table A.5.5.7.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR TDD, SSB SCS 240 kHz, data SCS 120 kHz, BW 100 MHz
2 LTE TDD, NR TDD, SSB SCS 240 kHz, data SCS 120 kHz, BW 100 MHz
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 578 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.7.1.1-2: General Test Parameters for PSCell Addition and Release

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number Two radio channels are used for this test. One
1, 2
for E-UTRA cell and second for NR Cell
Initial Active PCell Cell1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Condition Neighbour cell Cell2 Neighbour cell on RF channel number 2.
Final Active PCell Cell1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Condition Neighbour Cell Cell2 PSCell released on RF channel number 2.
B1 Hysteresis dB 0 Hysteresis for evaluation of event B1.
Threshold dBm --100 Actual RSRP threshold for event B1. Needs to
RSRP take absolute accuracy tolerance in clause
9.1.11.1 into account plus margin.
Time to Trigger s 0
DRX OFF Continuous monitoring of primary cell
PRACH configuration on cell2 FR2 Captured in A.3.8.3.2
configuration
2
CQI/PMI periodicity and offset CQI reporting for PSCell every uplink subframe
TBD
configuration index on cell2
Cell-individual offset for cells on Individual offset for cells on primary component
dB 0
RF channel number 1 carrier.
Cell-individual offset for cells on Individual offset for cells on carrier frequency of
dB 0
RF channel number 2 cell2.
T1 During this time the PCell shall be known and
s 1
cell2 shall be unknown.
T2 s 1 During this time the UE adds the PSCell.
T3 During this time the UE sends CSI reports for
s 1
PSCell.
T4 s 1 During this time the UE releases the PSCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 579 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.7.1.1-3: Cell Specific Parameters for PSCell Addition and Release

Test
Parameter Unit Config
T1 T2 T3 T4
E-UTRA Channel
1,2 1
Number
NR Channel Number 1,2 2
Duplex Mode 1,2 TDD
TDD configuration 1,2 TDDConf.1.2
BWchannel MHz 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66
Initial BWP DLBWP.0.1
1,2
Configuration ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.1
1,2
Configuration ULBWP.1.1
TRS Configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI State 1 CSI-RS.Config.0
PDSCH Reference
1,2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
1,2 CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1,2 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
OCNG Patterns 1,2 OP.1
SSB configuration 1,2 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC configuration 1,2 SMTC.2
TRS Configuration 1,2 TRS.2.1 TDD
EPRE ratio of PSS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
to PDCCH DMRS dB 1,2 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG
to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation condition 1,2 AWGN

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 580 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.7.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters

Parameter Unit Test

Setup 2a according to clause
Angle of arrival configuration
A.3.15.2.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote Rough
6

dBm/15kHzNote4 TBD
Noc Note1
dBm/SCSNote3 TBD
Noc Note1
dB TBD
Ês N oc
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 TBD
dB TBD
Ês Iot
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 TBD
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.7.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall transmit the PRACH to PSCell at latest 582 msNote1 into T2.

The UE shall send at least one CSI report for PSCell with non-zero CQI index during T4.

The UE shall periodically send CSI reports for PSCell after the UE has sent first CQI report with non-zero CQI
index during T4

The UE shall stop sending CSI reports for PSCell in at latest [20] ms into T5.

All the above test requirements shall be fulfilled for the observed PSCell addition delay and PSCell release delay to
be counted as correct. The rate of correct observed PSCell addition delay and PSCell release delay during repeated
tests shall be at least 90%.

Note1: The PSCell addition delay can be expressed as follows as specified in clause 7.31.2 of TS 36.133 [15]:

Tconfig_PSCell = TRRC_delay + Tprocessing + Tsearch + T∆ + TPSCell_ DU + 2ms

Where:

TRRC_delay = 20ms

Tprocessing = 40ms

Tsearch = 8*3*20 = 480 ms

T∆ = 20ms

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 581 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TPSCell_ DU = 1*10+10 = 20 ms

A.5.5.8 Active TCI state switch delay

A.5.5.8.1 MAC-CE based active TCI state switch

A.5.5.8.1.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 active TCI state switch for a known TCI state

A.5.5.8.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the active TCI state switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.10.3Supported
test configurations are shown in Table A.5.5.8.1.1.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1), and one NR PSCell (Cell 2) as given in Table
A.5.5.8.1.1.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of E-UTRA PCell are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and Cell-specific
parameters of NR PSCell is specified in Table A.5.5.8.1.1.1-3 below. The OTA related test parameters for FR2 is
shown in Table A.5.5.8.1.1.1-4.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PSCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE would
have ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), and Cell 2 (PSCell) on radio channel 2 (PSCC).

- UE is configured with 2 different TCI states for PSCell, PDCCH TCI state 0 (QCL’d to SSB0) and TCIstate
1 (QCL’d to SSB1), in Cell 2 before starting the test.

- UE is indicated in TCI state 0 as the active PDCCH TCI state

The test consists of two time periods, T1 and T2. During T1 only SSB to which PDCCH-TCI-state0 is QCL’d is
transmitted. At the beginning of T2, the SSB corresponding to TCI state 1 starts transmitting. The UE is configured
to provide periodic L1-RSRP reports. In slot n which is within 1280ms of UE providing L1-RSRP report with
results for both SSB0 and SSB1, UE receives a MAC-CE command indicating a switch to TCI state 1. tci-
PresentInDCI is not configured in the PDSCH configuration, i.e. TCI state for the PDSCH is identical to the
PDCCH TCI state.

The test equipment verifies that UE can be scheduled on PSCell on TCI state 0 till n+ THARQ +3 ms.The test
equipment also verifies the TCI state switch time in PSCell by scheduling the UE on TCI state 1 after n+ THARQ
+3 ms + (Tfirst-SSB + TSSB-proc) .

Table A.5.5.8.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 582 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.8.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Value Comment

E-UTRA RF Channel One E-UTRA radio channel is used for this
1
Number test
NR RF Channel Number 2 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell 2 PSCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2

Table A.5.5.8.1.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2
Dedicated DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2
Dedicated UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State 0 TCI.State.0
TCI State 1 TCI.State.1
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 583 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.8.1.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Cell 2

SSB0 SSB1
T1 T2 T1 T2
Angle of arrival Setup 3 according to clause A.3.15.3
configuration AoA1 AoA2
NocNote 1 dBm/15 kHz -92.1
NocNote 1 dBm/SCS -83.1
Ês/Noc dB 1 1 -Infinity 1
SS-RSRP Note 2 dBm/120 kHz Note3 -82.1 -82.1 -Infinity -82.1
IoNote2,Note6 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -54.94 -54.94 -54.94 -54.94
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the
quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the center of the quiet zone.

A.5.5.8.1.1.2 Test Requirements

During T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report with results for both SSB0 and SSB1.

After receiving MAC-CE command in slot n, UE shall:

- be able to continue to receive on TCI state 0 till n+ THARQ +3 ms

- be able to start receiving on TCI state 1 after n+ THARQ +5 ms + Tfirst-SSB

A.5.5.8.2 RRC based active TCI state switch

A.5.5.8.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR PSCell FR2 active TCI state switch for a known TCI state

A.5.5.8.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the active TCI state switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.10.3Supported
test configurations are shown in Table A.5.5.8.2.1.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one E-UTRA PCell (Cell 1), and one NR PSCell (Cell 2) as given in Table
A.5.5.8.2.1.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of E-UTRA PCell are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 and Cell-specific
parameters of NR PSCell is specified in Table A.5.5.8.2.1.1-3 below. The OTA related test parameters for FR2 is
shown in Table A.5.5.8.2.1.1-4.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PSCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), and Cell 2 (PSCell) on radio channel 2 (PSCC).

- UE is configured with 1 TCI state for PSCell, PDCCH-TCI-state0 (QCL’d to SSB0)

- UE is indicated in TCI state0 as the active TCI state

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 584 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test consists of two time periods, T1 and T2. During T1 only SSB to which TCI-state0 is QCL’d is transmitted.
At the beginning of T2, the SSB corresponding to TCI-state0 starts transmitting. The is UE configured to provide
periodic L1-RSRP reports. In slot n which is within 1280 ms of UE providing L1-RSRP report with results for both
SSB0 and SSB1, UE receives a RRC command indicating a switch to TCI-state1.

The test equipment verifies the TCI state switch time in PSCell by scheduling the UE on TCI state 1 after n+
TRRC_processing + Tfirst-SSB + 2ms.

Table A.5.5.8.2.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.5.8.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Value Comment

E-UTRA RF Channel One E-UTRA radio channel is used for this
1
Number test
NR RF Channel Number 2 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active PSCell Cell 2 PSCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
T1 s [0.2]
T2 s [0.2]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 585 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.8.2.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2
Dedicated DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2
Dedicated UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State 0 TC. State.0
TCI State 1 TCI.State.1
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 586 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.5.8.2.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Cell 2

SSB0 SSB1
T1 T2 T1 T2
Angle of arrival Setup 3 according to clause A.3.15.3
configuration AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for Rough Rough
UE beamsNote 6
NocNote 1 dBm/15 kHz -92.1
NocNote 1 dBm/SCS -83.1
Ês/Noc dB 1 1 -Infinity 1
SS-RSRP Note 2 dBm/120 kHz Note3 -82.1 -82.1 -Infinity -82.1
IoNote2,Note6 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -54.9 -54.9 -54.9 -54.9
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the
quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the center of the quiet zone.
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.5.8.2.1.2 Test Requirements

During T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report with both SSB0 and SSB1.

After receiving RRC command in slot n, UE shall be able to start receiving on TCI state 1 after n+ TRRC_processing +
Tfirst-SSB + 2ms.

A.5.6 Measurement procedure

A.5.6.1 Intra-frequency Measurements

A.5.6.1.1 EN-DC event triggered reporting test without gap under non-DRX

A.5.6.1.1.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2. Supported test configurations are shown
in table A.5.6.1.1.1-1.

Table A.5.6.1.1.1-1: supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 587 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

There are three cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR2 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 3) on
the same frequency as the PSCell. The test parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test
parameters for the Cell 2 and Cell 3 are given in Table A.5.6.1.1.1-2, A.5.6.1.1.1-3 and A.5.6.1.1.1-4 below.

In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PSCell, and it
is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of cell 3.

Table A.5.6.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting for EN-
DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 without gap without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Value Comment

Active cell E-UTRAN
PCell (Cell 1)
1~4
PSCell (Cell
2)
Neighbour cell 1~4 Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1: Cell 1 One TDD carrier frequency is used for the NR cells
1~4 2: Cell 2 and and one TDD or FDD carrier frequency is used for E-
Cell 3 UTRAN cell.
SMTC configuration 1~4 SMTC.1
A3-Offset dB 1~4 -6
CP length 1~4 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1~4 0
Time To Trigger s 1~4 0
Filter coefficient 1~4 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1~4 OFF
Time offset between 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
1~4
Cell 1 and Cell 2
Time offset between 3 μs Synchronous cells
1~4
Cell 2 and Cell 3
T1 s 1~4 5
T2 s 1~4 5

Table A.5.6.1.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for EN-DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 without gap without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 2 Cell 3

T1 T2 T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 588 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TDD configuration 1~4 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1

BW channel MHz 1~4 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Intial BWP 1~4 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1~4 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1~4 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1~4 SSB SSB
PDSCH RMC 1~4 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1~4 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1~4 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
OCNG Patterns 1~4 OP.1 OP.1
TRS configuration 1~4 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
PDSCH/PDCCH 1~4 TCI.State.2 N/A
TCI state
SSB configuration 1, 2 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
3, 4 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
Propagation 1~4 AWGN
Condition

Table A.5.6.1.1.1-4: NR OTA Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered
reporting for EN-DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 without gap without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 2 Cell 3

T1 T2 T1 T2
AoA setup 1~4 Setup 3 defined in A.3.15.3
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for 1~4 Rough Rough
UE beamsNote 4
dB 1~4 4 4 -Infinity 8
Ê s Iot
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1~4 -102

N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -93

3, 4 -90
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1, 2 -89 -89 -Infinity -85
3, 4 -86 -86 -Infinity -82
dB 1~4 4 4 -Infinity 8
Ês N oc
Io dBm/95.04MHz 1~4 -58.56 -55.38
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 589 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements

In the test, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 2.4s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 1.44s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.1.2 EN-DC event triggered reporting test without gap under DRX

A.5.6.1.2.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2. Supported test configurations are shown
in table A.5.6.1.2.1-1.

Table A.5.6.1.2.1-1: supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

There are three cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR2 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 3) on
the same frequency as the PSCell. The test parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test
parameters for the Cell 2 and Cell 3 are given in Table A.5.6.1.2.1-2 ~ Table A.5.6.1.2.1-6 below.

In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PSCell, and it
is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of cell 3.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.5.6.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting for EN-
DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 without gap with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Value Comment

Test 1 Test 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 590 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active cell E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1)

1~4
PSCell (Cell 2)
Neighbour cell 1~4 Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1: Cell 1 One TDD carrier frequency is used for the NR
1~4 2: Cell 2 and Cell 3 cells and one TDD or FDD carrier frequency is
used for E-UTRAN cell.
SMTC configuration 1~4 SMTC.1
A3-Offset dB 1~4 -6
CP length 1~4 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1~4 0
Time To Trigger s 1~4 0
Filter coefficient 1~4 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX DRX.1 DRX.2 DRX related parameters are defined in Table
1~4
A.5.6.1.2.1-4
Time offset between 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
1~4
Cell 1 and Cell 2
Time offset between 3 μs Synchronous cells
1~4
Cell 2 and Cell 3
T1 s 1~4 5
T2 s 1~4 10 52

Table A.5.6.1.2.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for EN-DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 without gap with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 2 Cell 3

T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1~4 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BW channel MHz 1~4 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Intial BWP 1~4 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1~4 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1~4 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1~4 SSB SSB
PDSCH RMC 1~4 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1~4 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1~4 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
OCNG Patterns 1~4 OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH/PDCCH 1~4 TCI.State.2 N/A
TCI state
TCI state 1~4 CSI-RS.Config.0 N/A
SSB configuration 1, 2 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
3, 4 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
Propagation 1~4 AWGN
Condition

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 591 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.1.2.1-4: NR OTA Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered
reporting for EN-DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 without gap with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 2 Cell 3

T1 T2 T1 T2
AoA setup 1~4 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1
Assumption for 1~4 Rough
UE beamsNote 4
dB 1~4 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ê s Iot
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1~4 -98

N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -89

3, 4 -86
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1, 2 -85 -85 -Infinity -85
3, 4 -82 -82 -Infinity -82
dB 1~4 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
Io dBm/95.04MHz 1, 2 -54.53 -52.18 -54.53 -52.18
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation.

A.5.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 7.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 4.32s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 51.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 30.72s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 592 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.6.1.3 EN-DC event triggered reporting test with per-UE gaps under non-DRX

A.5.6.1.3.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2. Supported test configurations are shown
in table A.5.6.1.3.1-1.

Table A.5.6.1.3.1-1: supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

There are three cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR2 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 3) on
the same frequency as the PSCell. The test parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test
parameters for the Cell 2 and Cell 3 are given in Table A.5.6.1.3.1-2 ~ 4 below.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 2, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 2. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PSCell, and it
is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of cell 3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 593 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting for EN-
DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Value Comment

Active cell E-UTRAN
PCell (Cell 1)
1~4
PSCell (Cell
2)
Neighbour cell 1~4 Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1: Cell 1 One TDD carrier frequency is used for the NR cells
1~4 2: Cell 2 and and one TDD or FDD carrier frequency is used for E-
Cell 3 UTRAN cell.
Gap type 1~4 Per-UE gaps
Measurement gap ms 40
1~4
repitition periodicity
Measurement gap ms 6
1~4
length
Measurement gap ms 39
1~4
offset
SMTC configuration 1~4 SMTC.1
CSI-RS parameters CSI-RS.3.2
1~4
TDD
A3-Offset dB 1~4 -6
CP length 1~4 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1~4 0
Time To Trigger s 1~4 0
Filter coefficient 1~4 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1~4 OFF
Time offset between 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
1~4
Cell 1 and Cell 2
Time offset between 3 μs Synchronous cells
1~4
Cell 2 and Cell 3
T1 s 1~4 5
T2 s 1~4 5

Table A.5.6.1.3.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for EN-DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 2 Cell 3

T1 T2 T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 594 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TDD configuration 1~4 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1

BW channel MHz 1~4 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Intial BWP 1~4 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1~4 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1~4 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1~4 CSI-RS SSB
PDSCH RMC 1~4 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1~4 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1~4 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
TRS configuration 1~4 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
PDSCH/PDCCH 1~4 TCI.State.2 N/A
TCI state
OCNG Patterns 1~4 OP.1 OP.1
SSB 1, 2 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
3, 4 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
Propagation 1~4 AWGN
Condition

Table A.5.6.1.3.1-4: NR OTA Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered
reporting for EN-DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 2 Cell 3

T1 T2 T1 T2
AoA setup 1~4 Setup 3 defined in A.3.15.3
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for 1~4 Rough Rough
UE beamsNote 4
dB 1~4 4 4 -Infinity 8
Ê s Iot
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1~4 -102

N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -93

3, 4 -90
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1, 2 -89 -89 -Infinity -85
3, 4 -86 -86 -Infinity -82
dB 3, 4 4 4 -Infinity 8
Ês N oc
Io dBm/95.04MHz 1~4 -58.56 -55.38
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 595 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.6.1.3.2 Test Requirements

In the test, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 3.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 1.92s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.1.4 EN-DC event triggered reporting test with per-UE gaps under DRX

A.5.6.1.4.1 Test purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2. Supported test configurations are shown
in table A.5.6.1.4.1-1.

Table A.5.6.1.4.1-1: supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

There are three cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR2 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 3) on
the same frequency as the PSCell. The test parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test
parameters for the Cell 2 and Cell 3 are given in Table A.5.6.1.4.1-2 ~ 6.

During the test, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are transmitted from the direction determined according to A3.8.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 2, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 2. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PSCell, and it
is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of cell 3.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 596 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.1.4.1-2: General test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting for EN-
DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Value Comment

Test 1 Test 2
Active cell E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1)
1~4
PSCell (Cell 2)
Neighbour cell 1~4 Cell 3 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1: Cell 1 One TDD carrier frequency is used for the NR
1~4 2: Cell 2 and Cell 3 cells and one TDD or FDD carrier frequency is
used for E-UTRAN cell.
Gap type 1~4 Per-UE gaps
Measurement gap ms 40
1~4
repitition periodicity
Measurement gap ms 6
1~4
length
Measurement gap ms 39
1~4
offset
SMTC configuration 1~4 SMTC.1
CSI-RS parameters 1~4 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD
A3-Offset dB 1~4 -6
CP length 1~4 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1~4 0
Time To Trigger s 1~4 0
Filter coefficient 1~4 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX DRX.1 DRX.2 DRX related parameters are defined in Table
1~4
A.5.6.1.4.1-5
Time offset between 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
1~4
Cell 1 and Cell 2
Time offset between 3 μs Synchronous cells
1~4
Cell 2 and Cell 3
T1 s 1~4 5
T2 s 1~4 10 52

Table A.5.6.1.4.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for EN-DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 2 Cell 3

T1 T2 T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 597 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TDD configuration 1~4 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1

BW channel MHz 1~4 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Intial BWP 1~4 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1~4 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1~4 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1~4 CSI-RS SSB
PDSCH RMC 1~4 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1~4 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1~4 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
TRS configuration 1~4 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
PDSCH/PDCCH 1~4 TCI.State.2 N/A
TCI state
OCNG Patterns 1~4 OP.1 OP.1
SSB 1, 2 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
3, 4 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
Propagation 1~4 AWGN
Condition

Table A.5.6.1.4.1-4: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for EN-DC with TDD PSCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 2 Cell 3

T1 T2 T1 T2
AoA setup 1~4 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1
Assumption for 1~4 Rough Rough
UE beamsNote 4
dB 1~4 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ê s Iot
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1~4 -98

Noc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -89

3, 4 -86
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1, 2 -85 -85 -Infinity -85
3, 4 -82 -82 -Infinity -82
dB 1~4 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
Io dBm/95.04MHz 1, 2 -54.53 -52.18 -54.53 -52.18
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 598 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.1.4.1-5: Void

Table A.5.6.1.4.1-6: Void

A.5.6.1.4.2 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 7.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 4.32s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 51.20s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 30.72s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.2 Inter-frequency Measurements

A.5.6.2.1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell without SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used

A.5.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR2 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.5.6.2.1.1-1, A.5.6.2.1.1-2, and A.5.6.2.1.1-3.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.1.1-2 is provided for UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #13 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.1.1-2 is
provided for UE that supports per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration #4, it is only
required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.2-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.5.6.2.1.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 599 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.1.1-1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR2-FR2

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell

Table A.5.6.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1,2 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1,2 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2 LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2 NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2 0 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1,2 39 39

offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,2 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

A3-Offset dB Config 1,2 [-30]

Hysteresis dB Config 1,2 0
CP length Config 1,2 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between Config 1,2 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell
Time offset between Config 1,2 3μs Synchronous cells.
serving and neighbour
cells
T1 s Config 1,2 5
T2 s Config 1,2 5.2 for PC1; 5.2 for PC1;
3.5 for other 3.5 for other
PC PC

Table A.5.6.2.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1,2 Setup 3 as specified in clause A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beamsNote Config 1,2 Rough Rough
7

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 600 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2 1 2

Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD TDD
BWchannel MHz Config 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 1,2
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 NA
Config 1,2
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 NA
Config 1,2
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1 NA
Config 1,2
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1 NA
Config 1,2
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2 OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1)
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD NA
Config 1,2

TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0 NA

Config 1,2

PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD -

Config 1,2
measurement channel
CORESET Reference CR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1,2
Channel
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2
120 120
spacing
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 NA NA
kHz
Note5
N oc Note2 dBm/S Config 1,2 NA NA
CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -87 -87 -Infinity -87
CS
Note5
Ê s I ot dB Config 1,2 NA NA -Infinity NA

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 601 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ê s N oc dB Config 1,2 NA NA -Infinity NA

IoNote3 dBm/95 Config 1,2 -87 -87 -Infinity -87
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1,2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

5120 for UE supporting power class 1, or

3200 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1 and 2 UE is not required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.2.2 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell without SSB time index
detection when DRX is used

A.5.6.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR2 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.5.6.2.2.1-1, A.5.6.2.2.1-2, and A.5.6.2.2.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.2.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement gap pattern configuration #13 as defined in Table
A.5.6.2.2.1-2 is provided for UE that supports per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern
configuration #4, it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 602 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.2-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.5.6.2.2.1-1.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.5.6.2.2.1-1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR2-FR2

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell

Table A.5.6.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1,2 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1,2 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2 LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2 NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2 0 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1,2 39 39

offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,2 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

A3-Offset dB Config 1,2 -6

Hysteresis dB Config 1,2 0
CP length Config 1,2 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2 DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
.1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 1,2 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell
Time offset between Config 1,2 3μs Synchronous cells.
serving and neighbour
cells
T1 s Config 1,2 5
T2 s Config 1,2 8 for 82 8 for 82
PC1; for PC1; for
5 for PC1; 5 for PC1;
othe 52 othe 52
r PC for r PC for
othe other
r PC PC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 603 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1,2 Setup 1 as specified in clause A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote Config 1,2 Rough Rough
7

NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2 1 2

Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD TDD
BWchannel MHz Config 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 1,2
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 NA
Config 1,2
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Config 1,2
Dedicated DL BWP Config 1,2 DLBWP.1.1 NA
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1 NA
Config 1,2
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2 OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1)
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD NA
Config 1,2

TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0 NA

Config 1,2

PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD -

Config 1,2
measurement channel
CORESET Reference CR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1,2
Channel
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2
120 120
spacing
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 -104.7 -104.7
kHz
Note5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 604 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

N oc Note2 dBm/S Config 1,2 -95.7 -95.7

CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -89.7 -89.7 -Infinity -86.7
CS
Note5
Ê s I ot dB Config 1,2 6 6 -Infinity 9

Ê s N oc dB Config 1,2 6 6 -Infinity 9

Note3
Io dBm/95 Config 1,2 -59.7 -59.7 -66.7 -57.2
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1,2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.6.2.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 3 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X1 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X1 is

7680 for UE supporting power class 1, or

4800 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 with per-UE gap and in test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X2 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X2 is

81920 for UE supporting power class 1, or

51200 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is not required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 605 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.6.2.3 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell with SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used

A.5.6.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR2 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.5.6.2.3.1-1, A.5.6.2.3.1-2, and A.5.6.2.3.1-3.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.3.1-1 is provided for UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #13 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.3.1-1 is
provided for UE that supports per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration #4, it is only
required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.2-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.5.6.2.3.1-1.

Table A.5.6.2.3.1-1 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR2-FR2

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 606 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.3.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1,2 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1,2 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2 LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2 NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2 0 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1,2 39 39

offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,2 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

A3-Offset dB Config 1,2 [-30]

Hysteresis dB Config 1,2 0
CP length Config 1,2 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between Config 1,2 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell
Time offset between Config 1,2 3μs Synchronous cells.
serving and neighbour
cells
T1 s Config 1,2 5
T2 s Config 1,2 7 for PC1; 7 for PC1;
4.5 for other 4.5 for other
PC PC

Table A.5.6.2.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1,2 Setup 3 as specified in clause A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beamsNote Config 1,2 Rough Rough
7

NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2 1 2

Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD TDD
BWchannel MHz Config 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 1,2
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 NA
Config 1,2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 607 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Initial UL BWP DLBWP.0.1

Config 1,2
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1 NA
Config 1,2
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1 NA
Config 1,2
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2 OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1)
PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1,2
measurement channel
CORESET Reference CR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1,2
Channel
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD NA
Config 1,2

TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0 NA

Config 1,2

SMTC configuration defined

in A.3.11 Config 1,2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2
120 120
spacing
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 NA NA
kHz
Note5
N oc Note2 dBm/S Config 1,2 NA NA
CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -87 -87 -Infinity -87
CS
Note5
Ê s I ot dB Config 1,2 NA NA -Infinity NA

Ê s N oc dB Config 1,2 NA NA -Infinity NA

Note3
Io dBm/95 Config 1,2 -87 -87 -Infinity -87
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1,2 AWGN

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 608 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.6.2.3.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

6720 for UE supporting power class 1, or

4160 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1 and 2 UE is required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports,
as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at
least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.2.4 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell with SSB time index
detection when DRX is used

A.5.6.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR2 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.5.6.2.4.1-1, A.5.6.2.4.1-2, and A.5.6.2.4.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.4.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement gap pattern configuration #13 as defined in Table
A.5.6.2.4.1-2 is provided for UE that supports per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern
configuration #4, it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.2-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.5.6.2.4.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 609 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.5.6.2.4.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR2-FR2

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell

Table A.5.6.2.4.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1,2 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1,2 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2 LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2 NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2 0 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1,2 39 39

offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,2 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

A3-Offset dB Config 1,2 -6

Hysteresis dB Config 1,2 0
CP length Config 1,2 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2 DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
.1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 1,2 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell
Time offset between Config 1,2 3μs Synchronous cells.
serving and neighbour
cells
T1 s Config 1,2 5
T2 s Config 1,2 11 108 11 108
for for for for
PC1; PC1; PC1; PC1;
6.5 67 6.5 67
for for for for
othe othe othe other
r PC r PC r PC PC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 610 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.4.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1,2 Setup 1 as specified in clause A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote Config 1,2 Rough Rough
7

NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2 1 2

Duplex mode Config 1,2 TDD TDD
BWchannel MHz Config 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1,2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 1,2
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 NA
Config 1,2
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Config 1,2
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1 NA
Config 1,2
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1 NA
Config 1,2
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2 OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1)
PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1,2
measurement channel
CORESET Reference CR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1,2
Channel
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD NA
Config 1,2

TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0 NA

Config 1,2

SMTC configuration defined

in A.3.11 Config 1,2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2
120 120
spacing
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 611 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

N oc Note2 dBm/15 -104.7 -104.7

kHz
Note5
N oc Note2 dBm/S Config 1,2 -95.7 -95.7
CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -89.7 -89.7 -Infinity -86.7
CS
Note5
Ê s I ot dB Config 1,2 6 6 -Infinity 9

Ê s N oc dB Config 1,2 6 6 -Infinity 9

IoNote3 dBm/95 Config 1,2 -59.7 -59.7 -66.7 -57.2
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1,2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.6.2.4.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 3 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X1 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X1 is

10080 for UE supporting power class 1, or

6240 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 with per-UE gap and in test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X2 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X2 is

107520 for UE supporting power class 1, or

66560 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 612 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.6.2.5 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell without SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used

A.5.6.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR1 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.5.6.2.5.1-1, A.5.6.2.5.1-2, and A.5.6.2.5.1-3.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.5.1-2 is provided for a UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #13 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.5.1-2 is
provided for UE that support per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration #4, it is only
required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A4 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.1-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.5.6.2.5.1-1.

Table A.5.6.2.5.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR2

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD 120 kHz SSB SCS,
duplex mode 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD
duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 613 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.5.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.

Active cell Config LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 0 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
1,2,3,4,5,6
Measurement gap Config 39 39
offset 1,2,3,4,5,6
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
on NR RF Channel 1
Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1

Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1

SMTC-SSB parameters Config SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

on NR RF Channel 2 1,2,3,4,5,6
offsetMO dB Config 6
1,2,3,4,5,6
Hysteresis dB Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
a4-Threshold dBm Config [-120]
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
TimeToTrigger s Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
Filter coefficient Config 0 L3 filtering is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX Config OFF DRX is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell 1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 1,4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 2.
Config 3μs Synchronous cells.
2,3,5,6

T1 s Config 5
1,2,3,4,5,6
T2 s Config 5.2 for PC1; 5.2 for PC1;
1,2,3,4,5,6 3.5 for other 3.5 for other
PC PC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 614 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config NA Setup 1 as specified in
1,2,3,4,5,6 clause A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote Config Rough Rough
7
1,2,3,4,5,6
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 2
1,2,3,4,5,6
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD TDD
Config TDD TDD
2,3,5,6
BWchannel MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
TDD configuration TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 2,5
TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3,6
Initial DL BWP Config DLBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Initial UL BWP Config ULBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated DL BWP Config DLBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated UL BWP Config ULBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
OCNG Patterns defined in Config OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1,2,3,4,5,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.2
Config
SMTC.1 SMTC.1
2,3,5,6
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config
15 120
spacing 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 30 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH Config
DMRS 0 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 615 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS

to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 NA
kHz
Note5
N oc Note2 dBm/S Config NA
CS 1,2,4,5
Note4 Config 3,6 NA
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config -Infinity -87
CS 1,2,4,5
Note5 Config 3,6 -Infinity -87
Ê s I ot dB Config -Infinity NA
1,2,3,4,5,6 NA
Ê s N oc dB Config Link only, see clause -Infinity NA
1,2,3,4,5,6 A.3.7A
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config - -
36MHz 1,2,4,5
dBm/38 Config 3,6 - -
.16MHz
dBm/95 Config -Infinity -87
.04 1,2,3,4,5,6
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config AWGN
1,2,3,4,5,6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.6.2.5.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

5120 for UE supporting power class 1, or

3200 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1 and 2 UE is not required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 616 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.2.6 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell without SSB time index
detection when DRX is used

A.5.6.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR1 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.5.6.2.6.1-1, A.5.6.2.6.1-2, and A.5.6.2.6.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.6.1-2 is provided for a UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement gap pattern configuration #13 as defined in Table
A.5.6.2.6.1-2 is provided for UE that support per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration
#4, it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A4 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.1-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.5.6.2.6.1-1.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.5.6.2.6.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR2

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD 120 kHz SSB SCS,
duplex mode 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD
duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.6.2.6.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 617 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR RF Channel Config 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is

Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.

Active cell Config LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 0 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
1,2,3,4,5,6
Measurement gap Config 39 39
offset 1,2,3,4,5,6
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
on NR RF Channel 1
Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1

Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1

SMTC-SSB parameters Config SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

on NR RF Channel 2 1,2,3,4,5,6
offsetMO dB Config 6
1,2,3,4,5,6
Hysteresis dB Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
a4-Threshold dBm Config [-120]
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
TimeToTrigger s Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
Filter coefficient Config 0 L3 filtering is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX Config DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
1,2,3,4,5,6 .1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell 1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 1,4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 2.
Config 3μs Synchronous cells.
2,3,5,6

T1 s Config 5
1,2,3,4,5,6
T2 s Config 8 for 82 8 for 82
1,2,3,4,5,6 PC1; for PC1; for
5 for PC1; 5 for PC1;
othe 52 othe 52
r PC for r PC for
othe other
r PC PC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 618 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.6.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config NA Setup 1 as specified in
1,2,3,4,5,6 clause A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote Config Rough Rough
7
1,2,3,4,5,6
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 2
1,2,3,4,5,6
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD TDD
Config TDD TDD
2,3,5,6
BWchannel MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
TDD configuration TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 2,5
TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3,6
Initial DL BWP Config DLBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Initial UL BWP Config ULBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated DL BWP Config DLBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated UL BWP Config ULBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
OCNG Patterns defined in Config OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1,2,3,4,5,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.2
Config
SMTC.1 SMTC.1
2,3,5,6
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config
15 120
spacing 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 30 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH Config
DMRS 0 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 619 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS

to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 -104.7
kHz
Note5
N oc Note2 dBm/S Config -95.7
CS 1,2,4,5
Note4 Config 3,6 -95.7
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config -Infinity -86.7
CS 1,2,4,5
Note5 Config 3,6 -Infinity -86.7
Ê s I ot dB Config -Infinity 9
1,2,3,4,5,6 NA
Ê s N oc dB Config Link only, see clause -Infinity 9
1,2,3,4,5,6 A.3.7A
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config - -
36MHz 1,2,4,5
dBm/38 Config 3,6 - -
.16MHz
dBm/95 Config -66.7 -57.2
.04 1,2,3,4,5,6
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config AWGN
1,2,3,4,5,6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.6.2.6.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 3 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X1 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X1 is

7680 for UE supporting power class 1, or

4800 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 with per-UE gap and in test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X2 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X2 is

81920 for UE supporting power class 1, or

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 620 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

51200 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is not required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.2.7 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell with SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used

A.5.6.2.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR1 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.5.6.2.7.1-1, A.5.6.2.7.1-2, and A.5.6.2.7.1-3.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.7.1-2 is provided for a UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #13 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.7.1-2 is
provided for UE that support per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration #4, it is only
required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A4 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.1-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.5.6.2.7.1-1.

Table A.5.6.2.7.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR1-FR2

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD 120 kHz SSB SCS,
duplex mode 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD
duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 621 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.7.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.

Active cell Config LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 0 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
1,2,3,4,5,6
Measurement gap Config 39 39
offset 1,2,3,4,5,6
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
on NR RF Channel 1
Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1

Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1

SMTC-SSB parameters Config SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

on NR RF Channel 2 1,2,3,4,5,6
offsetMO dB Config 6
1,2,3,4,5,6
Hysteresis dB Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
a4-Threshold dBm Config [-120]
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
TimeToTrigger s Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
Filter coefficient Config 0 L3 filtering is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX Config OFF DRX is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell 1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 1,4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 2.
Config 3μs Synchronous cells.
2,3,5,6

T1 s Config 5
1,2,3,4,5,6
T2 s Config 7 for PC1; 7 for PC1;
1,2,3,4,5,6 4.5 for other 4.5 for other
PC PC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 622 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.7.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config NA Setup 1 as specified in
1,2,3,4,5,6 clause A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote Config Rough Rough
7
1,2,3,4,5,6
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 2
1,2,3,4,5,6
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD TDD
Config TDD TDD
2,3,5,6
BWchannel MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
OCNG Patterns defined in Config OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1,2,3,4,5,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 2,5
TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3,6
Initial DL BWP Config DLBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Initial UL BWP Config ULBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated DL BWP Config DLBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated UL BWP Config ULBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.2
Config
SMTC.1 SMTC.1
2,3,5,6
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config
15 120
spacing 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 30 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH Config
DMRS 0 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 623 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS

to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 NA
kHz
Note5
N oc Note2 dBm/S Config NA
CS 1,2,4,5
Note4 Config 3,6 NA
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config -Infinity -87
CS 1,2,4,5
Note5 Config 3,6 -Infinity NA
Ê s I ot dB Config -Infinity NA
1,2,3,4,5,6 NA
Ê s N oc dB Config Link only, see clause -Infinity -87
1,2,3,4,5,6 A.3.7A
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config - -
36MHz 1,2,4,5
dBm/38 Config 3,6 - -
.16MHz
dBm/95 Config -Infinity -87
.04 1,2,3,4,5,6
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config AWGN
1,2,3,4,5,6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.6.2.7.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

6720 for UE supporting power class 1, or

4160 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1 and 2 UE is required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports,
as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at
least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 624 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.2.8 EN-DC event triggered reporting tests for FR2 cell with SSB time index
detection when DRX is used

A.5.6.2.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
EN-DC inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are three cells: LTE cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1, NR cell 2 as PSCell in FR1 on NR
RF channel 1 and NR cell 3 as neighbour cell in FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations
are given in Tables A.5.6.2.8.1-1, A.5.6.2.8.1-2, and A.5.6.2.8.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.5.6.2.8.1-2 is provided for a UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement gap pattern configuration #13 as defined in Table
A.5.6.2.8.1-2 is provided for UE that support per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration
#4, it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A4 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

The configuration of LTE cell 1 is defined in table A.3.7.2.1-1. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.5.6.2.8.1-1.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.5.6.2.8.1-1: EN-DC event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR2

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD 120 kHz SSB SCS,
duplex mode 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD
duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 625 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.8.1-2: General test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered reporting
with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
E-UTRA RF Channel Config 1 One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.

Active cell Config LTE Cell 1 (PCell) and NR LTE Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
1,2,3,4,5,6 cell 2 (PScell) channel number 1.
NR Cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config NR cell 3 NR cell 3 is on NR RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 0 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
1,2,3,4,5,6
Measurement gap Config 39 39
offset 1,2,3,4,5,6
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
on NR RF Channel 1
Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1

Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1

SMTC-SSB parameters Config SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

on NR RF Channel 2 1,2,3,4,5,6
offsetMO dB Config 6
1,2,3,4,5,6
Hysteresis dB Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
a4-Threshold dBm Config [-120]
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
TimeToTrigger s Config 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
Filter coefficient Config 0 L3 filtering is not used
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX Config DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
1,2,3,4,5,6 .1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 3 μs Synchronous EN-DC
PCell and PSCell 1,2,3,4,5,6
Time offset between Config 1,4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 3 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 2.
Config 3μs Synchronous cells.
2,3,5,6

T1 s Config 5
1,2,3,4,5,6
T2 s Config 11 108 11 108
1,2,3,4,5,6 for for for for
PC1; PC1; PC1; PC1;
6.5 67 6.5 67
for for for for
othe othe othe other
r PC r PC r PC PC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 626 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.2.8.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for EN-DC inter-frequency event triggered
reporting with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2 Cell 3

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config NA Setup 1 as specified in
1,2,3,4,5,6 clause A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote Config Rough Rough
7
1,2,3,4,5,6
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 2
1,2,3,4,5,6
Duplex mode Config 1,4 FDD TDD
Config TDD TDD
2,3,5,6
BWchannel MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
OCNG Patterns defined in Config OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1,2,3,4,5,6
PDSCH Reference Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 2,5
TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3,6
Initial DL BWP Config DLBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Initial UL BWP Config ULBWP.0.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated DL BWP Config DLBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
Dedicated UL BWP Config ULBWP.1.1 NA
1,2,3,4,5,6
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11 Config 1,4 SMTC.2 SMTC.2
Config
SMTC.1 SMTC.1
2,3,5,6
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config
15 120
spacing 1,2,4,5
Config 3,6 30 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH Config
DMRS 0 0
1,2,3,4,5,6
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 627 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS

to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 -104.7
kHz
Note5
N oc Note2 dBm/S Config -95.7
CS 1,2,4,5
Note4 Config 3,6 -95.7
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config -Infinity -86.7
CS 1,2,4,5
Note5 Config 3,6 -Infinity -86.7
Ê s I ot dB Config -Infinity 9
1,2,3,4,5,6 NA
Ê s N oc dB Config Link only, see clause -Infinity 9
1,2,3,4,5,6 A.3.7A
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config - -
36MHz 1,2,4,5
dBm/38 Config 3,6 - -
.16MHz
dBm/95 Config -66.7 -57.2
.04 1,2,3,4,5,6
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config AWGN
1,2,3,4,5,6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.6.2.8.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 3 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X1 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X1 is

10080 for UE supporting power class 1, or

6240 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 with per-UE gap and in test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X2 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X2 is

107520 for UE supporting power class 1, or

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 628 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

66560 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.3 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting

A.5.6.3.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used

A.5.6.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.1, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.5.6.3.1.1-1.

The AoA setup for this test is Setup 1 as defined in clause A.3.15

Table A.5.6.3.1.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.5.6.3.1.2 Test parameters

There are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test parameters and
applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table A.5.6.3.1.2-1 and
Table A.5.6.3.1.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the SSBs and report
periodically. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. The test
has higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements configured.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and
L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 629 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.1.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~4 freq1
Duplex mode 1~4 TDD
TDD Configuration 1~4 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~4 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~4 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~4 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~4 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
1,2 SSB.1 FR2
SSB configuration
3,4 SSB.2 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~4 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~4
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~4
ULBWP.1.3
SMTC configuration 1~4 SMTC.1
TRS Configuration 1~4 TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~4 TCI.State.2
Configuration
DRX configuration 1~4 Off
reportConfigType 1~4 periodic
reportQuantity 1~4 ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~4 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~4 slot 640
T1 1~4 s 5
T2 1~4 s 2
Propagation condition 1~4 AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~4 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~4 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a
constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 630 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.1.2-2: SSB specific test parameters

SSB#0 SSB#1
Parameter Config Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Angle of arrival
Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1
configuration
Assumption for
1~4 Rough
UE beamsNote 4
Noc Note2 1~4 dBm/15kHz -105
1,2 -96
Noc Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3,4 -93
Ê s I ot 1~4 dB 0 0 -Infinity 9
1,2 -96 -96 -Infinity -87
SSB RSRP Note3 dBm/SSB SCS
3,4 -93 -93 -Infinity -84
1,2 -67.5 -67.5 -71.1 -60.7
Io Note3 dBm/95.04MHz
3,4 -67.5 -67.5 -71.1 -60.7

Ê s N oc 1~4 dB 0 0 -Infinity 9
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.6.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP report every 640 slots. No later than X ms plus 640 slots from the beginning of time
period T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report including the results for both SSB#0 and SSB#1 while meeting the
accuracy requirements defined in clause 10.1.20.1, where X is

- 1680 for UE supporting power class 1

- 1200 for UE supporting power class 2,3 or 4.

The reported L1-RSRP value shall include the Rx antenna gain in the range of [-10 ~ +20] dB.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.3.2 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used

A.5.6.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.1, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.5.6.3.2.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 631 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The AoA setup for this test is Setup 1 as defined in clause A.3.15

Table A.5.6.3.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.5.6.3.2.2 Test parameters

There are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test parameters and
applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table A.5.6.3.2.2-1 and
Table A.5.6.3.2.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the SSBs and report
periodically. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. The test
has higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements configured.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and
L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 632 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.2.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~4 freq1
Duplex mode 1~4 TDD
TDD Configuration 1~4 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~4 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~4 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~4 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~4 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
1,2 SSB.1 FR2
SSB configuration
3,4 SSB.2 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~4 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~4
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~4
ULBWP.1.3
SMTC configuration 1~4 SMTC.1
TRS Configuration 1~4 TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~4 TCI.State.2
Configuration
DRX configuration 1~4 DRX.3
reportConfigType 1~4 periodic
reportQuantity 1~4 ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~4 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~4 slot 640
T1 1~4 s 5
T2 1~4 s 3
Propagation condition 1~4 AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~4 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~4 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a
constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 633 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.2.2-2: SSB specific test parameters

SSB#0 SSB#1
Parameter Config Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Angle of arrival
Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1
configuration
Assumption for
1~4 Rough
UE beamsNote 4
Noc Note2 1~4 dBm/15kHz -105
1,2 -96
Noc Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3,4 -93
Ê s I ot 1~4 dB 0 0 -Infinity 9
1,2 -96 -96 -Infinity -87
SSB RSRP Note3 dBm/SSB SCS
3,4 -93 -93 -Infinity -84
1,2 -67.5 -67.5 -71.1 -60.7
Io Note3 dBm/95.04MHz
3,4 -67.5 -67.5 -71.1 -60.7

Ê s N oc 1~4 dB 0 0 -Infinity 9
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.6.3.2.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP report every 640 slots. No later than X ms plus 640 slots from the beginning of time
period T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report including the results for both SSB#0 and SSB#1 while meeting the
accuracy requirements defined in clause 10.1.20.1, where X is

- 2880 for UE supporting power class 1

- 1920 for UE supporting power class 2,3 or 4.

The reported L1-RSRP value shall include the Rx antenna gain in the range of [-10 ~ +20] dB.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.3.3 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used

A.5.6.3.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.2, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.5.6.3.3.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 634 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.3.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.5.6.3.3.2 Test parameters

There are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test parameters and
applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table A.5.6.3.3.2-1 and
Table A.5.6.3.3.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the CSI-RS and report
aperiodically. The test consists of a single time period T1, during which the UE is triggered via DCI to report L1-
RSRP on aperiodic CSI-RS resources. UE is also configured to measure L1-RSRP based on SSB. After 480ms from
the beginning of the test, the DCI trigger comes in slot 8 of a frame and UE provides the report back based on the
reporting configuration as defined in Table A.5.6.3.3.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD
based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 635 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.3.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~2 freq1
Duplex mode 1~2 TDD
TDD Configuration 1~2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~2 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
SSB configuration 1~2 SSB.1 FR2
CSI-RS configuration 1~2 CSI-RS.3.3 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1~2 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~2
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~2
ULBWP.1.3
SMTC configuration 1~2 SMTC.1
TRS Configuration 1~2 TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
DRX configuration 1~2 Off
reportConfigType 1~2 aperiodic
reportQuantity 1~2 cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~2 2
SSB#0 for resource#0
qcl-Info 1~2
SSB#1 for resource#1
reportSlotOffsetList 1~2 26
Propagation condition 1~2 AWGN
T1 1~2 s 5
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~2 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a
constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 636 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.3.2-1: CSI-RS specific test parameters

CSI-RS#0 CSI-RS#1
Parameter Config Unit

Angle of arrival
1~2 Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1
configuration
Assumption for
1~2 Rough
UE beamsNote 4
Noc Note1 1~2 dBm/15kHz -105

Noc Note1 1~2 dBm/SSB SCS -95.97

Ê s I ot 1~2 dB 0 9
CSI-RS RSRP
Note2 1~2 dBm/SSB SCS -95.97 -86.97

Io Note2 1~2 dBm/95.04MHz -63.97 -57.47

Ê s N oc 1~2 dB 0 9
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: CSI-RS RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.6.3.3.3 Test Requirements

After 480ms from the beginning of the test, the UE shall send L1-RSRP report at slot 26 from the reception of DCI
triggering the L1-RSRP measurement. The L1-RSRP report shall include the results for both CSI-RS#0 and CSI-
RS#1 while meeting the accuracy requirements defined in clause 10.1.20.1. The reported L1-RSRP value shall
include the Rx antenna gain in the range of [-10 ~ +20] dB.

For absolute accuracy of CSI-RS0 and absolute accuracy of CSI-RS1, the UE is deemed to meet the requirement if
the reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.5.6.3.3.3-1.

For relative accuracy of CSI-RS0 compared with CSI-RS1, the UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
difference in reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1.

Table A.5.6.3.3.3-1: L1-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

CSI-RS0 CSI-RS _RP0 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP0 +δ + Gmax
CSI-RS1 CSI-RS _RP1 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP1 +δ + Gmax
Note 1: CSI-RS_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet
zone configured in the test for the CSI-RS n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.20.2.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 637 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.5.6.3.4 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used

A.5.6.3.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.2, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.5.6.3.4.1-1.

Table A.5.6.3.4.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.5.6.3.4.2 Test parameters

There are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1) and FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test parameters and
applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table A.5.6.3.4.2-1 and
Table A.5.6.3.4.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the CSI-RS and report
aperiodically. The test consists of a single time period T1, during which the UE is triggered via DCI to report L1-
RSRP on aperiodic CSI-RS resources. UE is also configured to measure L1-RSRP based on SSB. After 1440ms
from the beginning of the test, the DCI trigger comes in slot 8 of a frame and UE provides the report back based on
the reporting configuration as defined in Table A.5.6.3.4.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD
based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 638 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.4.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~2 freq1
Duplex mode 1~2 TDD
TDD Configuration 1~2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~2 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
SSB configuration 1~2 SSB.1 FR2
CSI-RS configuration 1~2 CSI-RS.3.3 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1~2 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~2
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~2
ULBWP.1.3
SMTC configuration 1~2 SMTC.1
TRS Configuration 1~2 TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
DRX configuration 1~2 DRX.3
reportConfigType 1~2 aperiodic
reportQuantity 1~2 cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~2 2
SSB#0 for resource#0
qcl-Info 1~2
SSB#1 for resource#1
reportSlotOffsetList 1~2 26
Propagation condition 1~2 AWGN
T1 1~2 s 5
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~2 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a
constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 639 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.6.3.4.2-1: CSI-RS specific test parameters

CSI-RS#0 CSI-RS#1
Parameter Config Unit

Angle of arrival
1~2 Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1
configuration
Assumption for
1~2 Rough
UE beamsNote 4
Noc Note1 1~2 dBm/15kHz -105

Noc Note1 1~2 dBm/SSB SCS -95.97

Ê s I ot 1~2 dB 0 9
CSI-RS RSRP
Note2 1~2 dBm/SSB SCS -95.97 -86.97

Io Note2 1~2 dBm/95.04MHz -63.97 -57.47

Ê s N oc 1~2 dB 0 9
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: CSI-RS RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.6.3.4.3 Test Requirements

After1440ms from the beginning of the test, the UE shall send L1-RSRP report at slot 26 from the reception of DCI
triggering the L1-RSRP measurement. The L1-RSRP report shall include the results for both CSI-RS#0 and CSI-
RS#1 while meeting the accuracy requirements defined in clause 10.1.20.1.

For absolute accuracy of CSI-RS0 and absolute accuracy of CSI-RS1, the UE is deemed to meet the requirement if
the reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.5.6.3.4.3-1.

For relative accuracy of CSI-RS0 compared with CSI-RS1, the UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
difference in reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1.

Table A.5.6.3.4.3-1: L1-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

CSI-RS0 CSI-RS _RP0 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP0 +δ + Gmax
CSI-RS1 CSI-RS _RP1 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP1 +δ + Gmax
Note 1: CSI-RS_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet
zone configured in the test for the CSI-RS n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.20.2.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 640 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.7 Measurement Performance requirements

A.5.7.1 SS-RSRP

A.5.7.1.1 EN-DC intra-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell
and FR2 target cell

A.5.7.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 10.1.3.1.1 and 10.1.3.1.2 for intra-frequency measurements.

A.5.7.1.1.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases, all NR cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configurations are shown in
Table A.5.7.1.1.2-1. Both absolute and relative accuracy of SS-RSRP intra-frequency measurements are tested by
using the parameters in Table A.5.7.1.1.2-2 and A.5.7.1.1.2-3. The E-UTRA PCell is configured as specified in
clause A.3.7.2.2. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell, cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is the target cell. The test
consists of two time phases T1 and T2.

Table A.5.7.1.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Intra frequency SS-RSRP supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, Cell 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, Cell 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.5.7.1.1.2-2: SS-RSRP Intra frequency general test parameters

T1 T2
ParameterNote 5 Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
Physical cell ID 489 0 489 0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 641 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1

Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 24 100: NRB,c = 24
SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel - -
TDD TDD
CR.3.1 CR.3.1
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel TDD - TDD -

CCR.3. CCR.3.
Dedicated CORESET Reference Channel 1 TDD - 1 TDD -

OCNG Patterns OP.3 OP.3 OP.3 OP.3

SSB.3 SSB.3 SSB.3 SSB.3
SSB configuration
FR2 FR2 FR2 FR2
SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC.
SMTC configuration
1 1 1 1
Time offset with Cell 2 μs - 3 - 3
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS
dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note
1

Propagation conditions AWGN AWGN AWGN AWGN

Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Void
Note 5: All parameters apply for configuration 1 and 2
Note 6: Void

Table A.5.7.1.1.2-3: SS-RSRP Intra frequency OTA related test parameters

T1 T2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 642 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Angle of arrival
Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
configuration
Assumption for
Rough
UE beamsNote 8
dBm/15kH
Noc Note1 zNote4
-91.6 N/A
dBm/SCS
Noc Note1 Note4 -82.6 N/A

Ês N oc dB 6.0 1.0 N/A N/A

(Table (Table
B.2.2-2 B.2.2-2
dBm/SCS
Es Note4 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak
+2.1dB) +2.1dB)
(Table (Table
B.2.2-2 B.2.2-2
SSB_RPNote2 dBm/SCS -76.6 -81.6 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak
+2.1dB) +2.1dB)
Ês Iot BB Note6 dB 2.44 -5.98 -5.98 -5.98
dBm/95.04 (Table B.2.2-2 Rx
IoNote2 -50.05
MHz Note4 Beam Peak +29.70dB)
Note 1: Where used, interference from other cells and noise sources not
specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time
and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 2: SSB_RP, Es/Iot and Io levels have been derived from other parameters
for information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of
the quiet zone
Note 5: Void
Note 6: Calculation of Es/IotBB includes the effect of UE internal noise up to the
value assumed for the associated Refsens requirement in clause 7.3.2
of TS 36.101-2 [19], and an allowance of 1dB for UE multi-band
relaxation factor ΔMBP from TS 38.101-2 [19] Table 6.2.1.3-4.
Note 7: All parameters apply for configurations 1 and 2
Note 8: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not
limit UE implementation or test system implementation

A.5.7.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy shall fulfil the absolute accuracy requirements in clauses 10.1.3.1.1 and
relative accuracy requirements in clause 10.1.3.1.2. The following requirements are to be verified:

During T1:

Absolute accuracy of Cell 2 and absolute accuracy of Cell 3. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported SS-RSRP is in the range shown in table A.5.7.1.1.3-1.

Relative accuracy of Cell 3 compared with Cell 2. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.2-1.

During T2:

Absolute accuracy of Cell 2 and absolute accuracy of Cell 3. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported SS-RSRP is in the range shown in table A.5.7.1.1.3-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 643 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Relative accuracy of Cell 3 compared with Cell 2. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.2-1.

During T1 and T2:

Relative accuracy of Cell 2 during T2 compared with Cell 2 during T1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if
the difference in reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.2-1

Relative accuracy of Cell 3 during T2 compared with Cell 3 during T1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if
the difference in reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.2-1.

Table A.5.7.1.1.3-1: SS-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

Cell 2 SSB_RP2 -δ +Gmin ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤

SSB_RP2 +δ +Gmax
Cell 3 SSB_RP3 -δ +Gmin ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤
SSB_RP3 +δ +Gmax
Note 1: SSB_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
configured in the test for the cell n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.3.1.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

A.5.7.1.2 EN-DC inter-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell
and FR2 target cell

A.5.7.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 10.1.5.1.1 and 10.1.5.1.2 for inter-frequency measurements with the testing
configurations for NR cells in Table A.5.7.1.2.1-1.

Table A.5.7.1.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy test

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, cells 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, cells 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
mode
3 FDD LTE PCell, cells 2&3 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
mode
4 TDD LTE PCell, cells 2&3 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex
mode

A.5.7.1.2.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases, there are three cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR2 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR2
neighbour cell (Cell 3) on a different frequency than the PSCell. The test parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are
defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 and Cell 3 are given in Table A.5.7.1.2.2-1 and Table
A.5.7.1.2.2-2 below. Both absolute and relative accuracy of RSRP intrer-frequency measurements are tested by
using the parameters in Table A.5.7.1.2.2-1 and Table A.5.7.1.2.2-2. The inter-frequency measurements are
supported by a measurement gap.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 644 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.1.2.2-1: SS-RSRP inter-frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Config Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN 1~4 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
100: 100:
BWchannel 1~4 NRB,c = 24 NRB,c = 24
Duplex mode 1~4 TDD TDD TDD TDD
TDD configuration 1~4 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
PDSCH Reference
1~4 SR.3.1 TDD - SR.3.1 TDD -
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
1~4 CR.3.1 TDD - CR.3.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~4 CCR.3.1 TDD - CCR.3.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
1,2 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
SSB configuration
3,4 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~4 OP.3 OP.3
Initial BWP DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
1~4
Configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.3 DLBWP.1.3
1~4
configuration ULBWP.1.3 ULBWP.1.3
TRS Configuration 1~4 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~4 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
SMTC configuration 1~4 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
Time offset between
Cell 2 and Cell 3
1~4 μs 3 3
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS 1~4 dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~4 - AWGN AWGN AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~4 - 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Void

Table A.5.7.1.2.2-2: SS-RSRP inter-frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 645 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Setup 4b according to Setup 4b according to

clause A.3.15.4.2 clause A.3.15.4.2
Angle of arrival
AoA1 AoA2 AoA1 AoA2
configuration
Spherical Rx Beam Spherical Rx Beam
coverage Peak coverage Peak
Assumption for
Rough Rough
UE beamsNote 7
(Table (Table
B.2.3-2 B.2.3-2
dBm/15kH
Noc Note1 zNote4
-90.6 -90.6 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak -
+1.97dB) 3.03dB)
(Table (Table
B.2.3-2 B.2.3-2
dBm/SCS
Noc Note1 Note4 -81.6 -81.6 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak
+11.0dB) +6.0dB)
Ês N oc dB 6.0 6.0 17.0 -1.0
(Table (Table
B.2.3-2 B.2. 3-2
SSB_RPNote2 dBm/SCS -75.60 -75.60 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak
+28.0dB) +5.0dB)
(SSB_RPCell 1 –
dB 0 23.00
SSB_RPCell 2)
Ês Iot BB Note6 dB 5.29 5.96 8.86 -3.92
(Table (Table
B.2.3-2 B.2.3-2
dBm/95.04
IoNote2 -50.03 -50.03 Rx Beam Rx Beam
MHz Note4
Peak Peak
+52.68dB) +33.13dB)
(Iofreq 1 – Io freq 2) dB 0 19.55
Note 1: Where used, interference from other cells and noise sources not
specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time
and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 2: SSB_RP, Es/Iot, Io, (SSB_RPCell 2 – SSB_RPCell 1) and (Iofreq 2 – Io freq 1)
levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of
the quiet zone
Note 5: Void
Note 6: Calculation of Es/IotBB includes the effect of UE internal noise up to the
value assumed for the associated Refsens requirement in clause 7.3.2
of TS 36.101-2 [19], and an allowance of 1dB for UE multi-band
relaxation factor ΔMBP or ΔMBS from TS 38.101-2 [19] Table 6.2.1.3-4.
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not
limit UE implementation or test system implementation

A.5.7.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for Cell 2 and Cell 3 shall fulfil the absolute requirements in clause 10.1.5.1.1
and the relative requirements in clause 10.1.5.1.2.

Test 1:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 646 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Absolute accuracy of Cell 2 and absolute accuracy of Cell 3. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported SS-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.5.7.1.2.3-1.

Relative accuracy of Cell 3 compared with Cell 2. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in A.5.7.1.2.3-2.

Test 2:

Absolute accuracy of Cell 2 and absolute accuracy of Cell 3. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported SS-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.5.7.1.2.3-1.

Relative accuracy of Cell 3 compared with Cell 2. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in A.5.7.1.2.3-2.

Table A.5.7.1.2.3-1: SS-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3,4

Cell 2 SSB_RP2 -δ +Gmin +X ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤ SSB_RP2 +δ +Gmax

Cell 3 SSB_RP3 -δ +Gmin ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤ SSB_RP3 +δ +Gmax
Note 1: SSB_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
configured in the test for the cell n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.5.1.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class
Note 4: X is the Spherical coverage gain difference in dB, derived as (UE Refsens - UE Spherical coverage)
from TS 38.101-2 [19] clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4, selected according to the UE power class and operating
band. X is always a negative value.

Table A.5.7.1.2.3-2: SS-RSRP relative accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3,4

Cell 3 – Cell 2 SSB_RP3 - SSB_RP2 -δ ≤ Reported RSRP(dB) ≤ SSB_RP3 - SSB_RP2 +δ –(X)

Note 1: SSB_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
configured in the test for the cell n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP relative accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.5.1.2-1
Note 3: Void
Note 4: X is the Spherical coverage gain difference in dB, derived as (UE Refsens - UE Spherical coverage)
from TS 38.101-2 [19] clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4, selected according to the UE power class and operating
band. X is always a negative value.

A.5.7.1.3 EN-DC inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR2 target cell

A.5.7.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 10.1.5.1.1 for inter-frequency measurements with the testing configurations
in Table A.5.7.1.3.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 647 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.1.3.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy test

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz
bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz
bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz
bandwidth, TDD duplex mode 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz
bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz
bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.5.7.1.3.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are three cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2) and a FR2
neighbour cell (Cell 3) on a different frequency than the PSCell. The test parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are
defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 and Cell 3 are given in Table A.5.7.1.3.2-1 and Table
A.5.7.1.3.2-2 below. Both absolute and relative accuracy of RSRP inter-frequency measurements are tested by using
the parameters in Table A.5.7.1.3.2-1 and Table A.5.7.1.3.2-2. The inter-frequency measurements are supported by a
measurement gap.

Table A.5.7.1.3.2-1: SS-RSRP inter-frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Config Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN 1~6 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
10: 10:
1,4 NRB,c = 52 NRB,c = 52
10: 100: 10: 100:
BWchannel 2,5 MHz NRB,c = 52 NRB,c = 66 NRB,c = 52 NRB,c = 66
40: 40:
3,6 NRB,c = 106 NRB,c = 106
Gap pattern ID 0 0
1,4 FDD FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD TDD TDD TDD
3,6 TDD TDD
1,4 N/A N/A
TDDConf. TDDConf.
2,5 TDDConf. TDDConf.
TDD configuration 1.1 1.1
3.1 3.1
TDDConf. TDDConf.
3,6
2.1 2.1
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD - SR.1.1 TDD -
measurement channel
3,6 SR.2.1 FDD SR.2.1 FDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD - CR.1.1 FDD -
RMSI CORESET
2,5 CR.1.1 TDD - CR.1.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
3,6 CR.2.1 FDD - CR.2.1 FDD -
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD - CCR.1.1 FDD -
Dedicated CORESET
2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD - CCR.1.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD - CCR.2.1 TDD -
SSB.1 SSB.1
1,4
FR1 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1
SSB configuration
SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2
2,5
FR1 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 648 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB.2 SSB.2
3,6
FR1 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1 OP.1
Initial BWP DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
1~6
Configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.3 DLBWP.1.3
1~6
configuration ULBWP.1.3 ULBWP.1.3
TRS Configuration 1~6 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~6 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
Time offset between
Cell 2 and Cell 3
1~6 μs 3 3
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS 1~6 dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~6 - NA AWGN NA AWGN
Link only, Link only,
Antenna configuration 1~6 - see clause 1x2 see clause 1x2
A.3.7A A.3.7A
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N oc
for to be fulfilled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 649 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.1.3.2-2: SS-RSRP inter-frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 NOTE 3

Parameter Config Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
Angle of arrival configuration Setup
NA Setup 2b NA
according to clause A.3.15 2b
Assumption for UE beamsNote 4 N/A Rough N/A Rough
N oc dBm/15
1~4 TBD NA
kHz
N oc 1,2 dBm/SS TBD NA
3,4 B SCS TBD NA
Ê s I ot 1~4 dB TBD NA
NA NA As in
1,2 Link only, TBD Link only, Table
dBm/SC see see B.2.3-2
SS-RSRPNote1
S clause clause As in
3,4 A.3.7A TBD A.3.7A Table
B.2.3-2
dBm/ SS-
IoNote1 1~4 95.04M TBD RSRP+
Hz 28.98
Ê s N oc 1~4 dB TBD NA
Note 1: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 2: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 3: No additional noise is added by the test system in Test 2.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.7.1.3.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for Cell 3 shall fulfil the Absolute requirement in clause 10.1.5.1.1.

A.5.7.2 SS-RSRQ

A.5.7.2.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and
FR2 TDD target cell

A.5.7.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.8.1.1.

A.5.7.2.1.2 Test Parameters

In this test case all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configurations are shown in Table
A.5.7.2.1.2-1. The absolute accuracy of SS-RSRQ intra-frequency measurement is test by using the parameters in
Table A.5.7.2.1.2-2 and Table A.5.7.2.1.2-3. The configuration of cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) is specified in clause
A.3.7.2.1. In all test cases, Cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is the target cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 650 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.2.1.2-1: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, Cell 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, Cell 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 651 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.2.1.2-2: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN Freq1 Freq1
Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1
BWP configuration
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1
TRS.2.1 TRS.2.1
TRS configuration
TDD TDD
TCI.State TCI.State
TCI state
.0 .0
SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel
TDD TDD
CR.3.1 CR.3.1
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel - -
TDD TDD
CCR.3.1 CCR.3.1
Control channel RMC - -
TDD TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
SSB configuration
FR2 FR2 FR2 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS
dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note 1

Ês N oc dB 3 3 -3 -3

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 652 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.2.1.2-3: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency OTA related test parameters

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 653 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
Setup 1 according Setup 1 according to
Angle of arrival configuration
to clause A.3.15.1 clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 9 Rough

Noc Note1 dBm/15kHzN

-95
-95
ote4

-86

Noc Note1 dBm/SCSNote

-86
3

SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS
Note4 -83 -83 -89 -89

SS-RSRQ Note2
dB -14.77 -14.77 -16.81 -16.81

Ês Iot dB -1.76 -1.76 -4.76 -4.76

IoNote2 dBm/95.04
-50 --54 -54
MHz Note4

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 654 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference
and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in Clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: Void
Note 8: Void
Note 9: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.5.7.2.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ absolute measurement accuracy in test 1 shall be within the range Nominal SS-RSRQ+2.5dB to
Nominal SS-RSRQ -3.5dB and the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy in test 2 shall be within the range Nominal SS-
RSRQ +3.5dB to Nominal SS-RSRQ -4.5dB according to the requirements in clause 10.1.8.1.1 with an additional -
1dB margin reflecting the possible impact of UE self noise in the test. Nominal SS-RSRQ is the value shown in
table A.5.7.2.1.2-3. The SS-RSRQ relative measurement accuracy shall meet the requirements in clause 10.1.8.1.1.

A.5.7.2.2 EN-DC Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and
FR2 TDD target cell

A.5.7.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.9.1.1 and 10.1.9.1.2 for inter-frequency measurement.

A.5.7.2.2.2 Test Parameters

In this test case the two NR cells (i.e., Cell 2 and Cell 3) are on different carrier frequencies and measurement gaps
are provided. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.5.7.2.2.2-1. Both absolute accuracy and relative
accuracy requirements of SS-RSRQ inter-frequency measurement are tested by using test setup in Table A.5.7.2.2.2-
2 and Table A.5.7.2.2.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is target cell. Cell 1 is the E-UTRA cell
which specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1.

Table A.5.7.2.2.2-1: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 655 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.2.2.2-2: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency general test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN Freq1 freq2 freq1 Freq2
Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel TDD - TDD -

CR.3.1 CR.3.1
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel TDD - TDD -

OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1

OCNG Patterns
SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC.
SMTC configuration
1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
Ê s N oc dB -1.75 -1.75 -3 -3
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.

Table A.5.7.2.2.2-3: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 656 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Setup 1 in clause Setup 1 in clause

AoA setup
in clause A.3.15 in clause A.3.15
Assumption for UE beamsNote 8 Rough Rough

Note1
N oc dBm/15kHzN
ote4 -94.03 -94.03

-85.0

Note1
N oc dBm/SCSNote
3 -85.0

SSB_RPNote2 dBm/SCS
Note4 -86.75 -86.75 -88 -88

SS-RSRQNote2
dB -14.75 -14.75 -15.56 -15.56

Ê s I ot dB -1.75 -1.75 -3 -3

IoNote2 dBm/95.04
-53.8 -53.8 -54.25 -54.25
MHz Note4

Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRQ, SSB_RP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Void
Note 7: Void
Note 8: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 657 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.7.2.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ absolute measurement accuracy in test 1 shall be within the range Nominal SS-RSRQ+2.5dB to
Nominal SSRQ-3.5dB and the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy in test 2 shall be within the range Nominal SS-
RSRQ+3.5dB to Nominal SS-RSRQ-4.5dB according to the requirements in clause 10.1.10.1.1 with an additional -
1dB margin reflecting the possible impact of UE self noise in the test.

The SS-RSRQ relative measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.10.1.2.

A.5.7.3 SS-SINR

A.5.7.3.1 EN-DC Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and
FR2 TDD target cell

A.5.7.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.13.1.1.

A.5.7.3.1.2 Test Parameters

In this test case all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configurations are shown in Table
A.5.7.3.1.2-1. The absolute accuracy of SS-SINR intra-frequency measurement is test by using the parameters in
Table A.5.7.3.1.2-2 and Table A.5.7.3.1.2-3. The configuration of cell 1 (E-UTRA PCell) is specified in clause
A.3.7.2.1. In all test cases, Cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is the target cell.

Table A.5.7.3.1.2-1: SS-SINR Intra frequency SS-SINR supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 FDD LTE PCell, Cell 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 TDD LTE PCell, Cell 2&3 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 658 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.3.1.2-2: SS-SINR Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
SSB ARFCN Freq2 Freq2
Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX cycle configuration ms Not applicable
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0
SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel
TDD TDD
CR.3.1 CR.3.1
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel - -
TDD TDD
Dedicated RMSI CORESET Reference CCR.3 CCR.3.
- -
Channel .1 TDD 1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
SSB configuration
FR2 FR2 FR2 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS
dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note 1

Ê s N oc dB 4.54 2.66 -3 -3

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 659 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.3.1.2-3: SS-SINR Intra frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3
Setup 1 Setup 1
Angle of arrival configuration according to according to
clause A.3.15.1 clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 9 Rough Rough

Note1
N oc dBm/15kHz
Note4 -105 -105

Note1
N oc dBm/SCS
Note3 -96 -96

SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS
Note4 -91.46 -93.34 -99 -99

SS-SINR Note2
dB 0 -3.2 -4.76 -4.76

Ê s I ot dB 0 -3.2 -4.76 -4.76

dBm/95.04
IoNote2
MHz -59.2 -64
Note4

Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in Clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: Void
Note 8: Void
Note 9: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 660 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.7.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR absolute measurement accuracy in test 1 shall be within the range Nominal SS-SINR+3B to Nominal
SS-SINR -4dB and the SS-SINR measurement accuracy in test 2 shall be within the range Nominal SS-SINR
+3.5dB to Nominal SS-SINR -4.5dB according to the requirements in clause 10.1.10.13.1 with an additional -1dB
margin reflecting the possible impact of UE self noise in the test. Nominal SS-SINR is the value shown in table
A.5.7.3.1.2-3.

The SS-SINR relative measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.13.1.1.

A.5.7.3.2 EN-DC Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and
FR2 TDD target cell

A.5.7.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.15.1.1 and 10.1.15.1.2 for inter-frequency measurement.

A.5.7.3.2.2 Test Parameters

In this test case the two NR cells (i.e., Cell 2 and Cell 3) are on different carrier frequencies and measurement gaps
are provided. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.5.7.3.2.2-1. Both absolute accuracy and relative
accuracy requirements of SS-SINR inter-frequency measurement are tested by using test setup in Table A.5.7.3.2.2-
2 and Table A.5.7.3.2.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 2 is the PSCell and Cell 3 is target cell. Cell 1 is the E-UTRA cell
which specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1. The TCI status for Cell 1 is
defined in Table A.3.16.2-1 and TRS configuration for Cell 1 is defined in Table A.3.17.2.1-1.

Table A.5.7.3.2.2-2: SS-SINR Inter frequency SS-SINR supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A. 5.7.3.2.2-2: SS-SINR Inter frequency general test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 661 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN Freq1 freq2 freq1 Freq2 freq1 Freq2

Duplex mode TDD TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX cycle configuration ms Not applicable
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0
SR.3.1 SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel TDD - TDD - TDD -

CR.3.1 CR.3.1 CR.3.1

RMSI CORESET Reference Channel TDD - TDD - TDD -

OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1

OCNG Patterns
SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC.
SMTC configuration
1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120 120 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1

Ê s N oc dB -0.5 -0.5 11.0 11.0 -3.0 -3.0

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

Table A.5.7.3.2.2-3: SS-SINR Inter frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 2 Cell 3

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 662 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Setup 1 Setup 1 Setup 1

Angle of arrival configuration degrees according to according to according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough Rough Rough

Note1
N oc dBm/15kHz
Note4 -105 -105 -105

Note1
N oc dBm/SCS
Note3 -96 -96 -96

SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS
Note4 -96.5 -96.5 -85 -85 -99 -99

SS-SINRNote2
dB -0.5 -0.5 11 11 -3.0 -3.0

Ê s I ot dB -0.5 -0.5 11 11 -3.0 -3.0

IoNote2 dBm/95.04
-69.3 -55.4 -65.24
MHz Note4

Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in Clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: Void
Note 8: Void
Note 9: Void
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 663 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.5.7.3.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR absolute measurement accuracy in test 1 shall be within the range Nominal SS-SINR+3dB to Nominal
SS-SINR -4dB and the SS-SINR measurement accuracy in test 2 shall be within the range Nominal SS-SINR+3.5dB
to Nominal SS-SINR -4.5dB according to the requirements in clause 10.1.15.1.1 with an additional -1dB margin
reflecting the possible impact of UE self noise in the test. Nominal SS-SINR is the value shown in table A.5.7.2.2.2-
3

The SS-SINR relative measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.15.1.2.

A.5.7.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting

A.5.7.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement

A.5.7.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 9.5.2 and clause 10.1.20.1 for L1-RSRP measurements based on SSB with
the testing configurations for NR cells in Table A.5.7.4.1.1-1.

The AoA setup for this test is Setup 1 as defined in clause A.3.15.

Table A.5.7.4.1.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

A.5.7.4.1.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test
parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table
A.5.7.4.1.2-1 and Table A.5.7.4.1.2-2 below. The absolute and relative accuracy of L1-RSRP measurements are
tested by using the parameters in Table A.5.7.4.1.2-1 and Table A.5.7.4.1.2-2.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured one SSB resource set with two
SSB resources. UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSB resources 0
and 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 664 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.4.1.2-1: FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP general test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Test 1 Test 2

SSB GSCN 1~4 freq1 freq1
Duplex mode 1~4 TDD TDD
TDD Configuration 1~4 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~4 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~4 SR.3.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~4 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~4 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
1,2 SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2
SSB configuration
3,4 SSB.2 FR2 SSB.2 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~4 OP.1 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~4
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3 DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~4
ULBWP.1.3 ULBWP.1.3
TRS Configuration 1~4 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~4 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
SMTC configuration 1~4 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
reportConfigType 1~4 periodic periodic
reportQuantity 1~4 ssb-Index-RSRP ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~4 2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~4 slot640 slot640
Propagation condition 1~4 AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~4 dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
Noc
for to be fulfilled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 665 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.4.1.2-2: FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 NOTE 3

Parameter Config Unit
SSB0 SSB1 SSB0 SSB1
Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to Setup 1 according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 4 Rough Rough
Noc dBm/15
1~4 -100 n.a.
kHz
Noc 1,2 dBm/SS -91 n.a.
3,4 B SCS -88 n.a.
Ê s I ot 1~4 dB 10 -2 n.a.
1,2 dBm/SC -81 -93 As in Table B.2.4-2
SS-RSRPNote1
3,4 S -78 -90 As in Table B.2.4-2
dBm/
-51.57
IoNote1 1~4 95.04M SS-RSRP+28.98
Hz
Ê s N oc 1~4 dB 10 -2 n.a.
Note 1: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 2: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 3: No additional noise is added by the test system in Test 2.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.7.4.1.3 Test Requirements

After 640ms from the beginning of the test, the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy for SSB#0 and SSB#1 of Cell 2
shall fulfil the requirements in clauses 10.1.20.1. The following requirements are to be verified:

For Test 1:

Absolute accuracy of SSB0 and absolute accuracy of SSB1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.5.7.4.1.3-1.

Relative accuracy of SSB0 compared with SSB1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.1.2-1.

For Test 2:

Absolute accuracy of SSB0 and absolute accuracy of SSB1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.5.7.4.1.3-1.

Relative accuracy of SSB0 compared with SSB1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.1.2-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 666 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.4.1.3-1: L1-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

SSB0 SSB_RP0 -δ + Gmin ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤ SSB_RP0 +δ + Gmax
SSB1 SSB_RP1 -δ + Gmin ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤ SSB_RP1 +δ + Gmax
Note 1: SSB_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
configured in the test for the SSB n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.20.1.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

A.5.7.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement on resource set with repetition off

A.5.7.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clauses 9.5.3 and clause 10.1.20.2 for L1-RSRP measurements based on CSI-RS
with the testing configurations for NR cells in Table A.5.7.4.2.1-1.

The AoA setup for this test is Setup 1 as defined in clause A.3.15.

Table A.5.7.4.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

A.5.7.4.2.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are two cells in the test, E-UTRAN PCell (Cell 1), FR1 PSCell (Cell 2). The test
parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters for the Cell 2 are given in Table
A.5.7.4.2.2-1 and Table A.5.7.4.2.2-2 below. The absolute and relative accuracy of L1-RSRP measurements are
tested by using the parameters in Table A.5.7.4.2.2-1 and Table A.5.7.4.2.2-2.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured one CSI-RS resource set with
two CSI-RS resources. UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD based on SSB 0 and 1. CSI-RS is not
transmitted in the same OFDM symbols as SSB.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 667 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.4.2.2-1: FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP general test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Test 1 Test 2

SSB GSCN 1~2 freq1 freq1
Duplex mode 1~2 TDD TDD
TDD Configuration 1~2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~2 SR.3.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
SSB configuration 1~2 SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~2 OP.1 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~2
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~2
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
TRS Configuration 1~2 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~2 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
SMTC configuration 1~2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
CSI-RS 1~2 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD CSI-RS.3.2 TDD
reportConfigType 1~2 periodic periodic
reportQuantity 1~2 cri-RSRP cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~2 2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~2 slot640 slot640
Propagation condition 1~2 AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~2 1x2 1x2
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~2 dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power

for
Noc to be fulfilled.

Table A.5.7.4.2.2-2: FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP OTA related test parameters

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 668 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Test 1 Test 2 NOTE 3

Parameter Config Unit CSI-
CSI-RS0 CSI-RS1 CSI-RS0
RS1
Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to Setup 1 according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 4 Rough Rough
Noc dBm/15
1~2 -100 n.a.
kHz
Noc dBm/SS n.a.
1~2 -91
B SCS n.a.
Ê s I ot 1~2 dB 10 -2 n.a.
dBm/SC
CSI-RS-RSRPNote1 1~2 -81 -93 As in Table B.2.4-2
S
dBm/
IoNote1 1~2 95.04M -59.86 SS-RSRP+28.98
Hz
Ê s N oc 1~2 dB -51.57 -2 n.a.
Note 1: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 2: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 3: No additional noise is added by the test system in Test 2.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.5.7.4.2.3 Test Requirements

After 640ms from the beginning of the test, the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy for CSI-RS#0 and CSI-RS#1 of
Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirements in clauses 10.1.20.2. The following requirements are to be verified:

For Test 1:

Absolute accuracy of CSI-RS0 and absolute accuracy of CSI-RS1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.5.7.4.2.3-1.

Relative accuracy of CSI-RS0 compared with CSI-RS1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference
in reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1.

For Test 2:

Absolute accuracy of CSI-RS0 and absolute accuracy of CSI-RS1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.5.7.4.2.3-1.

Relative accuracy of CSI-RS0 compared with CSI-RS1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference
in reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 669 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.5.7.4.2.3-1: L1-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

CSI-RS0 CSI-RS _RP0 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP0 +δ + Gmax
CSI-RS1 CSI-RS _RP1 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP1 +δ + Gmax
Note 1: CSI-RS_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet
zone configured in the test for the CSI-RS n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.20.2.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

A.5.8 Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 670 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6 NR standalone tests with all NR cells in FR1

A.6.1 SA: RRC_IDLE state mobility
A.6.1.1 Cell re-selection to NR
A.6.1.1.1 Cell reselection to FR1 intra-frequency NR case
A.6.1.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the intra frequency NR cell reselection requirements specified in
clause 4.2.2.3.

A.6.1.1.1.2 Test Parameters

The test scenario comprises of 1 NR carrier and 2 cells as given in tables A.6.1.1.1.2-1, A.6.1.1.1.2-2 and
A.6.1.1.1.2-3. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, and T3 respectively.
Only cell 1 is already identified by the UE prior to the start of the test. Cell 1 and cell 2 belong to different tracking
areas. Furthermore, UE has not registered with network for the tracking area containing cell 2.

Table A.6.1.1.1.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.6.1.1.1.2-2: General test parameters for intra frequency NR cell re-selection test case

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3 Cell2

T2 end Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell2

condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3 Cell1
Final Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell1
condition
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1
Time offset between cells 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
Access Barring Information - 1, 2, 3 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC
pattern 2
2 SMTC
pattern 1
3 SMTC
pattern 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 671 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

DRX cycle length s 1, 2, 3 1.28 The value shall be used for all cells in the
test.
PRACH configuration index 1, 2, 3 102 The detailed configuration is specified in
TS 38.211 clause 6.3.3.2
rangeToBestCell 1, 2, 3 Not
configured
T1 s 1, 2, 3 >7 During T1, Cell 2 shall be powered off,
and during the off time the physical cell
identity shall be changed, The intention is
to ensure that Cell 2 has not been
detected by the UE prior to the start of
period T2
T2 s 1, 2, 3 40 T2 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.
T3 s 1, 2, 3 15 T3 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 672 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.1.1.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for intra frequency NR cell re-selection test case
in AWGN

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 673 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
TDD configuration 1 N/A N/A
2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC configuration 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Pattern 1, 2, 3 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 SSB SSB
Qrxlevmin dBm/SCS 1, 2 -140 -140
3 -137 -137
Pcompensation dB 1, 2, 3 0 0
Qhysts dB 1, 2, 3 0 0
Qoffsets, n dB 1, 2, 3 0 0
Cell_selection_and_ 1, 2, 3 SS-RSRP SS-RSRP
reselection_quality_
measurement
Ê s I ot dB 1 16 -3.11 2.79 -infinity 2.79 -3.11
2
3
dBm/SCS 1 -98
Noc Note2

2 -98
3 -95
dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
Noc Note2

2
3
Ê s N oc
dB 1 16 13 16 -infinity 16 13
2
3
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -82 -85 -82 -infinity -82 -85
2 -82 -85 -82 -infinity -82 -85
3 -79 -82 -79 -infinity -79 -82
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -53.94 -52.21 -52.21 Specified in Cell 1
columns-
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -53.94 -52.21 -52.21

dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -47.85 -46.12 -46.12

Treselection s 1, 2, 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sintrasearch dB 1, 2, 3 N50 N50
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 674 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over

subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N
oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

A.6.1.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The cell reselection delay to a newly detectable cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T2, to
the moment when the UE camps on Cell 2, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on Cell 2.

The cell re-selection delay to a newly detectable cell shall be less than 34 s.

The cell reselection delay to an already detected cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T3, to
the moment when the UE camps on cell 1, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 1.

The cell re-selection delay to an already detected cell shall be less than 8 s.

The rate of correct cell reselections observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The cell re-selection delay to a newly detectable cell can be expressed as: Tdetect, NR_Intra + TSI-NR, and to
an already detected cell can be expressed as: Tevaluate, NR_ intra + TSI-NR,

Where:

Tdetect, NR_Intra See Table 4.2.2.3-1 in clause 4.2.2.3

Tevaluate, NR_ intra See Table 4.2.2.3-1 in clause 4.2.2.3

TSI-NR Maximum repetition period of relevant system info blocks that needs to be received by the UE
to camp on a cell; 1280ms is assumed in this test case.

This gives a total of 33.28 s, allow 34 s for the cell re-selection delay to a newly detectable cell and 7.68 s for the
cell re-selection delay to an already detected cell in the test case, which we allow 8 s.

A.6.1.1.2 Cell reselection to FR1 inter-frequency NR case

A.6.1.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the inter frequency NR cell reselection requirements specified in
clause 4.2.2.4.

A.6.1.1.2.2 Test Parameters

The test scenario comprises of 2 cells on 2 different NR carriers respectively as given in tables A.6.1.1.2.2-1,
A.6.1.1.2.2-2 and A.6.1.1.2.2-3. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, and
T3 respectively. Both cell 1 and cell 2 are already identified by the UE prior to the start of the test. Cell 1 and cell 2
belong to different tracking areas and cell 2 is of higher priority than cell 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 675 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.1.1.2.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD
duplex mode duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.6.1.1.2.2-2: General test parameters for FR1 inter frequency NR cell re-selection test case

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell2 The UE camps on cell 2 in the initial
condition phase and during T1 period the UE
reselects to cell 1
T1 end Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell1 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3 Cell2 during T1
T3 end Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell2 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 2
condition with higher priority during T3
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1, 2
Time offset between cells 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
Access Barring Information - 1, 2, 3 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC
pattern 2
2 SMTC
pattern 1
3 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1, 2, 3 1.28 The value shall be used for all cells in the
test.
PRACH configuration index 1, 2, 3 102 The detailed configuration is specified in
TS 38.211 clause 6.3.3.2
rangeToBestCell 1, 2, 3 Not
configured
T1 s 1, 2, 3 15 T1 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.
T2 s 1, 2, 3 >7 During T2, cell 2 shall be powered off,
and during the off time the physical cell
identity shall be changed. The intention is
to ensure that cell 2 has not been
detected by the UE prior to the start of
period T3.
T3 s 1, 2, 3 75 T3 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 676 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.1.1.2.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 inter frequency NR cell re-selection test
case in AWGN

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 677 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TDD configuration 1 N/A N/A

2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC configuration 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Pattern 1, 2, 3 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 SSB SSB
Qrxlevmin dBm/SCS 1, 2 -140 -140
3 -137 -137
Pcompensation dB 1, 2, 3 0 0
Qhysts dB 1, 2, 3 0 0
Qoffsets, n dB 1, 2, 3 0 0
Cell_selection_and_ 1, 2, 3 SS-RSRP SS-RSRP
reselection_quality_
measurement
Ê s I ot dB 1 14 14 14 -4 -infinity 12
2
3
dBm/SCS 1 -98
Noc Note2

2 -98
3 -95
dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
Noc Note2

2
3
Ê s N oc
dB 1 14 14 14 -4 -infinity 12
2
3
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -84 -84 -84 -102 -infinity -86
2 -84 -84 -84 -102 -infinity -86
3 -81 -81 -81 -99 -infinity -83
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -55.88 -55.88 -55.88 -68.60 -infinity -57.78
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -55.88 -55.88 -55.88 -68.60 -infinity -57.78
dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -49.79 -49.79 -49.79 -62.50 -infinity -51.69
Treselection s 1, 2, 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
Snonintrasearch dB 1, 2, 3 50 Not sent
Threshx, high dB 1, 2, 3 48 48
Threshserving, low dB 1, 2, 3 44 44
Threshx, low dB 1, 2, 3 50 50
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 678 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over

subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N
oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

A.6.1.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The cell reselection delay to a higher priority cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T3, to the
moment when the UE camps again on cell 2, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 2.

The cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell shall be less than 68 s.

The cell reselection delay to a lower priority cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T1, to the
moment when the UE camps on cell 1, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 1.

The cell re-selection delay to a lower priority cell shall be less than 8 s.

The rate of correct cell reselections observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell can be expressed as: Thigher_priority_search + Tevaluate, NR_
+ TSI-NR, and to a lower priority cell can be expressed as: Tevaluate, NR_ inter + TSI-NR,
inter

Where:

Thigher_priority_search See clause 4.2.2.7

Tevaluate, NR_ inter See Table 4.2.2.4-1 in clause 4.2.2.4

TSI-NR Maximum repetition period of relevant system info blocks that needs to be received by the UE
to camp on a cell; 1280 ms is assumed in this test case.

This gives a total of 67.68 s, allow 68 s for the cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell and 7.68 s for the cell
re-selection delay to a lower priority cell in the test case, which we allow 8 s.

A.6.1.2 Inter-RAT E-UTRAN cell re-selection

A.6.1.2.1 Cell reselection to higher priority E-UTRAN
A.6.1.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the NR to E-UTRAN inter-RAT cell reselection requirements specified in
clause 4.2.2.5 when the E-UTRAN cell is of higher priority.

A.6.1.2.1.2 Test Parameters

The test scenario comprises of one NR cell and one E-UTRAN cell as given in tables A.6.1.2.1.2-1, A.6.1.2.1.2-2,
A.6.1.2.1.2-3 and A.6.1.2.1.2-4. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, and
T3 respectively. NR cell 1 is already identified by the UE prior to the start of the test. E-UTRAN cell 2 is of higher
priority than cell 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 679 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.1.2.1.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
TDD duplex mode
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
FDD duplex mode
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
TDD duplex mode
6 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.6.1.2.1.2-2: General test parameters for NR to E-UTRAN cell re-selection test case

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell1 The UE camps on cell 1 in the initial
condition phase and during T2 period the UE
reselects to cell 2.
T2 end Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell2 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 2
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell1 during T2.
T3 end Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell1 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell2 during T3 for iteration of the tests.
Access Barring Information - 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
DRX cycle length s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1.28 The value shall be used for all cells in the
test.
NR PRACH configuration index 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 102 The detailed configuration is specified in
TS 38.211 clause 6.3.3.2
E-UTRAN PRACH configuration 1, 2, 3 53 As specified in table 5.7.1-2 in
index 4, 5, 6 4 TS 36.211 [23]
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 >7 During T1, cell 2 shall be powered off,
and during the off time the physical cell
identity shall be changed. The intention is
to ensure that cell 2 has not been
detected by the UE prior to the start of
period T2.
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 75 T2 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.
T3 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 15 T3 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.

Table A.6.1.2.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR cell 1

Parameter Unit Test configuration Cell 1

T1 T2 T3
TDD configuration 1, 4 N/A
2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH parameters 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 680 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD
SSB parameters 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
NR SMTC parameters 1, 4 SMTC pattern 2
2, 5 SMTC pattern 1
3, 6 SMTC pattern 1
OCNG Pattern 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0
Initial UL BWP configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.0
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SSB
Qrxlevmin dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -140
3, 6 -137
dBm/SCS 1, 4 -98
Noc 2, 5 -98
3, 6 -95
dBm/15 kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Noc
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1, 4 -84 -84 -84
2, 5 -84 -84 -84
3, 6 -81 -81 -81
Ê s I ot dB 1, 4 14 14 14
2, 5
3, 6
Ê s N oc dB 1, 4 14 14 14
2, 5
3, 6
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 4 -55.88 -55.88 -55.88
dBm/9.36 MHz 2, 5 -55.88 -55.88 -55.88
dBm/38.16 MHz 3, 6 -49.79 -49.79 -49.79
Treselection S 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
Snonintrasearch dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 50
Threshx, high (Note 2) dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 48
Threshserving, low dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 44
Threshx, low dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 50
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: This refers to the value of Threshx, high which is included in NR system information, and is
a threshold for the E-UTRA target cell

Table A.6.1.2.1.2-4: Cell specific test parameters for E-UTRA cell 2

Parameter Unit Cell 2

T1 T2 T3
E-UTRA RF Channel 1
number
BWchannel MHz 10
OCNG Patterns defined in OP.2 TDD for test
TS 36.133 [15] clause A.3.2 configuration 1, 2, 3;
OP.2 FDD for test
configuration 4, 5, 6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 681 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PBCH_RA dB
PBCH_RB dB
PSS_RA dB
SSS_RA dB
PCFICH_RB dB
PHICH_RA dB
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA dB
PDCCH_RB dB
PDSCH_RA dB
PDSCH_RB dB
OCNG_RANote 1 dB
OCNG_RBNote 1 dB
Qrxlevmin dBm -140
dBm/15 kHz -98
Noc
RSRP dBm/15 KHz -infinity -86 -102
Ê s I ot dB -infinity 12 -4
Ê s N oc dB -infinity 12 -4
TreselectionEUTRAN S 0
Snonintrasearch dB Not sent
Threshx, high (Note 2) dB 48
Threshserving, low dB 44
Threshx, low dB 50
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated
and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: This refers to the value of Threshx, high which is included in E-
UTRA system information, and is a threshold for the NR target
cell

A.6.1.2.1.3 Test Requirements

The cell reselection delay to a higher priority E-UTRAN cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time
period T2, to the moment when the UE camps on cell 2, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 2.

The cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell shall be less than 68 s.

The rate of correct cell reselections observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell can be expressed as: Thigher_priority_search + Tevaluate, E-
UTRAN + TSI-E-UTRA,

Where:

Thigher_priority_search See clause 4.2.2.7

Tevaluate, E-UTRAN See Table 4.2.2.5-1 in clause 4.2.2.5

TSI-E-UTRA Maximum repetition period of relevant system info blocks that needs to be received by the UE
to camp on a cell; 1280 ms is assumed in this test case.

This gives a total of 67.68 s, allow 68 s for the cell re-selection delay to a higher priority E-UTRAN cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 682 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.1.2.2 Cell reselection to lower priority E-UTRAN

A.6.1.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the NR to E-UTRAN inter-RAT cell reselection requirements specified in
clause 4.2.2.5 when the E-UTRAN cell is of lower priority.

A.6.1.2.2.2 Test Parameters

The test scenario comprises of one NR cell and one E-UTRAN cell as given in tables A.6.1.2.2.2-1, A.6.1.2.2.2-2,
A.6.1.2.2.2-3 and A.6.1.2.2.2-4. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2
respectively. Both NR cell 1 and E-UTRAN cell 2 are already identified by the UE prior to the start of the test. E-
UTRAN cell 2 is of lower priority than cell 1.

Table A.6.1.2.2.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
TDD duplex mode
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
FDD duplex mode
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
TDD duplex mode
6 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, LTE 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.6.1.2.2.2-2: General test parameters for NR to E-UTRAN cell re-selection test case

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell1 The UE camps on cell 1 in the initial
condition phase.
T1 end Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell2 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 2
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell1 during T1.
T2 end Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell1 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell2 during T2 for iteration of the tests.
Access Barring Information - 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
DRX cycle length s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1.28 The value shall be used for all cells in the
test.
NR PRACH configuration index 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 102 The detailed configuration is specified in
TS 38.211 clause 6.3.3.2
E-UTRAN PRACH configuration 1, 2, 3 53 As specified in table 5.7.1-2 in
index 4, 5, 6 4 TS 36.211 [23]
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 15 T1 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 75 T2 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 683 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.1.2.2.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR cell 1

Parameter Unit Test configuration Cell 1

T1 T2
TDD configuration 1, 4 N/A
2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC configuration 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET RMC 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
configuration 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET RMC 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD
configuration 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD
SSB configuration 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1, 4 SMTC pattern 2
2, 5 SMTC pattern 1
3, 6 SMTC pattern 1
OCNG Pattern 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0
Initial UL BWP configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.0
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SSB
Qrxlevmin dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -140
3, 6 -137
dBm/SCS 1, 4 -98
Noc 2, 5 -98
3, 6 -95
dBm/15 kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Noc
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1, 4 -102 -86
2, 5 -102 -86
3, 6 -99 -83
Ê s I ot dB 1, 4 -4 12
2, 5
3, 6
Ê s N oc dB 1, 4 -4 12
2, 5
3, 6
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 4 -68.60 -57.78
dBm/9.36 MHz 2, 5 -68.60 -57.78
dBm/38.16 MHz 3, 6 -62.50 -51.69
Treselection S 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
Snonintrasearch dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 50
Threshx, high (Note 2) dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 48
Threshserving, low dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 44
Threshx, low dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 50
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: This refers to the value of Threshx, high which is included in NR system information, and is
a threshold for the E-UTRA target cell

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 684 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.1.2.2.2-4: Cell specific test parameters for E-UTRA cell 2

Parameter Unit Cell 2

T1 T2
T3
E-UTRA RF Channel 1
number
BWchannel MHz 10
OCNG Patterns defined in OP.2 TDD for test
TS 36.133 [15] clause A.3.2 configuration 1, 2, 3;
OP.2 FDD for test
configuration 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RA dB
PBCH_RB dB
PSS_RA dB
SSS_RA dB
PCFICH_RB dB
PHICH_RA dB
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA dB
PDCCH_RB dB
PDSCH_RA dB
PDSCH_RB dB
OCNG_RANote 1 dB
OCNG_RBNote 1 dB
Qrxlevmin dBm -140
dBm/15 kHz -98
Noc
RSRP dBm/15 KHz -84 -84
Ê s I ot dB 14 14
Ê s N oc dB 14 14
TreselectionEUTRAN S 0
Snonintrasearch dB Not sent
Threshx, high (Note 2) dB 48
Threshserving, low dB 44
Threshx, low dB 50
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated
and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: This refers to the value of Threshx, high which is included in E-
UTRA system information, and is a threshold for the NR target
cell

A.6.1.2.2.3 Test Requirements

The cell reselection delay to a lower priority E-UTRAN cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period
T1, to the moment when the UE camps on cell 2, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 2.

The cell re-selection delay to a lower priority cell shall be less than 8 s.

The rate of correct cell reselections observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The cell re-selection delay to a lower priority cell can be expressed as: Tevaluate, E-UTRAN + TSI-E-UTRA,

Where:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 685 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Tevaluate, E-UTRAN See Table 4.2.2.5-1 in clause 4.2.2.5

TSI-E-UTRA Maximum repetition period of relevant system info blocks that needs to be received by the UE
to camp on a cell; 1280 ms is assumed in this test case.

This gives a total of 7.68 s, allow 8 s for the cell re-selection delay to a lower priority E-UTRAN cell.

A.6.2 SA: RRC_INACTIVE state mobility

A.6.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility
A.6.3.1 Handover
A.6.3.1.1 Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1; known target cell
A.6.3.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the NR FR1-NR FR1 intra frequency handover requirements specified in
clause 6.1.1.2.

A.6.3.1.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.3.1.1.2-1. Both handover delay and interruption length are
tested by using the parameters in table A.6.3.1.1.2-2, and A.6.3.1.1.2-3.

The test consists of three successive time periods, with time durations of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of
time duration T1, the UE may not have any timing information of cell 2.

NR shall send a RRC message implying handover to cell 2. The RRC message implying handover shall be sent to
the UE during period T2, after the UE has reported Event A3. T3 is defined as the end of the last TTI containing the
RRC message implying handover.

Table A.6.3.1.1.2-1: Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1 test configurations

Config Description
1 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 Source cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.3.1.1.2-2: General test parameters Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
A3-Offset dB 0
Hysteresis dB 0
Time To Trigger s 0
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
Time offset between cells 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 5
T2 s ≤5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 686 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

T3 s 1

Table A.6.3.1.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR FR1-FR1 Intra frequency handover test
case

Cell 1 Cell 2
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
NR RF Channel Number 1 1
Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
CORESET Reference
Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB Configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PRACH configuration FR1 PRACH configuration 1
BWP configuraiton Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1
BWP
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Note2 dBm/15kH
N oc -98
z
Note2 Config 1,2 -98
N oc
Config 3 dBm/SCS -95

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 687 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

-
Ê s I ot dB 8 -3.3 -3.3 2.36 2.36
Infinity
-
Ê s N oc dB 8 8 8 11 11
Infinity
-
Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -90 -90 -90 -87 -87
Infinity
SSB_RP
-
Config 3 dBm/SCS -87 -87 -87 -84 -84
Infinity
dBm/
Config 1,2 -61.41 -57.06 -57.06 -61.41 -57.06 -57.06
Note3 9.36MHz
Io
dBm/
Config 3 -55.31 -50.96 -50.96 -55.31 -50.96 -50.96
38.16MHz
Propagation condition - AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

A.6.3.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 72 ms from the beginning of time period T3.
The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 10 ms and is specified in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2].

Tinterrupt = 62 ms in the test. Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.1.2.2.

This gives a total of 72 ms.

A.6.3.1.2 Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1; unknown target cell

A.6.3.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the NR FR1-NR FR1 intra frequency handover requirements specified in
clause 6.1.1.2.

A.6.3.1.2.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.3.1.2.2-1. Both handover delay and interruption length are
tested by using the parameters in table A.6.3.1.2.2-2, and A.6.3.1.2.2-3.

The test scenario comprises of two cells on one carrier. No gap patterns are configured in the test case. The test
consists of two successive time periods, with time durations of T1, T2 respectively. At the start of time duration T1,
the UE does not have any timing information of cell 2. Starting T2, cell 2 becomes detectable and the UE receives a
RRC handover command from the network. The start of T2 is the instant when the last TTI containing the RRC
message implying handover is sent to the UE.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 688 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.1.2.2-1: Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1 test configurations

Config Description
1 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 Source cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.3.1.2.2-2: General test parameters Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1
Parameter Unit Value Comment
Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
Time offset between cells 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 5
T2 s ≤5

Table A.6.3.1.2.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR FR1-FR1 Intra frequency handover test
case

Cell 1 Cell 2
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
NR RF Channel Number 1 1
Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf. 2.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
CORESET Reference
Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB Configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 689 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PRACH configuration FR1 PRACH configuration 1

Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1
BWP
BWP configuration
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Note2 dBm/15kH
N oc -98
z
Note2 Config 1,2 -98
N oc
Config 3 dBm/SCS -95
Ê s I ot dB 8 -0.64 -Infinity -0.64
Ê s N
oc dB 8 8 -Infinity 8
Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -90 -90 -Infinity -90
SSB_RP
Config 3 dBm/SCS -87 -87 -Infinity -87
dBm/
Config 1,2 -61.41 -58.71 -61.41 -58.71
9.36MHz
IoNote3
dBm/
Config 3 -55.31 -52.60 -55.31 -52.60
38.16MHz
Propagation condition - AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

A.6.3.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 92 ms from the beginning of time period T2.
The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 10 ms and is specified in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2].

Tinterrupt = 82 ms in the test. Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.1.2.2.

This gives a total of 92 ms.

A.6.3.1.3 Inter-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1; unknown target cell

A.6.3.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the NR FR1-NR FR1 inter frequency handover requirements specified in
clause 6.1.1.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 690 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.3.1.3.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.3.1.3.2-1. Both handover delay and interruption length are
tested by using the parameters in table A.6.3.1.3.2-2, and A.6.3.1.3.2-3.

The test scenario comprises of two carriers and one cell on each carrier. No gap patterns are configured in the test
case. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time durations of T1, T2 respectively. At the start of
time duration T1, the UE does not have any timing information of cell 2. Starting T2, cell 2 becomes detectable and
the UE receives a RRC handover command from the network. The start of T2 is the instant when the last TTI
containing the RRC message implying handover is sent to the UE.

Table A.6.3.1.3.2-1: Inter-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1 test configurations

Config Description
1 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 Source cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.3.1.3.2-2: General test parameters Inter-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
T1 s 5
T2 s ≤5

Table A.6.3.1.3.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR FR1-FR1 Inter frequency handover test
case

Cell 1 Cell 2
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
NR RF Channel Number 1 2
Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 691 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CORESET Reference Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD

Channel Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB Configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PRACH configuration FR1 PRACH configuration 1
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1
BWP
BWP
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Note2 dBm/15kH
N oc -98 -98
z
Note2 Config 1,2 -98 -98
N oc
Config 3 dBm/SCS -95 -95
Ê s I ot dB 4 4 -Infinity 5
Ê s N oc dB 4 4 -Infinity 5
Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -94 -94 -Infinity -93
SSB_RP
Config 3 dBm/SCS -91 -91 -Infinity -90
dBm/
Config 1,2 -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -63.85
9.36MHz
IoNote3
dBm/
Config 3 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -57.75
38.16MHz
Propagation condition - AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

A.6.3.1.3.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 132 ms from the beginning of time period T2.
The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 10 ms and is specified in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2].

Tinterrupt = 122 ms in the test. Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.1.2.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 692 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

This gives a total of 132 ms.

A.6.3.1.4 SA NR - E-UTRAN handover

A.6.3.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this set of tests is to verify that the UE can make correct inter-RAT E-UTRAN handover when
operating in standalone (SA) operation with PCell in FR1. This test shall verify the NR to E-UTRAN handover
requirements as specified in clause 6.1.2.1.

The test comprises of one NR carrier and one E-UTRA carrier. There are two cells and one cell on each carrier. Cell
1 is the NR PCell and Cell 2 is an inter-RAT E-UTRAN neighbour cell. The test consists of three successive time
periods, with time durations of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of time duration T1, the UE does not have
any timing information of Cell 2. Starting T2, Cell 2 becomes detectable and the UE is expected to detect and send a
measurement report. Gap pattern configuration with id #0 as specified in Table 9.1.2-1 is configured before T2
begins to enable inter-RAT frequency monitoring.

A RRC message implying handover shall be sent to the UE during period T2 after the UE has reported Event B2.
The start of T3 is the instant when the last TTI containing the RRC message implying handover is sent to the UE.
The handover message shall contain Cell 2 as the target cell.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.3.1.4-1. General test parameters are provided in Table
A.6.3.1.4-2. Cell specific test parameters for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are provided in Tables A.6.3.1.4-3 and A.6.3.1.4-4
respectively.

Table A.6.3.1.4-1: Supported test configurations for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN handover tests

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
6 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 693 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.1.4-2: General test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN handover

Parameter Unit Value Comment
NR RF Channel Number 1 1 NR carrier frequency is used in
the test
LTE RF Channel Number 2 1 E-UTRAN carrier frequency is
used in the test
Initial conditions
Active cell Cell 1 NR cell
Neighbouring cell Cell 2 E-UTRAN cell
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
NR measurement quantity SS-RSRP
E-UTRAN measurement quantity RSRP
b2-Threshold1 dBm As specified in Table Absolute NR SS-RSRP threshold
A.6.3.1.4-3 for event B2
b2-Threshold2EUTRAN dBm -98 Absolute E-UTRAN RSRP
threshold for event B2
Hysteresis dB 0
TimeToTrigger s 0
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX OFF Non-DRX test
Access Barring Information - Not sent No additional delays in random
access procedure
Time offset between cells 3 ms Asynchronous cells
Gap pattern configuration Id 0 As specified in Table 9.1.2-1
started before T2 starts
T1 s 5
T2 s ≤5
T3 s 1

Table A.6.3.1.4-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRA handover (Cell 1)

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2 T3
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 4 FDD
2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.1.2
BWchannel MHz 1, 4 10: NRB,c = 52 (FDD)
2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52 (TDD)
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106 (TDD)
PDSCH reference measurement 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
channel 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
CORSET reference channel 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG patternNote1 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
BWP Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1
BWP
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP
SMTC configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SMTC.1
SSB configuration 1, 2, 4, 5 SSB.1 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 694 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
b2-Threshold1 dBm 1, 2, 4, 5 -96
3, 6 -93
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS
NocNote2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -100 -104 -100
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -100 -104 -100
Noc
3, 6 -97 -101 -97
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 12 0 -4
Ês/IotNote3 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 12 0 -4
SS-RSRPNote3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -88 -104 -104
3, 6 -85 -101 -101
dBm/9.36 1, 2, 4, 5 -59.78 -73.04 -70.59
IoNote3
MHz
dBm/38.16 3, 6 -53.68 -66.9448 -64.49
MHz
Propagation condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Ês/Iot, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

Table A.6.3.1.4-4: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRA handover (Cell 2)

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 2

T1 T2 T3
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 2
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PRACH 1, 2, 3 4
ConfigurationNote2 4, 5, 6 53
PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
10 MHz: R.3 FDD
20 MHz: R.6 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 695 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

DL Reference 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD

Measurement 10 MHz: R.0 TDD
ChannelNote3 20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
Measurement 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
ChannelNote3 10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote3 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote4
OCNG_RBNote4
NocNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 8 78
Ês/IotNote6 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 78 78
RSRPNote6 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -90 -90
SCH_RPNote6 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -90 -90
dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -67.21 -58.57 -58.57
IoNote6
+10log(NRB,c/100) +10log(NRB,c/100) +10log(NRB,c/100)
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Antenna Configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
and Correlation Matrix
Note7

Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: PRACH configurations are specified in table 5.7.1-2 and table 5.7.1-3 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 3: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 4: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 5: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 6: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 7: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

A.6.3.1.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 85 ms from the beginning of time period T3.

The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 50 ms and is specified in clause 6.1.2.1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 696 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Tinterrupt = 35 ms in the test; Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.2.1.

This gives a total of 85 ms.

A.6.3.1.5 SA NR - E-UTRAN handover with unknown target cell

A.6.3.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this set of tests is to verify that the UE can make correct inter-RAT E-UTRAN handover when
operating in standalone (SA) operation with PCell in FR1. This test shall verify the NR to E-UTRAN handover
requirements for the case when the target E-UTRAN cell is unknown as specified in clause 6.1.2.1.

The test comprises of one NR carrier and one E-UTRA carrier. There are two cells and one cell on each carrier. Cell
1 is the NR PCell and Cell 2 is an inter-RAT E-UTRAN neighbour cell. The test consists of two successive time
periods, with time durations of T1 and T2 respectively. At the start of time duration T1, the UE does not have any
timing information of Cell 2. Starting T2, Cell 2 becomes detectable. No Gap pattern shall be configured.

A RRC message implying handover shall be sent to the UE during period T1. The start of T2 is the instant when the
last TTI containing the RRC message implying handover is sent to the UE. The handover message shall contain Cell
2 as the target cell.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.3.1.5-1. General test parameters are provided in Table
A.6.3.1.5-2. Cell specific test parameters for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are provided in Tables A.6.3.1.5-3 and A.6.3.1.5-4
respectively.

Table A.6.3.1.5-1: Supported test configurations for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN handover tests

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
6 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.3.1.5-2: General test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN handover

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 1 1 NR carrier frequency is used in
the test
LTE RF Channel Number 2 1 E-UTRAN carrier frequency is
used in the test
Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1 NR cell
Neighbouring cell Cell 2 E-UTRAN cell
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
NR measurement quantity SS-RSRP
DRX OFF Non-DRX test
Access Barring Information - Not sent No additional delays in random
access procedure
Time offset between cells 3 ms Asynchronous cells
T1 s ≤5
T2 s 1

Table A.6.3.1.5-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRA handover (Cell 1)

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 697 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 4 FDD
2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.1.2
BWchannel MHz 1, 4 10: NRB,c = 52 (FDD)
2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52 (TDD)
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106 (TDD)
PDSCH reference measurement 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
channel 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
CORSET reference channel 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG patternNote1 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1
BWP
BWP
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP
SMTC configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SMTC.1
SSB configuration 1, 2, 4, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH_DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS
NocNote2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -98
Noc
3, 6 -95
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0 0
Ês/IotNote3 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0 0
SS-RSRPNote3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -98 -98
3, 6 -95 -95
dBm/9.36 1, 2, 4, 5 -67.04 -67.04
MHz
IoNote3
dBm/38.16 3, 6 -60.94 -60.94
MHz
Propagation condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 698 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: Ês/Iot, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

Table A.6.3.1.5-4: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRA handover (Cell 2)

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 2

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 2
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PRACH ConfigurationNote2 1, 2, 3 4
4, 5, 6 53
PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote3 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
ChannelNote3 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote3 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote4
OCNG_RBNote4
NocNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
Ês/IotNote6 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 699 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

RSRPNote6 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -91

SCH_RPNote6 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -91
IoNote6 dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -70.22 -62.43
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix Note7
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: PRACH configurations are specified in table 5.7.1-2 and table 5.7.1-3 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 3: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 4: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 5: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 6: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 7: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

A.6.3.1.5.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 165 ms from the beginning of time period T2.

The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 50 ms and is specified in clause 6.1.2.1.

Tinterrupt = 115 ms in the test; Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.2.1.

This gives a total of 165 ms.

A.6.3.2 RRC Connection Mobility Control

A.6.3.2.1 SA: RRC Re-establishment
A.6.3.2.1.1 Intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR1
A.6.3.2.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose is to verify that the NR intra-frequency RRC re-establishment delay in FR1 with known target cell is
within the specified limits. These tests will verify the requirements in clause 6.2.1.

The test parameters are given in table A.6.3.2.1.1.1-1, table A.6.3.2.1.1.1-2 and table A.6.3.2.1.1.1-3 below. The test
consists of 3 successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of time period
T2, cell 1, which is the active cell, is deactivated. The time period T3 starts after the occurrence of the radio link
failure.

Table A.6.3.2.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 700 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.2.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for NR intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment test
case in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3 Cell2

Final Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell2

condition
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1
Time offset between cells 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
N310 - 1, 2, 3 1 Maximum consecutive out-of-sync
indications from lower layers
N311 - 1, 2, 3 1 Minimum consecutive in-sync indications
from lower layers
T310 ms 1, 2, 3 0 Radio link failure timer; T310 is disabled
T311 ms 1, 2, 3 3000 RRC re-establishment timer
Access Barring Information - 1, 2, 3 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC
pattern 2
2 SMTC
pattern 1
3 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1, 2, 3 OFF
PRACH configuration 1, 2, 3 FR1 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
PRACH
configurati
on 1
T1 s 1, 2, 3 5
T2 ms 1, 2, 3 200 Time for the UE to detect RLF
T3 s 1, 2, 3 2

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 701 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.2.1.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment
test case in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
TDD configuration 1 N/A N/A
2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC configuration 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
RMC configuration 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Pattern 1, 2, 3 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
TRS configuration 1 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
2 TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD
Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP. N/A N/A N/A N/A DLBW
confgiuration 1.1 P.1.1
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP. N/A N/A N/A N/A ULBW
configuration 1.1 P.1.1
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 SSB SSB
Ê s I ot dB 1 1.54 -infinity -infinity -3.79 4 4
2
3
dBm/SCS 1 -98
Noc Note2 2 -98
3 -95
dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
Noc Note2 2
3
Ê s N oc
dB 1 7 -infinity -infinity 4 4 4
2
3
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -91 -infinity -infinity -94 -94 -94
2 -91 -infinity -infinity -94 -94 -94
3 -88 -infinity -infinity -91 -91 -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -60.74 -64.59 -64.59 -60.74 -64.59 -64.59
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -60.74 -64.59 -64.59 -60.74 -64.59 -64.59
dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -54.65 -58.50 -58.50 -54.65 -58.50 -58.50
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density
is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers

and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for

N
oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 702 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.3.2.1.1.2 Test Requirements

The RRC re-establishment delay is defined as the time from the start of time period T3, to the moment when the UE
starts to send PRACH preambles to cell 2 for sending the RRCReestablishmentRequest message to cell 2.

The RRC re-establishment delay to a known NR intra frequency cell shall be less than 1.6 s.

The rate of correct RRC re-establishments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The RRC re-establishment delay in the test is derived from the following expression:

Tre-establish_delay= TUL_grant + TUE_re-establish_delay.

Where:

TUL_grant = It is the time required to acquire and process uplink grant from the target cell. The PRACH
reception at the system simulator is used as a trigger for the completion of the test; hence TUL_grant is not
used.

= 50 ms + ே௙௥௘௤ିଵ
௎ா _௥௘ି௘௦௧௔௕௟௜௦௛ _ௗ௘௟௔௬ ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௥௔_ேோ + ∑௜ୀଵ ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬ _௜௡௧௘௥ _ேோ ,௜ + ௌூିேோ + ௉ோ஺஼ு
Nfreq = 1

Tidentify_intra_NR = 200 ms

TSI = 1280 ms; it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in TS
38.331 for the target intra-frequency NR cell.

TPRACH = 15 ms; it is the additional delay caused by the random access procedure.

This gives a total of 1545 ms, allow 1.6 s in the test case.

A.6.3.2.1.2 Inter-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR1

A.6.3.2.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose is to verify that the NR inter-frequency RRC re-establishment delay in FR1 without known target cell is
within the specified limits. These tests will verify the requirements in clause 6.2.1.

The test parameters are given in table A.6.3.2.1.2.1-1, table A.6.3.2.1.2.1-2 and table A.6.3.2.1.2.1-3 below. The test
consists of 3 successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of time period
T2, cell 1, which is the active cell, becomes inactive. The time period T3 starts after the occurrence of the radio link
failure. During T1, the UE shall be configured with the carrier frequency of cell 2 (with RF Channel Number #2) to
ensure that the UE has the context of the carrier frequency of cell 2 by the end of T1.

Table A.6.3.2.1.2.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD
duplex mode duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD
duplex mode duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 703 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.2.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-frequency RRC Re-establishment test
case in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3 Cell2

Final Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell2

condition
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1, 2
Time offset between cells 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
N310 - 1, 2, 3 1 Maximum consecutive out-of-sync
indications from lower layers
N311 - 1, 2, 3 1 Minimum consecutive in-sync indications
from lower layers
T310 ms 1, 2, 3 0 Radio link failure timer; T310 is disabled
T311 ms 1, 2, 3 5000 RRC re-establishment timer
Access Barring Information - 1, 2, 3 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC
pattern 2
2 SMTC
pattern 1
3 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1, 2, 3 OFF
PRACH configuration 1, 2, 3 FR1 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
PRACH
configurati
on 1
T1 s 1, 2, 3 5
T2 ms 1, 2, 3 200 Time for the UE to detect RLF
T3 s 1, 2, 3 5

Table A.6.3.2.1.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR inter-frequency RRC Re-establishment
test case in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1 2
TDD configuration 1 N/A N/A
2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC configuration 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
RMC configuration 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Pattern 1, 2, 3 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 704 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TRS configuration 1 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A

2 TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD
Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0 DLBWP.0
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0 ULBWP.0
configuration
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP. N/A N/A N/A N/A DLBW
confgiuration 1.1 P.1.1
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP. N/A N/A N/A N/A ULBW
configuration 1.1 P.1.1
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 SSB SSB
Ê s I ot dB 1 4 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity 7
2
3
dBm/SCS 1 -98
Noc Note2
2 -98
3 -95
dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
Noc Note2 2
3
Ê s N oc
dB 1 4 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity 7
2
3
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -94 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -91
2 -94 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -91
3 -91 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -88
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -64.59 -70.05 -70.05 -70.05 -70.05 -62.26
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -64.59 -70.05 -70.05 -70.05 -70.05 -62.26
dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -58.50 -63.94 -63.94 -63.94 -63.94 -56.15
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density
is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers
N
oc to be fulfilled.
and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

A.6.3.2.1.2.2 Test Requirements

The RRC re-establishment delay is defined as the time from the start of time period T3, to the moment when the UE
starts to send PRACH preambles to cell 2 for sending the RRCReestablishmentRequest message to cell 2.

The RRC re-establishment delay to an unknown NR inter frequency cell shall be less than 3 s.

The rate of correct RRC re-establishments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The RRC re-establishment delay in the test is derived from the following expression:

Tre-establish_delay= TUL_grant + TUE_re-establish_delay.

Where:

TUL_grant = It is the time required to acquire and process uplink grant from the target cell. The PRACH
reception at the system simulator is used as a trigger for the completion of the test; hence TUL_grant is not
used.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 705 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

ே௙௥௘௤ିଵ
௎ா _௥௘ି௘௦௧௔௕௟௜௦௛ _ௗ௘௟௔௬ = 50  + ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௥௔_ேோ +  ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௘௥_ேோ ,௜ + ௌூିேோ + ௉ோ஺஼ு
௜ୀଵ
Nfreq = 2

Tidentify_intra_NR = 800 ms

Tidentify_inter_NR = 800 ms

TSI = 1280 ms; it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in TS
38.331 for the target inter-frequency NR cell.

TPRACH = 15 ms; it is the additional delay caused by the random access procedure.

This gives a total of 2945 ms, allow 3 s in the test case.

A.6.3.2.1.3 Intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR1 without serving cell timing

A.6.3.2.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose is to verify that the NR intra-frequency RRC re-establishment delay in FR1 without serving cell timing
is within the specified limits. These tests will verify the requirements in clause 6.2.1.

The test parameters are given in table A.6.3.2.1.3.1-1, table A.6.3.2.1.3.1-2 and table A.6.3.2.1.3.1-3 below. The test
consists of 3 successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of time period
T2, cell 1, which is the active cell, is deactivated. The time period T3 starts after the occurrence of the radio link
failure.

Table A.6.3.2.1.3.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 706 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.2.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for NR intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment test
case in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3 Cell2

Final Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell2

condition
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1
Time offset between cells 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
N310 - 1, 2, 3 1 Maximum consecutive out-of-sync
indications from lower layers
N311 - 1, 2, 3 1 Minimum consecutive in-sync indications
from lower layers
T310 ms 1, 2, 3 6000 Radio link failure timer configured by
RLF-TimersAndConstants
T311 ms 1, 2, 3 3000 RRC re-establishment timer
Access Barring Information - 1, 2, 3 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC
pattern 2
2 SMTC
pattern 1
3 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1, 2, 3 OFF
PRACH configuration 1, 2, 3 FR1 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
PRACH
configurati
on 1
T1 s 1, 2, 3 5
T2 s 1, 2, 3 6 Time for the UE to detect RLF
T3 s 1, 2, 3 3

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 707 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.2.1.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment
test case in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
TDD configuration 1 N/A N/A
2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC configuration 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
RMC configuration 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Pattern 1, 2, 3 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 SSB SSB
Ê s I ot dB 1 4 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity 4
2
3
dBm/SCS 1 -98
Noc Note2
2 -98
3 -95
dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
Noc Note2
2
3
Ê s N oc
dB 1 4 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity 4
2
3
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -94 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -94
2 -94 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -94
3 -91 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -64.59 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -64.59
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -64.59 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -64.59
dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -58.50 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -58.50
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density
is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers

and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for

N
oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

A.6.3.2.1.3.2 Test Requirements

The RRC re-establishment delay is defined as the time from the start of time period T3, to the moment when the UE
starts to send PRACH preambles to cell 2 for sending the RRCReestablishmentRequest message to cell 2.

The RRC re-establishment delay to an unknown NR intra frequency cell without serving cell timing shall be less
than 2.2 s.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 708 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The rate of correct RRC re-establishments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The RRC re-establishment delay in the test is derived from the following expression:

Tre-establish_delay= TUL_grant + TUE_re-establish_delay.

Where:

TUL_grant = It is the time required to acquire and process uplink grant from the target cell. The PRACH
reception at the system simulator is used as a trigger for the completion of the test; hence TUL_grant is not
used.
ே௙௥௘௤ିଵ
௎ா _௥௘ି௘௦௧௔௕௟௜௦௛ _ௗ௘௟௔௬ = 50 ms + ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௥௔ _ேோ +  ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௘௥ _ேோ ,௜ + ௌூିேோ + ௉ோ஺஼ு
௜ୀଵ
Nfreq = 1

Tidentify_intra_NR = 800 ms

TSI = 1280 ms; it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in
TS 38.331 [2] for the target intra-frequency NR cell.

TPRACH = 15 ms; it is the additional delay caused by the random access procedure.

This gives a total of 2145 ms, allow 2.2 s in the test case.

A.6.3.2.2 Random Access

A.6.3.2.2.1 Contention based random access test in FR1 for NR standalone
A.6.3.2.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the behavior of the random access procedure is according to the
requirements and that the PRACH power settings and timing are within specified limits. This test will verify the
requirements in Clause 6.2.2.2 and Clause 7.1.2 in an AWGN model.

For this test one cell is used and configured as PCell in FR1. Supported test parameters are shown in Table
A.6.3.2.2.1.1-1. UE capble of SA with PCell in FR1 needs to be tested by using the parameters in Table
A.6.3.2.2.1.1-2.

Table A.6.3.2.2.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for contention based random access test in
FR1 for NR standalone

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations depending on UE
capability

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 709 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.2.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for contention based random access test in FR1 for
NR Standalone

Parameter Unit Test-1 Comments

SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB pattern 1 in FR1 As defined in A.3.10,
Config 2 SSB pattern 2 in FR1 except for number of
SSBs per SS-burst and
SS/PBCH block index as
below
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 2 Different from the
definition in A.3.10
SS/PBCH block index 0,1 Different from the
definition in A.3.10
Duplex Mode for Cell 2 Config 1 FDD
Config 2 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.2
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OCNG pattern 1 As defined in A.3.2.1.
PDSCH parameters Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD As defined in A.3.1.1.
Note 4
Config 2 SR.2.1 TDD
NR RF Channel Number 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS dB
Ê s I ot dB 3 Power of SSB with index
SSB with Config 1 dBm/15kHz -98 0 is set to be above
index 0 Noc Config 2 -101
configured rsrp-
ThresholdSSB
Ês N oc dB 3
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/ SCS -95
Ê s I ot dB -17 Power of SSB with index
SSB with Config 1 dBm/15kHz -98 1 is set to be below
index 1 Noc Config 2 -101
configured rsrp-
ThresholdSSB
Ês N oc dB -17
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/ SCS -115
Config 1 dBm -65.3/9.36MHz For symbols without SSB
Io Note 2 index 1
Config 2 -62.2/38.16MHz
dBm/ SCS -5 As defined in clause
ss-PBCH-BlockPower
6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].
Configured UE transmitted power ( dBm 23 As defined in clause
P ) 6.2.4 in TS 38.101-1.
CMAX, f, c

PRACH Configuration FR1 PRACH configuration 1 As defined in A.3. 8.

Propagation Condition - AWGN

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols. The OCNG pattern is chosen during the test according to the
presence of a DL reference measurement channel.
Note 2: SS-RSRP, Es/Iot and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purpose. They are
not settable parameters.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: The DL PDSCH reference measurement channel is used in the test only when a downlink transmission
dedicated to the UE under test is required.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 710 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.3.2.2.1.2 Test Requirements

Contention based random access is triggered by not explicitly assigning a random access preamble via dedicated
signalling in the downlink.

A.6.3.2.2.1.2.1 Random Access Preamble Transmission

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.1 the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access
Preamble which belongs to one of the Random Access Preambles associated with the SSB with index 0, which has
SS-RSRP above the configured rsrp-ThresholdSSB.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.6.3.2.2.1.2.2 Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.2 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. In response to the first 4 preambles, the
System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access Response not corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) and shall transmit the msg3 if the Random Access
Response contains a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if all
received Random Access Responses contain Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted
Random Access Preamble.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.6.3.2.2.1.2.3 No Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.1.3 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. The System Simulator shall not respond to
the first 4 preambles.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no
Random Access Response is received within the RA Response window.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 711 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.3.2.2.1.2.4 Receiving an UL grant for msg3 retransmission

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.1.4 the System Simulator shall provide an UL grant for msg3
retransmission following a successful Random Access Response.

The UE shall re-transmit the msg3 upon the reception of an UL grant for msg3 retransmission.

A.6.3.2.2.1.2.5 Reception of an Incorrect Message over Temporary C-RNTI

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.5 the System Simulator shall send a message addressed to the
temporary C-RNTI with a UE Contention Resolution Identity included in the MAC control element not matching
the CCCH SDU transmitted in msg3 uplink message.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires unless
the received message includes a UE Contention Resolution Identity MAC control element and the UE Contention
Resolution Identity included in the MAC control element matches the CCCH SDU transmitted in the uplink
message.

A.4.3.2.2.1.2.6 Reception of a Correct Message over Temporary C-RNTI

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.5 the System Simulator shall send a message addressed to the
temporary C-RNTI with a UE Contention Resolution Identity included in the MAC control element matching the
CCCH SDU transmitted in the msg3 uplink message.

The UE shall send ACK if the Contention Resolution is successful.

A.6.3.2.2.1.2.7 Contention Resolution Timer expiry

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.6 the System Simulator shall not send a response to a msg3.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if the
Contention Resolution Timer expires.

A.6.3.2.2.2 Non-Contention based random access test in FR1 for NR standalone

A.6.3.2.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the behavior of the random access procedure is according to the
requirements and that the PRACH power settings and timing are within specified limits. This test will verify the
requirements in Clause 6.2.2.2 and Clause 7.1.2 in an AWGN model.

For this test one cell is used and configured as PCell in FR1. Supported test parameters are shown in Table
A.6.3.2.2.2.1-1. UE capble of SA with PCell in FR1 needs to be tested by using the parameters in Table
A.6.3.2.2.2.1-2 for SSB-based non-contention based random access test (Test 1) and CSI-RS-based non-contention
based random access test (Test 2). Test 2 is only applicable to UE which supports csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-
MeasWithSSB or csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithoutSSB.

Table A.6.3.2.2.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for non-contention based random access test
in FR1 for NR standalone

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations depending on UE
capability

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 712 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.2.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for non-contention based random access test in
FR1 for NR Standalone

Parameter Unit Test-1 Test-2 Comments

SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB pattern 1 in SSB pattern 1 in As defined in
FR1 FR1 A.3.10, except for
Config 2 SSB pattern 2 in SSB pattern 2 in number of SSBs per
FR1 FR1 SS-burst and
SS/PBCH block
index as below
Number of SSBs per SS-burst 2 2 Different from the
definition in A.3.10
SS/PBCH block index 0,1 0,1 Different from the
definition in A.3.10
CSI-RS Configuration Config 1 N/A CSI-RS.1.1 FDD As defined in
Config 2 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD A.3.1.4
Duplex Mode for Cell 2 Config 1 FDD FDD
Config 2 TDD TDD
TDD Configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.2 TDDConf.1.2
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OCNG pattern 1 OCNG pattern 1 As defined in
A.3.2.1.
PDSCH parameters Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD As defined in
Note 4 A.3.1.1.
Config 2 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
NR RF Channel Number 1 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS dB
Ê s I ot dB 3 3 Power of SSB with
SSB with Config 1 dBm/15kHz -98 -98 index 0 is set to be
index 0 Noc Config 2 -101 -101
above configured
rsrp-ThresholdSSB
Ês N oc dB 3 3
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/ SCS -95 -95
Ê s I ot dB -17 -17 Power of SSB with
SSB with Config 1 dBm/15kHz -98 -98 index 1 is set to be
index 1 Noc Config 2 -101 -101
below configured
rsrp-ThresholdSSB
Ês N oc dB -17 -17
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/ SCS -115 -115
Config 1 dBm -65.3/9.36MHz -65.3/9.36MHz For symbols without
Io Note 2 SSB index 1
Config 2 -62.2/38.16MHz -62.2/38.16MHz
dBm/ SCS -5 -5 As defined in clause
ss-PBCH-BlockPower 6.3.2 in TS 38.331
[2].
Configured UE transmitted power ( dBm 23 23 As defined in clause
P ) 6.2.4 in TS 38.101-
CMAX, f, c
1.
PRACH Configuration FR1 PRACH FR1 PRACH As defined in
configuration 2 configuration 3 A.3.8.2.
Propagation Condition - AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols. The OCNG pattern is chosen during the test according to the presence of a DL
reference measurement channel.
Note 2: SS-RSRP, Es/Iot and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purpose. They are not
settable parameters.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 713 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 3: Void
Note 4: The DL PDSCH reference measurement channel is used in the test only when a downlink transmission dedicated to
the UE under test is required.

A.6.3.2.2.2.2 Test Requirements

Non-Contention based random access is triggered by explicitly assigning a random access preamble via dedicated
signalling in the downlink. In the test, the non-contention based random access procedure is not initialized for Other
SI requested from UE or beam failure recovery.

A.6.3.2.2.2.2.1 SSB-based Random Access Preamble Transmission

In Test-1, to test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.1 for SSB-based Random Access Preamble
tranmsision, with the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions
associated with SSBs configured, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble which has the
Preamble Index associated with the SSB with index 0.

In addition, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble on the PRACH occasion which
belongs to the PRACH occasions corresponding to the SSB with index 0, and the selected PRACH occasion shall
belongs to the PRACH occassions permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.6.3.2.2.2.2.2 CSI-RS-based Random Access Preamble Transmission

In Test-2, to test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.1 for CSI-RS-based Random Access Preamble
tranmsision, with the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions
associated with CSI-RSs configured, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble which has
the Preamble Index associated with the CSI-RS configured.

In addition, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble on the PRACH occasion which
belongs to the PRACH occasions corresponding to the CSI-RS configured, and the selected PRACH occasion shall
belongs to the PRACH occassions permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-OccasionList.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.6.3.2.2.2.2.3 Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.2 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. In response to the first 4 preambles, the
System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access Response not corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) if the Random Access Response contains a Random
Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access Preamble.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power if all received Random Access

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 714 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Responses contain Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.6.3.2.2.2.2.4 No Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.2.3 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 5 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. The System Simulator shall not respond to
the first 4 preambles.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no
Random Access Response is received within the RA Response window configured in RACH-ConfigCommon.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be -30 dBm with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18]. The
relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3 of TS 38.101-1
[18].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.6.3.2.3 SA: RRC Connection Release with Redirection

A.6.3.2.3.1 Redirection from NR in FR1 to NR in FR1
A.6.3.2.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

This test is to verify RRC connection release with redirection from NR to NR requirements specified in clause
6.2.3.2.1.

A.6.3.2.3.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.3.2.3.1.2-1. The time delay is tested by using the parameters in
table A.6.3.2.3.1.2-2, and A.6.3.2.3.1.2-3.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. The RRCRelease
message shall be sent to the UE during period T1 and the start of T2 is the instant when the last TTI containing the
RRC message is sent to the UE. Prior to time duration T2, the UE shall not have any timing information of Cell 2.
Cell 2 is powered up at the beginning of the T2.

Table A.6.3.2.3.1.2-1: Redirection from NR to NR test configurations

Config Description
1 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 Source cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 715 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.3.2.3.1.2-2: General test parameters for Redirection from NR to NR test case
Parameter Unit Value Comment
Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
Time offset between cells 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 5
T2 s 2.3

Table A.6.3.2.3.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for Redirection from NR to NR test case

Cell 1 Cell 2
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
NR RF Channel Number 1 2
Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable

Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD

PDSCH Reference
Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel

Config 3 SR2.1 TDD

Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD

CORESET Reference
Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel

Config 3 CR2.1 TDD

OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1

Config 1,2 SMTC.1 FR1
SMTC configuration
Config 3 SMTC.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PRACH configuration FR1 PRACH configuration 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 716 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

BWP configuraiton Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1

Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1
BWP
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Note2 dBm/15kH
N oc -98
z
Note2 Config 1,2 -98
N oc
Config 3 dBm/SCS -95

Ês Iot dB 4 4 -infinity 4

Ês Noc dB 4 4 -infinity 4
dBm/
Config 1,2 -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -64.59
9.36MHz
IoNote3
dBm/
Config 3 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -58.49
38.16MHz
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

A.6.3.2.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 2240 ms from the beginning of time period T2.
The rate of correct RRC connection release redirection to NR observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The redirection delay can be expressed as:

Tconnection_release_redirect_NR = TRRC_procedure_delay + Tidentify-NR + TSI-NR + TRACH,

where:

TRRC_procedure_delay = 110 msin the test.

Tidentify-NR = 680 ms in the test.

TSI-NR = 1280 ms, it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in TS
38.331 for the target NR cell.

TRACH = 170 ms in the test.

This gives a total of 2240 ms.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 717 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.3.2.3.2 Redirection from NR in FR1 to E-UTRAN

A.6.3.2.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

This test is to verify RRC connection release with redirection from NR to E-UTRAN requirements specified in
clause 6.2.3.2.2.

A.6.3.2.3.2.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.3.2.3.2.2-1. The time delay is tested by using the parameters in
table A.6.3.2.3.2.2-2, A.6.3.2.3.2.2-3 and A.6.3.2.3.2.2-4.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. The RRCRelease
message shall be sent to the UE during period T1 and the start of T2 is the instant when the last TTI containing the
RRC message is sent to the UE. Prior to time duration T2, the UE shall not have any timing information of Cell 2.
Cell 2 is powered up at the beginning of the T2.

Table A.6.3.2.3.2.2-1: Redirection from NR to E-UTRAN test configurations

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
6 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.3.2.3.2.2-2: General test parameters for Redirection from NR to E-UTRAN test case

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
Time offset between cells 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 5
T2 s 2.3

Table A.6.3.2.3.2.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for Redirection from NR to E-UTRAN (cell 1)

Cell 1
Parameter Unit
T1 T2
RF Channel Number 1
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP BW Config 1,4 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 718 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52

Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable

Config 1,4 SR.1.1 FDD

PDSCH Reference
Config 2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel

Config 3,6 SR2.1 TDD

Config 1,4 CR.1.1 FDD

CORESET Reference
Config 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel

Config 3,6 CR2.1 TDD

OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1

Config 1,2,4,5 SMTC.1 FR1
SMTC configuration
Config 3,6 SMTC.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH Config 1,2,4,5 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30 kHz
PRACH configuration FR1 PRACH configuration 1
BWP configuraiton Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1
BWP
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Note2 dBm/15kH
N -98
oc
z
Note2 Config 1,2,4,5 -98
N oc
Config 3,6 dBm/SCS -95

Ês Iot dB 4 4

Ês Noc dB 4 4
dBm/
Config 1,2,4,5 -64.59 -64.59
9.36MHz
IoNote3
dBm/
Config 3,6 -58.49 -58.49
38.16MHz
Propagation condition - AWGN

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 719 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

Table A.6.3.2.3.2.2-4: Cell specific test parameters for Redirection from NR to E-UTRAN (cell 2)

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 2

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 2
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PRACH ConfigurationNote2 1, 2, 3 4
4, 5, 6 53
PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote3 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
ChannelNote3 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote3 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote4
OCNG_RBNote4
NocNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 4
Ês/IotNote6 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 4
RSRPNote6 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -94

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 720 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SCH_RPNote6 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -94

IoNote6 dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -70.22 -64.76
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: PRACH configurations are specified in table 5.7.1-2 and table 5.7.1-3 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 3: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 4: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 5: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 6: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 7: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

A.6.3.2.3.2.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 2205 ms from the beginning of time period T2.
The rate of correct RRC connection release redirection to E-UTRAN observed during repeated tests shall be at least
90%.

NOTE: The redirection delay can be expressed as:

Tconnection_release_redirect_E-UTRA = TRRC_procedure_delay + Tidentify-E-UTRA + TSI-E-UTRA + TRACH,

where:

TRRC_procedure_delay = 110 ms in the test.

Tidentify-E-UTRA = 800 ms in the test.

TSI-E-UTRA = 1280 ms, it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in TS
36.331 for the target E-UTRA cell.

TRACH = 15 ms in the test.

This gives a total of 2205 ms.

A.6.4 Timing
A.6.4.1 UE transmit timing
A.6.4.1.1 NR UE Transmit Timing Test for FR1
A.6.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE can follow frame timing change of the connected gNodeb and that
the UE initial transmit timing accuracy, maximum amount of timing change in one adjustment, minimum and
maximum adjustment rate are within the specified limits. This test will verify the requirements in clause 7.1.2.

Supported test configurations are shown in Table 6.4.1.1.1-1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 721 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.4.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 NR FDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
2 NR TDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
3 NR TDD, SSB SCS 30 kHz, data SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test
configurations

For this test a single NR cell is used. Table A.6.4.1.1.1-2 defines the parameters to be configured and strength of the
transmitted signals. The transmit timing is verified by the UE transmitting SRS using the configuration defined in
Table A.6.4.1.1.1-3.

Table A.6.4.1.1.1-2: Cell Specific Test Parameters for UL Transmit Timing test

Parameter Unit Config Test1 Test2

SSB ARFCN 1,2,3 1 1
1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.1.2
1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz 2 10: NRB,c = 52
3 40: NRB,c = 106
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1,2,3
ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.1
1,2,3
Configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRx Cycle ms 1,2,3 N/A DRX.8Note5
1 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
measurement channel 2 SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET
Reference Channel 2 CR.1.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD
1 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET
Reference Channel 2 CCR.1.1 TDD
3 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1,2,3 OP.1
1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
3 SSB.2 FR1
1,2 SMTC.1
SMTC Configuration
3 SMTC.2
1 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD
EPRE ratio of PSS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS
dB 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 722 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDCCH to

PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Note2
N oc dBm/15 kHz 1,2,3 -98 -98
Note2 1,2 -98 -98
N oc
dBm/SCS
3 -95 -95
Ê s I ot 1,2,3 3 3
Ê s N oc 1,2,3 3 3
SS-RSRPNote3 1,2 -95 -95
dBm/SCS
3 -92 -92
IoNote3
dBm/9.36MHz 1,2 -65.2 -65.2
dBm/38.1MHz 3 -59.2 -59.2
Propagation condition 1,2,3 AWGN
SRS Config 1,2 SRSConf.1Note6 SRSConf.3Note6
3 SRSConf.1Note6 SRSConf.2Note6
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to
be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate
power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference
and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: DRx related parameters are given in Table A.3.3.8-1
Note 6: SRS configs are given in Table A.6.4.1.1.1-3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 723 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.4.1.1.1-3: SRS Configuration for Timing Accuracy Test

Field SRSConf.1 SRSConf.2 SRSConf.3 Comments

SRS- srs-ResourceSetId 0 0 0
ResourceSet srs-ResourceIdList 0 0 0
resourceType Periodic Periodic Periodic
Usage Codebook Codebook Codebook
SRS- SRS-ResourceId 0 0 0
Resource nrofSRS-Ports Port1 Port1 Port1
transmissionComb n2 n2 n2
combOffset-n2 0 0 0
cyclicShift-n2 0 0 0
resourceMapping 0 0 0
startPosition
resourceMapping n1 n1 n1
nrofSymbols
resourceMapping n1 n1 n1
repetitionFactor
freqDomainPosition 0 0 0
freqDomainShift 0 0 0
freqHopping 14 for test 25 14 Matches
c-SRS configuration 1,2 NRB,c
25 for test
configuration 3
freqHopping 0 0 0
b-SRS
freqHopping 0 0 0
b-hop
groupOrSequenceHopping Neither Neither Neither
resourceType Periodic Periodic Periodic
periodicityAndOffset-p sl1, 0 sl640, 5 sl320, 3 Offset to
align with
DRx
periodicity
sequenceId 0 0 0 Any 10 bit
number

Table A.6.4.1.1.1-4: Void

A.6.4.1.1.2 Test requirements

The test sequence shall be carried out in RRC_CONNECTED for every test case.

Following will be the test sequence for this test

1) Setup NR PCell according to parameters given in Table A.6.4.1.1.1-1.

2) After connection set up with the cell, the test equipment will verify that the timing of the NR cell is within
(NTA + NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te of the first detected path of DL SSB.

a. The NTA offset value (in Tc units) is 25600

b. The Te values depend on the DL and UL SCS for which the test is being run and are given in Table 7.1.2-
1

3) The test system shall adjust the timing of the DL path by values given in Table A.6.4.1.1.2-1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 724 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.4.1.1.2-1: Adjustment Value for DL Timing

SCS of SSB signals (KHz) Adjustment Value

Test1 Test2
15 +64*64Tc +32*64Tc
30 +32*64Tc +16*64Tc

4) The test system shall verify that the adjustment step size and the adjustment rate shall be according to
requirements specified in clause 7.1.2 Table 7.1.2-3 until the UE transmit timing offset is within (NTA +
NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te respective to the first detected path (in time) of DL SSB. Skip this step for test 2 with
DRX configured.

5) The test system shall verify that the UE transmit timing offset stays within (NTA + NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te of the
first detected path of DL SSB. For Test 2 the UE transmit timing offset shall be verified for the first
transmission in the DRX cycle immediately after DL timing adjustment

A.6.4.2 UE timer accuracy

A.6.4.3 Timing advance
A.6.4.3.1 SA FR1 timing advance adjustment accuracy
A.6.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of the test is to verify UE Timing Advance adjustment delay and accuracy requirement defined in
clause 7.3.

A.6.4.3.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.4.3.1.2-1. Both timing advance adjustment delay and accuracy
are tested by using the parameters in table A.6.4.3.1.2-2, A.6.4.3.1.2-3 and A.6.4.3.1.2-4.

In all test cases, single cell is used. Each test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and
T2 respectively. In each time period, timing advance commands are sent to the UE and Sounding Reference Signals
(SRS), as specified in table A.6.4.3.1.2-3, are sent from the UE and received by the test equipment. By measuring
the reception of the SRS, the transmit timing, and hence the timing advance adjustment accuracy, can be.

During time period T1, the test equipment shall send one message with a Timing Advance Command MAC Control
Element, as specified in Clause 6.1.3.4 in TS 38.321 [7]. The Timing Advance Command value shall be set to 31,
which according to Clause 4.2 in TS 38.213 [3] results in zero adjustment of the Timing Advance. In this way, a
reference value for the timing advance used by the UE is established.

During time period T2, the test equipment shall send a sequence of messages with Timing Advance Command MAC
Control Elements, with Timing Advance Command value specified in table A.6.4.3.1.2-2. This value shall result in
changes of the timing advance used by the UE, and the accuracy of the change shall then be measured, using the
SRS sent from the UE.

As specified in Clause 7.3.2.1, the UE adjusts its uplink timing at slot n+k for a timing advance command received
in slot n. This delay must be taken into account when measuring the timing advance adjustment accuracy, via the
SRS sent from the UE.

The UE Time Alignment Timer, described in Clause 5.2 in TS 38.321 [7], shall be configured so that it does not
expire in the duration of the test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 725 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.4.3.1.2-1: Timing advance supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.4.3.1.2-2: General test parameters for timing advance

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF channel number 1
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.2.1-1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.2.2-1
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.3.1-1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.3.2-1
Timing Advance Command 31 NTA_new = NTA_old for the purpose of
(TA) value during T1 establishing a reference value from
which the timing advance adjustment
accuracy can be measured during T2
Timing Advance Command 39 For 15 kHz SCS NTA_new = NTA_old +
(TA) value during T2 8192*Tc
For 30 kHz SCS NTA_new = NTA_old +
4096*Tc
(based on equation in clause 4.2 of
TS 38.213 [3])
T1 s 5
T2 s 5

Table A.6.4.3.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for timing advance

Test1
Parameter Unit
T1 T2
Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
channel Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
CORESET
Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Reference Channel
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
SMTC Config 1,2 SMTC.1 FR1
configuration Config 3 SMTC.2 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 726 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1

SSB configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Note2 dBm/15kH
N -98
oc
z
Note2 Config 1,2 -98
N oc dBm/SCS
Config 3 -95
Ê s
I ot dB 3
Ê s N oc dB 3
dBm/
Config 1,2 -67.57
9.36MHz
IoNote3
dBm/
Config 3 -62.58
38.16MHz
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 727 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.4.3.1.2-4: Sounding Reference Symbol Configuration for timing advance

Field Value Comment

Config 1,2 12
c-SRS
Config 3 24
Frequency hopping is disabled
b-SRS 0
b-hop 0
freqDomainPosition 0 Frequency domain position of SRS
freqDomainShift 0
groupOrSequenceHopping neither No group or sequence hopping
sl5=2 for SCS Once every 5 slots
15kHz
SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset
sl5=4 for SCS
30kHz
SSB #0 is used for SRS path loss
pathlossReferenceRS ssb-Index=0
estimation
usage Codebook Codebook based UL transmission
startPosition 0 resourceMapping setting. SRS on last
nrofSymbols n1 symbol of slot, and 1symbols for SRS
repetitionFactor n1 without repetition.
combOffset-n2 0
transmissionComb setting
cyclicShift-n2 0
nrofSRS-Ports port1 Number of antenna ports used for SRS
transmission
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

A.6.4.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall apply the signalled Timing Advance value to the transmission timing at the designated activation time
i.e. k+1 slots after the reception of the timing advance command, where k=5.

The Timing Advance adjustment accuracy shall be within the limits specified in clause 7.3.2.2.

The rate of correct Timing Advance adjustments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5 Signalling characteristics

A.6.5.1 Radio link Monitoring
In the following clause, any uplink signal transmitted by the UE is used for detecting the In-/Out-of-Sync state of the
UE. In terms of measurement, the uplink signal is verified on the basis of the UE output power:

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation, transmit OFF power is measured as the mean power per component
carrier.

For UE with multiple transmit antennas, transmit OFF power is measured as the mean power at each transmit
connector.

- UE output power higher than Transmit OFF power -50 dBm (as defined in TS 38.101-1 [18]) means uplink
signal

- UE output power equal to or less than Transmit OFF power -50 dBm (as defined in TS 38.101-1 [18]) means
no uplink signal.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 728 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.5.1.1 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with
SSB-based RLM RS in non-DRX mode
A.6.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PCell. This test will partly verify the FR1 radio link monitoring
requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.5.1.1.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.1.1.1-2, A.6.5.1.1.1-3, and A.6.5.1.1.1-4 below. There is one cell (Cell
1), which is the active NR cell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of
T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.6.5.1.1.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to
emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized
to Cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. The UE is
configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using Gap Pattern ID #0 (40ms) in test 1.

Table A.6.5.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
2 TDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
3 TDD, SSB SCS 30 kHz, data SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test
configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 out-of-sync testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3
DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3
DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3
ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3
ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 729 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1

Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PRACH Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
Configuration Config 3 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Out of DCI format 1-0
sync Number of Control OFDM 2
transmissi symbols
on Aggregation level CCE 8
parameter Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
s PDCCH RE energy to
average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
configuration for CSI Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
reporting Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.48
T3 s 0.48
D1 s 0.44
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 730 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 (Cell 1) for out-of-sync radio link
monitoring tests in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR on RLM-RS Config 1 dB 1 -7 -15
Config 2 1 -7 -15
Config 3 1 -7 -15
SNR on other
channels and Config 1, 2, 3 dB 1
signals
Config 1 dBm/ -98
N oc Config 2 15kH -98
Config 3 z -98
Config 1 dBm/ -98
N oc Config 2 SCS -98
Config 3 -95
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated
and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as
part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and
SNR3 respectively in Figure A.6.5.1.1.1-1.
Note 5: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at
least one band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the
SNR during T3 is A.3.6.

Table A.6.5.1.1.1-4: Measurement gap configuration for out-of-sync tests in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note: Ensure that RLM RS is partially overlapped with
measurement gap

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 731 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.6.5.1.1.1-1: SNR variation for out-of-sync testing

A.6.5.1.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2 and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the time duration
T3).

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.1.2 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with SSB-
based RLM RS in non-DRX mode
A.6.5.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PCell. This test will partly verify the FR1 radio link monitoring
requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.5.1.2.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.1.2.1-2, and A.6.5.1.2.1-3 below. There is one cell (Cell 1), which is
the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and
T5 respectively. Figure A.6.5.1.2.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-
sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. Prior
to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. The UE shall be configured for
periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 732 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
2 TDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
3 TDD, SSB SCS 30 kHz, data SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test
configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 in-sync testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3
DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3
DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3
ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3
ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
Configuration Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
PRACH Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
Configuration Config 3 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average SSS RE
energy

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 733 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average SSS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 1000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
configuration for Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
CSI reporting Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for Config 1, 4 TRS.1.1 FDD
tracking Config 2, 5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 TRS.1.2 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.24
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 0.88
D1 s 0.84
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 734 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 (Cell 1) for in-sync radio link monitoring
tests in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR on RLM-RS Config 1 dB 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 2 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 3 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
SNR on other
channels and Config 1, 2, 3 dB 1
signals
Config 1 dBm/ -98
N oc Config 2 15 -98
Config 3 kHz -98
Config 1 dBm/ -98
N oc Config 2 SCS -98
Config 3 -95
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated
and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as
part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1,
SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5 respectively in Figure A.6.5.1.2.1-1.
Note 5: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at
least one band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the
SNR during T3 and T4 is modified as specified in clause A.3.6.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 735 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.2.1-4: Void

Figure A.6.5.1.2.1-1: SNR variation for in-sync testing

A.6.5.1.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.1.3 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with
SSB-based RLM RS in DRX mode
A.6.5.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 radio
link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.5.1.3.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.1.3.1-2, and A.6.5.1.3.1-3. There is one cell (Cell 1), which is the
active NR cell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3
respectively. Figure A.6.5.1.3.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-sync
and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. The UE
shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is
enabled and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic
CSI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL
timing alignment is maintained during the test. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements
using Gap Pattern ID #0 (40ms) in test 2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 736 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.3.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
2 TDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
3 TDD, SSB SCS 30 kHz, data SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test
configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 out-of-sync testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3
DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated Config 1, 2, 3
BWP DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3
ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated Config 1, 2, 3
BWP ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Config 1 Not Applicable
Configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Config 1 SSB.1 FR1
Configuration Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
Configuration Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 kHz
subcarrier Config 3 30 kHz
spacing
PRACH Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
Configuration Config 3 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 737 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of dB 4
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to average
SSS RE energy
Ratio of dB 4
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX Configuration DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
configuration for Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
CSI reporting Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
tracking Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.68
T3 s 0.68
D1 s 0.64
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 738 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 (Cell 1) for out-of-sync radio link
monitoring tests in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR on RLM-RS Config 1 dB 1 -7 -15
Config 2 1 -7 -15
Config 3 1 -7 -15
SNR on other
channels and Config 1, 2, 3 dB 1
signals
Config 1 dBm/15 -98
N oc Config 2 kHz -98
Config 3 -98
Config 1 dBm/S -98
N oc Config 2 CS -98
Config 3 -95
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in
Figure A.6.5.1.3.1-1.
Note 5: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.

Table A.6.5.1.3.1-4: Void

Table A.6.5.1.3.1-5: Void

Table A.6.5.1.3.1-6: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 739 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.6.5.1.3.1-1: SNR variation for out-of-sync testing

A.6.5.1.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2 and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the time duration
T3).

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.1.4 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with SSB-
based RLM RS in DRX mode
A.6.5.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 radio
link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.5.1.4.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.1.4.1-2, and A.6.5.1.4.1-3. There is one cell (Cell 1), which is the
active NR cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and
T5 respectively. Figure A.6.5.1.4.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-
sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. The
UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In the test, DRX
configuration is enabled and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to
send periodic CSI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to
“infinity” so that UL timing alignment is maintained during the test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 740 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.4.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
2 TDD, SSB SCS 15 kHz, data SCS 15 kHz, BW 10 MHz
3 TDD, SSB SCS 30 kHz, data SCS 30 kHz, BW 40 MHz
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test
configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.1.4.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 in-sync testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3
DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3
DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3
ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3
ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing
Config 3 30 kHz
PRACH Configuration Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
Config 3 Table A.3.8.2.1-1
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 741 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average SSS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control 2
parameters OFDM symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH RE energy to
average SSS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 4
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX Configuration DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 2000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
configuration for Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
CSI reporting Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.64
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 0.88
D1 s 0.84
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 742 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.4.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 (Cell 1) for in-sync radio link monitoring
tests in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR on RLM-RS Config 1 dB 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 2 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 3 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
SNR on other
channels and Config 1, 2, 3 dB 1
signals
Config 1 dBm/15 -98
N oc Config 2 kHz -98
Config 3 -98
Config 1 dBm/S -98
N oc Config 2 CS -98
Config 3 -95
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and
SNR5 respectively in Figure A.6.5.1.4.1-1.
Note 5: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 and T4 is modified as
specified in clause A.3.6.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 743 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.4.1-4: Void

Table A.6.5.1.4.1-5: Void

Figure A.6.5.1.4.1-1: SNR variation for in-sync testing.

A.6.5.1.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.1.5 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-
RS-based RLM in non-DRX mode
A.6.5.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync for the purpose of monitoring
downlink CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1
PCell CSI-RS Out-of-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.1.5.1-1, A.6.5.1.5.1-2, A.6.5.1.5.1-3, and A.6.5.1.5.1-3A below. There
is one cell, cell 1 which is the PCell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration
of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.6.5.1.5.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the PCell to
emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized
to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS
configuration. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency
measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms) in test. In the test, SSB0 is configured as the BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 744 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.5.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
3 TDD duplex mode, 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 745 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.5.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing in non-
DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 746 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 Resource #4 in TRS.1.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 747 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD

for CSI reporting Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.48
T3 s 0.48
D1 s 0.44
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.6.5.1.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 for CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1 dB 1 -7 -15
RLM-RS Config 2 1 -7 -15
Config 3 1 -7 -15
SNR on other Config 1 dB 1
channels and Config 2 1
signals Config 3 1
Config 1 dBm/15kHz -98
N oc Config 2 -98
Config 3 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in figure
A.6.5.1.5.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is [A.3.6].

Table A.6.5.1.5.1-3A: Measurement gap configuration for FR1 CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 748 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.5.1-4: Void

SNR level
SNR 1

Qin
SNR 2
Qout
SNR 3
Cell 1 SNR level

A B C

D1 ms

T1 T2 T3

Figure A.6.5.1.5.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing

A.6.5.1.5.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, and T3 shall be as follows:

During time durations T1, T2 and T3, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 at least in all
uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 1 no later than time point C (D1 ms after the start of the time
duration T3) on the PCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.1.6 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-RS-
based RLM in non-DRX mode
A.6.5.1.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the in sync for the purpose of monitoring downlink
CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 PCell CSI-
RS In-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.1.6.1-1, A.6.5.1.6.1-2, and A.6.5.1.6.1-3 below. There is one cells, cell
1which is the PCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3,
T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.6.5.1.6.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the PCell to emulate out-
of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The
UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In
the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. In the test, SSB0 is configured as the BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 749 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.6.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
3 TDD duplex mode, 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.1.6.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for CSI-RS in-sync testing in non-DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 Resource #4 in TRS.1.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 750 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4

energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
In sync transmission DCI format 1-0
parameters Number of Control OFDM 2
symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 0
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 0
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 1000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
for CSI reporting Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.44
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 0.88
T6 S 0.84
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 751 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.6.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 for CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1 dB 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
RLM-RS Config 2 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 3 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
SNR on other Config 1 dB 1
channels and Config 2 1
signals Config 3 1
Noc Config 1 dBm/15kHz -98
Config 2 -98
Config 3 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5
respectively in figure A.6.5.1.6.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is [A.3.6].

Table A.6.5.1.6.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 752 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.6.5.1.6.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS in-sync testing

A.6.5.1.6.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (T6 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting on the PCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.1.7 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-
RS-based RLM in DRX mode
A.6.5.1.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync for the purpose of monitoring
downlink CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 PCell
CSI-RS Out-of-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.1.7.1-1, A.6.5.1.7.1-2, and A.6.5.1.7.1-3 below. There is one cell, cell
1 is the PCell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3
respectively. Figure A.6.5.1.7.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the PCell to emulate out-of-sync and
in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be
configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. In the test, DRX
configuration is enabled in PCell and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH
and to send periodic CQI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to
“infinity” so that UL timing alignment is maintained during the test. In the test, SSB0 is configured as the BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 753 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.7.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
3 TDD duplex mode, 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.1.7.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing in DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 Resource #4 in TRS.1.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 754 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4

energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
for CSI reporting Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 1.28
T3 s 1.28
D1 s 1.24
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 755 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.7.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 for CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1 dB 1 -7 -15
RLM-RS Config 2 1 -7 -15
Config 3 1 -7 -15
SNR on other Config 1 dB 1
channels and Config 2 1
signals Config 3 1
Noc Config 1 dBm/15kHz -98
Config 2 -98
Config 3 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in figure
A.6.5.1.7.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is [A.3.6].

Table A.6.5.1.7.1-4: Void

Table A.6.5.1.7.1-5: Void

Table A.6.5.1.7.1-6: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 756 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SNR level
SNR 1

Qin
SNR 2
Qout
SNR 3
Cell 2 SNR level

A B C

D1 ms

T1 T2 T3

Figure A.6.5.1.7.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing

A.6.5.1.7.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, and T3 shall be as follows:

During time durations T1, T2 and T3, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on PCell.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 (PCell) at least in
all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 1 (PCell) no later than time point C (D1 ms after the start of the
time duration T3) on the PCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.1.8 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR1 PCell configured with CSI-RS-
based RLM in DRX mode
A.6.5.1.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the in sync for the purpose of monitoring downlink
CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR1 PCell CSI-RS
In-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.1.8.1-1, A.6.5.1.81-2, A.6.5.1.8.1-3 and A.6.5.1.8.1-3A below. There
is one cells, cell 1which is the PCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration
of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.6.5.1.8.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the PCell to
emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized
to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS
configuration. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms) in test. In the
test, SSB0 is configured as the BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 757 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.8.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
3 TDD duplex mode, 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.1.8.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for CSI-RS in-sync testing in non-DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 Resource #4 in TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 Resource #4 in TRS.1.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration 2x2 Low
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 758 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4

energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
In sync transmission DCI format 1-0
parameters Number of Control OFDM 2
symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 0
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 0
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX DRX.3
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 2000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD
for CSI reporting Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 1.24
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 1.88
T6 s 1.84
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 759 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.8.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 for CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1 dB 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
RLM-RS Config 2 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
Config 3 1 -7 -15 -4.5 1
SNR on other Config 1 dB 1
channels and Config 2 1
signals Config 3 1
Config 1 dBm/15kHz -98
N oc Config 2 -98
Config 3 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5
respectively in figure A.6.5.1.8.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is [A.3.6].

Table A.6.5.1.8.1-3A: Measurement gap configuration for FR1 CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 760 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.1.8.1-4: Void

Table A.6.5.1.8.1-5: Void

Table A.6.5.1.8.1-6: Void

Figure A.6.5.1.8.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS in-sync testing

A.6.5.1.8.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (T6 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting on the PCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.2 Interruption
A.6.5.2.1 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in FR1
A.6.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE missed ACK/NACK rate does not exceed the limits at NR PSCell
interruptions during the measurement on the deactivated NR SCC. This test will verify the missed ACK/NACK rate
for PCell in standalone NR specified in clause 8.2.2.2. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.5.2.1.1-
1.

The general test parameters and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table A.6.5.2.1.1-2 and A 6.5.2.1.1-3
below. In the test there are two cells: Cell1 and Cell2. Cell1 is PCell, Cell2 is an NR deactivated SCell. Cell1 shall
be configured as PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as SCell.

The test consists of one time period, with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is
connected to Cell1 and Cell2. The point in time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell or
allowInterruptions for the deactivated NR SCells is received at the UE antenna connector defines the start of time
period T1. During T1, PCell is continuously scheduled in DL.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 761 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.2.1.1-1: Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC supported test

configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD – FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD – TDD duplex mode
3 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD – FDD duplex mode
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD – TDD duplex mode
5 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD – TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.5.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for interruptions during measurements on deactivated
NR SCC in standalone NR

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number 1, 2 Two NR RF channels
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on NR RF channel number 1.
Configured deactivated Cell2 Deactivated SCell on NR RF channel
SCell number 2.
CP length Normal Applicable to Cell1 and Cell2
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

Table A.6.5.2.1.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for interruptions during measurements on
deactivated NR SCC in standalone NR

Parameter Unit Cell1 Cell2

Frequency Range FR1 FR1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD FDD
Config 2,5 TDD TDD
Confiq 3 TDD FDD
Confiq 4 FDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.1.1 Not Applicable
Confiq 4 Not Applicable TDDConf.1.1
Confiq 5 TDDConf.1.2 TDDConf.1.2
BWchannel Config 1,2,3,4 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 5 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106
Initial BWP DLBWP.0.2Note6
Configuration
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 FDD
Confiq 4 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 TDD
Confiq 5 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 FDD
Confiq 4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 TDD
Confiq 5 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET Config 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 FDD

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 762 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 TDD

Config 5 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1 SMTC.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,3,4 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
Config 5 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NocNote 2 dBm/15
-104 -104
kHz
Note 3
SS-RSRP dBm/15
-87 -87
kHz
Ês/Iot dB 17 17
Ês/Noc dB 17 17
NocNote 2 Config 1,2,3,4 dBm/S -104 -104
-101 -101
Config 5
IoNote3 dBm/
Config 1,2,3,4 -58.96 -58.96
9.36MHz
dBm/
Config 5 -52.86 -52.86
38.16MHz
Time offset to Cell1 Note 5
μs - 3
Propagation Condition AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time
and shall be modeled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselvess.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: Receive time difference between slot boundaries of signals received from the two cells at the UE antenna connector
including time alignment error between the two cells.
Note 6: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is linked with ULBWP.0.2 defined in clause 12 of
TS 38.213 [3].

A.6.5.2.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled on PCell during the entire length of T1. During the time duration T1 the UE
shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on PCell.

The UE is only allowed to cause interruptions immediately before and immediately after an SMTC. Each
interruption on PCell shall not exceed the value defined in Table A.6.5.2.1.2-1 if the PCell is not in the same band as
the deactivated SCell or Table A.6.5.2.1.2-2 if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 763 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.2.1.2-1: Interruption duration if the PCell is not in the same band as the deactivated
SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length
(ms)
0 1 1
1 0.5 1

Table A.6.5.2.1.2-2: Interruption duration if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length
(ms)
0 1 1 + SMTC duration
1 0.5 1 + SMTC duration

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.3 SCell Activation and Deactivation Delay

A.6.5.3.1 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 in non-DRX for
160ms SCell measurement cycle
A.6.5.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SCell activation and deactivation times are within the requirements
stated in clause 8.3, when the SCell in FR1 is known by the UE at the time of activation.

The supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.5.3.1.1-1 below. The test parameters are given in Tables
A.6.5.3.1.1-2 and cell-specific parameters in A.6.5.3.1.1-3 below. The test consists of three successive time periods,
with duration of T1, T2 and T3, respectively. There are two NR carriers, each with one cell. Both cells have constant
signal levels throughout the test. Before the test starts the UE is connected to Cell 1, but is not aware of Cell2. The
UE is only monitoring the PCC. The UE shall be continuously scheduled in the PCell throughout the whole test.

At the beginning of T1 the UE receives an RRC message by which the SCell (Cell 2) becomes configured on radio
channel 2. The UE now starts monitoring the SCC. The test equipment sends a MAC message for activation of the
SCell.

The point in time at which the MAC message is received at the UE antenna connector, in slot # denoted n, defines
the start of time period T2. The UE shall be able to report valid CSI in PCell for the activated SCell at latest in slot
n + ்ౄఽ౎్ ା்౗ౙ౪౟౬౗౪౟౥౤ _౪౟ౣ౛ ା்ి౏౅ _౎౛౦౥౨౪౟౤ౝ

୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ , as defined in clause 8.3. The UE shall start reporting CSI in PCell in slot  +
்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ and shall report CQI index 0 (out-of-range) until the SCell activation has been completed. Any PCell
்ౄఽ౎్ ்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
interruption due to activation of SCell shall occur in the slot  + 1 +
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ to  + 1 + ୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ +
୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ , as defined in clause 8.3, where ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ is the interruption length given in section 8.2.
Time period T3 starts when a MAC message for deactivation of SCell, sent from the test equipment to the UE in a
slot # denoted m, is received at the UE antenna connector. The UE shall carry out deactivation of the SCell in a slot
m + ேோ୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ௠௦
௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ , as defined in clause 8.3, and The starting point of any PCell interruption due to the deactivation
୘ౄఽ౎్ ୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
shall occur in the slot m + 1 +
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ to m + 1 + ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ , as defined in clause 8.3.
The test equipment verifies that potential interruption is carried out in the correct time span by monitoring
ACK/NACK sent in PCell during activation and deactivation of SCell, respectively.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 764 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test equipment verifies the activation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell activation
command is sent until a CSI report with other than CQI index 0 is received.

The test equipment verifies the deactivation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell deactivation
command is sent until CQI reporting for SCell is discontinued.

Table A.6.5.3.1.1-1: known FR1 SCell activation in non-DRX for 160ms SCell measurement cycle
supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.5.3.1.1-2: General test parameters for known FR1 SCell activation case, 160ms SCell
measurement cycle

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number Two NR radio channel (1, 2) are used for
1,2
this test
Active PCell Cell 1 Primary cell on NR RF channel number 1.
Configured deactivated Configured deactivated secondary cell on
Cell 2
SCell NR RF channel number 2
CP length Normal
DRX OFF Continuous monitoring of primary cell
CQI/PMI periodicity and CQI reporting for SCell every second
0
offset configuration index subframe
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on primary
dB 0
on NR channel number component carrier.
SCell measurement cycle
ms 160
(measCycleSCell)
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 0
Time alignment error ≤ Time alignment error as The value of time alignment error depends
between cell2 and cell1 μs specified in TS 38.104 [13] clause upon the type of carrier aggregation.
6.5.3.1.
T1 During this time the PSCell shall be known
s 7
and the SCell configured and detected.
T2 During this time the UE shall activate the
s 1
SCell.
T3 During this time the UE shall deactivate
s 1
the SCell.
THARQ k1 is a number of slots and is indicated by
the PDSCH-to-HARQ-timing-indicator field
k1×NR slot length
in the DCI format, if present, or provided
ms
by dl-DataToUL-ACK, the value of k
should be the minimum value defined in
TS 38.213 [3] depends on UE’s capability
TCSI_Reporting the delay uncertainty in acquiring the first
ms 2 available CSI reporting resources as
specified in TS 38.331 [2]

Table A.6.5.3.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for known FR1 SCell activation case, 160ms SCell
measurement cycle

Parameter Unit T1 T2 T3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 765 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.1.2
Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106

Initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.2

TCI state TCI.State.0

TRS Configuration TRS.1.1 TDD

SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1

Config 1 FDD FDD FDD

PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1

Config 2 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
measurement channel
SR2.1 SR2.1 SR2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD TDD

CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 1 1 FDD 1 FDD 1 FDD

Dedicated CORESET CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 2 1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
parameters
CCR2.1 CCR2. CCR2.1
Config 3 TDD 1 TDD TDD

CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 1 FDD FDD FDD

RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 2 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
parameters
CR2.1 CR2.1 CR2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB Configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1

SMTC configuration SMTC.1

EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS

EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Config 1,2,4,5 -104
Note2
N oc dBm/15kHz
Config 3,6 -101

Ês Iot dB 17

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 766 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ês N oc dB 17
Config 1,2,4,5 -87
SS-RSRPNote3 dBm/SCS
Config 3,6 -84
SCH_RP Note 3 dBm/15 kHz -87
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and SCH_RP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T2.

A.6.5.3.1.2 Test Requirements

୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
During T2 the UE shall send the first CSI report for SCell in a slot n + 1 +
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ .
During T2 the UE shall start sending CSI reports for SCell with non-zero CQI index at latest in a slot n +
୘ౄఽ౎్ ା்౗ౙ౪౟౬౪౟౥౤_౪౟ౣ౛ା்ి౏౅_౎౛౦౥౨౪౟౤ౝ
, Tactivation_time = TFirstSSB+ 5ms, as defined in clause 8.3.
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
During T3 the UE shall stop sending CSI reports for SCell at latest in a slot m +
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ , as defined in
clause 8.3.

During T2 interruption of PCell / PSCell during SCell activation shall not happen outside the slot  + 1 +
்ౄఽ౎్ ்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ to  + 1 + ୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ + ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ , as defined in clause 8.3.
During T3 the starting point of interruption of PCell during SCell deactivation shall not happen outside the slot m +
୘ౄఽ౎్ ୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
1 + ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ to m + 1 + ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛, as defined in clause 8.3.
The interruption on any activated serving cell shall not be more than the values specified for SA in clause 8.2.2.2.2.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed SCell activation delay and SCell
deactivation delay to be counted as correct. The rate of correct observed SCell activation delay and SCell
deactivation delay during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T2 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the valid CSI in a slot
୘ౄఽ౎్ ା்౗ౙ౪౟౬౪౟౥౤_౪౟ౣ౛ ା்ి౏౅_౎౛౦౥౨౪౟౤ౝ
as defined in clause 8.3 then the UE shall use the next available
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
uplink resource for reporting the corresponding valid CSI.

A.6.5.3.2 SCell Activation and deactivation of known SCell in FR1 in non-DRX for
320ms SCell measurement cycle
A.6.5.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test case is the same as for the test defined in clause A.6.5.3.1.1. The supported test
configurations are the same as defined in clause A.6.5.3.1.1. The test parameters are the same except those described
in the following clause. The listed parameter values in Tables A.6.5.3.2.1-1 will replace the values of corresponding
parameters in Tables A.4.5.3.1.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 767 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.3.2.1-1: General test parameters for known FR1 SCell activation case, 320ms SCell
measurement cycle

Parameter Unit Value Comment

SCell measurement cycle
ms 320
(measCycleSCell)

A.6.5.3.2.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.6.5.3.1.2 shall apply to this test case, except Tactivation_time will be replaced
with the value TFirstSSB_MAX + Trs + 5ms.

A.6.5.3.3 SCell Activation and deactivation of unknown SCell in FR1 in non-DRX

A.6.5.3.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SCell activation and deactivation times are within the requirements
stated in clause 8.3, when the SCell in FR1 is unknown by the UE at the time of activation.

The supported test configurations are the same as defined in clause A.6.5.3.1.1. The test parameters are the same
except those described in the following clause. The listed parameter values in Tables A.6.5.3.3.1-1 will replace the
values of corresponding parameters in Tables A.6.5.3.1.1-1. The test consists of three successive time periods, with
duration of T1, T2 and T3, respectively. There are two NR carriers, each with one cell. Both cells have constant
signal levels throughout the test. Before the test starts the UE is connected to Cell 1, but is not aware of Cell2. The
UE is only monitoring the PCC. The UE shall be continuously scheduled in the PCell throughout the whole test.

At the beginning of T1 the UE receives an RRC message by which the SCell (Cell 2) becomes configured on radio
channel 2. The UE now starts monitoring the SCC. The test equipment sends a MAC message for activation of the
SCell.

The point in time at which the MAC message is received at the UE antenna connector, in slot # denoted n, defines
the start of time period T2. The UE shall be able to report valid CSI in PCell for the activated SCell at latest in slot
୘ౄఽ౎్ ା்౗ౙ౪౟౬౪౟౥౤_౪౟ౣ౛ା்ి౏౅_౎౛౦౥౨౪౟౤ౝ
, as defined in clause 8.3. The UE shall start reporting CSI in PCell in slot n + 1 +
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛
୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ௠௦
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ and shall report CQI index 0 (out-of-range) until the SCell activation has been completed. Any PCell
்ౄఽ౎్ ்ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱା்౔
interruption due to activation of SCell shall occur in the slot  + 1 +
୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ to  + 1 + ୒ୖ ୱ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ +
୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ , as defined in clause 8.3, where ୧୬୲ୣ୰୰୳୮୲୧୭୬ is the interruption length given in section 8.2.
Time period T3 starts when a MAC message for deactivation of SCell, sent from the test equipment to the UE in a
slot # denoted m, is received at the UE antenna connector. The UE shall carry out deactivation of the SCell in a slot
n + ேோ୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ௠௦
௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ , as defined in clause 8.3, and the starting point of any PCell interruption due to the deactivation
୘ౄఽ౎్ ୘ౄఽ౎్ ାଷ୫ୱ
shall occur in the slot n + 1 +
ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ to n + 1 + ேோ ௦௟௢௧ ௟௘௡௚௧௛ , as defined in clause 8.3.
The test equipment verifies that potential interruption is carried out in the correct time span by monitoring
ACK/NACK sent in PCell during activation and deactivation of SCell, respectively.

The test equipment verifies the activation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell activation
command is sent until a CSI report with other than CQI index 0 is received.

The test equipment verifies the deactivation time by counting the slots from the time when the SCell deactivation
command is sent until CQI reporting for SCell is discontinued.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 768 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.3.3.1-1: General test parameters for unknown FR1 SCell activation case, 160ms SCell
measurement cycle

Parameter Unit Value Comment

T1 During this time the PSCell shall be known
ms 100
and the SCell configured, but not detected.

A.6.5.3.3.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.6.5.3.1.2 shall apply to this test case, except Tactivation_time will be replaced
with the value TFirstSSB_MAX + TSMTC_MAX + 2*Trs + 5ms as defined in clause 8.3.

A.6.5.4 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay

A.6.5.4.1 UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay
Table A.6.5.4.1-1 - Table A.6.5.4.1-4 : Void

A.6.5.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that when the UE receives a RRC message implying NR UL or Supplementary
UL carrier configuration, the UE shall be ready to start transmission on the newly configured carrier within the time
limits specified in clause 8.4.2 and 8.4.3 for configuring and deconfiguring, respectively.

There are two cells: FR1 PCell (cell 1) and FR1 SCell (cell 2). Both NR uplink and supplementary uplink are
broadcast by ServingCellConfigCommonSIB. The test parameters for PCell and SCell are given in Table A.
6.5.4.1.1-1, Table A.6.5.4.1.1-2, Table A.6.5.4.1.1-3 and Table A.6.5.4.1.1-4 below. In test 1, the test consists of
three time periods, with duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. During time duration T1, NR uplink of cell 2 is
configured to UE. At the start of T2, a supplementary uplink of cell 2 is configured to UE through
RRCReconfiguration, then UE shall start transmission both on the NR uplink and supplementary uplink. At the start
of T3, the supplementary uplink is released through RRCReconfiguration.

In test 2, the test consists of three time periods, with duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. During time duration
T1, supplementray uplink on cell 2 is configured to UE. At the start of T2, a NR uplink is configured to UE through
RRCReconfiguration, then UE shall start transmission both on the NR uplink and supplementary uplink. At the start
of T3, the NR uplink is released through RRCReconfiguration.

Table A.6.5.4.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration PCell (Cell 1) SCell (Cell 2)

1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex DL and UL: 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode FDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15 kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex DL and UL: 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15 kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
3 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex DL and UL: 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 30kHz SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
4 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode FDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15 kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
5 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 769 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SUL: 15 kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex

mode
6 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 30kHz SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
7 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode FDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15 kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
8 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 15 kHz SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
9 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex DL and UL: 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth,
mode TDD duplex mode;
SUL: 30kHz SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, SUL duplex
mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.5.4.1.1-2: General test parameters for NR standalone UE UL carrier RRC reconfiguration
Delay on Pcell

Parameter Test Value Comment

Unit
configuration
RF Channel Config 1,2,3, 4, 1, 2 Two radio channels are used for these two
Number 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 tests.
Active cell Config 1,2,3, 4, Cell 1: FR1 PCell PCell on RF channel number 1
5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Cell 2: FR1 SCell FR1 SCell on RF channel number 2
CP length Config 1,2,3, 4, Normal
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DRX Config 1,2,3, 4, OFF
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Measurement Config 1,2,3, 4, OFF
gap pattern Id 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3, 4, 0 L3 filtering is not used
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
T1 Config 1,2,3, 4, 5
s
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
T2 Config 1,2,3, 4, 5
s
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
T3 Config 1,2,3, 4, 5
s
5, 6, 7, 8, 9

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 770 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.4.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for NR standalone UE UL carrier RRC
reconfiguration Delay on PCell (Cell 1)

Parameter Unit Test Test 1 Test 2

Configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 1 1
Channel number
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 2, 3 N/A N/A
TDD configuration Conf 4, 5, 6 TDD Conf.1.1 TDD Conf.1.1
Conf 7, 8, 9 TDD Conf.2.1 TDD Conf.2.1
Conf 1, 2, 3 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz Conf 4, 5, 6 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
Conf 7, 8, 9 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
PDSCH reference Conf 1, 2, 3 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
measurement Conf 4, 5, 6 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
channel as defined Conf 7, 8, 9
SR 2.1 TDD SR 2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.1
RMSI CORESET Conf 1, 2, 3 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
reference Conf 4, 5, 6 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
measurement Conf 7, 8, 9
channel as defined CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.2
RMC CORESET Conf 1, 2, 3 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
reference Conf 4, 5, 6 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
measurement Conf 7, 8, 9
channel as defined CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.3
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OP.1 OP.1
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 5, 6
Conf 7, 8, 9 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 SMTC.1
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DL initial BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DL dedicated BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
UL dedicated BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
EPRE ratio of PSS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of
PBCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH_DMRS to
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
SSS dB 0 0
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH to
PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 771 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of
OCNG DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
OCNG to OCNG
DMRS
dBm / Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, -102 -102
15kHz 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Noc Note 2 dBm/
Conf -102 -102
1,2,3,4,5,6
SCS
Conf 7,8,9 -99 -99
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 16 16 16 16 16 16
Ês N oc dB
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 16 16 16 16 16 16
Ês Iot Note 3 dB
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf -86 -86 -86 -86 -86 -86
dBm/
SS-RSRP Note 3 1,2,3,4,5,6
SCS
Conf 7,8,9 -83 -83 -83 -83 -83 -83
dBm/ Conf -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9
9.36 1,2,3,4,5,6
MHz
Io Note 3
dBm/ Conf 7,8,9 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8
38.16
MHz
Propagation Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, AWGN AWGN
Condition 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Antenna Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 1x2 1x2
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
NOTE 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated, and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
NOTE 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
NOTE 3: Ês Iot , Io, and SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 772 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.4.1.1-4: NR Cell specific test parameters for NR standalone UE UL carrier RRC
reconfiguration Delay on SCell (Cell 2)

Parameter Unit Test Test 1 Test 2

Configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Channel number Conf 1, 2, 3, 4, 2 2
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 4, 7 N/A N/A
TDD configuration Conf 2, 5, 8 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Conf 3, 6, 9 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
Conf 1, 4, 7 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz Conf 2, 5, 8 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
Conf 3, 6, 9 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
Conf 1, 4, 7 G- G-FR1- G-FR1-
G-FR1-
FR1- A3-10 A3-10 in
N/A A3-10 in N/A
A3-10 in [13] [13]
[13]
in [13]
Conf 2, 5, 8 G- G-FR1- G-FR1-
G-FR1-
PUSCH parameters FR1- A3-10 A3-10 in
N/A A3-10 in N/A
for NR UL carrier A3-10 in [13] [13]
[13]
in [13]
Conf 3, 6, 9 G- G-FR1- G-FR1-
G-FR1-
FR1- A3-14 A3-14 in
N/A A3-14 in N/A
A3-14 in [13] [13]
[13]
in [13]
Conf 1, 4, 7 Table Table Table
8.3.3.1 8.3.3.1. 8.3.3.1.2
N/A N/A N/A
.2-1 in 2-1 in -1 in [13]
[13] [13]
Conf 2, 5, 8 Table Table Table
PUCCH parameters 8.3.3.1 8.3.3.1. 8.3.3.1.2
N/A N/A N/A
For NR UL carrier .2-1 in 2-1 in -1 in [13]
[13] [13]
Conf 3, 6, 9 Table Table Table
8.3.3.1 8.3.3.1. 8.3.3.1.2
N/A N/A N/A
.2-2 in 2-2 in -2 in [13]
[13] [13]
Conf 1, 4, 7 G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
N/A A3-10 N/A A3-10 in A3-10 in A3-10 in
in [13] [13] [13] [13]
PUSCH parameters Conf 2, 5, 8 G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
for supplementary N/A A3-10 N/A A3-10 in A3-10 in A3-10 in
UL in [13] [13] [13] [13]
Conf 3, 6, 9 G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1- G-FR1-
N/A A3-14 N/A A3-14 in A3-14 in A3-14 in
in [13] [13] [13] [13]
Conf 1, 4, 7 Table Table Table
N/A N/A N/A 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2
-1 in [13] -1 in [13] -1 in [13]
Conf 2, 5, 8 Table
PUCCH parameters Table Table
8.3.3.1.2
for supplementary N/A N/A N/A 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2
-1 in
UL -1 in [13] -1 in [13]
[13]
Conf 3, 6, 9 Table Table Table
N/A N/A N/A 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2 8.3.3.1.2
-2 in [13] -2 in [13] -2 in [13]
PDSCH reference Conf 1, 4, 7 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
measurement Conf 2, 5, 8 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
channel as defined Conf 3, 6, 9
SR 2.1 TDD SR 2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.1
Conf 1, 4, 7 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 773 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

RMSI CORESET Conf 2, 5, 8 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD

reference Conf 3, 6, 9
measurement
CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
channel as defined
in A.3.1.2
RMC CORESET Conf 1, 4, 7 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
reference Conf 2, 5, 8 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
measurement Conf 3, 6, 9
channel as defined CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
in A.3.1.3
OCNG Pattern Note 1 Conf 1, 2, 3 OP.1 OP.1
Conf 1, 2, 4, 5,
SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 7,8
Conf 3, 6, 9 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 SMTC.1
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DL initial BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
DL dedicated BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
UL dedicated BWP Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
EPRE ratio of PSS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of
PBCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDCCH to
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of
OCNG DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of
OCNG to OCNG
DMRS
dBm / Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
-102 -102
15kHz 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Conf 1, 2, 4, 5,
Noc Note 2 dBm/
7,8
-102 -102
SCS
Conf 3, 6, 9 -99 -99
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
Ês N oc dB
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
16 16 16 16 16 16
Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
Ês Iot Note 3 dB
5, 6, 7, 8, 9
16 16 16 16 16 16
Conf 1, 2, 4, 5,
dBm/ -86 -86 -86 -86 -86 -86
SS-RSRP Note 3 7,8
SCS
Conf 3, 6, 9 -83 -83 -83 -83 -83 -83

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 774 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dBm/ Conf 1, 2, 4, 5,
9.36 7,8 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9 -57.9
MHz
Io Note 3
dBm/ Conf 3, 6, 9
38.16 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8 -51.8
MHz
Propagation Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
AWGN AWGN
Condition 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
Antenna Conf 1, 2, 3, 4,
1x2 1x2
configuration 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
NOTE 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated, and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
NOTE 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
NOTE 3: Ês Iot , Io, and SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.5.4.1.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 the UE shall be ready to start transmission on the supplementary uplink carrier on SCell within 20ms from
the start of T2.

In test 1 the UE shall stop the transmission on the supplementary uplink carrier on SCell within 20ms from the start
of T3.

In test 2 the UE shall be ready to start transmission on the NR uplink carrier on SCell within 20ms from the start of
T2.

In test 2 the UE shall stop the transmission on the NR uplink carrier on SCell within 20ms from the start of T3.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed UE UL carrier configuration delay and
UE UL carrier release delay to be counted as correct. The rate of correct observed UE UL carrier configuration
delay and UE UL carrier release delay during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.4.2 Void

A.6.5.5 Beam Failure Detection and Link recovery procedures

A.6.5.5.1 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PCell configured
with SSB-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode

A.6.5.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects SSB-based beam failure in the set q0 configured for
a serving cell and that the UE performs correct SSB-based link recovery based on beam candidate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP, during the
evaluation period, and link recovery, when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the SSB based beam failure
detection and link recovery for an FR1 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.5.1.1-1, A.6.5.5.1.1-2, A.6.5.5.1.1-3 and A.6.5.5.1.1-4 below. There is
one cell, cell 1 which is the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time
duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.6.5.5.1.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR of the
SSB in set q0 in the active cell to emulate SSB based beam failure. Figure A.6.5.5.1.1-1 additionally shows the
variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 775 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic
CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. The UE is
configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms) in test 1.

Table A.6.5.5.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
3 TDD duplex mode, 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.5.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active PSCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52

Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52

Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106

DL initial BWP Config 1, 2, DLBWP.0.1

configuration 3

DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, DLBWP.1.1

configuration 3

UL initial BWP Config 1, 2, ULBWP.0.1

configuration 3

UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2, ULBWP.1.1

configuration 3

TDD Configuration Config 1 Not Applicable

Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.3 FR1
Config 2 SSB.3 FR1
Config 3 SSB.4 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.1
Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 15 KHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 KHz
PRACH Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.2.2-1
Configuration Config 3 Table A.3.8.2.2-1
SSB Index assigned as BFD RS 0
(q0)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 776 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB Index assigned as CBD RS 1

(q1)
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Beam failure DCI format 1-0
detection Number of 2
transmission Control
parameters OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE
energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH
DMRS
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE
energy
DMRS REG bundle size
precoder
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
gapOffset 0
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the
field is
absent, the
UE applies
the value 0.
(Table
8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB Config 1, 2 dBm/ -98 Threshold
used for
Config 3 SCS kHz -95 Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for
deriving
rsrp-
ThresholdC
SI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see
clause 5.17
of
TS 38.321 [
7]
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see
clause 5.17
of
TS 38.321 [
7]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 777 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD

configuration for Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
CSI reporting Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
tracking Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
SSB Index 0, 1
assigned as RLM
RS
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 0.2 During this
time the the
UE shall be
fully
synchronize
d to cell 1
T2 s 0.37
T3 s 0.24
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.17
D1 s 0.13
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 778 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.5.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 PCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 3 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1 dB -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 2 -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 3 -10 -10 10 10 10
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/ -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 2 SCS kHz -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 3 -105 -105 -85 -85 -85
Config 1 dBm/15 -98
Noc KHz
Config 2 -98
Config 3 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.

Table A.6.5.5.1.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 779 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.6.5.5.1.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation SSB for SSB-based beam failure detection and
link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.6.5.5.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiate link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 120+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.5.2 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PCell configured
with SSB-based BFD and LR in DRX mode
A.6.5.5.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects SSB-based beam failure in the set q0 configured for
a serving cell and that the UE performs correct SSB-based link recovery based on beam candidate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP, during the
evaluation period, and link recovery, when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the SSB based beam failure
detection and link recovery for an FR1 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.5.2.1-1, A.6.5.5.2.1-2, A.6.5.5.2.1-3, A.6.5.5.2.1-4 and A.6.5.5.2.1-5
below. There is one cell, cell 1 which is the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods,
with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.6.5.5.2.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink
SNR of the SSB in set q0 in the active cell to emulate SSB based beam failure. Figure A.6.5.5.2.1-1 additionally
shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery.
Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for
periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PCell and
DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during the

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 780 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing
alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.6.5.5.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
3 TDD duplex mode, 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.5.2.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active PSCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config TDD
2, 3
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 10: NRB,c =
52
Config 2 10: NRB,c =
52
Config 3 40: NRB,c =
106
DL initial BWP Config DLBWP.0.1
configuration 1, 2, 3

DL dedicated BWP Config DLBWP.1.1

configuration 1, 2, 3

UL initial BWP Config ULBWP.0.1

configuration 1, 2, 3

UL dedicated BWP Config ULBWP.1.1

configuration 1, 2, 3

TDD Configuration Config 1 Not

Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.3 FR1
Config 2 SSB.3 FR1
Config 3 SSB.4 FR1
SMTC Configuration Config SMTC.1
1, 2
Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 15 KHz
subcarrier spacing 1, 2
Config 3 30 KHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 781 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PRACH Config Table

Configuration 1, 2 A.3.8.2.2-1
Config 3 Table
A.3.8.2.2-1
SSB Index assigned as BFD RS 0
(q0)
SSB Index assigned as CBD RS 1
(q1)
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Beam failure DCI format 1-0
detection Number of 2
transmission Control
parameters OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE
energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH
DMRS
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE
energy
DMRS REG bundle
precoder size
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX DRX.7 A.3.3.7
Gap pattern ID N.A.
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold Absent When the
field is
absent, the
UE applies
the value 0.
(Table 8.1.1-
1).
rsrp- dBm/S -98 Threshold
ThresholdSSB CS kHz used for
-95 Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for
deriving
rsrp-
ThresholdC
SI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see
clause 5.17
of
TS 38.321 [7
]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 782 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see

clause 5.17
of
TS 38.321 [7
]
CSI-RS Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1
configuration for FDD
CSI reporting
Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1
TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1
TDD
CSI-RS for Config 1 TRS.1.1
tracking FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1
TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2
TDD
SSB Index 0, 1
assigned as
RLM RS
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this
time the the
UE shall be
fully
synchronize
d to cell 1
T2 s 5.17
T3 s 3.24
T4 s 0
T5 s 1.97
D1 s 1.93
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 783 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.5.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 PCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 3 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1 dB -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 2 -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 3 -10 -10 10 10 10
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/ -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 2 SCS kHz -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 3 -105 -105 -85 -85 -85
Config 1 dBm/15 -98
Noc KHz
Config 2 -98
Config 3 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.

Table A.6.5.5.2.1-4: Void

Table A.6.5.5.2.1-5: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 784 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.6.5.5.2.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for SSB-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.6.5.5.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiate link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 1920+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.5.3 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PCell configured
with CSI-RS-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode
A.6.5.5.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects CSI-RS-based beam failure in the set q0 configured
for a serving cell and that the UE performs correct CSI-RS-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP, during the
evaluation period, and link recovery, when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the CSI-RS based beam
failure detection and link recovery for an FR1 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.5.3.1-1, A.6.5.5.3.1-2, and below. There is one cell, cell 1 which is the
active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5
respectively. Figure A.6.5.5.3.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR of the CSI-RS in set q0 in the active cell
to emulate CSI-RS based beam failure. Figure A.6.5.5.3.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the downlink L1-
RSRP of the CSI-RS in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time duration T1,
the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting
periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 785 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.5.3.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
3 TDD duplex mode, 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 786 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.5.3.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 787 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
TDD Config 1 Not Applicable
Configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD A.3.1.2
Reference Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 A.3.10
Configuration Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Config 1, 2 SMTC.1 A.3.11
Configuration Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDC Config 1, 2 15 KHz
CH subcarrier Config 3 30 KHz
spacing
csi-RS-Index assigned as beam 0
failure detection RS in set q0
OCNG parameters OP.1 A.3.2.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Beam failure DCI format 1-0
detection Number of Control 2
transmission OFDM symbols
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy
to average CSI-RS
RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
CSI-RS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
csi-RS-Index assigned as candidate 1 N
beam detection RS in set q1
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value 0.
(Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp- Config 1, 2 dBm/ -98 Threshold used for
ThresholdSSB Config 3 SCS -95 Qin_LR_SSB
kHz
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-ThresholdCSI-
RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see clause 5.17 of
TS 38.321 [7]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 788 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see clause 5.17 of

TS 38.321 [7]
CSI-RS configuration for Config 1 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD A.3.14
q0 and q1 Config 2 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD
CSI-RS configuration for Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD A.3.14
CSI reporting Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
CSI-RS-Index assigned Config 1 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD A.3.14
as RLM RS Config 2 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 0.2 During this time the
the UE shall be
fully synchronized
to cell 1
T2 s 0.18
T3 s 0.14
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.08
D1 s 0.04
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 789 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.5.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 PCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_CSI-RS of Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
set q0 Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 3 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_CSI-RS of Config 1 dB -10 -10 10 10 10
set q1 Config 2 -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 3 -10 -10 10 10 10
CSI-RS_RP of set Config 1 dBm/ -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
q1 Config 2 SCS kHz -108 -108 -88 -88 -88
Config 3 -105 -105 -85 -85 -85
Config 1 dBm/15 -98
Noc KHz
Config 2 -98
Config 3 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the REs carrying CSI-RS.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.

Table A.6.5.5.3.1-4: Void

Table A.6.5.5.3.1-5: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 790 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.6.5.5.3.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.6.5.5.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and evaluate
beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 30+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.5.4 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR1 PCell configured
with CSI-RS-based BFD and LR in DRX mode
A.6.5.5.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects CSI-RS-based beam failure in the set q0 configured
for a serving cell and that the UE performs correct CSI-RS-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP, during the
evaluation period, and link recovery, when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the CSI-RS based beam failure
detection and link recovery for an FR1 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.5.5.4.1-1, A.6.5.5.4.1-2, A.6.5.5.4.1-3, and A.6.5.5.4.1-4 below. There
is one cell, cell 1 which is the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time
duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.6.5.5.4.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR of the
CSI-RS in set q0 in the active cell to emulate CSI-RS based beam failure. Figure A.6.5.5.4.1-1 additionally shows
the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the CSI-RS in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to
the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for
periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PCell and
DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during the

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 791 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing
alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.6.5.5.4.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR1 PCell

Configuration Description
1 FDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth
3 TDD duplex mode, 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR1

Table A.6.5.5.4.1-2: General test parameters for FR1 PCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 792 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2, 3 TDD
TDD Config 1 Not Applicable
Configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf..21
CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD A.3.1.2
Reference Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 A.3.10
Configuration Config 2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Config 1, 2 SMTC.1 A.3.11
Configuration Config 3 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCC Config 1, 2 15 KHz
H subcarrier Config 3 30 KHz
spacing
csi-RS-Index assigned as beam failure 0
detection RS in set q0
OCNG parameters OP.1 A.3.2.1
CP length Normal
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 2x2 Low
Configuration
Beam failure DCI format 1-0
detection Number of 2
transmission Control OFDM
symbols
parameters Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-RS
RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to
average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX DRX.7 A.3.3.7
Gap pattern ID N.A.
csi-RS-Index assigned as candidate 1
beam detection RS in set q1
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value 0.
(Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB Config 1, 2 dBm/ -98 Threshold used for
Config 3 SCS kHz -95 Qin_LR_SSB

powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving

rsrp-ThresholdCSI-
RS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 793 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see clause 5.17 of

TS 38.321 [7]
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see clause 5.17 of
TS 38.321 [7]
CSI-RS Config 1 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD A.3.14
configuration .1
for q0 and q1 Config 2 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD
Config 3 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD
CSI-RS Config 1 CSI-RS.1.1 FDD A.3.14.1
configuration Config 2 CSI-RS.1.1 TDD
for CSI reporting Config 3 CSI-RS.2.1 TDD
TRS Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
configuration Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
CSI-RS-Index Config 1 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD
assigned as Config 2 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD
RLM RS Config 3 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time the
the UE shall be
fully synchronized
to cell 1
T2 s 8.37
T3 s 6.44
T4 s 0
T5 s 1.97
D1 s 1.93
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 794 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.5.4.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR1 PCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_CSI-RS of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 3 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_CSI-RS of set q1 Config 1 dB -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 2 -10 -10 10 10 10
Config 3 -10 -10 10 10 10
CSI-RS_RP of set q1 Config 1 dB/ -110 -110 -88 -88 -88
Config 2 SCS kHz -110 -110 -88 -88 -88
Config 3 -107 -107 -85 -85 -85
Config 1 dBm/15 -98
Noc KHz
Config 2 -98
Config 3 -98
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the REs carrying CSI-RS.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.4.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.

Table A.6.5.5.4.1-4: Void

Table A.6.5.5.4.1-5: Void

Table A.6.5.5.4.1-6: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 795 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.6.5.5.4.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in DRX mode

A.6.5.5.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and evaluate
beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 1920+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.5.6 Active BWP switch

A.6.5.6.1 DCI-based and Timer-based Active BWP Switch
A.6.5.6.1.1 NR FR1- NR FR1 DL active BWP switch of PCell with non-DRX in SA
A.6.5.6.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.6, and interruption
requirement on other active serving cell defined in clause 8.2.2.2.5.

The supported test configurations are shown in Table A.6.5.6.1.1.1-1 below. The test scenario comprises of one NR
PCell (Cell 1) and one SCell (Cell 2) as given in Table A.6.5.6.1.1.1-2. NR Cell-specific parameters are specified in
Table A.6.5.6.1.1.1-3 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending except for the time duration when BWP is switching on Cell 1 and the time duration of T2.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on SCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE will have
ACK/NACK sending.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 796 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), and Cell 2 (SCell) on radio channel 2 (SCC).

- UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts for PCell, BWP-1 and BWP-2, in
Cell 1 before starting the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

- UE is configured with 1 UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts the same as initial BWP for SCell, BWP-0 in
Cell 2 before starting the test.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 in PCell.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-0 in SCell.

- UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for PCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for PCell DL BWP switch, sent from the test
equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall switch its bandwidth
part from BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
PCell’s DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PCell
no later than the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on PCell’s BWP-2 no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of SCell (Cell 2) interruption due to BWP switch on PCell shall occur within the BWP
switch delay.

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on PCell (Cell 1).

During T3,

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the subframe immediately after bwp-
InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE should switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back to the default
bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
PCell’s slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the SCell at
latest on the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on SCell’s BWP-1 no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of SCell (Cell 2) interruption due to BWP switch of PCell shall occur within the BWP
switch delay.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PCell by counting the slots from the time when the BWP
switch command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK/NACK is received.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption to SCell is carried out in the correct time span by monitoring
ACK/NACK sent in SCell during BWP switch of PCell, respectively.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 797 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.6.1.1.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD -FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD – TDD duplex mode
3 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD – FDD duplex mode
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD – TDD duplex mode
5 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD - TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.5.6.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number Two NR radio channels are used for this
1, 2
test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active SCell Cell 2 SCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF For both PCell and SCell
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on SCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 Time alignment error as specified in
μs 3
TS 38.104 [13] clause 6.5.3.1.
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

Table A.6.5.6.1.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell2

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 798 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Frequency Range FR1 FR1

Duplex mode Config 1 FDD FDD
Config 2,5 TDD TDD
Config 3 TDD FDD
Config 4 FDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.1.1 Not Applicable
Config 4 Not Applicable TDDConf.1.1
Config 5 TDDConf.1.2 TDDConf.1.2
BWchannel Config 1,2,3,4 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 5 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106
Active BWP ID 1, 2 3
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2Note4
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2Note4
Active DL BWP-0 Configuration N.A. DLBWP.0.2Note4
Active DL BWP-1 Configuration DLBWP.1.1Note4 N.A.
Active DL BWP-2 Configuration DLBWP.1.3Note4 N.A.
Active UL BWP-0 Configuration N.A. ULBWP.0.2Note4
Active UL BWP-1 Configuration ULBWP.1.1Note4 N.A.
Active UL BWP-2 Configuration ULBWP.1.3Note4 N.A.
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 FDD
Config 4 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 TDD
Config 5 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 FDD
Config 4 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 TDD
Config 5 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET Config 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 FDD
Config 4 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 5 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2,3,4 SSB.1 FR1
Config 5 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
NocNote 2 Config 1,2,3,4 dBm/SCS -104 -104
Config 5 -101 -101
NocNote 2 dBm/15KH [-104 -104
z
SS-RSRP Note 3 Config 1,2,3,4 dBm/SCS -87 -87

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 799 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 5 -84 -84

Ês/Iot dB [17 17
Ês/Noc dB [17 17
IoNote3 dBm/ -58.96 -58.96
Config 1,2,3,4 9.36MHz

dBm/ -52.86 -52.86

Config 5
38.16MHz
Propagation Condition AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3 SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is linked with ULBWP.0.2;
DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1; DLBWP.1.3 is linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of
TS 38.213 [3].

A.6.5.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the
beginning of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the
beginning of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

During T1 and T3, the start time of SCell interruption during PCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside the
BWP switch delay.

The interruption of SCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active BWP switch in clause
8.2.2.2.5.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PCell active BWP switch interruption
to be counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK/NACK in the first UL slot that
occurs after the beginning of DL slot (i+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall
use the next available uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK/NACK.

A.6.5.6.1.2 NR FR1 DL active BWP switch with non-DRX in SA

A.6.5.6.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.6.

The supported test configurations are shown in Table A.6.5.6.1.2.1-1. The test scenario comprises of one cell (Cell 1)
as given in Table A.6.5.6.1.2.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of the cell are specified in Table A.6.5.6.1.2.1-3 below.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 800 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on Cell 1 to ensure that the UE will have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 on radio channel 1.

- UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts, BWP-1 and BWP-2 before starting
the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1.

- UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for Cell1.

The cell has constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for DL BWP switch, sent from the test equipment to
the UE, is received at the UE side in Cell1’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall switch its bandwidth part from
BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of Cell1’s DL slot
(i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the Cell1 no later than the
first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be continuously
scheduled on Cell1’s BWP-2 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot
(i+TBWPswitchDelay).

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on Cell1.

During T3,

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the subframe immediately after bwp-
InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE shall switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back to the default
bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of Cell1’s slot
(j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the Cell1 at latest on the
first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be continuously
scheduled on Cell1’s BWP-1 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot
(j+TBWPswitchDelay).

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time by counting the slots from the time when the BWP switch
command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK/NACK is received.

Table A.6.5.6.1.2.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.
Note 2: A UE which fulfils the requirements in test case A.6.5.6.1.1 can skip the test cases in A.6.5.6.1.2.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 801 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.6.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 1 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active Cell Cell 1 Cell1 on RF channel number 1.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

Table A.6.5.6.1.2.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Cell 1

Frequency Range FR1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2,3 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 2 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106
Active BWP ID 1, 2
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.2 Note 4
Configuration Config 1,2,3
Active DL BWP-1 DLBWP.1.1 Note 4
Config 1,2,3
Configuration
Active DL BWP-2 DLBWP.1.3 Note 4
Config 1,2,3
Configuration
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.2 Note 4
Config 1,2,3
Configuration
Active UL BWP-1 ULBWP.1.1 Note 4
Config 1,2,3
Configuration
Active UL BWP-2 ULBWP.1.3 Note 4
Config 1,2,3
Configuration
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET Config 1 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
TRS Configuration Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 802 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS

EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
NocNote 2 Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -104
Config 3 -101
NocNote 2 dBm/15kH [-104]
z
SS-RSRP Note 3 Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -87
Config 3 -84
Ês/Iot dB [17]
Ês/Noc dB [17]
IoNote3 dBm/ -58.96
Config 1,2
9.36MHz
dBm/ -52.86
Config 3
38.16MHz
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is
linked with ULBWP.0.2; DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1; DLBWP.1.3 is
linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of TS 38.213 [3].

A.6.5.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed Cell1 active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK/NACK in the first UL slot that
occurs after beginning of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall use the
next available uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK/NACK.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 803 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.5.6.2 RRC-based Active BWP Switch

A.6.5.6.2.1 NR FR1 DL active BWP switch of Cell with non-DRX in SA
A.6.5.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement for RRC-based BWP switch defined in
clause 8.6.

The supported test configurations are shown in Table A.6.5.6.2.1.1-1.The test scenario comprises of one Cell (Cell 1)
as given in Table A.6.5.6.2.1.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of Cell are specified in Table A.6.5.6.2.1.1-3 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on Cell 1 to ensure that the UE will have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 on radio channel 1.

- UE has bandwidth part BWP-1 in its RRC-configuration for Cell 1.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 of initial condition in Cell
1.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 1 time period, with duration of T1.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a RRCReconfiguration with updated bandwidth part configuration, sent from the
test equipment to the UE, is completely received at the UE side in Cell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall
reconfigure its bandwidth part with the updated bandwidth part BWP-1 of final condition.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on PCell from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
slot i + as defined in clause 8.6.3 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
for the PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i +
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦ + k1 on BWP-1 of final condition. The UE shall be continuously
scheduled on PCell’s BWP-1 starting from the the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i +
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
.
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
TRRCprocessingDelay and TBWPswitchDelayRRC are defined in clause 8.6.3.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PCell by counting the time from the time when the RRC
Reconfiguration message including updated BWP configuration is sent till the time when a vaild ACK/NACK is
received.

Table A.6.5.6.2.1.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 804 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.5.6.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 1 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active Cell Cell 1 Cell on RF channel number 1.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
T1 s 0.2

Table A.6.5.6.2.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 805 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Frequency Range FR1

Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2,3 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 2 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106
Active BWP ID 1
Initial DL BWP Config 1,2, 3 DLBWP.0.2
Configuration
Initial UL BWP Config 1,2, 3 ULBWP.0.2
Configuration
Initial Active DL Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.3
Condition BWP-1
Configurat
ion
Active UL Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.3
BWP-1
Configurat
ion
Final Active DL Config 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.1
Condition BWP-1
Configurat
ion
Active UL Config 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.1
BWP-1
Configurat
ion
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET Config 1 CCR.1.1 FDD
parameters Config 2 CCR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TRS Configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
Antenna Configuration 1x2 Low
Propagation Condition AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS(Note
1)

NocNote 2 Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -104

Config 3 -101

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 806 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SS-RSRP Note 3 Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -87

Config 3 -84
Ês/Iot dB 17
Ês/Noc dB 17
IoNote3 Config 1,2 dBm/ -58.96
9.36MHz
Config 3 dBm/ -52.86
38.16MHz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled
as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2
is linked with ULBWP.0.2; DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1;
DLBWP.1.3 is linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of
TS 38.213 [3].

A.6.5.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall be ready for the reception of uplink grant for the Cell from the first DL slot that occurs right
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
after the begining of slot i + and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for PCell
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i + + k1.
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed Cell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.6 Measurement procedure

A.6.6.1 Intra-frequency Measurements
A.6.6.1.1 SA event triggered reporting tests without gap under non-DRX
A.6.6.1.1.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
intra-frequency cell search requirements in clauses 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2.

A.6.6.1.1.2 Test parameters

Two cells are deployed in the test, which are FR1 PCell (Cell 1) and a FR1 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same
frequency as the PCell. The test parameters for PCell and neighbour cell are given in Table A.6.6.1.1.1-1 and
A.6.6.1.1.1-2 below. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency
of the PCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of
two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall
not have any timing information of Cell 2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 807 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.1.1.1.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.6.6.1.1.2-2: General test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered reporting
without gap for FR1

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell 1
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1: Cell 1 and Cell 2
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.2
2 SMTC.1
3 SMTC.1
A3-Offset dB 1, 2, 3 -4.5
CP length 1, 2, 3 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2, 3 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2, 3 OFF
Time offset between serving 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 1.
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 1, 2, 3 5
T2 s 1, 2, 3 5

Table A.6.6.1.1.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered
reporting without gap for FR1

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1 TN/A TN/A
2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 808 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3 OP.1 OP.1

TRS 1 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
Configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD N/A
3 TRS.1.2 TDD N/A
IInitial BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 SSB SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -98
2 -98
3 -95
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
2
3
dB 1 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ê s Iot 2
3
dB 1 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc 2
3
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
2 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
3 -91 -91 -Infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -58.50 -56.16 --58.50 -56.16
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than 800
ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.1.2 SA event triggered reporting tests without gap under DRX

A.6.6.1.2.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
intra-frequency cell search requirements in clauses 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 809 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.6.1.2.2 Test parameters

Two cells are deployed in the test, which are FR1 PCell (Cell 1) and a FR1 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same
frequency as the PCell. The test parameters for PCell are given in Table A.6.6.1.2.2-1, A.6.6.1.2.2-2 and
A.6.6.1.2.2-3 below. In the measurement controlinformation, a measurement object is configured for the frequency
of the PCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of
two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall
not have any timing information of Cell 2.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.6.6.1.2.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.6.6.1.2.2-2: General test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered reporting
without gap for PCell in FR1 with DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation Test 1 Test 2
Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell 1
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1: Cell 1 and Cell 2
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.2
2 SMTC.1
3 SMTC.1
A3-Offset dB 1, 2, 3 -4.5
CP length 1, 2, 3 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2, 3 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2, 3 DRX.1 DRX.2
Time offset between serving 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 1.
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 1, 2, 3 5
T2 s 1, 2, 3 5 10

Table A.6.6.1.2.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered
reporting without gap for PCell in FR1 with DRX

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 810 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TDD configuration 1 TN/A TN/A

2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3 OP.1 OP.1
TRS configuration 1 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
2 TRS.1.1 TDD N/A
3 TRS.1.2 TDD N/A
IInitial BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 SSB SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -98
2 -98
3 -95
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
2
3
dB 1 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ê s Iot 2
3
dB 1 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc 2
3
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
2 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
3 -91 -91 -Infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -58.50 -56.16 --58.50 -56.16
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.1.2.3 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than 920 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in
this test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 811 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than 6400 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in
this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.1.3 SA event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under non-DRX
A.6.6.1.3.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.6.2 and 9.2.6.3.

A.6.6.1.3.2 Test parameters

Two cells are deployed in the test, which are FR1 PCell (Cell 1) and a FR1 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same
frequency as the PCell. The test parameters for PCell are given in Table A.6.6.1.3.1-1 and A.6.6.1.3.1-2 below. In
the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PCell, and it is
indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of two successive time
periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing
information of Cell 2.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 1, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 1. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

Table A.6.6.1.3.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.6.6.1.3.2-2: General test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered reporting with
per-UE gaps for PCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell 1
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1: Cell 1 and Cell 2
Measurement gap type 1, 2, 3 Per-UE gaps
Measurement gap repitition ms 1, 2, 3 40
periodicity
Measurement gap length ms 1, 2, 3 6
Measurement gap offset ms 1, 2, 3 39
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.2
2 SMTC.1
3 SMTC.1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 812 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS parameters 1 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD resource #0

2 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD resource #0
3 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD resource #0
A3-Offset dB 1, 2, 3 -4.5
CP length 1, 2, 3 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2, 3 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX ms 1, 2, 3 OFF
Time offset between serving 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 1.
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 1, 2, 3 5
T2 s 1, 2, 3 5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 813 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.1.3.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered
reporting with per-UE gaps for PCell in FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 814 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD 1 TN/A TN/A
configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3 OP.1 OP.1
TRS 1 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD N/A
3 TRS.1.2 TDD N/A
IInitial BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 CSI-RS SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -98

2 -98
3 -95
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1 -98

2
3
dB 1 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ê s Iot
2
3
dB 1 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
2
3
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
2 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
3 -91 -91 -Infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -58.50 -56.16 --58.50 -56.16
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 815 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.6.1.3.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than 800
ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.1.4 SA event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under DRX
A.6.6.1.4.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.6.2 and 9.2.6.3.

A.6.6.1.4.2 Test parameters

Two cells are deployed in the test, which are FR1 PCell (Cell 1) and a FR1 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same
frequency as the PCell. The test parameters for PCell are given in Table A.6.6.1.4.2-1, A.6.6.1.4.2-2 and
A.6.6.1.4.2-3 below. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency
of the PCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of
two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall
not have any timing information of Cell 2.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 1, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 1. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.6.6.1.4.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

Table A.6.6.1.4.2-2: General test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered reporting with
per-UE gaps for PCell in FR1 with DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Test 1 Test 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 816 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active cell 1, 2, 3 Cell 1

Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3 1: Cell 1 and Cell 2
Measurement gap type 1, 2, 3 Per-UE gaps
Measurement gap repitition ms 1, 2, 3 40
periodicity
Measurement gap length ms 1, 2, 3 6
Measurement gap offset ms 1, 2, 3 39
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
2 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.2
2 SMTC.1
3 SMTC.1
CSI-RS parameters 1 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD resource #0
2 CSI-RS.1.2 TDD resource #0
3 CSI-RS.2.2 TDD resource #0
A3-Offset dB 1, 2, 3 -4.5
CP length 1, 2, 3 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2, 3 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2, 3 DRX.1 DRX.2

Time offset between serving 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells.

and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 3.
2 3 μs Synchronous cells
3 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 1, 2, 3 5
T2 s 1, 2, 3 5 10

Table A.6.6.1.4.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered
reporting with per-UE gaps for PCell in FR1 with DRX

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 817 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TDD 1 TN/A TN/A

configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 SR.1.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated 1 CCR.1.2 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC 2 CCR.1.2 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
configuration 3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3 OP.1 OP.1
TRS 1 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD N/A
3 TRS.1.2 TDD N/A
IInitial BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2, 3 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2, 3 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2, 3 CSI-RS SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -98

2 -98
3 -95
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1 -98

2
3
dB 1 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ê s Iot
2
3
dB 1 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
2
3
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
2 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
3 -91 -91 -Infinity -91
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
dBm/9.36 MHz 2 -64.60 -62.25 -64.60 -62.25
dBm/38.16 MHz 3 -58.50 -56.16 --58.50 -56.16
Propagation 1, 2, 3 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: Table A.6.6.1.4.2-1The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the
start of time period T2.
Note 2: Table A.6.6.1.4.2-1Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of
appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Table A.6.6.1.4.2-1SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 818 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.1.4.2-4: Void

Table A.6.6.1.4.2-5: Void

A.6.6.1.4.3 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than 920 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in
this test.

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than 6400 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in
this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.1.5 SA event triggered reporting tests without gap under non-DRX with SSB
index reading
A.6.6.1.5.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
FDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2.

A.6.6.1.5.2 Test parameters

Two cells are deployed in the test, which are FR1 PCell (Cell 1) and a FR1 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same
frequency as the PCell. The test parameters for FDD PCell and neighbour cell are given in Table A.6.6.1.5.2-1 and
A.6.6.1.5.2-2 below. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency
of the PCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of
two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall
not have any timing information of Cell 2.

Table A.6.6.1.5.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 819 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.1.5.2-2: General test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered reporting
without gap for FDD PCell in FR1 with SSB index reading

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Active cell 1 Cell 1
Neighbour cell 1 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1 1: Cell 1 and Cell 2
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.2
A3-Offset dB 1 -4.5
CP length 1 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1 0
Time To Trigger s 1 0
Filter coefficient 1 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX ms 1 OFF

Time offset between serving 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells.

and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
than the timing of Cell 1.
T1 s 1 5
T2 s 1 5

Table A.6.6.1.5.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered
reporting without gap for FDD PCell in FR1 with SSB index reading

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1 N/A N/A
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
OCNG Patterns 1 OP.1 OP.1
TRS configuration 1 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
IInitial BWP 1 DLBWP.0,1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1 SSB SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -98

N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1 -98

dB 1 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46

Ê s Iot
dB 1 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
Propagation 1 AWGN
Condition

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 820 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.1.5.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than 920
ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is required to read the neighbour cell SSB index and report the
acquired SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.1.6 SA event triggered reporting tests with per-UE gaps under non-DRX with
SSB index reading
A.6.6.1.6.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
FDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.6.2 and 9.2.6.3.

A.6.6.1.6.2 Test parameters

Two cells are deployed in the test, which are FR1 PCell (Cell 1) and a FR1 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same
frequency as the PCell. The test parameters for FDD PCell and neighbour cell are given in Table A.6.6.1.6.2-1 and
A.6.6.1.6.2-2 below. In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency
of the PCell, and it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used. The test consists of
two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall
not have any timing information of Cell 2.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 1, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 1. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

Table A.6.6.1.6.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 821 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.1.6.2-2: General test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered reporting with
gap for FDD PCell in FR1 with SSB index reading

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configur
ation
Active cell 1 Cell 1
Neighbour cell 1 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1 1: Cell 1 and Cell 2
Measurement gap type 1 Per-UE gaps
Measurement gap repitition ms 1 40
periodicity
Measurement gap length ms 1 6
Measurement gap offset ms 1 39
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR1
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.2
CSI-RS parameters 1 CSI-RS.1.2 FDD resource #0
A3-Offset dB 1 -4.5
CP length 1 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1 0
Time To Trigger s 1 0
Filter coefficient 1 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX ms 1 OFF
Time offset between serving 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
and neighbour cells The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms
later than the timing of Cell 1.
T1 s 1 5
T2 s 1 5

Table A.6.6.1.6.2-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA intra-frequency event triggered
reporting with gap for FDD PCell in FR1 with SSB index reading

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1 N/A N/A
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.1.1 FDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1 CCR.1.2 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
OCNG Patterns 1 OP.1 OP.1
TRS configuration 1 TRS.1.1 FDD N/A
IInitial BWP 1 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1 CSI-RS SSB
N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -98

N oc Note 2 dBm/15 kHz 1 -98

dB 1 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46

Ê s Iot

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 822 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dB 1 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS kHz 1 -94 -94 -Infinity -94
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1 -64.60 -62.25 --64.60 -62.25
Propagation 1 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.1.6.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than 920
ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE is required to read the neighbour cell SSB index and report the
acquired SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.2 Inter-frequency Measurements

A.6.6.2.1 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR1 without SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used
A.6.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR1 on NR RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR1 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.6.2.1.1-1, A.6.6.2.1.1-2 and A.6.6.2.1.1-3.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.6.6.2.1.1-2 is provided for UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table A.6.6.2.1.1-2 is
provided for UE that supports per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration #4, it is only
required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Table A.6.6.2.1.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR1

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 823 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
NR RF Channel Config 1,2,3 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.

Neighbour cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel

number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2,3 0 4 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1,2,3 9 9

offset
A3-Offset dB Config 1,2,3 -6
Hysteresis dB Config 1,2,3 0
CP length Config 1,2,3 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2,3 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2,3 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between Config 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 1.
Config 2,3 3μs Synchronous cells.

T1 s Config 1,2,3 5
T2 s Config 1,2,3 1 1

Table A.6.6.2.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2,3 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP BW MHz Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 NA
configurati Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 NA
on Dedicated DL Config 1, 2, DLBWP.1.1 NA
BWP 3
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 NA
BWP
TRS configuration TRS.1.1 FDD NA
Config 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 824 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TRS.1.1 TDD NA
Config 2
TRS.1.2 TDD NA
Config 3
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2,3 OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1)
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR.2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.6 FR1
SMTC configuration defined Config 1 SMTC.2 SMTC.5
in A.3.11 Config 2, 3 SMTC.1 SMTC.4
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2 15
spacing Config 3 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 -98 -98
kHz
Note2
N oc
dBm/S Config 1,2 -98 -98
CS Config 3 -95 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -94 -94 -Infinity -91
CS Config 3 -91 -91 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
1,2,3,4,5,6
Ês N oc dB Config 1,2,3 4 4 -Infinity 7
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config 1,2 -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -62.26
36MHz
dBm/38 Config 3 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -56.15
.16MHz
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3 AWGN AWGN

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 825 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

A.6.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 920 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 760 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1 and 2 UE is not required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.2.2 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR1 without SSB time index
detection when DRX is used
A.6.6.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR1 on NR RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR1 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.6.2.2.1-1, A.6.6.2.2.1-2 and A.6.6.2.2.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.6.6.2.2.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table
A.6.6.2.2.1-2 is provided for UE that supports per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern
configuration #4, it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furthermore, UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 826 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.2.2.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR1

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell

Table A.6.6.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
NR RF Channel Config 1,2,3 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.

Neighbour cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel

number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2,3 0 4 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1,2,3 39 9

offset
A3-Offset dB Config 1,2,3 -6
Hysteresis dB Config 1,2,3 0
CP length Config 1,2,3 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2,3 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2,3 DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
.1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 1.
Config 2,3 3μs Synchronous cells.

T1 s Config 1,2,3 5
T2 s Config 1,2,3 1.1 11 1.1 11

Table A.6.6.2.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 827 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3 1 2

Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2,3 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP BW MHz Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP Initial DL BWP Config 1, 2, DLBWP.0.1 NA
configuratio 3
n Initial UL BWP Config 1, 2, ULBWP.0.1 NA
3
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 NA
BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 NA
BWP
TRS configuration TRS.1.1 FDD NA
Config 1
TRS.1.1 TDD NA
Config 2
TRS.1.2 TDD NA
Config 3
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2,3 OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1)

PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD -

measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR.2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.6 FR1
SMTC configuration defined Config 1 SMTC.2 SMTC.5
in A.3.11 Config 2, 3 SMTC.1 SMTC.4
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2 15
spacing Config 3 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
N oc Note2 dBm/15 Config 1,2,3 -98 -98
kHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 828 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note2 dBm/S Config 1,2 -98 -98

N oc
CS Config 3 -95 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -94 -94 -Infinity -91
CS Config 3 -91 -91 -Infinity -88
dB Config 4 4 -Infinity 7
Ês Iot 1,2,3,4,5,6
dB Config 1,2,3 4 4 -Infinity 7
Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config 1,2 -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -62.2
36MHz
dBm/38 Config 3 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -56.15
.16MHz
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3 AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

Table A.6.6.2.2.1-4: DRX-Configuration for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting without

SSB time index detection

Test1&3 Test2&4 Comment

Field
Value Value
drx-onDurationTimer ms1 ms1 As specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS
drx-InactivityTimer ms1 ms1 38.331 [2]
drx-RetransmissionTimerDL sl1 sl1
drx-RetransmissionTimerUL sl1 sl1
drx-LongCycleStartOffset ms40 Ms640
shortDRX disable disable

Table A.6.6.2.2.1-5: TimeAlignmentTimer -Configuration SA inter-frequency event triggered

reporting without SSB time index detection

Comment
Field Value
As specified in clause 6.3.2 in TS
TimeAlignmentTimer ms500
38.331 [2]

A.6.6.2.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1080 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 10240 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 829 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In test 3 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1080 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 10240 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is not required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.2.3 Void
A.6.6.2.4 Void
A.6.6.2.5 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR1 with SSB time index detection
when DRX is not used
A.6.6.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR1 on NR RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR1 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.6.2.5.1-1, A.6.6.2.5.1-2 and A.6.6.2.5.1-3.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.6.6.2.5.1-2 is provided for UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table A.6.6.2.5.1-2 is
provided for UE that supports per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern configuration #4, it is only
required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Table A.6.6.2.5.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR1-FR1

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 830 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.2.5.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR1 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
NR RF Channel Config 1,2,3 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.
Active cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2,3 0 4 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1,2,3 9 9

offset
A3-Offset dB Config 1,2,3 -6
Hysteresis dB Config 1,2,3 0
CP length Config 1,2,3 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2,3 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2,3 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between Config 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 1.
Config 2,3 3μs Synchronous cells.

T1 s Config 1,2,3 5
T2 s Config 1,2,3 1.1 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 831 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.2.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR1 with SSB time index detection

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 832 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2,3 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP BW MHz Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 NA
configuratio Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 NA
n Dedicated DL Config 1, 2, DLBWP.1.1 NA
BWP 3
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 NA
BWP
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD NA
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD NA
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD NA
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2,3 OP.1 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1)
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR.2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.6 FR1
SMTC configuration defined Config 1 SMTC.2 SMTC.5
in A.3.11 Config 2, 3 SMTC.1 SMTC.4
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2 15
spacing Config 3 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Note2 dBm/15 -98 -98
N oc
kHz
Note2 dBm/S Config 1,2 -98 -98
N oc
CS Config 3 -95 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 Config 1,2 -94 -94 -Infinity -91

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 833 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dBm/S Config 3 -91 -91 -Infinity -88

CS
Ês Iot dB Config 1,2,3 4 4 -Infinity 7
dB Config 1,2,3 4 4 -Infinity 7
Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config 1,2 -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -62.2
36MHz
dBm/38 Config 3 -58.4 -58.49 -63.94 -56.15
.16MHz
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3 AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

A.6.6.2.5.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1040 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 880 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1 and 2 UE is required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.2.6 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR1 with SSB time index detection
when DRX is used
A.6.6.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR1 on NR RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR1 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters are given in Tables A.6.6.2.6.1-1, A.6.6.2.6.1-2 and A.6.6.2.6.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.6.6.2.6.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table
A.6.6.2.6.1-2 is provided for UE that supports per-FR gap. If a UE supports per-FR gap and gap pattern
configuration #4, it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 834 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500 ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furthermore, UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.6.6.2.6.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR1-FR1

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations
Note 2: target NR cell has the same SCS, BW and duplex mode as NR serving cell

Table A.6.6.2.6.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR1 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
NR RF Channel Config 1,2,3 1, 2 Two FR1 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2,3 0 4 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1,2,3 39 9

offset
A3-Offset dB Config 1,2,3 -6
Hysteresis dB Config 1,2,3 0
CP length Config 1,2,3 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2,3 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2,3 DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
.1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 1 3 ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 1.
Config 2,3 3 μs Synchronous cells.

T1 s Config 1,2,3 5
T2 s Config 1,2,3 1.3 13.5 1.3 13.5

Table A.6.6.2.6.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR1 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 835 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3 1 2

Duplex mode Config 1 FDD
Config 2,3 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP BW MHz Config 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
BWP Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 NA
configurati Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 NA
on Dedicated DL Config 1, 2, DLBWP.1.1 NA
BWP 3
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 NA
BWP
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD NA
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD NA
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD NA
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2,3
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.5 FR1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.6 FR1
SMTC configuration defined Config 1 SMTC.2 SMTC.5
in A.3.11 Config 2, 3 SMTC.1 SMTC.4
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2 15
spacing Config 3 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Note2 dBm/15 -98 -98
N oc
kHz
Note2 dBm/S Config 1,2 -98 -98
N oc
CS Config 3 -95 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -94 -94 -Infinity -91
CS Config 3 -91 -91 -Infinity -88

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 836 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dB Config 1,2,3 4 4 -Infinity 7

Ês Iot
dB Config 1,2,3 4 4 -Infinity 7
Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config 1,2 -64.59 -64.59 -70.05 -62.26
36MHz
dBm/38 Config 3 -58.49 -58.49 -63.94 -56.15
.16MHz
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3 AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

A.6.6.2.6.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1280 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 13440 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 3 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1280 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 13440 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 837 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.6.2.7 Void
A.6.6.2.8 Void

A.6.6.3 Inter-RAT Measurements

A.6.6.3.1 SA NR - E-UTRAN event-triggered reporting in non-DRX in FR1
A.6.6.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this set of tests is to verify that the UE makes correct event-triggered reporting of inter-RAT E-
UTRAN measurements when operating in standalone (SA) operation with PCell in FR1. This test shall partly verify
the cell search and measurement requirements in Clauses 9.4.2 and 9.4.3.

In each test there are two cells: Cell 1 and Cell 2. Cell 1 is the NR PCell and Cell 2 is an inter-RAT E-UTRAN inter-
RAT neighbour cell. In the measurement control information from the PCell it is indictated to the UE that event-
triggered reporting with Event B2 (PCell becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better
than threshold2) is to be used. Each test consists of two consecutive time periods, with durations T1 and T2,
respectively. Prior to the start of time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. During T1, the UE
shall not have any information on Cell 2.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.6.3.1.1-1. General test parameters are provided in Table
A.6.6.3.1.1-2 below. Test parameters for Cell 1 and Cell 2, valid for both time duration T1 and T2, are provided in
Tables A.6.6.3.1.1-3 and A.6.6.3.1.1-4, respectively.

Table A.6.6.3.1.1-1: Supported test configurations in SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN event triggered

reporting in non-DRX with PCell in FR1

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
6 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 838 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.3.1.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN event triggered reporting
in non-DRX with PCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 1 1 NR carrier frequency is used in the test
LTE RF Channel Number 1 1 LTE carrier frequency is used in the test
Channel Bandwidth MHz As specified in Tables
A.6.6.3.1.1-2 and
A.6.6.3.1.1-3.
Active cell Cell 1 Cell 1 is on RF channel number 1
Neighbour cell Cell 2 Cell 2 is on RF channel number 2
Gap Pattern Id 0 As specified in Clause Table 9.1.2-1. Per-
UE gap pattern.
NR measurement quantity SS-RSRP Measurement quantity for Cell 1
Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRP Measurement quantity for Cell 2
measurement quantity
b2-Threshold1 dBm Note 1 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
measurement on cell1 for event B2
b2-Threshold2EUTRA dBm -97 E-UTRAN RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
measurement on cell1 for event B2
Hysteresis dB 0
TimeToTrigger s 0
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX OFF OFF
T1 s 5
T2 s 5
Note 1: Values are defined in Table A.6.6.3.1.1-3

Table A.6.6.3.1.1-3: PCell specific test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRA event triggered
reporting in non-DRX with PCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration SCS=15 KHz 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
SCS=30 KHz 3, 6 TDDConf.1.2
BWchannel MHz 1, 4 10: NRB,c = 52 (FDD)
2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52 (TDD)
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106 (TDD)
PDSCH reference measurement 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
channel 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
CORSET reference channel 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
BWP configurations Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.1
OCNG patternNote1 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
SMTC configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SMTC.1
SSB configuration 1, 2, 4, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
b2-Threshold1 1, 2, 4, 5 -98
dBm
3, 6 -95
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 839 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS

EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
NocNote2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -106
dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -106
NocNote2
3, 6 -103
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 18 -2
Ês/IotNote3 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 18 -2
SS-RSRPNote3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -88 -108
3, 6 -85 -105
SSB_RPNote3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -88 -108
3, 6 -85 -105
dBm/9.36 1, 2, 4, 5 -59.98 -75.92
MHz
IoNote3
dBm/38.16 3, 6 -53.88 -69.82
MHz
Propagation condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETDLA30
Antenna Configuration and Correlation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Matrix
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: Ês/Iot, SS-RSRP, SSB_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

Table A.6.6.3.1.1-4: E-UTRAN neighbour cell specific test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN
event triggered reporting in non-DRX with PCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 2

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote2 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
20 MHz: R.10 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 840 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

DL Reference Measurement 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD

ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
NocNote4 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -106
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 19
Ês/IotNote5 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 19
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
SCH_RPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -78.22+10log (NRB,c /50) -59.16+10log (NRB,c
IoNote5
/50)
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 5: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.3.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report for Cell 2 to the PCell, with a measurement reporting
delay less than 3.84s from the start of period T2. The measurement reporting delay is defined as the time from the
beginning of time period T2 to the moment when the UE sends the measurement report on PUSCH.

The UE shall not send event-triggered measurement reports as long as the reporting criteria is not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.6.6.3.2 SA NR - E-UTRAN event-triggered reporting in DRX in FR1

A.6.6.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this set of tests is to verify that the UE makes correct event-triggered reporting of inter-RAT E-
UTRAN measurements when operating in standalone (SA) operation with PCell in FR1 when DRX is used. This
test shall partly verify the cell search and measurement requirements in Clauses 9.4.2 and 9.4.3. There are two test

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 841 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

cases. In test 1 the UE shall be configured with DRX cycle of 40 ms. In test 2 the UE shall be configured with DRX
cycle of 640 ms.

In each test there are two cells: Cell 1 and Cell 2. Cell 1 is the NR PCell and Cell 2 is an inter-RAT E-UTRAN inter-
RAT neighbour cell. In the measurement control information from the PCell it is indictated to the UE that event-
triggered reporting with Event B2 (PCell becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better
than threshold2) is to be used. Each test consists of two consecutive time periods, with durations T1 and T2,
respectively. Prior to the start of time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. During T1, the UE
shall not have any information on Cell 2.

In each test the UE shall be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control
element to restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore the UE shall be
allocated with PUSCH resource at every DRX cycle.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.6.3.2.1-1. General test parameters are provided in Table
A.6.6.3.2.1-2 below. Test parameters for Cell 1 and Cell 2, valid for both time duration T1 and T2, are provided in
Tables A.6.6.3.2.1-3 and A.6.6.3.2.1-4, respectively.

Table A.6.6.3.2.1-1: Supported test configurations in SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN event triggered

reporting in DRX with PCell in FR1

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
6 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 842 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.3.2.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN event triggered reporting
in DRX with PCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Comment

Value
NR RF Channel Number 1 1 NR carrier frequency is used in the test
LTE RF Channel Number 2 1 LTE carrier frequency is used in the test
Channel Bandwidth MHz As specified in Tables
A.6.6.3.2.1-2 and
A.6.6.3.2.1-3.
Active cell Cell 1 Cell 1 is on RF channel number 1
Neighbour cell Cell 2 Cell 2 is on RF channel number 2
Gap Pattern Id 0 As specified in Clause Table 9.1.2-1. Per-UE
gap pattern.
NR measurement quantity SS-RSRP Measurement quantity for Cell 1
Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRP Measurement quantity for Cell 2
measurement quantity
b2-Threshold1 dBm Note 1 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
measurement on cell1 for event B2
b2-Threshold2EUTRA dBm -97 E-UTRAN RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
measurement on cell1 for event B2
Hysteresis dB 0
TimeToTrigger s 0
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX DRX.1 DRX.2 DRX cycle configurations DRX.1 and DRX.2
are defined in Table A.3.3.1-1 and Table
A.3.3.2-1 respectively.
T1 s 5
T2 s 5 15
Note 1: Values are defined in Table A.6.6.3.2.1-3

Table A.6.6.3.2.1-3: PCell specific test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRA event triggered
reporting in DRX with PCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration SCS=15 KHz 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
SCS=30 KHz 3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 4 10: NRB,c = 52 (FDD)
2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52 (TDD)
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106 (TDD)
PDSCH reference measurement 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
channel 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
CORSET reference channel 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
BWP Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
configurations Dedicated DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.1.1
OCNG patternNote1 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
SMTC configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SMTC.1
SSB configuration 1, 2, 4, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
b2-Threshold1 dBm 1, 2, 4, 5 -98

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 843 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

3, 6 -95
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH_DMRS dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
NocNote2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -106
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -106
Noc
3, 6 -103
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 18 -2
Ês/IotNote3 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 18 -2
SS-RSRPNote3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -88 -108
3, 6 -85 -105
SSB_RPNote3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -88 -108
3, 6 -85 -105
dBm/9.36 1, 2, 4, 5 -59.98 -75.92
MHz
IoNote3
dBm/38.16 3, 6 -53.88 -69.82
MHz
Propagation condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETDLA30
Antenna Configuration and Correlation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Matrix
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: Ês/Iot, SS-RSRP, SSB_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

Table A.6.6.3.2.1-4: E-UTRAN neighbour cell specific test parameters for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN
event triggered reporting in DRX with PCell in FR1

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 2

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 2
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote2 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 844 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD

parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
ChannelNote2 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
NocNote4 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -106
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 19
Ês/IotNote5 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 19
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
SCH_RPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -78.22+10log (NRB,c /50) -59.16+10log (NRB,c
IoNote5
/50)
Propagation Condition Note6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix Note6
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 5: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 6: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

A.6.6.3.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report for Cell 2 to the PCell, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 3.84s from the start of period T2. The measurement reporting delay is defined as the time
from the beginning of time period T2 to the moment when the UE sends the measurement report on PUSCH.

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report for Cell 2 to the PCell, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 12.8s from the start of period T2. The measurement reporting delay is defined as the time
from the beginning of time period T2 to the moment when the UE sends the measurement report on PUSCH.

The UE shall not send event-triggered measurement reports as long as the reporting criteria is not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 845 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.6.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting

A.6.6.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used
A.6.6.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.1, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.6.6.4.1.1-1.

Table A.6.6.4.1.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.6.6.4.1.2 Test parameters

There is one cells in the test, the FR1 PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.6.6.4.1.2-1 and Table A.6.6.4.1.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the SSBs and report
periodically. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. The test
has higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements configured.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and
L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSBs.

Table A.6.6.4.1.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~3 freq1
1 FDD
Duplex mode 2 TDD
3 TDD
1 N/A
TDD Configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1
1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3 40: NRB,c = 106
1 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3 SR.2.1 TDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference
2 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3 CR.2.1 TDD
1 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET Reference
2 CCR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3 CCR.2.1 TDD
1 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2 SSB.3 FR1
3 SSB.4 FR1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 846 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

OCNG Patterns 1~3 OP.1

DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~3
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~3
ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~3 SMTC.1
1 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS Configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD
DRX configuration 1~3 Off
reportConfigType 1~3 periodic
reportQuantity 1~3 ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~3 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~3 slot 80
T1 1~3 s 5
T2 1~3 s 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
1~3 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~3 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

Table A.6.6.4.1.2-2: SSB specific test parameters

SSB#0 SSB#1
Parameter Config Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Noc Note2
1~3 dBm/15kHz -94.65

1,2 -94.65
Noc Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3 -91.65

Ê s I ot 1~3 dB 0 0 -Infinity 3
1,2 -94.65 -94.65 -Infinity -91.65
SSB RSRP Note3 dBm/SSB SCS
3 -91.65 -91.65 -Infinity -88.65
1,2 dBm/9.36 MHz -63.69 -63.69 -66.70 -61.93
Io Note3
3 dBm/38.16 MHz -57.59 -57.59 -60.61 -55.84

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 847 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ê s N oc 1~3 dB 0 0 -Infinity 3
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.4.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP report every 80 slots. No later than 640ms plus 80 slots from the beginning of time
period T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report including results of both SSB0 and SSB1 while meeting the absolute
accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.19.1.1 and relative accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.19.1.2. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.4.2 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used

A.6.6.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.1, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.6.6.4.2.1-1.

Table A.6.6.4.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.6.6.4.2.2 Test parameters

There is one cells in the test, the FR1 PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.6.6.4.2.2-1 and Table A.6.6.4.2.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the SSBs and report
periodically. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. The test
has higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements configured.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and
L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSBs.

Table A.6.6.4.2.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~3 freq1
1 FDD
Duplex mode 2 TDD
3 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 848 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

1 N/A
TDD Configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1
1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3 40: NRB,c = 106
1 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3 SR.2.1 TDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference
2 CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3 CR.2.1 TDD
1 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET Reference
2 CCR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3 CCR.2.1 TDD
1 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2 SSB.3 FR1
3 SSB.4 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~3 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~3
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~3
ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~3 SMTC.1
1 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS Configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD
DRX configuration 1~3 DRX.3
reportConfigType 1~3 periodic
reportQuantity 1~3 ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~3 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~3 slot 80
T1 1~3 s 5
T2 1~3 s 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
1~3 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~3 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 849 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.6.4.2.2-2: SSB specific test parameters

SSB#0 SSB#1
Parameter Config Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Noc Note2
1~3 dBm/15kHz -94.65

1,2 -94.65
Noc Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3 -91.65

Ê s I ot 1~3 dB 0 0 -Infinity 3
1,2 -94.65 -94.65 -Infinity -91.65
SSB RSRP Note3 dBm/SSB SCS
3 -91.65 -91.65 -Infinity -88.65
1,2 dBm/9.36 MHz -63.69 -63.69 -66.70 -61.93
Io Note3
3 dBm/38.16 MHz -57.59 -57.59 -60.61 -55.84

Ê s N oc 1~3 dB 0 0 -Infinity 3
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.4.2.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP report every 80 slots. No later than 640ms plus 80 slots from the beginning of time
period T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report including results of both SSB0 and SSB1 while meeting the absolute
accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.19.1.1 and relative accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.19.1.2. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.4.3 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used

A.6.6.4A.6.6.4.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.2, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.6.6.4.3.1-1.

Table A.6.6.4.3.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 850 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.6.4.3.2 Test parameters

There is one cells in the test, the FR1 PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.6.6.4.3.2-1 and Table A.6.6.4.3.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the CSI-RS and report
aperiodically. The test consists of a single time period T1, during which the UE is triggered via DCI to report L1-
RSRP on aperiodic CSI-RS resources. UE is also configured to measure L1-RSRP based on SSB. After 80ms from
the beginning of the test, the DCI trigger comes in slot n (1 Config 1,2 and 8 for Config 3) of a frame and UE
provides the report back based on the reporting configuration as defined in Table A.6.6.4.3.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD
based on the SSBs.

Table A.6.6.4.3.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~3 freq1
1 FDD
Duplex mode 2 TDD
3 TDD
1 N/A
TDD Configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1
1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3 40: NRB,c = 106
1 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3 SR.2.1 TDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel 2 CR.1.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD
1 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET Reference
2 CCR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3 CCR.2.1 TDD
1 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2 SSB.3 FR1
3 SSB.4 FR1
1 CSI-RS 1.3 FDD
CSI-RS configuration 2 CSI-RS 1.3 TDD
3 CSI-RS 2.3 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1~3 OP.1
1 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS Configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 851 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~3
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~3
ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~3 SMTC.1
DRX configuration 1~3 Off
reportConfigType 1~3 aperiodic
reportQuantity 1~3 cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~3 2
SSB#0 for resource#0
qcl-Info 1~3
SSB#1 for resource#1
reportSlotOffsetList 1~3 slots 26
T1 1~3 s 5
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~3 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
Note 1

Propagation condition 1~3 AWGN

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

Table A.6.6.4.3.2-2: CSI-RS specific test parameters

CSI-RS#0 CSI-RS#1
Parameter Config Unit

Noc Note1 1~3 dBm/15kHz -94.65

1,2 -94.65
Noc Note1 dBm/SSB SCS
3 -91.65

Ê s I ot 1~3 dB
0
3

1,2
CSI-RS RSRP -94.65 -91.65
Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3
-91.65 -88.65
1,2 dBm/9.36 MHz
-63.69 -61.93
Io Note2
3 dBm/38.16 MHz
-57.59 -55.84

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 852 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ê s N oc 1~3 dB
0 3
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: CSI-RS RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.4.3.3 Test Requirements

After 80ms from the beginning of the test, the UE shall send L1-RSRP report at slot 26 from the reception of DCI
triggering the L1-RSRP measurement. The L1-RSRP report shall include the results for both CSI-RS#0 and CSI-
RS#1 while meeting the absolute accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.20.1.1 and relative accuracy requirement in
clause 10.1.20.1.2.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.4.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.2, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.6.6.4.4.1-1.

Table A.6.6.4.4.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.6.6.4.4.2 Test parameters

There is one cells in the test, the FR1 PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.6.6.4.4.2-1 and Table A.6.6.4.4.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the CSI-RS and report
aperiodically. The test consists of a single time period T1, during which the UE is triggered via DCI to report L1-
RSRP on aperiodic CSI-RS resources. UE is also configured to measure L1-RSRP based on SSB. After 80ms from
the beginning of the test, the DCI trigger comes in slot n (1 Config 1,2 and 8 for Config 3) of a frame and UE
provides the report back based on the reporting configuration as defined in Table A.6.6.4.4.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD
based on the SSBs.

Table A.6.6.4.4.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~3 freq1
1 FDD
Duplex mode 2 TDD
3 TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 853 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

1 N/A
TDD Configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1
1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3 40: NRB,c = 106
1 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3 SR.2.1 TDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel 2 CR.1.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD
1 CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET Reference
2 CCR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3 CCR.2.1 TDD
1 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2 SSB.3 FR1
3 SSB.4 FR1
1 CSI-RS 1.3 FDD
CSI-RS configuration 2 CSI-RS 1.3 TDD
3 CSI-RS 2.3 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1~3 OP.1
1 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS Configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~3
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~3
ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~3 SMTC.1
DRX configuration 1~3 DRX.3
reportConfigType 1~3 aperiodic
reportQuantity 1~3 cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~3 2
SSB#0 for resource#0
qcl-Info 1~3
SSB#1 for resource#1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 854 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

reportSlotOffsetList 1~3 slots 26

T1 1~3 s 5
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~3 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
Note 1

Propagation condition 1~3 AWGN

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

Table A.6.6.4.4.2-2: CSI-RS specific test parameters

CSI-RS#0 CSI-RS#1
Parameter Config Unit

Noc Note1 1~3 dBm/15kHz -94.65

1,2 -94.65
Noc Note1 dBm/SSB SCS
3 -91.65

Ê s I ot 1~3 dB
0
3

1,2
CSI-RS RSRP -94.65 -91.65
Note2 dBm/SSB SCS
3
-91.65 -88.65
1,2 dBm/9.36 MHz
-63.69 -61.93
Io Note2
3 dBm/38.16 MHz
-57.59 -55.84
Ê s N oc 1~3 dB
0 3
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: CSI-RS RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.6.6.4.4.3 Test Requirements

After 80ms from the beginning of the test, the UE shall send L1-RSRP report at slot 26 from the reception of DCI
triggering the L1-RSRP measurement. The L1-RSRP report shall include the results for both CSI-RS#0 and CSI-
RS#1 while meeting the absolute accuracy requirement in clause 10.1.20.1.1 and relative accuracy requirement in
clause 10.1.20.1.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 855 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.6.6.4.4 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used

Editor’s Note: to be added based on A.6.6.3.3.

A.6.7 Measurement Performance requirements

A.6.7.1 SS-RSRP
A.6.7.1.1 SA: intra-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR1 target cell
A.6.7.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clauses 10.1.2.1.1 and 10.1.2.1.2 for intra-frequency measurements.

A.6.7.1.1.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configurations are shown in table
A.6.7.1.1.2-1. Both absolute and relative accuracy of SS-RSRP intra-frequency measurements are tested by using
the parameters in A.6.7.1.1.2-2. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell, and Cell 2 is the target cell.

Table A.6.7.1.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Intra frequency SS-RSRP supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 856 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.1.1.2-2: SS-RSRP Intra frequency test parameters

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 857 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
Cell ID 489 0 489 0 489 0
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1 freq1
Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
TRS configuration TRS.1. NA TRS.1 NA TRS.1. NA
Config 1 1 FDD .1 1 FDD
FDD
TRS.1. NA TRS.1 NA TRS.1. NA
Config 2 1 TDD .1 1 TDD
TDD
TRS.1. NA TRS.1 NA TRS.1. NA
Config 3 2 TDD .2 2 TDD
TDD
DRX Cycle ms Not Applicable
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1 FDD FDD FDD

PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1

Config 2 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
measurement channel
SR2.1 SR2.1 SR2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD TDD

CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 1 FDD FDD FDD

RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 2 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
Reference Channel
CR2.1 CR2.1 CR2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD TDD

CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 1 1 FDD 1 FDD 1 FDD

CCR.1. CCR.1. CCR.1.

Control channel RMC Config 2 1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-

CCR2.1 CCR2. CCR2.1

Config 3 TDD 1 TDD TDD

SSB 1 SSB 1 SSB 1

SSB configuration Config 1 FR1
-
FR1
-
FR1
-

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 858 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB 1 SSB 1 SSB 1

Config 2 FR1 FR1 FR1

SSB 2 SSB 2 SSB 2

Config 3 FR1 FR1 FR1
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
Config 1
FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
SSB configuration Config 2
FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1
SSB.2 SSB.2 SSB.2 SSB.2 SSB.2 SSB.2
Config 3
FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1 FR1
Config 1 ms - 3 - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 1
Config 2,3 μs - 3 - 3 - 3
Config 1 SMTC.2
SMTC configuration
Config 2,3 SMTC.1
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-114
NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -106 -88
NR_TDD_FR1_D -112.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E -112
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
N oc Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/15Kh -110.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A, Z
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6 -114
NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Not
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -94
applicableNote 5
NR_TDD_FR1_D -112.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E -112
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
Same as
Config 1,2 -106 -88
Noc/15kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -111
Note2
N oc NR_TDD_FR1_A dBm/SCS
NOTE 6 Not
Config 3 -91
applicableNote 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B -110.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -110

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 859 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D, -109.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -109
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -108
NR_FDD_FR1_H -107.5
-0.01 -4.76
Ês Iot dB 2.46 -5.97 2.46 -5.97

Ês Noc dB 6 1 6 1 3 0
NR_FDD_FR1_A, - -
NR_TDD_FR1_A 111.00 114.00
NOTE 6

- -
NR_FDD_FR1_B
110.50 113.50
- -
NR_TDD_FR1_C
110.00 113.00
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -100 -105 -82 -87 - -
NR_TDD_FR1_D 109.50 112.50
NR_FDD_FR1_E, - -
NR_TDD_FR1_E 109.00 112.00
- -
NR_FDD_FR1_G
108.00 111.00
- -
SS- NR_FDD_FR1_H
107.50 110.50
RSRPNot dBm/SCS
e3 NR_FDD_FR1_A, - -
NR_TDD_FR1_A 108.00 111.00
NOTE 6

- -
NR_FDD_FR1_B
107.50 110.50
- -
NR_TDD_FR1_C Not
Not 107.00 110.00
applic
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, applica -85 -90 - -
ableNot
NR_TDD_FR1_D bleNote 5 e5 106.50 109.50
NR_FDD_FR1_E, - -
NR_TDD_FR1_E 106.00 109.00
- -
NR_FDD_FR1_G
105.00 108.00
- -
NR_FDD_FR1_H
104.50 107.50
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -80.03
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -79.53
NR_TDD_FR1_C -79.03
NR_FDD_FR1_D, dBm/ -78.53
Config 1,2 -70.09 -52.09
NR_TDD_FR1_D 9.36MHz
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -78.03
NR_TDD_FR1_E
IoNote3
NR_FDD_FR1_G -77.03
NR_FDD_FR1_H -76.53
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -73.94
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
dBm/ Not
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_B -51.99 -73.44
38.16MHz applicableNote 5-
NR_TDD_FR1_C -72.94
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -72.44
NR_TDD_FR1_D

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 860 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_E, -71.94
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -70.94
NR_FDD_FR1_H -70.44
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Subtest 1 is not used when testing with 30kHz SSB SCS.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51 in
this release of the specification

A.6.7.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for cell 1 and cell 2 shall fulfil absolute requirement in clause 10.1.2.1.1 and
relative requirement in clause 10.1.2.1.2.

A.6.7.1.2 SA inter-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and
FR1 target cell
A.6.7.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clauses 10.1.4.1.1 and 10.1.4.1.2 for inter-frequency measurements with the testing
configurations for NR cells in Table A.6.7.1.2.1-1.

Table A.6.7.1.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy test

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

A.6.7.1.2.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are two cells in the test, PCell (Cell 1) and a FR1 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on a different
frequency than the PCell. The test parameters for the Cell 1 and Cell 2 are given in Table A.6.7.1.2.2-1 below. Both
absolute and relative accuracy of RSRP inter-frequency measurements are tested by using the parameters in Table
A.6.7.1.2.2-1. The inter-frequency measurements are supported by a measurement gap.

Table A.6.7.1.2.2-1: SS-RSRP inter-frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Config Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 861 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN 1~3 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2

1 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
3 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
1 FDD FDD
Duplex mode 2 TDD TDD
3 TDD TDD
1 N/A N/A
TDD configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
2 SR.1.1 TDD - SR.1.1 TDD -
measurement channel
3 SR.2.1 FDD SR.2.1 FDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD - CR.1.1 FDD -
RMSI CORESET Reference
2 CR.1.1 TDD - CR.1.1 TDD -
Channel
3 CR.2.1 FDD - CR.2.1 FDD -
1 CCR.1.1 FDD - CCR.1.1 FDD -
Dedicated CORESET
2 CCR.1.1 TDD - CCR.1.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
3 CCR.2.1 TDD - CCR.2.1 TDD -
1 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~3 OP.1 OP.1
TRS.1.1
1 TRS.1.1 FDD
FDD
TRS.1.1
TRS configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD - TDD
TRS.1.2
3 TRS.1.2 TDD
TDD
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~3
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~3
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
1 ms - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 1
2,3 μs - 3 - 3
1 SMTC.2 SMTC.2
SMTC configuration
2,3 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS 1~3 dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -115
NR_TDD_FR1_A

N oc
Note2
NOTE 5
dBm/15 -94.65 ( N
oc for
NR_FDD_FR1_B 1~3 -114.5
kHz Channel 2
NR_TDD_FR1_C -114
+8dB)
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 862 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_E, -113
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -112
NR_FDD_FR1_H -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -115
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5
,
NR_FDD_FR1_B -114.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C
-94.65 ( Noc for -114
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D Channel 2
NR_FDD_FR1_E, +8dB)
-113
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -112
Note2
N oc NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SS -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A, B SCS -112.00
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5 ,

NR_FDD_FR1_B -112.50
NR_TDD_FR1_C ( Noc for -112.00
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3 -91.65 -111.50
NR_TDD_FR1_D Channel 2
NR_FDD_FR1_E, +8dB)
-111.00
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -110.00
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.50
Ês Iot 1~3 dB 10 10 13 -3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5 , -118.00
NR_FDD_FR1_B -117.50
NR_TDD_FR1_C (RSRP for -117.00
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 -84.65 Cell 2
NR_TDD_FR1_D +25dB) -116.50
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E -116.00
NR_FDD_FR1_G -115.00
SS- NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SC -114.50
RSRPNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_A, S -115.00
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5 ,

NR_FDD_FR1_B -114.50
NR_TDD_FR1_C (RSRP for -114.00
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3 -81.65 Cell 2 -113.50
NR_TDD_FR1_D +25dB)
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -113.00
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -112.00
NR_FDD_FR1_H -111.50
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -85.28
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 5
,
NR_FDD_FR1_B -84.78
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/ Io for -84.28
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2,4,5 9.36MH -56.28 Channel 2 -83.78
NR_TDD_FR1_D z +19.75dB)T
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -83.28
IoNote3 NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -82.28
NR_FDD_FR1_H -81.78
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -79.19
NR_TDD_FR1_A dBm/ Io for
NOTE 5 ,
3 38.16M -50.19 Channel 2
NR_FDD_FR1_B Hz +19.75dB)T -78.69
NR_TDD_FR1_C -78.19

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 863 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D, -77.69
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -77.19
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -76.19
NR_FDD_FR1_H -75.69
Ês N oc 1~3 dB 10 10 13 -3
Propagation condition 1~3 - AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~3 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N
for oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test
on band n51 in this release of the specification

A.6.7.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for Cell 1 and Cell 2 shall fulfil the absolute requirement in clause 10.1.4.1.1
and relative requirement in clause 10.1.4.1.2.

A.6.7.1.3 Void

A.6.7.2 SS-RSRQ
A.6.7.2.1 SA: Intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1
target cell
A.6.7.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clause 10.1.7.1.1.

A.6.7.2.1.2 Test Parameters

In this test case all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configuration are shown in Table
A.6.7.2.1.2-1. The absolute accuracy of SS-RSRQ intra-frequency measurement is tested by using the parameters in
Table A.6.7.2.1.2-2. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 is the target cell.

Table A.6.7.2.1.2-1: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.7.2.1.2-2: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 864 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1 freq1

Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Gap Pattern ID 0
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL
DLBWP.1.1
BWP
BWP configuration
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1
BWP
DRX Cycle ms Not Applicable
SR.1.
SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1 1
FDD FDD
FDD
PDSCH Reference SR.1.
SR.1.1 - SR.1.1 - -
measurement channel Config 2 1
TDD TDD
TDD
SR2.1 SR2.1 SR2.1
Config 3
TDD TDD TDD
CR.1.
CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 1 1
FDD FDD
FDD
CR.1.
RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 2 - - 1
Reference Channel TDD TDD
TDD
CR.2.
CR.2.1 CR.2.1
Config 3 1
TDD TDD
TDD
CCR.
CCR.1. CCR.1.
Config 1 1.1
1 FDD 1 FDD
FDD
CCR.
CCR.1. CCR.1.
Control Channel RMC Config 2 - - 1.1 -
1 TDD 1 TDD
TDD
CCR.
CCR.2. CCR.2.
Config 3 2.1
1 TDD 1 TDD
TDD
TRS.1.1 TRS.1.1 TRS.1.
Config 1 FDD FDD 1 FDD

TRS.1.1 TRS.1.1 TRS.1.

TRS Configuration Config 2 TDD
- TDD
- 1 TDD
-

TRS.1.2 TRS.1.2 TRS.1.

Config 3 TDD TDD 2 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP. 1
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 865 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 1 ms - 3 - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 1
Config 2,3 μs - 3 - 3 - 3
Config 1 SMTC.2
SMTC configuration
Config 2,3 SMTC.1
Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -85 -101
-112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/15kH -110.5
N oc
NR_FDD_FR1_A, z
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -91 -
-112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-114
NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -85 -101 -112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D -112
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_E, -111
N dBm/SCS
oc
NR_TDD_FR1_E -110.5
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -111
NOTE 6
Config 3 -88 -
NR_FDD_FR1_B -110.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -110

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 866 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-109.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-109
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -108
NR_FDD_FR1_H -107.5
Ês Iot dB -1.76 -4.7 -5..46 -5.46
Ês N oc dB 3 3 -2.9 -2.9 -4 -4
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -118 -118
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -117.5 -117.5

NR_TDD_FR1_C -117 -117
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -82 -82 -103.9 -103.9
-116.5 -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-116 -116
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -115 -115
SS-
NR_FDD_FR1_H -114.5 -114.5
RSRPNote dBm/SCS
3 NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -115 -115
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -114.5 -114.5

NR_TDD_FR1_C -114 -114
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -85 -85 - -
-113.5 -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-113 -113
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -112 -112
NR_FDD_FR1_H -111.5 -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
SS-RSRQ Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, dB -14.77 -14.77 -16.76 -16.76 -17.34 -17.34
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -83.5
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -83
NR_TDD_FR1_C -82.5
NR_FDD_FR1_D, dBm/
Config 1,2 -50 -70 -82
NR_TDD_FR1_D 9.36MHz
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
IoNote3 -81.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -80.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -80
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -77.4
NOTE 6 dBm/
Config 3 -50 -
38.16MHz
NR_FDD_FR1_B -76.9
NR_TDD_FR1_C -76.4

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 867 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-75.9
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-75.4
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -74.4
NR_FDD_FR1_H -73.9
AWG AWG
Propagation condition - AWGN AWGN AWGN AWGN
N N
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51 in
this release of the specification

A.6.7.2.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.7.1.1.

A.6.7.2.2 SA Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1
target cell
A.6.7.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clause 10.1.9.1.1 and 10.1.9.1.2.

A.6.7.2.2.2 Test Parameters

In this test case the two cells (i.e., Cell 1 and Cell 2) are on different carrier frequencies and measurement gaps are
provided. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.6.7.2.2.2-1. Both absolute accuracy and relative
accuracy requirements of SS-RSRQ inter-frequency measurement are tested by using test parameters in Table
A.6.7.2.2.2-2. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 is target cell.

Table A.6.7.2.2.2-1: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.7.2.2.2-2: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 868 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
Gap pattern ID Config 1,2,3 0
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52
BWP BW Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106
DRX Cycle ms Not Applicable
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1,4 FDD FDD FDD

PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1

Config 2,5 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
measurement channel
SR2.1 SR2.1 SR2.1
Config 3,6 TDD TDD TDD

CR.1.1 R.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 1 FDD
-
FDD
-
FDD

RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 2 TDD TDD TDD
Reference Channel
CR2.1 CR2.1 CR2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD TDD

CCR.1 CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 1 .1 FDD 1 FDD 1 FDD

Dedicated CORESET CCR.1 CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 2 .1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
Reference Channel
CCR2. CCR2.1 CCR2.
Config 3 1 TDD TDD 1 TDD

TRS.1. TRS.1.1 TRS.1.

Config 1 1 FDD FDD 1 FDD

TRS.1. TRS.1.1 TRS.1.

TRS Configuration Config 2 1 TDD
-
TDD
-
1 TDD
-

TRS.1. TRS.1.2 TRS.1.

Config 3 2 TDD TDD 2 TDD

OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1

Config 1 ms - 3 - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 1
Config 2,3 μs - 3 - 3 - 3
Config 1 SMTC pattern 2
SMTC configuration
Config 2,3 SMTC pattern 1
Config 1,2 SSB pattern 1 in FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3 SSB pattern 2 in FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 869 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)

NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-116
NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115
Note2
N oc Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D dBm/15kHz -80.18 -106
NR_TDD_FR1_D -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -114
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113
NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-116
NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115
Note2
N oc Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D dBm/15kHz -86.27 -113
NR_TDD_FR1_D -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -114
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113
NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-116
NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D -80.18 -106
NR_TDD_FR1_D -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -114
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5
N oc dBm/15kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-113
NR_FDD_FR1_B -112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -112
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D -83.27 -110
NR_TDD_FR1_D -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -111
NR_FDD_FR1_G -110
NR_FDD_FR1_H -109.5
Ê s I ot dB -1.75 -1.75 3 -1.75
Ê s N oc dB -1.75 -1.75 3 -1.75
NR_FDD_FR1_A -
NR_TDD_FR1_A 117.7
NOTE 6
-113 5
-
SS- NR_FDD_FR1_B 117.2
- - -112.5 5
RSRPNot Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -81.93 -81.93
e3 107.75 107.75 -
NR_TDD_FR1_C 116.7
-112 5
-
NR_FDD_FR1_D
116.2
NR_TDD_FR1_D -111.5 5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 870 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

-
NR_FDD_FR1_E
115.7
NR_TDD_FR1_E -111 5
-
NR_FDD_FR1_G 114.7
-110 5
-
NR_FDD_FR1_H 114.2
-109.5 5
NR_FDD_FR1_A -
NR_TDD_FR1_A 114.7
NOTE 6
-110 5
-
NR_FDD_FR1_B 114.2
-109.5 5
-
NR_TDD_FR1_C 113.7
-109 5
- - -
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D -85.02 -85.02
111.75 111.75 113.2
NR_TDD_FR1_D -108.5 5
-
NR_FDD_FR1_E
112.7
NR_TDD_FR1_E -108 5
-
NR_FDD_FR1_G 111.7
-107 5
-
NR_FDD_FR1_H 111.2
-106.5 5
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
14.76
SS-RSRQNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_D dB -14.77 -14.77 -40.59 -40.59 12.56T
T
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A
-
NR_TDD_FR1_A -83.28
NOTE 6 85.83
-
NR_FDD_FR1_B -82.78
85.33
-
NR_TDD_FR1_C -82.28
84.83
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D -50 -75.83 -
-81.78
NR_TDD_FR1_D 84.33
NR_FDD_FR1_E -
-81.28
NR_TDD_FR1_E 83.83
IoNote3 dBm/SCS
-
NR_FDD_FR1_G -80.28
82.83
-
NR_FDD_FR1_H -79.78
82.33
NR_FDD_FR1_A
-
NR_TDD_FR1_A -77.19
NOTE 6 79.73
Config 3 -50 -76.73 -
NR_FDD_FR1_B -76.69
79.23
-
NR_TDD_FR1_C -76.19
78.73

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 871 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D -
-75.69
NR_TDD_FR1_D 78.23
NR_FDD_FR1_E -
-75.19
NR_TDD_FR1_E 77.73
-
NR_FDD_FR1_G -74.19
76.73
-
NR_FDD_FR1_H -73.69
76.53
AWG AWG AWG
Propagation condition - AWGN AWGN AWGN
N N N
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51 in
this release of the specification

A.6.7.2.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.9.1.1 and 10.1.9.1.2.

A.6.7.3 SS-SINR
A.6.7.3.1 SA intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1
target cell
A.6.7.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.12.1.1.

A.6.7.3.1.2 Test Parameters

In this test case all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configuration are shown in Table
A.6.7.3.1.2-1. The absolute accuracy of SS-SINR intra-frequency measurement is tested by using the parameters in
Table A.6.7.3.1.2-2. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 is the target cell.

Table A.6.7.3.1.2-1: SS-SINR Intra frequency SS-SINR supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.7.3.1.2-2: SS-SINR Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 872 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 2,3 TDD

Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX Cycle configuration ms Not Applicable
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1 FDD FDD
PDSCH Reference
SR.1.1 SR.1.1
measurement Config 2 TDD
-
TDD
-
channel
SR.2.1 SR2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD

CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 1 FDD FDD

RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 2 TDD
-
TDD
Reference Channel
CR.2.1 CR.2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD

CCR.1. CCR.1.1
Config 1 1 FDD FDD

Dedicated CORESET CCR.1. CCR.1.1

Config 2 1 TDD
-
TDD
-
Reference Channel
CCR.2. CCR.2.1
Config 3 1 TDD TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
Time offset with Cell Config 1 ms - 3 - 3
1 Config 2,3 μs - 3 - 3
Config 1 SMTC.2
SMTC configuration
Config 2,3 SMTC.1
Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 873 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_A, -116
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115
Note2 dBm/15kH
N oc NR_FDD_FR1_D, -93 -114.5
z
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -114
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113
NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5
Same as Noc for
Config 1,2 -93
15 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -113
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -112.5
N oc
Note2
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/SCS -112
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -90
-111.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-111
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -110
NR_FDD_FR1_H -109.5
Ê s I ot dB 0 -3.19 -5.46 -5.46
Ê s N oc dB 4.54 2.66 -4 -4
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -120 -120
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -119.5 -119.5

NR_TDD_FR1_C -119 -119
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D, -88.46 -90.34
1,2 -118.5 -118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-118 -118
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117 -117
SS-
NR_FDD_FR1_H -116.5 -116.5
RSRPNot dBm/SCS
e3 NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117 -117
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5 -116.5

NR_TDD_FR1_C -116 -116
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -85.46 -87.34 -115.5 -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -115 -115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114 -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5 -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
SS-SINR Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, dB 0 -3.19 -5.46 -5.46
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 874 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_A, -85.51
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -85.01
NR_TDD_FR1_C -84.51
Config NR_FDD_FR1_D, dBm/ -84.01
-57.5
1,2 NR_TDD_FR1_D 9.36MHz
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -83.51
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -82.51
IoNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_H -82.01
NR_FDD_FR1_A, -79.41
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -78.91
NR_TDD_FR1_C -78.41
dBm/
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, -51.41 -77.91
38.16MHz
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E, -77.41
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -76.41
NR_FDD_FR1_H -75.91
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration - 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test
on band n51 in this release of the specification

A.6.7.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.12.1.1.

A.6.7.3.2 SA Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR1
target cell
A.6.7.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clauses 10.1.14.1.1 and 10.1.14.1.2.

A.6.7.3.2.2 Test Parameters

In this test case the two cells (i.e., Cell 1 and Cell 2) are on different carrier frequencies and measurement gaps are
provided. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.6.7.3.2.2-1. Both absolute accuracy and relative
accuracy requirements of SS-SINR inter-frequency measurement are tested by using test parameters in Table
A.6.7.3.2.2-2. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 is target cell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 875 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.3.2.2-1: SS-SINR Inter frequency SS-SINR supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.6.7.3.2.2-2: SS-SINR Inter frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
Config 1 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX Cycle configuration ms Not Applicable
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1 FDD FDD FDD

PDSCH Reference SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1

Config 2 TDD
-
TDD
-
TDD
-
measurement channel
SR2.1 SR2.1 SR2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD TDD

CR.1.1 R.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 1 FDD
-
FDD
-
FDD

RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1

Config 2 TDD TDD TDD
Reference Channel
CR2.1 CR2.1 CR2.1
Config 3 TDD TDD TDD

CCR.1 CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 1 .1 FDD 1 FDD 1 FDD

Dedicated CORESET CCR.1 CCR.1. CCR.1.

Config 2 .1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
1 TDD
-
Reference Channel
CCR2. CCR2.1 CCR2.
Config 3 1 TDD TDD 1 TDD

OCNG Patterns OP.1

SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 876 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 1 ms - 3 - 3 - 3
Time offset with Cell 1
Config 2,3 μs - 3 - 3 - 3
Config 1 SMTC pattern 2
SMTC configuration
Config 2,3 SMTC pattern 1
Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -119.5
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -119
NR_TDD_FR1_C -118.5
N oc
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D dBm/15kHz -88 -108.5
Note2 -118
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-117.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -116.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -116

Config 1,2 Same as Noc

-88 -108.5
N for 15kHz T

N oc
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_A dBm/15kHz
NR_TDD_FR1_A -116.5
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115.5
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D -85 -105.5
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-114.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113
Ês I ot dB -1.75 -1.75 20 20 -4.0 -4.0

Ês N oc dB -1.75 20 -4.0
NR_FDD_FR1_A
SS- NR_TDD_FR1_A -123.5
NOTE 6
RSRP Config 1,2 dBm/SCS -89.75 -88.5
Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_B -123
NR_TDD_FR1_C -122.5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 877 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D
-122
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-121.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -120.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -120
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -120.5
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -120
NR_TDD_FR1_C -119.5
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D -86.75 -85.5
-119
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
SS-SINRNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_D dB -1.75 20 -4.0
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -90.09
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -89.59
NR_TDD_FR1_C -89.09
dBm/
Config 1,2 NR_FDD_FR1_D -57.83 -60.5
9.36MHz -88.59
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-88.09
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -87.09
Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_H -86.59
Io
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -84
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -83.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -83
dBm/
Config 3 NR_FDD_FR1_D -51.73 -54.41
38.16MHz -82.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-82
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -81
NR_FDD_FR1_H -80.5
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration - 1x2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 878 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51 in
this release of the specification

A.6.7.3.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.14.1.1 and 10.1.14.1.2.

A.6.7.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting

A.6.7.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement
A.6.7.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 9.5.2 and clause 10.1.19.1 for L1-RSRP measurements based on SSB with the
testing configurations for NR cells in Table A.6.7.4.1.1-1.

Table A.6.7.4.1.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

A.6.7.4.1.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there one cell in the test, PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.6.7.4.1.2-1 below. The absolute and relative accuracy of L1-RSRP measurements are tested by using the
parameters in Table A.6.7.4.1.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured one SSB resource set with two
SSB resources. UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSB resources 0
and 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 879 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.4.1.2-1: FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Test 1 Test 2

SSB GSCN 1~3 freq1 freq1
1 FDD FDD
Duplex mode 2 TDD TDD
3 TDD TDD
1 N/A N/A
TDD Configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
1 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
3 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
2 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
3 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference
2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET
2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Reference Channel
3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
1 SSB.3 FR1 SSB.3 FR1
SSB configuration 2 SSB.3 FR1 SSB.3 FR1
3 SSB.4 FR1 SSB.4 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~3 OP.1 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~3
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
1 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.1.2 TDD
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~3
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~3 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
reportConfigType 1~3 periodic periodic
reportQuantity 1~3 ssb-Index-RSRP ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~3 2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~3 slot80 slot80
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~3 dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

N oc NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
Note2 NR_TDD_FR1_C 1~3 dBm/15kHz -94.65 -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 880 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2 -94.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
N dBm/SSB
oc NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
SCS
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -114
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3 -91.65
-112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
Ês Iot 1~3 dB 10 -3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -120
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -119.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -119
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2 -84.65
-118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-118
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117
SSB
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SSB -116.5
RSRP
Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_A, SCS
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3 -81.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -87.28
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -86.78
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/9.36 -86.28
Io Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2 MHz -56.28
-85.78
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-85.28
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -84.28
NR_FDD_FR1_H -83.78

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 881 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -81.19
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -80.69
NR_TDD_FR1_C -80.19
dBm/38.16
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3 -50.19
MHz -79.69
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-79.19
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -78.19
NR_FDD_FR1_H -77.69
Ês N oc 1~3 dB 10 -3
Propagation condition 1~3 AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~3 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N oc
for to be fulfilled.
Note 3: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test
on band n51 in this release of the specification.

A.6.7.4.1.3 Test Requirements

The L1-RSRP measurement accuracy for SSB#0 and SSB#1 of Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirements in clauses
10.1.19.1.

A.6.7.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement on resource set with repetition off
A.6.7.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 9.5.3 and clause 10.1.19.2 for L1-RSRP measurements based on CSI-RS with
the testing configurations for NR cells in Table A.6.7.4.2.1-1.

Table A.6.7.4.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 15 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 NR 15 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 NR 30kHz CSI-RS SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

A.6.7.4.2.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are one cell in the test, PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in
Table A.6.7.4.2.2-1 below. The absolute and relative accuracy of L1-RSRP measurements are tested by using the
parameters in Table A.6.7.4.2.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured one CSI-RS resource set with
two CSI-RS resources. UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD based on SSB 0 and 1. CSI-RS is not
transmitted in the same OFDM symbols as SSB.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 882 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.4.2.2-1: FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Test 1 Test 2

SSB GSCN 1~3 freq1 freq1
1 FDD FDD
Duplex mode 2 TDD TDD
3 TDD TDD
1 N/A N/A
TDD Configuration 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.1.1
3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.2.1
1 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 10: NRB,c = 52
3 40: NRB,c = 106 40: NRB,c = 106
1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
2 SR.1.1 TDD SR.1.1 TDD
measurement channel
3 SR.2.1 TDD SR.2.1 TDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference
2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.1.1 TDD
Channel
3 CR.2.1 TDD CR.2.1 TDD
1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.1.1 FDD
Dedicated CORESET
2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.1.1 TDD
Reference Channel
3 CCR.2.1 TDD CCR.2.1 TDD
1 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR1
3 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.2 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~3 OP.1 OP.1
1 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration 2 TRS.1.1 TDD TRS.1.1 TDD
3 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.1.2 TDD
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~3
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~3
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
SMTC configuration 1~3 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
1 CSI-RS 1.2 FDD CSI-RS 1.2 FDD
CSI-RS 2 CSI-RS 1.2 TDD CSI-RS 1.2 TDD
3 CSI-RS 2.2 TDD CSI-RS 2.2 FDD
reportConfigType 1~3 periodic periodic
reportQuantity 1~3 cri-RSRP cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~3 2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~3 slot80 slot80
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~3 dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
N oc NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5
Note2 1~3 dBm/15kHz -94.65
NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 883 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2 -94.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
N dBm/CSI-RS
oc NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
SCS
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -114
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3 -91.65
-112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
Ês Iot 1~3 dB 10 -3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -120
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -119.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -119
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 1,2 -84.65
-118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-118
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117
CSI-RS
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/CSI-RS -116.5
RSRP
Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_A, SCS
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3 -81.65
-115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -87.28
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B dBm/9.36 -86.78

Io Note3 NR_TDD_FR1_C 1,2 MHz -56.28 -86.28
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
-85.78
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-85.28
NR_TDD_FR1_E

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 884 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_G -84.28
NR_FDD_FR1_H -83.78
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A -81.19
NOTE 5

NR_FDD_FR1_B -80.69
NR_TDD_FR1_C -80.19
dBm/38.16
NR_FDD_FR1_D, 3 -50.19
MHz -79.69
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-79.19
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -78.19
NR_FDD_FR1_H -77.69
Ês N oc 1~3 dB 10 -3
Propagation condition 1~3 AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~3 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N oc
for to be fulfilled.
Note 3: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test
on band n51 in this release of the specification.

A.6.7.4.2.3 Test Requirements

The L1-RSRP measurement accuracy for CSI-RS#0 and CSI-RS#1 of Cell 1 shall fulfil the requirements in
clause 10.1.19.2.

A.6.7.5 E-UTRAN RSRP

A.6.7.5.1 SA: inter-RAT measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell
A.6.7.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the E-UTRAN RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits.
This test will verify the requirements in clause 10.2.2 for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRP measurements.

A.6.7.5.1.2 Test parameters

In each test there are two cells: Cell 1 and Cell 2. Cell 1 is the NR PCell and Cell 2 is an E-UTRAN inter-RAT
neighbour cell. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.7.5.1.2-1. The measurement accuracy of SA
inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRP are tested by using the parameters in A.6.7.5.1.2-2 and A.6.7.5.1.2-3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 885 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.5.1.2-1: Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRP supported test configurations with FR1 serving cell

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
6 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 886 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.5.1.2-2: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRP test
parameters

Parameter Unit Cell 1

NR RF channel number 1
Config 1, 4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
Config 1, 4 N/A
TDD Configuration Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.1.2
Config 1, 4 10: NRB,c = 52 (FDD)
BWchannel Config 2, 5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 (TDD)
Config 3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106 (TDD)
Gap pattern Id 0
Config 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH reference measurement
Config 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
Config 3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
CORSET reference channel Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1
BWP configurations
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1
OCNG patternNote1 OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
NocNote2 dBm/15 kHz -104
Note2 Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -104
Noc dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -101
Ês/Noc dB 17
Ês/IotNote3 dB 17
Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -87
SS-RSRPNote3 dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -84
Note3 Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -87
SSB_RP dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -84
Note3 Config 1, 2, 4, 5 dBm/9.36 MHz -58.96
Io
Config 3, 6 dBm/38.16 MHz -52.87
Propagation condition AWGN
Antenna Configuration and Correlation Matrix 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: Ês/Iot, SS-RSRP, SSB_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 887 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.5.1.2-3: E-UTRAN Cell specific test parameters for SA Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRP test
parameters

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Test 1 Test 2
E-UTRA RF channel number 1
Duplex mode Config 1, 2, 3 FDD
Config 4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe Config 1, 2, 3 N/A
configurationNote1 Config 4, 5, 6 6
TDD uplink-downlink Config 1, 2, 3 N/A
configurationNote1 Config 4, 5, 6 1
BWchannel MHz 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PDSCH parameters: -
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH Config 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
Measurement Config 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 Config 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.19 FDD
10 MHz: OP.6 FDD
20 MHz: OP.14 FDD
Config 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.10 TDD
10 MHz: OP.2 TDD
20 MHz: OP.8 TDD
PBCH_RA
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
-117
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
-116.5
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C -116
NocNote4 dBm/15kHz -91.65
Bands FDD_D -115.5
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7, TDD_E -115
Bands FDD_G Note 8 -114
Bands FDD_H -113.5
Ês/Noc dB 10 -4
Ês/IotNote5 dB 10 -4
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
-121
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz -81.65 -120.5
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C -120
Bands FDD_D -119.5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 888 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Bands FDD_E, FDD_F

Note 7 -119
, TDD_E
Bands FDD_G Note 8 -118
Bands FDD_H -117.5
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
-121
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
-120.5
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C -120
SCH_RPNote5 dBm/15kHz -81.65
Bands FDD_D -119.5
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7, TDD_E -119
Bands FDD_G Note 8 -118
Bands FDD_H -117.5
Bands FDD_A Note 9, -87.76 +
TDD_A 10log(NRB,c/50)
Bands FDD_B1, -87.26 +
FDD_B2 Note 10 10log(NRB,c/50)
-86.76 +
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C
10log(NRB,c/50)
-53.45 + -86.26 +
IoNote5 Bands FDD_D dBm/Ch BW
10log(NRB,c/50) 10log(NRB,c/50)
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F -85.76 +
Note 7, TDD_E 10log(NRB,c/50)
-84.76 +
Bands FDD_G Note 8
10log(NRB,c/50)
-84.26 +
Bands FDD_H
10log(NRB,c/50)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Antenna Configuration and Correlation Matrix 1x2
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 5: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 6: E-UTRA operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5 of TS 36.133 [15].
Note 7: For Band 26, the tests shall be performed with the carrier frequency of assigned E-UTRA channel
bandwidth within 865-894 MHz.
Note 8: Except Band 29.
Note 9: Except Band 32, Band 75 and Band 76.
Note 10: For Band 74, the tests shall be performed with the carrier frequency of the assigned E-UTRA channel
bandwidth within 1475.9-1510.9 MHz.

A.6.7.5.1.3 Test Requirements

The SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRP measurement accuracy for cell 2 shall fulfil absolute requirement in
clause 10.2.2.

A.6.7.6 E-UTRAN RSRQ

A.6.7.6.1 SA: inter-RAT measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell
A.6.7.6.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the E-UTRAN RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits.
This test will verify the requirements in clause 10.2.3 for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRQ measurements.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 889 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.7.6.1.2 Test parameters

In each test there are two cells: Cell 1 and Cell 2. Cell 1 is the NR PCell and Cell 2 is an E-UTRAN inter-RAT
neighbour cell. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.7.6.1.2-1. The measurement accuracy of SA
inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRQ are tested by using the parameters in A.6.7.6.1.2-2 and A.6.7.6.1.2-3.

Table A.6.7.6.1.2-1: Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRQ supported test configurations with FR1 serving cell

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
6 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 890 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.6.1.2-2: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRQ test
parameters

Parameter Unit Cell 1

NR RF channel number 1
Config 1, 4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
Config 1, 4 N/A
TDD Configuration Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.1.2
Config 1, 4 10: NRB,c = 52 (FDD)
BWchannel Config 2, 5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 (TDD)
Config 3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106 (TDD)
Gap pattern Id 0
Config 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH reference measurement
Config 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
Config 3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
CORSET reference channel Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1
BWP configurations
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1
OCNG patternNote1 OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
NocNote2 dBm/15 kHz -104
Note2 Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -104
Noc dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -101
Ês/Noc dB 17 7
Ês/IotNote3 dB 17 7
Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -87 -97
SS-RSRQNote3 dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -84 -94
Note3 Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -87 -97
SSB_RP dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -84 -94
Config 1, 2, 4, 5 dBm/9.36 MHz -58.96 -68.26
IoNote3
Config 3, 6 dBm/38.16 MHz -52.87 -62.17
Propagation condition AWGN
Antenna Configuration and Correlation Matrix 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: Ês/Iot, SS-RSRQ, SSB_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 891 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.6.1.2-3: E-UTRAN Cell specific test parameters for SA Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRQ test
parameters

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3
E-UTRA RF channel number 1
Duplex mode Config 1, 2, 3 FDD
Config 4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe Config 1, 2, 3 N/A
configurationNote1 Config 4, 5, 6 6
TDD uplink-downlink Config 1, 2, 3 N/A
configurationNote1 Config 4, 5, 6 1
BWchannel MHz 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PDSCH parameters: -
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH Config 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
Measurement Config 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 Config 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.19 FDD
10 MHz: OP.6 FDD
20 MHz: OP.14 FDD
Config 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.10 TDD
10 MHz: OP.2 TDD
20 MHz: OP.8 TDD
PBCH_RA
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
-119.5
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
-119
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C -118.5
NocNote4 dBm/15kHz -83 -104.70
Bands FDD_D -118
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7, TDD_E -117.5
Bands FDD_G Note 8 -116.5
Bands FDD_H -116
Ês/Noc dB -1.75 -4.0 -4.0
Ês/IotNote5 dB -1.75 -4.0 -4.0
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
-123.5
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz -84.75 -108.70 -123
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C -122.5
Bands FDD_D -122

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 892 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Bands FDD_E, FDD_F

Note 7 -121.5
, TDD_E
Bands FDD_G Note 8 -120.5
Bands FDD_H -120
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C
RSRQNote5 dB -14.76 -16.25 -16.25
Bands FDD_D
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7, TDD_E

Bands FDD_G Note 8

Bands FDD_H
-90.26 +
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
10log(NRB,c
TDD_A
/50)
-89.76 +
Bands FDD_B1,
10log(NRB,c
FDD_B2 Note 10
/50)
-89.26 +
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C 10log(NRB,c
/50)
-53 + -75.46 + -88.76 +
dBm/Ch
IoNote5 Bands FDD_D 10log(NRB,c 10log(NRB,c 10log(NRB,c
BW
/50) /50) /50)
-88.26 +
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7, TDD_E 10log(NRB,c
/50)
-87.26 +
Bands FDD_G Note 8 10log(NRB,c
/50)
-86.76 +
Bands FDD_H 10log(NRB,c
/50)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Antenna Configuration and Correlation Matrix 1x2
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 5: Ês/Iot, RSRP, RSRQ and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 6: E-UTRA operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5 of TS 36.133 [15].
Note 7: For Band 26, the tests shall be performed with the carrier frequency of assigned E-UTRA channel
bandwidth within 865-894 MHz.
Note 8: Except Band 29.
Note 9: Except Band 32, Band 75 and Band 76.
Note 10: For Band 74, the tests shall be performed with the carrier frequency of the assigned E-UTRA channel
bandwidth within 1475.9-1510.9 MHz.

A.6.7.6.1.3 Test Requirements

The SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN RSRQ measurement accuracy for cell 2 shall fulfil absolute requirement in
clause 10.2.3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 893 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.6.7.7 E-UTRAN RS-SINR

A.6.7.7.1 SA: inter-RAT measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell
A.6.7.7.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the E-UTRAN RS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified
limits. This test will verify the requirements in clause 10.2.4 for SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN RS-SINR measurements.

A.6.7.7.1.2 Test parameters

In each test there are two cells: Cell 1 and Cell 2. Cell 1 is the NR PCell and Cell 2 is an E-UTRAN inter-RAT
neighbour cell. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.6.7.7.1.2-1. The measurement accuracy of SA
inter-RAT E-UTRAN RS-SINR are tested by using the parameters in A.6.7.7.1.2-2 and A.6.7.7.1.2-3.

Table A.6.7.7.1.2-1: Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RS-SINR supported test configurations with FR1 serving
cell

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
6 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, E-UTRAN TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 894 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.7.1.2-2: NR Cell specific test parameters for SA Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RS-SINR test
parameters

Parameter Unit Cell 1

NR RF channel number 1
Config 1, 4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
Config 1, 4 N/A
TDD Configuration Config 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3, 6 TDDConf.1.2
Config 1, 4 10: NRB,c = 52 (FDD)
BWchannel Config 2, 5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 (TDD)
Config 3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106 (TDD)
Gap pattern Id 0
Config 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH reference measurement
Config 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
Config 3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
Config 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
CORSET reference channel Config 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1
BWP configurations
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1
OCNG patternNote1 OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
Config 1, 2, 4, 5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
NocNote2 dBm/15 kHz -104
Note2 Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -104
Noc dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -101
Ês/Noc dB 17
Ês/IotNote3 dB 17
Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -87
SS-RS-SINRNote3 dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -84
Note3 Config 1, 2, 4, 5 -87
SSB_RP dBm/SCS
Config 3, 6 -84
Note3 Config 1, 2, 4, 5 dBm/9.36 MHz -58.96
Io
Config 3, 6 dBm/38.16 MHz -52.87
Propagation condition AWGN
Antenna Configuration and Correlation Matrix 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: Ês/Iot, SS-RS-SINR, SSB_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 895 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.6.7.7.1.2-3: E-UTRAN Cell specific test parameters for SA Inter-RAT E-UTRAN RS-SINR
test parameters

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3
E-UTRA RF channel number 1
Duplex mode Config 1, 2, 3 FDD
Config 4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe Config 1, 2, 3 N/A
configurationNote1 Config 4, 5, 6 6
TDD uplink-downlink Config 1, 2, 3 N/A
configurationNote1 Config 4, 5, 6 1
BWchannel MHz 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PDSCH parameters: -
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH Config 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
Measurement Config 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 Config 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.19 FDD
10 MHz: OP.6 FDD
20 MHz: OP.14 FDD
Config 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.10 TDD
10 MHz: OP.2 TDD
20 MHz: OP.8 TDD
PBCH_RA
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
-119.5
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
-119
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C -118.5
Noc1Note4 dBm/15kHz -88 -108.50
Bands FDD_D -118
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7, TDD_E -117.5
Bands FDD_G Note 8 -116.5
Bands FDD_H -116
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
-113.5
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
-113
FDD_B2 Note 10
Noc2Note4a dBm/15kHz -82 -114.5
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C -112.5
Bands FDD_D -112
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7 -111.5
, TDD_E

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 896 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Bands FDD_G Note 8 -110.5

Bands FDD_H -110
CRS Ês/Noc1 dB -1.75 -4.0 -4.0
CRS Ês/IotNote5 dB -1.75 -4.0 -4.0
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
-123.5
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
-123
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C -122.5
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz -89.75 -88.50
Bands FDD_D -122
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7 -121.5
, TDD_E
Bands FDD_G Note 8 -120.5
Bands FDD_H -120
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
TDD_A
Bands FDD_B1,
FDD_B2 Note 10
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C
RS-SINRNote5 dB -1.75 20 -4.0
Bands FDD_D
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7, TDD_E

Bands FDD_G Note 8

Bands FDD_H
-93.48 +
Bands FDD_A Note 9,
10log(NRB,c
TDD_A
/50)
-92.98 +
Bands FDD_B1,
10log(NRB,c
FDD_B2 Note 10
/50)
-92.48 +
Bands FDD_C, TDD_C 10log(NRB,c
/50)
-53.79 + -60.56 + -91.98 +
dBm/Ch
IoNote5 Bands FDD_D 10log(NRB,c 10log(NRB,c 10log(NRB,c
BW
/50) /50) /50)
-91.48 +
Bands FDD_E, FDD_F
Note 7, TDD_E 10log(NRB,c
/50)
-90.48 +
Bands FDD_G Note 8 10log(NRB,c
/50)
-89.98 +
Bands FDD_H 10log(NRB,c
/50)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Antenna Configuration and Correlation Matrix 1x2
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
CRS subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc1 to be fulfilled.
Note 4a: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers other than CRS subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc2 to be fulfilled.
Note 5: CRS Ês/Iot, RSRP, RS-SINR and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 6: E-UTRA operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5 of TS 36.133 [15].
Note 7: For Band 26, the tests shall be performed with the carrier frequency of assigned E-UTRA channel
bandwidth within 865-894 MHz.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 897 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 8: Except Band 29.

Note 9: Except Band 32, Band 75 and Band 76.
Note 10: For Band 74, the tests shall be performed with the carrier frequency of the assigned E-UTRA channel
bandwidth within 1475.9-1510.9 MHz.

A.6.7.7.1.3 Test Requirements

The SA inter-RAT E-UTRAN RS-SINR measurement accuracy for cell 2 shall fulfil absolute requirement in
clause 10.2.4.

A.7 NR standalone tests with one or more NR cells in

FR2
A.7.1 SA: RRC_IDLE state mobility
A.7.1.1 Cell re-selection to NR
A.7.1.1.1 Cell reselection to FR2 intra-frequency NR case
A.7.1.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the intra frequency NR cell reselection requirements specified in
clause 4.2.2.3.

A.7.1.1.1.2 Test Parameters

The test scenario comprises of 1 NR carrier and 2 cells as given in tables A.7.1.1.1.2-1, A.7.1.1.1.2-2 and
A.7.1.1.1.2-3. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, and T3 respectively.
Only cell 1 is already identified by the UE prior to the start of the test. Cell 1 and cell 2 belong to different tracking
areas. Furthermore, UE has not registered with network for the tracking area containing cell 2.

Table A.7.1.1.1.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 898 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.1.1.1.2-2: General test parameters for intra frequency NR cell re-selection test case

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2 Cell1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2 Cell2

T2 end Active cell 1, 2 Cell2

condition Neighbour cells 1, 2 Cell1
Final Visited cell 1, 2 Cell1
condition
RF Channel Number 1, 2 1
Time offset between cells 1, 2 3 μs Synchronous cells
Access Barring Information - 1, 2 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1, 2 1.28 The value shall be used for all cells in the
test.
PRACH configuration index 1, 2 190 The detailed configuration is specified in
TS 38.211 clause 6.3.3.2
rangeToBestCell 1, 2 Not
configured
T1 s 1, 2 >7 During T1, Cell 2 shall be powered off,
and during the off time the physical cell
identity shall be changed, The intention is
to ensure that Cell 2 has not been
detected by the UE prior to the start of
period T2
T2 s 1, 2 135 T2 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.
T3 s 1, 2 35 T3 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 899 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.1.1.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for intra frequency NR cell re-selection test case
in AWGN

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 900 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.3.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
configuration 2 SR.3.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC configuration 2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET 1 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
RMC configuration 2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
SSB configuration 1 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.7 FR2
2 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.8 FR2
OCNG Pattern 1, 2 OP.4 OP.4
Initial DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 SSB SSB
Qrxlevmin dBm/SCS 1 -140 -140
2 -137 -137
Pcompensation dB 1, 2 0 0
Qhysts dB 1, 2 0 0
Qoffsets, n dB 1, 2 0 0
Cell_selection_and_ 1, 2 SS-RSRP SS-RSRP
reselection_quality_m
easurement
AoA setup 1, 2 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1

Beam assumptionNote 1,2 Rough Rough

4

Ê s I ot dB 1 8 -3 1.5 -infinity 1.5 -3

2
dBm/SCS 1 -93
Noc Note2

2 -90
dBm/15 kHz 1 -102
Noc Note2

2
Ê s N oc
dB 1 8 -3 1.5 -infinity 1.5 -3
2
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -85 -96 -91.5 -infinity -91.5 -96
2 -82 -93 -88.5 -infinity -88.5 -93
Io on SSB symbols of dBm/95.04 MHz 1 -59.37 -63.40 -62.47 -64.01 -62.47 -63.40
each cell 2 -57.18 -62.86 -61.67 -64.01 -61.67 -62.86
Treselection s 1, 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
SintrasearchP dB 1, 2 50 50
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
N oc to be fulfilled.
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 901 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.1.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The cell reselection delay to a newly detectable cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T2, to
the moment when the UE camps on Cell 2, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on Cell 2.

The cell re-selection delay to a newly detectable cell shall be less than 130 s.

The cell reselection delay to an already detected cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T3, to
the moment when the UE camps on cell 1, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 1.

The cell re-selection delay to an already detected cell shall be less than 27 s.

The rate of correct cell reselections observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The cell re-selection delay to a newly detectable cell can be expressed as: Tdetect, NR_Intra + TSI-NR, and to
an already detected cell can be expressed as: Tevaluate, NR_ intra + TSI-NR,

Where:

Tdetect, NR_Intra See Table 4.2.2.3-1 in clause 4.2.2.3

Tevaluate, NR_ intra See Table 4.2.2.3-1 in clause 4.2.2.3

TSI-NR Maximum repetition period of relevant system info blocks that needs to be received by the UE
to camp on a cell; 1280 ms is assumed in this test case.

This gives a total of 129.28 s, allow 130 s for the cell re-selection delay to a newly detectable cell and 26.88 s for the
cell re-selection delay to an already detected cell in the test case, which we allow 27 s.

A.7.1.1.2 Cell reselection to FR2 inter-frequency NR case

A.7.1.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the inter frequency NR cell reselection requirements specified in
clause 4.2.2.4.

A.7.1.1.2.2 Test Parameters

The test scenario comprises of 2 cells on 2 different NR carriers respectively as given in tables A.7.1.1.2.2-1,
A.7.1.1.2.2-2 and A.7.1.1.2.2-3. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, and
T3 respectively. Both cell 1 and cell 2 are already identified by the UE prior to the start of the test. Cell 1 and cell 2
belong to different tracking areas and cell 2 is of higher priority than cell 1. Furthermore, UE has not registered with
network for the tracking area containing cell 2.

Table A.7.1.1.2.2-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description for serving cell Description for target cell

1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
TDD duplex mode duplex mode
2 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
TDD duplex mode duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 902 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.1.1.2.2-2: General test parameters for FR2 inter frequency NR cell re-selection test case

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2 Cell2 The UE camps on cell 2 in the initial
condition phase and during T1 period the UE
reselects to cell 1
T1 end Active cell 1, 2 Cell1 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 1
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2 Cell2 during T1
T3 end Active cell 1, 2 Cell2 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 2
condition with higher priority during T3
RF Channel Number 1, 2 1, 2
Time offset between cells 1, 2 3 μs Synchronous cells
Access Barring Information - 1, 2 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR2
2 SSB.2 FR2
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1, 2 1.28 The value shall be used for all cells in the
test.
PRACH configuration index 1, 2 190 The detailed configuration is specified in
TS 38.211 clause 6.3.3.2
rangeToBestCell 1, 2 Not
configured
T1 s 1, 2 35 T1 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.
T2 s 1, 2 >7 During T2, cell 2 shall be powered off,
and during the off time the physical cell
identity shall be changed. The intention is
to ensure that cell 2 has not been
detected by the UE prior to the start of
period T3.
T3 s 1, 2 95 T3 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 903 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.1.1.2.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 inter frequency NR cell re-selection test
case in AWGN

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
PDSCH RMC 1, 2 SR.3.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
parameters
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
RMC configuration
OCNG Pattern 1, 2 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 SSB SSB
Qrxlevmin dBm/SCS 1 -140 -140
2 -137 -137
Pcompensation dB 1, 2 0 0
Qhysts dB 1, 2 0 0
Qoffsets, n dB 1, 2 0 0
Cell_selection_and_ 1, 2
reselection_quality_ SS-RSRP SS-RSRP
measurement
AoA setup 1, 2 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1
Beam assumptionNote 1,2 Rough Rough
4

Ê s I ot dB 1 8 8 8 -3 -infinity 8
2
dBm/SCS 1 -93 -93
Noc Note2
2 -90 -90
dBm/15 kHz 1 -102 -102
Noc Note2
2
Ê s N oc
dB 1 8 8 8 -3 -infinity 8
2
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -85 -85 -85 -96 -infinity -85
2 -82 -82 -82 -93 -infinity -82
Io dBm/95.04 MHz 1 -55.37 -55.37 -55.37 -62.25 -infinity -55.37
2 -52.37 -52.37 -52.37 -59.25 -infinity -52.37
Treselection s 1, 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
SnonintrasearchP dB 1, 2 50 Not sent
Threshx, high dB 1, 2 48 48
Threshserving, low dB 1, 2 44 44
Threshx, low dB 1, 2 50 50
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN AWGN
Condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density
is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers

and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for

Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 904 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.1.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The cell reselection delay to a higher priority cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T3, to the
moment when the UE camps again on cell 2, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 2.

The cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell shall be less than 87 s.

The cell reselection delay to a lower priority cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T1, to the
moment when the UE camps on cell 1, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 1.

The cell re-selection delay to a lower priority cell shall be less than 27 s.

The rate of correct cell reselections observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell can be expressed as: Thigher_priority_search + Tevaluate, NR_
+ TSI-NR, and to a lower priority cell can be expressed as: Tevaluate, NR_ inter + TSI-NR,
inter

Where:

Thigher_priority_search See clause 4.2.2.7

Tevaluate, NR_ inter See Table 4.2.2.4-1 in clause 4.2.2.4

TSI-NR Maximum repetition period of relevant system info blocks that needs to be received by the UE
to camp on a cell; 1280 ms is assumed in this test case.

This gives a total of 86.88 s, allow 87 s for the cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell and 26.88 s for the cell
re-selection delay to a lower priority cell in the test case, which we allow 27 s.

A.7.2 SA: RRC_INACTIVE state mobility

A.7.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility
A.7.3.1 Handover
A.7.3.1.1 Inter-frequency handover from FR1 to FR2; unknown target cell
A.7.3.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the NR FR1-NR FR2 inter frequency handover requirements specified in
clause 6.1.1.5.

A.7.3.1.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.3.1.2.2-1. Both handover delay and interruption length are
tested by using the parameters in table A.7.3.1.1.2-2, and A.7.3.1.1.2-3.

The test scenario comprises of two carriers and one cell on each carrier. No gap patterns are configured in the test
case. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time durations of T1, T2 respectively. At the start of
time duration T1, the UE does not have any timing information of cell 2. Starting T2, cell 2 becomes detectable and
the UE receives a RRC handover command from the network. The start of T2 is the instant when the last TTI
containing the RRC message implying handover is sent to the UE.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 905 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.1.1.2-1: Inter-frequency handover from FR1 to FR2 test configurations

Config Description
1 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 Source cell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 Source cell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.7.3.1.1.2-2: General test parameters Inter-frequency handover from FR1 to FR2
Parameter Unit Value Comment
Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
A4-Offset dBm [-120]
Hysteresis dB 0
Time To Trigger s 0
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
Time offset between cells 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 5
T2 s ≤10

Table A.7.3.1.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR FR1-FR2 Inter frequency handover test
case

Cell 1 Cell 2
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Assumption for UE beamsNote 6 N/A Rough
Setup TBD
AoA setup NA
as defined in A.3.15
NR RF Channel Number 1 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 906 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 1 FDD TDD

Duplex mode
Config 2,3 TDD TDD
Config 1 Not Applicable TDDConf.3.1
TDD configuration Config 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
BWchannel Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW Config 2 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable

Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD SR3.1 TDD

PDSCH Reference
Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD SR3.1 TDD
measurement channel

Config 3 SR2.1 TDD SR3.1 TDD

Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR3.1 TDD

CORESET Reference
Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD CR3.1 TDD
Channel

Config 3 CR2.1 TDD CR3.1 TDD

OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1

Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR2
SSB configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.1 FR2
Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR2
SSB configuration
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 SSB.1 FR2
Config 1,2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
SMTC configuration
Config 3 SMTC.2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2 15 kHz 120 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz 120 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH Config 1,2 15 kHz 120 kHz
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3 30 kHz 120 kHz
PRACH configuration FR1 PRACH configuration FR2 PRACH configuration
1 1
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.1.1 FDD TRS.2.1 TDD
Config 2 TRS.1.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
Config 3 TRS.1.2 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration N/A CSI-RS.Config.0
BWP configuraiton Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
BWP
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
BWP
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 907 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS

EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
N Note2 dBm/15kH -104.7
oc
z
Config 1,2
-95.7
Note2
N oc dBm/SCS
Config 3
-95.7
NA
Ê s I ot dB Link only, see clause -Infinity 10
A.3.7A
Ê s N oc dB -Infinity 10

Config 1,2
dBm/ -66.7 -55.4
BW
IoNote3
Config 3
dBm/ -66.7 -55.4
BW
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation

A.7.3.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 572 ms from the beginning of time period T2.
The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 10 ms and is specified in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2].

Tinterrupt = 562 ms in the test. Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.1.5.2.

This gives a total of 572 ms.

A.7.3.1.2 Intra-frequency handover from FR2 to FR2; unknown target cell

A.7.3.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the NR FR2-NR FR2 intra frequency handover requirements specified in
clause 6.1.1.4.

A.7.3.1.2.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.3.1.2.2-1. Both handover delay and interruption length are
tested by using the parameters in table A.7.3.1.2.2-2, and A.7.3.1.2.2-3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 908 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test scenario comprises of carriers and one cell on each carrier. No gap patterns are configured in the test case.
The test consists of two successive time periods, with time durations of T1, T2 respectively. At the start of time
duration T1, the UE does not have any timing information of cell 2. Starting T2, cell 2 becomes detectable and the
UE receives a RRC handover command from the network. The start of T2 is the instant when the last TTI containing
the RRC message implying handover is sent to the UE.

Table A.7.3.1.2.2-1: Intra-frequency handover from FR2 to FR2 test configurations

Config Description
1 Source cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.3.1.2.2-2: General test parameters Intra-frequency handover from FR2 to FR2
Parameter Unit Value Comment
Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
A4-Offset dBm -120
Hysteresis dB 0
Time To Trigger s 0
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
Time offset between cells 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 5
T2 s ≤10

Table A.7.3.1.2.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR FR2-FR2 Intra frequency handover test
case

Cell 1 Cell 2
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Assumption for UE beamsNote 6 Rough Rough
AoA setup Setup TBD as defined in A.3.15
NR RF Channel Number 1 1
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR3.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Channel CR3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
SMTC Configuration SMTC pattern 1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
PRACH configuration FR2 PRACH configuration 1
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
BWP configuraiton Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 909 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS

EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Note2 dBm/15kH -104.7 -104.7
N oc
z
-95.7 -95.7
Config 1,2
Note2
N oc dBm/SCS
-95.7 -95.7
Config 3

Ê s I ot dB 6 -1.8 -Infinity 0
Ê s N oc dB 6 6 -Infinity 7
dBm/
Config 1,2 -59.7 -56.7 -59.7 -56.7
BW
IoNote3
dBm/
Config 3 -59.7 -56.7 -59.7 -56.7
BW
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation

A.7.3.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 232 ms from the beginning of time period T2.

The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 10 ms and is specified in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2].

Tinterrupt = 222 ms in the test. Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.1.4.2.

This gives a total of 232 ms.

A.7.3.1.3 Inter-frequency handover from FR2 to FR2; unknown target cell

A.7.3.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the NR FR2-NR FR2 inter frequency handover requirements specified in
clause 6.1.1.4.

A.7.3.1.3.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.3.1.3.2-1. Both handover delay and interruption length are
tested by using the parameters in table A.7.3.1.3.2-2, and A.7.3.1.3.2-3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 910 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test scenario comprises of carriers and one cell on each carrier. No gap patterns are configured in the test case.
The test consists of two successive time periods, with time durations of T1, T2 respectively. At the start of time
duration T1, the UE does not have any timing information of cell 2. Starting T2, cell 2 becomes detectable and the
UE receives a RRC handover command from the network. The start of T2 is the instant when the last TTI containing
the RRC message implying handover is sent to the UE.

Table A.7.3.1.3.2-1: Inter-frequency handover from FR2 to FR2 test configurations

Config Description
1 Source cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.3.1.3.2-2: General test parameters Inter-frequency handover from FR2 to FR2
Parameter Unit Value Comment
Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
A4-Offset dB [-120]
Hysteresis dB 0
Time To Trigger s 0
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
Time offset between cells 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 5
T2 s ≤10

Table A.7.3.1.3.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR FR2-FR2 Inter frequency handover test
case

Cell 1 Cell 2
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Assumption for UE beamsNote 6 Rough Rough
AoA setup Setup TBD as defined in A.3.15
NR RF Channel Number 1 2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR3.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Channel CR3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
SMTC Configuration SMTC pattern 1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
PRACH configuration FR2 PRACH configuration 1
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
BWP configuraiton Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 911 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS

EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Note2 dBm/15kH
N oc -104.7 -104.7
z
-95.7 -95.7
Config 1,2
Note2
N oc dBm/SCS
-95.7 -95.7
Config 3

Ê s I ot dB 5 5 -Infinity 5
Ê s N oc dB 5 5 -Infinity 5
dBm/
Config 1,2 -60.5 -60.5 -66.7 -60.5
BW
IoNote3
dBm/
Config 3 -60.5 -60.5 -66.7 -60.5
BW
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation

A.7.3.1.3.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 552 ms from the beginning of time period T2.

The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 10 ms and is specified in clause 12 in TS 38.331 [2].

Tinterrupt = 542 ms in the test. Tinterrupt is defined in clause 6.1.1.4.2.

This gives a total of 552 ms.

A.7.3.2 RRC Connection Mobility Control

A.7.3.2.1 SA: RRC Re-establishment
A.7.3.2.1.1 Intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR2
A.7.3.2.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose is to verify that the NR intra-frequency RRC re-establishment delay in FR2 without known target cell is
within the specified limits. These tests will verify the requirements in clause 6.2.1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 912 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test parameters are given in table A.7.3.2.1.1.1-1, table A.7.3.2.1.1.1-2 and table A.7.3.2.1.1.1-3 below. The test
consists of 3 successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of time period
T2, cell 1, which is the active cell, becomes inactive. The time period T3 starts after the occurrence of the radio link
failure.

Table A.7.3.2.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.3.2.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for NR intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment test
case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1 Cell1
condition Neighbour cells 1 Cell2

Final Active cell 1 Cell2

condition
RF Channel Number 1 1
Time offset between cells 1 3 μs Synchronous cells
N310 - 1 1 Maximum consecutive out-of-sync
indications from lower layers
N311 - 1 1 Minimum consecutive in-sync indications
from lower layers
T310 ms 1 0 Radio link failure timer; T310 is disabled
T311 ms 1 5000 RRC re-establishment timer
Access Barring Information - 1 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1 OFF
PRACH configuration 1 FR2 Table A.3.8.3.1-1
PRACH
configurati
on 1
T1 s 1 5
T2 ms 1 1600 Time for the UE to detect RLF
T3 s 1 3

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 913 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.2.1.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment
test case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Assumption for UE
Rough Rough
beamsNote 4
TDD configuration 1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC configuration
Dedicated CORESET 1 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
RMC configuration
TRS configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
PDSCH/PDCCH TCI 1 TCI.State.2 N/A
state
OCNG Pattern 1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1 SSB SSB
AoA setup 1 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1
Ê s I ot dB 1 -3.07 -infinity -infinity -5.07 2 2
dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
Noc Note2

dBm/SCS 1 -89
Noc Note2
Ê s N oc
dB 1 4 -infinity -infinity 2 2 2
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -85 -infinity -infinity -87 -87 -87
Io dBm/95.04 MHz 1 -52.94 -55.89 -55.89 -52.94 -55.89 -55.89
Propagation 1 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density
is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers
N
oc to be fulfilled.
and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

A.7.3.2.1.1.2 Test Requirements

The RRC re-establishment delay is defined as the time from the start of time period T3, to the moment when the UE
starts to send PRACH preambles to cell 2 for sending the RRCReestablishmentRequest message to cell 2.

The RRC re-establishment delay to an unknown NR intra frequency cell shall be less than 3 s.

The rate of correct RRC re-establishments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The RRC re-establishment delay in the test is derived from the following expression:

Tre-establish_delay= TUL_grant + TUE_re-establish_delay.

Where:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 914 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TUL_grant = It is the time required to acquire and process uplink grant from the target cell. The PRACH
reception at the system simulator is used as a trigger for the completion of the test; hence TUL_grant is not
used.
ே௙௥௘௤ିଵ
ܶ௎ா_௥௘ି௘௦௧௔௕௟௜௦௛_ௗ௘௟௔௬ = 50 ms + ܶ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௥௔_ேோ + ෍ ܶ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௘௥_ேோ,௜ + ܶௌூିேோ + ܶ௉ோ஺஼ு
௜ୀଵ
Nfreq = 1

Tidentify_intra_NR = 1600 ms

TSI = 1280 ms; it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in TS
38.331 for the target intra-frequency NR cell.

TPRACH = 15 ms; it is the additional delay caused by the random access procedure.

This gives a total of 2945 ms, allow 3 s in the test case.

A.7.3.2.1.2 Inter-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR2

A.7.3.2.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose is to verify that the NR inter-frequency RRC re-establishment delay in FR2 without known target cell is
within the specified limits. These tests will verify the requirements in clause 6.2.1.

The test parameters are given in table A.7.3.2.1.2.1-1, table A.7.3.2.1.2.1-2 and table A.7.3.2.1.2.1-3 below. The test
consists of 3 successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of time period
T2, cell 1, which is the active cell, becomes inactive. The time period T3 starts after the occurrence of the radio link
failure. During T1, the UE shall be configured with the carrier frequency of cell 2 (with RF Channel Number #2) to
ensure that the UE has the context of the carrier frequency of cell 2 by the end of T1.

Table A.7.3.2.1.2.1-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 915 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.2.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-frequency RRC Re-establishment test
case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1 Cell1
condition Neighbour cells 1 Cell2

Final Active cell 1 Cell2

condition
RF Channel Number 1 1, 2
Time offset between cells 1 3 μs Synchronous cells
N310 - 1 1 Maximum consecutive out-of-sync
indications from lower layers
N311 - 1 1 Minimum consecutive in-sync indications
from lower layers
T310 ms 1 0 Radio link failure timer; T310 is disabled
T311 ms 1 5000 RRC re-establishment timer
Access Barring Information - 1 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR2
1 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1 OFF
PRACH configuration 1 FR2 Table A.3.8.3.1-1
PRACH
configurati
on 1
T1 s 1 5
T2 ms 1 1600 Time for the UE to detect RLF
T3 s 1 6

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 916 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.2.1.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR inter-frequency RRC Re-establishment
test case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Assumption for UE
Rough Rough
beamsNote 4
AoA setup 1 Setup 3 as specified in clause A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
TDD configuration 1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC configuration
Dedicated CORESET 1 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
RMC configuration
TRS configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
PDSCH/PDCCH TCI 1 TCI.State.2 N/A
state
OCNG Pattern 1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1 SSB SSB
Ê s I ot dB 1 5 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity 8
dBm/15 kHz 1 -98
Noc Note2

dBm/SCS 1 -89
Noc Note2

Ê s N oc dB 1 5 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity 8

SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -84 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -81
Io dBm/95.04 MHz 1 -53.82 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -51.37
Propagation 1 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density
is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers

and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for

N
oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

A.7.3.2.1.2.2 Test Requirements

The RRC re-establishment delay is defined as the time from the start of time period T3, to the moment when the UE
starts to send PRACH preambles to cell 2 for sending the RRCReestablishmentRequest message to cell 2.

The RRC re-establishment delay to an unknown NR inter frequency cell shall be less than 6 s.

The rate of correct RRC re-establishments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The RRC re-establishment delay in the test is derived from the following expression:

Tre-establish_delay= TUL_grant + TUE_re-establish_delay.

Where:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 917 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TUL_grant = It is the time required to acquire and process uplink grant from the target cell. The PRACH
reception at the system simulator is used as a trigger for the completion of the test; hence TUL_grant is not
used.
ே௙௥௘௤ିଵ
ܶ௎ா_௥௘ି௘௦௧௔௕௟௜௦௛_ௗ௘௟௔௬ = 50 ms + ܶ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௥௔_ேோ + ෍ ܶ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௘௥_ேோ,௜ + ܶௌூିேோ + ܶ௉ோ஺஼ு
௜ୀଵ
Nfreq = 2

Tidentify_intra_NR = 1600 ms

Tidentify_inter_NR = 2080 ms

TSI = 1280 ms; it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in TS
38.331 for the target inter-frequency NR cell.

TPRACH = 15 ms; it is the additional delay caused by the random access procedure.

This gives a total of 5025 ms, allow 6 s in the test case.

A.7.3.2.1.3 Intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment in FR2 without serving cell timing

A.7.3.2.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose is to verify that the NR intra-frequency RRC re-establishment delay in FR2 without serving cell timing
is within the specified limits. These tests will verify the requirements in clause 6.2.1.

The test parameters are given in table A.7.3.2.1.3.1-1, table A.7.3.2.1.3.1-2 and table A.7.3.2.1.3.1-3 below. The test
consists of 3 successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of time period
T2, cell 1, which is the active cell, is deactivated. The time period T3 starts after the occurrence of the radio link
failure.

Table A.7.3.2.1.3.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 918 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.2.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for NR intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment test
case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1 Cell1
condition Neighbour cells 1 Cell2

Final Active cell 1 Cell2

condition
RF Channel Number 1 1
Time offset between cells 1 3 μs Synchronous cells
N310 - 1 1 Maximum consecutive out-of-sync
indications from lower layers
N311 - 1 1 Minimum consecutive in-sync indications
from lower layers
T310 ms 1 6000 Radio link failure timer configured by
RLF-TimersAndConstants
T311 ms 1 5000 RRC re-establishment timer
Access Barring Information - 1 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1 OFF
PRACH configuration 1 FR2 Table A.3.8.3.1-1
PRACH
configurati
on 1
T1 s 1 5
T2 s 1 6 Time for the UE to detect RLF
T3 s 1 5

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 919 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.2.1.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR intra-frequency RRC Re-establishment
test case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
Assumption for UE
Rough Rough
beamsNote 4
TDD configuration 1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
1 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.3.1 FDD CR.3.1 FDD
RMC configuration
Dedicated CORESET 1 CCR.3.1 FDD CCR.3.1 FDD
RMC configuration
TRS configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
TCI state 1 CSI-RS.Config.0 N/A
OCNG Pattern 1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1 OP.1 defined in A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1 SSB SSB
AoA setup 1 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1
Ê s I ot dB 1 5 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity 5
dBm/SCS 1 -98
Noc Note2

dBm/15 kHz 1 -89

Noc Note2

Ê s N oc dB 1 5 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity 5

SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -93 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -93
Io dBm/95.04 MHz 1 -62.82 -infinity -infinity -infinity -infinity -62.82
Propagation 1 AWGN
Condition
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density
is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers

and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for

N
oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

A.7.3.2.1.3.2 Test Requirements

The RRC re-establishment delay is defined as the time from the start of time period T3, to the moment when the UE
starts to send PRACH preambles to cell 2 for sending the RRCReestablishmentRequest message to cell 2.

The RRC re-establishment delay to an unknown NR intra frequency cell without serving cell timing shall be less
than 5 s.

The rate of correct RRC re-establishments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The RRC re-establishment delay in the test is derived from the following expression:

Tre-establish_delay= TUL_grant + TUE_re-establish_delay.

Where:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 920 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TUL_grant = It is the time required to acquire and process uplink grant from the target cell. The PRACH
reception at the system simulator is used as a trigger for the completion of the test; hence TUL_grant is not
used.
ே௙௥௘௤ିଵ
ܶ௎ா_௥௘ି௘௦௧௔௕௟௜௦௛_ௗ௘௟௔௬ = 50 ms + ܶ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௥௔_ேோ + ෍ ܶ௜ௗ௘௡௧௜௙௬_௜௡௧௘௥_ேோ,௜ + ܶௌூିேோ + ܶ௉ோ஺஼ு
௜ୀଵ
Nfreq = 1

Tidentify_intra_NR = 3520 ms

TSI = 1280 ms; it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in
TS 38.331 [2] for the target intra-frequency NR cell.

TPRACH = 15 ms; it is the additional delay caused by the random access procedure.

This gives a total of 4865 ms, allow 5 s in the test case.

A.7.3.2.2 Random Access

A.7.3.2.2.1 Contention based random access test in FR2 for NR Standalone
A.7.3.2.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the behavior of the random access procedure is according to the
requirements and that the PRACH power settings and timing are within specified limits. This test will verify the
requirements in Clause 6.2.2.2 and Clause 7.1.2 in an AWGN model.

For this test one cell is used, with the configuration of Cell 1 configured as PCell or SCell in FR2. Supported test
parameters are shown in Table A.7.3.2.2.1.1-1. UE capble of SA with PCell or SCell in FR2 needs to be tested by
using the parameters in Table A.7.3.2.2.1.1-2 and Table A.7.3.2.2.1.1-3.

Table A.7.3.2.2.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for contention based random access test in
FR2 for NR Standalone
Config Description
1 NR PSCell/SCell 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 921 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.2.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for contention based random access test in FR2 for
NR Standalone

Parameter Unit Test-1 Comments

SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2 As defined in A.3.10
Duplex Mode for Cell 1 Config 1 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1 As defined in A.3.1.4
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 100: NRB,c = 24
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OP.3 As defined in A.3.2.1.
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.3.1 TDD As defined in A.3.1.1.
Channel Note 2
RMSI CORESET Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD As defined in A.3.1.2
Reference Channel
NR RF Channel Number 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS dB
ss-PBCH-BlockPower dBm/ SCS +20 +ΔUL As defined in TS 38.331
[2].
ΔUL is derived from the
uplink calibration process
Note 3

Configured UE transmitted power ( dBm maximum value configurable As defined in clause

PCMAX, f, c ) for certain power class 6.2.4 in TS 38.101-2 [19]
PRACH Configuration FR2 PRACH configuration 1 As defined in A.3.8.3,
with exceptions as
defined below
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm RSRP_69 +ΔDL RSRP_69 corresponds to
-88dBm. ΔDL is derived
from the downlink
calibration process Note 4
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm -100 As defined in TS 38.331
[2]

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM
symbols. The OCNG pattern is chosen during the test according to the presence of a DL reference
measurement channel.
Note 2: The DL PDSCH reference measurement channel is used in the test only when a downlink transmission
dedicated to the UE under test is required.
Note 3: The ΔUL value is calculated as -ROUND(PPRACH0 -1), where PPRACH0 is the measured first PRACH power
with -80.6dBm/SCS applied, preambleReceivedTargetPower = -100dBm and ss-PBCH-BlockPower =
20dBm. These values are used during the uplink calibration process carried out before the test case is run,
with the UE configured to send PRACH.
Note 4: The ΔDL value is calculated as (RSRP_REP – RSRP_76), where RSRP_REP is the SS-RSRP Reported value
in Table 10.1.6.1-1 with -80.6dBm/SCS applied. These values are used during the downlink calibration
process carried out before the test case is run, with the UE configured to report SS-RSRP. For a Reported
value RSRP_x, x is treated as a positive integer value.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 922 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.2.2.1.1-3: OTA-related test parameters for contention based random access test in FR2
for NR Standalone

Parameter Unit Test-1 Comments

AoA setup Setup 1 As defined in A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 3 Rough
Es Note1 dBm/SCS -80.6 Power of SSB with index
SSB_RP dBm/SCS -80.6 0 is set to be above
configured rsrp-
SSB with
ThresholdSSB
index 0
Es/IotBB dB 21.09
Io dBm/95.04 -56.01 Io in symbols containing
MHz SSB index 0
Es Note1 dBm/SCS -95.0 Power of SSB with index
SSB_RP dBm/SCS -95.0 1 is set to be below
configured rsrp-
SSB with
ThresholdSSB
index 1
Es/IotBB dB 6.69
Io dBm/95.04 -70.41 Io in symbols containing
MHz SSB index 1
Propagation Condition - AWGN
Note 1: No articial noise is applied in this test.
Note 2: Void.
Note 3: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

A.7.3.2.2.1.2 Test Requirements

Contention based random access is triggered by not explicitly assigning a random access preamble via dedicated
signalling in the downlink.

A.7.3.2.2.1.2.1 Random Access Preamble Transmission

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.1 the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access
Preamble which belongs to one of the Random Access Preambles associated with the SSB with index 0, which has
SS-RSRP above the configured rsrp-ThresholdSSB.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.7.3.2.2.1.2.2 Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.2 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 3 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. In response to the first 2 preambles, the
System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access Response not corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) and shall transmit the msg3 if the Random Access
Response contains a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if all

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 923 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

received Random Access Responses contain Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted
Random Access Preamble.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.7.3.2.2.1.2.3 No Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.1.3 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 3 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. The System Simulator shall not respond to
the first 2 preambles.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no
Random Access Response is received within the RA Response window.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.7.3.2.2.1.2.4 Receiving an UL grant for msg3 retransmission

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.1.4 the System Simulator shall provide an UL grant for msg3
retransmission following a successful Random Access Response.

The UE shall re-transmit the msg3 upon the reception of an UL grant for msg3 retransmission.

A.7.3.2.2.1.2.5 Reception of an Incorrect Message over Temporary C-RNTI

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.5 the System Simulator shall send a message addressed to the
temporary C-RNTI with a UE Contention Resolution Identity included in the MAC control element not matching
the CCCH SDU transmitted in msg3 uplink message.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires unless
the received message includes a UE Contention Resolution Identity MAC control element and the UE Contention
Resolution Identity included in the MAC control element matches the CCCH SDU transmitted in the uplink
message.

A.7.3.2.2.1.2.6 Reception of a Correct Message over Temporary C-RNTI

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.5 the System Simulator shall send a message addressed to the
temporary C-RNTI with a UE Contention Resolution Identity included in the MAC control element matching the
CCCH SDU transmitted in the msg3 uplink message.

The UE shall send ACK if the Contention Resolution is successful.

A.7.3.2.2.1.2.7 Contention Resolution Timer expiry

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.1.6 the System Simulator shall not send a response to a msg3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 924 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if the
Contention Resolution Timer expires.

A.7.3.2.2.2 Non-contention based random access test in FR2 for NR Standalone

A.7.3.2.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the behavior of the random access procedure is according to the
requirements and that the PRACH power settings and timing are within specified limits. This test will verify the
requirements in Clause 6.2.2.2 and Clause 7.1.2 in an AWGN model.

For this test one cell is used, with the configuration of Cell 1 configured as PCell or SCell in FR2. Supported test
parameters are shown in Table A.7.3.2.2.2.1-1. UE capble of SA with PCell or SCell in FR2 needs to be tested by
using the parameters in Table A.7.3.2.2.2.1-2 and Table A.7.3.2.2.2.1-3 for SSB-based non-contention based
random access test (Test 1) and CSI-RS-based non-contention based random access test (Test 2). Test 2 is only
applicable to UE which supports csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithSSB or csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithoutSSB.

Table A.7.3.2.2.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for non-contention based random access test
in FR2 for NR Standalone

Config Description
1 NR PSCell/SCell 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.3.2.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for non-contention based random access test in
FR2 for NR Standalone

Parameter Unit Test-1 Test-2 Comments

SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2 As defined in A.3.10
CSI-RS Config 1 N/A CSI-RS.3.1 As defined in A.3.1.4
Configuration TDD
Duplex Mode for Config 1 TDD TDD
Cell 1
TDD Configuration Config 1,2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel Config 1 MHz 100: NRB,c = 24 100: NRB,c = 24
OCNG Pattern Note 1 OP.3 OP.3 As defined in A.3.2.1.
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR3.1 TDD SR3.1 TDD As defined in A.3.1.1.
Channel Note 2
RMSI CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
NR RF Channel Number 1 1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to dB
PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to dB
SSS
0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to dB
PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to dB
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to dB
PDSCH_DMRS
ss-PBCH-BlockPower dBm/ SCS +20 +ΔUL +20 +ΔUL As defined in TS
38.331 [2].
ΔUL is derived from the
uplink calibration
process Note 3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 925 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Configured UE transmitted power ( dBm maximum value maximum As defined in clause

PCMAX, f, c ) configurable for value 6.2.4 in TS 38.101-2
certain power configurable for [19]
class certain power
class
PRACH Configuration FR2 PRACH FR2 PRACH As defined in A.3.8.3,
configuration 1 configuration 1 with exceptions as
defined below.
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm RSRP_69 +ΔDL RSRP_69 +ΔDL RSRP_69 corresponds
to -88dBm. ΔDL is
derived from the
downlink calibration
process Note 4
preambleReceivedTargetPower dBm -100 -100 As defined in TS
38.331 [2]
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols. The OCNG pattern is chosen during the test according to the presence of a DL
reference measurement channel.
Note 2: The DL PDSCH reference measurement channel is used in the test only when a downlink transmission
dedicated to the UE under test is required.
Note 3: The ΔUL value is calculated as -ROUND(PPRACH0 -1), where PPRACH0 is the measured first PRACH
power with -80.6dBm/SCS applied, preambleReceivedTargetPower = -100dBm and ss-PBCH-
BlockPower = 20dBm. These values are used during the uplink calibration process carried out before
the test case is run, with the UE configured to send PRACH.
Note 4: The ΔDL value is calculated as (RSRP_REP – RSRP_76), where RSRP_REP is the SS-RSRP Reported
value in Table 10.1.6.1-1 with -80.6dBm/SCS applied. These values are used during the downlink
calibration process carried out before the test case is run, with the UE configured to report SS-RSRP.
For a Reported value RSRP_x, x is treated as a positive integer value.

Table A.7.3.2.2.2.1-3: OTA-related test parameters for non-contention based random access test in
FR2 for NR Standalone

Parameter Unit Test-1 Test-2 Comments

AoA setup Setup 1 Setup 1 As defined in A.3.15.1

Assumption for UE beamsNote 3 Rough Rough
Es Note1 dBm/SC -80.6 -80.6 Power of SSB with index
S 0 is set to be above
SSB_RP dBm/SC -80.6 -80.6 configured rsrp-
SSB with ThresholdSSB
S
index 0
Es/IotBB dB 21.09 21.09
Io dBm/95.0 -56.01 -56.01 Io in symbols containing
4 MHz SSB index 0
Es Note1 dBm/SC -95.0 -95.0 Power of SSB with index
S 1 is set to be below
SSB_RP dBm/SC -95.0 -95.0 configured rsrp-
SSB with ThresholdSSB
S
index 1
Es/IotBB dB 6.69 6.69
Io dBm/95.0 -70.41 -70.41 Io in symbols containing
4 MHz SSB index 1
Propagation Condition - AWGN AWGN
Note 1: No articial noise is applied in this test.
Note 2: void.
Note 3: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 926 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.3.2.2.2.2 Test Requirements

Non-Contention based random access is triggered by explicitly assigning a random access preamble via dedicated
signalling in the downlink. In the test, the non-contention based random access procedure is not initialized for Other
SI requested from UE or beam failure recovery.

A.7.3.2.2.2.2.1 SSB-based Random Access Preamble Transmission

In Test-1, to test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.1 for SSB-based Random Access Preamble
tranmsision, with the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions
associated with SSBs configured, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble which has the
Preamble Index associated with the SSB with index 0.

In addition, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble on the PRACH occasion which
belongs to the PRACH occasions corresponding to the SSB with index 0, and the selected PRACH occasion shall
belongs to the PRACH occassions permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.7.3.2.2.2.2.2 CSI-RS-based Random Access Preamble Transmission

In Test-1, to test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.1 for CSI-RS-based Random Access Preamble
tranmsision, with the contention-free Random Access Resources and the contention-free PRACH occasions
associated with CSI-RSs configured, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble which has
the Preamble Index associated with the CSI-RS configured.

In addition, the System Simulator shall receive the Random Access Preamble on the PRACH occasion which
belongs to the PRACH occasions corresponding to the CSI-RS configured, and the selected PRACH occasion shall
belongs to the PRACH occassions permitted by the restrictions given by the ra-OccasionList.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.7.3.2.2.2.2.3 Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in Clause 6.2.2.2.2.2 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 3 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. In response to the first 2 preambles, the
System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access Response not corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

The UE may stop monitoring for Random Access Response(s) if the Random Access Response contains a Random
Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access Preamble.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power if all received Random Access
Responses contain Random Access Preamble identifiers that do not match the transmitted Random Access
Preamble.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 927 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.7.3.2.2.2.2.4 No Random Access Response Reception

To test the UE behavior specified in clause 6.2.2.2.2.3 the System Simulator shall transmit a Random Access
Response containing a Random Access Preamble identifier corresponding to the transmitted Random Access
Preamble after 3 preambles have been received by the System Simulator. The System Simulator shall not respond to
the first 2 preambles.

The UE shall again perform the Random Access Resource selection procedure specified in clause 5.1.2 in
TS 38.321 [7], and transmit with the calculated PRACH transmission power when the backoff time expires if no
Random Access Response is received within the RA Response window configured in RACH-ConfigCommon.

In addition, the power applied to all preambles shall be in accordance with what is specified in Clause 6.2.2.2. The
power of the first preamble shall be 0.6 dBm to be received at TE with an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.2 of TS
38.101-2 [19]. The relative power applied to additional preambles shall have an accuracy specified in clause 6.3.4.3
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

The transmit timing of all PRACH transmissions shall be within the accuracy specified in Clause 7.1.2.

A.7.3.2.3 SA: RRC Connection Release with Redirection

A.7.3.2.3.1 Redirection from NR in FR2 to NR in FR2
A.7.3.2.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

This test is to verify RRC connection release with redirection from NR to NR requirements specified in clause
6.2.3.2.1.

A.7.3.2.3.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.3.2.3.1.2-1. The time delay is tested by using the parameters in
table A.7.3.2.3.1.2-2, and A.7.3.2.3.1.2-3.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. The RRCRelease
message shall be sent to the UE during period T1 and the start of T2 is the instant when the last TTI containing the
RRC message is sent to the UE. Prior to time duration T2, the UE shall not have any timing information of Cell 2.
Cell 2 is powered up at the beginning of the T2.

Table A.7.3.2.3.1.2-1: Redirection from NR to NR test configurations

Config Description
1 Source cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target cell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 928 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.3.2.3.1.2-2: General test parameters for Redirection from NR to NR test case
Parameter Unit Value Comment
Initial conditions Active cell Cell 1
Neighbouring cell Cell 2
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
Access Barring Information - Not Sent No additional delays in random
access procedure.
Time offset between cells 3 μs Synchronous cells
T1 s 5
T2 s 3.2

Table A.7.3.2.3.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for Redirection from NR to NR test case

Cell 1 Cell 2
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Assumption for UE beamsNote 6 Rough Rough
AoA setup Setup TBD as defined in A.3.15
NR RF Channel Number 1 2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR3.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Channel CR3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
PRACH configuration FR2 PRACH configuration 1
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
BWP configuraiton Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
dBm/15kH -104.7 -104.7
Noc Note2 z
-95.7 -95.7
Config 1,2
Noc Note2 dBm/SCS
-95.7 -95.7
Config 3

Ês Iot dB 5 5 -Infinity 5

Ês N oc dB 5 5 -Infinity 5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 929 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dBm/
Config 1,2 -60.5 -60.5 -66.7 -60.5
BW
IoNote3
dBm/
Config 3 -60.5 -60.5 -66.7 -60.5
BW
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zonee
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation

A.7.3.2.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 3160 ms from the beginning of time period T2.

The rate of correct RRC connection release redirection to NR observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The redirection delay can be expressed as:

Tconnection_release_redirect_NR = TRRC_procedure_delay + Tidentify-NR + TSI-NR + TRACH,

where:

TRRC_procedure_delay = 110 ms in the test.

Tidentify-NR = 1760 ms in the test.

TSI-NR = 1280 ms, it is the time required for receiving all the relevant system information as defined in TS
38.331 for the target NR cell.

T RACH = 10 ms in the test.

This gives a total of 3160 ms.

A.7.4 Timing
A.7.4.1 UE transmit timing
A.7.4.1.1 NR UE Transmit Timing Test for FR2
A.7.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE can follow frame timing change of the connected gNodeb and that
the UE initial transmit timing accuracy, maximum amount of timing change in one adjustment, minimum and
maximum adjustment rate are within the specified limits. This test will verify the requirements in clause 7.1.2.

Supported test configurations are shown in Table 7.4.1.1.1-1.

Table A.7.4.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 NR TDD, SSB SCS 240 kHz, data SCS 120 kHz, BW 100 MHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 930 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

For this test a single NR cell is used. Tables A.7.4.1.1.1-2 and A.7.4.1.1.1-2A define the parameters to be configured
and strength of the transmitted signals. The transmit timing is verified by the UE transmitting SRS using the
configuration defined in Table A.7.4.1.1.1-3.

Table A.7.4.1.1.1-2: Cell Specific Test Parameters for UL Transmit Timing test

Parameter Unit Config Test1 Test2

SSB ARFCN 1 Freq1 Freq1
TDD configuration 1 TDDConf.3.1

BWchannel MHz 1 100: NRB,c = 66

DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1
ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.1
1
Configuration ULBWP.1.1
TRS Configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI State 1 CSI-RS.Config.0
DRx Cycle ms 1 N/A DRX.8Note5

PDSCH Reference
1 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel

RMSI CORESET
1 CR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel

Dedicated CORESET
1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel

OCNG Patterns 1 OP.1

SSB Configuration 1 SSB.4 FR2

SMTC Configuration 1 SMTC.1

EPRE ratio of PSS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
dB 1 0 0
PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Propagation condition 1 AWGN
SRS Config 1 SRSConf.1Note6 SRSConf.2Note6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 931 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: DRx related parameters are given in Table A.3.3.8-1
Note 6: SRS configs are given in Table A.7.4.1.1.1-3

Table A.7.4.1.1.1-2A: OTA related test parameters

Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote
6 Fine
Note1
Noc
dBm/15kHzNote4 -112
Note1
Noc
dBm/SCSNote3 -103

Ês Noc dB 4
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 -99
Ê s I ot dB 4
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -68.5
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 932 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.4.1.1.1-3: SRS Configuration for Timing Accuracy Test

Field SRSConf.1 SRSConf.2 Comments

SRS-ResourceSet srs-ResourceSetId 0 0
srs-ResourceIdList 0 0
resourceType Periodic Periodic
Usage Codebook Codebook
SRS-Resource SRS-ResourceId 0 0
nrofSRS-Ports Port1 Port1
transmissionComb n2 n2
combOffset-n2 0 0
cyclicShift-n2 0 0
resourceMapping 0 0
startPosition
resourceMapping n1 n1
nrofSymbols
resourceMapping n1 n1
repetitionFactor
freqDomainPosition 0 0
freqDomainShift 0 0
freqHopping 17 17 Matches NRB,c
c-SRS
freqHopping 0 0
b-SRS
freqHopping 0 0
b-hop
groupOrSequenceHopping Neither Neither
resourceType Periodic Periodic
periodicityAndOffset-p sl1, 0 sl2560, 4 Offset to align with
DRx periodicity
sequenceId 0 0 Any 10 bit number

Table A.7.4.1.1.1-4: Void

A.7.4.1.1.2 Test requirements

The test sequence shall be carried out in RRC_CONNECTED for every test case.

Following will be the test sequence for this test:

1) Setup NR PCell according to parameters given in Table A.7.4.1.1.1-1.

2) After connection set up with the cell, the test equipment will verify that the timing of the NR cell is within
(NTA + NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te of the first detected path of DL SSB.

a. The NTA offset value (in Tc units) is 13792

b. The Te values depend on the DL and UL SCS for which the test is being run and are given in Table 7.1.2-
1

3) The test system shall adjust the timing of the DL path by values given in Table A.7.4.1.1.2-1

Table A.7.4.1.1.2-1 Adjustment Value for DL Timing

SCS of SSB signals (kHz) Adjustment Value

Test1 Test2
240 +8*64Tc +4*64Tc

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 933 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

4) The test system shall verify that the adjustment step size and the adjustment rate shall be according to
requirements specified in clause 7.1.2 Table 7.1.2-3 until the UE transmit timing offset is within (NTA +
NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te respective to the first detected path (in time) of DL SSB. Skip this step for test 2 with
DRX confiured.

5) The test system shall verify that the UE transmit timing offset stays within (NTA + NTA_offset) ×Tc ± Te of the
first detected path of DL SSB. For Test 2 the UE transmit timing offset shall be verified for the first
transmission in the DRX cycle immediately after DL timing adjustment.

A.7.4.2 UE timer accuracy

A.7.4.3 Timing advance
A.7.4.3.1 SA FR2 timing advance adjustment accuracy
A.7.4.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of the test is to verify UE Timing Advance adjustment delay and accuracy requirement defined in
clause 7.3.

A.7.4.3.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.4.3.1.2-1. Both timing advance adjustment delay and accuracy
are tested by using the parameters in table A.7.4.3.1.2-2, A.7.4.3.1.2-3 and A.7.4.3.1.2-4.

In all test cases, single cell is used. Each test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and
T2 respectively. In each time period, timing advance commands are sent to the UE and Sounding Reference Signals
(SRS), as specified in table A.7.4.3.1.2-3, are sent from the UE and received by the test equipment. By measuring
the reception of the SRS, the transmit timing, and hence the timing advance adjustment accuracy, can be measured.

During time period T1, the test equipment shall send one message with a Timing Advance Command MAC Control
Element, as specified in clause 6.1.3.4 in TS 38.321 [7]. The Timing Advance Command value shall be set to 31,
which according to clause 4.2 in TS 38.213 [3] results in zero adjustment of the Timing Advance. In this way, a
reference value for the timing advance used by the UE is established.

During time period T2, the test equipment shall send a sequence of messages with Timing Advance Command MAC
Control Elements, with Timing Advance Command value specified in table A.7.4.3.1.2-2. This value shall result in
changes of the timing advance used by the UE, and the accuracy of the change shall then be measured, using the
SRS sent from the UE.

As specified in Clause 7.3.2.1, the UE adjusts its uplink timing at slot n+k for a timing advance command received
in slot n. This delay must be taken into account when measuring the timing advance adjustment accuracy, via the
SRS sent from the UE.

The UE Time Alignment Timer, described in Clause 5.2 in TS 38.321 [7], shall be configured so that it does not
expire in the duration of the test.

Table A.7.4.3.1.2-1: Timing advance supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 934 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.4.3.1.2-2: General test parameters for timing advance

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF channel number 1
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.2.1-1
Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.2.2-1
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.3.1-1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1 As specified in Table A.3.9.3.2-1
Timing Advance Command 31 NTA_new = NTA_old for the purpose of
(TA) value during T1 establishing a reference value from
which the timing advance adjustment
accuracy can be measured during T2
Timing Advance Command 39 For 120 kHz SCS NTA_new = NTA_old +
(TA) value during T2 1024*Tc (based on equation in
clause 4.2 of TS 38.213 [3])
T1 s 5
T2 s 5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 935 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.4.3.1.2-3: Cell specific test parameters for timing advance

Test1
Parameter Unit
T1 T2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
DRx Cycle ms Not Applicable
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Channel CR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OCNG pattern 1
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 FR2
SSB Configuration SSB.3 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
PUCCH/PUSCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 kHz
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation condition - AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not settable
parameters themselves.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone

Table A.7.4.3.1.2-3A: OTA related test parameters

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 936 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2
Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote
6 Fine

Noc Note1 dBm/15kHzNote4 -112

Noc Note1 dBm/SCSNote3 -103

Ês Noc dB 4
SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS Note4 -99
Ês Iot dB 4
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -68.5
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

Table A.7.4.3.1.2-4: Sounding Reference Symbol Configuration for timing advance

Field Value Comment

c-SRS 16
Frequency hopping is disabled
b-SRS 0
b-hop 0
freqDomainPosition 0 Frequency domain position of SRS
freqDomainShift 0
groupOrSequenceHopping neither No group or sequence hopping
SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset sl5=0 Once every 5 slots
SSB #0 is used for SRS path loss
pathlossReferenceRS ssb-Index=0
estimation
usage Codebook Codebook based UL transmission
startPosition 0 resourceMapping setting. SRS on last
nrofSymbols n1 symbol of slot, and 1symbols for SRS
repetitionFactor n1 without repetition.
combOffset-n2 0
transmissionComb setting
cyclicShift-n2 0
nrofSRS-Ports port1 Number of antenna ports used for SRS
transmission
Note: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 38.331 [2].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 937 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.4.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall apply the signalled Timing Advance value to the transmission timing at the designated activation time
i.e. k+1 slots after the reception of the timing advance command, where k = 11.

The Timing Advance adjustment accuracy shall be within the limits specified in clause 7.3.2.2.

The rate of correct Timing Advance adjustments observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5 Signaling characteristics

A.7.5.1 Radio link Monitoring
In the following clause, any uplink signal transmitted by the UE is used for detecting the In-/Out-of-Sync state of the
UE. In terms of measurement, the uplink signal is verified on the basis of the UE output power:

Editor note: The metric for the detection of the UE UL transmitted signal by the TE is FFS.

A.7.5.1.1 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with
SSB-based RLM RS in non-DRX mode
A.7.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PCell. This test will partly verify the FR2 radio link monitoring
requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.5.1.1.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.1.1.1-2, A.7.5.1.1.1-3, and A.7.5.1.1.1-4 below. There is one cell (Cell
1), which is the active NR cell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of
T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.7.5.1.1.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to
emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states, and Figure A.7.5.1.1.1-2 shows the Time multiplexed downlink
transmissions from each Angle of Arrival. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully
synchronized to Cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms.
In addition to RLM-RS radio link monitoring using SSB index 0 and SSB index 1, the UE is configured to perform
inter-frequency measurements using Gap Pattern ID #0 (40ms) in test 1.

Table A.7.5.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD, SSB SCS 120 KHz, data SCS 120KHz, BW 100 MHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 938 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 out-of-sync testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP configuration Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP configuration Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Channel Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1 120 KHz
spacing
PRACH Configuration Config 1 Table A.3.8.3.4
SSB index assigned as RLM RS Config 1 0,1
OCNG parameters OP.2
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH DMRS dB 4
energy to average SSS RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI reporting Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
TCI states for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.2
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1 TRS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 9.68
T3 s 9.68
D1 s 9.64
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.7.5.1.1.1-3: OTA related cell specific test parameters for FR2 (Cell 1) for out-of-sync radio
link monitoring tests in non-DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 939 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
AoA setup Setup 3 defined in A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beams Note 5 Rough Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4 Not sent
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
ssb-Index 0 SNR Config 1 dB 2Note 6 -6Note 6 -15
ssb-Index 1 SNR Config 1 Not sent 2Note 6 -15 -15
SNR on other Config 1 dB 2Note 6 N/A
channels and signals
Config 1 dBm/ -92.1 -92.1
Noc 15kHz
Time multiplexing of the downlink Defined in Figure A.7.5.1.1.1-2
transmissions from each AoA
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation.
Note 6: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.7.5.1.1.1-4: Measurement gap configuration for out-of-sync tests in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 940 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.7.5.1.1.1-1: SNR variation for out-of-sync testing

CBW
AoA1
transmitting
SSB index 0

slot
CBW
AoA2
transmitting
SSB index 1

slot
PDSCH/
AWGN OCNG SSB CSI-RS PDCCH DTX

Figure A.7.5.1.1.1-2: Time multiplexed downlink transmissions

A.7.5.1.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE behavior in each test during time durations T1, T2 and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the time duration
T3).

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 941 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.5.1.2 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-
based RLM RS in non-DRX mode
A.7.5.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PCell. This test will partly verify the FR2 radio link monitoring
requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.5.1.2.1-1.The
test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.1.2.1-2, and A.7.5.1.2.1-3 below. There is one cell (Cell 1), which is the
active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5
respectively. Figure A.7.5.1.2.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-sync
and in-sync states, and Figure A.7.5.1.2.1-2 shows the Time multiplexed downlink transmissions from each Angle
of Arrival. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. Prior to the start of
the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI
reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms.

Table A.7.5.1.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD, SSB SCS 120 KHz, data SCS 120KHz, BW 100 MHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 942 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 in-sync testing in non-DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 943 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.3
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1 120 KHz
spacing
PRACH Configuration Config 1 Table A.3.8.3.4
SSB index assigned as RLM Config 1 0,1
RS
OCNG parameters OP.2
CP length Normal
In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 0
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 0
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size

REG bundle size 6

DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 4000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI reporting Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
TCI states for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.2
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1 TRS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 1.88

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 944 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

T4 s 0.2
T5 s 3.84
D1 s 3.8
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.7.5.1.2.1-3: OTA related cell specific test parameters for FR2 (Cell 1) for in-sync radio link
monitoring tests in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 3 defined in A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beams Note 5 Rough Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4 Not sent
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
ssb-Index 0 SNR Config 1 dB 2Note 6 -6Note 6 -15 -4.5 2Note 6
ssb-Index 1 SNR Config 1 Not sent 2Note 6 -15 -15 -15 -15
SNR on other Config 1 dB 2Note 6 N/A
channels and signals
Config 1 dBm/ -92.1 -92.1
Noc 15kHz
Time multiplexing of the downlink Defined in Figure A.7.5.1.2.1-2
transmissions from each AoA
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all
bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test system implementation.
Note 6: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.7.5.1.2.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 945 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.7.5.1.2.1-1: SNR variation for in-sync testing

CBW
AoA1
transmitting
SSB index 0

slot
CBW
AoA2
transmitting
SSB index 1

slot
PDSCH/
AWGN OCNG SSB CSI-RS DTX
PDCCH

Figure A.7.5.1.2.1-2: Time multiplexed downlink transmissions

A.7.5.1.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 946 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.5.1.3 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with
SSB-based RLM RS in DRX mode
A.7.5.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 radio
link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.5.1.3.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.1.3.1-2, and A.7.5.1.3.1-3. There is one cell (Cell 1), which is the
active NR cell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3
respectively. Figure A.7.5.1.3.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-sync
and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. The UE
shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is
enabled and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic
CSI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL
timing alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.7.5.1.3.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD, SSB SCS 120 KHz, data SCS 120KHz, BW 100 MHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 947 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 out-of-sync testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1 120 KHz
spacing
PRACH Configuration Config 1 Table A.3.8.3.4
SSB index assigned as RLM Config 1 0,1
RS
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX Configuration DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI reporting Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
TCI states for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.2
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1 TRS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 14.48
T3 s 14.48
D1 s 14.44
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 948 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.3.1-3: OTA related cell specific test parameters for FR2 (Cell 1) for out-of-sync radio
link monitoring tests in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beams Note 5 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
ssb-Index 0 SNR Config 1 dB 2Note 6 -6Note 6 -15
ssb-Index 1 SNR Config 1 2Note 6 -15 -15
SNR on other channels Config 1 dB
2Note 6
and signals
Noc Config 1 dBm/15K
-104.7dBm
Hz
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beams is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation.
Note 6: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

Table A.7.5.1.3.1-4: Void

Table A.7.5.1.3.1-5: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 949 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.7.5.1.3.1-1: SNR variation for out-of-sync testing

A.7.5.1.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE behavior in each test during time durations T1, T2 and T3 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the time duration
T3).

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.1.4 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-
based RLM RS in DRX mode
A.7.5.1.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync and in sync for the purpose of
monitoring downlink radio link quality of the PCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 radio
link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

In the test, UE is configured to perform RLM on SSB, with detectionResource included in RadioLinkMonitoringRS
set to SSB#0 and SSB#1, and purpose set to ‘rlf’. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.5.1.4.1-1.
The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.1.4.1-2, and A.7.5.1.4.1-3. There is one cell (Cell 1), which is the
active NR cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and
T5 respectively. Figure A.7.5.1.4.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the active cell to emulate out-of-
sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to Cell 1. The
UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 5 ms. In the test, DRX
configuration is enabled and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to
send periodic CSI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to
“infinity” so that UL timing alignment is maintained during the test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 950 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.4.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD, SSB SCS 120 KHz, data SCS 120KHz, BW 100 MHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 951 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.4.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 in-sync testing in DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 952 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
BWchannel Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP configuration Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
DL dedicated BWP Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP configuration Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
UL dedicated BWP Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.3
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1 120 KHz
spacing
PRACH Configuration Config 1 Table A.3.8.3.4
SSB index assigned as RLM Config 1 0,1
RS
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
In sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 0
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 0
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM symbols 2
parameters Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average SSS RE energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average SSS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX Configuration DRX.11
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 4000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI reporting Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
TCI states for PDCCH/PDSCH TCI.State.2
CSI-RS for tracking Config 1 TRS.2.1 TDD
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 2.8
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 3.88
D1 s 3.84

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 953 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.7.5.1.4.1-3: OTA related cell specific test parameters for FR2 (Cell 1) for in-sync radio link
monitoring test in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beams Note 5 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 4
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
ssb-Index 0 SNR Config 1 dB 2Note - -15 -4.5 2Note 6
6
6Note
6

ssb-Index 1 SNR Config 1 2Note -15 -15 -15 -15

6

SNR on other Config 1 dB 2Note 6

channels and signals
Config 1 dBm/1
Noc 5KHz
-104.7dBm
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a
constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of
OCNG.3
Note 3: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 4: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one
band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is
A.3.6.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation.
Note 6: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 954 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.4.1-4: Void

Table A.7.5.1.4.1-5: Void

Figure A.7.5.1.4.1-1: SNR variation for in-sync testing

A.7.5.1.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.1.5 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-
RS-based RLM in non-DRX mode
A.7.5.1.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync for the purpose of monitoring
downlink CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2
PCell CSI-RS Out-of-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.1.5.1-1, A.7.5.1.5.1-2, A.7.5.1.5.1-3 and A.7.5.1.5.1-4 below. There is
one cell, cell 1 which is the PCell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration
of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. Figure A.7.5.1.5.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the PCell to
emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized
to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 10 ms. In the test,
DRX configuration is not enabled. The UE is configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0
(40ms) in test. In the test, SSB0 and SSB1 are configured as BFD-RS.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 955 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.5.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 956 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.5.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing in non-
DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Config 1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel CCR.3.3 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1 Resource #4 in TRS.2.1 TDD
Resource #4 in TRS.2.2 TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS.2.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH#1/PDSCH TCI.State.2
TCI configuration for PDCCH#2 TCI.State.3
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID *gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
reporting
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.35
T3 s 0.35
D1 s 0.31
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 957 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 for CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
AoA setup Setup 3 defined in A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough Rough
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0 Not sent
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on RLM-RS1 Config 1 dB 2Note 11 -6Note -15
11

SNR on RLM-RS2 Config 1 Not sent 2Note 11 -14 -15

SNR on other Config 1 dB Note 11
2 N/A
channels and signals
Config 1 dBm/
Noc 15kHz
TBD TBD
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in
figure A.7.5.1.5.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beams is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation.
Note 11: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband.

Table A.7.5.1.5.1-4: Measurement gap configuration for FR2 CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: RLM RS is partially overlapped with
measurement gap

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 958 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.7.5.1.5.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing

A.7.5.1.5.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, and T3 shall be as follows:

During time durations T1, T2 and T3, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 at least in all
uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 1 no later than time point C (D1 second after the start of the time
duration T3) on the PCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.1.6 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-RS-
based RLM in non-DRX mode
A.7.5.1.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the in sync for the purpose of monitoring downlink
CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PCell when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 PCell CSI-
RS In-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.1.6.1-1, A.7.5.1.6.1-2 and A.7.5.1.6.1-3 below. There is one cells, cell
1which is the PCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, T3,
T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.7.5.1.6.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the PCell to emulate out-
of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The
UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 10 ms. In the test, DRX
configuration is not enabled. In the test, SSB0 and SSB1 are configured as BFD-RS.

Table A.7.5.1.6.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 959 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.6.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for CSI-RS in-sync testing in non-DRX
mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 960 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Config 1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel CCR.3.3 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1 Resource #4 in TRS.2.1 TDD
Resource #4 in TRS.2.2 TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS.2.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH#1/PDSCH TCI.State.2
TCI configuration for PDCCH#2 TCI.State.3
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
In sync transmission DCI format 1-0
parameters Number of Control OFDM 2
symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 0
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 0
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 1000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 961 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS for CSI Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD

reporting
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.24
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 0.88
D1 s 0.84
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.7.5.1.6.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 for CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 3 defined in A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough Rough
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0 Not sent
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on RLM-RS1 Config 1 dB 2Note 11 -6Note -15 -4.5 2Note 11
11

SNR on RLM-RS2 Config 1 Not sent 2Note 11 -14 -15 -15 -14
SNR on other Config 1 dB
2Note 11 N/A
channels and signals
Config 1 dBm/
Noc 15KHz
TBD TBD
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral density is
achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5 respectively in figure A.7.5.1.6.1-
1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all
bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test system implementation.
Note 11: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 962 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.7.5.1.6.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS in-sync testing

A.7.5.1.6.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting on the PCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.1.7 Radio Link Monitoring Out-of-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-
RS-based RLM in DRX mode
A.7.5.1.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the out of sync for the purpose of monitoring
downlink CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 PCell
CSI-RS Out-of-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.1.7.1-1, A.7.5.1.7.1-2, and A.7.5.1.7.1-3 below. There is one cell, cell
1 is the PCell, in the test. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2 and T3
respectively. Figure A.7.5.1.7.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the PCell to emulate out-of-sync and
in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be
configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 10 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is
enabled in PCell and DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send
periodic CQI during the period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity”
so that UL timing alignment is maintained during the test. In the test, SSB0 and SSB1 are configured as BFD-RS.

Table A.7.5.1.7.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 963 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.7.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing in DRX
mode

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Config 1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel CCR.3.3 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1 Resource #4 in TRS.2.1 TDD
Resource #4 in TRS.2.2 TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS.2.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH#1/PDSCH TCI.State.2
TCI configuration for PDCCH#2 TCI.State.3
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX DRX.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 0
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1
CSI-RS for CSI Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
reporting
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 1.28
T3 s 1.28
D1 s 1.24
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 964 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.7.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 for CSI-RS out-of-sync radio link
monitoring in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3
AoA setup dB Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1 dB 2Note 11 -6Note 11 -15
RLM-RS1
SNR on Config 1 dB 2Note 11 -14 -15
RLM-RS2
SNR on other Config 1 dB 2Note 11
channels and
signals
Config 1 dBm/15KHz -104.7
Noc
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2 and T3 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3 respectively in figure
A.7.5.1.7.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is [A.3.6].
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation.
Note 11: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 965 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.7.5.1.7.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS out-of-sync testing

A.7.5.1.7.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, and T3 shall be as follows:

During time durations T1, T2 and T3, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on PCell.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 (PCell) at least in
all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

The UE shall stop transmitting uplink signal in Cell 1 (PCell) no later than time point C (D1 secondafter the start of
the time duration T3) on the PCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.1.8 Radio Link Monitoring In-sync Test for FR2 PCell configured with CSI-RS-
based RLM in DRX mode
A.7.5.1.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects the in sync for the purpose of monitoring downlink
CSI-RS based radio link quality of the PCell when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the FR2 PCell CSI-RS
In-sync radio link monitoring requirements in clause 8.1.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.1.8.1-1, A.7.5.1.8.1-2, A.7.5.1.8.1-3 and A.7.5.1.8.1-4 below. There is
one cells, cell 1which is the PCell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of
T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.7.5.1.8.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR in the PCell to
emulate out-of-sync and in-sync states. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized
to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 10 ms. The UE is
configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms) in test. In the test, SSB0 and SSB1 are
configured as BFD-RS.

Table A.7.5.1.8.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 966 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.8.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for CSI-RS in-sync testing in non-DRX
mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 967 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Config 1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel CCR.3.3 TDD
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
CSI-RS for RLM Config 1 Resource #4 in TRS.2.1 TDD
Resource #4 in TRS.2.2 TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TRS.2.2 TDD
TCI configuration for PDCCH#1/PDSCH TCI.State.2
TCI configuration for PDCCH#2 TCI.State.3
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Out of sync DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 4
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 4
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
In sync transmission DCI format 1-0
parameters Number of Control OFDM 2
symbols
Aggregation level CCE 4
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH RE dB 0
energy to average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical PDCCH dB 0
DMRS energy to average CSI-RS
RE energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size
REG bundle size 6
DRX DRX.3
Gap pattern ID *gp0
Layer 3 filtering Enabled
T310 timer ms 2000
T311 timer ms 1000
N310 1
N311 1

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 968 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS for CSI Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD

reporting
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 1.64
T4 s 0.2
T5 s 1.88
D1 s 1.84
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.7.5.1.8.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 for CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup dB Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough
PDCCH_beta dB 4
PDCCH_DMRS_beta dB 4
PBCH_beta dB
PSS_beta dB
SSS_beta dB 0
PDSCH_beta dB
OCNG_beta dB
SNR on Config 1 dB 2Note 11 -6Note 11 -15 -4.5 2Note 11
RLM-RS1
SNR on Config 1 dB 2Note 11 -14 -15 -15 -14
RLM-RS1
SNR on Config 1 dB 2Note 11
RLM-RS1
Config 1 dBm/15KHz -104.7
Noc
Propagation condition TDL-C 300ns 100Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time
period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2, SNR3, SNR4 and SNR5
respectively in figure A.7.5.1.8.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For testing of a UE
which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beams is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation.
Note 11: This value allows up to 1dB degradation from applied SNR to UE baseband.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 969 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.8.1-4: Measurement gap configuration for FR2 CSI-RS in-sync radio link monitoring
in non-DRX mode

Test 1
Field
Value
gapOffset 0
Note 1: RLM RS is partially overlapped with
measurement gap

Figure A.7.5.1.8.1-1: SNR variation for CSI-RS in-sync testing

A.7.5.1.8.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour in each test during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the period from time point A to time point F (D1 second after the start of time duration T5) the UE shall
transmit uplink signal at least in all uplink slots configured for CSI transmission according to the configured
periodic CSI reporting on the PCell.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.1.9 UE Radio Link Monitoring Scheduling Restrictions on FR2

A.7.5.1.9.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose is to verify that the NR UE correctly follows the RLM scheduling restrictions requirements defined in
clause 8.1.7. This test verifies that the UE correctly receive the PDCCH scheduled on the symbols right before the
RLM SSB symbols without overlap so that it sends ACK/NACK correctly. The test case is only applicable to UE
which supports pdcch-MonitoringAnyOccasions or pdcch-MonitoringAnyOccasionsWithSpanGap.

The test parameters are given in table A.7.5.1.9.1-1, table A.7.5.1.9.1-2 and table A.7.5.1.9.1-3 below. The UE is
required during time period T1 to transmit ACK/NACK correctly upon scheduling of PDSCH.

Table A.7.5.1.9.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 120 kHz RMC SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 970 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.1.9.1-2: General test parameters for NR RLM scheduling restriction test case in FR2

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
RF Channel Number 1 1
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC
pattern 1
DRX cycle length s 1 OFF
T1 s 1 5 During T1 the UE is required to correctly
transmit ACK/NACK

Table A.7.5.1.9.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR RLM scheduling restriction test case in
FR2

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1

configuration
AoA setup 1 Setup 3 defined in A.3.15.3
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for UE Rough Rough
beams Note 1
TDD configuration 1 TDDConf.3.1
PDSCH RMC 1 SR.3.1 TDD Not sent
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1 CR.3.1 TDD Not sent
RMC configuration
Dedicated CORESET 1 CCR.3.2 TDD Not sent
RMC configuration
TRS configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.2 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI 1 TCI.State.2 N/A
state
OCNG Pattern 1 OP.1 defined in Not sent
A.3.2.1
Initial DL BWP 1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1 SSB with index 0 SSB with index 1
dB 1 3 N/A
Ês Iot
dBm/SCS 1 -84.9 Not sent
Noc Note2
dB 1 3 N/A
Ês N oc
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1 -81.9 -81.9
Io dBm/95.04 MHz 1 -51.15 -52.91
Propagation 1 AWGN -
Condition
Note 1: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation.

A.7.5.1.9.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour follows the requirements defined in clause 8.1.7.3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 971 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.5.2 Interruption
A.7.5.2.1 Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC in FR2
A.7.5.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE missed ACK/NACK rate does not exceed the limits at NR PSCell
interruptions during the measurement on the deactivated NR SCC. This test will verify the missed ACK/NACK rate
for PCell in standalone NR specified in clause 8.2.2.2. Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.5.2.1.1-
1.

The general test parameters and NR cell specific test parameters are given in Table A.7.5.2.1.1-2 and A.7.5.2.1.1-3
below. In the test there are two cells: Cell1 and Cell2. Cell1 is PCell, Cell2 is an NR deactivated SCell. Cell1 shall
be configured as PCell and Cell2 shall be configured as SCell.

The test consists of one time period, with duration of T1. Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE is
connected to Cell1 and Cell2. The point in time at which the RRC message including measCycleSCell or
allowInterruptions for the deactivated NR SCells is received at the UE antenna connector, defines the start of time
period T1. During T1, PCell is continuously scheduled in DL.

Table A.7.5.2.1.1-1: Interruptions during measurements on deactivated NR SCC supported test

configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD – TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.5.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for interruptions during measurements on deactivated
NR SCC in standalone NR

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number 1, 2 Two NR RF channels
Active PCell Cell1 PCell on NR RF channel number 1.
Configured deactivated Cell2 Deactivated SCell on NR RF channel
SCell number 2.
CP length Normal Applicable to Cell1 and Cell2
DRX OFF
Measurement gap pattern
OFF
Id
SCell measurement cycle
ms 640
(measCycleSCell)
T1 s 10

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 972 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.2.1.1-3: NR cell specific test parameters for interruptions during measurements on
deactivated NR SCC in standalone NR

Parameter Unit Cell1 Cell2

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.2Note4
Configuration
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.2 Note6
Configuration
Downlink dedicated DLBWP.1.1
BWP Configuration
Uplink dedicated ULBWP.1.1
BWP configuration
PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD
measurement
channel
RMSI CORESET CR.3.1 TDD
parameters
Dedicated CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET
parameters
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
TCI State TCI.State.0
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS (Note 1)
Time offset to Cell1 Note 3 μs - 3
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Receive time difference between slot boundaries of signals received from the two cells at the UE
antenna connector including time alignment error between the two cells.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is linked with ULBWP.0.2
defined in clause 12 of of TS 38.213 [3].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 973 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.2.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for interruptions during measurements on
deactivated NR SCC in standalone NR

Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2

Setup1 according Setup 1according
Angle of arrival configuration
to table A.3.15.1 to table A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beams Note 6 Rough Rough
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
Noc
Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F
dBm/15kHz -112 -112
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
Noc
Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F
dBm/SCS -102.97 -102.97
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
Note2 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/120KH
SS-RSRP -85.97 -85.97
NR_TDD_FR2_G z Note3
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
Ês Noc dB 17 17

Ês Iot dB 17 17
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/95.04
IoNote2 -56.90 -56.90
NR_TDD_FR2_G MHz Note4
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Information about types of UE beams is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation.

A.7.5.2.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall be continuously scheduled on PCell during the entire length of T1. During the time duration T1 the UE
shall transmit at least 99.5% of ACK/NACK on PCell. The UE is only allowed to cause interruptions immediately
before and immediately after an SMTC. Each interruption on PCell shall not exceed the value defined in Table
A.7.5.2.1.2-1 if the PCell is not in the same band as the deactivated SCell or Table A.7.5.2.1.2-2 if the PCell is in the
same band as the deactivated SCell.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 974 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.2.1.2-1: Interruption duration if the PCell is not in the same band as the deactivated
SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length (slot)
(ms)
3 0.125 4

Table A.7.5.2.1.2-2: Interruption duration if the PCell is in the same band as the deactivated SCell

NR Slot Interruption length

μ length (slot)
(ms)
3 0.125 4 + SMTC duration

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.3 SCell Activation and Deactivation Delay

A.7.5.3.1 SCell Activation and deactivation for SCell in FR2 intra-band in non-DRX
A.7.5.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test case is the same as for the test defined in clause A.6.5.3.1.1 except the PCell and SCell are
in FR2 intra-band.

The supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.5.3.1.1-1 below. The general test parameters are the same
as defined in Table A.6.5.3.1.1-2 except those described in Tables A.7.5.3.1.1-2, and cell specific test parameters are
described in Tables A.7.5.3.1.1-3. OTA related test parameters are shown in table A.7.5.3.1.1-4 below.

Table A.7.5.3.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 SCell activation case

Configuration Description

1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.5.3.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number Two NR radio channels are used for this
1,2 test, cell 1 and cell2 use RF channel 1 and
2, respectively.

Table A.7.5.3.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case

T1 T2 T3
ParameterNote 5 Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 975 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2

Duplex mode TDD TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
Downlink initial BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP Configuration DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0 TCI.State.0 TCI.State.0
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
SR.3.1 SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel - - -
TDD TDD TDD
CR.3.1 CR.3.1 CR.3.1
RMSI CORESET Parameters - - -
TDD TDD TDD
CCR.3. CCR.3. CCR.3.
Dedicated CORESET Parameters - - -
1 TDD 1 TDD 1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note
1

Propagation conditions AWGN

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over

subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each receiver
antenna port.
Note 5: All parameters apply for configuration 1 and 2

Table A.7.5.3.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case

Cell 1 Cell 2
ParameterNote 6 Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 976 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Setup 1 according to table Setup 1 according to table

Angle of arrival configuration
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beams Note 7 Rough Rough
N Note1 dBm/15kHzN
oc ote4 -112 -112
Note1 dBm/SCSNote
N oc 3 -102.97 -102.97

Ês N oc dB 14 14
dBm/SCS
SS-RSRPNote2 Note4 -88.97 -88.97

Ês Iot dB 14 14
dBm/95.04
IoNote2 -88.80 -88.80
MHz Note4
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each receiver
antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: All parameters apply for configuration 1 and 2
Note 7: Implementation about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation.

A.7.5.3.1.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.6.5.3.1.2 shall apply to this test case, except Tactivation_time will be replaced
with the value [TSMTC_SCell + 5ms] as defined in clause 8.3.

A.7.5.3.2 SCell Activation and deactivation for FR1+FR2 inter-band with target SCell
in FR2
A.7.5.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test case is the same as for the test defined in clause A.7.5.3.1.1 except the PCell is in FR1 and
SCell is in FR2.

The supported test configurations are the same as defined in Table A.7.5.3.2.1-1. The general test parameters are the
same as defined in Table A.6.5.3.1.1-2. And cell specific test parameters are described in Tables A.7.5.3.2.1-2. OTA
related test parameters are the same as defined in Table A.7.5.3.2.1-3.

Table A.7.5.3.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 SCell activation case

Configuration Description
1 PCell: 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
Target SCell: 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 PCell: 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target SCell: 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 PCell: 30kHz SSB SCS, 40MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Target SCell: 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 977 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.3.2.1-2: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 SCell activation case

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 978 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

T1 T2 T3
ParameterNote 5 Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN Freq1 Freq2 Freq1 Freq2 Freq1 Freq2
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD TDD FDD TDD FDD TDD
Config 2,3 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Not Not
Applicabl Applica Applica
TDDConf TDDCo TDDCo
e ble ble
.3.1 nf.3.1 nf.3.1
Config 2,3 TDDConf TDDCo TDDCo
.1.1 nf.1.1 nf.1.1
Downlink initial
Config 1,2,3 DLBWP.0.1
BWP Configuration
Downlink dedicated DLBWP.1 DLBWP. DLBW DLBW DLBW DLBW
Config 1,2,3
BWP Configuration .1 1.1 P.1.1 P.1.1 P.1.1 P.1.1
Uplink initial BWP ULBWP.0 ULBWP. ULBW ULBW ULBW ULBW
Config 1,2,3
configuration .1 0.1 P.0.1 P.0.1 P.0.1 P.0.1
Uplink dedicated ULBWP.1 ULBWP. ULBW ULBW ULBW ULBW
Config 1,2,3
BWP configuration .1 1.1 P.1.1 P.1.1 P.1.1 P.1.1
TRS configuration N/A TRS.2.1 N/A TRS.2. N/A TRS.2.
Config 1,2,3
TDD 1 TDD 1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State. TCI.Stat TCI.Sta TCI.Sta TCI.Sta TCI.Sta
Config 1,2,3
0 e.0 te.0 te.0 te.0 te.0
BWchannel MHz 10: NRB,c 10: 10:
Config 1,2 = 52 NRB,c = NRB,c =
100: 100: 100:
52 52
NRB,c = NRB,c = NRB,c =
40: NRB,c 40: 40:
66 66 66
Config 3 = 106 NRB,c = NRB,c =
106 106
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
Config 1
FDD FDD FDD
PDSCH Reference
SR.1.1 SR.1.1 SR.1.1
measurement Config 2 - - -
TDD TDD TDD
channel
SR.2.1 SR.2.1 SR.2.1
Config 3
TDD TDD TDD
CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 1
FDD FDD FDD
RMSI CORESET CR.1.1 CR.1.1 CR.1.1
Config 2 - - -
Parameters TDD TDD TDD
CR.2.1 CR.2.1 CR.2.1
Config 3
TDD TDD TDD
CCR.1.1 CCR.1. CCR.1.
Config 1
FDD 1 FDD 1 FDD
Dedicated
CCR.1.1 CCR.1. CCR.1.
CORESET Config 2 - - -
TDD 1 TDD 1 TDD
Parameters
CCR.2.1 CCR.2. CCR.2.
Config 3
TDD 1 TDD 1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
Config 1,2
FR1 SSB.3 FR1 SSB.3 FR1 SSB.3
SSB configuration
SSB.2 FR2 SSB.2 FR2 SSB.2 FR2
Config 3
FR1 FR1 FR1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 979 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note

1

NA NA NA
Link Link Link
only, only, only,
Propagation conditions AWGN AWGN AWGN
see see see
clause clause clause
A.3.7A A.3.7A A.3.7A
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 5: All parameters apply for configuration 1 and 2

Table A.7.5.3.2.1-3: OTA related test parameters for FR1 PCell activation case with FR2 SCell

Cell 2 Cell 1
Parameter Unit
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
According to clause
Angle of arrival configuration NA
A.3.15.1
Noc Note1 dBm/15kHz -112

Assumption for UE beams Note 7 Rough

Config 1,2
N oc
Note1
Config 3,
dBm/SCS -102.97

Note2 Config 1,2 dBm/SCS NA

SS-RSRP Note3 -85.97 Link only, see clause
Config 3
A.3.7A
Ês N oc Config 1,2,3 dB 17

Ê s I ot dB 17
Config 1,2 dBm/ChBWN
IoNote2 ote4,Note6 -56.90
Config 3
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: ChBW is 94.04 MHz for Cell2, 9.36 MHz for Cell 3 in configurations 1,2,4,5, 38.1 MHz in configurations 3,6
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not imit UE implementation or test system
implementation.

A.7.5.3.2.2 Test Requirements

The test requirements defined in clause A.7.5.3.1.2 shall apply to this test case, except Tactivation_time will be replaced
with the value [TBD] as defined in clause 8.3.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 980 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.5.4 Void
A.7.5.5 Beam Failure Detection and Link recovery procedures
A.7.5.5.1 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PCell configured
with SSB-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode
A.7.5.5.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects SSB-based beam failure in the set q0 configured for
a serving cell and that the UE performs correct SSB-based link recovery based on beam candidate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP, during the
evaluation period, and link recovery, when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the SSB based beam failure
detection and link recovery for an FR2 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.5.1.1-1, A.7.5.5.1.1-2, A.7.5.5.1.1-3 and A.7.5.5.1.1-4 below. There is
one cell, cell 1 which is the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time
duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.7.5.5.1.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR of the
SSB in set q0 in the active cell to emulate SSB based beam failure. Figure A.7.5.5.1.1-1 additionally shows the
variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the
start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic
CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. The UE is
configured to perform inter-frequency measurements using GP ID #0 (40ms) in test 1.

Table A.7.5.5.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.7.5.5.1.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 981 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1, 2 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
BWP
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
BWP
configuration
TDD Config 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
Configuration
CORESET Config 1, 2 CR. 3.1 TDD
Reference
Channel
SSB Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
Configuration Config 2 SSB.2 FR2
SMTC Config 1, 2 SMTC.3
Configuration
PDSCH/PDCC Config 1, 2 120 KHz
H subcarrier
spacing
PRACH Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.3.4
Configuration
SSB index assigned as BFD RS 0
(q0)
SSB index assigned as CBD 1
RS (q1)
TCI Config 1, 2 TBD
Configuration
OCNG parameters OP.1
CP length Normal
Beam DCI format 1-0
failure Number of Control 2
detection OFDM symbols
transmis Aggregation level CCE 8
sion
paramet
ers
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE energy
to average CSI-RS
RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
CSI-RS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID gp0
gapOffset 0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 982 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is

absent, the UE
applies the value
0. (Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp- Config 1 dBm/ TBD Threshold used
ThresholdSSB Config 2 SCS kHz TBD for Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see clause 5.17
of TS 38.321 [7]
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see clause 5.17
of TS 38.321 [7]
CSI-RS Config CSI-RS.3.1 TDD
configuration for CSI 1, 2
reporting
TCI states [TCI.State.0] TCI.State.0
CSI-RS for tracking Config TRS.2.1 TDD
1, 2
SSB index assigned as RLM 0, 1
RS
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time
the the UE shall
be fully
synchronized to
cell 1
T2 s 2.61
T3 s 1.64
T4 S 0
T5 s 1.01
D1 s 0.97
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Editor’s note: An additional RS for RLM, different from BFD-RS at constant high SNR shall be configured as part of
the test configuration.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 983 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.5.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1 dB TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 2 TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/ TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 2 SCS kHz TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 1 dBm/120 TBD
Noc KHz
Config 2 TBD
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Measurement gap configuration is assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.7.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation.

Table A.7.5.5.1.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 984 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.7.5.5.1.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation SSB for SSB-based beam failure detection and
link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.7.5.5.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiate link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 960+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.5.2 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PCell configured
with SSB-based BFD and LR in DRX mode
A.7.5.5.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects SSB-based beam failure in the set q0 configured for
a serving cell and that the UE performs correct SSB-based link recovery based on beam candidate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP, during the
evaluation period, and link recovery, when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the SSB based beam failure
detection and link recovery for an FR2 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.5.2.1-1, A.7.5.5.2.1-2, A.7.5.5.2.1-3, A.7.5.5.2.1-4 and A.7.5.5.2.1-5
below. There is one cell, cell 1 which is the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods,
with time duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.7.5.5.2.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink
SNR of the SSB in set q0 in the active cell to emulate SSB based beam failure. Figure A.7.5.5.2.1-1 additionally
shows the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery.
Prior to the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for
periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PCell and

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 985 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during the
period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing
alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.7.5.5.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth
2 TDD duplex mode, 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth
Note: The UE is only required to pass in one of the supported test configurations in FR2

Table A.7.5.5.2.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1
Active PCell Cell 1
RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1, 2 TDD
BWchannel Config 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
DL initial BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
TDD Configuration Config 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
CORESET Reference Config 1, 2 CR. 3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2

Config 2 SSB.2 FR2

SMTC Configuration Config 1, 2 SMTC.3

PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1, 2 120 KHz

subcarrier spacing

PRACH Configuration Config 1, 2 Table A.3.8.3.4

SSB index assigned as BFD RS (q0) 0

SSB index assigned as CBD RS (q1) 1

TCI Configuration Config 1, 2 TBD

OCNG parameters OP.1

CP length Normal
Beam DCI format 1-0
failure Number of Control 2
detection OFDM symbols
transmission Aggregation level CCE 8
parameters

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 986 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE energy
to average CSI-RS
RE energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH DMRS
energy to average
CSI-RS RE energy
DMRS precoder REG bundle size
granularity
REG bundle size 6
DRX DRX.3 A.3.3.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field
is absent, the
UE applies the
value 0. (Table
8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB Config 1 dBm/ TBD Threshold used
Config 2 SCS kHz TBD for Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for
deriving rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-
RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see clause 5.17
of TS 38.321 [7]
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see clause 5.17
of TS 38.321 [7]
CSI-RS configuration for Config CSI-RS.3.1 TDD A.3.14.2
CSI reporting 1, 2
TCI states [TCI.State.0] TCI.State.0
Config TRS.2.1 TDD
CSI-RS for tracking
1, 2
SSB index assigned as RLM RS 0, 1
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time
the the UE shall
be fully
synchronized to
cell 1
T2 s 3.37
T3 s 2.8
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.61
D1 s 0.57
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 987 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.5.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
Config 2 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1 dB -12 -12 -12 -3 10
Config 2 -12 -12 -12 -3 10
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/ TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 2 SCS kHz TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Config 1 dBm/120 TBD
Noc KHz
Config 2 TBD
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.7.5.5.1.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation.

Table A.7.5.5.2.1-4: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 988 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.5.2.1-5: Void

Figure A.7.5.5.2.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for SSB-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.7.5.5.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiate link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 560+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.5.3 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PCell configured
with CSI-RS-based BFD and LR in non-DRX mode
A.7.5.5.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects CSI-RS-based beam failure in the set q0 configured
for a serving cell and that the UE performs correct CSI-RS-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP, during the
evaluation period, and link recovery, when no DRX is used. This test will partly verify the CSI-RS based beam
failure detection and link recovery for an FR2 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.5.3.1-1, A.7.5.5.3.1-2, and A.7.5.5.3.1-3 below. There is one cell, cell
1 which is the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2,
T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.7.5.5.3.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR of the CSI-RS in set q0 in
the active cell to emulate CSI-RS based beam failure. Figure A.7.5.5.3.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the
downlink L1-RSRP of the CSI-RS in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 989 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting
with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled.

Table A.7.5.5.3.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 990 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.5.3.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 991 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD

TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1

CORESET Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD A.3.1.2
Reference Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.3 FR2 A.3.10
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.3 A.3.11
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120KHz
subcarrier spacing
csi-RS-Index assigned as beam 0
failure detection RS in set q0
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
OCNG parameters OP.1 A.3.2.1
CP length Normal
Beam failure DCI format 1-0
detection Number of 2
transmission Control
parameters OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE
energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH
DMRS energy
to average
CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS REG bundle size
precoder
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX OFF
Gap pattern ID N.A.
csi-RS-Index assigned as candidate 1
beam detection RS in set q1
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value
0. (Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm/SC TBD Threshold used
S kHz for Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS NA Used for deriving
rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see clause 5.17
of TS 38.321 [7]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 992 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see clause 5.17

of TS 38.321 [7]
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD A.3.14.2
for q0 and q1
CSI-RS configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD A.3.14.2
for CSI reporting
csi-RS-Index assigned as RLM RS 0, 1 A.3.14.2
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time
the the UE shall
be fully
synchronized to
cell 1
T2 s 1.17
T3 s 0.9
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.31
D1 s 0.27
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.7.5.5.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15
Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_CSI-RS of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_CSI-RS of set q1 Config 1 dB TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 993 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/S TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD

CS kHz
Config 1 dBm/15 TBD
Noc KHz
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the REs carrying CSI-RS.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.7.5.5.3.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation.

Table A.7.5.5.3.1-4: Void

Table A.7.5.5.3.1-5: Void

Figure A.7.5.5.3.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for CSI-RS based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in non-DRX mode

A.7.5.5.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 994 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

During T3 the shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and evaluate
beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 260+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.5.4 Beam Failure Detection and Link Recovery Test for FR2 PCell configured
with CSI-RS-based BFD and LR in DRX mode
A.7.5.5.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE properly detects CSI-RS-based beam failure in the set q0 configured
for a serving cell and that the UE performs correct CSI-RS-based link recovery based on beam candicate set q1. The
purpose is to test the downlink monitoring for beam failure detection within the UEs active DL BWP, during the
evaluation period, and link recovery, when DRX is used. This test will partly verify the CSI-RS based beam failure
detection and link recovery for an FR2 serving cell requirements in clause 8.5.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.5.4.1-1, A.7.5.5.4.1-2, A.7.5.5.4.1-3, and A.7.5.5.4.1-4 below. There
is one cell, cell 1 which is the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time
duration of T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.7.5.5.4.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR of the
CSI-RS in set q0 in the active cell to emulate CSI-RS based beam failure. Figure A.7.5.5.4.1-1 additionally shows
the variation of the downlink L1-RSRP of the CSI-RS in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to
the start of the time duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for
periodic CSI reporting with a reporting periodicity of 2 ms. In the test, DRX configuration is enabled in PCell and
DRX inactivity timer has already been expired, i.e. UE tries to decode PDCCH and to send periodic CQI during the
period when On-duration timer is running. Time alignment timers shall be set to “infinity” so that UL timing
alignment is maintained during the test.

Table A.7.5.5.4.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 TDD duplex mode, 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 995 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.5.4.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 996 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD

TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1

CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.3.1 TDD A.3.1.2
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.3 FR2 A.3.10
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.3 A.3.11
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
csi-RS-Index assigned as beam failure 0
detection RS in set q0
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration CSI-RS.Config.0
OCNG parameters OP.1 A.3.2.1
CP length Normal
Beam failure detection DCI format 1-0
transmission parameters Number of 2
Control
OFDM
symbols
Aggregation CCE 8
level
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH RE
energy to
average CSI-
RS RE
energy
Ratio of dB 0
hypothetical
PDCCH
DMRS energy
to average
CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS REG bundle size
precoder
granularity
REG bundle 6
size
DRX DRX.3 A.3.3.3
Gap pattern ID N.A.
csi-RS-Index assigned as candidate 1
beam detection RS in set q1
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE
applies the value
0. (Table 8.1.1-1).
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm/SC TBD Threshold used
S kHz for Qin_LR_SSB
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving
rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n1 see clause 5.17
of TS 38.321 [7]

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 997 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see clause 5.17

of TS 38.321 [7]
CSI-RS configuration for Config 1 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD A.3.14.2
q0 and q1
CSI-RS configuration for Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD A.3.14.2
CSI reporting
csi-RS-Index assigned Config 1 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD A.3.14.2
as RLM RS
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time
the the UE shall
be fully
synchronized to
cell 1
T2 s 5.43
T3 s 5.16
T4 s 0
T5 s 0.31
D1 s 0.27
Note 1: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.7.5.5.4.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PCell for CSI-RS-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5

AoA setup Setup 1 defined in A.3.15

Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_CSI-RS of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_CSI-RS of set q1 Config 1 dB TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 998 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI-RS_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/S TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD

CS kHz
Config 1 dBm/12 TBD
Noc 0 KHz
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the REs carrying CSI-RS.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.7.5.5.4.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation.

Table A.7.5.5.4.1-4: Void

Table A.7.5.5.4.1-5: Void

Table A.7.5.5.4.1-6: Void

Figure A.7.5.5.4.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation for CSI-RS-based beam failure detection and link
recovery testing in DRX mode

A.7.5.5.4.2 Test Requirements

The UE behaviour during time durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 shall be as follows:

During the time duration T1 and T2, the UE shall transmit uplink signal at least in all subframes configured for CSI
transmission on Cell 1.

During the period from time point A to time point B the UE shall transmit uplink signal in Cell 1 in all uplink slots
configured for CSI transmission according to the configured periodic CSI reporting for Cell 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 999 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

During T3 the UE shall detect beam failure and initiat link recovery. During T4 and T5 the UE measures and
evaluate beam candidate from beam candidate set q1.

No later than time point F occurring no later than D1 = 260+10 ms after the start of T5, the UE shall transmit
preamble on a beam associated with the candidate beam set q1. The UE shall not transmit preamble on a beam
associated with the candidate beam set q1 earlier than time point B.

Test is concluded once the test equipment has received the initial preamble transmission from the UE. The rate of
correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.5.5 Scheduling availability restriction during Beam Failure Detection and Link
Recovery for FR2 PCell configured with SSB-based BFD and LR in non-
DRX mode
A.7.5.5.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose is to test scheduling availability restrictions when the UE is performing beam failure detection or when
the UE is performing L1-RSRP measurement for candidate beam detection, when no DRX is used. This test will
verify the scheduling availability restriction requirements in clause 8.5.7 and 8.5.8.

The test parameters are given in Tables A.7.5.5.5.1-1, A.7.5.5.5.1-2 and A.7.5.5.5.1-3 below. There is one cell, cell
1 which is the active cell, in the test. The test consists of five successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2,
T3, T4 and T5 respectively. Figure A.7.5.5.5.1-1 shows the variation of the downlink SNR of the SSB in set q0 in
the active cell to emulate SSB based beam failure. Figure A.7.5.5.5.1-1 additionally shows the variation of the
downlink L1-RSRP of the SSB in set q1 of the candidate beam used for link recovery. Prior to the start of the time
duration T1, the UE shall be fully synchronized to cell 1. The UE shall be configured for periodic CSI reporting with
a reporting periodicity defined in CSI-RS configuration. This test will focus on the scheduling availability during
beam failure detection) and candidate beam detection. In the test, DRX configuration is not enabled. Test is to test
the scheduling availability restriction of UE performing beam failure detection and candidate beam detection when
SSB RS configured for Beam failure detection and candidate beam detection. During the test the UE is scheduled to
transmit continuously in UL.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1000 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.5.5.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PCell

Configuration Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.7.5.5.5.1-2: General test parameters for FR2 PCell for SSB-based beam failure detection
and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1001 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Value Comment

Test 1

Active PCell Cell 1

RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD
TDD Configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1
DL initial BWP Config 1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
DL dedicated BWP Config 1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
UL initial BWP Config 1 ULBWP.0.1
configuration
UL dedicated BWP Config 1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR. 3.1 TDD
Channel
SSB Configuration Config 1 SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration Config 1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1 120 KHz
subcarrier spacing
SSB index assigned as BFD RS (q0) 0
SSB index assigned as CBD RS (q1) 1
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI configuration TCI.State.0
OCNG parameters OP.1
AoA Setup Setup 1 A.3.15.1
CP length Normal
Beam failure detection DCI format 1-0
transmission Number of Control OFDM 2
parameters symbols
Aggregation level CCE 8
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH RE energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
Ratio of hypothetical dB 0
PDCCH DMRS energy to
average CSI-RS RE
energy
DMRS precoder granularity REG bundle size

REG bundle size 6

DRX OFF DRX is not in use
Gap pattern ID N.A. No measurement gap
pattern is configured
ssb-Index 2 Number of SSB
indexes used for beam
failure detection
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold absent When the field is
absent, the UE applies
the 10%
rsrp-ThresholdSSB dBm/S -94.5 Threshold used for
CS Qin_LR_SSB
kHz
powerControlOffsetSS db0 Used for deriving rsrp-
ThresholdCSI-RS
beamFailureInstanceMaxCount n2 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17
beamFailureDetectionTimer pbfd4 see TS 38.321 [7],
clause 5.17

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1002 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

CSI Configuration for Config 1 CSI-RS.3.1 TDD A.3.14.2

reporting
T310 Timer ms 1000
N310 2
T1 s 1 During this time the the
UE shall be fully
synchronized to cell 1
T2 s 2.6
T3 s 1.64
T4 s 0
T5 s 1.01
D1 s 0.97
Note 1: All configurations are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 2: UE-specific PDCCH is not transmitted after T1 starts.

Table A.7.5.5.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for FR2 PCell for SSB-based beam failure
detection and link recovery testing in non-DRX mode

Parameter Unit Test 1

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
Assumption for UE beams Note 10 Rough
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH DMRS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS dB
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS dB
SNR_SSB of set q0 Config 1 dB 5 -3 -12 -12 -12
SNR_SSB of set q1 Config 1 dB -12 -12 5 5 5
SSB_RP of set q1 Config 1 dBm/S -104.5 -104.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84.5
CS kHz
Config 1 dBm/15 -104.7
Noc KHz
Propagation condition TDL-A 30ns 75Hz
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the resources in Cell 1 are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: The uplink resources for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period T1.
Note 3: NZP CSI-RS resource set configuration for CSI reporting are assigned to the UE prior to the start
of time period T1.
Note 4: Void
Note 5: The timers and layer 3 filtering related parameters are configured prior to the start of time period
T1.
Note 6: The signal contains PDCCH for UEs other than the device under test as part of OCNG.
Note 7: SNR levels correspond to the signal to noise ratio over the SSS REs.
Note 8: The SNR in time periods T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5 is denoted as SNR1, SNR2 and SNR3
respectively in figure A.7.5.5.5.1-1.
Note 9: The SNR values are specified for testing a UE which supports 2RX on at least one band. For
testing of a UE which supports 4RX on all bands, the SNR during T3 is modified as specified in
clause A.3.6.
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1003 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Figure A.7.5.5.5.1-1: SNR and L1-RSRP variation SSB for SSB-based beam f A.7.5.5.5.2
Test Requirements
The UE behaviour during time duration T3 follows the requirements defined in clause 8.5.7.3:

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS or receive PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS for

tracking/CSI-RS for CQI on BFD-RS symbols to be measured for beam failure detection.

The UE behaviour during time durations T4 and T5 follows the requirements defined in clause 8.5.8.3:

- The UE is not expected to transmit PUCCH/PUSCH or receive PDCCH/PDSCH on reference symbols to be

measured for candidate beam detection.

A.7.5.6 Active BWP switch

A.7.5.6.1 DCI-based and Timer-based Active BWP Switch
A.7.5.6.1.1 NR FR2- NR FR2 DL active BWP switch of PCell with non-DRX in SA
A.7.5.6.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.6, and interruption
requirement on other active serving cell defined in clause 8.2.2.2.5.

The supported test configurations are shown in Table A.7.5.6.1.1.1-1 below. The test scenario comprises of one PCell
(Cell 1) and one SCell (Cell 2) as given in Table A.7.5.6.1.1.1-2. NR Cell-specific parameters are specified in Table
A.7.5.6.1.1.1-3 below. OTA related test parameters are shown in table A.7.5.6.1.1.1-4 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending except for the time duration when BWP is switching on Cell 1 and the time duration of T2.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on SCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE will have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), and Cell 2 (SCell) on radio channel 2 (SCC).

UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts for PCell, BWP-1 and BWP-2, in
Cell 1 before starting the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

UE is configured with 1 UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts the same as initial BWP for SCell, BWP-0 in
Cell 2 before starting the test.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1004 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 in PCell.

UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-0 in SCell.

UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for PCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for PCell DL BWP switch, sent from the test
equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall switch its bandwidth
part from BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
PCell’s DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PCell
no later than the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on PCell’s BWP-2 no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of SCell (Cell 2) interruption due to BWP switch on PCell shall occur within the BWP
switch delay.

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on PCell(Cell 1).

During T3,

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the half subframe immediately after bwp-
InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE should switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back to the default
bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
PCell’s DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the
PSCell at latest on the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall
be continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-1 no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning
of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay).

T he starting time of SCell (Cell 2) interruption due to BWP switch of PCell shall occur within the BWP switch
delay.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PCell by counting the slots from the time when the BWP
switch command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK/NACK is received.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption to SCell is carried out in the correct time span by monitoring
ACK/NACK sent in SCell during BWP switch of PCell, respectively.

Table A.7.5.6.1.1.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD -TDD duplex mode

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1005 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.6.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number Two NR radio channels are used for this
1, 2
test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active SCell Cell 2 SCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 Time alignment error as specified in TS
μs 3
38.104 [13] clause 6.5.3.1.
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1006 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.6.1.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell2

Frequency Range FR2 FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Active BWP ID 1, 2 3
Downlink initial BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2
Uplink initial BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2
Downlink active BWP-0 Configuration - DLBWP.0.2
Downlink active BWP-1 Configuration DLBWP.1.1 -
Downlink active BWP-2 Configuration DLBWP.1.3 -
Uplink active BWP-0 Configuration - ULBWP.0.2
Uplink active BWP-1 Configuration ULBWP.1.1 -
Uplink active BWP-2 Configuration ULBWP.1.3 -
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Propagation Condition AWGN AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1007 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.6.1.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for BWP switching test case

Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 defined in clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beams Note 6 Fine Fine

Noc Note1 dBm/15kHz -112 -112

Noc Note1 dBm/SCS -103 -103

dBm/SCS
SS-RSRPNote2 Note3 -85 -85

Ês Iot dB 18 18

dBm/95.04
IoNote4 -56 -56
MHz Note4
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone.
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation.

A.7.5.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

During T1 and T3, the start time of SCell interruption during PCell active BWP switch shall not happen outside the
BWP switch delay.

The interruption of SCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active BWP switch in
clause 8.2.2.2.5.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed SCell active BWP switch interruption
to be counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1008 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK in the first UL slot that occurs
after the beginning of DL slot (i+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall use the
next available uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK.

A.7.5.6.1.2 NR FR1- NR FR2 DL active BWP switch of PCell with non-DRX in SA

A.7.5.6.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.6, and interruption
requirement on other active serving cell defined in clause 8.2.2.2.5.

The supported test configurations are shown in Table A.7.5.6.1.2.1-1 below. The test scenario comprises of one NR
PCell (Cell 1) and one NR SCell (Cell 2). The general parameters are given in Table A.7.5.6.1.2.1-2. NR Cell-specific
parameters are specified in Table A.7.5.6.1.2.1-3 below. OTA related test parameters are shown in table A.7.5.6.1.2.1-
4 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending except for the time duration when BWP is switching on Cell 1 and the time duration of T2.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on SCell (Cell 2) to ensure that the UE will have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC), and Cell 2 (SCell) on radio channel 2 (SCC).

UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts for PCell, BWP-1 and BWP-2, in
Cell 1 before starting the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

UE is configured with 1 UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts the same as initial BWP for SCell, BWP-0 in
Cell 2 before starting the test. UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL
BWP is BWP-1 in PCell.

UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-0 in SCell.

UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for PCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for PCell DL BWP switch, sent from the test
equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall switch its bandwidth
part from BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
PCell’s DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PCell
no later than the first UL slot that occurs after the begining of slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on PCell’s BWP-2 no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of SCell (Cell 2) interruption due to BWP switch on PCell shall occur within the BWP
switch delay if the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap, otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on SCell is
allowed.

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on PCell(Cell 1).

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1009 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

During T3,

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the half subframe immediately after bwp-
InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE should switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back to the default
bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
PCell’s DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the
PSCell at latest on the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall
be continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-1 no later than the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning
of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay).

The starting time of SCell (Cell 2) interruption due to BWP switch of PCell shall occur within the BWP
switch delay if the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap, otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on SCell is
allowed.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PCell by counting the slots from the time when the BWP
switch command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK/NACK is received.

The test equipment verifies that potential interruption to SCell is carried out in the correct time span by monitoring
ACK/NACK sent in SCell during BWP switch of PCell, respectively.

Table A.7.5.6.1.2.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 PCell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
SCell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 PCell: NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
SCell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 PCell: NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
SCell: NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.7.5.6.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 2 Two NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
Active SCell Cell 2 SCell on RF channel number 2.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PSCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 2
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 Time alignment error as specified in TS
μs 3
38.104 [13] clause 6.5.3.1.
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1010 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.6.1.2.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell2

Frequency Range FR1 FR2
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD TDD
Config 2,3 TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable TDDConf.3.1
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel Config 1,2 MHz 10 MHz: NRB,c = 52 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40 MHz: NRB,c = 106
Active BWP ID 1, 2 0
Downlink initial BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2
Uplink initial BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2
Downlink active BWP-0 Configuration - DLBWP.0.2
Downlink active BWP-1 Configuration DLBWP.1.1 -
Downlink active BWP-2 Configuration DLBWP.1.3 -
Uplink active BWP-0 Configuration - ULBWP.0.2
Uplink active BWP-1 Configuration ULBWP.1.1 -
Uplink active BWP-2 Configuration ULBWP.1.3 -
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.3.1 TDD
measurement Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
channel Config 3 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD CR.3.1 TDD
parameters Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated Config 1 CCR.1.1 FDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET Config 2 CCR.1.1 TDD
parameters Config 3 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration Config 1,2 SSB.1 FR1 SSB.1 FR2
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1
TRS configuration Config 1,2,3 - TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state Config 1,2,3 TCI.State.0 TCI.State.0
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna NA 1x2 Low
Configuration Link only, see clause A.3.7A
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Propagation Condition NA AWGN
Link only, see clause A.3.7A
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and SCH_RP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1011 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.6.1.2.1-4: OTA related test parameters for BWP switching test case

Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2

Setup 1 defined in
Angle of arrival configuration
clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beams Note 6 Fine
Note1
N oc dBm/15kHz -112

Note1
N oc dBm/SCS NA -103
Link only, see clause
dBm/SCS A.3.7A
SS-RSRPNote2 Note3 -85

Ês Iot dB 18

dBm/95.04
IoNote4 -56
MHz Note4
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone.
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test
system implementation.

A.7.5.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PSCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

If the UE doesn’t support per-FR gap,

During T1 and T3, the start time of SCell interruption during PCell active BWP switch shall not happen
outside the BWP switch delay.

The interruption of SCell shall not be longer than the interruption duration specified for active BWP switch
in clause 8.2.2.2.5.

Otherwise no interruption due to BWP switch on SCell is allowed.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1012 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed SCell active BWP switch interruption
to be counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK/NACK in the first UL slot that
occurs after the beginning of DL slot (i+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall
use the next available uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK/NACK.

A.7.5.6.1.3 NR FR2 DL active BWP switch with non-DRX in SA

A.7.5.6.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.6. Supported test
configurations are shown in Table A.7.5.6.1.3.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one cell (Cell 1) as given in Table A.7.5.6.1.3.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of NR
PCell is specified in Table A.7.5.6.1.3.1-3 below. The OTA related test parameters for FR2 is shown in Table
A.7.5.6.1.3.1-4.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE will have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 on radio channel 1.

- UE is configured with 2 different UE-specific downlink bandwidth parts, BWP-1 and BWP-2 before starting
the test. BWP-1 and BWP-2 always include bandwidth of the initial DL BWP and SSB.

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1.

- UE is configured with a bwp-InactivityTimer timer value for Cell1.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 3 successive time periods, with durations of T1, T2, and T3, respectively.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a DCI format 1_1 command for DL BWP switch, sent from the test equipment to
the UE, is received at the UE side in Cell 1’s slot # denoted i. The UE should switch its bandwidth part from
BWP-1 to BWP-2.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of Cell 1’s DL
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the Cell 1 no later
than the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be
continuously scheduled on Cell 1’s BWP-2 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of
slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay).

During T2, the test equipment won’t transmit DCI format for PDSCH reception on Cell 1.

During T3,

The time period T3 starts from the slot #j, where j is the first slot of the half subframe immediately after bwp-
InactivityTimer timer expires. The UE should switch its bandwidth part from BWP-2 back to the default
bandwidth part – BWP-1.

The UE shall be able to receive PDSCH on the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of Cell 1’s DL
slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay) as defined in clause 8.6 and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the Cell 1 at latest on

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1013 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1). The UE shall be continuously
scheduled on Cell 1’s BWP-1 starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of slot
(j+TBWPswitchDelay).

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time by counting the slots from the time when the BWP switch
command is received or bwp-InactivityTimer timer expires till an ACK is received.

Table A.7.5.6.1.3.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: Void.
Note 2: A UE which fulfils the requirements in test case A.7.5.6.1.1 or A.7.5.6.1.2 can skip the test cases in
A.7.5.6.1.3.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1014 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.6.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 1 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active Cell Cell 1 Cell on RF channel number 1.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell
bwp-InactivityTimer ms 200
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2
T3 s 0.2

Table A.7.5.6.1.3.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Cell 1

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Active BWP ID 1, 2
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2 Note 2
Active DL BWP-1 Configuration DLBWP.1.1 Note 2
Active DL BWP-2 Configuration DLBWP.1.3 Note 2
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2 Note 2
Active UL BWP-1 Configuration ULBWP.1.1 Note 2
Active UL BWP-2 Configuration ULBWP.1.3 Note 2
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State TCI.State.0
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2 is
linked with ULBWP.0.2; DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1; DLBWP.1.3 is
linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of TS 38.213 [3].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1015 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.6.1.3.1-4: OTA related test parameters for DL BWP switch in SA

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 defined in
clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beams Note 6 Fine
NocNote 1 dBm/15
-112
kHz
Noc Note 1 dBm/SCS -103
SS-RSRP Note 2 dBm/120
-85
kHz Note3
Ês/Iot dB 18
Ês/Noc Note 5 dB 18
IoNote2 dBm/95.04
-56
MHz Note4
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the
quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone.
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation.

A.7.5.6.1.3.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (i+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

During T3, the UE shall start to send the ACK/NACK for PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning
of DL slot (j+TBWPswitchDelay+k1).

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

Depending on UE capability bwp-SwitchingDelay [2], UE shall finish BWP switch within the time duration
TBWPswitchDelay defined in Table 8.6.2-1.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: During T1, T3 if there are no uplink resources for reporting the ACK/NACK in the first UL slot that
occurs after the beginning of DL slot (i+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), (j+ TBWPswitchDelay+k1), then the UE shall
use the next available uplink resource for reporting the corresponding ACK/NACK.

A.7.5.6.2 RRC-based Active BWP Switch

A.7.5.6.2.1 NR FR2 DL active BWP switch of PCell with non-DRX in SA

A.7.5.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the DL BWP switch delay requirement for RRC-based BWP switch defined in
clause 8.6.3. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.7.5.6.2.1.1-1.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1016 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test scenario comprises of one PCell (Cell 1) as given in Table A.7.5.6.2.1.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of PCell
are specified in Table A.7.5.6.2.1.1-3 below.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PCell (Cell 1) to ensure that the UE will have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC).

- UE has bandwidth part BWP-1 in its RRC-configuration for Cell 1 (PCell).

- UE is indicated in firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id that the active DL BWP is BWP-1 of initial condition in

PCell.

All cells have constant signal levels throughout the test.

The test consists of 1 time period, with duration of T1.

During T1,

Time period T1 starts when a RRCReconfiguration with updated bandwidth part configuration, sent from the
test equipment to the UE, is received at the UE side in PSCell’s slot # denoted i. The UE shall reconfigure its
bandwidth part with the updated bandwidth part BWP-1 of final condition.

The UE shall be able to completely receive PDSCH on PCell from the first DL slot that occurs after the
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
beginning of DL slot i + as defined in clause 8.6.3 and starts to report
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
valid ACK/NACK for the PCell from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i +
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
+ k1 . The UE shall be continuously scheduled on PSCell’s BWP-1
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
starting from the first DL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i +
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
.
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦

TRRCprocessingDelay and TBWPswitchDelayRRC are defined in clause 8.6.3.

The test equipment verifies the DL BWP switch time in PSCell by counting the time from the time when the RRC
Reconfiguration message including updated BWP configurationis sent till the time when RRC Reconfiguration
Complete message is received.

Table A.7.5.6.2.1.1-1: DL BWP switch supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.7.5.6.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 1 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
Cell-individual offset for cells Individual offset for cells on PCC.
dB 0
on RF channel number 1
T1 s 0.2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1017 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.6.2.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for DL BWP switch in synchronous EN-DC

Parameter Unit Cell 1

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Active BWP ID 1
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2
Initial Condition Active DL BWP-1 DLBWP.1.3
Configuration
Active UL BWP-1 ULBWP.1.3
Configuration
Final Active DL BWP-1 DLBWP.1.1
Condition Configuration
Active UL BWP-1 ULBWP.1.1
Configuration
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State TCI.State.0
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Antenna Configuration 1x2
Propagation Condition AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled
as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: For unpaired spectrum, a DL BWP is linked with an UL BWP. DLBWP.0.2
is linked with ULBWP.0.2; DLBWP.1.1 is linked with ULBWP.1.1;
DLBWP.1.3 is linked with ULBWP.1.3 defined in clause 12 of TS 38.213
[3].

Table A.7.5.6.2.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for BWP switching test case

Parameter Unit Cell 2

Setup 1 according to table
Angle of arrival configuration
A.3.15
Assumption for UE beams Note 5 Fine
NR_TDD_FR2_A
N oc Note1
NR_TDD_FR2_B dBm/15kHz -112
NR_TDD_FR2_F

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1018 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
N oc Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F -103
dBm/SCS
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCS -85
SS-RSRPNote2 Note3
NR_TDD_FR2_G
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
NR_TDD_FR2_A
NR_TDD_FR2_B
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/95.04 -56
IoNote2
NR_TDD_FR2_G MHz Note4
NR_TDD_FR2_T
NR_TDD_FR2_Y
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the
quiet zone
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation.

A.7.5.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements

During T1, the UE shall be ready for the reception of uplink grant for PCell from the first DL slot that occurs after
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
the beginning of slot i + and starts to report valid ACK/NACK for the PCell
୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
்౎౎ి౦౨౥ౙ౛౩౩౟౤ౝీ౛ౢ౗౯ ା்ా౓ౌ౩౭౟౪ౙ౞ీ౛ౢ౗౯౎౎ి
from the first UL slot that occurs after the beginning of DL slot i + ୒ୖ ୗ୪୭୲ ୪ୣ୬୥୲୦
+ k1.

Where, k1 is the timing between DL data receiving and acknowledgement as specified in [7].

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PCell active BWP switch delay to be
counted as correct.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1019 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.5.7 PSCell addition and release delay

A.7.5.7.1 Addition and Release Delay of known NR PSCell
A.7.5.7.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify the PSCell addition and release delay requirements defined in clauses 8.9.2 and
8.9.3, respectively, for the case where the PSCell is known to the UE at the time of addition.

The supported test configurations are given in Table A.7.5.7.1.1-1. The test scenario comprises two NR cells, Cell 1
and Cell 2, on radio channel 1 in FR1 and radio channel 2 in FR2, respectively. Test parameters are given in Tables
A.7.5.7.1.1-2 and A.7.5.7.1.1-3 below. The test consists of five time periods with durations T1, T2, T3, T4 and T5,
respectively.

At the start of T1, the UE shall be connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC) and shall only monitor PCC
and hence be unaware of Cell 2 (PSCell-to-be) on radio channel 2. Before the start of T2, the test system shall send
measurement control information including measurement gap configuration and event-triggered reporting
configuration for measurements on radio channel 2.

During T2, the UE shall identify Cell 2 and send an event-triggered report. When the tests system receives the report,
it shall send updated measurement control information where the measurement gap pattern is released. Before the start
of T3, the test system shall send a RRC message instructing the UE to add PSCell (Cell 2), and further instructing the
UE to report CSI periodically in the PSCell once it has been added. Reception by the UE of this RRC message defines
the start of T3.

During T3, the UE shall carry out random access towards the PSCell. Reception by the test system of the PRACH
preamble defines the start of T4.

During T4, the UE shall send periodic CSI reports in PSCell. After having received at least one such report, the test
system shall send a RRC message instructing the UE to release the PSCell. Reception by the UE of the RRC message
defines the start of T5.

During T5, the UE shall release the PSCell.

Table A.7.5.7.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Config Description

1 FR1 FDD SSB SCS 15kHz BW 10MHz – FR2 TDD SSB SCS 240kHz BW 100MHz
2 FR1 TDD SSB SCS 15kHz BW 10MHz – FR2 TDD SSB SCS 240kHz BW 100MHz
3 FR1 TDD SSB SCS 30kHz BW 40MHz – FR2 TDD SSB SCS 240kHz BW 100MHz
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1020 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.7.1.1-2: General test parameters for PSCell addition and release delay

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number 1, 2 Two radio channels are used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1 in FR1
Neighbour cell Neighbour cell (PSCell-to-be) on RF
Cell 2
channel number 2 in FR2
A4 Hysteresis dB 0 Hysteresis for event A4
Threshold RSRP dBm -97 Threshold for event A4
Time to Trigger S 0 Time to trigger for event A4
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell once activated
Measurement gap pattern ID Gaps are configured before T2 and
0
released before T3.
PRACH configuration in Cell 2 PRACH configuration as specified in
FR2 PRACH configuration 2
Clause A.3.8.3.2.
CSI reporting periodicity and
ms [2]
offset configuration for Cell 2
T1 During this time the PCell is known and
s 5
Cell 2 is unknown.
T2 During this time the UE shall identify
s 1
neighbour cell 2 and report event B1.
T3 s 1 During this time the UE adds the PSCell.
T4 During this time the UE sends CSI reports
s 1
for PSCell.
T5 During this time the UE releases the
s 1
PSCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1021 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.7.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for PSCell addition and release delay

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1022 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell2

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
AoA setup 1,2,3 N/A Setup 2a according to clause
A.3.15.2.1
Assumption for UE beams Note 5 N/A Rough
Frequency Range 1,2,3 FR1 FR2
Duplex mode 1 FDD
TDD
2,3 TDD
TDD configuration 1 –
2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
3 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial Downlink BWP configuration 1,2,3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial Uplink BWP configuration 1,2,3 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated Downlink BWP configuration 1,2,3 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated Uplink BWP configuration 1,2,3 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference Measurement 1 SR.1.1 FDD
Channel 2 SR.1.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration 1,2,3 – TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state 1,2,3 – TCI.State.0
RMSI CORESET parameters 1 CR.1.1 FDD
2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters 1 CCR.1.1 FDD
2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
3 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote1 1,2,3 OP.1 OP.1
SSB configuration 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB.2 FR2
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1,2,3 SMTC.2 SMTC.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna config 1,2,3 1x2 Low 1x2 Low
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
dBm/
Noc Note2 1,2,3 -98 N/A -98
15kHz
1,2 -98
Noc Note2 dBm/SCS N/A -89
3 -95
Ês/Iot dB 1,2,3 5 −∞ 5
Ês/Noc dB 1,2,3 5 −∞ 5
1,2 -93
SS-RSRPNote3,4 dBm/SCS N/A -84
3 -90
dBm/
1,2 -63.85 – –
9.36 MHz
dBm/ 3
IoNote3,4 -57.76 – –
38.16 MHz
dBm/
1,2,3 – N/A -53.82
95.04 MHz
Propagation Condition 1,2,3 AWGN AWGN

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1023 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves. SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation.
A.7.5.7.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall transmit the PRACH preamble to PSCell at latest [112] ms into T3.

The UE shall transmit at least one periodic CSI report for PSCell during T4.

The UE shall stop transmitting CSI reports for PSCell at latest [20] ms into T5.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell addition and release delay to be
counted as correct. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.7.2 Addition and Release Delay of unknown NR PSCell

A.7.5.7.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify the PSCell addition and release delay requirements defined in clauses 8.9.2 and
8.9.3, respectively, for the case where the PSCell is unknown to the UE at the time of addition.

The supported test configurations are given in Table A.7.5.7.2.1-1. The test scenario comprises two NR cells, Cell 1
and Cell 2, on radio channel 1 in FR1 and radio channel 2 in FR2, respectively. Test parameters are given in Tables
A.7.5.7.2.1-2 and A.7.5.7.2.1-3 below. The test consists of four time periods with durations T1, T2, T3 and T4,
respectively.

At the start of T1, the UE shall be connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC) and shall only monitor PCC
and hence be unaware of Cell 2 (PSCell-to-be) on radio channel 2. At the end of T1, the test system shall send a RRC
message instructing the UE to add PSCell (Cell 2), and further instructing the UE to report CSI periodically in the
PSCell once it has been added. Reception by the UE of this RRC message defines the start of T2.

During T2, the UE shall identify PSCell and carry out random access towards the PSCell. Reception by the test system
of the PRACH preamble defines the start of T3.

During T3, the UE shall send periodic CSI reports in PSCell. After having received at least one such report, the test
system shall send a RRC message instructing the UE to release the PSCell. Reception by the UE of the RRC message
defines the start of T4.

During T4, the UE shall release the PSCell.

Table A.7.5.7.2.1-1: Supported test configurations for FR2 PSCell

Config Description

1 FR1 FDD SSB SCS 15kHz BW 10MHz – FR2 TDD SSB SCS 240kHz BW 100MHz
2 FR1 TDD SSB SCS 15kHz BW 10MHz – FR2 TDD SSB SCS 240kHz BW 100MHz
3 FR1 TDD SSB SCS 30kHz BW 40MHz – FR2 TDD SSB SCS 240kHz BW 100MHz
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1024 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.7.2.1-2: General test parameters for PSCell addition and release delay

Parameter Unit Value Comment

RF Channel Number 1, 2 Two radio channels are used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1 in FR1
Neighbour cell Neighbour cell (PSCell-to-be) on RF
Cell 2
channel number 2 in FR2
DRX OFF For both PCell and PSCell once activated
PRACH configuration in Cell 2 PRACH configuration as specified in
FR2 PRACH configuration 2
Clause A.3.8.3.2.
CSI reporting periodicity and
ms [2]
offset configuration for Cell 2
T1 During this time the PCell is known and
s 5
Cell 2 is unknown.
T2 s 1 During this time the UE adds the PSCell.
T3 During this time the UE sends CSI reports
s 1
for PSCell.
T4 During this time the UE releases the
s 1
PSCell.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1025 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.7.2.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for PSCell addition and release delay

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1026 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell2

T1 T2 T3 T4
AoA setup 1,2,3 N/A Setup 2a according to clause
A.3.15.2.1
Assumption for UE beams Note 5 N/A Rough
Frequency Range 1,2,3 FR1 FR2
Duplex mode 1 FDD
TDD
2,3 TDD
TDD configuration 1 –
2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
3 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel 1,2 10: NRB,c = 52
MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
3 40: NRB,c = 106
Initial Downlink BWP configuration 1,2,3 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial Uplink BWP configuration 1,2,3 ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated Downlink BWP configuration 1,2,3 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated Uplink BWP configuration 1,2,3 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference Measurement 1 SR.1.1 FDD
Channel 2 SR.1.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
3 SR.2.1 TDD
TRS configuration 1,2,3 – TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state 1,2,3 – TCI.State.0
RMSI CORESET parameters 1 CR.1.1 FDD
2 CR.1.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
3 CR.2.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters 1 CCR.1.1 FDD
2 CCR.1.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
3 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote1 1,2,3 OP.1 OP.1
SSB configuration 1,2 SSB.1 FR1
SSB.2 FR2
3 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1,2,3 SMTC.2 SMTC.1
Correlation Matrix and Antenna config 1,2,3 1x2 Low 1x2 Low
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
dBm/
Noc Note2 1,2,3 -98 N/A -98
15kHz
1,2 -98
Noc Note2 dBm/SCS N/A -89
3 -95
Ês/Iot dB 1,2,3 5 −∞ 5
Ês/Noc dB 1,2,3 5 −∞ 5
1,2 -93
SS-RSRPNote3,4 dBm/SCS N/A -84
3 -90
dBm/
1,2 -63.85 – –
9.36 MHz
dBm/ 3
IoNote3,4 -57.76 – –
38.16 MHz
dBm/
1,2,3 – N/A -53.82
95.04 MHz
Propagation Condition 1,2,3 AWGN AWGN

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1027 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves. SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone.
Note 5: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation.
A.7.5.7.2.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall transmit the PRACH preamble to PSCell at latest [572] ms into T2.

The UE shall transmit at least one periodic CSI report for PSCell during T3.

The UE shall stop transmitting CSI reports for PSCell at latest [20] ms into T4.

All of the above test requirements shall be fulfilled in order for the observed PSCell addition and release delay to be
counted as correct. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

A.7.5.8 Active TCI state switch delay

A.7.5.8.1 MAC-CE based active TCI state switch
A.7.5.8.1.1 NR PCell FR2 active TCI state switch for a known TCI state

A.7.5.8.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the active TCI state switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.10.3. Supported
test configuration is shown in Table A.7.5.8.1.1.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one NR PCell (Cell 1) as given in Table A.7.5.8.1.1.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of
NR PCell are specified in Table A.7.5.8.1.1.1-3 below. The OTA related test parameters for FR2 are shown in Table
A.7.5.8.1.1.1-4.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PCell to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC).

- UE is configured with 2 different TCI states for PCell, PDCCH TCI state 0 (QCL’d to SSB0) and TCIstate 1
(QCL’d to SSB1), in Cell 1 before starting the test.

- UE is indicated in TCI state 0 as the active PDCCH TCI state

The test consists of two time periods, T1 and T2. During T1 only SSB to which PDCCH-TCI-state0 is QCL’d is
transmitted. At the beginning of T2, the SSB corresponding to TCI state 1 starts transmitting. The UE is configured
to provide periodic L1-RSRP reports. In slot n which is within 1280ms of UE providing L1-RSRP report with
results for both SSB0 and SSB1, UE receives a MAC-CE command indicating a switch to TCI state 1. tci-
PresentInDCI is not configured in the PDSCH configuration, i.e. TCI state for the PDSCH is identical to the
PDCCH TCI state.

The test equipment verifies that UE can be scheduled on PCell on TCI state 0 till n+ THARQ +3 ms. The test equipment
also verifies the TCI state switch time in PCell by scheduling the UE on TCI state 1 after n+ THARQ +3 ms + (Tfirst-SSB
+ TSSB-proc) .

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1028 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.8.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.5.8.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 1 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
T1 s [0.2]
T2 s [0.2]

Table A.7.5.8.1.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Cell 1

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2
Dedicated DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2
Dedicated UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State 0 TC. State.0
TCI State 1 TCI.State.1
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1029 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.8.1.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Cell 1

SSB0 SSB1
T1 T2 T1 T2
Angle of arrival Setup 3 According to clause A.3.15.3
configuration
AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for Rough
UE beams Note 6
NocNote 1 dBm/15 kHz -92.1
NocNote 1 dBm/SCS -83.1
Ês/Noc dB 1 1 -Infinity 1
SS-RSRP Note 2 dBm/120 kHz Note3 -82.1 -82.1 -Infinity -82.1
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -54.9 -54.9 -54.9 -54.9
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the
quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the center of the quiet zone.
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation.

A.7.5.8.1.1.2 Test Requirements

During T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report with results for both SSB0 and SSB1.

After receiving MAC-CE command in slot n, UE shall:

- be able to continue to receive on TCI state 0 till n+ THARQ +3 ms

- be able to start receiving on TCI state 1 after n+ THARQ +5 ms + Tfirst-SSB

A.7.5.8.2 RRC based active TCI state switch

A.7.5.8.2.1 NR PCell FR2 active TCI state switch for a known TCI state

A.7.5.8.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify the active TCI state switch delay requirement defined in clause 8.10.3. Supported
test configuration is shown in Table A.7.5.8.2.1.1-1.

The test scenario comprises of one NR PCell as given in Table A.7.5.8.2.1.1-2. Cell-specific parameters of NR PCell
is specified in Table A.7.5.8.2.1.1-3 below. The OTA related test parameters for FR2 is shown in Table A.7.5.8.2.1.1-
4.

PDCCHs indicating new transmissions shall be sent continuously on PCell to ensure that the UE would have
ACK/NACK sending.

Before the test starts,

- UE is connected to Cell 1 (PCell) on radio channel 1 (PCC).

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1030 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- UE is configured with 1 TCI state for PCell, PDCCH-TCI-state0 (QCL’d to SSB0)

- UE is indicated in TCI state0 as the active TCI state

The test consists of two time periods, T1 and T2. During T1 only SSB to which TCI-state0 is QCL’d is transmitted.
At the beginning of T2, the SSB corresponding to TCI-state0 starts transmitting. The is UE configured to provide
periodic L1-RSRP reports. In slot n which is within 1280 ms of UE providing L1-RSRP report with results for both
SSB0 and SSB1, UE receives a RRC command indicating a switch to TCI-state1.

The test equipment verifies the TCI state switch time in PCell by scheduling the UE on TCI state 1 after n+
TRRC_processing + Tfirst-SSB + 2ms.

Table A.7.5.8.2.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.5.8.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Value Comment

NR RF Channel Number 1 One NR radio channel is used for this test
Active PCell Cell 1 PCell on RF channel number 1.
CP length Normal
DRX OFF
Cell2 timing offset to cell1 μs 3 Synchronous EN-DC
T1 s 0.2
T2 s 0.2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1031 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.5.8.2.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Cell 1

Frequency Range FR2
Duplex mode TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 100 MHz: NRB,c = 66
Initial DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.0.2
Dedicated DL BWP Configuration DLBWP.1.1
Initial UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.0.2
Dedicated UL BWP Configuration ULBWP.1.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel SR.3.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET parameters CR.3.1 TDD
Dedicated CORESET parameters CCR.3.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1
SSB Configuration SSB.1 FR2
SMTC Configuration SMTC.1
TCI State 0 TC. State.0
TCI State 1 TCI.State.1
TRS Configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
Correlation Matrix and Antenna 1x2 Low
Configuration
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note
1)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.

Table A.7.5.8.2.1.1-4: OTA related test parameters for TCI state switch

Parameter Unit Cell 1

SSB0 SSB1
T1 T2 T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1032 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Angle of arrival Setup 3 According to clause A.3.15.3

configuration AoA1 AoA2
Assumption for Rough
UE beams Note 6
NocNote 1 dBm/15 kHz -92.1
NocNote 1 dBm/SCS -83.1
Ês/Noc dB 1 1 -Infinity 1
SS-RSRP Note 2 dBm/120 kHz Note3 -82.1 -82.1 -Infinity -82.1
IoNote2 dBm/95.04 MHz Note4 -54.9 -54.9 -54.9 -54.9
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is
assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as
AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the
quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the center of the quiet zone.
Note 6: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3 and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation.

A.7.5.8.2.1.2 Test Requirements

During T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report with both SSB0 and SSB1.

After receiving RRC command in slot n, UE shall be able to start receiving on TCI state 1 after n+ TRRC_processing +
Tfirst-SSB + 2ms.

A.7.6 Measurement procedure

A.7.6.1 Intra-frequency Measurements
A.7.6.1.1 SA event triggered reporting test without gap under non-DRX
A.7.6.1.1.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2. Supported test configurations are shown
in table A.7.6.1.1.1-1.

Table A.7.6.1.1.1-1: supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

There are two cells in the test, PCell (Cell 1) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same frequency as the PCell.
The test parameters for the Cell 1 and Cell 2 are given in Table A.7.6.1.1.1-2, A.7.6.1.1.1-3 and A.7.6.1.1.1-4 below.

In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PCell, and it is
indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1033 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of Cell 2.

Table A.7.6.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting for SA
with TDD PCell in FR2 without gap without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Value Comment

Active cell 1, 2 PCell (Cell 1)
Neighbour cell 1, 2 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1: Cell 1 and One TDD carrier frequency is used for the
1, 2
Cell 2 NR cells.
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC.1
A3-Offset dB 1, 2 -6
CP length 1, 2 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2 OFF
Time offset between Cell 1 and 3 μs Synchronous cells
1, 2
Cell 2
T1 s 1, 2 5
T2 s 1, 2 5

Table A.7.6.1.1.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for SA with TDD PCell in FR2 without gap without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell 2

T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BW channel MHz 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Intial BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 SSB SSB
PDSCH RMC 1, 2 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1, 2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
TRS configuration 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
PDSCH/PDCCH 1, 2 TCI.State.2 N/A
TCI states
OCNG Patterns 1, 2 OP.1 OP.1
SSB 1 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
2 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN
Condition

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1034 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.1.1.1-4: NR OTA Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered
reporting for SA with TDD PCell in FR2 without gap without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell 2

T1 T2 T1 T2
AoA setup 1, 2 Setup 3 defined in A.3.15.3
AoA1 AoA2
Beam 1,2 Rough Rough
assumptionNote 4
dB 1, 2 4 4 -Infinity 8
Ê s Iot
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2 -102

N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -93

2 -90
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1 -89 -89 -Infinity -85
2 -86 -86 -Infinity -82
dB 1, 2 4 4 -Infinity 8
Ês N oc
Io dBm/95.04MHz 1, 2 -58.56 -55.38
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation

A.7.6.1.1.2 Test Requirements

In the test, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 2.4s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 1.44s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.1.2 SA event triggered reporting test without gap under DRX

A.7.6.1.2.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2. Supported test configurations are shown
in table A.7.6.1.2.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1035 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.1.2.1-1: supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

There are two cells in the test, PCell (Cell 1) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same frequency as the PCell.
The test parameters for the Cell 1 and Cell 2 are given in Table A.7.6.1.2.1-2 ~ 6.

In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PCell, and it is
indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of Cell 2.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.7.6.1.2.1-2: General test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting for SA
with TDD PCell in FR2 without gap with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Value Comment

Test 1 Test 2
Active cell 1, 2 PCell (Cell 1)
Neighbour cell 1, 2 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1: Cell 1 and Cell 2 One TDD carrier frequency is used for the
1, 2
NR cells.
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC.1
A3-Offset dB 1, 2 -6
CP length 1, 2 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX DRX.1 DRX.2 DRX related parameters are defined in
1, 2
Table A.7.6.1.2.1-5

Time offset between Cell 1 3 μs Synchronous cells

1, 2
and Cell 2
T1 s 1, 2 5
T2 s 1, 2 10 52

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1036 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.1.2.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for SA with TDD PCell in FR2 without gap with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell 2

T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BW channel MHz 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Intial BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 SSB SSB
PDSCH RMC 1, 2 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1, 2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
TRS configuration 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
PDSCH/PDCCH 1, 2 TCI.State.2 N/A
TCI states
OCNG Patterns 1, 2 OP.1 OP.1
SSB 1 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
2 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN
Condition

Table A.7.6.1.2.1-4: NR OTA Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered
reporting for SA with TDD PCell in FR2 without gap with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell 2

T1 T2 T1 T2
AoA setup 1, 2 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1
Beam 1,2 Rough
assumptionNote 4
dB 1, 2 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ê s Iot
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2 -98

N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -89

2 -86
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1 -85 -85 -Infinity -85
2 -82 -82 -Infinity -82

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1037 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dB 1, 2 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
Io dBm/95.04MHz 1 -54.53 -52.18 -54.53 -52.18
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation

Table A.7.6.1.2.1-5: Void

Table A.7.6.1.2.1-6: Void

A.7.6.1.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 7.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 4.32s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 51.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 30.72s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.1.3 SA event triggered reporting test with per-UE gaps under non-DRX
A.7.6.1.3.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2. Supported test configurations are shown
in table A.7.6.1.3.1-1.

Table A.7.6.1.3.1-1: supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1038 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

There are two cells in the test, PCell (Cell 1) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same frequency as the PCell.
The test parameters for the Cell 1 and Cell 2 are given in Table A.7.6.1.3.1-2 ~ 4 below.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 1, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 1. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PCell, and it is
indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of Cell 2.

Table A.7.6.1.3.1-2: General test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting for SA
with TDD PCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Value Comment

Active cell 1, 2 PCell (Cell 1)
Neighbour cell 1, 2 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1: Cell 1 and One TDD carrier frequency is used for the
1, 2
Cell 2 NR cells.
Gap type Per-UE gaps
1, 2
Measurement gap repitition ms 40
1, 2
periodicity
Measurement gap length ms 6
1, 2
Measurement gap offset ms 1, 2 39
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC.1
CSI-RS parameters CSI-RS.3.2
1, 2
TDD
A3-Offset dB 1, 2 -6
CP length 1, 2 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2 OFF

Time offset between Cell 1 and 3 μs Synchronous cells

1, 2
Cell 2
T1 s 1, 2 5
T2 s 1, 2 5

Table A.7.6.1.3.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for SA with TDD PCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell 2

T1 T2 T1 T2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1039 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1

BW channel MHz 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Intial BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 CSI-RS SSB
PDSCH RMC 1, 2 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1, 2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
TRS configuration 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
PDSCH/PDCCH 1, 2 TCI.State.2 N/A
TCI states
OCNG Patterns 1, 2 OP.1 OP.1
SSB 1 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
2 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN
Condition

Table A.7.6.1.3.1-4: NR OTA Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered
reporting for SA with TDD PCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps without DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell 2

T1 T2 T1 T2
AoA setup 1, 2 Setup 3 defined in A.3.15.3
AoA1 AoA2
Beam 1,2 Rough Rough
AssumptionNote 4
dB 1, 2 4 4 -Infinity 8
Ê s Iot
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2 -102

N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -93

2 -90
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1 -89 -89 -Infinity -85
2 -86 -86 -Infinity -82
dB 1, 2 4 4 -Infinity 8
Ês N oc
Io dBm/95.04MHz 1, 2 -58.56 -55.38
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1040 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.6.1.3.2 Test Requirements

In the test, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 3.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 1.92s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.1.4 SA event triggered reporting test with per-UE gaps under DRX
A.7.6.1.4.1 Test purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
TDD intra-frequency cell search requirements in clause 9.2.5.1 and 9.2.5.2. Supported test configurations are shown
in table A.7.6.1.4.1-1.

Table A.7.6.1.4.1-1: supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

There are two cells in the test, PCell (Cell 1) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on the same frequency as the PCell.
The test parameters for the Cell 1 and Cell 2 are given in Table A.7.6.1.4.1-2, A.7.6.1.4.1-3 and A.7.6.1.4.1-4 below.

There are two BWPs configured in Cell 1, BWP1 which contains the cell defining SSB, and BWP2 which does not
contain any SSB of Cell 1. During the whole test, BWP2 is always scheduled as the active BWP for the UE.

In the measurement control information, a measurement object is configured for the frequency of the PCell, and it is
indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is used.

The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration
T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of Cell 2.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.7.6.1.4.1-2: General test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting for SA
with TDD PCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Value Comment

Test 1 Test 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1041 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Active cell 1, 2 PCell (Cell 1)

Neighbour cell 1, 2 Cell 2 Cell to be identified.
RF Channel Number 1: Cell 1 and Cell 2 One TDD carrier frequency is used for the
1, 2
NR cells.
Gap type 1, 2 Per-UE gaps
Measurement gap repitition ms 40
1, 2
periodicity
Measurement gap length ms 1, 2 6
Measurement gap offset ms 1, 2 39
SMTC configuration 1, 2 SMTC.1
CSI-RS parameters 1, 2 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD
A3-Offset dB 1, 2 -6
CP length 1, 2 Normal
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
Time To Trigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX DRX.1 DRX.2 DRX related parameters are defined in
1, 2
Table A.7.6.1.2.1-5

Time offset between Cell 1 3 μs Synchronous cells

1, 2
and Cell 2
T1 s 1, 2 5
T2 s 1, 2 10 52

Table A.7.6.1.4.1-3: NR Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered reporting
for SA with TDD PCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell 2

T1 T2 T1 T2
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BW channel MHz 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Intial BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Active DL BWP 1, 2 DLBWP.1.2 DLBWP.1.1
configuration
Active UL BWP 1, 2 ULBWP.1.2 ULBWP.1.1
configuration
RLM-RS 1, 2 SCSI-RS SSB
PDSCH RMC 1, 2 SR.3.1 TDD N/A
configuration
RMSI CORESET 1, 2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
RMC
configuration
Dedicated 1, 2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
CORESET RMC
configuration
TRS configuration 1, 2 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
TCI state 1, 2 CSI-RS.Config.0 N/A
OCNG Patterns 1, 2 OP.1 OP.1
SSB 1 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
2 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
Propagation 1, 2 AWGN
Condition

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1042 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.1.4.1-4: NR OTA Cell specific test parameters for intra-frequency event triggered
reporting for SA with TDD PCell in FR2 with per-UE gaps with DRX

Parameter Unit Config Cell 1 Cell 2

T1 T2 T1 T2
AoA setup 1, 2 Setup 1 defined in A.3.15.1
Beam 1,2 Rough
AssumptionNote 4
dB 1, 2 4 -1.46 -Infinity -1.46
Ê s Iot
N oc Note 2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2 -98

N oc Note 2 dBm/SCS 1 -89

2 -86
SS-RSRP dBm/SCS 1 -85 -85 -Infinity -85
2 -82 -82 -Infinity -82
dB 1, 2 4 4 -Infinity 4
Ês N oc
Io dBm/95.04MHz 1 -54.53 -52.18 -54.53 -52.18
Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are
not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation
or test system implementation

Table A.7.6.1.4.1-5: Void

Table A.7.6.1.4.1-6:Void

A.7.6.1.4.2 Test Requirements

In test 1, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 7.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 4.32s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

In test 2, the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

- 51.2s for a UE supporting power class 1,

- 30.72s for a UE supporting power class 2, 3 and 4

The UE is not required to read the neighbour cell SSB index in this test.

The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1043 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.6.2 Inter-frequency Measurements

A.7.6.2.1 SA event triggered reporting tests For FR2 without SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used (PCell in FR2)
A.7.6.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR2 on NR RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations are given in Tables A.7.6.2.1.1-1, A.7.6.2.1.1-2,
and A.7.6.2.1.1-3.

Measurement gap pattern configuration # 13 as defined in Table A.7.6.2.1.1-2 is provided for UE that does not
support per-FR gap and for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.6.2.1.1-1.

Table A.7.6.2.1.1-1 SA event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR2-FR2

Config Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: Void.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1044 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR2 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati
on
NR RF Channel Config 1 1, 2 Two FR2 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.

Neighbour cell Config 1 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel

number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1 39

offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

A3-Offset dB Config 1 -30

Hysteresis dB Config 1 0
CP length Config 1 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1 0
Filter coefficient Config 1 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between Config 1 3μs Synchronous cells.
serving and neighbour
cells
T1 s Config 1 5
T2 s Config 1 5.2 for PC1; 3.5 for other PC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1045 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.2.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR2 without SSB time index detection

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1046 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 1

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1 Setup 3 as specified in clause A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Beam AssumptionNote 7 1,2 Rough Rough
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP Initial DL DLBWP.0.1 N/A
configuration BWP
Initial UL
ULBWP.0.1 N/A
BWP
Config 1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1
measurement channel
CORESET Reference CR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1
Channel
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11.1 and A.3.11.2 Config 1 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1
120 120
spacing
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
TCI configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.Config.0 N/A
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 N/A N/A
Noc Note2 kHz
Note5
dBm/S Config 1 N/A N/A
Noc Note2 CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1 -87 -87 -Infinity -87
CS
Note5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1047 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dB Config 1 N/A N/A -Infinity N/A

Ês Iot
dB Config 1 N/A N/A -Infinity N/A
Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/95 Config 1 -58.01 -58.01 -Infinity -58.01
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.6.2.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X ms
from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

5120 for UE supporting power class 1, or

3200 for UE supporting other power class.

The UE is not required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as
long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at
least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.2.2 SA event triggered reporting tests For FR2 without SSB time index
detection when DRX is used (PCell in FR2)
A.7.6.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR2 on NR RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations are given in Tables A.7.6.2.2.1-1, A.7.6.2.2.1-2,
and A.7.6.2.2.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 13 as defined in Table A.7.6.2.2.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1048 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.6.2.2.1-1.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.7.6.2.2.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR2-FR2

Config Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: Void.
Table A.7.6.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR2 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
NR RF Channel Config 1 1, 2 Two FR2 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.

Neighbour cell Config 1 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel

number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.

Measurement gap Config 1 39

offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2

A3-Offset dB Config 1 -6
Hysteresis dB Config 1 0
CP length Config 1 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1 0
Filter coefficient Config 1 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1 DRX.1 DRX.2 As specified in clause A.3.3
Time offset between Config 1 3μs Synchronous cells.
serving and neighbour
cells
T1 s Config 1 5
T2 s Config 1 8 for PC1; 82 for PC1;
5 for other 52 for other
PC PC

Table A.7.6.2.2.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for CA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1 Setup 1 as specified in clause A.3.15
Note 7
Beam Assumption Config 1 Rough
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 1 2
TDD configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD TDD
BWchannel MHz Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1049 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

BWP BW MHz Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66

BWP Initial DL DLBWP.0.1 N/A
configuration BWP
Initial UL
ULBWP.0.1 N/A
BWP
Config 1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1
measurement channel
CORESET Reference CR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1
Channel
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11.1 and A.3.11.2 Config 1 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1
120 120
spacing
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
TCI configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.Config.0 N/A
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 -104.7 -104.7
Noc Note2 kHz
Note5
dBm/S Config 1 -95.7 -95.7
Noc Note2 CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1 -89.7 -89.7 -Infinity -86.7
CS
Note5
dB Config 1 6 6 -Infinity 9
Ês Iot
dB Config 1 6 6 -Infinity 9
Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/95 Config 1 -59.7 -59.7 -66.7 -57.2
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1 AWGN

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1050 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.6.2.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X1 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X1 is

7680 for UE supporting power class 1, or

4800 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X2 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X2 is

81920 for UE supporting power class 1, or

51200 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1 and 2 UE is not required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.2.3 SA event triggered reporting tests For FR2 with SSB time index detection
when DRX is not used (PCell in FR2)
A.7.6.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR2 on NR RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations are given in Tables A.7.6.2.3.1-1, A.7.6.2.3.1-2,
and A.7.6.2.3.1-3.

Measurement gap pattern configuration # 13 as defined in Table A.7.6.2.3.1-2 is provided for UE that does not
support per-FR gap and for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.6.2.3.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1051 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.2.3.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR2-FR2

Config Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: Void.

Table A.7.6.2.3.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR2 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati
on
NR RF Channel Config 1 1, 2 Two FR2 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.
Active cell Config 1 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
Measurement gap Config 1 39
offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2
A3-Offset dB Config 1 -30
Hysteresis dB Config 1 0
CP length Config 1 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1 0
Filter coefficient Config 1 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between Config 1 3μs Synchronous cells.
serving and neighbour
cells
T1 s Config 1 5
T2 s Config 1 7 for PC1; 4.5 for other PC

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1052 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.2.3.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR2 with SSB time index detection

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1053 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1 Setup 3 as specified in clause A.3.15
AoA1 AoA2
Beam AssumptionNote 7 Config 1 Rough Rough
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP Initial DL DLBWP.0.1 N/A
configuration BWP
Initial UL
ULBWP.0.1 N/A
BWP
Config 1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1
measurement channel
CORESET Reference CR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1
Channel
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11.1 and A.3.11.2 Config 1 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1
120 120
spacing
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
TCI configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.Config.0 N/A
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 N/A N/A
Noc Note2 kHz
Note5
dBm/S Config 1 N/A N/A
Noc Note2 CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1 -87 -87 -Infinity -87
CS
Note5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1054 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dB Config 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A

Ês Iot
dB Config 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/95 Config 1 -58.01 -58.01 -Infinity -58.01
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.6.2.3.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X ms
from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

6720 for UE supporting power class 1, or

4160 for UE supporting other power class.

The UE is required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports, as long as
the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.2.4 SA event triggered reporting tests For FR2 with SSB time index detection
when DRX is used (PCell in FR2)
A.7.6.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR2 on NR RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations are given in Tables A.7.6.2.4.1-1, A.7.6.2.4.1-2,
and A.7.6.2.4.1-3.

In test 1&2 measurement gap pattern configuration # 13 as defined in Table A.7.6.2.4.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A3 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.6.2.4.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1055 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.7.6.2.4.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR2-FR2

Config Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: Void.

Table A.7.6.2.4.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR2 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
NR RF Channel Config 1 1, 2 Two FR2 NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.
Active cell Config 1 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel
number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1 13 As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
Measurement gap Config 1 39
offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2
A3-Offset dB Config 1 -6
Hysteresis dB Config 1 0
CP length Config 1 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1 0
Filter coefficient Config 1 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1 DRX.1 DRX.2 As specified in clause A.3.3
Time offset between Config 1 3μs Synchronous cells.
serving and neighbour
cells
T1 s Config 1 5
T2 s Config 1 11 for PC1; 108 for PC1;
6.5 for other 67 for other
PC PC

Table A.7.6.2.4.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for CA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1 Setup 1 as specified in clause A.3.15
Beam AssumptionNote 7 Config 1 Rough
NR RF Channel Number Config 1 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 TDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP Initial DL DLBWP.0.1 N/A
configuration BWP
Config 1
Initial UL
ULBWP.0.1 N/A
BWP

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1056 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 N/A

BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference SR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1
measurement channel
CORESET Reference CR.3.1 TDD -
Config 1
Channel
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11.1 and A.3.11.2 Config 1 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1
120 120
spacing
TRS configuration Config 1 TRS.2.1 TDD N/A
TCI configuration Config 1 CSI-RS.Config.0 N/A
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 -104.7 -104.7
Noc Note2 kHz
Note5
dBm/S Config 1 -95.7 -95.7
Noc Note2 CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1 -89.7 -89.7 -Infinity -86.7
CS
Note5
dB Config 1 6 6 -Infinity 9
Ês Iot
dB Config 1 6 6 -Infinity 9
Ês N oc
IoNote3 dBm/95 Config 1 -59.7 -59.7 -66.7 -57.2
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1 AWGN

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1057 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.6.2.4.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X1 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X1 is

10080 for UE supporting power class 1, or

6240 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 the UE shall send one Event A3 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting delay less
than X2 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X2 is

107520 for UE supporting power class 1, or

66560 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1 and 2 UE is required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports,
as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at
least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.2.5 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR2 without SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used (PCell in FR1)
A.7.6.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR1 on NR RF channel 2 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations are given in Tables A.7.6.2.5.1-1, A.7.6.2.5.1-2,
and A.7.6.2.5.1-3.

In test 1 per-UE measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.7.6.2.5.1-2 is provided for a UE
that does not support per-FR gap and in test 2 no gap pattern is configured as defined in Table A.7.6.2.5.1-2. If the
UE supports per-FR gap, it is only required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A4 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.6.2.5.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1058 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.2.5.1-1 SA event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR2

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode 120 kHz SSB SCS,
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
3 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.7.6.2.5.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR2 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
NR RF Channel Config 1,2,3 1, 2 Two NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2,3 0 Gap not As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
configured
Measurement gap Config 1,2,3 39 N/A
offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
on NR RF Channel 1 Config 2 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,2,3 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2
on NR RF Channel 2
offsetMO dB Config 1,2,3 6
Hysteresis dB Config 1,2,3 0
a4-Threshold dBm Config 1,2,3 -120
CP length Config 1,2,3 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2,3 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2,3 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between Config 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 1.
Config 2,3 3μs Synchronous cells.

T1 s Config 1,2,3 5
T2 s Config 1,2,3 5.2 for PC1; 3 for PC1; 2
3.5 for other for other PC
PC

Table A.7.6.2.5.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR2 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1,2,3 N/A Setup 1 as specified in
clause A.3.15
Beam AssumptionNote 7 Config 1,2,3 N/A Rough
NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1059 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 2,3 TDD TDD

TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable TDDConf.3.1
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP Initial DL DLBWP.0.1 N/A
configuration BWP
Initial UL
ULBWP.0.1 N/A
BWP
Config 1,2,3
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2,3
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11.1 and A.3.11.2 Config 1 SMTC.2 SMTC.2

Config 2,3 SMTC.1 SMTC.1

PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2 15 120
spacing Config 3 30 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 NA
Noc Note2 kHz
Note5
dBm/S Config 1,2 NA NA
Noc Note2 CS Config 3 Link only, see clause NA
Note4 A.3.7A
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -Infinity -87
CS Config 3 -Infinity -87
Note5

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1060 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dB Config 1,2,3 -Infinity NA

Ês Iot
dB Config 1,2,3 -Infinity NA
Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config 1,2 - -
36MHz
dBm/38 Config 3 - -
.16MHz
dBm/95 Config 1,2,3 -Infinity -58.01
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.6.2.5.2 Test Requirements

In test 1, with per-UE , the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement report, with a measurement reporting
delay less than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

5120 for UE supporting power class 1, or

3200 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2, without the gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

2560 for UE supporting power class 1, or

1600 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1 and 2 UE is not required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.2.6 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR2 without SSB time index
detection when DRX is used (PCell in FR1)
A.7.6.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1061 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR1 on NR RF channel 2 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations are given in Tables A.7.6.2.6.1-1, A.7.6.2.6.1-2,
and A.7.6.2.6.1-3.

In test 1&2 per-UE measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.7.6.2.6.1-2 is provided for a
UE that does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 no gap pattern is configured as defined in Table A.7.6.2.6.1-2.
If a UE supports per-FR gap it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass test 1&2.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A4 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.6.2.6.1-1.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.7.6.2.6.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for FR1-FR2

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode 120 kHz SSB SCS,
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1062 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.2.6.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR2 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
NR RF Channel Config 1,2,3 1, 2 Two NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2,3 0 Gap not As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
configured
Measurement gap Config 1,2,3 39 N/A
offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
on NR RF Channel 1 Config 2 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,2,3 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2
on NR RF Channel 2
offsetMO dB Config 1,2,3 6
Hysteresis dB Config 1,2,3 0
a4-Threshold dBm Config 1,2,3 -120
CP length Config 1,2,3 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2,3 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2,3 DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
.1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 1.
Config 2,3 3μs Synchronous cells.

T1 s Config 1,2,3 5
T2 s Config 1,2,3 8 for 82 8 for 82
PC1; for PC1; for
5 for PC1; 5 for PC1;
othe 52 othe 52
r PC for r PC for
othe other
r PC PC

Table A.7.6.2.6.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR2 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1063 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

AoA setup Config 1,2,3 NA Setup 1 as specified in

clause A.3.15
Beam AssumptionNote 7 Config 1,2,3 N/A Rough
NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD TDD
Config 2,3 TDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable TDDConf.3.1
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP Initial DL DLBWP.0.1 N/A
configuration BWP
Initial UL
ULBWP.0.1 N/A
BWP
Config 1,2,3
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2,3
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11.1 and A.3.11.2 Config 1 SMTC.2 SMTC.2

Config 2,3 SMTC.1 SMTC.1

PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2 15 120
spacing Config 3 30 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 -104.7
Noc Note2 kHz
NA
Link only, see clause
Note5
A.3.7A
Config 1,2 -95.7

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1064 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dBm/S Config 3 -95.7

Noc Note2 CS
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -Infinity -86.7
CS Config 3 -Infinity -86.7
Note5
dB Config 1,2,3 -Infinity 9
Ês Iot
dB Config 1,2,3 -Infinity 9
Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config 1,2 - -
36MHz
dBm/38 Config 3 - -
.16MHz
dBm/95 Config 1,2,3 -66.7 -57.2
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.6.2.6.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 3 without the gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X1 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X1 is

7680 for UE supporting power class 1, or

4800 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 with per-UE gap and in test 4 without the gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X2 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X2 is

81920 for UE supporting power class 1, or

51200 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is not required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1065 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.6.2.7 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR2 with SSB time index detection
when DRX is not used (PCell in FR1)
A.7.6.2.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR1 on NR RF channel 2 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations are given in Tables A.7.6.2.7.1-1, A.7.6.2.7.1-2,
and A.7.6.2.7.1-3.

In test 1 per-UE measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.7.6.2.7.1-2 is provided for a UE
that does not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement no gap pattern is configured as defined in Table
A.7.6.2.7.1-2. If the UE supports per-FR gap, it is only required to pass test 2. Otherwise it is only required to pass
test 1.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A4 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.6.2.7.1-1.

Table A.7.6.2.7.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR1-FR2

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode 120 kHz SSB SCS,
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1066 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.2.7.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR2 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
NR RF Channel Config 1,2,3 1, 2 Two NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2,3 0 Gap not As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
configured
Measurement gap Config 1,2,3 39 N/A
offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
on NR RF Channel 1 Config 2 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,2,3 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2
on NR RF Channel 2
offsetMO dB Config 1,2,3 6
Hysteresis dB Config 1,2,3 0
a4-Threshold dBm Config -120
1,2,3,4,5,6
CP length Config 1,2,3 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2,3 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2,3 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between Config 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 1.
Config 2,3 3μs Synchronous cells.

T1 s Config 1,2,3 5
T2 s Config 1,2,3 7 for PC1; 3.5 for PC1;
4.5 for other 2.5 for other
PC PC

Table A.7.6.2.7.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR2 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1,2,3 NA Setup 1 as specified in
clause A.3.15
Beam AssumptionNote 7 Config 1,2,3 N/A Rough
NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD TDD
Config 2,3 TDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable TDDConf.3.1
Config 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1
Config 3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1067 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

BWP BW MHz Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66

Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP Initial DL DLBWP.0.1 N/A
configuration BWP
Initial UL
ULBWP.0.1 N/A
BWP
Config 1,2,3
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2,3
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11.1 and A.3.11.2 Config 1 SMTC.2 SMTC.2

Config 2,3 SMTC.1 SMTC.1

PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2 15 120
spacing Config 3 30 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 NA
Noc Note2 kHz
Note5
dBm/S Config 1,2 NA
Noc Note2 CS Config 3 NA
Note4
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 -Infinity -87
CS Config 3 NA -Infinity -87
Note5 Link only, see clause
dB Config 1,2,3 A.3.7A -Infinity NA
Ês Iot
dB Config 1,2,3 -Infinity NA
Ês N oc
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config 1,2 - -
36MHz
dBm/38 Config 3 - -
.16MHz

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1068 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dBm/95 Config 1,2,3 Infinity -58.01

.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.6.2.7.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

6720 for UE supporting power class 1, or

4160 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 without the gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than X ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X is

3360 for UE supporting power class 1, or

2080 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1 and 2 UE is required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement reports,
as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at
least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.2.8 SA event triggered reporting tests for FR2 with SSB time index detection
when DRX is used (PCell in FR1)
A.7.6.2.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
SA inter-frequency NR cell search requirements in clause 9.3.4.

In this test, there are two cells: NR cell 1 as PCell in FR1 on NR RF channel 2 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 2. The test parameters and configurations are given in Tables A.7.6.2.8.1-1, A.7.6.2.8.1-2,
and A.7.6.2.8.1-3.

In test 1&2 per-UE measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.7.6.2.8.1-2 is provided for a
UE that does not support per-FR gap and in test 3&4 measurement no gap pattern is configured as defined in Table
A.7.6.2.8.1-2.If a UE supports per-FR gap , it is only required to pass test 3&4. Otherwise it is only required to pass
test 1&2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1069 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event A4 is
used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time
duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 3.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.7.6.2.8.1-1.

UE needs to be provided at least once every 500ms with new Timing Advance Command MAC control element to
restart the Time alignment timer to keep UE uplink time alignment. Furhtermore UE is allocated with PUSCH
resource at every DRX cycle.

Table A.7.6.2.8.1-1: SA event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR1-FR2

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode 120 kHz SSB SCS,
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1070 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.2.8.1-2: General test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting for
FR2 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test Test Test Test
on 1 2 3 4
NR RF Channel Config 1,2,3 1, 2 Two NR carrier frequencies is
Number used.

Active cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 1 (Pcell) NR Cell 1 is on NR RF channel

number 1.
Neighbour cell Config 1,2,3 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel
number 2.
Gap Pattern Id Config 1,2,3 0 Gap not As specified in clause 9.1.2-1.
configured
Measurement gap Config 1,2,3 39 N/A
offset
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
on NR RF Channel 1 Config 2 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
Config 3 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,2,3 SSB.3 FR2 As specified in clause A.3.10.2
on NR RF Channel 2
offsetMO dB Config 1,2,3 6
Hysteresis dB Config 1,2,3 0
a4-Threshold dBm Config 1,2,3 -120
CP length Config 1,2,3 Normal
TimeToTrigger s Config 1,2,3 0
Filter coefficient Config 1,2,3 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX Config 1,2,3 DRX DRX DRX DRX As specified in clause A.3.3
.1 .2 .1 .2
Time offset between Config 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later
cells than the timing of Cell 1.
Config 2,3 3μs Synchronous cells.

T1 s Config 1,2,3 5
T2 s Config 1,2,3 11 108 11 108
for for for for
PC1; PC1; PC1; PC1;
6.5 67 6.5 67
for for for for
othe othe othe other
r r r PCT
PCT PCT PCT BD
BD BD BD

Table A.7.6.2.8.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for SA inter-frequency event triggered reporting
for FR2 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 1 Cell 2

configuratio T1 T2 T1 T2
n
AoA setup Config 1,2,3 NA Setup 1 as specified in
clause A.3.15
Beam AssumptionNote 7 Config 1,2,3 N/A Rough
NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3 1 2
Duplex mode Config 1 FDD TDD
Config 2,3 TDD TDD
TDD configuration Config 1 Not Applicable TDDConf.3.1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1071 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 2 TDDConf.1.1 TDDConf.3.1

Config 3 TDDConf.2.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP BW MHz Config 1 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 2 10: NRB,c = 52 100: NRB,c = 66
Config 3 40: NRB,c = 106 100: NRB,c = 66
BWP Initial DL DLBWP.0.1 N/A
configuration BWP
Initial UL
ULBWP.0.1 N/A
BWP
Config 1,2,3
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
Dedicated UL
ULBWP.1.1 N/A
BWP
OCNG Patterns defined in Config 1,2,3
A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) OP.1 OP.1
PDSCH Reference Config 1 SR.1.1 FDD -
measurement channel Config 2 SR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 SR2.1 TDD
CORESET Reference Config 1 CR.1.1 FDD -
Channel Config 2 CR.1.1 TDD
Config 3 CR2.1 TDD
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.11.1 and A.3.11.2 Config 1 SMTC.2 SMTC.2

Config 2,3 SMTC.1 SMTC.1

PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier kHz Config 1,2 15 120
spacing Config 3 30 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS Config 1,2,3 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
dBm/15 -104.7
Noc Note2 kHz
Note5
dBm/S Config 1,2 -95.7
Noc Note2 CS Config 3 NA -95.7
Note4 Link only, see clause
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/S Config 1,2 A.3.7A -Infinity -86.7
CS Config 3 -Infinity -86.7
Note5
dB Config 1,2,3 -Infinity 9
Ês Iot

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1072 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

dB Config 1,2,3 -Infinity 9

Ês Noc
IoNote3 dBm/9. Config 1,2 - -
36MHz
dBm/38 Config 3 - -
.16MHz
dBm/95 Config 1,2,3 -66.7 -57.2
.04
MHz
Note5
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.6.2.8.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap and in test 3 without the gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X1 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X1 is

10080 for UE supporting power class 1, or

6240 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 2 with per-UE gap and in test 4 without the gap, the UE shall send one Event A4 triggered measurement
report, with a measurement reporting delay less than X2 ms from the beginning of time period T2, where X2 is

107520 for UE supporting power class 1, or

66560 for UE supporting other power class.

In test 1, 2, 3 and 4 UE is required to report SSB time index. The UE shall not send event triggered measurement
reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests
shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.3 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting

A.7.6.3.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used
A.7.6.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.1, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.7.6.3.1.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1073 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The AoA setup for this test is Setup 1 as defined in clause A.3.15

Table A.7.6.3.1.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.7.6.3.1.2 Test parameters

There is one cells in the test, the FR2 PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.7.6.3.1.2-1 and Table A.7.6.3.1.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the SSBs and report
periodically. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. The test
has higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements configured.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and
L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1074 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.1.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~2 freq1
Duplex mode 1~2 TDD
TDD Configuration 1~2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~2 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
1 SSB.1 FR2
SSB configuration
2 SSB.2 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~2 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~2
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~2
ULBWP.1.3
SMTC configuration 1~2 SMTC.1
TRS Configuration 1~2 TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
DRX configuration 1~2 Off
reportConfigType 1~2 periodic
reportQuantity 1~2 ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~2 slot 640
T1 1~2 s 5
T2 1~2 s 2
Propagation condition 1~2 AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~2 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and
a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1075 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.1.2-2: SSB specific test parameters

SSB#0 SSB#1
Parameter Config Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Angle of arrival Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1
configuration
Beam 1-2 Rough
AssumptionNote 4
Noc Note2 1~2 dBm/15kHz -105

1 dBm/SSB SCS -96

Noc Note2 2 -93

Ê s I ot 1~2 dB 0 0 -Infinity 9

1 dBm/SSB SCS -96 -96 -Infinity -87

SSB RSRP Note3
2 -93 -93 -Infinity -84
1 dBm/95.04MHz -67.5 -67.5 -71.1 -60.7
Note3
Io
2 -67.5 -67.5 -71.1 -60.7

Ê s N oc 1~2 dB 0 0 -Infinity 9

Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.7.6.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP report every 640 slots. No later than X ms plus 640 slots from the beginning of time
period T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report including the results for both SSB#0 and SSB#1 while meeting the
accuracy requirements defined in clause 10.1.20.1, where X is

- 1680 for UE supporting power class 1

- 1200 for UE supporting power class 2,3 or 4.
The reported L1-RSRP value shall include the Rx antenna gain in the range of [-10 ~ +20] dB.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.3.2 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used

A.7.6.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.1, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.7.6.3.2.1-1.

The AoA setup for this test is Setup 1 as defined in clause A.3.15

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1076 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.7.6.3.2.2 Test parameters

There is one cells in the test, the FR2 PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.7.6.3.2.2-1 and Table A.7.6.3.2.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the SSBs and report
periodically. The test consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1 and T2 respectively. The test
has higher layer parameter timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements configured.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and
L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1077 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.2.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1~2 freq1
Duplex mode 1~2 TDD
TDD Configuration 1~2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~2 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~2 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~2 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
1 SSB.1 FR2
SSB configuration
2 SSB.2 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~2 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~2
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~2
ULBWP.1.3
SMTC configuration 1~2 SMTC.1
TRS Configuration 1~2 TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
DRX configuration 1~2 DRX.3
reportConfigType 1~2 periodic
reportQuantity 1~2 ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~2 slot 640
T1 1~2 s 5
T2 1~2 s 3
Propagation condition 1~2 AWGN
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~2 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and
a constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1078 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.2.2-2: SSB specific test parameters

SSB#0 SSB#1
Parameter Config Unit
T1 T2 T1 T2
Angle of arrival Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1
configuration
Beam 1-2 Rough
AssumptionNote 4
Noc Note2 1~2 dBm/15kHz -105

1 dBm/SSB SCS -96

Noc Note2 2 -93

Ê s I ot 1~2 dB 0 0 -Infinity 9

1 dBm/SSB SCS -96 -96 -Infinity -87

SSB RSRP Note3
2 -93 -93 -Infinity -84
1 dBm/95.04MHz -67.5 -67.5 -71.1 -60.7
Note3
Io
2 -67.5 -67.5 -71.1 -60.7

Ê s N oc 1~2 dB 0 0 -Infinity 9

Note 1: The resources for uplink transmission are assigned to the UE prior to the start of time period
T2.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.7.6.3.2.3 Test Requirements

The UE shall send L1-RSRP report every 640 slots. No later than X ms plus 640 slots from the beginning of time
period T2, UE shall send L1-RSRP report including the results for both SSB#0 and SSB#1 while meeting the
accuracy requirements defined in clause 10.1.20.1, where X is

- 2880 for UE supporting power class 1

- 1920 for UE supporting power class 2,3 or 4.
The reported L1-RSRP value shall include the Rx antenna gain in the range of [-10 ~ +20] dB.

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.7.6.3.3 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is not used

A.7.6.3.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.2, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.7.6.3.3.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1079 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.3.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.7.6.3.3.2 Test parameters

There is one cells in the test, the FR2 PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.7.6.3.3.2-1 and Table A.7.6.3.3.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the CSI-RS and report
aperiodically. The test consists of a single time period T1, during which the UE is triggered via DCI to report L1-
RSRP on aperiodic CSI-RS resources. UE is also configured to measure L1-RSRP based on SSB. After 480ms from
the beginning of the test, the DCI trigger comes in slot 8 of a frame and UE provides the report back based on the
reporting configuration as defined in Table A.7.6.3.3.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD
based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1080 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.3.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1 freq1
Duplex mode 1 TDD
TDD Configuration 1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR2
CSI-RS configuration 1 CSI-RS.3.3 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1
ULBWP.1.3
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.1
TRS Configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1 TCI.State.2
Configuration
DRX configuration 1 Off
reportConfigType 1 aperiodic
reportQuantity 1 cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1 2
SSB#0 for resource#0
qcl-Info 1
SSB#1 for resource#1
reportSlotOffsetList 1 26
Propagation condition 1 AWGN
T1 1 s 5
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a
constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1081 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.3.2-1: CSI-RS specific test parameters

Parameter Config Unit CSI-RS#0 CSI-RS#1

Angle of arrival 1 Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1

configuration
Beam 1 Rough
AssumptionNote 4
Noc Note1 1 dBm/15kHz -105

Noc Note1 1 dBm/SSB SCS -95.97

Ê s I ot 1 dB 0 9

CSI-RS RSRP 1 dBm/SSB SCS -95.97 -86.97

Note2

Io Note2 1 dBm/95.04MHz -63.97 -57.47

Ê s N oc 1 dB 0 9

Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: CSI-RS RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.7.6.3.3.3 Test Requirements

After 480ms from the beginning of the test, the UE shall send L1-RSRP report at slot 26 from the reception of DCI
triggering the L1-RSRP measurement. The L1-RSRP report shall include the results for both CSI-RS#0 and CSI-
RS#1 while meeting the accuracy requirements defined in clause 10.1.20.1.

For absolute accuracy of CSI-RS0 and absolute accuracy of CSI-RS1, the UE is deemed to meet the requirement if
the reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.7.6.3.3.3-1.

For relative accuracy of CSI-RS0 compared with CSI-RS1, the UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
difference in reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1.

Table A.7.6.3.3.3-1: L1-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

CSI-RS0 CSI-RS _RP0 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP0 +δ + Gmax
CSI-RS1 CSI-RS _RP1 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP1 +δ + Gmax
Note 1: CSI-RS_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet
zone configured in the test for the CSI-RS n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.20.2.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1082 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.6.3.4 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement when DRX is used

A.7.6.3.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of L1-RSRP measurement. This test will
partly verify the L1-RSRP measurement requirements in clause 9.5.4.2, with the testing configurations for NR cells
in Table A.7.6.3.4.1-1.

Table A.7.6.3.4.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

A.7.6.3.4.2 Test parameters

There is one cells in the test, the FR2 PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in Table
A.7.6.3.4.2-1 and Table A.7.6.3.4.2-2 below.

In CSI measurement configuration, UE is indicated to perform L1-RSRP measurement on the CSI-RS and report
aperiodically. The test consists of a single time period T1, during which the UE is triggered via DCI to report L1-
RSRP on aperiodic CSI-RS resources. UE is also configured to measure L1-RSRP based on SSB. After 1440ms
from the beginning of the test, the DCI trigger comes in slot 8 of a frame and UE provides the report back based on
the reporting configuration as defined in Table A.7.6.3.4.2-1.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD
based on the SSBs.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1083 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.4.2-1: General test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Value

SSB GSCN 1 freq1
Duplex mode 1 TDD
TDD Configuration 1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1 SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1 CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1 CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR2
CSI-RS configuration 1 CSI-RS.3.3 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1
ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1
ULBWP.1.3
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.1
TRS Configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1 TCI.State.2
Configuration
DRX configuration 1 DRX.3
reportConfigType 1 aperiodic
reportQuantity 1 cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1 2
SSB#0 for resource#0
qcl-Info 1
SSB#1 for resource#1
reportSlotOffsetList 1 26
Propagation condition 1 AWGN
T1 1 s 5
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a
constant total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all
OFDM symbols.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1084 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.6.3.4.2-1: CSI-RS specific test parameters

Parameter Config Unit CSI-RS#0 CSI-RS#1

Angle of arrival 1 Setup 1 according to A.3.15.1

configuration
Beam 1 Rough
AssumptionNote 4
Noc Note1 1 dBm/15kHz -105

Noc Note1 1 dBm/SSB SCS -95.97

Ê s I ot 1 dB 0 9

CSI-RS RSRP 1 dBm/SSB SCS -95.97 -86.97

Note2

1 dBm/95.04MHz -63.97 -57.47

Io Note2

Ê s N oc 1 dB 0 9

Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: CSI-RS RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.7.6.3.4.3 Test Requirements

After 1440ms from the beginning of the test, the UE shall send L1-RSRP report at slot 26 from the reception of DCI
triggering the L1-RSRP measurement. The L1-RSRP report shall include the results for both CSI-RS#0 and CSI-
RS#1 while meeting the accuracy requirements defined in clause 10.1.20.1.

For absolute accuracy of CSI-RS0 and absolute accuracy of CSI-RS1, the UE is deemed to meet the requirement if
the reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.7.6.3.4.3-1.

For relative accuracy of CSI-RS0 compared with CSI-RS1, the UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
difference in reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1.

Table A.7.6.3.4.3-1: L1-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

CSI-RS0 CSI-RS _RP0 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP0 +δ + Gmax
CSI-RS1 CSI-RS _RP1 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP1 +δ + Gmax
Note 1: CSI-RS_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet
zone configured in the test for the CSI-RS n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.20.2.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

The rate of correct events observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1085 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.7 Measurement Performance requirements

A.7.7.1 SS-RSRP
A.7.7.1.1 SA intra-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and
FR2 target cell
A.7.7.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clauses 10.1.3.1.1 and 10.1.3.1.2 for intra-frequency measurements.

A.7.7.1.1.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configurations are shown in Table
A.7.7.1.1.2-1. Both absolute and relative accuracy of SS-RSRP intra-frequency measurements are tested by using
the parameters in Table A.7.7.1.1.2-2 and A.7.7.1.1.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 the target
cell. The TCI status for Cell 1 is defined in Table A.3.16.2-1 and TRS configuration for Cell 1 is defined in Table
A.3.17.2.1-1. The test consists of two time phases T1 and T2.

Table A.7.7.1.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Intra frequency SS-RSRP supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.7.1.1.2-2: SS-RSRP Intra frequency general test parameters

T1 T2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
Cell ID 489 0 489 0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1086 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1

Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 24 100: NRB,c = 24
DLB DLB
Downlink initial BWP configuration WP.0. - WP.0. -
1 1
DLB DLB
Downlink dedicated BWP
WP.1. - WP.1. -
configuration
1 1
ULB ULB
Uplink initial BWP configuration WP.0. - WP.0. -
1 1
ULB ULB
Uplink dedicated BWP
WP.1. - WP.1. -
configuration
1 1
Not Not
DRX cycle configuration applic - applic -
able able
TRS.2 TRS.2
TRS configuration .1 - .1 -
TDD TDD
TCI.St TCI.St
TCI state - -
ate.0 ate.0
SR.3. SR.3.
PDSCH Reference measurement
1 - 1 -
channel
TDD TDD
CR.3. CR.3.
RMSI CORESET Reference 1 1
- -
Channel TDD TDD

CCR. CCR.
3.1 3.1
Control channel RMC - -
TDD TDD

OCNG Patterns OP.3 OP.3 OP.3 OP.3

SSB.3 SSB.3 SSB.3 SSB.3
SSB configuration
FR2 FR2 FR2 FR2
SMTC SMTC SMTC SMTC
SMTC configuration
.1 .1 .1 .1
Time offset with Cell 1 μs - 3 - 3
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier
kHz 120 120 120 120
spacing
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1087 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

AWG AWG AWG AWG

Propagation conditions
N N N N
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant
total transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Void
Note 5: Void

Table A.7.7.1.1.2-3: SS-RSRP Intra frequency OTA related test parameters

T1 T2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
Angle of arrival
According to clause A.3.15.1
configuration
Assumption for Assumption for UE
Rough
UE beamsNote 7 beamsNote 7
dBm/15kH
Noc Note1 zNote4
-91.6 N/A
dBm/SCS
Noc Note1 Note4 -82.6 N/A

Ês N oc dB 6.0 1.0 N/A N/A

(Table (Table
B.2.2-2 B.2.2-2
dBm/SCS
Es Note4 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak
+2.1dB) +2.1dB)
(Table (Table
B.2.2-2 B.2.2-2
SSB_RPNote2 dBm/SCS -76.6 -81.6 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak
+2.1dB) +2.1dB)
Ês Iot BB Note6 dB 2.44 -5.98 -5.98 -5.98
dBm/95.04 (Table B.2.2-2 Rx
IoNote2 -50.05
MHz Note4 Beam Peak +29.70dB)
Note 1: Where used, interference from other cells and noise sources not
specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time
and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 2: SSB_RP, Es/Iot and Io levels have been derived from other parameters
for information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of
the quiet zone
Note 5: Void
Note 6: Calculation of Es/IotBB includes the effect of UE internal noise up to the
value assumed for the associated Refsens requirement in clause 7.3.2
of TS 36.101-2 [19], and an allowance of 1dB for UE multi-band
relaxation factor ΔMBP from TS 38.101-2 [19] Table 6.2.1.3-4.
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not
limit UE implementation or test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1088 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.7.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy shall fulfil the absolute accuracy requirements in clauses 10.1.3.1.1 and
relative accuracy requirements in clause 10.1.3.1.2. The following requirements are to be verified:

During T1:

Absolute accuracy of Cell 1 and absolute accuracy of Cell 2. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported SS-RSRP is in the range shown in table A.7.7.1.1.3-1.

Relative accuracy of Cell 2 compared with Cell 1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.2-1.

During T2:

Absolute accuracy of Cell 1 and absolute accuracy of Cell 2. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported SS-RSRP is in the range shown in table A.7.7.1.1.3-1.

Relative accuracy of Cell 2 compared with Cell 1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.2-1.

During T1 and T2:

Relative accuracy of Cell 1 during T2 compared with Cell 1 during T1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if
the difference in reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.2-1.

Relative accuracy of Cell 2 during T2 compared with Cell 2 during T1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if
the difference in reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.3.1.2-1.

Table A.7.7.1.1.3-1: SS-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

Cell 1 SSB_RP1 -δ +Gmin ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤ SSB_RP1 +δ +Gmax

Cell 2 SSB_RP2 -δ +Gmin ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤ SSB_RP2 +δ +Gmax
Note 1: SSB_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
configured in the test for the cell n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.3.1.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

A.7.7.1.2 SA inter-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and
FR2 target cell
A.7.7.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clauses 10.1.5.1.1 and 10.1.5.1.2 for intrer-frequency measurements with the testing
configurations for NR cells in Table A.7.7.1.2.1-1.

Table A.7.7.1.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy test

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1089 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.7.1.2.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are two cells in the test, PCell (Cell 1) and a FR2 neighbour cell (Cell 2) on a different
frequency than the PCell. The test parameters and applicability for Cell 1 are defined in A.3.7.2. The test parameters
for the Cell 1 and Cell 2 are given in Table A.7.7.1.2.2-1 and Table A.7.7.1.2.2-2 below. Both absolute and relative
accuracy of RSRP inter-frequency measurements are tested by using the parameters in Table A.7.7.1.2.2-1 and
Table A.7.7.1.2.2-1. The inter-frequency measurements are supported by a measurement gap.

Table A.7.7.1.2.2-1: SS-RSRP inter-frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Config Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN 1~2 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
100: 100:
BWchannel 1~2 NRB,c = 24 NRB,c = 24
Gap pattern ID 0 0
Duplex mode 1~2 TDD TDD TDD TDD
TDD configuration 1~2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
PDSCH Reference
1~2 SR.3.1 TDD - SR.3.1 TDD -
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET
1~2 CR.3.1 TDD - CR.3.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~2 CCR.3.1 TDD - CCR.3.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
1 SSB.3 FR2 SSB.3 FR2
SSB configuration
2 SSB.4 FR2 SSB.4 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~2 OP.3 OP.3
Initial BWP DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
1~2
Configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.3 DLBWP.1.3
1~2
configuration ULBWP.1.3 ULBWP.1.3
TRS Configuration 1~2 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~2 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
SMTC configuration 1~2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
Time offset between
Cell 2 and Cell 3
1~2 μs 3 3
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS 1~2 dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~2 - AWGN AWGN AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~2 - 1x2 1x2 1x2 1x2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1090 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1091 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.1.2.2-2: SS-RSRP inter frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
Setup 4b according to Setup 4b according to
clause A.3.15.4.2 clause A.3.15.4.2
Angle of arrival
AoA1 AoA2 AoA1 AoA2
configuration
Spherical Rx Beam Spherical Rx Beam
coverage Peak coverage Peak
Assumption for
Rough Rough
UE beamsNote 7
(Table (Table
B.2.3-2 B.2.3-2
dBm/15kH
Noc Note1 zNote4
-90.6 -90.6 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak -
+1.97dB) 3.03dB)
(Table (Table
B.2.3-2 B.2.3-2
dBm/SCS
Noc Note1 Note4 -81.6 -81.6 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak
+11.0dB) +6.0dB)
Ês N oc dB 6.0 6.0 17.0 -1.0
(Table (Table
B.2.3-2 B.2. 3-2
SSB_RPNote2 dBm/SCS -75.60 -75.60 Rx Beam Rx Beam
Peak Peak
+28.0dB) +5.0dB)
(SSB_RPCell 1 –
dB 0 23.00
SSB_RPCell 2)
Ês Iot BB Note6 dB 5.29 5.96 8.86 -3.92
(Table (Table
B.2.3-2 B.2.3-2
dBm/95.04
IoNote2 -50.03 -50.03 Rx Beam Rx Beam
MHz Note4
Peak Peak
+52.68dB) +33.13dB)
(Iofreq 1 – Io freq 2) dB 0 19.55
Note 1: Where used, interference from other cells and noise sources not
specified in the test is assumed to be constant over subcarriers and time
and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 2: SSB_RP, Es/Iot, Io, (SSB_RPCell 2 – SSB_RPCell 1) and (Iofreq 2 – Io freq 1)
levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of
the quiet zone
Note 5: Void
Note 6: Calculation of Es/IotBB includes the effect of UE internal noise up to the
value assumed for the associated Refsens requirement in clause 7.3.2
of TS 36.101-2 [19], and an allowance of 1dB for UE multi-band
relaxation factor ΔMBP or ΔMBS from TS 38.101-2 [19] Table 6.2.1.3-4.
Note 7: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not
limit UE implementation or test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1092 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.7.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for Cell 1 and Cell 2 shall fulfil the absolute requirements in clause 10.1.5.1.1
and the relative requirements in clause 10.1.5.1.2.

Test 1:

Absolute accuracy of Cell 1 and absolute accuracy of Cell 2. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported SS-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.7.7.1.2.3-1.

Relative accuracy of Cell 2 compared with Cell 1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in A.7.7.1.2.3-2.

Test 2:

Absolute accuracy of Cell 1 and absolute accuracy of Cell 2. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported SS-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.7.7.1.2.3-1.

Relative accuracy of Cell 2 compared with Cell 1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported SS-RSRP meets the requirements in A.7.7.1.2.3-2.

Table A.7.7.1.2.3-1: SS-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3,4

Cell 1 SSB_RP1 -δ +Gmin +X ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤ SSB_RP1 +δ +Gmax

Cell 2 SSB_RP2 -δ +Gmin ≤ Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤ SSB_RP2 +δ +Gmax
Note 1: SSB_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
configured in the test for the cell n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.5.1.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class
Note 4: X is the Spherical coverage gain difference in dB, derived as (UE Refsens - UE Spherical coverage)
from TS 38.101-2 [19] clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4, selected according to the UE power class and operating
band. X is always a negative value.

Table A.7.7.1.2.3-2: SS-RSRP relative accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3,4

Cell 2 – Cell 1 SSB_RP2 - SSB_RP1 -δ ≤ Reported RSRP(dB) ≤ SSB_RP2 - SSB_RP1 +δ –(X)

Note 1: SSB_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
configured in the test for the cell n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP relative accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.5.1.2-1
Note 3: Void
Note 4: X is the Spherical coverage gain difference in dB, derived as (UE Refsens - UE Spherical coverage)
from TS 38.101-2 [19] clauses 7.3.2 and 7.3.4, selected according to the UE power class and operating
band. X is always a negative value.

A.7.7.1.3 SA inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR1 serving cell and FR2
target cell
A.7.7.1.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clauses 10.1.5.1.1 for inter-frequency measurements with the testing configurations
in Table A.7.7.1.3.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1093 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.1.3.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR2 inter-frequency SS-RSRP accuracy test

Config Description of serving cell Description of target cell

1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz
bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz
bandwidth, TDD duplex mode bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz
bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

A.7.7.1.3.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are two cells in the test, PCell (Cell 1) in FR1 and Cell 2 in FR2 . The test parameters
for the Cell 1 and Cell 2 are given in Table A.7.7.1.3.2-1 and Table A.7.7.1.3.2-2 below. Both absolute and relative
accuracy of RSRP inter-frequency measurements are tested by using the parameters in Table A.7.7.1.3.2-1 and
Table A.7.7.1.3.2-2. The inter-frequency measurements are supported by a measurement gap.

Table A.7.7.1.3.2-1: SS-RSRP inter-frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Config Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN 1~3 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
10: 10:
1 NRB,c = 52 NRB,c = 52
10: 100: 10: 100:
BWchannel 2 MHz NRB,c = 52 NRB,c = 66 NRB,c = 52 NRB,c = 66
40: 40:
3 NRB,c = 106 NRB,c = 106
1 FDD FDD
Duplex mode 2 TDD TDD TDD TDD
3 TDD TDD
1 N/A N/A
TDDConf. TDDConf.
2 TDDConf. TDDConf.
TDD configuration 1.1 1.1
3.1 3.1
TDDConf. TDDConf.
3
2.1 2.1
1 SR.1.1 FDD SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference
2 SR.1.1 TDD - SR.1.1 TDD -
measurement channel
3 SR.2.1 FDD SR.2.1 FDD
1 CR.1.1 FDD - CR.1.1 FDD -
RMSI CORESET
2 CR.1.1 TDD - CR.1.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
3 CR.2.1 FDD - CR.2.1 FDD -
1 CCR.1.1 FDD - CCR.1.1 FDD -
Dedicated CORESET
2 CCR.1.1 TDD - CCR.1.1 TDD -
Reference Channel
3 CCR.2.1 TDD - CCR.2.1 TDD -
SSB.1 SSB.1
1
FR1 FR1
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
SSB configuration 2
FR1 FR2 FR1 FR2
SSB.2 SSB.2
3
FR1 FR1
OCNG Patterns 1~3 OP.1 OP.1
Initial BWP DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
1~3
Configuration ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated BWP DLBWP.1.3 DLBWP.1.3
1~3
configuration ULBWP.1.3 ULBWP.1.3
TRS Configuration 1~3 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~3 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.2
Configuration

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1094 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SMTC configuration 1~3 SMTC.1 SMTC.1

Time offset between
Cell 2 and Cell 3
1~3 μs 3 3
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH DMRS 1~3 dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH
DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG
DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
OCNG DMRS Note 1
Propagation condition 1~3 - NA AWGN NA AWGN
Link only, Link only,
Antenna configuration 1~3 - see clause 1x2 see clause 1x2
A.3.7A A.3.7A
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N oc
for to be fulfilled.

Table A.7.7.1.3.2-2: SS-RSRP inter-frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 NOTE 3

Parameter Config Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1095 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Angle of arrival configuration Setup

NA Setup 2b NA
according to clause A.3.15 2b
Assumption for UE beamsNote 4 N/A Rough N/A Rough
N oc dBm/15
1~4 TBD NA
kHz
N oc
1,2 dBm/SS TBD NA
3,4 B SCS TBD NA
Ê s I ot 1~4 dB TBD NA
NA NA As in
1,2 Link only, TBD Link only, Table
dBm/SC see see B.2.3-2
SS-RSRPNote1
S clause clause As in
3,4 A.3.7A TBD A.3.7A Table
B.2.3-2
dBm/ SS-
IoNote1 1~4 95.04M TBD RSRP+
Hz 28.98
Ê s N oc 1~4 dB TBD NA
Note 1: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 2: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 3: No additional noise is added by the test system in Test 2.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.7.7.1.3.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for Cell 2 shall fulfil the Absolute requirement in clause 10.1.5.1.1.

A.7.7.2 SS-RSRQ
A.7.7.2.1 SA intra-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2
target cell
A.7.7.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clause 10.1.8.1.1.

A.7.7.2.1.2 Test Parameters

In this test case all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configurations are shown in Table
A.7.7.2.1.2-1. . The absolute accuracy of SS-RSRQ intra-frequency measurement is test by using the parameters in
Table A.7.7.2.1.2-2 and Table A.7.7.2.1.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 the target cell.

Table A.7.7.2.1.2-1: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.7.2.1.2-2: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1096 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN Freq1 Freq1

Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Initial DL BWP DLBWP.0.1
BWP Dedicated DL BWP DLBWP.1.1
configuration Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL BWP ULBWP.1.1
TRS.2.1 TRS.2.
TRS configuration
TDD 1 TDD
TCI.State TCI.Sta
TCI state
.0 te.0
SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel
TDD TDD
CR.3.1 CR.3.1
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel -
TDD TDD
CCR.3.1 CCR.3.
Control channel RMC - -
TDD 1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
SSB configuration
FR2 FR2 FR2 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note 1
Ê s N oc dB 3 3 -3 -3
Propagation condition AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted
power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: Void

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1097 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.2.1.2-3: SS-RSRQ Intra frequency OTA related test parameters

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1098 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Test 1 Test 2
Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
Setup 1according to Setup 1according to
Angle of arrival configuration
clause A.3.15.1 clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 9 Rough

Noc Note1 dBm/15kHzN

ote4 -95
-95

-86

Noc Note1 dBm/SCSNote

3 -86

SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS
Note4 -83 -83 -89 -89

SS-RSRQ Note2
dB -14.77 -14.77 -16.81 -16.81

Ês Iot dB -1.76 -1.76 -4.76 -4.76

IoNote2 dBm/95.04
-50 -54 -54
MHz Note4

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1099 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference
and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in Clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: Void
Note 8: Void
Note 9: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or
test system implementation

A.7.7.2.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ absolute measurement accuracy in test 1shall be within the range Nominal SS-RSRQ+2.5dB to
Nominal SS-RSRQ-3.5dB and the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy in test 2 shall be within the range Nominal
RSRQ+3.5dB to Nominal RSRQ-4.5dB according to the requirements in clause 10.1.8.1.1 with an additional -1dB
margin reflecting the possible impact of UE self noise in the test.Nominal RSRQ is the value shown in table
A.7.7.2.1.2-3. Relative accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.8.1.1.

A.7.7.2.2 SA Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2
TDD target cell
A.7.7.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 10.1.9.1.1 and 10.1.9.1.2 for inter-frequency measurement.

A.7.7.2.2.2 Test Parameters

In this test case the two cells (i.e., Cell 1 and Cell 2) are on different carrier frequencies and measurement gaps are
provided. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.7.7.2.2.2-1. Both absolute accuracy and relative
accuracy requirements of SS-RSRQ inter-frequency measurement are tested by using test parameters in
Table A.7.7.2.2.2-2 and Table A.7.7.2.2.2-3.. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 is target cell.

Table A.7.7.2.2.2-1: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.7.2.2.2-2: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency general test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1100 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB ARFCN Freq1 freq2 freq1 Freq2

Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel TDD - TDD -

CR.3.1 CR.3.1
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel TDD - TDD -

OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1

OCNG Patterns
SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC.
SMTC configuration
1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1

Ês N oc dB -1.75 -1.75 3 -1.75

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.

Table A.7.7.2.2.2-3: SS-RSRQ Inter frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1101 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Setup 1 in clause Setup 1 in clause

AoA setup
A.3.15. A.3.15.
Assumption for UE beamsNote 8 Rough Rough

Note1
N oc dBm/15kHzN
ote4 -94.03 -94.03

-85.0

Note1
N oc dBm/SCSNote
3 -85.0

SSB_RPNote2 dBm/SCS
Note4 -86.75 -86.75 -88 -88

SS-RSRQNote2
dB -14.75 -14.75 -15.56 -15.56

Ê s I ot dB -1.75 -1.75 -3 -3

IoNote2 dBm/95.04
-53.8 -53.8 -54.25 -54.25
MHz Note4

Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRQ, SSB_RP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: Void
Note 7: Void
Note 8: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1102 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.7.2.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ absolute measurement accuracy in test 1 shall be within the range Nominal SS-RSRQ+2.5dB to
Nominal SS-RSRQ -3.5dB and the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy in test 2 shall be within the range Nominal SS-
RSRQ +3.5dB to Nominal SS-RSRQ -4.5dB according to the requirements in clause 10.1.10.1.1 with an additional
-1dB margin reflecting the possible impact of UE self noise in the test.

The SS-RSRQ relative measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.10.1.2.

A.7.7.3 SS-SINR
A.7.7.3.1 SA intra-frequency case measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and
FR2 target cell
A.7.7.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clause 10.1.13.1.1.

A.7.7.3.1.2 Test Parameters

In this test case all cells are on the same carrier frequency. Supported test configurations are shown in Table
A.7.7.3.1.2-1. . The absolute accuracy of SS-SINR intra-frequency measurement is test by using the parameters in
Table A.7.7.3.1.2-2 and Table A.7.7.3.1.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 the target cell. The TCI
status for Cell 1 is defined in Table A.3.16.2-1 and TRS configuration for Cell 1 is defined in Table A.3.17.2.1-1.
Table A.7.7.3.1.2-1: SS-SINR Intra frequency SS-SINR supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.7.7.3.1.2-2: SS-SINR Intra frequency test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN Freq2 Freq2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1103 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Duplex mode TDD TDD

TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX cycle configuration ms Not applicable
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0
SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel
TDD TDD
CR.3.1 CR.3.1
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel -
TDD TDD
Dedicated RMSI CORESET Reference CCR.3 CCR.3.
- -
Channel .1 TDD 1 TDD
OCNG Patterns OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1
SMTC configuration SMTC.1
SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1 SSB.1
SSB configuration
FR2 FR2 FR2 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120
SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS Note 1

Ê s N oc dB 4.54 2.66 -3 -3

Propagation conditions AWGN

Antenna configuration 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.

Table A.7.7.3.1.2-3: SS-SINR Intra frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 3
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
Setup 1 Setup 1
Angle of arrival configuration according to according to
clause A.3.15.1 clause A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 9 Rough Rough

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1104 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note1
N oc dBm/15kHz
Note4 -105 -105

Note1
N oc dBm/SCS
Note3 -96 -96

SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS
Note4 -91.46 -93.34 -99 -99

SS-SINR Note2
dB 0 -3.2 -4.76 -4.76

Ê s I ot dB 0 -3.2 -4.76 -4.76

dBm/95.04
IoNote2
MHz -59.2 -64
Note4

Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: Void
Note 8: Void
Note 9: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.7.7.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR absolute measurement accuracy in test 1 shall be within the range Nominal SS-SINR+3B to Nominal
SS-SINR -4dB and the SS-SINR measurement accuracy in test 2 shall be within the range Nominal SS-SINR
+3.5dB to Nominal SS-SINR -4.5dB according to the requirements in clause 10.1.10.13.1 with an additional -1dB
margin reflecting the possible impact of UE self noise in the test. The relative SS-SINR measurement accuracy shall
fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.13.1.1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1105 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.7.3.2 SA Inter-frequency measurement accuracy with FR2 serving cell and FR2
TDD target cell
A.7.7.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in Clause 10.1.15.1.1 and 10.1.15.1.2 for inter-frequency measurement.

A.7.7.3.2.2 Test Parameters

In this test case the two cells (i.e., Cell 1 and Cell 2) are on different carrier frequencies and measurement gaps are
provided. Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.7.7.3.2.2-1. Both absolute accuracy and relative
accuracy requirements of SS-SINR inter-frequency measurement are tested by using test parameters in Table
A.7.7.3.2.2-2 and Table A.7.7.3.2.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 1 is the PCell and Cell 2 is target cell. The TCI status for
Cell 1 is defined in Table A.3.16.2-1 and TRS configuration for Cell 1 is defined in Table A.3.17.2.1-1.
Table A.7.7.3.2.2-1: SS-SINR Inter frequency SS-SINR supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1106 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.3.2.2-2: SS-SINR Inter frequency general test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2 freq1 freq2
Duplex mode TDD TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX cycle configuration ms Not applicable
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0
SR.3.1 SR.3.1 SR.3.1
PDSCH Reference measurement channel TDD - TDD - TDD -

CR.3.1 CR.3.1 CR.3.1

RMSI CORESET Reference Channel TDD - TDD - TDD -

OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1

OCNG Patterns
SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC. SMTC.
SMTC configuration
1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2 1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120 120 120 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1
Ê s N oc dB -0.5 -0.5 11.0 11.0 -3.0 -3.0
Propagation conditions AWGN
Antenna configuration 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

Table A.7.7.3.2.2-3: SS-SINR Inter frequency OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1107 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Setup 1 Setup 1 Setup 1

Angle of arrival configuration degrees according to according to according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 10 Rough Rough Rough

Note1
N oc dBm/15kHz
Note4 -105 -105 -105

Note1
N oc dBm/SCS
Note3 -96 -96 -96

SS-RSRPNote2 dBm/SCS
Note4 -96.5 -96.5 -85 -85 -99 -99

SS-SINRNote2
dB -0.5 -0.5 11 11 -3.0 -3.0

Ê s I ot dB -0.5 -0.5 11 11 -3.0 -3.0

IoNote2 dBm/95.04
-69.3 -55.4 -65.24
MHz Note4

Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in Clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: Void
Note 8: Void
Note 9: Void
Note 10: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE implementation or test system
implementation

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1108 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.7.7.3.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR absolute measurement accuracy in test 1 shall be within the range Nominal SS-SINR +3dB to
Nominal SS-SINR -4dB and the SS-SINR measurement accuracy in test 2 shall be within the range Nominal SS-
SINR +3.5dB to Nominal SS-SINR -4.5dB according to the requirements in clause 10.1.15.1.1 with an additional -
1dB margin reflecting the possible impact of UE self noise in the test.

The SS-SINR relative measurement accuracy shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.15.1.2.

A.7.7.4 L1-RSRP measurement for beam reporting

A.7.7.4.1 SSB based L1-RSRP measurement
A.7.7.4.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clauses 9.5.2 and clause 10.1.20.1 for L1-RSRP measurements based on SSB with
the testing configurations for NR cells in Table A.7.7.4.1.1-1.

The AoA setup for this test is Setup 1 as defined in clause A.3.15.

Table A.7.7.4.1.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 SSB based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 240 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations in each supported band

A.7.7.4.1.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are two cells in the test, PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in
Table A.7.7.4.1.2-1 and Table A.7.7.4.1.2-2 below. The absolute and relative accuracy of L1-RSRP measurements
are tested by using the parameters in Table A.7.7.4.1.2-1 and Table A.7.7.4.1.2-2.

Here is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured one SSB resource set with two
SSB resources. UE is configured to perform RLM, BFD and L1-RSRP measurement based on the SSB resources 0
and 1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1109 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.4.1.2-1: FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP general test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Test 1 Test 2

SSB GSCN 1~2 freq1 freq1
Duplex mode 1~2 TDD TDD
TDD Configuration 1~2 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1~2 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1~2 SR.3.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1~2 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1~2 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
1 SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2
SSB configuration
2 SSB.2 FR2 SSB.2 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1~2 OP.1 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1~2
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.3 DLBWP.1.3
Dedicated BWP configuration 1~2
ULBWP.1.3 ULBWP.1.3
TRS Configuration 1~2 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1~2 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
SMTC configuration 1~2 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
reportConfigType 1~2 periodic periodic
reportQuantity 1~2 ssb-Index-RSRP ssb-Index-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1~2 2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1~2 slot640 slot640
Propagation condition 1~2 AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~2 1x2 1x2
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~2 dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
N oc
for to be fulfilled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1110 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.4.1.2-2: FR2 SSB based L1-RSRP OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 NOTE 3

Parameter Config Unit
SSB0 SSB1 SSB0 SSB1
Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to Setup 1 according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 4 Rough Rough
N oc dBm/15
1~4 -100 n.a.
kHz
N oc
1,2 dBm/SS -91 n.a.
3,4 B SCS -88 n.a.
Ês Iot 1~4 dB 10 -2 n.a.
1,2 dBm/SC -81 -93 As in Table B.2.4-2
SS-RSRPNote1
3,4 S -78 -90 As in Table B.2.4-2
dBm/
-51.57
IoNote1 1~4 95.04M SS-RSRP+28.98
Hz
Ês N oc 1~4 dB 10 -2 n.a.
Note 1: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 2: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 3: No additional noise is added by the test system in Test 2.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.7.7.4.1.3 Test Requirements

After 640ms from the beginning of the test, the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy for SSB#0 and SSB#1 of Cell 2
shall fulfil the requirements in clauses 10.1.20.1. The following requirements are to be verified:

For Test 1:

Absolute accuracy of SSB0 and absolute accuracy of SSB1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.7.7.4.1.3-1.

Relative accuracy of SSB0 compared with SSB1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.1.2-1.

For Test 2:

Absolute accuracy of SSB0 and absolute accuracy of SSB1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.7.7.4.1.3-1.

Relative accuracy of SSB0 compared with SSB1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference in
reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.1.2-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1111 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.4.1.3-1: L1-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

SSB0 SSB_RP0 -δ + Gmin ≤Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤
SSB_RP0 +δ + Gmax
SSB1 SSB_RP1 -δ + Gmin ≤Reported RSRP(dBm) ≤
SSB_RP1 +δ + Gmax
Note 1: SSB_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
configured in the test for the SSB n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.20.1.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

A.7.7.4.2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement on resource set with repetition off
A.7.7.4.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clauses 9.5.3 and clause 10.1.20.2 for L1-RSRP measurements based on CSI-RS with
the testing configurations for NR cells in Table A.7.7.4.2.1-1.

The AoA setup for this test is Setup 1 as defined in clause A.3.15.

Table A.7.7.4.2.1-1: Applicable NR configurations for FR1 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP test

Config Description
1 NR 120 kHz CSI-RS SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

A.7.7.4.2.2 Test parameters

In this set of test cases there are one cell in the test, PCell (Cell 1). The test parameters for the Cell 1 are given in
Table A.7.7.4.2.2-1 and Table A.7.7.4.2.2-2 below. The absolute and relative accuracy of L1-RSRP measurements
are tested by using the parameters in Table A.7.7.4.2.2-1 and Table A.7.7.4.2.2-2.

There is no measurement gap configured in the test. Before the test, UE is configured one CSI-RS resource set with
two CSI-RS resources. UE is configured to perform RLM and BFD based on SSB 0 and 1. CSI-RS is not
transmitted in the same OFDM symbols as SSB.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1112 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.4.2.2-1: FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP general test parameters

Parameter Config Unit Test 1 Test 2

SSB GSCN 1 freq1 freq1
Duplex mode 1 TDD TDD
TDD Configuration 1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel 1 MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
PDSCH Reference
1 SR.3.1 TDD SR.3.1 TDD
measurement channel
RMSI CORESET Reference
1 CR.3.1 TDD CR.3.1 TDD
Channel
Dedicated CORESET
1 CCR.3.1 TDD CCR.3.1 TDD
Reference Channel
SSB configuration 1 SSB.1 FR2 SSB.1 FR2
OCNG Patterns 1 OP.1 OP.1
DLBWP.0.1 DLBWP.0.1
Initial BWP Configuration 1
ULBWP.0.1 ULBWP.0.1
DLBWP.1.1 DLBWP.1.1
Dedicated BWP configuration 1
ULBWP.1.1 ULBWP.1.1
TRS Configuration 1 TRS.2.1 TDD TRS.2.1 TDD
PDCCH/PDSCH TCI
1 TCI.State.2 TCI.State.2
Configuration
SMTC configuration 1 SMTC.1 SMTC.1
CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS.3.2 TDD CSI-RS.3.2 TDD
reportConfigType 1 periodic periodic
reportQuantity 1 cri-RSRP cri-RSRP
Number of reported RS 1 2 2
L1-RSRP reporting period 1 slot80 slot80
Propagation condition 1 AWGN AWGN
Antenna configuration 1 1x2 1x2
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1 dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to
SSSNote 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS Note 1
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power

for
N oc to be fulfilled.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1113 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.4.2.2-2: FR2 CSI-RS based L1-RSRP OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 NOTE 3

Parameter Config Unit CSI-
CSI-RS0 CSI-RS1 CSI-RS0
RS1
Angle of arrival configuration Setup 1 according to Setup 1 according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
Assumption for UE beamsNote 4 Rough Rough
Noc dBm/15
1~2 -100 n.a.
kHz
Noc dBm/SS n.a.
1~2 -91
B SCS n.a.
Ê s I ot 1~2 dB 10 -2 n.a.
Note1 dBm/SC
CSI-RS-RSRP 1~2 -81 -93 As in Table B.2.4-2
S
dBm/
IoNote1 1~2 95.04M -59.86 SS-RSRP+28.98
Hz
Ê s N oc 1~2 dB -51.57 -2 n.a.
Note 1: RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 2: RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise
at each receiver antenna port.
Note 3: No additional noise is added by the test system in Test 2.
Note 4: Information about types of UE beam is given in B.2.1.3, and does not limit UE
implementation or test system implementation

A.7.7.4.2.3 Test Requirements

After 640ms from the beginning of the test, the L1-RSRP measurement accuracy for CSI-RS#0 and CSI-RS#1 of
Cell 1 shall fulfil the requirements in clause 10.1.20.2. The following requirements are to be verified:

For Test 1:

Absolute accuracy of CSI-RS0 and absolute accuracy of CSI-RS1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.7.7.4.2.3-1.

Relative accuracy of CSI-RS0 compared with CSI-RS1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference
in reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1.

For Test 2:

Absolute accuracy of CSI-RS0 and absolute accuracy of CSI-RS1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the
reported L1-RSRP is in the range shown in Table A.7.7.4.2.3-1.

Relative accuracy of CSI-RS0 compared with CSI-RS1. The UE is deemed to meet the requirement if the difference
in reported L1-RSRP meets the requirements in Table 10.1.20.2.2-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1114 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.7.7.4.2.3-1: L1-RSRP absolute accuracy test requirement

Test requirement Notes1,2,3

CSI-RS0 CSI-RS _RP0 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP0 +δ + Gmax
CSI-RS1 CSI-RS _RP1 -δ + Gmin ≤ ≤
Reported RSRP(dBm) CSI-RS _RP1 +δ + Gmax
Note 1: CSI-RS_RPn is the equivalent power received by an antenna with 0dBi gain at the centre of the quiet
zone configured in the test for the CSI-RS n under consideration
Note 2: δ is the RSRP absolute accuracy requirement from Table 10.1.20.2.1-1, selected according to the Io
used in the test
Note 3: Gmin and Gmax are the minimum and maximum UE gain values from Table B.2.1.5.1-1, selected
according to the UE power class

A.8 E-UTRA standalone tests for NR RRM

Editor notes: All NR RRM tests under E-UTRA standalone operations are included in this Annex. All EN-DC related
NR RRM tests are in A.6

A.8.1 Void
A.8.2 RRC_IDLE state mobility
A.8.2.1 Inter-RAT NR Cell re-selection
A.8.2.1.1 E-UTRA Cell reselection to higher priority NR target Cell in FR1
A.8.2.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test is to verify the requirement for the E-UTRAN to NR inter-RAT cell reselection requirements specified in
clause 4.2.2.5.6 in TS 36.133 [15].

The test scenario comprises of 1 E-UTRA cell and 1 NR cell as given in tables A.8.2.1.1.1-1, A.8.2.1.1.1-2,
A.8.2.1.1.1-3 and A.8.2.1.1.1-4. The test consists of three successive time periods, with time duration of T1, T2, and
T3 respectively. E-UTRA cell 1 is already identified by the UE prior to the start of the test. Cell 2 is of higher
priority than cell 1.

Table A.8.2.1.1.1-1: Supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1115 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.2.1.1.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRA cell re-selection FR1 NR cell test case

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration
Initial Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell1 The UE camps on cell 1 in the initial
condition phase and during T3 period the UE
reselects to cell 2
T3 end Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell2 The UE shall perform reselection to cell 2
condition Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell1 during T3
Neighbour cells 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cell2
RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1, 2 E-UTRAN radio channel (1) and NR radio
channel (2) are used for this test
Time offset between cells 1, 4 3 ms Asynchronous cells
2, 5 3 μs Synchronous cells
3, 6 3 μs Synchronous cells
Access Barring Information - 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Not Sent No additional delays in random access
procedure.
DRX cycle length s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1.28 The value shall be used for all cells in the
test.
NR PRACH configuration index 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 102 The detailed configuration is specified in
TS 38.211 clause 6.3.3.2
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 15 T1 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 >7 During T2, cell 2 shall be powered off,
and during the off time the physical cell
identity shall be changed. The intention is
to ensure that cell 2 has not been
detected by the UE prior to the start of
period T3.
T3 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 75 T3 needs to be defined so that cell re-
selection reaction time is taken into
account.

Table A.8.2.1.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for NR cell 2

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2 T3
TDD configuration 1, 4 N/A
2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
PDSCH Reference 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
measurement channel 2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
RMSI CORESET 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel 2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
RMC CORESET 1, 4 CCR.1.1 FDD
Reference Channel 2, 5 CCR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CCR.2.1 TDD
OCNG Patterns 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
SMTC configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SMTC.1
SSB configuration 1, 4 SSB.1 FR1
2, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
configuration
Initial UL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ULBWP.0.1
configuration

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1116 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

RLM-RS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SSB
Qrxlevmin dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -140
3, 6 -137
Pcompensation dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
Qhysts dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
Qoffsets, n dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
Cell_selection_and_ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
reselection_quality_m SS-RSRP
easurement
Ê s I ot dB 1, 4 -4 -infinity 12
2, 5
3, 6
dBm/SCS 1, 4 -98
Noc Note2 2, 5 -98
3, 6 -95
dBm/15 kHz 1, 4 -98
Noc Note2 2, 5
3, 6
Ê s N oc dB 1, 4 -4 -infinity 12
2, 5
3, 6
SS-RSRP Note3 dBm/SCS 1, 4 -102 -infinity -86
2, 5 -102 -infinity -86
3, 6 -99 -infinity -83
Io dBm/9.36 MHz 1, 4 -68.60 -infinity -57.78
dBm/9.36 MHz 2, 5 -68.60 -infinity -57.78
dBm/38.16 MHz 3, 6 -62.50 -infinity -51.69
Treselection s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0 0 0
Snonintrasearch dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Not sent
Threshx, high dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 48
Threshserving, low dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 44
Threshx, low dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 50
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
N oc to be
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1117 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.2.1.1.1-4: Cell specific test parameters for E-UTRA cell 1

Parameter Unit Cell 1

T1 T2 T3
E-UTRA RF Channel number 1
BWchannel MHz 10
OCNG Patterns defined in TS 36.133 [15] OP.2 TDD for test configuration 1, 2, 3;
clause A.3.2 OP.2 FDD for test configuration 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RA dB
PBCH_RB dB
PSS_RA dB
SSS_RA dB
PCFICH_RB dB
PHICH_RA dB
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA dB
PDCCH_RB dB
PDSCH_RA dB
PDSCH_RB dB
OCNG_RANote 1 dB
OCNG_RBNote 1 dB
Qrxlevmin dBm -140
dBm/15 kHz -98
Noc Note 2
RSRP Note 3 dBm/15 KHz -84 -84 -84
dB 14 14 14
Ês Iot
dB 14 14 14
Ês Noc
TreselectionEUTRAN S 0
Snonintrasearch dB 50
Threshx, high dB 48
Threshserving, low dB 44
Threshx, low dB 50
Propagation Condition AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: RSRP levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.

A.8.2.1.1.2 Test Requirements

The cell reselection delay to a higher priority NR cell is defined as the time from the beginning of time period T3, to
the moment when the UE camps on cell 2, and starts to send preambles on the PRACH for sending the
RRCSetupRequest message to perform a Tracking Area Update procedure on cell 2.

The cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell shall be less than 68 s.

The rate of correct cell reselections observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The cell re-selection delay to a higher priority cell can be expressed as: Thigher_priority_search + Tevaluate, NR +
TSI-NR, and to a lower priority cell can be expressed as: Tevaluate, NR + TSI-NR,

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1118 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Where:

Thigher_priority_search See clause 4.2.2 in TS 36.133 [15]

Tevaluate, NR See Table 4.2.2.5.6-1 in clause 4.2.2.5.6 in TS 36.133 [15]

TSI-NR Maximum repetition period of relevant system info blocks that needs to be received by the UE
to camp on a cell; 1280 ms is assumed in this test case.

This gives a total of 67.68 s, allow 68 s for the cell re-selection delay to a higher priority NR cell and 7.68 s for the
cell re-selection delay to a lower priority cell in the test case, which we allow 8 s.

A.8.3 RRC_CONNECTED state mobility

A.8.3.1 Handover
A.8.3.1.1 E-UTRAN - NR handover in FR1
A.8.3.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
This test shall verify the E-UTRAN to NR FR1 handover requirements as specified in clause 6.1.2.1 specified in
clause 5.3.4 in TS 36.133 [15].

The test comprises of one E-UTRA carrier and one NR carrier. There are two cells and one cell on each carrier. Cell
1 is the E-UTRAN and Cell 2 is an inter-RAT NR neighbour cell. The test consists of three successive time periods,
with time durations of T1, T2 and T3 respectively. At the start of time duration T1, the UE does not have any timing
information of Cell 2. Starting T2, Cell 2 becomes detectable and the UE is expected to detect and send a
measurement report. Gap pattern configuration with id #0 as specified in Table 8.1.2.1-1 of TS 36.133 [15] is
configured before T2 begins to enable inter-RAT frequency monitoring.

A RRC message implying handover shall be sent to the UE during period T2 after the UE has reported Event B2.
The start of T3 is the instant when the last TTI containing the RRC message implying handover is sent to the UE.
The handover message shall contain Cell 2 as the target cell.

Supported test configurations are shown in table A.8.3.1.1-1. General test parameters are provided in Table
A.8.3.1.1-2. Cell specific test parameters for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are provided in Tables A.8.3.1.1-3 and A.8.3.1.1-4
respectively.

Table A.8.3.1.1-1: Supported test configurations for E-UTRAN inter-RAT NR handover

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1119 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.3.1.1-2: General test parameters for E-UTRAN inter-RAT NR handover

Parameter Unit Value Comment
NR RF Channel Number 1 1 NR carrier frequency is used in
the test
LTE RF Channel Number 2 1 E-UTRAN carrier frequency is
used in the test
Initial conditions
Active cell Cell 1 E-UTRAN cell
Neighbouring cell Cell 2 NR cell
Final condition Active cell Cell 2
NR measurement quantity SS-RSRP
E-UTRAN measurement quantity RSRP
b2-Threshold1 dBm -84 Absolute E-UTRAN RSRP
threshold for event B2
b2-Threshold2NR dBm As specified in Table Absolute NR SS-RSRP threshold
A.8.3.1.1-4 for event B2
Hysteresis dB 0
TimeToTrigger s 0
Filter coefficient 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX OFF Non-DRX test
Access Barring Information - Not sent No additional delays in random
access procedure
Time offset between cells 3 ms Asynchronous cells
Gap pattern configuration Id 0 As specified in Table 8.1.2.1-1
started before T2 starts [15]
T1 s 5
T2 s ≤5
T3 s 1

Table A.8.3.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for E-UTRAN inter-RAT NR handover (Cell 1)

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2 T3
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 2
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PRACH ConfigurationNote2 1, 2, 3 4
4, 5, 6 53
PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote3 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
ChannelNote3 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote3 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1120 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

20 MHz: OP.17 FDD

4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote4
OCNG_RBNote4
NocNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 7 7 7
Ês/IotNote6 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 7 7 7
RSRPNote6 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -91 -91 -91
SCH_RPNote6 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -91 -91 -91
IoNote6 dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -62.43 -62.43 -62.43
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix Note7
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: PRACH configurations are specified in table 5.7.1-2 and table 5.7.1-3 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 3: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 4: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 5: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 6: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 7: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1121 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.3.1.1-4: Cell specific test parameters E-UTRAN inter-RAT NR handover (Cell 2)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1122 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 2

T1 T2 T3
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 4 FDD
2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD Configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.1.2
BWchannel MHz 1, 4 10: NRB,c = 52 (FDD)
2, 5 10: NRB,c = 52 (TDD)
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106 (TDD)
PDSCH reference measurement 1, 4 SR.1.1 FDD
channel
2, 5 SR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 SR.2.1 TDD
CORSET reference channel 1, 4 CR.1.1 FDD
2, 5 CR.1.1 TDD
3, 6 CR.2.1 TDD
PRACH configuration FR1 PRACH configuration 1
OCNG patternNote1 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
BWP Initial DL BWP 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 DLBWP.0.1
Dedicated DL DLBWP.1.1
BWP
Initial UL BWP ULBWP.0.1
Dedicated UL ULBWP.1.1
BWP
SMTC configuration 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 SMTC.1
SSB configuration 1, 2, 4, 5 SSB.1 FR1
3, 6 SSB.2 FR1
b2-Threshold2NR dBm 1, 2, 4, 5 -105
3, 6 -103
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 0
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to
PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to
PDCCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to
SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to
PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG
DMRS
NocNote2 dBm/15 KHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
NocNote2 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -98
3, 6 -95
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -inifinit 0 0
Ês/IotNote3 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -inifinit 0 0
SS-RSRPNote3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -inifinit -98 -98
3, 6 -inifinit -95 -95
IoNote3 dBm/9.36 1, 2, 4, 5 -70.05 -67.04 -67.04
MHz
dBm/38.16 3, 6 -63.96 -60.94 -60.94
MHz
Propagation condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 AWGN
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1123 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: Ês/Iot, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.

A.8.3.1.1.2 Test Requirements

The UE shall start to transmit the PRACH to Cell 2 less than 112 ms from the beginning of time period T3.

The rate of correct handovers observed during repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The handover delay can be expressed as: RRC procedure delay + Tinterrupt, where:

RRC procedure delay = 50 ms and is specified in TS36.331.

Tinterrupt = 62 ms in the test; Tinterrupt is defined in TS36.133 clause 5.3.4.3.

This gives a total of 112 ms.

A.8.4 Measurement procedure

A.8.4.1 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT SFTD Measurement Delay
A.8.4.1.1 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT SFTD Measurement Delay in non-DRX
A.8.4.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to partly verify that measurement reporting delay for SFTD between E-UTRA PCell and
inter-RAT NR neighbour cell in FR1 is within the requirements stated in clauses 8.1.2.4.25 and 8.1.2.4.26 of
TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRA FDD and TDD, respectively, when no measurement gaps are provided and no DRX is
configured.

The tests consist of a single time period of duration T1. Two carriers are used in the tests: one E-UTRA carrier with
the PCell (Cell 1), and one NR carrier with the NR neighbour cell (Cell 2).

Prior to the start of time duration T1, the UE is connected to Cell 1 and configured to carry out intra-frequency
measurements only. The point in time at which the UE receives, at the UE antenna connector(s), a RRC message
containing a measurement configuration for SFTD measurements on RF channel 2 defines the start of time duration
T1. Following the start of T1 the UE shall detect Cell 2, determine the SFN and frame time difference of Cell 2
relative to Cell 1, and send a measurement report.

The supported test configurations are listed in Table A.8.4.1.1.1-1 below. Test parameters and cell-specific
parameters for the NR cell are provided in Tables A.8.4.1.1.1-2 and A.8.4.1.1.1-3 below, respectively. Cell-specific
parameters for the E-UTRA cell are provided in Table A.3.7.2.1-1 in clause A.3.7.2.1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1124 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.1.1.1-1: Applicable E-UTRA and NR configurations for inter-RAT SFTD measurement
delay test

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.8.4.1.1.1-2: Applicable E-UTRA and NR configurations for inter-RAT SFTD measurement
delay test

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration Test 1 Test 2
E-UTRA RF Channel Config One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
1
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config One NR FR1 carrier frequencies is
1
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.
Active cell Config Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF channel
Cell 1
1,2,3,4,5,6 number 1.
Neighbour cell Config Cell 2 is on NR RF channel number
Cell 2
1,2,3,4,5,6 1.
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,4 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
Config 2,5 SSB.1 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
CP length Config Applicable to both cells.
Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX Config DRX is not used
OFF
1,2,3,4,5,6
Frame time offset ms Config 1,2,3,4 Asynchronous cells.
between serving and 3 7 The timing of Cell 2 relative to the
neighbour cells timing of Cell 1.
μs Config 5,6 Synchronous cells.
3
SFN offset between Config SFN of Cell 2 relative to SFN of
serving and neighbour 1,2,3,4,5,6 0 1 Cell 1.
cells
T1 s Config
1
1,2,3,4,5,6

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1125 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.1.1.1-3: Cell specific test parameters for Cell 2 in inter-RAT SFTD measurement delay
test

Parameter Unit Test configuration Cell 2

NR RF Channel Number Config 1,2,3,4,5,6 1
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel MHz Config 2,5 10: NRB,c = 52
Config 3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
TDD configuration
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
OCNG Pattern defined in
Config 1,2,3,4,5,6 OP.1
A.3.2.1.1
Config 1,4 SMTC.2
SMTC configuration defined
in A.3.2.11.1 and A.3.2.11.2
Config 2,3,5,6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier Config 1,2,4,5 15
kHz
spacing Config 3,6 30
dB
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS
dB
to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH
dB Config 1,2,3,4,5,6 0
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS
dB
to SSS Note 1
EPRE ratio of OCNG to
dB
OCNG DMRS Note 1
-98
Noc Note2 dBm/15kHz
Config 1,2,4,5 -98
Noc Note2 dBm/SCS
Config 3,6 -95
Config 1,2,4,5 -94
SS-RSRP Note 3, 4 dBm/SCS
Config 3,6 -91
4
Ês/Iot dB Config 1,2,3,4,5,6
4
Ês/Noc dB Config 1,2,3,4,5,6
dBm/9.36MHz Config 1,2,4,5 -67.11
Io Note 3
dBm/38.16MHz Config 3,6 -62.27
Propagation Condition Config 1,2,3,4,5,6 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1126 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

A.8.4.1.1.2 Test Requirements

Following the start of T1, the UE shall detect Cell 2 and determine the relative time difference between Cell 1 and
Cell 2. At latest at TRRC_procedure_delay + Tmeasure_SFTD1 after the beginning of time duration T1, the UE shall send a
measurement report on SFTD between Cell 1 and Cell 2.

The observed rate of successful SFTD reports in repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2×TTIDCCH longer than the measurement
reporting delays above due to TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.4.1.2 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT SFTD Measurement Delay in DRX

A.8.4.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to partly verify that measurement reporting delay for SFTD between E-UTRA PCell and
inter-RAT NR neighbour cell in FR1 is within the requirements stated in clauses 8.1.2.4.25 and 8.1.2.4.26 of
TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRA FDD and TDD, respectively, when no measurement gaps are provided and DRX is
configured.

The tests consist of a single time period of duration T1. Two carriers are used in the tests: one E-UTRA carrier with
the PCell (Cell 1), and one NR carrier with the NR neighbour cell (Cell 2).

Prior to the start of time duration T1, the UE is connected to Cell 1 and configured to carry out intra-frequency
measurements only. The point in time at which the UE receives, at the UE antenna connector(s), a RRC message
containing a measurement configuration for SFTD measurements on RF channel 2 defines the start of time duration
T1. Following the start of T1 the UE shall detect Cell 2, determine the SFN and frame time difference of Cell 2
relative to Cell 1, and send a measurement report.

The supported test configurations are listed in Table A.8.4.1.2.1-1 below. Test parameters are provided in
Tables A.8.4.1.2.1-2 below. Cell-specific parameters for the E-UTRA and NR cells are provided in Table A.3.7.2.1-
1 in clause A.3.7.2.1, and Table A.8.4.1.1.1-3 in clause A.8.4.1.1.1, respectively.

Table A.8.4.1.2.1-1: Applicable E-UTRA and NR configurations for inter-RAT SFTD measurement
delay test in DRX

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1127 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.1.2.1-2: Applicable E-UTRA and NR configurations for inter-RAT SFTD measurement
delay test in DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuration Test 1 Test 2
E-UTRA RF Channel Config One E-UTRAN TDD carrier
1
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 frequencies is used.
NR RF Channel Config One NR FR1 carrier frequencies is
1
Number 1,2,3,4,5,6 used.
Active cell Config Cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF channel
1,2,3,4,5,6 Cell 1 number 1.
Neighbour cell Config Cell 2 is on NR RF channel number
Cell 2
1,2,3,4,5,6 1.
SMTC-SSB parameters Config 1,4 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
SSB.1 FR1
Config 2,5 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
SSB.1 FR1
Config 3,6 As specified in clause A.3.10.1
SSB.2 FR1
CP length Config Applicable to both cells.
Normal
1,2,3,4,5,6
DRX Config DRX configuration as specified in
DRX.4
1,2,3,4,5,6 clause A.3.3.4
Frame time offset ms Config 1,2,3,4 Asynchronous cells.
between serving and 3 7 The timing of Cell 2 relative to the
neighbour cells timing of Cell 1.
μs Config 5,6 Synchronous cells.
3

SFN offset between Config SFN of Cell 2 relative to SFN of

serving and neighbour 1,2,3,4,5,6 0 1 Cell 1.
cells
T1 s Config
1
1,2,3,4,5,6

A.8.4.1.2.2 Test Requirements

Following the start of T1, the UE shall detect Cell 2 and determine the relative time difference between Cell 1 and
Cell 2. At latest at the earliest DRX activity time following upon TRRC_procedure_delay + Tmeasure_SFTD1 from the
beginning of time duration T1, the UE shall send a measurement report on SFTD between Cell 1 and Cell 2.

The observed rate of successful SFTD reports in repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2×TTIDCCH longer than the measurement
reporting delays above due to TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.4.2 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT Measurements

A.8.4.2.1 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR1 without SSB time
index detection when DRX is not used
A.8.4.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
NR inter-RAT cell search requirements in clause 8.1.2.4.21 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN FDD-NR
measurements and clause 8.1.2.4.22 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN TDD-NR measurements.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1128 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In this test, there are two cells: E-UTRA cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR1 on NR RF channel 1. The test parameters are given in Tables A.8.4.2.1.1-1, A.8.4.2.1.1-2, A.8.4.2.1.1-3 and
A.8.4.2.1.1-4.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.1.1-2 is provided for UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.1.1-2 is
provided for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event B2 (PCell
becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold2) [16] is used. The test
consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the
UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Table A.8.4.2.1.1-1: NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for
FR1

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1129 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.1.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR1
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 One E-UTRAcarrier frequency is used.
Number 6
NR RF Chanel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 One FR1 NR carrier frequency is used.
6
Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, E-UTRA cell 1 (PCell) E-UTRA cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF channel
6 number 1.
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel number 1.
6
Gap Pattern Id 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 4 As specified in clause Table 8.1.2.1-1 of
6 TS 36.133 [15].
Measurement gap 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 39 19 As specified in TS 36.331 [16].
offset 6
b2-Threshold1 dBm 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Note 1 E-UTRA RSRP threshold for E-UTRA
6 RSRP measurement on cell 1 for event
B2 [16]
b2-Threshold2NR dBm 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Note 2 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
6 measurement on cell 2 for event B2 [16]
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Normal
6
TimeToTrigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 L3 filtering is not used
6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, OFF DRX is not used
6
Time offset between 1, 4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later than the
cells timing of Cell 1.
2, 3, 5, 6 3μs Synchronous cells.
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5
6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 1
6
Note 1: The value of b2-Threshold1 is defined in Table A.8.4.2.1.1-3
Note 2: The value of b2-Threshold2NR is defined in Table A.8.4.2.1.1-4

Table A.8.4.2.1.1-3: E-UTRAN PCell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting in non-DRX with NR neigbour cell in FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1130 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD

DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote2 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
ChannelNote2 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
b2-Threshold1 dBm 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -79
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
NocNote4 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -104
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 17
Ês/IotNote5 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 17
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
SCH_RPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -76.22+10log (NRB,c /50) -59.13+10log (NRB,c
IoNote5
/50)
Propagation Condition Note6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix Note6
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 5: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 6: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1131 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.1.1-4: NR neighbour cell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting for FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2
NR RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 4 FDD
2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 4, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106
OCNG Patterns defined in A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
SMTC configuration defined in A.3.11.1 1, 4 SMTC.2
and A.3.11.2 2, 3, 5, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 1, 2, 4, 5 15
3, 6 30
b2-Threshold2NR dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -99
3, 6 -96
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS (Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Note2
N oc dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -98
N oc
3, 6 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -Infinity -91
3, 6 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
Ês N oc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
IoNote3 dBm/9.36MHz 1, 2, 4, 5 -Infinity -65.38
dBm/38.16MH 3, 6 -Infinity -61.06
z
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and Correlation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Matrix
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.

A.8.4.2.1.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 920 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1132 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 800 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1 and test 2, the UE is not required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.4.2.2 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR1 without SSB time
index detection when DRX is used
A.8.4.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
NR inter-RAT cell search requirements in clause 8.1.2.4.21 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN FDD-NR
measurements and clause 8.1.2.4.22 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN TDD-NR measurements.

In this test, there are two cells: E-UTRA cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR1 on NR RF channel 1. The test parameters are given in Tables A.8.4.2.2.1-1, A.8.4.2.2.1-2, A.8.4.2.2.1-3 and
A.8.4.2.2.1-4.

In tests 1 and 2, measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.2.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in tests 3 and 4, measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table
A.8.4.2.2.1-2 is provided for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event B2 (PCell
becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold2) [16] is used. In the
measurement configuration the UE shall be indicated to report the SSB index of the identified NR cell. The test
consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the
UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Table A.8.4.2.2.1-1: NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for
FR1

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1133 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.2.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR1
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuratio Test Test 2 Test Test 4
n 1 2
E-UTRA RF 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 One E-UTRA carrier frequency is used.
Channel Number 6
NR RF Channel 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 One FR1 NR carrier frequency is used.
Number 6
Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, E-UTRA cell 1 (PCell) E-UTRA cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
6 channel number 1.
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel number
6 1.
Gap Pattern Id 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 4 As specified in clause Table 8.1.2.1-1
6 of TS 36.133 [15].
Measurement gap 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 39 19 As specified in TS 36.331 [16].
offset 6
b2-Threshold1 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Note 1 E-UTRA RSRP threshold for E-UTRA
m 6 RSRP measurement on cell 1 for event
B2 [16]
b2-Threshold2NR dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Note 2 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
m 6 measurement on cell 2 for event B2
[16]
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Normal
6
TimeToTrigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 L3 filtering is not used
6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, DRX. DRX.10 DRX. DRX.10 As specified in clause A.3.3
6 9 9
Time offset 1, 4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
between serving The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later than
and neighbour the timing of Cell 1.
cells 2, 3, 5, 6 3μs Synchronous cells.
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5
6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 2 11 2 11
6
Note 1: The value of b2-Threshold1 is defined in Table A.8.4.2.2.1-3
Note 2: The value of b2-Threshold2NR is defined in Table A.8.4.2.2.1-4

Table A.8.4.2.2.1-3: E-UTRAN PCell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting in non-DRX with NR neigbour cell in FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1134 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

20 MHz: NRB,c = 100

PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote2 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
ChannelNote2 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
b2-Threshold1 dBm 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -79
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
NocNote4 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -104
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 17
Ês/IotNote5 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 17
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
SCH_RPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -76.22+10log (NRB,c /50) -59.13+10log (NRB,c
IoNote5
/50)
Propagation Condition Note6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix Note6
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 5: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 6: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1135 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.2.1-4: NR neighbour cell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting for FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2
NR RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 4 FDD
2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 4, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106
OCNG Patterns defined in A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
SMTC configuration defined in A.3.11.1 1, 4 SMTC.2
and A.3.11.2 2, 3, 5, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 1, 2, 4, 5 15
3, 6 30
b2-Threshold2NR dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -99
3, 6 -96
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS (Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Note2
N oc dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -98
N oc
3, 6 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -Infinity -91
3, 6 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
Ês N oc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
IoNote3 dBm/9.36MHz 1, 2, 4, 5 -Infinity -65.38
dBm/38.16MH 3, 6 -Infinity -61.06
z
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and Correlation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Matrix
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.

A.8.4.2.2.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1080 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1136 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 10240 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 3 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1080 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 10240 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In tests 1, 2, 3 and 4, the UE is not required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.4.2.3 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR1 with SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used
A.8.4.2.3.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
NR inter-RAT cell search requirements in clause 8.1.2.4.21of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN FDD-NR
measurements and clause 8.1.2.4.22 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN TDD-NR measurements.

In this test, there are two cells: E-UTRA cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR1 on NR RF channel 1. The test parameters are given in Tables A.8.4.2.3.1-1, A.8.4.2.3.1-2, A.8.4.2.3.1-3 and
A.8.4.2.3.1-4.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.3.1-2 is provided for UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.3.1-2 is
provided for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event B2 (PCell
becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold2) [16] is used. In the
measurement configuration the UE shall be indicated to report the SSB index of the identified NR cell. The test
consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the
UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Table A.8.4.2.3.1-1: NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for
FR1

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1137 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.3.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR1
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 One E-UTRA carrier frequency is used.
Number 6
NR RF Channel 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 One FR1 NR carrier frequency is used.
Number 6
Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, E-UTRA cell 1 (PCell) E-UTRA cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF channel
6 number 1.
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel number 1.
6
Gap Pattern Id 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 4 As specified in clause Table 8.1.2.1-1 of
6 TS 36.133 [15].
Measurement gap 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 39 19 As specified in TS 36.331 [16].
offset 6
b2-Threshold1 dBm 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Note 1 E-UTRA RSRP threshold for E-UTRA
6 RSRP measurement on cell 1 for event
B2 [16]
b2-Threshold2NR dBm 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Note 2 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
6 measurement on cell 2 for event B2 [16]
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Normal
6
TimeToTrigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 L3 filtering is not used
6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, OFF DRX is not used
6
Time offset between 1, 4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3 ms later than the
cells timing of Cell 1.
2, 3, 5, 6 3μs Synchronous cells.
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5
6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 2 1
6
Note 1: The value of b2-Threshold1 is defined in Table A.8.4.2.3.1-3
Note 2: The value of b2-Threshold2NR is defined in Table A.8.4.2.3.1-4

Table A.8.4.2.3.1-3: E-UTRAN PCell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting in non-DRX with NR neigbour cell in FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1138 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

20 MHz: NRB,c = 100

PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote2 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
ChannelNote2 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
b2-Threshold1 dBm 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -79
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
NocNote4 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -104
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 17
Ês/IotNote5 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 17
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
SCH_RPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -76.22+10log (NRB,c /50) -59.13+10log (NRB,c
IoNote5
/50)
Propagation Condition Note6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix Note6
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 5: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 6: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1139 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.3.1-4: NR neighbour cell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting for FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2
NR RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 4 FDD
2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 4, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106
OCNG Patterns defined in A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
SMTC configuration defined in A.3.11.1 1, 4 SMTC.2
and A.3.11.2 2, 3, 5, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 1, 2, 4, 5 15
3, 6 30
b2-Threshold2NR dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -99
3, 6 -96
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS (Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Note2
N oc dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -98
N oc
3, 6 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -Infinity -91
3, 6 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
Ês N oc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
IoNote3 dBm/9.36MHz 1, 2, 4, 5 -Infinity -65.38
dBm/38.16MH 3, 6 -Infinity -61.06
z
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and Correlation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Matrix
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.

A.8.4.2.3.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1040 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1140 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 920 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1 and test 2, the UE is required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the
measurement reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.4.2.4 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR1 with SSB time index
detection when DRX is used
A.8.4.2.4.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
NR inter-RAT cell search requirements in clause 8.1.2.4.21of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN FDD-NR
measurements and clause 8.1.2.4.22 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN TDD-NR measurements.

In this test, there are two cells: E-UTRA cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR1 on NR RF channel 1. The test parameters are given in Tables A.8.4.2.4.1-1, A.8.4.2.4.1-2, A.8.4.2.4.1-3 and
A.8.4.2.4.1-4.

In tests 1 and 2, measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.4.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in tests 3 and 4, measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table
A.8.4.2.4.1-2 is provided for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event B2 (PCell
becomes worse than threshold1 and inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold2) [16] is used. In the
measurement configuration the UE shall be indicated to report the SSB index of the identified NR cell. The test
consists of two successive time periods, with time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the
UE shall not have any timing information of NR cell 2.

Table A.8.4.2.4.1-1: NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for
FR1

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1141 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.4.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR1
without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuratio Test Test 2 Test Test 4
n 1 2
E-UTRA RF 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 One E-UTRA carrier frequency is used.
Channel Number 6
NR RF Channel 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 One FR1 NR carrier frequency is used.
Number 6
Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, E-UTRA cell 1 (PCell) E-UTRA cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
6 channel number 1.
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel number
6 1.
Gap Pattern Id 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 4 As specified in clause Table 8.1.2.1-1
6 of TS 36.133 [15].
Measurement gap 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 39 19 As specified in TS 36.331 [16].
offset 6
b2-Threshold1 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Note 1 E-UTRA RSRP threshold for E-UTRA
m 6 RSRP measurement on cell 1 for event
B2 [16]
b2-Threshold2NR dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Note 2 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
m 6 measurement on cell 2 for event B2
[16]
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Normal
6
TimeToTrigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 L3 filtering is not used
6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, DRX. DRX.10 DRX. DRX.10 As specified in clause A.3.3
6 9 9
Time offset 1, 4 3ms Asynchronous cells.
between serving The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later than
and neighbour the timing of Cell 1.
cells 2, 3, 5, 6 3μs Synchronous cells.
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5
6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 2 13 2 13
6
Note 1: The value of b2-Threshold1 is defined in Table A.8.4.2.4.1-3
Note 2: The value of b2-Threshold2NR is defined in Table A.8.4.2.4.1-4

Table A.8.4.2.4.1-3: E-UTRAN PCell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting in non-DRX with NR neigbour cell in FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Configuration Cell 1

T1 T2
RF channel number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 2, 3 FDD
4, 5, 6 TDD
TDD special subframe 4, 5, 6 6
configurationNote1
TDD uplink-downlink 4, 5, 6 1
configurationNote1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1142 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

20 MHz: NRB,c = 100

PDSCH parameters: 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
ChannelNote2 20 MHz: R.6 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
parameters: 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
DL Reference Measurement 20 MHz: R.10 FDD
ChannelNote2 4, 5, 6 5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 1, 2, 3 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
4, 5, 6 5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
b2-Threshold1 dBm 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -79
PBCH_RA 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
PBCH_RB
PSS_RA
SSS_RA
PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RA
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA
PDCCH_RB
PDSCH_RA
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RANote3
OCNG_RBNote3
NocNote4 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -104
Ês/Noc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 17
Ês/IotNote5 dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 17
RSRPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
SCH_RPNote5 dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity -87
dBm/9MHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -76.22+10log (NRB,c /50) -59.13+10log (NRB,c
IoNote5
/50)
Propagation Condition Note6 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Correlation Matrix Note6
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15] respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 5: Ês/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 6: Propagation condition and correlation matrix are defined in clause B.2 in TS 36.101 [25].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1143 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.4.1-4: NR neighbour cell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting for FR1 without SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2
NR RF Channel Number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1
Duplex mode 1, 4 FDD
2, 3, 5, 6 TDD
TDD configuration 2, 5 TDDConf.1.1
3, 6 TDDConf.2.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2, 4, 5 10: NRB,c = 52
3, 6 40: NRB,c = 106
OCNG Patterns defined in A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 OP.1
SMTC configuration defined in A.3.11.1 1, 4 SMTC.2
and A.3.11.2 2, 3, 5, 6 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 1, 2, 4, 5 15
3, 6 30
b2-Threshold2NR dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -99
3, 6 -96
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS (Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Note2
N oc dBm/15kHz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -98
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -98
N oc
3, 6 -95
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2, 4, 5 -Infinity -91
3, 6 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
Ês N oc dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -Infinity 7
IoNote3 dBm/9.36MHz 1, 2, 4, 5 -Infinity -65.38
dBm/38.16MH 3, 6 -Infinity -61.06
z
Propagation Condition 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ETU70
Antenna Configuration and Correlation 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1x2 Low
Matrix
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.

A.8.4.2.4.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1280 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1144 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 12160 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 3 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 1280 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than 12160 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In tests 1, 2, 3 and 4, the UE is required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the
measurement reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.4.2.5 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR2 without SSB time
index detection when DRX is not used
A.8.4.2.5.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
NR inter-RAT cell search requirements in clause 8.1.2.4.21of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN FDD-NR
measurements and clause 8.1.2.4.22 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN TDD-NR measurements.

In this test, there are two cells: E-UTRA cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 1. The test parameters are given in Tables A.8.4.2.5.1-1, A.8.4.2.5.1-2 and A.8.4.2.5.1-3.

The cell specific test parameters for E-UTRA cell1 as PCell are defined in clause A.3.7.2.2.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.5.1-2 is provided for UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.5.1-2 is
provided for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event B1 (Inter
RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold) [16] is used. The test consists of two successive time periods, with
time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not have timing information of NR
cell 2.

Table A.8.4.2.5.1-1: NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for
FR2 in non-DRX

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1145 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.5.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR2
without SSB time index detection in non-DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel 1, 2 1 One E-UTRAcarrier frequency is used.
Number
NR RF Channel 1, 2 1 One FR2 NR carrier frequency is used.
Number
Active cell 1, 2 E-UTRA cell 1 (PCell) E-UTRA cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF channel
number 1 as defined in clause A.3.7.2.2.
Neighbour cell 1, 2 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel number 1.
Gap Pattern Id 1, 2 0 4 As specified in clause Table 8.1.2.1-1 of
TS 36.133 [15].
Measurement gap 1, 2 39 19 As specified in TS 36.331 [16].
offset
b1-ThresholdNR dBm 1, 2 Note 1 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
measurement on cell 2 for event B1 [16]
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
CP length 1, 2 Normal
TimeToTrigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later than the
cells timing of Cell 1.
2 3μs Synchronous cells.
T1 s 1, 2 10
T2 s 1, 2 6 3
Note 1: The value of b1-ThresholdNR is defined in Table A.8.4.2.5.1-3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1146 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.5.1-3: NR neighbour cell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting for FR2 without SSB time index detection in non-DRX

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2
AoA setup defined in A.3.15.2.1 1, 2 Setup 2a
NR RF Channel Number 1, 2 1
Duplex mode 1, 2 TDD
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
OCNG patterns defined in A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1, 2 OP.1
SMTC configuration defined in A.3.11.1 1 SMTC.2
and A.3.11.2 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 1, 2 120
b1-ThresholdNR UE power class 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -108
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS (Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Note2
N oc dBm/15kHz 1, 2 -111
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -102
N oc
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB 1, 2 -Infinity 14
Ês N oc dB 1, 2 -Infinity 14
IoNote3 dBm/95.04MH 1, 2 -Infinity -58.84
z
Propagation Condition 1, 2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.

A.8.4.2.5.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B1 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D1 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B1 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D2 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 1 and test 2, the UE is not required to report SSB time index.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1147 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.5.2-1: Test requirements for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR2 without
SSB time index detection in non-DRX

Test case Measurement reporting delay (ms)

Test 1: D1 ms Test 2: D2 ms
UE power class 3 3200 1600

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.4.2.6 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR2 without SSB time
index detection when DRX is used
A.8.4.2.6.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
NR inter-RAT cell search requirements in clause 8.1.2.4.21of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN FDD-NR
measurements and clause 8.1.2.4.22 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN TDD-NR measurements.

In this test, there are two cells: E-UTRA cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 1. The test parameters are given in Tables A.8.4.2.6.1-1, A.8.4.2.6.1-2 and A.8.4.2.6.1-3.

The cell specific test parameters for E-UTRA cell1 as PCell are defined in clause A.3.7.2.2.

In tests 1 and 2, measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.6.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in tests 3 and 4, measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table
A.8.4.2.6.1-2 is provided for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event B1 (Inter
RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold) [16] is used. In the measurement configuration the UE shall be
indicated to report the SSB index of the identified NR cell. The test consists of two successive time periods, with
time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not have timing information of NR
cell 2.

Table A.8.4.2.6.1-1: NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests without SSB index reading for
FR2 in DRX

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1148 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.6.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR2
without SSB time index detection in DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuratio Test Test 2 Test Test 4
n 1 3
E-UTRA RF 1, 2 1 One E-UTRA carrier frequency is used.
Channel Number
NR RF Channel 1, 2 1 One FR2 NR carrier frequency is used.
Number
Active cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, E-UTRA cell 1 (PCell) E-UTRA cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF
6 channel number 1 as defined in
clause A.3.7.2.2.
Neighbour cell 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel number
6 1.
Gap Pattern Id 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 4 As specified in clause Table 8.1.2.1-1
6 of TS 36.133 [15].
Measurement gap 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 39 19 As specified in TS 36.331 [16].
offset 6
b1-ThresholdNR dB 1, 2 Note 1 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
m measurement on cell 2 for event B1
[16]
Hysteresis dB 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
CP length 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Normal
6
TimeToTrigger s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
6
Filter coefficient 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0 L3 filtering is not used
6
DRX 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, DRX. DRX.10 DRX. DRX.10 As specified in clause A.3.3
6 9 9
Time offset 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
between serving The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later than
and neighbour the timing of Cell 1.
cells 2 3μs Synchronous cells.
T1 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5
6
T2 s 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 83 6 83
6
Note 1: The value of b1-ThresholdNR is defined in Table A.8.4.2.5.1-3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1149 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.6.1-3: NR neighbour cell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting for FR2 without SSB time index detection in DRX

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2
AoA setup defined in A.3.15.1 1, 2 Setup 1
NR RF Channel Number 1, 2 1
Duplex mode 1, 2 TDD
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
OCNG patterns defined in A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1, 2 OP.1
SMTC configuration defined in A.3.11.1 1 SMTC.2
and A.3.11.2 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 1, 2 120
b1-ThresholdNR UE power class 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -96
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS (Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Note2
N oc dBm/15kHz 1, 2 -111
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -102
N oc
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB 1, 2 -Infinity 14
Ês N oc dB 1, 2 -Infinity 14
IoNote3 dBm/95.04MH 1, 2 -Infinity -58.84
z
Propagation Condition 1, 2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.

A.8.4.2.6.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B1 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D1 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B1 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D2 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1150 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In test 3 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B1 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D3 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B1 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D4 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In tests 1, 2, 3 and 4, the UE is not required to report SSB time index.

Table A.8.4.2.6.2-1: Test requirements for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR2 without
SSB time index detection in DRX

Test case Measurement reporting delay (ms)

Test 1: D1 ms Test 2: D2 ms Test 3: D3 ms Test 4: D4 ms
UE power class 3 4800 51200 4800 51200

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.4.2.7 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR2 with SSB time index
detection when DRX is not used
A.8.4.2.7.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
NR inter-RAT cell search requirements in clause 8.1.2.4.21of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN FDD-NR
measurements and clause 8.1.2.4.22 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN TDD-NR measurements.

In this test, there are two cells: E-UTRA cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 1. The test parameters are given in Tables A.8.4.2.7.1-1, A.8.4.2.7.1-2 and A.8.4.2.7.1-3.

The cell specific test parameters for E-UTRA cell1 as PCell are defined in clause A.3.7.2.2.

In test 1 measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.7.1-2 is provided for UE that does
not support per-FR gap and in test 2 measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.7.1-2 is
provided for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event B1 (Inter
RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold) [16] is used. In the measurement configuration the UE shall be
indicated to report the SSB index of the identified NR cell. The test consists of two successive time periods, with
time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of
NR cell 2.

Table A.8.4.2.7.1-1: NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR2 in
non-DRX

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1151 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.7.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR2
with SSB time index detection in non-DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configurati Test 1 Test 2
on
E-UTRA RF Channel 1, 2 1 One E-UTRA carrier frequency is used.
Numbers
NR RF Channel 1, 2 1 One FR2 NR carrier frequency is used.
Numbers
Active cell 1, 2 E-UTRA cell 1 (PCell) E-UTRA cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF channel
number 1 as defined in clause A.3.7.2.2.
Neighbour cell 1, 2 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel number 1.
Gap Pattern Id 1, 2 0 4 As specified in clause Table 8.1.2.1-1 of
TS 36.133 [15].
Measurement gap 1, 2 39 19 As specified in TS 36.331 [16].
offset
b1-ThresholdNR dBm 1, 2 Note 1 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
measurement on cell 2 for event B1 [16]
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
CP length 1, 2 Normal
TimeToTrigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX 1, 2 OFF DRX is not used
Time offset between 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
serving and neighbour The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later than the
cells timing of Cell 1.
2 3μs Synchronous cells.
T1 s 1, 2 5
T2 s 1, 2 5 3
Note 1: The value of b1-ThresholdNR is defined in Table A.8.4.2.5.1-3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1152 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.7.1-3: NR neighbour cell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting for FR2 with SSB time index detection in non-DRX

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2
AoA setup defined in A.3.15.1 1, 2 Setup 1
NR RF Channel Number 1, 2 1
Duplex mode 1, 2 TDD
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
OCNG patterns defined in A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1, 2 OP.1
SMTC configuration defined in A.3.11.1 1 SMTC.2
and A.3.11.2 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 1, 2 120
b1-ThresholdNR UE power class 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -96
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS (Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)

Note2 dBm/15kHz 1, 2 -111

N oc
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -102
N oc
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB 1, 2 -Infinity 14
Ês N oc dB 1, 2 -Infinity 14
IoNote3 dBm/95.04MH 1, 2 -Infinity -58.84
z
Propagation Condition 1, 2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.

A.8.4.2.7.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D1 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D2 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1153 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In test 1 and test 2, the UE is required to report SSB time index.

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the
measurement reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

Table A.8.4.2.7.2-1: Test requirements for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR2 with SSB
time index detection in non-DRX

Test case Measurement reporting delay (ms)

Test 1: D1 ms Test 2: D2 ms
UE power class 3 4160 2080

A.8.4.2.8 NR Inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests for FR2 with SSB time index
detection when DRX is used
A.8.4.2.8.1 Test Purpose and Environment
The purpose of this test is to verify that the UE makes correct reporting of an event. This test will partly verify the
NR inter-RAT cell search requirements in clause 8.1.2.4.21 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN FDD-NR
measurements and clause 8.1.2.4.22 of TS 36.133 [15] for E-UTRAN TDD-NR measurements.

In this test, there are two cells: E-UTRA cell 1 as PCell on E-UTRA RF channel 1 and NR cell 2 as neighbour cell in
FR2 on NR RF channel 1. The test parameters are given in Tables A.8.4.2.8.1-1, A.8.4.2.8.1-2 and A.8.4.2.8.1-3.

The cell specific test parameters for E-UTRA cell1 as PCell are defined in clause A.3.7.2.2.

In tests 1 and 2, measurement gap pattern configuration # 0 as defined in Table A.8.4.2.8.1-2 is provided for UE that
does not support per-FR gap and in tests 3 and 4, measurement gap pattern configuration #4 as defined in Table
A.8.4.2.8.1-2 is provided for UE that supports per-FR gap.

In the measurement control information, it is indicated to the UE that event-triggered reporting with Event B1 (Inter
RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold) [16] is used. In the measurement configuration the UE shall be
indicated to report the SSB index of the identified NR cell. The test consists of two successive time periods, with
time duration of T1, and T2 respectively. During time duration T1, the UE shall not have any timing information of
NR cell 2.

Table A.8.4.2.8.1-1: NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting tests with SSB index reading for FR2 in
DRX

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note 1: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1154 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.8.1-2: General test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR2
with SSB time index detection in DRX

Parameter Unit Test Value Comment

configuratio Test Test 2 Test Test 4
n 1 3
E-UTRA RF 1, 2 1 One E-UTRA carrier frequency is used.
Channel
Number
NR RF Channel 1, 2 1 One FR2 NR carrier frequency is used.
Number
Active cell 1, 2 E-UTRA cell 1 (PCell) E-UTRA cell 1 is on E-UTRA RF channel
number 1 as defined in clause A.3.7.2.2.
Neighbour cell 1, 2 NR cell 2 NR cell 2 is on NR RF channel number 1.
Gap Pattern Id 1, 2 0 4 As specified in clause Table 8.1.2.1-1 of
TS 36.133 [15].
Measurement 1, 2 39 19 As specified in TS 36.331 [16].
gap offset
b1-ThresholdNR dBm 1, 2 Note 1 SS-RSRP threshold for SS-RSRP
measurement on cell 2 for event B1 [16]
Hysteresis dB 1, 2 0
CP length 1, 2 Normal
TimeToTrigger s 1, 2 0
Filter coefficient 1, 2 0 L3 filtering is not used
DRX DRX. DRX.10 DRX. DRX.10 As specified in clause A.3.3
9 9
Time offset 1 3ms Asynchronous cells.
between serving The timing of Cell 2 is 3ms later than the
and neighbour timing of Cell 1.
cells 2 3μs Synchronous cells.
T1 s 1, 2 5
T2 s 1, 2 7 70 7 70
Note 1: The value of b1-ThresholdNR is defined in Table A.8.4.2.5.1-3

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1155 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.4.2.8.1-3: NR neighbour cell specific test parameters for NR inter-RAT event triggered
reporting for FR2 with SSB time index detection

Parameter Unit Test Cell 2

configuration T1 T2
AoA setup defined in A.3.15.1 1, 2 Setup 1
NR RF Channel Number 1, 2 1
Duplex mode 1, 2 TDD
TDD configuration 1, 2 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 1, 2 100: NRB,c = 66
OCNG patterns defined in A.3.2.1.1 (OP.1) 1, 2 OP.1
SMTC configuration defined in A.3.11.1 1 SMTC.2
and A.3.11.2 2 SMTC.1
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 1, 2 120
b1-ThresholdNR UE power class 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -96
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS 1, 2
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS (Note
1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS
(Note 1)
Note2
N oc dBm/15kHz 1, 2 -111
Note2 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -102
N oc
SS-RSRP Note 3 dBm/SCS 1, 2 -Infinity -88
Ês Iot dB 1, 2 -Infinity 14
Ês N oc dB 1, 2 -Infinity 14
IoNote3 dBm/95.04MH 1, 2 -Infinity -58.84
z
Propagation Condition 1, 2 AWGN
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that the cell is fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They are not
settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.

A.8.4.2.8.2 Test Requirements

In test 1 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D1 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 2 with per-UE gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D2 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1156 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In test 3 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D3 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In test 4 with per-FR gap, the UE shall send one Event B2 triggered measurement report, with a measurement
reporting delay less than D4 ms from the beginning of time period T2. The UE shall not send event triggered
measurement reports, as long as the reporting criteria are not fulfilled. The rate of correct events observed during
repeated tests shall be at least 90%.

In tests 1, 2, 3 and 4, the UE is required to report SSB time index.

Table A.8.4.2.8.2-1: Test requirements for NR inter-RAT event triggered reporting for FR2 with SSB
time index detection in DRX

Test case Measurement reporting delay (ms)

Test 1: D1 ms Test 2: D2 ms Test 3: D3 ms Test 4: D4 ms
UE power class 3 6240 66560 6240 66560

NOTE: The actual overall delays measured in the test may be up to 2xTTIDCCH higher than the measurement
reporting delays above because of TTI insertion uncertainty of the measurement report in DCCH.

A.8.5 Measurement performance

A.8.5.1 SFTD accuracy
A.8.5.1.1 SFTD accuracy
A.8.5.1.1.1 Test Purpose
The purpose of this set of tests is to verify that the SFTD measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This
test will verify the requirements as specified in clause 9.1.27 in TS 36.133 [15] for inter-RAT FR1 SFTD
measurements.

A.8.5.1.1.2 Test Environment

Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.8.5.1.1.2-1. In this set of test cases there are two cells on
different carriers. Cell 1 is E-UTRAN PCell and Cell 2 is inter-RAT NR FR1 target cell. The test parameters of cell
1 are given in clause A.8.5.1.1.2-2. The test parameters of cell 2 are given in Table A.8.5.1.1.2-3. The SFTD
between PCell and target cell shall be set by the test equipment to one of the time differences in Table A.8.5.1.1.2-4.

Table A.8.5.1.1.2-1: Supported test configurations for SFTD accuracy

Configuration Description
1 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
2 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
3 NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE FDD
4 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
5 NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
6 NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode, LTE TDD
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.8.5.1.1.2-2: Test parameters for SFTD accuracy (Cell 1)

Parameter Unit Test 1

E-UTRA RF Channel Number 1
Duplex mode FDD or TDD

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1157 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

TDD special subframe configurationNote1 6

TDD uplink-downlink configurationNote1 1
BWchannel 5 MHz: NRB,c = 25
10 MHz: NRB,c = 50
20 MHz: NRB,c = 100
PDSCH parameters: 5 MHz: R.7 FDD
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.3 FDD
20 MHz: R.6 FDD
5 MHz: R.4 TDD
10 MHz: R.0 TDD
20 MHz: R.3 TDD
PCFICH/PDCCH/PHICH parameters: 5 MHz: R.11 FDD
DL Reference Measurement ChannelNote2 10 MHz: R.6 FDD
20 MHz: R.10 FDD
5 MHz: R.11 TDD
10 MHz: R.6 TDD
20 MHz: R.10 TDD
OCNG PatternsNote2 5 MHz: OP.20 FDD
10 MHz: OP.10 FDD
20 MHz: OP.17 FDD
5 MHz: OP.9 TDD
10 MHz: OP.1 TDD
20 MHz: OP.7 TDD
PBCH_RA dB
PBCH_RB dB
PSS_RA dB
SSS_RA dB
PCFICH_RB dB
PHICH_RA dB
PHICH_RB dB 0
PDCCH_RA dB
PDCCH_RB dB
PDSCH_RA dB
PDSCH_RB dB
OCNG_RANote3 dB
OCNG_RBNote3 dB
NocNote4 dBm/15 kHz -104
Ês/Noc dB -3
Ês/Iot dB -3
RSRP Note5 dBm/15 kHz -107
SCH_RP Note5 dBm/15 kHz -107
Io Note5 dBm/Ch BW -74.45
+10log
(NRB,c /50)
Propagation Condition AWGN
Antenna Configuration 1x2
Note 1: Special subframe and uplink-downlink configurations are specified in table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [23].
Note 2: DL RMCs and OCNG patterns are specified in clauses A 3.1 and A 3.2 of TS 36.133 [15]
respectively.
Note 3: OCNG shall be used such that all cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power
spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 4: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant
over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for Noc to be
fulfilled.
Note 5: Es/Iot, RSRP, SCH_RP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1158 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.1.1.2-3: Test parameters for SFTD accuracy (Cell 2)

Parameter Config Unit Test 1

SSB GSCN 1~6 freq1
1,4 FDD
Duplex mode 2,5 TDD
3,6 TDD
1,4 N/A
TDD Configuration 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
3,6 TDDConf.2.1
1,4 10: NRB,c = 52
BWchannel 2,5 MHz 10: NRB,c = 52
3,6 40: NRB,c = 106
1,4 SR.1.1 FDD
PDSCH Reference measurement
2,5 SR.1.1 TDD
channel
3,6 SR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CR.1.1 FDD
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel 2,5 CR.1.1 TDD
3,6 CR.2.1 TDD
1,4 CCR.1.1 FDD
RMC CORESET Reference Channel 2,5 CCR.1.1 TDD
3,6 CCR.2.1 TDD
1,4 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration 2,5 SSB.1 FR1
3,6 SSB.2 FR1
SMTC configuration 1~6 SMTC.1
DL BWP configuration 1~6 DLBWP.1.1
UL BWP configuration 1~6 ULBWP.1.1
OCNG Patterns 1~6 OP.1
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS 1~6 dB 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote
1

EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS

Note 1

NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_D,
Noc 1~6 dBm/15kHz -104
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/SSB SCS
Noc Note2 NR_FDD_FR1_D,
1,2,4,5 -104
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1159 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
3,6 -101
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
Ê s I ot 1~6 dB -3
Ê s N oc 1~6 dB -3
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
1,2,4,5 -107
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
SS-RSRP NR_FDD_FR1_H
Note3 dBm/SCS
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D,
3,6 -104
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D, dBm/9.36 MHz
1,2,4,5 -74.28
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_H
Io
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A NOTE 5
NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
NR_FDD_FR1_D, dBm/38.16
3,6 -68.18
NR_TDD_FR1_D MHz
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
Propagation condition 1~6 AWGN
Antenna configuration 1~6 1x2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1160 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to
be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate
power for Noc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference
and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this
test on band n51 in this release of the specification.

Table A.8.5.1.1.2-4: Timing offsets for SFTD accuracy test

Configuration SFN offset between PCell Frame boundary offset between PCell and
and PSCell PSCell (Ts)
1 100 -122000
2 300 -60540
3 500 1000
4 700 62540
5 900 124000

A.8.5.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The SFTD reported by the UE consists of 2 elements, SFN offset and frame boundary offset between PCell and
inter-RAT NR target cell. The reported SFTD accuracy shall fulfil the requirement in clause 9.1.27 in
TS 36.133 [15].

A.8.5.2 E-UTRA – NR Inter-RAT Measurement Performance

requirements
A.8.5.2.1 SS-RSRP
A.8.5.2.1.1 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR1 target cell
A.8.5.2.1.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 9.11.1 in TS 36.133 [15] for inter-RAT FR1 SS-RSRP measurements.

A.8.5.2.1.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.8.5.2.1.1.2-1. In this test case there are two cells on different
carriers. Cell 1 is the E-UTRA cell which specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-
1. Cell 2 is the inter-RAT NR FR1 target cell. The absolute accuracy requirements of SS-RSRP inter-RAT
measurement is tested by using test parameters in Table A.8.5.2.1.1.2-2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1161 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.1.1.2-1: SS-RSRP Inter-RAT SS-RSRP supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30 kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1162 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.1.1.2-2: SS-RSRP inter-RAT test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX Cycle configuration ms Not Applicable
Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD

Config 1,4

PDSCH Reference
Config 2,5 - -
measurement channel

Config 3,6

Config 1,4

RMSI CORESET
Config 2,5 - -
Reference Channel

Config 3,6

Config 1,4

Dedicated CORESET
Config 2,5 - -
Reference Channel

Config 3,6

OCNG Patterns OP.1

SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
SMTC configruation SMTC.1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS dB 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1163 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)

EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -117
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116
N oc Config dBm/15k
NR_FDD_FR1_D -94.65
Note2 1,2,3,4,5,6 Hz -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113.5
Same as Noc for
Config 1,2,4,5 -94.65
15kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -114
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -113.5
N oc dBm/SC
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113
Note2 S
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D -91.65
-112.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-112
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111
NR_FDD_FR1_H -110.5
Ê s I ot dB 10 -4
Ê s N oc dB 10 -4
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -121
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -120.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -120
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D -84.65
1,2,4,5 -119.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-119
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -118
SS-
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SC -117.5
RSRPNot
e3 NR_FDD_FR1_A S
NR_TDD_FR1_A -118
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -117.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -117
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D -81.65
-116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-116
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -115
NR_FDD_FR1_H -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -87.76
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -87.26
Config dBm/
IoNote3 NR_TDD_FR1_C -56.28 -86.76
1,2,4,5 9.36MHz
NR_FDD_FR1_D
-86.26
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-85.76
NR_TDD_FR1_E

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1164 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_G -84.76
NR_FDD_FR1_H -84.26
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -84.76
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -84.26
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/ -83.76
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D 38.16MH -50.19
-83.26
NR_TDD_FR1_D z
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-82.76
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -81.76
NR_FDD_FR1_H -81.26
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration - 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to
be constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate
power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this
test on band n51 in this release of the specification.

A.8.5.2.1.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirement in clause 9.11.1 in TS 36.133 [15].

A.8.5.2.1.2 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR2 target cell

A.8.5.2.1.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRP measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 9.11.1 in TS 36.133 [15] for inter-RAT FR2 SS-RSRP measurements.

A.8.5.2.1.2.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.8.5.2.1.2.2-1. In this test case there are two cells on different
carriers. Both absolute accuracy and relative accuracy requirements of SS-RSRP inter-RAT measurement are tested
by using test setup in Table A.8.5.2.1.2.2-2 and Table A.8.5.2.1.2.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 2 is target cell. Cell 1 is
the E-UTRA cell which specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1.

Table A.8.5.2.1.2.2-1: SS-RSRP Inter-RAT SS-RSRP supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1165 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.1.2.2-2: SS-RSRP Inter-RAT general test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN Freq1 freq1
Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX cycle configuration ms Not applicable
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0
PDSCH Reference measurement channel - -
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel - -
OP.1 OP.1
OCNG Patterns
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 FR2 SMTC.1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1

Ê s N oc dB 10 N/A
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.

Table A.8.5.2.1.2.2-3: SS-RSRP Inter-RAT OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2
Setup 1 Setup 1
Angle of arrival configuration according to according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
NR_TDD_FR2_A N/A
Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_B N/A
N oc
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/15kHz N/A
Note4 -100
NR_TDD_FR2_G N/A
NR_TDD_FR2_T N/A
NR_TDD_FR2_Y N/A
Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_A N/A
N oc
NR_TDD_FR2_B dBm/SCS N/A
Note3 -96
NR_TDD_FR2_F N/A
NR_TDD_FR2_G N/A

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1166 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_TDD_FR2_T N/A
NR_TDD_FR2_Y N/A
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note7
SS-RSRPNote2 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCS Note7
Note4 -85
NR_TDD_FR2_G Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note7
Ê s I ot dB 11 N/A
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note8
IoNote2 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/95.04 Note8
-55.4
NR_TDD_FR2_G MHz Note4 Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note8
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information
purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and
noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: SS_RSRP is applied at level the same as the minimum level specified in Table B.2.3-2 for
sphereical coverage.
Note 8: Io is applied at level 10log10(792) dB above the minimum level specified in Table B.2.3-2 for
sphereical coverage

A.8.5.2.1.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRP measurement accuracy for Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirement in clause 9.11.1 in TS 36.133 [15].

A.8.5.2.2 SS-RSRQ
A.8.5.2.2.1 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR1 target cell
A.8.5.2.2.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 9.11.2 in TS 36.133 [15] for inter-RAT FR1 SS-RSRQ measurements.

A.8.5.2.2.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.8.5.2.2.1.2-1. In this test case there are two cells on different
carriers. Cell 1 is the E-UTRA cell which specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-
1. Cell 2 is the inter-RAT NR FR1 target cell. The absolute accuracy requirements of SS-RSRP inter-RAT
measurement is tested by using test parameters in Table A.8.5.2.2.1.2-2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1167 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.2.1.2-1: SS-RSRQ Inter-RAT SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1168 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.2.1.2-2: SS-RSRQ inter-RAT test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1 freq1
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1

Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1

Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX Cycle configuration ms Not Applicable
Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD

Config 1,4

PDSCH Reference
Config 2,5 - - -
measurement channel

Config 3,6

Config 1,4

RMSI CORESET
Config 2,5 - - -
Reference Channel

Config 3,6

Config 1,4

Dedicated CORESET
Config 2,5 - - -
Reference Channel

Config 3,6

OCNG Patterns OP.1

SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
SMTC configruation SMTC.1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1169 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)

NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-116
NR_FDD_FR1_B -115.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115
N oc Config dBm/15k
NR_FDD_FR1_D -80.18 -106
Note2 1,2,4,5 Hz
NR_TDD_FR1_D -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -114
NR_FDD_FR1_G -113
NR_FDD_FR1_H -112.5
Same as Noc for
Config 3,6 -86.27 -113
Config 1,2,4,5
Same as Noc for
Config 1,2,4,5 -80.18 -106
15kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-113
NR_FDD_FR1_B -112.5
N oc
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/SC -112
Note2
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D S -83.27 -110
NR_TDD_FR1_D -111.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -111
NR_FDD_FR1_G -110
NR_FDD_FR1_H -109.5
Ê s I ot dB -1.75 -1.75 -1.75
Ê s N oc dB -1.75 -1.75 -1.75
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-117.75
NR_FDD_FR1_B -117.25
NR_TDD_FR1_C -116.75
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D -81.93 -107.75
1,2,4,5
NR_TDD_FR1_D -116.25
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -115.75
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114.75
SS-
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SC -114.25
RSRPNot
e3 NR_FDD_FR1_A S
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6
-114.75
NR_FDD_FR1_B -114.25
NR_TDD_FR1_C -113.75
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D -85.02 -111.75
NR_TDD_FR1_D -113.25
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E -112.75
NR_FDD_FR1_G -111.75
NR_FDD_FR1_H -111.25
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B
SS-RSRQ Note3 NR_TDD_FR1_C dB -14.77 -40.59 -14.76
NR_FDD_FR1_D
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1170 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -85.83
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -85.33
NR_TDD_FR1_C -84.83
Config dBm/
NR_FDD_FR1_D -50 -75.83
1,2,4,5 9.36MHz -84.33
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-83.83
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -82.83
IoNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_H -82.33
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -79.73
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -79.23
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/ -78.73
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D 38.16MH -50 -76.73
-78.23
NR_TDD_FR1_D z
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-77.73
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -76.73
NR_FDD_FR1_H -76.53
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration - 1x2
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes.
They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-RSRQ minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at each
receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51 in this
release of the specification.

A.8.5.2.2.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy for Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirement in clause 9.11.2 in TS 36.133 [15].

A.8.5.2.2.2 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR2 target cell

A.8.5.2.2.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 9.11.2 in TS 36.133 [15] for inter-RAT FR2 SS-RSRQ measurements.

A.8.5.2.2.2.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.8.5.2.2.2.2-1. In this test case there are two cells on different
carriers. Both absolute accuracy and relative accuracy requirements of SS-RSRQ inter-RAT measurement are tested
by using test setup in Table A.8.5.2.2.2.2-2 and Table A.8.5.2.2.2.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 2 is target cell. Cell 1 is
the E-UTRA cell which specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1171 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.2.2.2-1: SS-RSRQ Inter-RAT SS-RSRQ supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

Table A.8.5.2.2.2.2-2: SS-RSRQ Inter-RAT general test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN Freq1 freq1
Duplex mode TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX cycle configuration ms Not applicable
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0
PDSCH Reference measurement channel - -
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel - -
OP.1 OP.1
OCNG Patterns
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 FR2 SMTC.1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1

Ês N oc dB -0.5 -1.75
Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total
transmitted power spectral density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1172 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.2.2.2-3: SS-RSRQ Inter-RAT OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2
Setup 1 Setup 1
Angle of arrival configuration according to according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note7
N oc Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/15kHzN Note7
ote4 -105
NR_TDD_FR2_G Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note7
N oc Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCSNote Note7
3 -96
NR_TDD_FR2_G Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCS Note8
SS-RSRPNote2 Note4 -96.5
NR_TDD_FR2_G Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_A -14.82
NR_TDD_FR2_B -14.82
NR_TDD_FR2_F -14.82
SS-RSRQNote2 dB -14.4
NR_TDD_FR2_G -14.82
NR_TDD_FR2_T -14.82
NR_TDD_FR2_Y -14.82
Ê s I ot dB -0.5 -1.75
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note 9
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note 9
Note2 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/95.04 Note 9
Io -63.9
NR_TDD_FR2_G MHz Note4 Note 9
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note 9
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note 9
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be
constant over subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power
for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-RSRQ, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for
information purposes. They are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-RSRQ and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent
interference and noise at each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: Noc for SCS 15kHz is applied at level -10log10(8)+4dB above the minimum level specified
in Table B.2.3-2 for sphereical coverage. Noc for SCS 120kHz is applied at 4 dB above
the minimum level specified in Table B.2.3-2 for sphereical coverage.
Note 8: SS_RSRP is applied at level 2.25dB above the minimum level specified in Table B.2.3-2
for sphereical coverage.
Note 9: Io is applied at level 10log10(792)+6.22dB above the minimum level specified in Table
B.2.3-2 for sphereical coverage.

A.8.5.2.2.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-RSRQ measurement accuracy for Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirement in clause 9.11.2 in TS 36.133 [15].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1173 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

In this test case there are two cells on different carriers and measurement gaps are provided

A.8.5.2.3 SS-SINR
A.8.5.2.3.1 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR1 target cell
A.8.5.2.3.1.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS- SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 9.11.3 in TS 36.133 [15] for inter-RAT FR1 SS-SINR measurements.

A.8.5.2.3.1.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.8.5.2.3.1.2-1. In this test case there are two cells on different
carriers. Cell 1 is the E-UTRA cell which specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-
1. Cell 2 is the inter-RAT NR FR1 target cell. The absolute accuracy requirements of SS-RSRP inter-RAT
measurement is tested by using test parameters in Table A.8.5.2.3.1.2-2.

Table A.8.5.2.3.1.2-1: SS- SINR Inter-RAT SS- SINR supported test configurations

Config Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
2 LTE FDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
3 LTE FDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
4 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, FDD duplex mode
5 LTE TDD, NR 15 kHz SSB SCS, 10 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
6 LTE TDD, NR 30kHz SSB SCS, 40 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
Note: The UE is only required to be tested in one of the supported test configurations

Table A.8.5.2.3.1.2-2: SS-SINR inter-RAT test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN freq1 freq1 freq1
Config 1,4 FDD
Duplex mode
Config 2,3,5,6 TDD
Config 1,4 Not Applicable
TDD configuration Config 2,5 TDDConf.1.1
Config 3,6 TDDConf.2.1
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX Cycle configuration ms Not Applicable
Config 1,4 TRS.1.1 FDD
TRS configuration Config 2,5 TRS.1.1 TDD
Config 3,6 TRS.1.2 TDD

Config 1,4

PDSCH Reference
Config 2,5 - - -
measurement channel

Config 3,6

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1174 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Config 1,4

RMSI CORESET
Config 2,5 - - -
Reference Channel

Config 3,6

Config 1,4

Dedicated CORESET
Config 2,5 - - -
Reference Channel

Config 3,6

OCNG Patterns OP.1

SS-RSSI-Measurement Not Applicable
SMTC configruation SMTC.1
Config 1,2,4,5 SSB.1 FR1
SSB configuration
Config 3,6 SSB.2 FR1
PDSCH/PDCCH Config 1,2,4,5 15
kHz
subcarrier spacing Config 3,6 30
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH DMRS dB 0 0 0 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSS(Note 1)
EPRE ratio of OCNG to OCNG DMRS (Note 1)
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -119.5
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -119
NR_TDD_FR1_C -118.5
N oc Config dBm/15k
NR_FDD_FR1_D -88 -108.5
Note2 1,2,4,5 Hz -118
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-117.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -116.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -116
Same as Noc for
Config 1,2,4,5 -88 -108.5
15kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -116.5
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -116
N oc dBm/SC
NR_TDD_FR1_C -115.5
Note2 S
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D -85 -105.5
-115
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-114.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -114.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -113
Ê s I ot dB -1.75 20 -4.0
Ê s N oc dB -1.75 20 -4.0

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1175 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -123.5
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -123
NR_TDD_FR1_C -122.5
Config
NR_FDD_FR1_D -89.75 -88.5
1,2,4,5 -122
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-121.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -120.5
SS-
NR_FDD_FR1_H dBm/SC -120
RSRPNot
e3 NR_FDD_FR1_A S
NR_TDD_FR1_A -120.5
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -120
NR_TDD_FR1_C -119.5
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D -86.75 -85.5
-119
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-118.5
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -117.5
NR_FDD_FR1_H -117
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B
NR_TDD_FR1_C
SS-SINR Note3 NR_FDD_FR1_D dB -1.75 20 -4.0
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G
NR_FDD_FR1_H
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -90.09
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -89.59
NR_TDD_FR1_C -89.09
Config dBm/
NR_FDD_FR1_D -57.83 -60.5
1,2,4,5 9.36MHz -88.59
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-88.09
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -87.09
IoNote3 NR_FDD_FR1_H -86.59
NR_FDD_FR1_A
NR_TDD_FR1_A -84
NOTE 6

NR_FDD_FR1_B -83.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C dBm/ -83
Config 3,6 NR_FDD_FR1_D 38.16MH -51.73 -54.41
-82.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D z
NR_FDD_FR1_E
-82
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -81
NR_FDD_FR1_H -80.5
Propagation condition - AWGN
Antenna configuration - 1x2

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1176 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 5: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 6: The test configuration excludes support for band n51 and it is not required to run this test on band n51 in this
release of the specification

A.8.5.2.3.1.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR measurement accuracy for Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirement in clause 9.11.3 in TS 36.133 [15].

A.8.5.2.3.2 E-UTRAN – NR inter-RAT measurements with FR2 target cell

A.8.5.2.3.2.1 Test Purpose and Environment

The purpose of this test is to verify that the SS- SINR measurement accuracy is within the specified limits. This test
will verify the requirements in clause 9.11.3 in TS 36.133 [15] for inter-RAT FR2 SS-SINR measurements.

A.8.5.2.3.2.2 Test Parameters

Supported test configurations are shown in Table A.8.5.2.3.2.2-1. In this test case there are two cells on different
carriers. Both absolute accuracy and relative accuracy requirements of SS-SINR inter-RAT measurement are tested
by using test setup in Table A.8.5.2.3.2.2-2 and A.8.5.2.3.2.2-3. In all test cases, Cell 2 is target cell. Cell 1 is the E-
UTRA cell which specific test parameters for this test case are specified in Table A.3.7.2.1-1.

Table A.8.5.2.3.2.2-1: SS-SINR Inter-RAT SS-SINR supported test configurations

Configuration Description
1 LTE FDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode
2 LTE TDD, NR 120 kHz SSB SCS, 100 MHz bandwidth, TDD duplex mode

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1177 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.3.2.2-2: SS-SINR Inter-RAT general test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2 Cell 2
SSB ARFCN Freq1 freq1 freq1
Duplex mode TDD TDD TDD
TDD configuration TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1 TDDConf.3.1
BWchannel MHz 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66 100: NRB,c = 66
Downlink initial BWP configuration DLBWP.0.1
Downlink dedicated BWP configuration DLBWP.1.1
Uplink initial BWP configuration ULBWP.0.1
Uplink dedicated BWP configuration ULBWP.1.1
DRX cycle configuration ms Not applicable
TRS configuration TRS.2.1 TDD
TCI state TCI.State.0
PDSCH Reference measurement channel - - -
RMSI CORESET Reference Channel - - -
OP.1 OP.1 OP.1
OCNG Patterns
SMTC configuration SMTC.1 FR2 SMTC.1 FR2 SMTC.1 FR2
PDSCH/PDCCH subcarrier spacing kHz 120 120 120
EPRE ratio of PSS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PBCH to PBCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDCCH to PDCCH_DMRS dB 0 0 0
EPRE ratio of PDSCH_DMRS to SSS
EPRE ratio of PDSCH to PDSCH_DMRS
EPRE ratio of OCNG DMRS to SSSNote 1

Ê s N oc dB -0.5 11.0 -3.0

Note 1: OCNG shall be used such that both cells are fully allocated and a constant total transmitted power spectral
density is achieved for all OFDM symbols.
Note 2: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 3: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 4: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.

ETSI
 3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1178 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table A.8.5.2.3.2.2-3: SS-SINR Inter-RAT OTA related test parameters

Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

Parameter Unit
Cell 2 Cell 2 Cell 2
Setup 1 Setup 1 Setup 1
Angle of arrival configuration according to according to according to
A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1 A.3.15.1
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note7
N oc Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/15kHz Note7
Note4 -105 -105
NR_TDD_FR2_G Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note7
N oc Note1 NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCS Note7
Note3 -96 -96
NR_TDD_FR2_G Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note7
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/SCS Note8
SS-RSRPNote2 Note4 -96.5 -85
NR_TDD_FR2_G Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note8
NR_TDD_FR2_A -3.0
NR_TDD_FR2_B -3.0
NR_TDD_FR2_F -3.0
SS-SINRNote2 dB -0.5 11
NR_TDD_FR2_G -3.0
NR_TDD_FR2_T -3.0
NR_TDD_FR2_Y -3.0
Ê s I ot dB -0.5 11 -3.0
NR_TDD_FR2_A Note9
NR_TDD_FR2_B Note9
NR_TDD_FR2_F dBm/95.04 Note9
IoNote2 -69.3 -55.4
NR_TDD_FR2_G MHz Note4 Note9
NR_TDD_FR2_T Note9
NR_TDD_FR2_Y Note9
Note 1: Interference from other cells and noise sources not specified in the test is assumed to be constant over
subcarriers and time and shall be modelled as AWGN of appropriate power for N oc to be fulfilled.
Note 2: SS-SINR, SS-RSRP, and Io levels have been derived from other parameters for information purposes. They
are not settable parameters themselves.
Note 3: SS-SINR and SS-RSRP minimum requirements are specified assuming independent interference and noise at
each receiver antenna port.
Note 4: Equivalent power received by an antenna with 0 dBi gain at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 5: As observed with 0 dBi gain antenna at the centre of the quiet zone
Note 6: NR operating band groups are as defined in clause 3.5.2.
Note 7: Noc for SCS 15kHz is applied at level -10log10(8)+4dB above the minimum level specified in Table B.2.3-2 for
sphereical coverage. Noc for SCS 120kHz is applied at 4 dB above the minimum level specified in Table B.2.3-
2 for sphereical coverage.
Note 8: SS_RSRP is applied at level 3dB above the minimum level specified in Table B.2.3-2 for sphereical coverage.
Note 9: Io is applied at level 10log10(792)+6.54dB above the minimum level specified in Table B.2.3-2 for sphereical
coverage.

A.8.5.2.3.2.3 Test Requirements

The SS-SINR measurement accuracy for Cell 2 shall fulfil the requirement in clause 9.11.3 in TS 36.133 [15].

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1179 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Annex B (normative):
Conditions for RRM requirements applicability for operating
bands

B.1 Conditions for NR RRC_IDLE state mobility

B.1.1 Introduction
In Annex B.1, the following conditions are specified:

- UE conditions which shall apply for UE intra-frequency measurements procedures and requirements in clause 4,

- UE conditions which shall apply for UE inter-frequency measurements procedures and requirements in clause 4.

B.1.2 Conditions for measurements on NR intra-frequency cells

for cell re-selection
This clause defines the following conditions for NR intra-frequency measurements performed based on SSBs for cell
re-selection: SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot, applicable for a corresponding operating band.

The conditions are defined in Table B.1.2-1 for FR1 NR cells.

The conditions are defined in Table B.1.2-2 for FR2 NR cells.

Table B.1.2-1: Conditions for intra-frequency cell re-selection in FR1

Minimum SSB_RP SSB Ês/Iot

dBm / SCSSSB
Parameter NR operating band groups Note1
SCSSSB = 15 SCSSSB = 30 dB
kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A -124 -121
NR_FDD_FR1_B -123.5 -120.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -123 -120
Conditions NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -122.5 -119.5 ≥ -4
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -122 -119
NR_FDD_FR1_G -121 -118
NR_FDD_FR1_H -120.5 -117.5
NOTE 1: NR operating band groups are defined in clause 3.5.2.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1180 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table B.1.2-2: Conditions for intra-frequency cell re-selection in FR2

SSB
Minimum SSB_RP Note 2, Note 3
Ês/Iot
NR dBm / SCSSSB
Angle of
Parameter operating SCSSSB = 240
arrival SCSSSB = 120 kHz
bands kHz dB
UE Power class UE Power class
1 2 3 4 1, 2, 3, 4
- -
n257 -110.8 -109.1
125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
- -
n258 -110.8 -109.1 (Value for
Rx Beam 125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
SCSSSB = 120 ≥-4
Peak - -
n260 -106.5 kHz) +3dB
122.3+Y1 122.8+Y4
- -
n261 -110.8 -109.1
125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
Conditions
- -
n257 -99.8 -98.2
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4
- -
Spherical n258 -99.8 -98.2 (Value for
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4
coverage SCSSSB = 120 ≥-4
Note 1 - -
n260 -93.9 kHz) +3dB
114.3+Z1 110.8+Z4
- -
n261 -99.8 -98.2
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4
NOTE 1: Values based on EIS spherical coverage as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Side condition
applies for directions in which EIS spherical coverage requirement is met.
NOTE 2: Values specified at the Reference point to give minimum SSB Ês/Iot, with no applied noise.
NOTE 3: For UEs that support multiple FR2 bands, Rx Beam Peak values are increased by ∆MBP,n and Spherical
coverage values are increased by ∆MBS,n, the UE multi-band relaxation factor in dB specified in clause 6.2.1
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Editor’s notes for Table B.1.2-2:

- The value of Y for Power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Y1 and Y4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in Rx
beam peak direction for Power classes 1 and 4 respectively

- The value of Z for Power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Z1 and Z4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in
spherical coverage directions for Power classes 1 and 4 respectively

B.1.3 Conditions for measurements on NR inter-frequency cells

for cell re-selection
This clause defines the following conditions for NR inter-frequency measurements performed based on SSBs for cell
re-selection: SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot, applicable for a corresponding operating band.

The conditions defined in Table B.1.2-1 for FR1 NR intra-frequency cell re-selection shall also apply for FR1 NR inter-
frequency cells in this clause.

The conditions defined in Table B.1.2-2 for FR2 NR intra-frequency cell re-selection shall also apply for FR2 NR inter-
frequency cells in this clause.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1181 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

B.2 Conditions for UE measurements procedures and

performance requirements in RRC_CONNECTED
state
B.2.1 Introduction
B.2.1.1 General
In Annex B.2, the following conditions are specified:

- The conditions for RRC connection release with redirection to NR requirements in clause 6.2.3.2.1,

- The conditions for UE transmit timing adjustment in clause 7.1,

- UE conditions which shall apply for UE intra-frequency measurements procedures and requirements in clause 9,

UE conditions which shall apply for UE inter-frequency measurements procedures and requirements in clause 9,

- UE conditions which shall apply for UE intra-frequency measurements performance requirements in clause 10,

- UE conditions which shall apply for UE inter-frequency measurements performance requirements in clause 10.

B.2.1.2 Derivation of Minimum SSB_RP values for FR1

[FFS]

B.2.1.3 Derivation of Minimum SSB_RP values for FR2

Editor’s note:

- The Assumption for UE beams (fine or rough) in Annex A RRM test cases is defined based on power class 3,
and unless otherwise stated also applies for other UE power classes

B.2.1.3.1 Minimum SSB_RP values for Rx Beam Peak angle of arrival

Minimum SSB_RP values in Tables B.2.2-2 and B.2.3-2 are based on reference sensitivity for the Operating band and
for the UE power class, taking a baseline of UE power class 3 in Band n260 with 50 MHz channel bandwidth.

Minimum SSB_RP = Reference sensitivity PC3, n260, 50MHz +Y -10Log10(PRBRefsens x 12) – SNRRefsens + SSB Ês/Iot +
∆MBP,n
where:

Reference sensitivity PC3, n260, 50MHz is the reference sensitivity value in dBm specified for power class 3 in Band
n260 for 50 MHz Channel bandwidth in Table 7.3.2.3-1 of TS 38.101-2 [19];

Y is the gain difference between fine and rough beams, which is defined in Table B.2.1.3.1-1;

Table B.2.1.3.1-1: Gain difference Y between fine and rough beams, Rx beam peak direction

Value “Y” in dB, for each UE power class

1 2 3 4
FFS 9.0 7.0 FFS

PRBRefsens is NRB associated with subcarrier spacing 120 kHz for 50MHz in TS 38.101-2 [19] Table 5.3.2-1, and
is 32;

12 is the number of subcarriers in a PRB;

SNRRefsens is the SNR used for simulation of Refsens and EIS spherical coverage, and is -1 dB;

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1182 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum value required by the UE to perform measurements, and is -6 dB for intra-frequency
measurements and -4 dB for inter-frequency measurements. The only contribution to Iot is the UE internal noise;

∆MBP,n is the UE multi-band relaxation factor value in dB specified in TS 38.101-2 [19] clause 6.2.1.
The calculated Minimum SSB_RP value for the baseline of UE power class 3 in Band n260 is (-109.5+∆MBP,n)
dBm/120kHz for intra-frequency measurements and (-107.5+∆MBP,n ) dBm/120kHz for inter-frequency measurements.

The following methodology to define the Minimum SSB_RP level for power class X (PC_X) and operating band Y
(Band_Y) is used:

For Intra-frequency: Minimum SSB_RP (PC_X, Band_Y) = -109.5 dBm/120kHz + Refsens PC_X, Band_Y, 50MHz – Refsens
Y PC_X – Y PC3 +∆MBP,n,
PC3, n260, 50MHz +

For Inter-frequency: Minimum SSB_RP (PC_X, Band_Y) = -107.5 dBm/120kHz + Refsens PC_X, Band_Y, 50MHz – Refsens
PC3, n260, 50MHz + Y PC_X – Y PC3 +∆MBP,n .

B.2.1.3.2 Minimum SSB_RP values for angle of arrival within Spherical coverage
Minimum SSB_RP values in Tables B.2.2-2 and B.2.3-2 are based on EIS spherical coverage for the Operating band
and for the UE power class, taking a baseline of UE power class 3 in Band n260 with 50 MHz channel bandwidth.

Minimum SSB_RP = EIS spherical coverage PC3, n260, 50MHz +Z -10Log10(PRBRefsens x 12) – SNRRefsens + SSB Ês/Iot +
∆MBS,n,
where:

EIS spherical coverage PC3, n260, 50MHz is the EIS spherical coverage value in dBm specified for power class 3 in
Band n260 for 50MHz Channel bandwidth in TS 38.101-2 [19] Table 7.3.4.3-1;

Z is the gain difference between fine and rough beams, and is defined in Table B.2.1.3.2-1;

Table B.2.1.3.2-1: Gain difference Z between fine and rough beams, Spherical coverage directions

Value “Z” in dB, for each UE power class

1 2 3 4
FFS 9.0 7.0 FFS

PRBRefsens is NRB associated with subcarrier spacing 120 kHz for 50MHz in TS 38.101-2 [19] Table 5.3.2-1, and
is 32;

12 is the number of subcarriers in a PRB;

SNRRefsens is the SNR used for simulation of Refsens and EIS spherical coverage, and is -1 dB;

SSB Ês/Iot is the minimum value required by the UE to perform measurements, and is -6 dB for intra-frequency
measurements and -4 dB for inter-frequency measurements. The only contribution to Iot is the UE internal noise;

∆MBS,n is the UE multi-band relaxation factor value in dB specified in TS 38.101-2 [19] clause 6.2.1.
The calculated Minimum SSB_RP value for the baseline of UE power class 3 in Band n260 is (-96.9+∆MBS,n)
dBm/120kHz for intra-frequency measurements and is (-94.9+∆MBS,n) dBm/120kHz for inter-frequency measurements.
The following methodology to define the Minimum SSB_RP level for power class X (PC_X) and operating band Y
(Band_Y) is used:

For Intra-frequency: Minimum SSB_RP (PC_X, Band_Y) = -96.9 dBm/120kHz + EIS spherical coverage PC_X, Band_Y,
50MHz – EIS spherical coverage PC3, n260, 50MHz + Z PC_X – Z PC3 +∆MBS,n

For Inter-frequency: Minimum SSB_RP (PC_X, Band_Y) = -94.9 dBm/120kHz + EIS spherical coverage PC_X, Band_Y,
50MHz – EIS spherical coverage PC3, n260, 50MHz + Z PC_X – Z PC3 +∆MBS,n

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1183 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

B.2.1.4 Gain to SS-RSRP measurement point for FR1

In FR1 conducted requirements are specified at the UE antenna connector, which is also the SS-RSRP measurement
point.

B.2.1.5 Gain to SS-RSRP measurement point for FR2

B.2.1.5.1 Gain to SS-RSRP measurement point for Rx Beam Peak angle of arrival
In clause 5.1.1 of TS 38.215 [4] SS-RSRP is defined to be measured based on the combined signal from antenna
elements corresponding to a given receiver branch. The reference point for requirement parameters from the UE
perspective is the input of the UE antenna array. The gain “G” relates the combined signal from antenna elements
corresponding to a given receiver branch to the reference point for requirement parameters.

The gain “G” affects absolute signal level values reported by the UE.

Figure B.2.1.5.1-1: Gain and Reference point for requirement parameters

The gain range for each power class is specified in Table B.2.1.5.1-1.

Table B.2.1.5.1-1: UE gain G, Rx beam peak direction

UE Power class
1 2 3 4
Minimum, dBi FFS FFS -10 FFS
Maximum, dBi FFS FFS +20 FFS

Gain range in spherical coverage directions may be lower than in Rx beam peak direction, according to the difference
between the EIS spherical coverage value specified in TS 38.101-2 [19] clause 7.3.4 and the Reference sensitivity level
specified in TS 38.101-2 [19] clause 7.3.2.

B.2.2 Conditions for NR intra-frequency measurements

This clause defines the following conditions for NR intra-frequency measurements and corresponding procedures
performed based on SSBs: SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot, applicable for a corresponding operating band.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.2-1 for FR1 NR cells.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.2-2 for FR2 NR cells.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1184 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Table B.2.2-1: Conditions for intra-frequency measurements in FR1

Minimum SSB_RP SSB Ês/Iot
dBm / SCSSSB
Parameter NR operating band groups Note1
SCSSSB = 15 SCSSSB = 30 dB
kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A,
-127 -124
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -126.5 -123.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -126 -123
Conditions ≥ -6
NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -125.5 -122.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -125 -122
NR_FDD_FR1_G -124 -121
NR_FDD_FR1_H -123.5 -120.5
NOTE 1: NR operating band groups are defined in clause 3.5.2.

Table B.2.2-2: Conditions for intra-frequency measurements in FR2

SSB
Minimum SSB_RP Note 2, Note 3
Ês/Iot
dBm / SCSSSB
NR
Angle of SCSSSB = 240
Parameter operating SCSSSB = 120 kHz
arrival kHz
bands dB
UE power
UE power class
class
1 2 3 4 1, 2, 3, 4
- -
n257 -113.8 -112.1
128.3+Y1 127.8+Y4
- -
n258 -113.8 -112.1 (Value for
Rx Beam 128.3+Y1 127.8+Y4
SCSSSB = 120 ≥-6
Peak - -
n260 -109.5 kHz) +3dB
125.3+Y1 125.8+Y4
- -
n261 -113.8 -112.1
128.3+Y1 127.8+Y4
Conditions
- -
n257 -102.8 -101.2
120.3+Z1 118.8+Z4
- -
Spherical n258 -102.8 -101.2 (Value for
120.3+Z1 118.8+Z4
coverage SCSSSB = 120 ≥-6
Note 1 - -
n260 -96.9 kHz) +3dB
117.3+Z1 113.8+Z4
- -
n261 -102.8 -101.2
120.3+Z1 118.8+Z4
Note 1: Values based on EIS spherical coverage as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Side condition
applies for directions in which EIS spherical coverage requirement is met.
Note 2: Values specified at the Reference point to give minimum SSB Ês/Iot, with no applied noise.
Note 3: For UEs that support multiple FR2 bands, Rx Beam Peak values are increased by ∆MBP,n and Spherical
coverage values are increased by ∆MBS,n, the UE multi-band relaxation factor in dB specified in clause 6.2.1
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Editor’s notes for Table B.2.2-2:

- The value of Y for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Y1 and Y4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in Rx
beam peak direction for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

- The value of Z for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Z1 and Z4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in
spherical coverage directions for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

B.2.3 Conditions for NR inter-frequency measurements

This clause defines the following conditions for NR inter-frequency measurements and corresponding procedures
performed based on SSBs: SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot, applicable for a corresponding operating band.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.3-1 for FR1 NR cells.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1185 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.3-2 for FR2 NR cells.

Table B.2.3-1: Conditions for inter-frequency measurements in FR1

Minimum SSB_RP SSB Ês/Iot

dBm / SCSSSB
Parameter NR operating band groups Note1
SCSSSB = 15 SCSSSB = 30 dB
kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A,
-125 -122
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -124.5 -121.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -124 -121
Conditions ≥ -4
NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -124.5 -120.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -123 -120
NR_FDD_FR1_G -122 -119
NR_FDD_FR1_H -121.5 -118.5
NOTE 1: NR operating band groups are defined in clause 3.5.2.

Table B.2.3-2: Conditions for inter-frequency measurements in FR2

SSB
Minimum SSB_RP Note 2, Note 3
Ês/Iot
dBm / SCSSSB
NR
Angle of SCSSSB = 240
Parameter operating SCSSSB = 120 kHz
arrival kHz
bands dB
UE power
UE power class
class
1 2 3 4 1, 2, 3, 4
- -
n257 -111.8 -110.1
126.3+Y1 125.8+Y4
- -
n258 -111.8 -110.1 (Value for
Rx Beam 126.3+Y1 125.8+Y4
SCSSSB = 120 ≥-4
Peak - -
n260 -107.5 kHz) +3dB
123.3+Y1 123.8+Y4
- -
n261 -111.8 -110.1
126.3+Y1 125.8+Y4
Conditions
- -
n257 -100.8 -99.2
118.3+Z1 116.8+Z4
- -
Spherical n258 -100.8 -99.2 (Value for
118.3+Z1 116.8+Z4
coverage SCSSSB = 120 ≥-4
Note 1 - -
n260 -94.9 kHz) +3dB
115.3+Z1 111.8+Z4
- -
n261 -100.8 -99.2
118.3+Z1 116.8+Z4
NOTE 1: Values based on EIS spherical coverage as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Side condition
applies for directions in which EIS spherical coverage requirement is met.
NOTE 2: Values specified at the Reference point to give minimum SSB Ês/Iot, with no applied noise.
NOTE 3: For UEs that support multiple FR2 bands, Rx Beam Peak values are increased by ∆MBP,n and Spherical
coverage values are increased by ∆MBS,n, the UE multi-band relaxation factor in dB specified in clause 6.2.1
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Editor’s notes for Table B.2.3-2:

- The value of Y for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Y1 and Y4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in Rx
beam peak direction for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

- The value of Z for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Z1, and Z4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in
spherical coverage directions for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1186 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

B.2.4 Conditions for NR L1-RSRP reporting

B.2.4.1 Conditions for SSB based L1-RSRP reporting
This clause defines the following conditions for NR L1-RSRP measurement reporting and corresponding procedures
performed based on SSBs: SSB_RP and SSB Ês/Iot, applicable for a corresponding operating band.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.4.1-1 for FR1 NR cells.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.4.1-2 for FR2 NR cells.

Table B.2.4.1-1: Conditions for SSB based L1-RSRP measurements in FR1

Minimum SSB_RP SSB Ês/Iot

dBm / SCSSSB
Parameter NR operating band groups Note1
SCSSSB = 15 SCSSSB = 30 dB
kHz kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A,
-124 -121
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -123.5 -120.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -123 -120
Conditions ≥ -3
NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -122.5 -119.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -122 -119
NR_FDD_FR1_G -121 -118
NR_FDD_FR1_H -120.5 -117.5
NOTE 1: NR operating band groups are defined in clause 3.5.2.

Table B.2.4.1-2: Conditions for SSB based L1-RSRP measurements in FR2

SSB
Minimum SSB_RP Note 2, Note 3
Ês/Iot
dBm / SCSSSB
NR
Angle of SCSSSB = 240
Parameter operating SCSSSB = 120 kHz
arrival kHz
bands dB
UE power
UE power class
class
1 2 3 4 1, 2, 3, 4
- -
n257 -110.8 -109.1
125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
- -
n258 -110.8 -109.1 (Value for
Rx Beam 125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
SCSSSB = 120 ≥-3
Peak - -
n260 -106.5 kHz) +3dB
122.3+Y1 122.8+Y4
- -
n261 -110.8 -109.1
125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
Conditions
- -
n257 -99.8 -98.2
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4
- -
Spherical n258 -99.8 -98.2 (Value for
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4
coverage SCSSSB = 120 ≥-3
Note 1 - -
n260 -93.9 kHz) +3dB
114.3+Z1 110.8+Z4
- -
n261 -99.8 -98.2
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4
NOTE 1: Values based on EIS spherical coverage as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Side condition
applies for directions in which EIS spherical coverage requirement is met.
NOTE 2: Values specified at the Reference point to give minimum SSB Ês/Iot, with no applied noise.
NOTE 3: For UEs that support multiple FR2 bands, Rx Beam Peak values are increased by ∆MBP,n and Spherical
coverage values are increased by ∆MBS,n, the UE multi-band relaxation factor in dB specified in clause 6.2.1
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Editor’s notes for Table B.2.4.1-2:

- The value of Y for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Y1 and Y4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in Rx
beam peak direction for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1187 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- The value of Z for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Z1 and Z4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in
spherical coverage directions for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

B.2.4.2 Conditions for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP reporting

This clause defines the following conditions for NR L1-RSRP measurement reporting and corresponding procedures
performed based on CSI-RS: CSI-RS_RP and CSI-RS Ês/Iot, applicable for a corresponding operating band.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.4.2-1 for FR1 NR cells.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.4.2-2 for FR2 NR cells.

Table B.2.4.2-1: Conditions for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurements in FR1

Minimum CSI-RS_RP CSI-RS Ês/Iot

NR operating
Parameter dBm / SCSCSI-RS
band groups Note1 dB
SCSCSI-RS = 15 kHz SCSCSI-RS = 30 kHz SCSCSI-RS = 60 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A,
NR_TDD_FR1_A, -124 -121 -118
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -123.5 -120.5 -117.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -123 -120 -117
Conditions NR_FDD_FR1_D, ≥ -3
-122.5 -119.5 -116.5
NR_TDD_FR1_D
NR_FDD_FR1_E,
-122 -119 -116
NR_TDD_FR1_E
NR_FDD_FR1_G -121 -118 -115
NR_FDD_FR1_H -120.5 -117.5 -114.5
NOTE 1: NR operating band groups are defined in clause 3.5.2.

Table B.2.4.2-2: Conditions for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurements in FR2

CSI-RS
Minimum CSI-RS_RP Note 2, Note 3
Ês/Iot
dBm / SCSCSI-RS
Parameter NR
Angle of SCSCSI-RS = 120
operating SCSCSI-RS = 60 kHz
arrival kHz
bands dB
UE power
UE power class
class
1 2 3 4 1, 2, 3, 4
- -
n257 -113.8 -112.1
128.3+Y1 127.8+Y4
- -
n258 -113.8 -112.1 (Value for
Rx Beam 128.3+Y1 127.8+Y4
SCSCSI-RS = 60 ≥-3
Peak - -
n260 -109.5 kHz) +3dB
125.3+Y1 125.8+Y4
- -
n261 -113.8 -112.1
128.3+Y1 127.8+Y4
Conditions
- -
n257 -102.8 -101.2
120.3+Z1 118.8+Z4
- -
Spherical n258 -102.8 -101.2 (Value for
120.3+Z1 118.8+Z4
coverage SCSCSI-RS = 60 ≥-3
Note 1 - -
n260 -96.9 kHz) +3dB
117.3+Z1 113.8+Z4
- -
n261 -102.8 -101.2
120.3+Z1 118.8+Z4
NOTE 1: Values based on EIS spherical coverage as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Side condition
applies for directions in which EIS spherical coverage requirement is met.
NOTE 2: Values specified at the Reference point to give minimum CSI-RS Ês/Iot, with no applied noise.
NOTE 3: For UEs that support multiple FR2 bands, Rx Beam Peak values are increased by ∆MBP,n and Spherical
coverage values are increased by ∆MBS,n, the UE multi-band relaxation factor in dB specified in clause 6.2.1
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Editor’s notes for Table B.2.4.2-2:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1188 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- The value of Y for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Y1 and Y4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in Rx
beam peak direction for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

- The value of Z for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Z1 and Z4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in
spherical coverage directions for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

B.2.5 Conditions for RRC connection release with redirection to

NR
This clause defines the following conditions for RRC connection release with redirection to NR: SSB_RP and SSB
Ês/Iot, applicable for a corresponding operating band.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.5-1 for FR1 NR cells.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.5-2 for FR2 NR cells.

Table B.2.5-1: Conditions for for RRC connection release with redirection to NR in FR1

Minimum SSB_RP SSB Ês/Iot

Parameter NR operating band groups Note1 dBm / SCSSSB
dB
SCSSSB = 15 kHz SCSSSB = 30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A -125 -122
NR_FDD_FR1_B -124.5 -121.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -124 -121
Conditions NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -124.5 -120.5 ≥ -4
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -123 -120
NR_FDD_FR1_G -122 -119
NR_FDD_FR1_H -121.5 -118.5
NOTE 1: NR operating band groups are defined in clause 3.5.2.

Table B.2.5-2: Conditions for RRC connection release with redirection to NR in FR2

SSB
Minimum SSB_RP Note 2, Note 3
Ês/Iot
dBm / SCSSSB
NR
Angle of SCSSSB = 240
Parameter operating SCSSSB = 120 kHz
arrival kHz
bands dB
UE power
UE power class
class
1 2 3 4 1, 2, 3, 4
- -
n257 -111.8 -110.1
126.3+Y1 125.8+Y4
- -
n258 -111.8 -110.1 (Value for
Rx Beam 126.3+Y1 125.8+Y4
SCSSSB = 120 ≥-4
Peak - -
n260 -107.5 kHz) +3dB
123.3+Y1 123.8+Y4
- -
n261 -111.8 -110.1
126.3+Y1 125.8+Y4
Conditions
- -
n257 -100.8 -99.2
118.3+Z1 116.8+Z4
- -
Spherical n258 -100.8 -99.2 (Value for
118.3+Z1 116.8+Z4
coverage SCSSSB = 120 ≥-4
Note 1 - -
n260 -94.9 kHz) +3dB
115.3+Z1 111.8+Z4
-
n261 -114.3 -100.8 -99.2
116.8+Z4
NOTE 1: Values based on EIS spherical coverage as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Side condition
applies for directions in which EIS spherical coverage requirement is met.
NOTE 2: Values specified at the Reference point to give minimum SSB Ês/Iot, with no applied noise.
NOTE 3: For UEs that support multiple FR2 bands, Rx Beam Peak values are increased by ∆MBP,n and Spherical
coverage values are increased by ∆MBS,n, the UE multi-band relaxation factor in dB specified in clause 6.2.1
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Editor’s notes for Table B.2.5.2-2:

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1189 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

- The value of Y for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Y1 and Y4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in Rx
beam peak direction for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

- The value of Z for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Z1 and Z4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in
spherical coverage directions for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

B.2.6 Conditions for UE transmit timing

B.2.6.1 Conditions for SSB based UE transmit timing
This clause defines the following conditions for UE transmit timing adjustment performed based on SSBs: SSB_RP and
SSB Ês/Iot and applicable for a corresponding operating band.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.6.1-1 for FR1 SSB.

Table B.2.6.1-1: Conditions for SSB based UE transmit timing in FR1

Minimum SSB_RP SSB Ês/Iot
Parameter NR operating band groups Note1 dBm / SCSSSB
dB
SCSSSB=15 kHz SCSSSB=30 kHz
NR_FDD_FR1_A, NR_TDD_FR1_A,
-124 -121
NR_SDL_FR1_A
NR_FDD_FR1_B -123.5 -120.5
NR_TDD_FR1_C -123 -120
Conditions ≥ -3
NR_FDD_FR1_D, NR_TDD_FR1_D -122.5 -119.5
NR_FDD_FR1_E, NR_TDD_FR1_E -122 -119
NR_FDD_FR1_G -121 -118
NR_FDD_FR1_H -120.5 -117.5
NOTE 1: NR operating band groups are defined in clause 3.5.2.

The conditions are defined in Table B.2.6.1-2 for FR2 SSB.

Table B.2.6.1-2: Conditions for SSB based UE transmit timing in FR2

SSB
Minimum SSB_RP Note 2, Note 3
Ês/Iot
dBm / SCSSSB
NR
Angle of SCSSSB = 240
Parameter operating SCSSSB = 120 kHz
arrival kHz
bands dB
UE power
UE power class
class
1 2 3 4 1, 2, 3, 4
- -
n257 -110.8 -109.1
125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
- -
n258 -110.8 -109.1 (Value for
Rx Beam 125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
SCSSSB = 120 ≥-3
Peak - -
n260 -106.5 kHz) +3dB
122.3+Y1 122.8+Y4
- -
n261 -110.8 -109.1
125.3+Y1 124.8+Y4
Conditions
- -
n257 -99.8 -98.2
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4
- -
Spherical n258 -99.8 -98.2 (Value for
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4
coverage SCSSSB = 120 ≥-3
Note 1 - -
n260 -93.9 kHz) +3dB
114.3+Z1 110.8+Z4
- -
n261 -99.8 -98.2
117.3+Z1 115.8+Z4

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1190 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

NOTE 1: Values based on EIS spherical coverage as defined in clause 7.3.4 of TS 38.101-2 [19]. Side condition
applies for directions in which EIS spherical coverage requirement is met.
NOTE 2: Values specified at the Reference point to give minimum SSB Ês/Iot, with no applied noise.
NOTE 3: For UEs that support multiple FR2 bands, Rx Beam Peak values are increased by ∆MBP,n and Spherical
coverage values are increased by ∆MBS,n, the UE multi-band relaxation factor in dB specified in clause 6.2.1
of TS 38.101-2 [19].

Editor’s notes for Table B.2.6.1-2:

- The value of Y for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Y1 and Y4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in Rx
beam peak direction for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

- The value of Z for power classes 1 and 4 is FFS, where Z1 and Z4 are the rough/fine beam gain differences in
spherical coverage directions for power classes 1 and 4 respectively

B.2.6.2 Void

B.3 RRM Requirements Exceptions

B.3.1 Introduction
Annex B.3 covers exceptions for side conditions based on receiver sensitivity for CA, DC, and SUL.

B.3.2 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for CA

B.3.2.1 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE supporting CA in FR1
For a UE supporting inter-band carrier aggregation configuration with uplink in NR band, if there is a relaxation of
receiver sensitivity ΔRIB,c>0 dB as defined in clause 7.3A.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18], the relevant side conditions specifying
received power levels (SSB_RP and Io) shall be increased by the amount Δ=ΔRIB,c defined for the corresponding
downlink NR bands.

For a UE supporting CA configuration in FR1, the requirement in this clause applies for both SC and CA operation.

B.3.2.2 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE configured with CA in FR1

B.3.2.2.1 Inter-band carrier aggregation
For a UE configured with inter-band carrier aggregation with active uplink in NR band, if there is a relaxation of
receiver sensitivity ΔRIB,c>0 dB as defined in clause 7.3A.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18], the relevant side conditions specifying
received power levels (SSB_RP and Io) shall be increased by the amount Δ=ΔRIB,c defined for the corresponding
downlink NR bands.

If the relaxation Δ specified in this clause applies, then the relaxation specified in clause B.3.2.1 should not be applied.

B.3.2.2.2 Reference sensitivity exceptions due to UL harmonic interference for CA

In this clause, requirements exceptions are described for the UE configured with a band in FR1 when it is impacted by
UL harmonic interference from another band in FR1 of the same CA configuration.

A relevant side condition (SSB_RP and Io) in a requirement shall be increased by the amount Δ=L2-L1, where L1 is the
reference sensitivity level specified in clause 7.3.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18], and L2 is the reference sensitivity level based
on the requirements in clause 7.3A.4 of TS 38.101-1 [18], when the following conditions are fulfilled,

- corresponding downlink component carriers on different NR bands are configured with CA and active,

- the upling is configured in the NR low operating band and is active,

- the uplink configuration is as specified in clause 7.3A.4 of TS 38.101-1 [18], and

- the exception requirements specified in clause 7.3A.4 of TS 38.101-1 [18] apply.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1191 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

If the relaxation Δ specified in this clause applies, then the relaxation specified in clause B.3.2.1 should not be applied.

B.3.2.2.3 Reference sensitivity exceptions due to intermodulation interference due to

2UL CA
In this clause, requirements exceptions are described for the UE with an inter-band carrier aggregation with uplink
assigned to two NR bands.

A relevant side condition (SSB_RP and Io) in a requirement shall be increased by the amount Δ=L2-L1, where L1 is the
reference sensitivity level specified in clause 7.3.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18], and L2 is the reference sensitivity level based
on the requirements in clause 7.3A.5 of TS 38.101-1 [18], when the following conditions are fulfilled,

- corresponding downlink component carriers on different bands are configured with CA and active,

- uplinks are assigned to two NR bands,

- the exception requirements specified in clause 7.3A.5 of TS 38.101-1 [18] apply.

If the relaxation Δ specified in this clause applies, then the relaxation specified in clause B.3.2.1 should not be applied.

B.3.2.3 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE supporting CA in FR2

B.3.2.4 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE configured with CA in FR2
B.3.2.4.1 Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation
For a UE configured with intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation in NR band in FR2, if there is a relaxation of
receiver sensitivity ΔRIB>0 dB as defined in clause 7.3A.2.1 of TS 38.101-2 [19] depending on the aggregated channel
bandwidth, the relevant side conditions specifying received power levels (SSB_RP and Io) shall be increased by the
amount Δ=ΔRIB defined for the corresponding downlink NR bands.

B.3.2.4.2 Intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation

For a UE configured with intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation in NR band in FR2, if there is a relaxation of
receiver sensitivity ΔRIB>0 dB as defined in clause 7.3A.2.1 of TS 38.101-2 [19] depending on the aggregated channel
bandwidth, the relevant side conditions specifying received power levels (SSB_RP and Io) shall be increased by the
amount Δ=ΔRIB defined for the corresponding downlink NR bands.

B.3.3 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for DC

B.3.3.1 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for EN-DC
Editor’s note: TBD

B.3.3.2 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for NE-DC

Editor’s note: TBD

B.3.4 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for SUL

B.3.4.1 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE supporting SUL in FR1
For a UE supporting a SUL configuration in FR1, if there is a relaxation of receiver sensitivity ΔRIB,c>0 dB as defined
in clause 7.3C.3 of TS 38.101-1 [18], the relevant side conditions specifying received power levels (SSB_RP and Io)
shall be increased by the amount Δ=ΔRIB,c defined for the corresponding downlink NR bands.

For a UE supporting a SUL configuration in FR1, the requirement in this clause applies for both SC and SUL operation.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1192 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

B.3.4.2 Receiver sensitivity relaxation for UE configured with SUL in FR1

B.3.4.2.1 Reference sensitivity exceptions due to UL harmonic interference for SUL
In this clause, requirements exceptions are described for the UE with a band in FR1 when it is impacted by UL
harmonic interference from another band in FR1 of the same SUL configuration.

A relevant side condition (SSB_RP and Io) in a requirement shall be increased by the amount Δ=L2-L1, where L1 is the
reference sensitivity level specified in clause 7.3.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18], and L2 is the reference sensitivity level based
on the requirements in clause 7.3C.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18], when the following conditions are fulfilled,

- a downlink component carrier is configured in NR band and is active,

- the upling is configured in the NR low operating band and is active,

- the uplink configuration is as specified in clause 7.3C.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18], and

- the exception requirements specified in clause 7.3C.2 of TS 38.101-1 [18] apply.

If the relaxation Δ specified in this clause applies, then the relaxation specified in clause B.3.4.1 should not be applied.

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1193 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Annex C (informative):
Change history

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1194 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

Change history
Date Meeting TDoc CR Rev Cat Subject/Comment New
version
2017-05 RAN4#83 R4-1706324 Specification skeleton 0.0.1
2017-09 Email approved 0.1.0
2017-09 RAN4-NR R4-1709413 Capture TPs approved in the meeting 0.2.0
AH #3
2017-10 RAN4#84 R4-1711985 Capture TPs approved in the meeting 0.3.0
-Bis
2017-12 RAN4#85 R4-1714546 Capture TPs approved in RAN4#85 0.4.0
2017-12 RAN#78 RP-172407 v1.0.0 submitted for plenary approval 1.0.0
2017-12 RAN#78 Approved by plenary – Rel-15 spec under change control 15.0.0
2018-03 RAN#79 RP-180264 0032 B CR to TS38.133 15.1.0
2018-06 RAN#80 RP-181075 0037 B CR to TS 38.133: Implementation of endorsed draft CRs from 15.2.0
RAN4 #86bis and RAN4 #87
2018-09 RAN#81 RP-181896 0043 B CR to TS 38.133: Implementation of endorsed draft CRs from 15.3.0
RAN4-AH-1807 and RAN4 #88
2018-12 RAN#82 RP-182763 0057 3 B CR to TS 38.133: Implementation of endorsed draft CRs from 15.4.0
RAN4-88bis and RAN4-89
2019-03 RAN#83 RP-190569 0064 1 B CR to TS 38.133: Implementation of endorsed draft CRs from 15.5.0
RAN4#90
2019-06 RAN#84 RP-191240 0072 1 F CR to TS 38.133: Implementation of endorsed draft CRs from 15.6.0
RAN4#90bis and RAN4#91
2019-09 RAN#85 RP-192022 0084 F CR to TS 38.133: Implementation of endorsed draft CRs from 15.7.0
RAN4#92 (Rel-15)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0089 F Correction to the starting point of the DRX cycle length interval 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0090 F CR to 38.133 R15 Add the missing units to DRX cycle values 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0092 1 F Specification of UE antenna gain range 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0094 F Add RRM Test case setup for 1 AoA in Rx beam peak and 1 in 15.8.0
non Rx beam peak
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0096 F Update of Parameters, Test case A.7.7.1.1 FR2 Intra-frequency 15.8.0
SS-RSRP accuracy
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0098 F Update of Parameters, Test case A.5.7.1.1 FR2 Intra-frequency 15.8.0
SS-RSRP accuracy
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0100 F Update of Parameters, Test case A.7.7.1.2 FR2 Inter-frequency 15.8.0
SS-RSRP accuracy
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0102 F Update of Parameters, Test case A.5.7.1.2 FR2 Inter-frequency 15.8.0
SS-RSRP accuracy
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0104 F Correction to Random access test case in FR1 for PSCell in EN- 15.8.0
DC
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0106 F CR on handover 38.133 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0108 F CR on the BWP switch test cases EN-DC FR1 (clause A.4.5.6) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0109 F CR on the BWP switch test cases EN-DC FR2 (clause A.5.5.6) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0110 F CR on the BWP switch test cases SA FR1 (clause A.6.5.6) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0111 F CR on the BWP switch test cases SA FR2 (clause A.7.5.6) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0116 F CR to TS38.133 on correction for BWP switching with SCS 15.8.0
changing (Clause 8.2.1.2.7, 8.2.2.2.5 and 8.6.2)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0120 F CR on handover RRM requirement (clause 6.1.1.5) (R15) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0122 F CR on test cases for EN-DC FR2 inter-frequency measurement 15.8.0
(clause A.5.6.2) (R15)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0126 F CR on test cases for Redirection from NR in FR2 to NR in FR2 15.8.0
(clause A.7.3.2.3) (R15)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0128 F CR on test cases for FR2 handover (clause A.7.3.1) (R15) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0130 F CR to 38.133 on TCI state switching (Clause 8.10) (R15) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0136 F CR on TC with monitoring PDCCH not in first 3 OFDM symbols 15.8.0
R15
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0144 F Editorial correction for SCell activation and deactivation delay 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0147 F CR on inter-RAT measurement in TS38.133 (clause 9.4.2, 9.4.3) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0155 F CR on NR MTTD and MRTD definition for R15 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0158 F CR for SCell activation delay in FR2 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0160 F CR for scheduling restriction due to L1-RSRP measurement 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0166 1 F CR on SSB setting for new gap and SMTC setting (Clause A.3.10) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0168 F CR on TS38.133 for EN-DC SS-SINR tests with PSCell in FR1 15.8.0
(Clause A.4.7.3)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0170 F CR on TS38.133 for SA SS-SINR tests with PCell in FR1 (Clause 15.8.0
A.6.7.3)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0184 F CR on cell-reselection test cases for NR SA FR2 R15 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0186 F endorsed CR on intra-frequency measurement and reporting for 15.8.0
EN-DC FR2 R15
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0188 F endorsed CR on intra-frequency measurement and reporting for 15.8.0
NR SA FR2 R15
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0190 F endorsed CR on RLM scheduling restrictions for EN-DC FR2 R15 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0192 F endorsed CR on RLM scheduling restrictions for NR SA FR2 R15 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0200 1 F Correction to PRACH configuration index in test cases 15.8.0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1195 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0208 F Correction on the TCI state switching (clause 8.10) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0214 1 F CR for 38133 editorial for clause 8.1,8.8,8.9,8.10,8.11 in Rel-15 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0215 1 F CR for 38133 editorial for clause 8.5 in Rel-15 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0216 1 F CR for 38133 editorial for clause 9.3 in Rel-15 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0217 1 F CR on 38133 for removal the duplicated reference in clause 2 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0218 1 F CR on 38133 for clause 11 in Rel-15 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0224 2 F CR on TC of UE transmit timing (A.4.4.1.1, A.5.4.1.1, A.6.4.1.1, 15.8.0
A.7.4.1.1) Rel-15
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0229 1 F Update on requirements related to inter-band EN-DC and NE-DC 15.8.0
synchronous requirements
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0232 1 F Editorial corrections to measurement accuracy tests 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0234 F Corrections to SS-RSRQ and SS-SINR OTA tests with SA 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0236 F Corrections to SS-RSRQ and SS-SINR OTA tests with EN-DC 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0238 1 F Editorial corrections to clause 9.2 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0241 F Corrections to band applicability of measurement accuracy tests 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0243 1 F Introduction of bandwidth limited OCNG for OTA testing 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0247 1 F Corrections to test cases for SA FR2 inter-frequency measurement 15.8.0
(clause A.7.6.2)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0249 F CR to 38.133 NR reporting criteria 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0263 1 F CR on correcting CSI-RS based BFD and link recovery tests for 15.8.0
EN-DC in FR1
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0265 1 F CR on correcting CSI-RS based BFD and link recovery tests for 15.8.0
SA in FR1
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0267 1 F CR on correcting CSI-RS based BFD and link recovery tests for 15.8.0
EN-DC in FR2
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0269 1 F CR on correcting CSI-RS based BFD and link recovery tests for 15.8.0
SA in FR2
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0275 1 F CR on delay uncertainty of RRC Release with redirection 15.8.0
requirements in TS 38.133
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0277 1 F CR on known condition of PSCell addition requirement in NE-DC 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0279 1 F CR on known condition of PSCell addition requirement in NR DC 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0281 1 F CR on RRC Re-establishment requirements in TS 38.133 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0283 2 F CR on scope of interruption requirements of EN-DC in TS 38.133 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0285 1 F CR on scope of MTTD requirements in TS 38.133 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0287 1 F CR on SSB-based RLM test case for EN-DC FR1 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192994 0289 1 F CR on SSB-based RLM test case for NR SA FR1 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0291 1 F Editorial CR on clause 8.2 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0295 1 F CR on NR inter-frequency identification 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0297 1 F CR on NR intra-frequency measurements 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0311 1 F Correction on CSSF within measurement gap (clause 9.1.5.2) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0313 F CR on RLM scheduling restriction (clause 8.1.7) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0315 1 F CR on SCell activation requirements (clause 8.3.2) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0317 F CR to add QCL definition (clause 3.6) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0319 F CR on power offset in TRS RMC (A.3.17) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0321 F CR to introduce new PDCCH RMC (A.3.1.3.2) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0323 F Maintenance CR for measurement accuracy (clause 10.1) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0325 F FR1 CSI-RS RLM test OOS/IS non-DRX for EN-DC (clause 15.8.0
A.4.5.1)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0327 1 F FR2 CSI-RS RLM test OOS/IS non-DRX for EN-DC (clause 15.8.0
A.4.5.1)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0329 F FR1 CSI-RS RLM test OOS/IS non-DRX for SA (clause A.6.5.1) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0331 1 F FR2 CSI-RS RLM test OOS/IS non-DRX for SA (clause A.6.5.1) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0333 1 F L1-RSRP delay test FR1 EN-DC (clause A.4.6.3) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0335 F L1-RSRP delay test FR2 EN-DC (clause A.5.6.3) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0337 1 F L1-RSRP delay test FR1 SA (clause A.6.6.4) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192997 0339 F L1-RSRP delay test FR2 SA (clause A.7.6.3) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0343 F L1-RSRP accuracy test FR2 EN-DC (clause A.5.7.4) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192996 0345 F L1-RSRP accuracy test FR2 SA (clause A.7.7.4) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0357 F CR 38.133 (8.3.2) Amendment of requirements depending on 15.8.0
T_SMTC_Max
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0359 F CR 38.133 (8.3.3) Correction of SCell deactivation delay 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0361 F CR 38.133 (A.7.5.7) TCs for PSCell addition and release delay 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0365 F CR to TS 38.133: New common clause with OTA related 15.8.0
definitions for FR2 testing (Rel-15)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0367 F CR to TS 38.133: Configuration of NR FR1 cell in NR FR1-FR2 15.8.0
tests (Rel-15)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0369 F CR to TS 38.133: Clarificatins to Antenna Configurations for FR2 15.8.0
(Rel-15)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0371 F CR to TS 38.133: Corrections to CORESET RMCs (Rel-15) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192995 0373 F CR to TS 38.133: Corrections to FR2 test configurations (Rel-15) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0375 1 F Editorial updates (clause 9.4) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193039 0377 1 F Correction in interruption requirements (clause 8.2) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193042 0379 1 F Editorial updates (Annex B) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0381 F CR on 38133 for MRTD and MTTD in intra-band EN-DC 15.8.0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1196 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0384 1 F CR for MAC-CE based TCI State switch for ENDC (Clause 15.8.0
A.5.5.8)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0385 1 B CR for MAC-CE based TCI State switch for NR SA (Clause 15.8.0
A.7.5.7)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0386 1 B CR for RRC based TCI State switch for NR SA (Clause A.7.5.7) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192993 0387 1 F CR for RRC based TCI State switch for EN-DC (Clause A.5.5.8) 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-192992 0388 1 F CR for FR1 handover test cases (Clause A.6.3.1.1, A.6.3.1.2, 15.8.0
A.6.3.1.3)
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193041 0389 1 F CR on MTTD for intra-band EN-DC 15.8.0
2019-12 RAN#86 RP-193040 0397 F CR on corrections on NR intra frequency measurement reporting 15.8.0
requirements (Clause 9.2.4)
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0404 1 F [CR] handover requirements 38.133 R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0411 1 F [CR] SCell activation delay 38.133 R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0416 F Corrections to RRM Test case A.7.1.1.2 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0418 F Correction to Active UL BWP for SA intra-frequency event 15.9.0
triggered reporting with per-UE gaps
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0420 F Correction to FR1-E-UTRA Inter-RAT cell re-selection test cases 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0422 F Removal of Time offset between PCell and PSCell in SA RRM 15.9.0
Test cases
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0424 F Correction to SRS periodicity and Offset for UL transit timing with 15.9.0
DRx config
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0426 F Update of Test Requirements, FR2 Intra-frequency SS-RSRP 15.9.0
accuracy Test cases
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0428 F Update of Test requirements, FR2 Inter-frequency SS-RSRP 15.9.0
accuracy Test cases
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200484 0438 2 F CR on test cases for SA FR2 inter-frequency measurement R15 15.9.0
(section A.7.6.2)
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0444 1 F Editorial corrections for 38.133 Perf Part R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0446 F Editorial corrections for 38.133 Core Part R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0453 F Editorial correction for active TCI state switching delay 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0461 1 F Corrections for BWP switch delay R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0463 F CR for reference correction on L1-RSRP measurement period 15.9.0
(section 9.5.3)
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0465 F CR for measurement restriction in FR2 across CCs (section 15.9.0
8.1.2.3, 8.1.3.3, 8.5.2.3, 8.5.3.3, 8.5.5.3, 8.5.6.3, 9.5.5.1, 9.5.5.2)
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0467 F CR for SSB based candidate beam detection (section 8.5.5.2) 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0487 F CR to TS 38.133: Corrections to FR1-FR2 event triggered test 15.9.0
cases Annex A.5 (Rel-15)
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0489 F CR to TS 38.133: Corrections to FR1-FR2 event triggered test 15.9.0
cases Annex A.7 (Rel-15)
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0491 F CR to TS 38.133: Clarifications to AoA setup and AoA cell 15.9.0
assignement Annex A.5 (Rel-15)
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0493 F CR to TS 38.133: Clarifications to AoA setup Annex A.8 (Rel-15) 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0495 F CR to TS 38.133: Addition of TC A.4.7.2.2 (Rel-15) 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0499 F Editorial correction of EN-DC FR1 L1-RSRP measurement for 15.9.0
beam reporting
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0501 F Editorial correction of NR SA FR1 L1-RSRP measurement for 15.9.0
beam reporting
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0508 F CR on removing one-shot timing adjustment requirements 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0515 1 F Correction to BWP switching delay 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0517 1 F Correction to inter-RAT measurement on LTE serving carrrier 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0519 1 F Correction to configurations for TRS 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0521 F Correction to FR1 SA inter-RAT measurement TCs 15.9.0

NOTE The CR is not implemented because the changes in

this CR were already implemented in the latest version
of the specification.

2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0523 F Correction to interruption TCs 15.9.0

NOTE The CR is not implemented because some parts of

changes in the CR were already implemented in the
latest version of the specification.

2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0527 F Correction to RF channels configuration 15.9.0

2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0529 F Correction to RRC release with redirection TCs 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0531 F Correction to UL reconfiguration delay TCs 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0537 F CR on SSB RLM test cases EN-DC R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0539 F CR on SSB RLM test cases SA R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0541 F CR on cell reselection test cases for FR2 SA R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0543 F OCNG pattern for TDM-ed SSB R15 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0563 F NR editorial correction 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0579 1 F CR 38.133 (8.11) Corrections to PSCell change delay 15.9.0
requirements

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1197 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0586 F PRACH configurations in FR1 SSB based RLM tests 15.9.0
2020-03 RAN#87 RP-200400 0588 F PRACH configurations in FR1 SSB based BFR tests 15.9.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0594 1 F [CR] Editorial corrections for 38.133 R15 Core Part 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0597 1 F [CR] Editorial corrections for 38.133 R15 Perf Part 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0601 1 F CR to Intra-frequency handover from FR1 to FR1 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0605 F CR to A.6.1.2.1 Cell reselection to higher priority E-UTRAN 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0607 F Correction to General test parameters in A.6.6.1.2 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0619 1 F CR on CSSF correction for R15 TS38.133 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0628 1 F CR on Active TCI State Switching requirements - Rel15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200988 0633 2 F Rapportuer CR for TS38.133 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0650 F Add UE Beam assumption for RRM Test cases in A.7.3, A.7.4, 15.10.0
A.7.7
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0652 F Add UE Beam assumption for RRM Test cases in A.5.3, A.5.4, 15.10.0
A.5.7
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0654 F Update of FR2 RLM Test cases with 2 Angles of Arrival 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0656 F Update of Tx Timing Test cases 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0658 F Update of FR2 RLM and BFD-LR Test cases 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0660 F Update of FR2 SS-RSRP Test cases 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0662 1 F CR on TCI state switch 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0664 F CR on PDSCH RMC 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0679 F Correction of CFRA RSRP threshold 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0695 1 F CR on SMTC period for beam management requirements 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0697 F CR for CSI-RS based L1-RSRP measurement period 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0699 F CR on RACH test cases with CSI-RS resource R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0703 F CR on TS38.133 for modification of the layer 3 and layer 1 15.10.0
measurement sharing factor when both SSB and RSSI symbol to
be measured are considered
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0705 F CR on TS38.133 for modification on number of cells and number 15.10.0
of SSB to be measured for FR2 intra-frequency measurement
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0707 1 F [CR] TCI state switch delay 38.133 R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0714 F Correction of NR SA FR2 inter-freq measurement reporting 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0726 F CR: Correction of L1-RSRP measurement period 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0728 1 F CR to TS 38.133: Correction to CSI-RS configurations in A.3.14 15.10.0
(Rel-15)
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0730 F CR to TS 38.133: Correction to SMTC configuration in 15.10.0
measurement accuracy tests (Rel-15)
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0732 F CR to TS 38.133: Clarifications to AoA setup Annex A.5 (Rel-15) 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0734 F CR to TS 38.133: Clarifications to AoA setup Annex A.7 (Rel-15) 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0737 1 F Applicability of QCL 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0747 1 F CR on Psharingfactor 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0749 1 F CR on E-UTRAN Serving Cell Parameters 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0751 1 F CR on Modified parameters for BFD TCs with 4Rx antenna 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0753 1 F CR on BFD TCs 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0755 1 F CR on UL carrier RRC reconfiguration Delay TC 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0757 1 F CR to FR1 SCell activation delay test cases 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0759 1 F CR to inter-frequency measurement TCs 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0761 1 F CR to interruption TCs 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0776 F CR on interruption due to Acitve BWP switch 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0780 F CR on UE transmit timing 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0782 F Editoral CR on TS 38.133 Rel-15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0784 F CR on RRC Connection Release with Redirection test cases 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0786 F CR on RRC Re-establishment test cases 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0788 F CR on Timing advance test cases for EN-DC 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0790 F CR on Timing test cases for NR SA 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0798 F Correction onTCI state switching R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0800 F Accuracy of carrier aggregation in NR R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0812 F CR 38.133 (8.10.5) Corrections to RRC-based TCI state change 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0815 2 F CR 38.133 (8.3.2) Corrections to SCell Activation delay 15.10.0
requirements
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0820 F CR on FR2 measurement requirements outside gaps R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0822 F CR on inter-RAT RSTD requirements for NE-DC in 38.133 R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0824 1 F CR on SCell activation requirements R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0826 F CR on SSB based L1-RSRP measurement R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0828 F CR on L1-RSRP delay tests for FR2 R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0830 F CR to L1-RSRP accuracy TC for FR2 EN-DC R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0832 F CR to L1-RSRP accuracy TC for FR2 SA R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0834 F CR to TCI state switch TC R15 15.10.0
2020-06 RAN#88 RP-200987 0866 F Clarification on RLM 15.10.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0888 F CR to Redirection from NR in FR1 to E-UTRAN 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0890 F CR to timing advance adjustment accuracy in FR1 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0894 F CR to SS-RSRQ Intra-Frequency and Inter-frequency FR1 15.11.0
measurement accuracy
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0896 F Update to FR2 240kHz SSB Configurations 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0898 F Update of FR2 Random Access Test cases 15.11.0

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1198 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0900 F Update to FR2 event-triggered reporting RRM Test cases in A.5.6 15.11.0
and A.7.6
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0902 F Update to FR2 SS-RSRP RRM Test cases in A.5.7 and A.7.7 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0904 F CR to EN-DC timing advance adjustment accuracy in FR2 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0906 F CR to configuration of CSI-RS for tracking 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0908 1 F Update of RRC-based Active BWP Switch test cases 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0910 F Update to FR2 Annex B RRM side conditions 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0912 F Add UE Beam assumption for RRM Test cases in A.5.5 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0921 F Add UE Beam assumption for RRM Test cases in A.7.5 Rel-15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0932 F CR for TS38.133 Rel-15, Correction for RRM core requirements 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0934 1 F CR for TS38.133 Rel-15, Correction for test cases of BWP 15.11.0
switching
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0945 1 F CR on TS38.133 for handover test cases 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0947 F CR on TS38.133 for introducing the PDSCH RMC configuration in 15.11.0
cell re-selection test cases
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0955 1 F CR on FR2 measurement capability for R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0962 F CR on Inter-RAT RSTD measurements (section 9.4.4) 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0964 1 F CR on active BWP switch in R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0985 F CR for SCell activation delay in FR2 in R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 0987 1 F CR on TCI state switch delay in R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1002 1 F Fine/rough beam assumption for idle mode and measurement 15.11.0
procedure test case
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1022 F Clarification of SNR values in RLM Test cases 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1024 F CR to TS 38.133: Corrections to CSI-RS configurations in A.3.14 15.11.0
(Rel-15)
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1026 F CR to TS 38.133: Corrections to event triggered test cases (Rel- 15.11.0
15)
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1028 F CR to TS 38.133: Corrections to inter-RAT test cases (Rel-15) 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1030 F CR to TS 38.133: Corrections to AoA setup information in some 15.11.0
test cases (Rel-15)
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1032 1 F CR on maintaining handover tests in Rel-15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1047 1 F CR on reporting criteria for EN-DC in 38.133 R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1049 1 F CR on test cases for Active TCI state switch delay R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1051 1 F Addition of new default configurations for RMC scheduling 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1053 1 F Correction to beam failure detection and link recovery test cases 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1055 1 F Correction to BWP switching delay test cases 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1057 F Correction to FR1 intra-frequency measurement with gap test 15.11.0
cases
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1059 1 F Correction to inter-RAT HO test cases 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1069 F CR on correction to CSSF within gap R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1071 1 F CR on SCell activation requirements R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1073 1 F CR on BWP switching delay requirements R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1074 1 F CR on UL BWP configuration for RRM test cases R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1076 1 F CR to add UE beam assumption for TC in A.5.6 R15 15.11.0
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1096 1 F CR to 38.133: Correction to RRC basd BWP switch delay 15.11.0
requirements
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1098 1 F CR to 38.133: Correction to interruption requirements for per-FR 15.11.0
gap in FR2
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1110 F [CR] Replacing x in references with correct numbers (Core R15 15.11.0
Cat F)
2020-09 RAN#89 RP-201512 1112 F [CR] Replacing x in references with correct numbers (Perf R15 Cat 15.11.0
F)

ETSI
3GPP TS 38.133 version 15.11.0 Release 15 1199 ETSI TS 138 133 V15.11.0 (2020-12)

History
Document history
V15.2.0 July 2018 Publication

V15.3.0 October 2018 Publication

V15.4.0 April 2019 Publication

V15.5.0 July 2019 Publication

V15.6.0 July 2019 Publication

V15.7.0 October 2019 Publication

V15.8.0 February 2020 Publication

V15.9.0 April 2020 Publication

V15.10.0 September 2020 Publication

V15.11.0 December 2020 Publication

ETSI